When porting support from ar71xx to ath79, the reset-gpios option was
missed. Due to a hardware bug, this would eventually leave the devices
with RX-deaf Ethernet PHY.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
(cherry picked from commit 6613a7f5cc)
This commit adds support for the NanoStation Loco M2/M5 XW devices
on the ath79 target (support was long ago available on ar71xx).
Specifications:
- AR9342 SoC @ 535 MHz
- 64 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- AR8032 switch
- 2T2R 5 GHz radio, 22 dBm
- 13 dBi built-in antenna
- POWER/LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1) on PCB
Flashing via TFTP:
- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
- Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
$ tftp 192.168.1.20
tftp> bin
tftp> trace
tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_nanostation-loco-m-xw-squashfs-factory.bin
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
(backported from commit 633c4304ad)
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 6b7eeb74db since it
didn't contain a reference to the CVE it addresses. The next commit
will re-add the commit including a CVE reference in its commit message.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
It has been notice a buf in L2 cache scaling where the scaling is not
done proprely if the frequency is set to the initial state before
the new frequency.
From: https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/10565443/
* The clocks are set to aux clock rate first to make sure the
* secondary mux is not sourcing off of QSB. The rate is then set to
* two different rates to force a HFPLL reinit under all
* circumstances.
In the initial stage of boot to force a new frequency to apply, is
needed to first set the frequency back to the lowest one (aux_rate)
and then to the target one. This force and make sure the controller
actually switch the frequency to the right one. Apply the same
mechanism to L2 frequency scaling. Before scaling to the target
frequency, first set the frequency to the aux_rate to force the
transition, then scale it to the target frequency. Doing the wrong way
can produce unexpected results and could lock the scaling mechanism
until a full reboot is done (Causing a full reset by the krait-cc driver)
From: https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/next/linux-next.git/commit/?id=77612720a2362230af726baa4149c40ec7a7fb05
When the Hfplls are reprogrammed during the rate change,
the primary muxes which are sourced from the same hfpll
for higher frequencies, needs to be switched to the 'safe
secondary mux' as the parent for that small window. This
is done by registering a clk notifier for the muxes and
switching to the safe parent in the PRE_RATE_CHANGE notifier
and back to the original parent in the POST_RATE_CHANGE notifier.
This should apply also to L2 scaling... as we can't relly use
the notifier, we manually do this on L2 scaling.
Tested-By: Marc Benoit <marcb62185@gmail.com> [19.07: R7800]
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 5ab9c0b388)
Voltage tolerance is accounted per core, not per cpu, so add
missing DT entry.
Tested-By: Marc Benoit <marcb62185@gmail.com> [19.07: R7800]
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 77e7d6c20d)
[ Upstream commit 6cca6fffa0 ]
Do not put usb-phy into reset if clearing the usb-phy reset or
setting the suspend_override has failed.
Reorder (de)asserts like in arch/mips/ath79/dev-usb.c.
Add an optional reset_control "usb-phy-analog", which is needed for
ar934x SoCs like in the old mach-driver arch/mips/ath79/dev-usb.c.
Tested-By: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com> [TL-WDR4300]
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
[added reference to upstream commit, Tested-by]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This reverts commit 21bf718b8c.
Until the mdio-reset is solved, this is not ready for stable release.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds support for the NanoStation Loco M2/M5 XW devices
on the ath79 target (support was long ago available on ar71xx).
Specifications:
- AR9342 SoC @ 535 MHz
- 64 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- AR8032 switch
- 2T2R 5 GHz radio, 22 dBm
- 13 dBi built-in antenna
- POWER/LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1) on PCB
Flashing via TFTP:
- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
- Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
$ tftp 192.168.1.20
tftp> bin
tftp> trace
tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_nanostation-loco-m-xw-squashfs-factory.bin
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
(backported from commit 633c4304ad)
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Stock firmware has a vendor-defined tail at the end of uImage for image
validation. This patch enables OpenWrt installation from stock firmware
without having to access the UART console.
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
(cherry picked from commit be3e98ce26)
This adds support for the Ubiquiti Picostation M (XM), which has the
same board/LEDs as the Bullet M XM, but different case and antennas.
Specifications:
- AR7241 SoC @ 400 MHz
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- External antenna: 5 dBi (USA), 2 dBi (EU)
- POWER/LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1) on PCB
Flashing via WebUI:
Upload the factory image via the stock firmware web UI.
Attention: airOS firmware versions >= 5.6 have a new bootloader with
an incompatible partition table!
Please downgrade to <= 5.5 _before_ flashing OpenWrt!
Refer to the device's Wiki page for further information.
Flashing via TFTP:
Same procedure as other NanoStation M boards.
- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
- Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
$ tftp 192.168.1.20
tftp> bin
tftp> trace
tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_picostation-m-squashfs-factory.bin
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 6fdaf16dd0)
This adds support for the Ubiquiti Nanostation Loco M (XM), which
has the same board/LEDs as the Bullet M XM, but different case and
antennas.
Specifications:
- AR7241 SoC @ 400 MHz
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- NS Loco M2: built-in antenna: 8 dBi; AR9287
- NS Loco M5: built-in antenna: 13 dBi; 2T2R 5 GHz radio
- POWER/LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1) on PCB
Flashing via WebUI:
Upload the factory image via the stock firmware web UI.
Note that only certain firmware versions accept unsigned
images. Refer to the device's Wiki page for further information.
Flashing via TFTP:
Same procedure as other NanoStation M boards.
- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
- Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
$ tftp 192.168.1.20
tftp> bin
tftp> trace
tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_nanostation-loco-m-squashfs-factory.bin
Tested on NanoStation Loco M2.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <freifunk@it-solutions.geroedel.de>
Co-developed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit b56bcfe3be)
This adds a pinmux to the shared DTSI for TP-Link TL-WR841N/ND v8,
TL-WR842N v2 and TL-MR3420 v2. It is supposed to be the equivalent
of:
/* config gpio4 as normal gpio function */
ath79_gpio_output_select(TL_MR3420V2_GPIO_USB_POWER,AR934X_GPIO_OUT_GPIO);
This allows to enable USB power on these devices.
While at it, move the jtag_disable_pins to &gpio node and remove the
redundant status=okay there.
Tested on TP-Link TL-WR842N v2.
Fixes: FS#2753
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Armin Fuerst <armin@fuerst.priv.at>
[backport: change individual DTS files, no mr3420-v2 present]
(backported from commit 18c95c9d6e)
This adds the ar71xx board name to the SUPPORTED_DEVICES on ath79,
so forceless sysupgrade on this device becomes possible.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 49ff00db34)
8d45443bb5c9 pppd: Ignore received EAP messages when not doing EAP
8d7970b8f3db pppd: Fix bounds check in EAP code
858976b1fc31 radius: Prevent buffer overflow in rc_mksid()
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 215598fd03)
Add migration for all ar71xx device path as well as previously
incorrect ath79 path.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit d08b5bb344)
Tested-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com> [TP-Link TL-WDR4300 v1]
according to functional block diagram in datasheet, these devices
don't belong to apb bus.
Move these nodes out to match datasheet description.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit f65501e1c2)
Tested-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com> [TP-Link TL-WDR4300 v1]
The $(space) definition in the hostapd Makefile ceased to work with
GNU Make 4.3 and later, leading to syntax errors in the generated
Kconfig files.
Drop the superfluous redefinition and reuse the working $(space)
declaration from rules.mk to fix this issue.
Fixes: GH#2713
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2713#issuecomment-583722469
Reported-by: Karel Kočí <cynerd@email.cz>
Suggested-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Shaleen Jain <shaleen@jain.sh>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 766e778226)
Some node names were inconsistent with the reg property. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 1a0d6e1eba)
[fixed XM->XW in commit title for backport]
Remove read-only flag from U-boot environment partition for Netgear
WNDR3700 v1 and v2 so u-boot-envtools can modify data there.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 6227c8d1bf)
Luxul ABR-4500 and XBR-4500 devices are wired routers with 5 Ethernet
ports and 1 USB 3.0 port. Flashing requires using Luxul firmware 6.4.0
or newer and uploading firmware using "Firmware Update" web UI page.
Signed-off-by: Dan Haab <dan.haab@legrand.com>
(cherry picked from commit 1d47f81581)
[rmilecki: use DEVICE_TITLE for 19.07]
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This commit reenables the image creation for the D-Link DIR-645.
Images built for the D-Link DIR-645 work just fine, there is no reason
to disable the image creation for it.
I tested the OpenWrt 18.06.5 and 19.07.0-rc1 images, as well as an
image I built from the current 19.07 branch (git HEAD 62d5ece) with
the default 19.07 release config, and I cannot confirm the report that
commit 2607c02ed5
("ramips: disable D-Link DIR-645 by default") references.
Configuration changes were applied successfully and remained set after
a reboot as well. The log also showed no anomalies.
This reverts commit 2607c02ed5.
Signed-off-by: Mason Clarke <mclarke2355@gmail.com>
This converts the TP-Link TL-MR3020v3 board to use the WLAN throughput
LED trigger in order to react to all VAPs.
It also moves the WLAN trigger config of the TP-Link TL-WA801NDv5 to the
DTS and merges the now identical LAN LED configs.
Verified these changes on a TL-MR3020v3 and TL-WA801NDv5.
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
[changed commit title and extended commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[added comment about test result on TL-WA801ND v5]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 20eb45da4f)
DEVICE_PACKAGES is specified twice for the same device. Remove the
first (=older) assignment.
Fixes: 40692f0fb5 ("ramips: mt7620: select only the matching mt76 driver")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 4ecd6510bf)
Fixes a significant amount of leaked memory with lots of connections
Ref: PR#2721
Tested-by: Jerome Benoit <jerome.benoit@sap.com> [WRT1900AC v1]
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
[removed 4.19 patch during cherry-pick]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit c6c4701def)
Based on a script for comparison, this fixes (hopefully) all errors
in SUPPORTED_DEVICES for ar71xx->ath79 upgrade.
Devices where old string is removed as the device does not exist
in ar71xx:
- dlink_dir-859-a1
- tplink_archer-a7-v5
- tplink_cpe510-v3 [only in master]
Devices where string is changed because it did not match the board
name in ar71xx:
- tplink_tl-mr3220-v1
- tplink_tl-mr3420-v1
- tplink_tl-wr2543-v1
- tplink_tl-wr741nd-v4
- tplink_tl-wr841-v7
- ubnt_unifiac-mesh
- ubnt_unifiac-mesh-pro
- ubnt_unifiac-pro
For this device, the correct string could not be found, but we could
not determine the correct one. Thus, the string is removed for now:
- tplink_tl-wr740n-v4
The script for checking this is quite simple (note that newer
entries, i.e. ath79->ath79 upgrade, are displayed as missing):
newpath=target/linux/ath79/image/
oldpath=target/linux/ar71xx/base-files/lib/ar71xx.sh
for s in $(grep -roh "SUPPORTED_DEVICES.*" $newpath | sed 's/SUPPORTED_DEVICES *.= *//'); do
found="Missing"
grep -q -r "\"$s\"" $oldpath && found="Found"
echo "$s: $found."
done
The errors might be filtered by appending 'grep "Missing"' to the script.
Fixes: FS#2751
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 07ce940b77)
This device has not been supported in ar71xx, so there is no need
for an explicit SUPPORTED_DEVICES entry.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 894bdee756)
Call skb_orphan(skb) to call the owner's destructor function and make
the skb unowned.
This is necessary to prevent sk_wmem_alloc of a socket from overflowing,
which leads to ENOBUFS errors on application level.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
(cherry picked from commit 996f02e5ba)
Currently it's not possible to downgrade from master:
Device ubiquiti,edgerouterx not supported by this image
Supported devices: ubnt-erx
So fix it by adding a DTS based device name from master into
SUPPORTED_DEVICES list.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
hostapd sets minimum values for CWmin/CWmax/AIFS and maximum for TXOP.
The code for applying those values had a few bugs leading to bogus values,
which caused significant latency and packet loss.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch updates "soft_ver" for TP-Link Archer C6 v2 (EU).
It makes possible to upload OpenWrt on lastest vendor's firmware
as the web-based updater checks for major.minor version during upload.
Due to that on next major/minor version update TP-Link will stop
us from using the web-based firmware update tool, so it will
require a new patch on soft_ver to match major and minor version.
Up to today's latest stock firmware the patch (major.minor.patch)
version does not matters, that allows downgrade from 1.1.4 to 1.1.1
but do not allow downgrade from 1.1.X to 1.0.X.
Signed-off-by: Anderson Vulczak <andi@andi.com.br>
(cherry picked from commit 7a8bfbf0ff)
(cherry picked from commit eeb93e5c2b23518e372737ecf8fdde4b9f139a49)
Add ubootenv uci config for gl-ar150, gl-domino and gl-mifi
Signed-off-by: Kimmo Vuorinen <kimmo.vuorinen@gmail.com>
[commit message/title facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit dc6dfaac80)
Change u-boot-env partitions to be mounted as read-write for gl-ar150,
gl-domino and gl-mifi so uboot-envtools support is possible.
Signed-off-by: Kimmo Vuorinen <kimmo.vuorinen@gmail.com>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 2c1cfacdde)
c7f7b6b65b82 Tag version 1.0.2
236b7a0aef21 Fix blocked entropy generation
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 3d8edd9bb4)
* 40f939d57c67 Tag version 1.0.1
* 9e758e6e6aec jitterentropy-rngd: update to version v1.1.0 + clang compile fix
* 193586a25adc Fix wrong types in format strings used in debug build
* d474977bb611 Add initial GitLab CI support
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit ed67b137c7)
When mapping for RSSI LEDs was defined for interface wlan0 on
Ubiquiti Rocket M Titanium, it missed connection to actual interface.
Therefore create the mapping to interface, so RSSI LEDs work without
additional configuration, after starting rssileds service.
While at that, split RSSI into ~equal intervals for 6 LEDs,
and remove coefficients needed for PWM LEDs, as this board does not
support PWM LEDs.
Finally, for complete support, enable 'rssileds' package in per-device
rootfs, so the indicator works out of box.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 83708f233d)
The Netgear WN2500RP V1 switch0 already works for LAN
however the port order for the LAN ports is inverted. Correct
physical port order watched from the back of the device is:
4 / 3 / 2 / 1
WAN port is absent on this device and therefore removed
from switch config.
Signed-off-by: Walter Sonius <walterav1984@gmail.com>
[move block to maintain alphabetic sorting]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 098cbc68ee)
Change the LED labels for hdd1/hdd2 in 01_leds to match their
counterpart in DTS.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Knauss <openwrt@stephans-server.de>
[improve commit title and message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit fbf297be38)
The Netgear WNR3500 V2 switch0 already works for WAN/LAN
however the port order for the LAN ports is inverted. Correct
physical port order watched from the back of the device is:
Internet / 4 / 3 / 2 / 1 this resembles the Linksys E3000 V1.
Verfied with imagebuilder edit FILES=/etc/board.d/01_network
Signed-off-by: Walter Sonius <walterav1984@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit cf2f1fc687)
"#mediatek,portmap" is not a valid property name.
If mediatek,portmap equals 0x0, then the esw driver ditches it and uses
the default value, 0x3f.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
(cherry picked from commit f87281b295)
mt76x8 uses esw_rt3050 driver, which does not accept mediatek,portmap with
string values. Convert the strings to integers to make it work.
According to its switch setup, WRTnode 2P/2R have a WAN port at port 0,
so the correct value should be 0x3e.
tplink_8m.dtsi uses "llllw", but it does not match switch setups of any
device using the DTSI. Remove it from the DTSI and add correct value to DTS
for each device.
These devices have a WAN port at port 0. Set the value to 0x3e.
- tplink,archer-c20-v4
- tplink,archer-c50-v3
- tplink,tl-mr3420-v5
- tplink,tl-wr840n-v4
- tplink,tl-wr841n-v13
- tplink,tl-wr842n-v5
These devices have only one ethernet port. They don't need portmap setting.
- tplink,tl-wa801nd-v5
- tplink,tl-wr802n-v4
- tplink,tl-wr902ac-v3
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
(backported from commit 7a387bf9a0)
[removed TL-WR841N v14 which is not present in 19.07]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
According to 02_network portmap is wan=0 lan1=1 lan2=2 lan3=3 lan4=4
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit ebf535a6cf)
mt7620 and mt7621 use mt7530 driver, which only accepts "llllw", "wllll",
and "lwlll" values.
According to its switch setup, Mi Router 3G v2 has a WAN port at port 4,
so the correct value should be "llllw".
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
(backported from commit d3c0a94405)
[removed devices not in 19.07]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds factory image generation for all three
devices. These images can be flashed via WebUI
for easy installation.
Thanks to David Bauer for the inspiration.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[altered commit to only include the R6350]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 3c8df280a9)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Match LED behavior to stock firmware:
Red: booting
White: running
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
(cherry picked from commit 9a3c9a9656)
Now that the mt76/mt7615e driver is in Openwrt, might as well use it.
Signed-off-by: Ozgur Can Leonard <ozgurcan@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit d7c082ba4f)
This image is only needed on one device (wAP AC); since this target is
going to be removed anyway it doesn't make sense to add an extra "low
RAM" image.
Fixes OOM issues on RouterBoard wAP AC.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 788c8485eb)
- fix color and active mode for existing wps led
- add green wps led
- add wps button
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
[wrap line]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 26105974e7)
set noscan also for IBSS and remove redundant/obsolete variable.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit 702c70264b)
The 'DEFAULT:=m if ALL' line prevents the phase1 buildbots from building
the package, and users from downloading it, since they use 'ALL_KMODS=y'
but 'ALL' is not set.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 9b25f833eb)
14a279411cff fix certificate blob parsing vulnerability by using blob_parse_untrusted
19a7225ac018 fix leaking memory in cert_dump_blob
9dba44ddd4f5 fix possibly garbage value returned in cert_process_revoker
4462ff9dedfa add cram based unit tests
5fe64b5606aa cmake: split usign bits into static library
5d7626a2b6d8 cmake: reindent the file
e284ed941972 cmake: enable hardening compiler flags and fix the reported issues
7e5390666347 add initial GitLab CI support
fa0bf4ef45b1 cmake: add proper include and library dependencies
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 2544cb1ba3)
This device OOPs during the boot due to broken flash. It can be probably
fixed with `broken-flash-reset` once ramips is on 4.19 kernel.
So disable images for this device until its fixed.
Ref: FS#2695, PR#2483
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 28080d54d2)
- add "gpio" group for wan_orange led
- use tpt triggers for wifi led indication
- add wifi 5 GHz led support
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
[slight commit message adjustment, backport]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 3a538db60a)
In ar71xx, v10 and v12 did not have separate board_name.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 7ed643d205)
This router has the same hardware as TP-LINK TL-WR841N/ND v11 (same
FCC ID, same TFTP image name...).
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to wr841nv11_tp_recovery.bin
(it's really v11, not v12)
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 8b76c6695b)
The TL-WR841N/ND v10 is mostly identical to the v9. Apart from some minor
changes, it contains a newer revision of the QCA9533 SoC and the CPU clock
is significantly higher.
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to wr841nv10_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 4254193c1d)
This adds support for a popular low-cost 2.4GHz N based AP
Specifications:
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (650MHz)
RAM: 64MB
Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
Ethernet: 2x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
This also applies some minor changes to the common DTSI:
- use &wmac for label-mac-device, as this one is actually set up in
common DTSI
- move ð0 to parent DTSI
- fix several leading spaces, added/removed newlines
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
[DTS style fixes/improvements, updated commit message/title,
backport to 19.07]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This mostly reverts the original commit e9929ebeea ("ramips: Fix
sysupgrade for Xiaomi mir3g") and replaces it with setting the
BOARD_NAME to the old value.
This way the folder in the tar will be named sysupgrade-mir3g and not
sysupgrade-xiaomi_mir3g and the sysupgrade in OpenWrt 18.06 can find it.
Without this change sysupgrade from 18.06 to 19.07 is only possible with
the -F option.
I tested the following sysupgrades successfully without -F
18.06 -> 19.07
19.07 -> master
master -> 19.07
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is a backport from the dnsmasq master which should fix a bug which
could cause a crash in dnsmasq.
I saw the following crashes in my log:
[522413.117215] do_page_fault(): sending SIGSEGV to dnsmasq for invalid read access from 2a001450
[522413.124464] epc = 004197f1 in dnsmasq[400000+23000]
[522413.129459] ra = 004197ef in dnsmasq[400000+23000]
This is happening in blockdata_write() when block->next is
dereferenced, but I am not sure if this is related to this problem or if
this is a different problem. I am unable to reproduce this problem.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 414d054138)
Fixes following warning during the boot:
WARNING: Variable 'led' does not exist or is not an array/object
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 5816caad26)
- both packages provide ca-certs
- make ca-bundle the default provider
This should allow easy transition between these two forms of CA certificates storage
Signed-off-by: Maxim Storchak <m.storchak@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit dd299805ad)
Without this change sysupgrade from 18.06 to 19.07 is only possible with
the -F option.
In OpenWrt 18.06 the nand_do_platform_check() function is called with
the board name mir3g only, if the tar does not use mir3g it will fail.
OpenWrt 19.07 and later support the metadata with the supported_devices
attribute to allow renaming. Do the renaming of the target between 19.07
and master like it is done for some other boards.
I tested the following sysupgrades successfully without -F
18.06 -> 19.07
19.07 -> master
master -> 19.07
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
There are two identical wmac nodes in the dts file of MediaTek
LinkIt Smart 7688, so delete one of them.
Signed-off-by: Jack Chen <redchenjs@live.com>
(cherry picked from commit 4be271a486)
In the commit f3439c4019 ("procd: update to version 2020-01-04") I've
somehow managed to add local testing symlink to the uledd package, so
removing it now.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Contains following changes:
041c9d1c052b ubusd/libubus-io: fix socket descriptor passing
8f2292478c57 ci: enable unit testing
a1523d76b016 fix blob parsing vulnerability by using blob_parse_untrusted
c60583743ccf ubus_monitor: workaround possibly false positive uses of memory after it is freed
dac6c7c575ac ubusd_monitor: fix possible null pointer dereference
060dfbb26da3 ubus_common: remove duplicate ARRAY_SIZE and add missing include
c5f2053dfcfd workaround possibly false positive uses of memory after it is freed
72be8e93f07d lua: ubus_lua_do_subscribe: fix copy&paste error
a995b1e68129 lua: workaround false positive dereference of null pointer
08f17c87a000 add fuzzer and cram based unit tests
c413be9b376c refactor ubusd.c into reusable ubusd_library
afd47189e864 examples: remove dead increments
b2e544238672 add initial GitLab CI support
058f4e9526ed libubus: fix incompatible pointer types assigment
d2e026a33df8 iron out all extra compiler warnings
5d7ca8309d0a ubusd/libubus-io: fix variable sized struct position warning
d61282db5640 ubusd: fix comparison of integers of different signs
90fb16234c22 cmake: enable extra compiler checks
2e051f628996 ubus: Support static builds
588baa3cd784 ubusd: retry sending messages on EINTR
76ea27a62774 libubus: attempt to receive data before calling poll
4daab27d004f libubus: do not abort recv_retry before completing a message
and bumps ABI_VERSION to 20191227.
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Contains following changes:
cd75136b1342 blobmsg: fix wrong payload len passed from blobmsg_check_array
eb7eb6393d47 blobmsg: fix array out of bounds GCC 10 warning
86f6a5b8d1f1 blobmsg: reuse blobmsg_namelen in blobmsg_data
586ce031eaa0 tests: fuzz: fuzz _len variants of checking methods
b0e21553ae8c blobmsg: add _len variants for all attribute checking methods
cd3059796a57 Replace use of blobmsg_check_attr by blobmsg_check_attr_len
143303149c8b Ensure blob_attr length check does not perform out of bounds reads
f2b2ee441adb blobmsg: fix heap buffer overflow in blobmsg_parse
4dfd24ed88c4 blobmsg: make blobmsg_len and blobmsg_data_len return unsigned value
2df6d35e3299 tests: add test cases for blobmsg parsing
8a34788b46c4 test: fuzz: add blobmsg_check_attr crashes
478597b9f9ae blob: fix OOB access in blob_check_type
325418a7a3c0 tests: use blob_parse_untrusted variant
0b24e24b93e1 blob: introduce blob_parse_untrusted
6d27336e4a8b blob: refactor attr parsing into separate function
833d25797b16 test: fuzz: add blob_parse crashes
09ee90f8d6ed tests: add test cases for blob parsing
436d6363a10b tests: add libFuzzer based tests
bf680707acfd tests: add unit tests covered with Clang sanitizers
f804578847de cmake: add more hardening compiler flags
46f8268b4b5b blobmsg/ulog: fix format string compiler warnings
eb216a952407 cmake: use extra compiler warnings only on gcc6+
07413cce72e1 tests: jshn: add more test cases
26586dae43a8 jshn: fix missing usage for -p and -o arguments
8e832a771d3a jshn: fix off by one in jshn_parse_file
cb698e35409b jshn: jshn_parse: fix leaks of memory pointed to by 'obj'
c42f11cc7c0f jshn: main: fix leak of memory pointed to by 'vars'
93848ec96dc5 jshn: refactor main into smaller pieces
9b6ede0e5312 avl: guard against theoretical null pointer dereference
c008294a8323 blobmsg_json: fix possible uninitialized struct member
0003ea9c45cc base64: fix possible null pointer dereference
8baeeea1f52d add assert.h component
b0a5cd8a28bf add cram based unit tests
1fefb7c4d7f9 add initial GitLab CI support
c955464d7a9b enable extra compiler checks
6228df9de91d iron out all extra compiler warnings
and bumps ABI_VERSION to 20191228.
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The factory uboot of the Turris Omnia boots with "root=b301", and we
instruct new users to sysupgrade from there (e.g. method 1, step 7).
Currently, this will fail with "Unable to determine upgrade device".
Add a new case to export_bootdevice, which parses the hex argument.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2340#issuecomment-561317688
Fixes: 2e5a0b81ec ("mvebu: sysupgrade: sdcard: keep user added partitons")
Reviewed-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 3a4f587c46)
CONFIG_PINCTRL_SUN4I_A10 controls both the A10 and the A20 enablong of
the pinctrl driver, this is necessary since upstream commit
5d8d349618a9464714c07414c5888bfd9416638f ("pinctrl: sunxi: add A20
support to A10 driver") which has been included in v4.13 and onwards.
Fixes: ad2b3bf310 ("sunxi: Add support for kernel 4.14")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 32e4eaef1b)
This update fixes many bugs, and six security vulnerabilities, including
CVE-2019-18840.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit d5ede68f8b)
The mt76 driver does load the firmware for the MT7615 chip from
/lib/firmware/mediatek instead of /lib/firmware. The driver loads the
firmware from this path since mt76 commit
ea3ab68c7589 ("mt76: mt7615: fix mt7615 firmware path definitions").
Fixes: a2e2c40b5e ("mt76: update to the latest openwrt-19.07 version")
Reported-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
The TP-Link Archer C20i previously had a generic Ralink MAC address set
for both radios, as the caldata does only contain a generic MAC address.
Set the MAC address from the vendor firmware for both radios to assign
unique MAC addresses to every device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 3b013dcdf8)
The TP-Link Archer C2 v1 previously had a generic Ralink MAC address set
for the 5GHz radio (MT7610), as the caldata does only contain a generic
MAC address.
Set the MAC address from the vendor firmware for the 5GHz radio to
assign unique MAC addresses to every device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit dcc923a4c4)
Use the WPS LED to indicate system status like it is done for the
TP-Link Archer C2 v1 and many other boards.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit a272fafc9c)
This converts all MediaTek MT7620 boards from TP-Link to use the now
supported WiFi throughput LED trigger. This way, the LED state now
covers all VAPs regardless of their name.
Also align all single-WiFi LEDs to represent the state of the 2.4GHz
radio. This was not always the case previously, as later-added support
for the MT7610 altered the phy probing order.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 1e7c6381f0)
330e832 mt76: mt76x0: fix default mac address overwrite
f97c33e mt76: mt7603: fix input validation issues for powersave-filtered frames
875f6d7 mt76: mt7615: increase MCU command timeout
abd7d86 mt76: clear skb pointers from rx aggregation reorder buffer during cleanup
96c7b07 mt76: eeprom: add support for big endian eeprom partition
19c8e20 mt76: fix possible undetected invalid MAC address
df64c56 mt76: Off by one in mt76_calc_rx_airtime()
1702b24 mt76: mt7603: reset STA_CCA counter setting the channel
383a631 mt76: mt76x0u: do not reset radio on resume
2dcfbdd mt76: disable bh in mt76_dma_rx_poll
947d20d mt76: fix rx dma ring descriptor state on reset
f3348f5 mt7615: replace sta_state callback with sta_add/sta_remove
faf5e6f mt76: mt7615: read {tx,rx} mask from eeprom
db78ee0 mt76: move mt76_get_antenna in mt76_core module
7121e16 mt76: fix possible out-of-bound access in mt7615_fill_txs/mt7603_fill_txs
5dfb0ec mt76: mt7615: disable radar pattern detector during scanning
e2f90ad mt76: move interface_modes definition in mt76_core module
cfdb751 mt76: mt7615: add ibss support
e0731a8 mt76: move SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER hw property in mt76_register_device
a85c06c mt76: use mt76_dev in mt76_is_{mmio,usb}
ea19cd7 mt76: Remove set but not used variable 'idx'
3cbaf81 mt76: mt76u: rely on a dedicated stats workqueue
20f0589 mt76: mt76u: rely on usb_interface instead of usb_dev
f2be00b mt76: dma: fix buffer unmap with non-linear skbs
c14d656 mt76: mt76x2e: disable pcie_aspm by default
58e1e96 mt76: mt7615: remove unneeded semicolon
c93a2d1 mt76: mt76x02u: update ewma pkt len in mt76x02u_tx_prepare_skb
1987b74 mt76: mt76x0: remove 350ms delay in mt76x0_phy_calibrate
50b1e9b mt76: refactor cc_lock locking scheme
d868638 mt76: remove obsolete .add_buf() from struct mt76_queue_ops
dc14ac6 mt7615: remove vif sta from poll list on interface remove
2a0a191 mt7603: remove vif sta from poll list on interface remove
d3a5895 mt76: fix a-mpdu boundary detection issue for airtime reporting
391e148 mt76: add sanity check for a-mpdu rx wcid index
01642d8 mt76: mt76x02: fix use-after-free in tx status code handling airtime
c11a4ad mt76: mt76x0: eeprom: add support for MAC address from OF
d94cc81 mt76: drop rcu read lock in mt76_rx_aggr_stop
7d8764d mt76: avoid enabling interrupt if NAPI poll is still pending
5b02a07 mt76: add missing locking around ampdu action
71c2ef0 mt76: fix aggregation stop issue
6f7d0f5 mt76: fix use-after-free bug in airtime fairness code
8f22de0 mt76: do not use devm API for led classdev
e7199f9 mt76: enable airtime fairness
81f2be0 mt76: mt7615: track tx/rx airtime for airtime fairness
2579122 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_mac_wtbl_update routine
d91f7c1 mt76: mt7615: fix survey channel busy time
028071d mt76: mt7615: report tx_time, bss_rx and busy time to mac80211
0e5050e mt76: mt76x02: track approximate tx airtime for airtime fairness and survey
3429cc7 mt76: mt76x02: move MT_CH_TIME_CFG init to mt76x02_mac_cc_reset
de118bb mt76: unify channel survey update code
fdf0163 mt76: mt7603: switch to a different counter for survey busy time
ee31030 mt76: mt7603: track tx airtime for airtime fairness and survey
f34b1ae mt76: track rx airtime for airtime fairness and survey
a1d6891 mt76: store current channel survey_state in struct mt76_dev
b042987 mt76: rename mt76_driver_ops txwi_flags to drv_flags and include tx aligned4
2027763 mt76: report rx a-mpdu subframe status
1ddcadb mt76: mt7603: remove q_rx field from struct mt7603_dev
ea3ab68 mt76: mt7615: fix mt7615 firmware path definitions
081926a mt76: mt7603: collect aggregation stats
696c0fc mt76: mt7615: collect aggregation stats
23e8aed mt76: move aggr_stats array in mt76_dev
1118b5e mt76: mt7615: add queue entry in debugfs
fbc59e6 mt76: move queue debugfs entry to driver specific code
0b01ace mt76: mt76x02u: move mt76x02u_mac_start in mt76x02-usb module
c394887 mt76: mt76x0u: reset counter starting the device
0355b7a mt76: mt76x2: move mt76x02_mac_reset_counters in mt76x02_mac_start
f3792b5 mt76: mt76x02: move mac_reset_counter in mt76x02_lib module
63e8152 mt76: mt7615: enable SCS by default
b140512 mt76: mt76x0e: make array mt76x0_chan_map static const, makes object smaller
a20c20b mt76: usb: add lockdep_assert_held in __mt76u_vendor_request
0308d75 mt76: remove empty flag in mt76_txq_schedule_list
0efbc5d mt76: use cancel_delayed_work_sync in mt76_rx_aggr_shutdown
9c5df3c mt76: remove aggr_work field from struct mt76_wcid
8739f87 mt76: mt7615: fix control frame rx in monitor mode
e07407a mt7603: fix build with CONFIG_KERNEL_DYNAMIC_DEBUG=y
c7f8214 mt76: mt7615: add support to read temperature from mcu
6797378 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_txwi_to_txp utility routine
496c78e mt76: mt76x0: remove unneeded return value on set channel
1d2acd5 mt76: mt76x0: remove redundant chandef copy
0167bfa mt76: make mt76_rx_convert static
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The button events "pressed" and "released" were switched. Tested with v18.06.4.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
(cherry picked from commit 3e1325b219)
This adds an LED trigger for the WAN LED on top of the TP-Link
TL-WR902AC v3. Currently, only the LED on the port itself shows the link
state, while the LED on top of the device stays dark.
The WAN port of the device is a hybrid LAN/WAN one, hence why the LED at
the port was labled LAN.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit c48b571ad7)
This adds a (currently missing) throughput LED trigger for the rt2x00
driver. Previously, LED triggers had to be assigned to the netdev, which
was limited to a single VAP.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Tested-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 985ec835ae)
Several devices in mt76x8 subtarget use the following line to set
up wmac in their DTS(I) files:
ralink,mtd-eeprom = <&factory 0x4>
This is strange for several reasons:
- They should use mediatek,mtd-eeprom on this SOC
- The caldata is supposed to start at 0x0
- The parent DTSI mt7628an.dtsi specifies mediatek,mtd-eeprom anyway,
starting from 0x0
- The offset coincides with the default location of the MAC address
in caldata
Based on the comment in b28e94d4bf ("ramips: MiWiFi Nano fixes"),
it looks like the author for this device wanted to actually use
mtd-mac-address instead of ralink,mtd-eeprom. A check on the same
device revealed that actually the MAC address start at offset 4 there,
so the correct caldata offset is 0x0.
Based on these findings, and the fact that the expected location on
this SOC is 0x0, we remove the "ralink,mtd-eeprom = <&factory 0x4>"
statement from all devices in ramips (being only mt7628an anyway).
Thanks to Sungbo Eo for finding and researching this.
Reported-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Fixes: b28e94d4bf ("ramips: MiWiFi Nano fixes")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 09d38a3bc3)
Only select ath10k-ct-regular when smallbuffers version was not
selected.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 80f06cb601)
According to many bugreports [0][1][2] the default ath10k-ct kernel
module is unusable on devices with just 64 MiB RAM or with 128 MiB and
dual ath10k cards. The target boards boot but eventually oom-killer
starts to interfere with normal operation, so the current state is
effectively broken.
Since the two patches in question have a performance impact (and
possibly some other unexpected side-effects) a dedicated build variant
is added so that users of the low RAM devices can still benefit from all
the ath10k-ct advantages.
According to testing [3] results, the issue can be experienced even with
"a 256MB device with three radios". Measured performance impact of
implementing small buffers was lowering "the maximum 5 GHz throughput on
an IPQ40xx device without RPS/XPS optimizations from 494/432 Mbit/s for
TCP transfers (download/upload) to 438/343 Mbit/s"
The patches were apparently inspired by QSDK tweaks used by ODMs for the
affected devices.
[0] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2019-December/020573.html
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1077
[2] https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2664
[3] https://github.com/freifunk-gluon/gluon/pull/1440#issue-195607701
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
[Remove double CONFIG_ATH10K-CT_LEDS entry]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 1ac627024d)
b4e25d5 libblkid-tiny: fix symbol collision with full libblkid
Fixes: FS#2691, FS#2692
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 5f4244150f)
4327ed4 mkdev: Avoid out of bounds read
9b3eb63 libblkid-tiny: use blkid_probe_set_utf8label for label set
c9d0462 libblkid-tiny: adds blkid_probe_set_utf8label support
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 541a321070)
It contains a single change to vlist.h header file: "vlist: add more
macros for loop iteration". This is needed for newer version of fstools
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 51e7624776)
This patch resolves recursive dependency warning on a feed package:
$ make defconfig
Collecting package info: done
tmp/.config-package.in:104721:error: recursive dependency detected!
For a resolution refer to Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt
subsection "Kconfig recursive dependency limitations"
tmp/.config-package.in:104721:symbol PACKAGE_nfs-kernel-server depends on NFS_KERNEL_SERVER_V4
For a resolution refer to Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt
subsection "Kconfig recursive dependency limitations"
feeds/packages/net/nfs-kernel-server/Config.in:4:symbol NFS_KERNEL_SERVER_V4 depends on PACKAGE_nfs-kernel-server
#
# configuration written to .config
#
19.07 branch uses kernel 4.14 only, so CONFIG_LINUX_4_9 symbol is not
needed anyway.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/10490
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
apache mirrors holds only latest releases, to download
older releases, one must use archive.apache.org to get
them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kastner <cz172638@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit dc34c695c4)
Unloading and reloading the modules fails, as platform_device_put() does not
release resources fully.
root@OpenWrt:/# insmod i2c-gpio-custom bus0=0,18,0,5
[ 196.860620] Custom GPIO-based I2C driver version 0.1.1
[ 196.871162] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 196.880517] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 1365 at fs/sysfs/dir.c:31 0x80112158
[ 196.893431] sysfs: cannot create duplicate filename '/devices/platform/i2c-gpio.0'
...
[ 197.513200] kobject_add_internal failed for i2c-gpio.0 with -EEXIST, don't try to register things with the same name in the same directory.
This patch fixes it by replacing platform_device_put() to
platform_device_unregister().
Fixes: da77408537 ("i2c-gpio-custom: minor bugfix")
Fixes: 3bc81edc70 ("package: fix w1-gpio-custom package (closes#6770)")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
(cherry picked from commit a22b7a60d9)
Several CMake packages such as log4cplus and protobuf(-c) install to
lib64 instead of lib on some hosts. This completely breaks rpath linking.
Override it globally to avoid fixing each package individually.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
(cherry picked from commit 383abffb11)
The USB descriptor parsing in adb fails to detect SuperSpeed devices
because of the SuperSpeed Endpoint Companion Descriptor. This
cherry-picks the upstream fix for the problem.
Unfortunately there never were a release with this fix before the
conversion to C++, so upgrading to a newer version isn't an option.
This makes adb work with SuperSpeed devices like the Sierra Wireless
EM7565. Tested and verified.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
(cherry picked from commit d034a1f457)
This backports the patch for GCC PR target/89587 (gcc's rs6000
configuration unconditionally sets MULTIARCH_DIRNAME, even when
multiarch is disabled).
This currently affects apm821xx and may cause issues when
cross-compiling packages, e.g. Python 3[1].
This includes patches for GCC 8 (with the changelog diff removed);
this change is already included in GCC 9.2 and 7.5.
[1]: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/10552
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
[Removed patch for GCC 7.4.0, GCC 7.5.0 already contains this]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit c102f702e7)
This fixes gcc build error within clang 11.0, it tweaks the version
string from LLVM to clang.
Signed-off-by: Yorkie Liu <yorkiefixer@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 65a561fd09)
led2l and led2h value is incorrectly set by led3l and led3h.
Bug was introduced in commit: 863e79f8d5
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
Fixes: 863e79f8d5 ("lantiq: add support for kernel 4.9")
(cherry picked from commit 692390225d)
The current ethernet MAC address setup of TL-WDR4300 board is different
from the setup of stock firmware:
OpenWrt: lan = label_mac -2, wan = label_mac -2
stock: lan = label_mac, wan = label_mac +1
This patch applies to all devices using TL-WDR4300 board:
TL-WDR3600 v1
TL-WDR4300 v1
TL-WDR4300 v1 (IL)
TL-WDR4310 v1
Mercury MW4530R v1
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
(cherry picked from commit 9b02d32e34)
The current ethernet MAC address setup of TL-WDR4300 board is different
from the setup of stock firmware:
OpenWrt: lan = label_mac -2, wan = label_mac -2
stock: lan = label_mac, wan = label_mac +1
The full address assignment is as follows:
LAN label
WAN label + 1
5G label
2G label - 1
This patch changes all devices using TL-WDR4300 board:
TL-WDR3600 v1 (checked on device)
TL-WDR4300 v1 (checked on device)
TL-WDR4300 v1 (IL)
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[rephrase/extend commit title/message, backport]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit a4260eaab7)
Device support for Belkin F9K1109v1 was added using set_usb_led()
although this was removed in 772b27c207 ("ramips: set F5D8235 v1
usb led trigger via devicetree").
Use ucidef_set_led_usbport() instead.
Fixes: f2c83532f9 ("ramips: add support for Belkin F9K1109v1")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[rephrase commit title and message, backport]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 1f455418ef)
This update doesn't include:
3b1e0a7bdfee brcmfmac: add support for SAE authentication offload
be898fed355e brcmfmac: send port authorized event for FT-802.1X
due to nl80211 dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit c3aa33bf70)
TL-WDR4300 board uses only green LED names in DTSI.
This patch adds migration for them.
The actual LED colors on the devices have been reported to vary
across subrevisions (v1.x). Despite, the USB LEDs on the back might
have different color than the other LEDs on the front.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[extended commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 01d39cd18c)
Having legacy PTYs enabled causes problems with procd-hotplug.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit e964338110)
Having legacy PTYs enabled causes problems with procd-hotplug.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit 2105354968)
Having legacy PTYs enabled causes problems with procd-hotplug.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit 414d027ae8)
Having legacy PTYs enabled causes problems with procd-hotplug.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit 411e824ec3)
Enabling legacy PTYs causes problems with procd-hotplug.
And as this is a headless target, no need to have virtual terminals.
Remove corresponding kernel config options, they are disabled in
generic kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit c1db4d9c56)
Having legacy PTYs enabled causes problems with procd-hotplug.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit d0d7f5d9e4)
Having legacy PTYs enabled causes problems with procd-hotplug.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit dcf48fda05)
Enabling legacy PTYs causes problems with procd-hotplug.
And as this is a headless target, no need to have virtual terminals.
Remove corresponding kernel config options, they are disabled in
generic kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit c881769a55)
The led wireless trigger is already set correctly to phy0tpt through the
alias in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Manuel Kock <github.web@manu.li>
[rephrased commit title]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 509894cffb)
Hardware
--------
SoC: NXP P1020 (2x e500 @ 800MHz)
RAM: 256M DDR3 (Micron)
FLASH: 32M NOR (Spansion S29GL128S)
BTN: 1x Reset
WiFi: 1x Atheros AR9590 2.4 bgn 3x3
2x Atheros AR9590 5.0 an 3x3
ETH: 1x Gigabit Ethernet (Atheros AR8033)
LED: System (green/red) - Radio{0,1} (green)
LAN (connected to PHY)
- GE blue
- FE green
Serial is a Cisco-compatible RJ45 next to the ethernet port.
115200-N-8 are the settings for OS and U-Boot.
Installation
------------
1. Grab the OpenWrt initramfs, rename it to 01C8A8C0.img. Place it in
the root directory of a TFTP server and serve it at
192.168.200.200/24.
2. Connect to the serial port and boot the AP. Stop autoboot in U-Boot
by pressing Enter when prompted. Credentials are identical to the one
in the APs interface. By default it is admin / new2day.
3. Set the bootcmd so the AP can boot OpenWrt by executing
$ setenv boot_openwrt "setenv bootargs;
cp.b 0xee000000 0x1000000 0x1000000; bootm 0x1000000"
$ setenv bootcmd "run boot_openwrt"
$ saveenv
If you plan on going back to the vendor firmware - the bootcmd for it
is stored in the boot_flash variable.
4. Load the initramfs image to RAM and boot by executing
$ tftpboot 0x1000000 192.168.200.200:01C8A8C0.img; bootm
5. Make a backup of the "firmware" partition if you ever wish to go back
to the vendor firmware.
6. Upload the OpenWrt sysupgrade image via SCP to the devices /tmp
folder.
7. Flash OpenWrt using sysupgrade.
$ sysupgrade -n /tmp/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 16b01fb1b9)
bef0b1cb31 libio: Disable vtable validation for pre-2.1 interposed handles [BZ #25203]
4d5cfeb510 rtld: Check __libc_enable_secure before honoring LD_PREFER_MAP_32BIT_EXEC (CVE-2019-19126) [BZ #25204]
92f04eedb5 mips: Force RWX stack for hard-float builds that can run on pre-4.8 kernels
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Problem found by AddressSanitizer[1]:
Latest `grep` (git commit 1019e6e) compiled with asan may cause a
heap-buffer-overflow when `-i` is specified.
./grep -i '\(\(\)*.\)*\(\)\(\)\1' /bin/chvt
=================================================================
==16206==ERROR: AddressSanitizer: heap-buffer-overflow on address
1. https://debbugs.gnu.org/34140
Ref: https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=24114
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
[commit title and description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
5b4f7382af Add undef to fix test failure.
9456483fb2 Improve performance of memmem
373f8b06a3 Improve performance of strstr
4ec1b9e913 Fix strstr bug with huge needles (bug 23637)
ecd6271ed8 Speedup first memmem match
bba6b9288f Simplify and speedup strstr/strcasestr first match
7a4da6ef7a Improve strstr performance
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
5f0d2e0491 [AArch64] Add ifunc support for Ares
e6b7252040 aarch64,falkor: Use vector registers for memcpy
c74b884f70 aarch64,falkor: Ignore prefetcher tagging for smaller copies
0fc5934ebd aarch64/strncmp: Use lsr instead of mov+lsr
e0a0bd3acc aarch64/strncmp: Unbreak builds with old binutils
638caf3000 aarch64: Improve strncmp for mutually misaligned inputs
d5f45a29ff aarch64/strcmp: fix misaligned loop jump target
7f690fafad aarch64: Improve strcmp unaligned performance
40df047b3b aarch64: Fix branch target to loop16
062139f233 aarch64: Optimized memcmp for medium to large sizes
f3e2add213 aarch64: Use the L() macro for labels in memcmp
22bd3ab40e posix: Fix large mmap64 offset for mips64n32 (BZ#24699)
bdd16894aa aarch64: handle STO_AARCH64_VARIANT_PCS
0b48caab9a aarch64: add STO_AARCH64_VARIANT_PCS and DT_AARCH64_VARIANT_PCS
949da7f2fd io: Remove copy_file_range emulation [BZ #24744]
f056ac8363 libio: do not attempt to free wide buffers of legacy streams [BZ #24228]
5f90e009b1 NEWS: add entries for bugs 22964, 24180, and 24531
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The TL-WDR4300 v1 sold in Israel has a different TPLINK_HWID.
Thanks to Josh4300 for testing on device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit c642a97aa6)
This allows JCG_MAXSIZE to be specified in kilobytes. This makes
this value more consistent and easier comparable with other size
variables.
This also changes the only occurence of the variable, for Cudy WR1000.
This is backported to 19.07 for convenience, as other developers
backporting device support might not be aware that JCG_MAXSIZE in
kilobytes would not work there.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 0bf4d681d4)
Netgear WNR3500L is an already supported device, but out of the
box, the device has no switch configuration and there is no wan.
The correct configuration for this specific model is similar to
some other models. This simple commit adds the correct switch
and the out-of-the-box experience is improved.
Experimentally determined:
Port 0 => WAN
Port 1..4 => LAN
Port 5..7 => unused
Port 8 => CPU
Signed-off-by: Olli Asikainen <olli.asikainen@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Fabian Zaremba <fabian@youremail.eu>
[added port mapping to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit deb835849a)
The Mikrotik RBM33G has only 2 LAN ports.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
[moved node in 02_network to maintain alphabetic sorting; backport]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 3a55c7935d)
Physical port order watched from the backside of the C20i
(from left to right) is: Internet / 1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Physical Port Switch port
WAN 0
LAN 3 1
LAN 4 2
LAN 1 3
LAN 2 4
(not used) 5
CPU 6
Signed-off-by: Walter Sonius <walterav1984@gmail.com>
[commit message/title improvements; backport to 19.07]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit a065cd29bf)
The release notes since last time for wave-1:
* November 29, 2019: Fix IBSS merge issue, related to TSF id leakage bug in firmware code.
Thanks for Ahmed Zaki @ Mage-Networks for helping to diagnose and test.
The release notes since last time for wave-2:
* December 6, 2019: Fix 160Mhz problem caused by logic that did not take into account the fact that
160Mhz has only 1/2 of the NSS of lower bandwidths in the rate table.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
(cherry picked from commit 30109782df3c74becd60dd13216346e1ea2fcc96)
This also fixes mac80211_prepare_vif iw set channel in monitor or
mesh mode.
Signed-off-by: Santiago Piccinini <spiccinini@altermundi.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: fixed commit message]
(cherry picked from commit c7fb12beb1)
e4bd927 cast ucert_argv to proper type when passing to execv
Fixes warnings:
warning: passing argument 2 of 'execv' from incompatible pointer type
[-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
254 | execv(usign_argv[0], usign_argv)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit 9c272dd3e4)
The Atheros AR8327 and AR8337 have (according to their datasheet) a
VLAN table with a maximum of 4096 entries.
Currently, there's a hard limit of 128 VLANs, which is the same as
for most other Atheros switches. Increase this limit only for the
AR83x7 series and modify some shared functions to allow them to work
with a variable max VLAN count.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 3f79aaa297)
This decreases the size of the usign application by 16% on MIPS BE.
old:
24,597 /usr/bin/usign
new:
20,501 /usr/bin/usign
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 6ffd8a8f92)
This decreases the size of the swconfig application by 25% on MIPS BE.
old:
16,916 /sbin/swconfig
new:
12,565 /sbin/swconfig
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit e926681387)
This decreases the size of the mtd application by 25% on MIPS BE.
old:
20,597 /sbin/mtd
new:
16,421 /sbin/mtd
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 1eb34b7287)
YunCore XD4200 ('XD4200_W6.0' marking on PCB) is Qualcomm/Atheros based
(QCA9563, QCA9886, QCA8334) dual-band, Wave-2 AC1200 ceiling AP with PoE
(802.3at) support. A782 model ('T750_V5.1' marking on PCB) is a smaller
version of the XD4200, with similar specification but lower TX power.
Specification:
- QCA9563 (775 MHz)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (QCA8334), with 802.3at PoE support (WAN)
- Wi-Fi 2.4 GHz:
- XD4200: 2T2R (QCA9563), with ext. PA (SKY65174-21) and LNA
- A782: 2T2R (QCA9563), with ext. FEM (SKY85329-11)
- Wi-Fi 5 GHz:
- XD4200: 2T2R (QCA9886), with ext. FEM (SKY85728-11)
- A782: 2T2R (QCA9886), with ext. FEM (SKY85735-11)
- LEDs:
- XD4200: 5x (2x driven by SOC, 1x driven by AC radio, 2x Ethernet)
- A782: 3x (1x RGB, driven by SOC and radio, 2x Ethernet)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- 1x DC jack (12 V)
Flash instructions:
If your device comes with generic QSDK based firmware, you can login
over telnet (login: root, empty password, default IP: 192.168.188.253),
issue first (important!) 'fw_setenv' command and then perform regular
upgrade, using 'sysupgrade -n -F ...' (you can use 'wget' to download
image to the device, SSH server is not available):
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm 0x9fe80000"
sysupgrade -n -F openwrt-...-yuncore_...-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
In case your device runs firmware with YunCore custom GUI, you can use
U-Boot recovery mode:
1. Set a static IP 192.168.0.141/24 on PC and start TFTP server with
'tftp' image renamed to 'upgrade.bin'
2. Power the device with reset button pressed and release it after 5-7
seconds, recovery mode should start downloading image from server
(unfortunately, there is no visible indication that recovery got
enabled - in case of problems check TFTP server logs)
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
(backported from commit e5d4c09667)
YunCore QCA9k based devices released in 2019 require a custom TFTP image
for U-Boot built-in recovery mode (triggered with reset button). Image
has to be prepended with 'YUNCORE' keyword followed by U-Boot CLI
commands which will be executed later. Images without the custom header
will be ignored by U-Boot.
To be able to support both the vendor firmware (QSDK) and OpenWrt flash
layouts, used here commands change the 'bootcmd' before flashing image.
This commit adds generic helper script for YunCore devices with 16 MB of
flash and enables TFTP image generation for A770 model.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Wiemann <vincent.wiemann@ironai.com>
[pepe2k@gmail.com: commit description reworded, recipe renamed]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 8016f64864)
TP-Link Archer C60 v2 is a dual-band AC1350 router,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561 + QCA9886.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed IP address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root
directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time the firmware should
be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery
Flash instruction (under U-Boot, using UART):
tftp 0x81000000 ...-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
reset
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 974d6958a7)
TP-Link Archer C60v1 is a dual-band AC1350 router,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561+QCA9886.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:
1. tftp 0x81000000 ...-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f020000 $filesize
4. reset
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 6d313da6dc)
netifd does not handle network.@device[x].name properly if it
contains multiple ifaces separated by spaces. Due to this, board.d
lan_mac setup does not work if multiple ifaces are set to LAN by
ucidef_set_interface_lan.
To fix this, create a device node for each member iface when
running config_generate instead. Those are named based on the
member ifname:
ucidef_set_interface_lan "eth0 eth1.1"
ucidef_set_interface_macaddr "lan" "yy:yy:yy:yy:yy:01"
will return
config device 'lan_eth0_dev'
option name 'eth0'
option macaddr 'yy:yy:yy:yy:yy:01'
config device 'lan_eth1_1_dev'
option name 'eth1.1'
option macaddr 'yy:yy:yy:yy:yy:01'
ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2542
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[always use new scheme, extend description, change commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 298814e6be)
In order to make RSSI indicator on the device work out of box,
include "rssileds" package in per-device rootfs image by default
for Ubiquiti XM and XW devices, namely:
- Bullet M (XM/XW)
- Rocket M (XM/XW)
- Nanostation M (XM/XW)
- Nanostation Loco-M (XW)
This moves the package addition to the individual devices in order
to prevent accidental inclusions of the package when not looking
at the parent node carefully enough.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
[add bullet-m-xw, remove rocket-m-ti, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 08d9c95417)
This adds the gpio switch to enable PoE passthrough on Ubiquiti
Nanostation (XM/XW).
Values are copied from the implementation in ar71xx.
GPIO values checked on:
- NanoStation M5 XW
- NanoStation M2 XM
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 317e98a5a2)
ALFA Network Quad-E4G is a universal Wi-Fi/4G platform, which offers
three miniPCIe (PCIe, USB 2.0, SIM) and a single M.2 B-key (dual-SIM,
USB 3.0) slots, RTC and five Gigabit Ethernet ports with PoE support.
Specification:
- MT7621A (880 MHz)
- 256/512 MB of RAM (DDR3)
- 16/32+ MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- optional second SPI flash (8-pin WSON/SOIC)
- 1x microSD (SDXC) flash card reader
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V) in LAN1
- optional 802.3at/af PoE module for WAN
- 3x miniPCIe slot (with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses, micro SIM and 5 V)
- 1x M.2/NGFF B-key 3042 (USB 3.0/2.0, mini + micro SIM)
- RTC (TI BQ32002, I2C bus) with backup battery (CR2032)
- external hardware watchdog (EM Microelectronic EM6324)
- 1x USB 2.0 Type-A
- 1x micro USB Type-B for system serial console (Holtek HT42B534)
- 11x LED (5 for Ethernet, 5 driven by GPIO, 1x power indicator)
- 3x button (reset, user1, user2)
- 1x I2C (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- 4x SIM (6-pin, 2.00 mm pitch) headers on PCB
- 2x UART2/3 (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) headers on PCB
- 1x mechanical power switch
- 1x DC jack with lock (24 V)
Other:
- U-Boot selects default SIM slot, based on value of 'default_sim' env
variable: '1' or unset -> SIM1 (mini), '2' -> SIM2 (micro). This board
has additional logic circuit for M.2 SIM switching. The 'sim-select'
will work only if both SIM slots are occupied. Otherwise, always slot
with SIM inside is selected, no matter 'sim-select' value.
- U-Boot enables power in all three miniPCIe and M.2 slots before
loading the kernel
- this board supports 'dual image' feature (controlled by 'dual_image'
U-Boot environment variable)
- all three miniPCIe slots have additional 5 V supply on pins 47 and 49
- the board allows to install up to two oversized miniPCIe cards (vendor
has dedicated MediaTek MT7615N/D cards for this board)
- this board has additional logic circuit controlling PERSTn pins inside
miniPCIe slots. By default, PERSTn (GPIO19) is routed to all miniPCIe
slots but setting GPIO22 to high allows PERSTn control per slot, using
GPIO23-25 (value is inverted)
Flash instructions:
You can use the 'sysupgrade' image directly in vendor firmware which is
based on OpenWrt (make sure to not preserve settings - use 'sysupgrade
-n -F ...' command). Alternatively, use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Power the device with reset button pressed, the modem LED will start
blinking slowly and after ~3 seconds, when it starts blinking faster,
you can release the button.
2. Setup static IP 192.168.1.2/24 on your PC.
3. Go to 192.168.1.1 in browser and upload 'sysupgrade' image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
(backported from commit e68539aca4)
ALFA Network R36M-E4G is a dual-SIM, N300 Wi-Fi, compact size platform
based on MediaTek MT7620A WiSoC. This product is designed for operation
with 4G modem (can be bought in bundle with Quectel EC25, EG25 or EP06)
but supports also Wi-Fi modules (miniPCIe slot has USB and PCIe buses).
Specification:
- MT7620A (580 MHz)
- 64/128/256 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16/32+ MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (MT7620A), with ext. LNA (RFFM4227)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses and optional 5 V)
- 2x SIM slot (mini, micro) with detect and switch driven by GPIO
- 2x u.fl antenna connectors (for Wi-Fi)
- 8x LED (7 driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wifi)
- 2x UART (4-pin/2.54 mm pitch, 10-pin/1.27 mm pitch) headers on PCB
- 1x I2C (4-pin, 1.27 mm pitch) header on PCB
- 1x LED (8-pin, 1.27 mm pitch) header on PCB
- 1x DC jack with lock (12 V)
Other:
- there is a dedicated, 4-pin connector for optional RTC module (Holtek
HT138x) with 'enable' input, not available at the time of preparing
support for this board
- miniPCIe slot supports additional 5 V supply on pins 47 and 49 but a
jumper resistor (R174) is not installed by default
- U-Boot selects default SIM slot, based on value of 'default_sim' env
variable: '1' or unset -> SIM1 (mini), '2' -> SIM2 (micro). This will
work only if both slots are occupied, otherwise U-Boot will always
select slot with SIM card inside (user can override it later, in
user-space)
- U-Boot resets the modem, using PERSTn signal, before starting kernel
- this board supports 'dual image' feature (controlled by 'dual_image'
U-Boot environment variable)
Flash instruction:
You can use the 'sysupgrade' image directly in vendor firmware which is
based on OpenWrt (make sure to not preserve settings - use 'sysupgrade
-n -F ...' command). Alternatively, use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Power the device with reset button pressed, the modem LED will start
blinking slowly and after ~3 seconds, when it starts blinking faster,
you can release the button.
2. Setup static IP 192.168.1.2/24 on your PC.
3. Go to 192.168.1.1 in browser and upload 'sysupgrade' image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
(backported from commit dfecf94c20)
New U-Boot version for MediaTek MT76x8/MT762x based ALFA Network boards
includes support for a 'dual image' feature. Users can enable it using
U-Boot environment variable 'dual_image' ('1' -> enabled).
When 'dual image' feature is enabled, U-Boot will modify DTB and divide
the original 'firmware' flash area into two, equal in size and aligned
to 64 KB partitions: 'firmware' and 'backup'. U-Boot will also adjust
size of 'firmware' area to match installed flash chip size.
U-Boot will load kernel from active partition which is marked with env
variable 'bootactive' ('1' -> first partition, '2' -> second partition)
and rename both partitions accordingly ('firmware' <-> 'backup').
There are 3 additional env variables used to control 'dual image' mode:
- bootlimit - maximum number of unsuccessful boot tries (default: '3')
- bootcount - current number of boot tries
- bootchanged - flag which informs that active partition was changed; if
it is set and 'bootcount' reaches 'bootlimit' value,
U-Boot will start web-based recovery which then updates
both partitions with provided image
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
(backported from commit bc173ddd83)
Upstream kernel added support for RAW_APPENDED_DTB on ralink arch
in the following commit:
02564fc89d3d ("ralink: Introduce fw_passed_dtb to arch/mips/ralink")
Use upstream solution and get rid of our OWRTDTB hack.
This commit set DEVICE_DTS to $$(DTS) instead of replacing DTS with
DEVICE_DTS in device profile because DTS variable will be dropped
in later commits.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
[Tested on mt7621/mt76x8]
Tested-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
[Tested on rt305x/mt7620]
Tested-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 7a8d3432c7)
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Ath10k packages were removed from ar71xx in master in commit
34113999ef ("ar71xx: Remove ath10k packages from archer-c7-v1 (fixes
FS#1743)") but ath79 in master and the 19.07 branch still suffer from
the issue.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[commit subject and description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It seems that there is a missing PKG_SOURCE_URL_FILE support.
This little fix adds the support for packages to change the name of the
downloaded file.
Sometimes it is desirable to change the downloaded archive file name, like
for mitigating name conflicts for different packages (some files on the server
could be named like, e.g. 2018-01-01.tar.gz) or for the cases that there is
no name for the file in the URL (e.g. http://someserver.com/download).
Signed-off-by: Kamil Wcislo <kamil.wcislo@lpnplant.io>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
(cherry picked from commit 09c428ec6b)
Commit b3d8b3a introduced a new test:
[ -n "$noscan" -a "$noscan" -gt 0 ] && hostapd_noscan=1
But if length of "$noscan" is zero (noscan is not set) this doesn't stop
the shell to evaluate the rest of the test.
root@hank2:~# [ -n "$noscan" -a "$noscan" -gt 0 ]
ash: out of range
root@hank2:~#
So when radios are brought up this shows in the log:
Sat Nov 23 10:51:38 2019 daemon.info procd: - init complete -
Sat Nov 23 10:52:24 2019 daemon.notice netifd: radio1 (1243): sh: out of range
Sat Nov 23 10:52:25 2019 user.notice firewall: Reloading firewall due to ifup of wan (eth0.2)
Sat Nov 23 10:52:25 2019 daemon.notice netifd: radio0 (1242): sh: out of range
Sat Nov 23 10:52:26 2019 authpriv.info dropbear[1536]: Not backgrounding
This commit sets noscan to 0 if unset and removes the gratuitous length
check, preventing the warning.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
(cherry picked from commit 28d84331f4)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Hardware
--------
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ4019
RAM: 256M DDR3
FLASH: 128M NAND
WiFi: 2T2R IPQ4019 bgn
2T2R IPQ4019 a/n/ac
ETH: Atheros AR8033 RGMII PHY
BTN: 1x Connect (WPS)
LED: Power (green/red/yellow)
Installation
------------
1. Grab the uboot for the Device from the 'u-boot-fritz1200'
subdirectory. Place it in the same directory as the 'eva_ramboot.py'
script. It is located in the 'scripts/flashing' subdirectory of the
OpenWRT tree.
2. Assign yourself the IP address 192.168.178.10/24. Connect your
Computer to one of the boxes LAN ports.
3. Connect Power to the Box. As soon as the LAN port of your computer
shows link, load the U-Boot to the box using following command.
> ./eva_ramboot.py --offset 0x85000000 192.168.178.1 uboot-fritz1200.bin
4. The U-Boot will now start. Now assign yourself the IP address
192.168.1.70/24. Copy the OpenWRT initramfs (!) image to a TFTP
server root directory and rename it to 'FRITZ1200.bin'.
5. The Box will now boot OpenWRT from RAM. This can take up to two
minutes.
6. Copy the U-Boot and the OpenWRT sysupgrade (!) image to the Box using
scp. SSH into the Box and first write the Bootloader to both previous
kernel partitions.
> mtd write /path/to/uboot-fritz1200.bin uboot0
> mtd write /path/to/uboot-fritz1200.bin uboot1
7. Remove the AVM filesystem partitions to make room for our kernel +
rootfs + overlayfs.
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=avm_filesys_0
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=avm_filesys_1
8. Flash OpenWRT peristently using sysupgrade.
> sysupgrade -n /path/to/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 7f187229a8)
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This was found by the build bot.
Fixes: db345220b4 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.155")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 103e49f62e)
8174814 utils: persist effective extra_src and extra_dest options in state file
72a486f zones: fix emitting match rules for zones with only "extra" options
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 482114d3f7)
While at it, also reorder the items for
improved readability.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
(cherry picked from commit 6b2f953db346cfb4ddf05654efa3ad7eb84ed99f)
wireless-regdb fails to build if there is python2 installed from package
feeds, as staging_dir/hostpkg/bin/python is python2 and
staging_dir/hostpkg/bin takes precedence over staging_dir/host/bin
(proper place with python -> python3 symlink) which leads to the build
failure of wireless-regdb, so this patch makes it explicit which python
should be used.
Reported-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Tested-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Tested-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit b6bae4a2c9)
Refresh patches to tidy up some fuzz warnings
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 12840674d0)
This backports a patch to build it work with python2 in addition to
python3.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit d3a8a62692)
Fixes build issues on a python3 host (issues with the print statement
formatting in the current build).
Includes 100-regdb-write-firmware-file-format-version-code-20.patch and
other fixes.
Closes bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1605.
Uses the tarball as requested.
Signed-off-by: Zachary Riedlshah <git@zacharyrs.me>
(cherry picked from commit ef3f868da0)
TP-Link TL-WDR4900 v2 only has one combined WPS/Reset button, so
don't set up an RFKILL for this device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 25127f58b4)
In ar71xx there is only one combined mach file for Archer C5/C7 and
TL-WDR4900 v2. This one uses the same LED struct for all devices,
defining "green" LEDs for them. However, WDR4900 uses blue front
LEDs, while only C5/C7 uses green ones. Despite, in base-files
WDR4900 is actually set up with "blue" for the mentioned LEDs.
Thus, this patch creates a separate LED struct for WDR4900, so the
LEDs can be set up correctly. Despite, the wlan5g LED is removed as
it is controlled by ath9k chip for WDR4900 (in contrast to C5/C7).
Note: While front LEDs are blue, USB LEDs (on the back) are green,
so colors are mixed intentionally for the WDR4900 v2.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 93f2bcc35e)
The stock firmware and bootloader only accept uImage with names that
match certain patterns. This patch enables OpenWrt installation from
stock firmware without having to reflash the bootloader or access the
UART console.
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
(cherry picked from commit 19800ac095)
[backported]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MAC address setup of the TL-WDR4900 v2 is different from the
C5/C7. This aligns ar71xx with the setup in ath79:
wlan0 (5GHz) : -2
wlan1 (2.4GHz) : -1
eth1 (LAN) : 0
eth0 (WAN) : 1
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit a9d3084b83)
As discussed in 1d18a14a90 ("ath79: really fix TP-Link Archer C7
v2 MAC address"), stock firmware MAC address assignment is
actually as follows:
wlan0 (5GHz) : -1
wlan1 (2.4GHz) : 0
eth1 (LAN) : 0
eth0 (WAN) : 1
This has never been fixed for ar71xx, so let's do it now.
Note that with WDR4900 v2 even both wlan0 and wlan1 where assigned
to basemac-1 before ...
Fixes: FS#408
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit a021268032)
This potentially fixes some issues seen on IBSS
when interfaces go out of range and then re-appear.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This updates the GCC to the next minor release which fixes +213 bugs.
Tested on ARMv6, ARMv7, MIPS R2, x86
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The skb_get_hash_perturb() function now takes a siphash_key_t instead of
an u32. This was changed in commit 55667441c84f ("net/flow_dissector:
switch to siphash"). Use the correct type in the fq header file
depending on the kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
(cherry picked from commit eaa047179a)
ar71xx has just one board name "wndr3700" for WNDR3700 V1/V2,
WNDR3800 and WNDR3800CH, whereas ath79 provides separate images for
the boards. So, update SUPPORTED_DEVICES to store the correct
ar71xx board names.
Fixes: FS#2510
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit fc44a8481c)
Some Ubiquiti devices had the RSSI LEDs configured in 01_leds but
were missing the rssileds package, while others that don't have
RSSI LEDS had the package included.
This commit includes the rssileds package only for those devices
that need it.
Tested on a NanoStation M XW.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
(cherry picked from commit 1c6066a867)
[backported to 19.07]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The two ASUS WL-330N and WL-330N3G had the
reset keycode assigned to the WPS button. This patch
changes all three devices to use KEY_WPS_BUTTON in
the hopes that this fixes unwanted restarts/
unexpected behavior from the users point of view.
[dropped RG21S]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit ad65d9d7b2)
The WPS button was mapped to the restart/reset. This patch
changes it to emit the KEY_WPS_BUTTON keycode so pressing
the WPS button does initiate WPS.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 7a7610c21b)
Disable the DIR-300 B1 image by default as the device has insufficient
flash space for release build images.
Fixes: FS#2606
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Commit 60f41c6c9e ("ramips: add usb-ledtrig-usbport to DEVICE_PACKAGES
of CY-SWR1100") added stray | during backport which caused build
breakage on the buildbots:
bash: -c: line 0: syntax error near unexpected token `|'
bash: -c: line 0: `echo kmod-usb-core kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport kmod-usb-ohci kmod-usb2 swconfig | | mkhash md5 | head -c 8'
Fixes: 60f41c6c9e ("ramips: add usb-ledtrig-usbport to DEVICE_PACKAGES of CY-SWR1100")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
CY-SWR1100 has a USB LED but kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport is missing
in default images. This commit adds it.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[changed commit title, backported to 19.07]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 261c746631)
Ethernet MAC address setup has been broken since c3e420f28c. Restore
original setting.
Fixes: c3e420f28c ("ramips: Add support for D-Link DCH-M225")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
(cherry picked from commit 7231c1edd9)
[backported due to base-files split]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
AutoLoad parameter must match the exact kernel module name. Fix it.
Fixes: 125f1ce9ad ("kernel: video: add DRM core and IMX DRM support for HDMI/LVDS")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
(cherry picked from commit 6990510aca)
hostapd will not use the getrandom() syscall and as a fallback use
/dev/random, the syscall is supported since Linux 3.17 and in the musl,
glibc and uclibc version used by OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 998686364d)
All the content of this function is proceeded by IEEE8021X_EAPOL no code
accesses the ssid variable outside of this ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 0d86bf518a)
Instead of patching the workaround away, just use the config option.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 9b4a27455c)
The size of the ipkgs increase a bit (between 0.7% and 1.1%):
old 2019-04-21 (2.8):
288264 wpad-basic_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
256188 wpad-mini_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
427475 wpad-openssl_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
423071 wpad-wolfssl_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
new 2019-08-08 (2.9):
290217 wpad-basic_2019-08-08-ca8c2bd2-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
258745 wpad-mini_2019-08-08-ca8c2bd2-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
431732 wpad-openssl_2019-08-08-ca8c2bd2-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
427641 wpad-wolfssl_2019-08-08-ca8c2bd2-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 167028b750)
This also syncs the configuration files with the default configuration
files, but no extra options are activated or deactivated.
The mesh patches were partially merged into hostapd 2.8, the remaining
patches were extracted from patchwork and are now applied by OpenWrt.
The patches still have open questions which are not fixed by the author.
They were taken from this page:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/hostap/list/?series=62725&state=*
The changes in 007-mesh-apply-channel-attributes-before-running-Mesh.patch
where first applied to hostapd, but later reverted in hostapd commit
3e949655ccc5 because they caused memory leaks.
The size of the ipkgs increase a bit (between 1.3% and 2.3%):
old 2018-12-02 (2.7):
283337 wpad-basic_2018-12-02-c2c6c01b-11_mipsel_24kc.ipk
252857 wpad-mini_2018-12-02-c2c6c01b-11_mipsel_24kc.ipk
417473 wpad-openssl_2018-12-02-c2c6c01b-11_mipsel_24kc.ipk
415105 wpad-wolfssl_2018-12-02-c2c6c01b-11_mipsel_24kc.ipk
new 2019-04-21 (2.8):
288264 wpad-basic_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
256188 wpad-mini_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
427475 wpad-openssl_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
423071 wpad-wolfssl_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
(cherry picked from commit 8af79550e6)
For AP mode, OpenWrt automatically sets ieee80211w to either 1 or 2, depending
on whether the encryption is set to sae-mixed, or sae/owe/eap suite-b.
Mirror the same defaults for client mode connections, in order to allow an
OpenWrt station to associate to an OpenWrt ap with SAE, OWE or Suite-B encryption
without the need to manually specify "option ieee80211w" on the station.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit abb4f4075e)
This changes fixes the generation of the wpa_supplicant client configuration
in WPA3 OWE client mode. Instead of incorrectly emitting key_mgmt=NONE, use
the proper key_mgmt=OWE setting instead.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 4209b28d23)
wps_supplicant.h assumes that 'struct wpa_bss' is forward declared if
CONFIG_WPS is not defined. With the later inclusion of
600-ubus_support, the issue manifests in warnings like these:
wps_supplicant.h:113:15: warning: 'struct wpa_bss' declared inside parameter list will not be visible outside of this definition or declaration
struct wpa_bss *bss)
^~~~~~~
This patch forward declares 'struct wpa_bss' regardless.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit f974f8213b)
The original wpa_hexdump uses a 'void *' for the payload. With patch
410-limit_debug_messages, the signature changes and compiler warnings
occur at various places. One such warning is:
wpa_debug.h:106:20: note: expected 'const u8 * {aka const unsigned char *}' but argument is of type 'struct wpa_eapol_key *'
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit a123df2758)
This edjusts the selection of recently removed wolfssl options which
have always been built into the library even in their abscence.
Also remove the selection of libwolfssl itself, allowing the library to
be built as a module.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 94d131332b)
Discovered recent changes had broken sysupgrade for ar71xx mikrotik
rb-493g, traced the problem to missing /usr/share/libubox/jshn.sh after
switching to tmpfs.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Boards added: WNR1000v2, WNR2000v3, WNR612v2, WNDR3700.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
(cherry picked from commit d47b687006)
[removed WNR1000v2/WNR2000v3 since not supported in 19.07]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In ar71xx, the board name for the TL-WR1043ND v3 is equal to v2:
tl-wr1043nd-v2
Fix SUPPORTED_DEVICES for v3 in ath79 accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit b5791118cc)
Fix the error that tl-wdr3320-v2 can't upgrade firmware via web
interface by using magic_ver="0200" for this device.
Signed-off-by: 南浦月 <nanpuyue@gmail.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 0ff2385a92)
When Nanostation M was renamed from ubnt,nano-m to ubnt,nanostation-m
in commit f1396ac753 ("ath79: align naming of Ubiquiti Nanostation M"),
the caldata extraction in 10-ath9k-eeprom was overlooked.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 5dc535419f)
Many bugs were fixed--2 patches removed here.
This release of wolfSSL includes fixes for 5 security vulnerabilities,
including two CVEs with high/critical base scores:
- potential invalid read with TLS 1.3 PSK, including session tickets
- potential hang with ocspstaping2 (always enabled in openwrt)
- CVE-2019-15651: 1-byte overread when decoding certificate extensions
- CVE-2019-16748: 1-byte overread when checking certificate signatures
- DSA attack to recover DSA private keys
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit f4853f7cca)
Hardware acceleration was disabled when AES-CCM was selected as a
workaround for a build failure. This applies a couple of upstream
patches fixing this.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit ab19627ecc)
c9b6668 ustream-ssl: skip writing pending data if .eof is true after connect
Fixes: CVE-2019-5101, CVE-2019-5102
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 6f9157e6bd)
Instead of depending on kmod-usb2 make it depend on the normal USB
dependencies. This should hopefully fix some problems seen in the build
bot builds for powerpc_8540.
In addition also activate DRIVER_11N_SUPPORT support.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 3ff3b044c0)
This patch breaks building on PowerPC, like the mpc85xx_generic
target for me.
Fixes: FS#2585
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit b01305c8d2)
Forward the OpenWrt TARGET_LDFLAGS to the linker of the fw_printenv tool.
In addition also use the more standard make invocation script.
With this change the fw_printenv tool is built with PIE and Full RELRO
support when activated globally in OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
(cherry picked from commit b7b2be0b26)
All buttons on the Netgear R6220 are active-low while they are flagged
as active-high.
The GPIO status reads the following for no buttons pressed:
root@64367-r6220:~# cat /sys/kernel/debug/gpio
gpio-7 ( |wps ) in hi
gpio-8 ( |wifi ) in hi
gpio-14 ( |reset ) in hi
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit f7f9fe5256ebb660d3160452c3c01a9eb080938f)
This fixes the netdev LED trigger for interfaces, which are renamed
during initialization (e.g. ppp interfaces).
Fixes: FS#2193
Fixes: FS#2239
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit edbadec843)
When switching from master branch to 19.07 or older, we need to ensure
that Python symlink in staging bin directory points to Python 2.
We can't rely completly just on SetupHostCommand as its executed only in
cases when the $(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/bin/python doesn't already exist, so
we need to remove it before running SetupHostCommand.
This is a cherry-pick of 3b68fb57c9
with python3 instead of python2
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Champetier <champetier.etienne@gmail.com>
Here is a way to break your build env without this patch:
1) have python point to python3, and no python2
2) start the build, SetupHostCommand will create a symlink
./staging_dir/host/bin/python -> /usr/bin/python
3) build fails on scons because it can't find any python2
4) install python2 and restart the build
5) the build fails on wireless-regdb compile because python is python3 instead of python
Signed-off-by: Etienne Champetier <champetier.etienne@gmail.com>
To simplify the upgrade process and ensure easier identification of
device partitioning, the following devices are disabled on ath79
target in openwrt-19.07 branch:
- glinet,gl-ar300m-nor
- glinet,gl-ar300m-nand
- glinet,gl-ar750s
Proper ath79 (NAND) support for the devices is expected to be
introduced based on kernel 4.19 (see GitHub PR #2184).
In openwrt-19.07, ar71xx should be used for those devices.
With this, we ensure that the new ath79 image names (at least for
releases) refer to the updated partitioning.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The QCA953x only supports 25 MHz refclk, however some OEMs set an
invalid bootstrap value for the REF_CLK option, which would break the
clock detection in ath9k.
Force the QCA953x refclk to 25MHz in ath9k, as this is (according to the
datasheet) the only valid frequency.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 4c6fe32468)
This fixes commit bae927c551 ("ar71xx: add support for TP-LINK CPE510
V2.0") where the support for this device wasn't optimal.
Device support for the CPE510v2 so far has been a hack to enable
flashing with CPE510v1 images. Those even have different hardware (e.g.
additional ethernet port).
With this patch, we provide proper support for this device in ar71xx.
Installation:
- Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI or through TFTP
- To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on
for around 4-5 seconds and release.
- Rename factory image to recovery.bin
- Stock TFTP server IP: 192.168.0.100
- Stock device TFTP address: 192.168.0.254
Fixes: bae927c551 ("ar71xx: add support for TP-LINK CPE510 V2.0")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
[Rebased onto revert commit, changed comments in mach-cpe510.c,
changed commit title and description, fixed eth0 MAC address,
removed eth1 initialization]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[squashed revert, added fixes tag]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit c79b796280)
[added CPE510V2 entry to tplink-safeloader.c]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This will have GIT ignore patches in root directory, as created
when using "git format-patch".
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 2c54135598)
There is a problem with the EA8500, the switch will not work after soft
reboot, the only way to get it working again is to power cycle it
manually.
There are probably several issues in the play, it's quite hard to fix it
without having access to the actual device, so I don't see any other
option now, then revert the offending commit.
Ref: PR#2047
Fixes: FS#2168 ("Switch no longer work after restart on Linksys EA8500")
Reported-by: Adam <424778940z@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 04d6753d03)
The release notes since last time for wave-1:
* October 5, 2019: Fix too-short msg caused by invalid use of PayloadLen in receive path.
This appears to resolve the issue of getting (and ignoring) too-short commands
when we detect loss of CE interrupts and go into polling mode.
* October 12, 2019: Fix regression in IBSS mode that caused SWBA overrun issues. Related to
regression added during the ct-station logic, specifically TSF allocation.
Thanks for Ahmed Zaki @ Mage-Networks for helping to diagnose and test.
* October 15, 2019: Only send beacon tx completion events if we can detect CT driver is being
used (based on CT_STATS_OK flag being set). This should help CT firmware work
better on stock driver.
The release notes since last time for wave-2:
* October 15, 2019: Only send beacon tx completion events if we can detect CT driver is being
used (based on ATH10k_USE_TXCOMPL_TXRATE2 | ATH10k_USE_TXCOMPL_TXRATE1 flags being set).
This should help CT firmware work better on stock driver.
* October 31, 2019: Compile out peer-ratecode-list-event. ath10k driver ignores the event.
* November 1, 2019: Fix rate-ctrl related crash when nss and other things were changed while
station stays associated. See bug: https://github.com/greearb/ath10k-ct/issues/96
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
(cherry picked from commit e716e93a2f7290086f49992c9980773c88100c3a)
Import patches from upstream to sync 19.07 with master:
9f3e3323e996 rt2x00: allow to specify watchdog interval
2034afe4db4a rt2800: add helpers for reading dma done index
759c5b599cf4 rt2800: initial watchdog implementation
09db3b000619 rt2800: add pre_reset_hw callback
710e6cc1595e rt2800: do not nullify initialization vector data
e403fa31ed71 rt2x00: add restart hw
0f47aeeada2a rt2800: do not enable watchdog by default
41a531ffa4c5 rt2x00usb: fix rx queue hang
3b902fa811cf rt2x00usb: remove unnecessary rx flag checks
1dc244064c47 rt2x00: no need to check return value of debugfs_create functions
706f0182b1ad rt2800usb: Add new rt2800usb device PLANEX GW-USMicroN
95844124385e rt2x00: clear IV's on start to fix AP mode regression
567a9b766b47 rt2x00: do not set IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK on tx status
14d5e14c8a6c rt2x00: clear up IV's on key removal
13fa451568ab Revert "rt2800: enable TX_PIN_CFG_LNA_PE_ bits per band"
--pending-- rt2800: remove errornous duplicate condition
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
With this commit, the WAN LED is triggered by the switch port state
instead of the eth0 netdev.
Otherwise, the LED is always illuminated, regardless of the WAN port
link state.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 70d5989c9c)
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This enables PMKSA and opportunistic key caching by default for
WPA2/WPA3-Personal, WPA3-Personal and OWE auth types.
Otherwise, Apple devices won't connect to the WPA3 network.
This should not degrade security, as there's no external authentication
provider.
Tested with OCEDO Koala and iPhone 7 (iOS 13.1).
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 3034f8c3b8)
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Both targets miss a subtarget causing an image naming style which is
different from other all othe targets, even tho it already uses
`x/generic/` as subfolder as if the subtarget would exist.
This commit adds the Generic subtarget resulting in consistent naming.
~/src/openwrt/openwrt/bin/targets/ipq806x/generic$ ls
openwrt-ipq806x-generic-netgear_d7800-initramfs-uImage
openwrt-ipq806x-generic-netgear-d7800.manifest
openwrt-ipq806x-generic-netgear_d7800-squashfs-factory.img
openwrt-ipq806x-generic-netgear_d7800-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
CC: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit 853e4dd306)
The 2.4 GHz radio had very poor signal reception (-89 dBm for an AP
sitting 5 m away). By enabling the external amplifier, received signal
has improved to -50 dBm for the same AP.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
(cherry picked from commit e667d6f46b)
Modify GL-AR300M-Lite and GL-AR300M (NOR):
* Include qca9531_glinet_gl-ar300m.dtsi directly
rather than qca9531_glinet_gl-ar300m-nor.dts
* Remove redundant inclusion of gpio.h and input.h
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit f5c7fe2ff0)
So far, WiFi MAC addresses for this device have been set up from
caldata. However, this returns values which do not look like MAC
addresses. They also do not match stock firmware:
wlan0 (5.0): 00:11:22:00:17:D0 from 0x8004
wlan1 (2.4): 00:11:22:00:17:CD from 0x4 (and 0x2e)
It looks like the only valid MAC address on this device is at 0x28.
So, this patch changes setup to calculate addresses based on the
value at 0x28:
lan: *:0A (flash, label)
wan: *:0B (flash + 1)
wifi2: *:0A (flash)
wifi5: *:0C (flash + 2)
Thanks to Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net> for
investigating this on his devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit d1072096f4)
The kconfig symbol is an invisible one since its introduction. It is
not supposed to be enabled on its own.
Resolves FS#1821
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 4bf9bec361)
Improves rate control responsiveness and performance
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
[reworked to apply on 4.19.79 mac80211 + renumbered + refreshed]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The Unifi AC-LR has identical hardware to the Unifi AC-Lite.
The antenna setup is different according to the vendor,
which explains the thicker enclosure.
Therefore, it is helpful to know the exact device variant,
instead of having "Ubiquiti UniFi-AC-LITE/LR".
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
[fix legacy name in commit message; add old boardname to
SUPPORTED_DEVICES]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 07c1ddf522)
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit adds correct model detection for UniFi
AC-LR. Previously, said device was incorrectly detected
as UniFi-AC-LITE/MESH.
The Information about the device is stored at 0xC in the EEPROM
partition. It corresponds to the sysid in /etc/board.info of the
Ubiquiti stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
[adjust naming style of target to existing ones]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 2bc7c519dc)
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This fixes frequent crashes observed on a UniFi AC Mesh using OpenWrt
master and 19.07. 18.06 seems not affected from our testing.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 641a93f0f2)
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit changes the source of the Wave 1 ath10k-firmware
from linux-firmware to Kall Valos ath10k-firmware repository.
This is necessary as the firmware selected in linux-firmware produces
frequent crashes in some circumstances.
This patch can be removed as soon as linux-firmware carries
10.2.4-1.0-00047 firmware.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit a3914783a3)
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Several Archer Cxx devices were using board-specific LED names in
ar71xx, which were changed to "tp-link:*" in ath79.
This patch adds migration for them.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 53e6cc7a81)
Several devices added to LED migration script will just have their
(old) board name converted to tp-link.
By using a variable for this, the amount of code in the migration
script can be reduced and the chance for typos is reduced.
This patch also introduces the marker for beginning of a pattern
"^" to the regex, so the match is more specific.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 6b0eb84336)
The code line patching ath9k MAC address for this device contains
a wrong number of arguments including an unset "$mac", which
looks like a typo or copy/paste mistake.
This has been introduced already in the device support commit
745dee11ac ("ath79: add support for WD My Net Wi-Fi Range
Extender").
This patch just removes the "$mac" argument, leaving a formally
valid line. (No on-device test has been performed.)
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 6b53033783)
The ar71xx images for the Ubiquiti NanoStation M (XM) devices use
"nanostation-m" as board name, but the ath79 images are only
compatible with the "nano-m" board name, so sysupgrade complains.
By changing this additional supported device, sysupgrade smoothly
upgrades from ar71xx to ath79.
Ref: openwrt#2418
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit f473ce6f23)
The ar71xx images for the Ubiquiti NanoStation M (XW) devices use
"nanostation-m-xw" as the board name, but the ath79 images are only
compatible with the "nano-m-xw" board name, so sysupgrade complains.
By adding this additional supported device, sysuspgrade smoothly
upgrades from ar71xx to ath79.
Tested on a NanoStation M (XW) running OpenWrt ar71xx r10250-016d1eb.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2418
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[removed duplicate DEVICE_VARIANT, removed uneeded nano-m-xw support]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 6dda2ea6ad)
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The device did not appear to be reachable unless the connection were
forced to 100Mb or lower. Revert to previously working pll-data.
Also fix the phy-mode to represent the actual state needed for ethernet
to function.
Reported-by: Moritz Schreiber <moritz@mosos.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
[add remark about phy-mode property]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit ee41b602a2)
edma_read_append_stats() gets called from two places in the driver.
The first place is the kernel timer that periodically updates
the statistics, so nothing gets lost due to overflows.
The second one it's part of the userspace ethtool ioctl handler
to provide up-to-date values.
For this configuration, the use of spin_lock() is not sufficient
and as per:
<https://mirrors.edge.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/rusty/kernel-locking/c214.html>
the locking has to be upgraded to spin_lock_bh().
Signed-off-by: Masafumi UTSUGI <mutsugi@allied-telesis.co.jp>
[folded patch into 710-, rewrote message]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit f1d761f95e)
This adds engine configuration sections to openssl.cnf, with a commented
list of engines. To enable an engine, all you have to do is uncomment
the engine line.
It also adds some useful comments to the devcrypto engine configuration
section. Other engines currently don't have configuration commands.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit cebf024c4d)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This corrects the additional boardname for the image metadata to the one
used in ar71xx. The previously present additional entry was never used
on a running system.
Reviewed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 1a256470e7)
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit fixes TP-Link TL-WDR4900 v1 MAC address assignment.
Previously, the MAC addrss was read for the ethernet from the "config"
partition. However, the content of this partition is dependent on the
firmware which was previously installed on the device.
Switch the MAC address source to the U-Boot partition, where the MAC
address is always present at a fixed partition. The partition was
previously already used for the WiFi MAC-addresses.
Reviewed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 07e555d873)
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The default sizes render Device/linksys_audi mage un-flashable.
Restore the pagesize, subpagesize, and blocksize for linksys_audi
from https://github.com/openwrt/archive.
Signed-off-by: Eubert Bao <bunnier@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit e11fc8439c)
The first allows usage of several functions in the std namespace, which
broke compilation of gddrescue specifically with uClibc-ng and uClibc++.
The second allows usage of long long with normal C++11, which is part of
the standard. Before, std=gnu++11 needed to be passsed to work around it.
As a result of the second patch, the pedantic patch can safely be removed.
Both patches are upstream backports.
Added -std=c++11 to CFLAGS to guarentee proper inclusion of long long.
Added another patch that fixes a typo with the long long support. Sent to
upstream.
Fixed up license information according to SPDX.
Small cleanups for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 6ab386c9bc)
Upon writing to "remove" file, debugfs_remove_recursive() blocks while
holding rtnl_lock. This is because debugfs' file_ops callbacks are
executed in debugfs_use_file_*() context which prevents file removal.
Fix this by only flagging the device for removal and then do the cleanup
in file_ops.release callback which is executed out of that context.
Signed-off-by: Ali MJ Al-Nasrawy <alimjalnasrawy@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit c2635b871d)
Since v3.11, netdevice notification data are of type
"struct netdev_notifier_info". Handle it as such!
This should fix a critical bug in which devices are unable get released
because trelay does not release resources in response to UNREGISTER
event spamming the log with something like:
unregister_netdevice: waiting for eth0.1 to become free. Usage count = 1
Signed-off-by: Ali MJ Al-Nasrawy <alimjalnasrawy@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 77cfc0739d)
if gcc not linker whith this LDFLAGS, "file libbz2.so.1.0.8" will
recognize as pie executable ELF file ( which should be shared object).
this because the file command version before 5.36 not recognize
correctly.
Signed-off-by: leo chung <gewalalb@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 56ab58fb6c)
This fixes a compilation error as follows:
drivers/staging/fsl_qbman/qman_config.c:815:29: error: bitwise comparison
always evaluates to false [-Werror=tautological-compare]
if ((qman_ip_rev & 0xFF00) == QMAN_REV31) {
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
(cherry picked from commit 53b73131e9)
The prepare target was added some 11 years ago to build tools and
toolchain and was recently extended to create buildinfo files for
reproducibility, meaning {feeds,version,config}.buildinfo.
As the buildbot workflow is more complex than the single prepare (kmod
feed insertion), prepare is only used to create those buildinfo files.
Running prepare however runs `target/compile` as well, taking time even
everything is already compiled.
Splitting this allows the buildbot to run only the `buildinfo` target
while others can still use the convenience feature `prepare`.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit 6caf437652)
The destination buffer size `d_len` is passed to `lzma_inflate` as a
pointer. Therefore, it needs to be dereferenced to compare its content.
Signed-off-by: Christian Franke <nobody@nowhere.ws>
(cherry picked from commit d544bc84a0)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The fwutil command will interpret the final 16 byte of a given firmware
image files as "struct fwimage_trailer".
In case these bytes do look like a valid trailer, we must ensure that we
print them out along with the remainder of the image to not accidentally
truncate non-trailer-images by 16 bytes when they're piped through fwtool,
e.g. as part of an image verification command sequence.
Some command sequences pipe images through fwtool in order to strip any
possible metadata, certificate or signature trailers and do not expect
bare images without any of that metadata to get truncated as other non-
fwtool specific metadata is expected at the end of the file, e.g. an
information block with an md5sum in case of the combined image format.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 889b841048)
The switch port naming in LuCI does not fit the physical numbers
on the front of this device. Since this is confusing, fix it.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
(cherry picked from commit e56e5a454e)
GDB 8.3.1 brings the following fixes and enhancements over GDB 8.3:
PR c++/20020 (GDB segfault on printing objects)
PR gdb/24454 (nat/x86-linux-dregs.c failed assertion)
PR breakpoints/24541 (Incorrect evaluation of systemtap probes due to register being signed and probe expression assuming unsigned)
PR symtab/24545 (Symbol loading performance regression with cc1)
PR gdb/24592 (amd64->i386 linux syscall restart problem)
PR gdb/25009 (terminate called after throwing an instance of 'srchilite::ParserException')
PR gdb/25010 (Calls to error () can cause SIGTTOU to send gdb to the background)
PR breakpoints/25011 (Breakpoints on file reloads broken for PIE binaries)
This corrective release also brings the following testsuite fixes and
enhancements:
PR testsuite/25005 (gdb-caching-proc.exp takes a lot of time on skip_opencl_tests)
PR testsuite/25016 (Test-case failures for -pie)
GDB 8.3 includes the following changes and enhancements:
* Support for new native configurations (also available as a target configuration):
- RISC-V GNU/Linux (riscv*-*-linux*)
- RISC-V FreeBSD (riscv*-*-freebsd*)
* Support for new target configurations:
- CSKY ELF (csky*-*-elf)
- CSKY GNU/Linux (csky*-*-linux)
- NXP S12Z ELF (s12z-*-elf)
- OpenRISC GNU/Linux (or1k*-*-linux*)
* Native Windows debugging is only supported on Windows XP or later.
* The Python API in GDB now requires Python 2.6 or later.
* GDB now supports terminal styling for the CLI and TUI.
Source highlighting is also supported by building GDB with GNU
Highlight.
* Experimental support for compilation and injection of C++ source
code into the inferior (requires GCC 7.1 or higher, built with
libcp1.so).
* GDB and GDBserver now support IPv6 connections.
* Target description support on RISC-V targets.
* Various enhancements to several commands:
- "frame", "select-frame" and "info frame" commands
- "info functions", "info types", "info variables"
- "info thread"
- "info proc"
- System call alias catchpoint support on FreeBSD
- "target remote" support for Unix Domain sockets.
* Support for displaying all files opened by a process
* DWARF index cache: GDB can now automatically save indices of DWARF
symbols on disk to speed up further loading of the same binaries.
* Various GDB/MI enhancements.
* GDBserver on PowerPC GNU/Linux now supports access to the PPR,
DSCR, TAR, EBB/PMU, and HTM registers.
* Ada task switching support when debugging programs built with
the Ravenscar profile added to aarch64-elf.
* GDB in batch mode now exits with status 1 if the last executed
command failed.
* Support for building GDB with GCC's Undefined Behavior Sanitizer.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
GDB 8.3.1 brings the following fixes and enhancements over GDB 8.3:
PR c++/20020 (GDB segfault on printing objects)
PR gdb/24454 (nat/x86-linux-dregs.c failed assertion)
PR breakpoints/24541 (Incorrect evaluation of systemtap probes due to register being signed and probe expression assuming unsigned)
PR symtab/24545 (Symbol loading performance regression with cc1)
PR gdb/24592 (amd64->i386 linux syscall restart problem)
PR gdb/25009 (terminate called after throwing an instance of 'srchilite::ParserException')
PR gdb/25010 (Calls to error () can cause SIGTTOU to send gdb to the background)
PR breakpoints/25011 (Breakpoints on file reloads broken for PIE binaries)
This corrective release also brings the following testsuite fixes and
enhancements:
PR testsuite/25005 (gdb-caching-proc.exp takes a lot of time on skip_opencl_tests)
PR testsuite/25016 (Test-case failures for -pie)
GDB 8.3 includes the following changes and enhancements:
* Support for new native configurations (also available as a target configuration):
- RISC-V GNU/Linux (riscv*-*-linux*)
- RISC-V FreeBSD (riscv*-*-freebsd*)
* Support for new target configurations:
- CSKY ELF (csky*-*-elf)
- CSKY GNU/Linux (csky*-*-linux)
- NXP S12Z ELF (s12z-*-elf)
- OpenRISC GNU/Linux (or1k*-*-linux*)
* Native Windows debugging is only supported on Windows XP or later.
* The Python API in GDB now requires Python 2.6 or later.
* GDB now supports terminal styling for the CLI and TUI.
Source highlighting is also supported by building GDB with GNU
Highlight.
* Experimental support for compilation and injection of C++ source
code into the inferior (requires GCC 7.1 or higher, built with
libcp1.so).
* GDB and GDBserver now support IPv6 connections.
* Target description support on RISC-V targets.
* Various enhancements to several commands:
- "frame", "select-frame" and "info frame" commands
- "info functions", "info types", "info variables"
- "info thread"
- "info proc"
- System call alias catchpoint support on FreeBSD
- "target remote" support for Unix Domain sockets.
* Support for displaying all files opened by a process
* DWARF index cache: GDB can now automatically save indices of DWARF
symbols on disk to speed up further loading of the same binaries.
* Various GDB/MI enhancements.
* GDBserver on PowerPC GNU/Linux now supports access to the PPR,
DSCR, TAR, EBB/PMU, and HTM registers.
* Ada task switching support when debugging programs built with
the Ravenscar profile added to aarch64-elf.
* GDB in batch mode now exits with status 1 if the last executed
command failed.
* Support for building GDB with GCC's Undefined Behavior Sanitizer.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
(cherry picked from commit 942f020bf4d0f49e4c5586a59ddf21c00e9d8bbe)
1.1.24 release notes
new features:
- GLOB_TILDE extension to glob
- non-stub catgets localization API, using netbsd binary catalog format
- posix_spawn file actions for [f]chdir (extension, pending future standard)
- secure_getenv function (extension)
- copy_file_range syscall wrapper (Linux extension)
- header-level support for new linux features in 5.2
performance:
- new fast path for lrint (generic C version) on 32-bit archs
major internal changes:
- functions involving time are overhauled to be time64-ready in 32-bit archs
- x32 uses the new time64 code paths to replace nasty hacks in syscall glue
compatibility & conformance:
- support for powerpc[64] unaligned relocation types
- powerpc[64] and sh sys/user.h no longer clash with kernel asm/ptrace.h
- select no longer modifies timeout on failure (or at all)
- mips64 stat results are no longer limited to 32-bit time range
- optreset (BSD extension) now has a public declaration
- support for clang inconsistencies in wchar_t type vs some 32-bit archs
- mips r6 syscall asm no longer has invalid lo/hi register clobbers
- vestigial asm declarations of __tls_get_new are removed (broke some tooling)
- riscv64 mcontext_t mismatch glibc's member naming is corrected
bugs fixed:
- glob failed to match broken symlinks consistently
- invalid use of interposed calloc to allocate initial TLS
- various dlsym symbol resolution logic errors
- semctl with SEM_STAT_ANY didn't work
- pthread_create with explicit scheduling was subject to priority inversion
- pthread_create failure path had data race for thread count
- timer_create with SIGEV_THREAD notification had data race getting timer id
- wide printf family failed to support l modifier for float formats
arch-specific bugs fixed:
- x87 floating point stack imbalance in math asm (i386-only CVE-2019-14697)
- x32 clock_adjtime, getrusage, wait3, wait4 produced junk (struct mismatches)
- lseek broken on x32 and mipsn32 with large file offsets
- riscv64 atomics weren't compiler barriers
- riscv64 atomics had broken asm constraints (missing earlyclobber flag)
- arm clone() was broken when compiled as thumb if start function returned
- mipsr6 setjmp/longjmp did not preserve fpu register state correctly
Refreshed all patches.
Removed upstreamed.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Memory auto-detection for mt7621 has just been added to 19.07
stable branch.
This removes the memory node for the ZBT-WE1326, which will support
revision 5 that has 256MiB RAM (Nanya NT5CC128M16IP-DI) instead of
512MiB (up to revision 4).
ref: #1930
This is taken from master commit a2c19f1d2f ("ramips: dts: drop
memory nodes"), where _all_ memory nodes were removed.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
mt7621 has the following memory map:
0x0-0x1c000000: lower 448m memory
0x1c000000-0x2000000: peripheral registers
0x20000000-0x2400000: higher 64m memory
detect_memory_region in arch/mips/kernel/setup.c only add the first
memory region and isn't suitable for 512m memory detection because
it may accidentally read the memory area for peripheral registers.
This commit adds memory detection capability for mt7621:
1. add the highmem area when 512m is detected.
2. guard memcmp from accessing peripheral registers:
This only happens when some weird user decided to change
kernel load address to 256m or higher address. Since this
is a quite unusual case, we just skip 512m testing and return
256m as memory size.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 6d91ddf517)
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
`make xconfig` fails with following linking error of qconf binary:
g++ -lQt5Widgets -lQt5Gui -lQt5Core -o qconf qconf.o zconf.tab.o
/usr/bin/ld: qconf.o: in function ConfigList::metaObject() const': qconf.cc:(.text+0x3eb): undefined reference to QObjectData::dynamicMetaObject() const'
/usr/bin/ld: qconf.o: in function `ConfigList::qt_metacast(char const*)': link error.
which is caused by the wrong order of the linked objects/libraries so
this patch reorders the linker's arguments which makes the qconf compile
again.
Signed-off-by: leo chung <gewalalb@gmail.com>
[commit subject and message tweaks, whitespace fix]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit b2c55d50f8)
On a recent Gentoo Linux installation, invoking `make menuconfig`, `make
kernel_menuconfig` or `make kernel_nconfig` in the build system fails,
whereas for example `make menuconfig` in the kernel tree alone works as
expected.
This is happening because STAGING_PREFIX is not defined when kernel's
{menu,n}config target calls pkg-config from the toolchain/host and thus
pkg-config returns an empty value, and the fallback values in the kernel
config script are applied but those are off and the linking fails.
Solution is to use system's pkg-config for all ncurses based menu config
targets in order to provide proper compiler/linker flags.
Ref: FS#2423
Cc: Thomas Albers <thomas.gameiro@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Tested-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 965f341aa9)
This fixes off-by-one error introduced in commit dc76900021
("kernel: Correctly search for the FIT image in mtd partition.")
Function `mtd_read` starts reading at `offset` and
needs `hdr_len` number of bytes to be available. Suppose
the easiest case when `offset` is `0` and `hdr_len` equals
to `mtd->size` - the `for` loop will not be entered even
when enough bytes are available to be read.
Same happens for any non-zero `offset`, when `hdr_len` is
just enough bytes to be read until `mtd->size` is reached.
Imagine that for example `mtd->size=5`, `offset=4` and
`hdr_len=1`. Then `offset+hdr_len=5` and the check has to
be `offset+hdr_len <= mtd->size`, i.e. `5 <= 5`. The
check for `offset + hdr_len` value needs to be inclusive,
therefore use `<=`.
Fixes: dc76900021 ("kernel: Correctly search for the FIT image in mtd partition.")
Signed-off-by: Oldřich Jedlička <oldium.pro@gmail.com>
[adjusted commit ref, fixes tag]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit e0ce80d42a)
Previously all iterations of the loop checked offset=0 in the partition.
Signed-off-by: Fredrik Olofsson <fredrik.olofsson@anyfinetworks.com>
(cherry picked from commit dc76900021)
If no device tree is given there is no node generated, but
the configuration does still include the name of the missing node.
This will result in a successful build fit image, but bootm does
throw a error message if we want to boot the bad configuration.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <jneuhauser@dh-electronics.com>
(cherry picked from commit 205e0939f0)
The actual retrieval of the MAC address in mtd_get_mac_binary_ubi()
is the same as in get_mac_binary(). Thus, use the latter function
in the former to reduce duplicate code.
This will also allow to benefit from the enhanced path check there
and bring mtd_get_mac_binary_ubi() more in line with the similar
mtd_get_mac_binary().
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 45600124fc)
Now that the md5 check is fixed and metadata present, sysupgrade on
ar71xx will complain about device not being supported by the image.
Since the cause is not matching strings for supported devices add them
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
(cherry picked from commit a45cf75eca)
This target enforces metadata check so add the necessary information. It
was previously removed because md5 sum check. When using these sysupgrade
images on ar71xx target the check would complain about them not matching.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 077d06a1a5)
There is md5 sum of whole image embedded in combined-image header which
is checked on sysupgrade. The check will fail for ath79 images which
may have embedded metadata. This is because metadata are appended after
the combined image is created. To allow smooth transition from ar71xx to
ath79, strip metadata before calculating md5 sum for whole image.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 8b4109c2b4)
The frequency was filled acording the information from datasheet for
particular chip (Winbond 25Q128BVFG). Unfortunately this led to
coruption and introduced bad blocks on the chip. Reducing the frequency
to commonly used in ath79, made the board more stable and no new bad
blocks were spoted.
Fixes: b3a0c97 ("ath79: add support for jjPlus JA76PF2")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
(cherry picked from commit c1db564cbc)
The relationship between GMAC0 and GMAC1 and the kernel devices
eth0 and eth1 was reversed for many ath79 devices by commit 8dde11d521
ath79: dts: drop "simple-mfd" for gmacs in SoC dtsi
The GL-AR300M-Lite is a single-port device, with the "LAN" port of the
GL-AR300M board unpopulated and its sole port now referenced as eth1,
as a result of commit 8dde11d521. The device was unreachable on
first boot or fresh config.
By changing ð1 (GMAC1) to an MFD, GMAC0 is able to associate with
the phy and is known by the kernel as "eth0".
Thanks to Chuanhong Guo for the suggestion of "simple-mfd"
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
(cherry picked from commit b90ea19860853dd538e704e3e4402686c316e43c)
Previously, the board name for the GL-AR300M-Lite was incorrect
in 02_network, resulting in an unintended, fall-through condition
when initializing the network configuration.
While builds prior to commit 8dde11d521 (merged June 5, 2019)
ath79: dts: drop "simple-mfd" for gmacs in SoC dtsi
functioned properly, the error was noted in resolving first-boot
connectivity issues related to the single-phy nature of the device
and the "swap" of eth0 and eth1 related to that commit.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
(cherry picked from commit 549ea4dc1878d95ee2b752b8840d75a64a67b679)
The following symbols, selected by the qce driver were removed:
CONFIG_CRYPTO_CBC
CONFIG_CRYPTO_CTR
CONFIG_CRYPTO_DES
CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEV_QCE
CONFIG_CRYPTO_ECB
CONFIG_CRYPTO_NULL
CONFIG_CRYPTO_SEQIV
CONFIG_CRYPTO_XTS
CONFIG_CRYPTO_GF128MUL was removed as well, since it is only needed by
some cipher modes (LRW, GCM), none of which are selected, and it is
packaged as a module.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This adds the CRYPTO_ALG_KERN_DRIVER_ONLY flag to Qualcomm crypto engine
driver algorithms, so that openssl devcrypto can recognize them as
hardware-accelerated.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
[refresh, move to ipq40xx as its the only target right now]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 391b14a892)
This patch removes a typo (extra "0") so that the 'cpu-alert6'
step is triggered once the system reaches 85°C.
Note: Unless the WNDR4700 is placed in an hot oven, the
hardware-monitor will never reach this value.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Replace an old cleanup patch that never made it upstream with the proper
upstream fix. This patch was incompatible with the recent changes that
affected the way that the flow tuple dst entry was used.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
(cherry-picked from commits 442ecce761 and c8933ce533)
Commit fcb41decf6 ("config: enable some useful features on
!SMALL_FLASH devices") enabled netns, which in turn lead to the crash in
the flow offload target.
When the flow offloading framework intends to delete a flow from the
hardware table, it is necessary to retrieve the namespace from
nf_flowtable->ft_net. However, no one ever wrote the namespace into
nf_flowtable->ft_net in advance. So the framework will mistakenly use a
NULL namespace to execute dev_get_by_index_rcu(net, ifindex), leading to
the kernel panic.
Ref: FS#2321
Fixes: fcb41decf6 ("config: enable some useful features on !SMALL_FLASH devices")
Tested-by: Simon Tretter <simon@mediaarchitectu.re>
Signed-off-by: HsiuWen Yen <y.hsiuwen@gmail.com>
[merged patch into offload patch, fix for 4.19, SOB fix, commit subj/msg touches]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry-picked from commit d344591e72)
$(board_name) was providing content on "boardtype" (and optionally
"boardnum") NVRAM values. That function requires & expects more specific
and detailed model name extracted from the /proc/cpuinfo.
Fixes: f12a32630f ("treewide: use the generic board_name function")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
572ff7f fritzcreator: actually add checksum spacer
6edce1a fritzcreator: replace obscure padding generation with something more portable
2ff189f add ASUS RT-AC58U "easy install" factory u-boot shim
b91f9c2 readd spi-nand support
486ae53 improve cmd_sysupgrade
b0933f1 replace sstrip with strip
882e48a do not include generated files into git
0c5aa5f fix bugs in ipq40xx_cdp.c
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit af63436d2d)
The ar40xx driver currently panics in case no QCA807x PHY has been
successfully probed. This happens when the external PHY is still
in reset when probing the ar40xx switch driver.
Note that this patch does not fix the root cause, ar40xx_probe now
simply fails instead of causing a kernel panic due to a nullpointer
dereference.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit e2c084cabc)
5e8cd86f90da ath10k-ct: Backport ap-vlan code from 5.2 to 4.20 and 4.19 drivers.
0c518586bd7f ath10k-ct: Fix a few warning splats.
Adds AP VLAN.
Refreshed all patches.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This enables a feature flag in the wave-2 firmware wmi-services indicating it can send
software-encrypted raw frames. This should in turn allow the AP-VLAN feature to work.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 7c930990af)
We are not sure if 640-bridge-only-accept-EAP-locally.patch is still needed
as a first step, add disable_eap_hack sysfs config to allow to disable it
Signed-off-by: Etienne Champetier <champetier.etienne@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 7d542dc804)
This version fixes 3 low-severity vulnerabilities:
- CVE-2019-1547: ECDSA remote timing attack
- CVE-2019-1549: Fork Protection
- CVE-2019-1563: Padding Oracle in PKCS7_dataDecode and
CMS_decrypt_set1_pkey
Patches were refreshed.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit d868d0a5d7)
Some ar9344-based devices are using ath9k_patch_fw_mac_crc, which
is meant to generate a checksum, for fixing their ath9k MAC
addresses.
However, those do not have a checksum field, and the calculated
checksum offset would be negative.
This patch will use ath9k_patch_fw_mac function for those devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit f8d8b3f85d)
This patch was originally added to fix compilation with v4l2rtspserver.
Turns out it was v4l2rtspserver that was broken, not uClibc++. This now
causes issues with a different package where the arguments are being
split.
Note that with this patch, shellcheck throws an error:
SC2068: Double quote array expansions to avoid re-splitting elements.
More: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/pull/9972#discussion_r324878373
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 977a8fc5fc)
Remove 300-bn_mul.h-Use-optimized-MULADDC-code-only-on-ARM-6.patch,
the issue has been fixed upstream.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 49d96ffc5c)
add module to support Emulex OneConnect
common in 10Gbit SFP+ cards by Dell/HP/IBM
supports OneConnect OCe10xxx OCe11xxx OCe14xxx,
LightPulse LPe12xxx
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
(cherry picked from commit 827f47749b)
Since service and instance names may contain characters which are not allowed
in JSON path labels, such as dashes or spaces, change the filter expression
to array square bracket notation to properly match these cases as well.
Fixes: 2c3dd70741 ("procd: add procd_running() helper for checking running state")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit c933b6d224)
This adds an easy-installation factory image for the NETGEAR R6220
router. The factory image can either be flashed via the vendor Web-UI or
the bootloader using nmrpflash.
Tested with NETGEAR V1.1.0.86 firmware.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 607dfdf211)
Allow flashing Luxul devices using vendor firmware format. The next step
will be building proper images once they are conirmed to work.
Signed-off-by: Dan Haab <dan.haab@legrand.com>
(cherry picked from commit bc5db7364d)
This makes brcmfmac use the same wiphy after PCIe reset to help user
space handle corner cases (e.g. firmware crash).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit f39f4b2f6d)
Now that $UPGRADE_BACKUP is set conditionally there is no need to check
the $UPGRADE_OPT_SAVE_CONFIG anymore. All conditions can be simplified.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit a858db3136)
b8238df sysupgrade: support "backup" attribute
This update requires "sysupgrade" method callers to pass "backup"
attribute if $UPGRADE_BACKUP is used in the project.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 9785a9121d)
This explicitly tells procd what backup file should be used during
sysupgrade (if any). It's much more generic this way compared to the
magic /tmp/sysupgrade.tgz file that had to be created before a call.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit c5223b26a4)
The UniFi AC LED mapping is currently off. The blue/white LED are used
as WiFi indicators, while the vendor firmware does not feature WiFI
LEDs.
Instead, the LEDs are used to indicate the devices status. Align the LED
mapping to match the vendor firmware as good as possible.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 18fa749df8)
a88fb42 iwinfo: add device id for Qualcomm Atheros QCA9886
1b69d86 iwinfo: add device id for Qualcomm Atheros QCA9887
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 7db2f1a71f)
Move the IRQ fix from generic to ar71xx specific.
Other targets like ath79 have specific pathes to delete this code.
This resulted in a build failure on ath79
Fixes: 00d48bcac0 ("ar71xx: Fix potentially missed IRQ handling during
dispatch")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
If both interrupts are set in the current implementation
only the 1st will be handled and the 2nd will be skipped
due to the "if else" condition.
Fix this by using the same approach as done for QCA955x
just below it.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
(cherry picked from commit 9e8c36557cc0582986862f5a36e17adf6db2b90e)
If both interrupts are set in the current implementation
only the 1st will be handled and the 2nd will be skipped
due to the "if else" condition.
Fix this by using the same approach as done for QCA955x
just below it.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This allows platform code to check if firmware image can be used with
preserving a backup. It may be used e.g. when installing vendor
firmwares that won't restore appended backup archive.
Suggested-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 1c510fe298)
This provides TRX validation result to the validation JSON. It also
prevents users from installing broken firmware files.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit c19b9f9a26)
This provides TRX validation result, so final JSON may look like:
{
"tests": {
"fwtool_signature": true,
"fwtool_device_match": true,
"trx_valid": true
},
"valid": true,
"forceable": true
}
It also prevents users from installing broken firmware files, e.g.:
root@OpenWrt:/# sysupgrade -F -n /tmp/TZ
Image metadata not found
Invalid image type. Please use firmware specific for this device.
Image check failed but --force given - will update anyway!
Commencing upgrade. Closing all shell sessions.
Firmware image is broken and cannot be installed
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit e68c1cebd1)
It's a variable set by procd that should replace hardcoded
/tmp/sysupgrade.tgz.
This change requires the most recent procd with the commit 0f3c136
("sysupgrade: set UPGRADE_BACKUP env variable").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 641f6b6c26)
$CONF_TAR shouldn't be assumed to always point to the sysupgrade.tgz.
This change makes code more generic and allows refactoring $CONF_TAR.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 62dbe361a1)
1) Add BACKUP_FILE and use it when copying an archive to be restored
after sysupgrade (on the next preinit).
2) Use CONF_TAR for copying backup prepared by the /sbin/sysupgrade
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit bf39047872)
Including "sys/stat.h" from newer glibc will cause __u64 from linux uapi
header to be included, causing compilation failure for u-boot tools
USE_HOSTCC
Remove typedef for __u64 in include/compiler.h to fix the issue. It should be
safe because as of u-boot-2018.03, no ref to __u64 is found under u-boot tools/
directory
Error message snippet follows
HOSTCC tools/mkenvimage.o
In file included from /usr/include/asm-generic/types.h:7,
from /usr/include/asm/types.h:5,
from /usr/include/linux/types.h:5,
from /usr/include/linux/stat.h:5,
from /usr/include/bits/statx.h:30,
from /usr/include/sys/stat.h:446,
from tools/mkenvimage.c:21:
/usr/include/asm-generic/int-ll64.h:31:42: error: conflicting types for '__u64'
31 | __extension__ typedef unsigned long long __u64;
| ^~~~~
In file included from <command-line>:
././include/compiler.h:69:18: note: previous declaration of '__u64' was here
69 | typedef uint64_t __u64;
| ^~~~~
make[5]: *** [scripts/Makefile.host:116: tools/mkenvimage.o] Error 1
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/compile-error-19-07/44423
Ref: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1699194
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This reverts commit af91a370de.
As Piotr Dymacz pointed out:
In QCA MIPS based WiSOCs, for first USB interface,
device/host mode can be selected _only_ in hardware
see description of 57c641ba6e
QCA955x and QCA9563, second USB can be switched to device
mode in software (tested and confirmed on real hardware).
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Current ar724x code does the reset only on single pci bus, and
in case of qca9558 writes the wrong register (0x10 vs 0x0c).
This change allows the reset of second pci bus, commonly used in
Archer C7 devices, in case host controller is stuck in reset.
If the resetting controller on boot can solve any other issue it
can be enabled unconditionally by removing reset check before
ar724x_pci_hw_init is called.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
[refreshed to apply cleanly]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
(cherry picked from commit 76d870871cb12fc0c170e5fd23bce568adfaae6d)
Enable flushing of write buffers on qca955x. GPL code has 0x88 reg
defined for PCI flush which is likely an error since the device
freezes on boot. So use DS default value 0xA8 for PCI flush.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit fe9e702dc94ece2a004f6db68d6fb9a94d9437cb)
Switch from ci_usb_setup to generic platform initialization of
usb0 port.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 36a0cfd24be1cb79f221964ed2bfe12b98befff3)
This backports the only non-cosmetic fix from 6640e1c368
("ramips: clean and improve MAC address setup in 02_network").
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In 555ca422d1 ("ramips: fix D-Link DIR-615 H1 switch port
mapping"), port setup for dir-615-h1 was changed without removing
the old one. This was working as the new one was triggered earlier
than the old one.
(In the meantine, changed sorting during ramips rename patches
actually inversed that order.)
Anyway, just remove the wrong case now.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit e35e4a996e)
ARC FreeStation5 is present twice in MAC address setup.
>From older commits/changes, it is not possible to reconstruct
the correct choice only by reading the annotations.
Thus, remove the second case and keep the first one, so behavior
stays the same (as nobody seems to have complained about it).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit ad4eb2241b)
Patch getting RAM info got upstreamed. A debugging fs entry for testing
reset feature was added.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 681acdcc54)
Image generation is currently failing on builbots due to the following
error:
WARNING: Image file openwrt-19.07-snapshot-r10495-db5164d3d0-ramips-mt7620-wt3020-4M-squashfs-factory.bin is too big
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch was applied to the upstream kernel in version 4.14.135,
remove it from our patches directory.
Fixes: 40379b0ec6 ("apm821xx: fix bogus key-presses on boot")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This reverts commit 1c0290c5cc.
Dropping the nopad can make the padding overflow into the next erase
block on devices using a non-aligned rootfs start. This breaks the jffs2
overlay partition with the following messages:
[ 30.343877] jffs2_scan_eraseblock(): End of filesystem marker found at 0x10000
[ 30.376512] jffs2: Cowardly refusing to erase blocks on filesystem with no valid JFFS2 nodes
[ 30.385253] jffs2: empty_blocks 196, bad_blocks 0, c->nr_blocks 197
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit f11d90a76b)
The AVM Fritz!Box 7530 (and probably other AVM IPQ4019 NAND devices)
has it's caldata not stored consistently, but instead at currently
3 known possible offsets.
As we get a non-zero exit code from fritz_cal_extract, simply try all
three possible offsets on both bootloader partitions, until a matching
caldata for each radio is found.
Reported-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit a6f85b81b7)
The net pointer in struct xt_tgdtor_param is not explicitly
initialized therefore is still NULL when dereferencing it.
So we have to find a way to pass the correct net pointer to
ipt_destroy_target().
The best way I find is just saving the net pointer inside the per
netns struct tcf_idrinfo, which could make this patch smaller.
Fixes: 0c66dc1ea3f0 ("netfilter: conntrack: register hooks in netns when needed by ruleset")
Reported-and-tested-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@xxxxxxxxx>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@xxxxxxxxxxxx>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@xxxxxxxxxxx>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
[Backport for kernel v4.19 and v4.14]
[Bug Link: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=204681]
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit 7735cce0c5)
sysupgrade passes image path to platform_check_image() as an argument so
it can be simply accessed using $1
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 76e43c82b5)
[rmilecki: dropping ARGV without this change broke sysupgrade]
Fixes: 6ac62c4b6c ("base-files: don't set ARGV and ARGC")
stage2 passes image path to platform_do_upgrade() as an argument so it
can be simply accessed using $1
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 8b4bc7abe0)
[rmilecki: dropping ARGV without this change broke sysupgrade]
Fixes: 6ac62c4b6c ("base-files: don't set ARGV and ARGC")
This fixes the previously incorrect phy-mode for the OCEDO Ursus GMAC0.
See 62abbd587d ("ath79: correct various phy-mode properties")
for more details.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 7b137e9df9)
There are currently the following issues present for the Netgear R6220,
R6350 and WNDR3700 v5:
- LAN and WAN MAC-addresses are inverted
- WAN MAC-address is off. It are +2 compared to the LAN MAC-address
(R6350 only)
- Switchport order is inverted in LuCi
This commit fixes both these issues by assigning correct MAC-addresses
to LAN and WAN interfaces and defining the switchports with the correct
labels.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 13937a16d4)
This commit switches the default trigger for the WiFi LED from a netdev
trigger on "wlan0" to a wireless-phy based trigger. THis allows the LED
to work, even when the wireless interface is not named "wlan0" without
modifiying the LED settings.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit fa46c9b208)
The MediaTek MT7621 NAND driver currently intransparently shifts NAND
pages when a block is marked as bad. Because of this, offsets for e.g.
caldata and MAC-addresses seem to be off.
This is, howeer, not a task for the mtd NAND driver, as the flash
translation layer is tasked with this.
This patch disables this badblock shifting. This fix was originally
proposed by Jo-Philipp Wich at
https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1926
Fixes FS#1926 ("MTD partition offset not correctly mapped when bad
eraseblocks present")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 527832e54b)
That was a result of accidentally running "sed" twice on some files.
Fixes: 9b9412d55c ("treewide: replace remaining (not working now) $SAVE_CONFIG uses")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 1078de96e3)
This var has been replaced by the $UPGRADE_OPT_UPGRADE_OPT_SAVE_CONFIG
Fixes: f25d164aca ("base-files: pass "save_config" option to the "sysupgrade" method")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 5797fe84a3)
0f3c136 sysupgrade: set UPGRADE_BACKUP env variable
0bcbbbf system: fix uninitialized variables in firmware validation code
This update includes a fix for uninitialized variable usage.
Fixes: db5164d3d0 ("procd: update to the latest git HEAD")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit e8dcbbc865)
This makes sysupgrade work with the most recent procd that validates
firmware before proceeding.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit b71962da16)
This has two improvements over the current version. An autotools fix and
application of the wrt350v2 patch.
Cleaned up Makefile as a result of makefiles being fixed.
Note that this package is not really used as it depends on orion, which is
classified as broken.
This is the last package that uses svn in the tree.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit ac31ec0f62)
Ensure that the kernel objtool utilities are processed by the library
bundler in order to ensure that they're usable on foreign systems with
different libc versions.
Fixes: a9f6fceb42 ("sdk: fix building external modules when CONFIG_STACK_VALIDATION=y")
Acked-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit efaaadb49e)
Pass suitable pkg-config overrides to the kernel build process in
order to let our pkg-config wrapper discover libraries provided
by tools/.
This mainly affects the use of libelf which is required for the
CONFIG_STACK_VALIDATION features. So far, the build system either
silently used host system libraries or kbuild simply disabled the
feature due to the lack of a suitable libelf.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit fe43969336)
When libelf from tools/ is used for building the kernel, compilation
aborts due to access to undefined defines since Kbuild adds -Wundef
to the compiler flags.
Patch the header files to use `#if defined(...)` instead of `#if ...`
to prevent such issues.
Ref: https://github.com/NixOS/nixpkgs/issues/59929
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit f3ab336d7c)
Install the pkg-config definition for libelf in order to allow the
kernel build process discover it later on.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit d3f86c9cc3)
Commit 775b70f8d5 renamed parse_file() parameters without
updating the recursive call. This broke parsing of any feeds.conf
using 'src-include'.
$ scripts/feeds update -a
Can't use string ("defaults") as a HASH ref while "strict refs" in use at scripts/feeds line 63, <$fh> line 1.
Fixes: 775b70f8d5 ("scripts/feeds: allow adding parameters to feeds")
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
(cherry picked from commit a21b70be31)
When CONFIG_BUILD_SUFFIX is enabled, the target-* folders in build_dir
and staging_dir have this suffix in the name, but not the
toolchain directories. When detecting the names for "arch" and "libc",
also accept the suffix and do not use it for the toolchain path.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Langer <thomas.langer@intel.com>
(cherry picked from commit 035906fd05)
Update CMake to 3.15.1
Refresh patches
Remove inofficial fossies.org and replace with GitHub (link on official site)
Remove 150-C-feature-checks-Match-warnings-more-strictly.patch as it's
a no longer needed backport from upstream.
Disable ccache if GCC is 4.8, 4.9 or 5.X to avoid build failures.
Reference: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1929
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
(cherry picked from commit 413c68d120)
ABI version is same.
The ipkg size increase by about 2.2%:
old:
47.909 libnftnl11_1.1.3-1_arm_cortex-a7_neon-vfpv4.ipk
new:
48.985 libnftnl11_1.1.4-1_arm_cortex-a7_neon-vfpv4.ipk
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 699955a684)
This adds the key_type and ec_curve options to enable the generation of
EC keys during initialization, using openssl or the new options added to
px5g.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 7f2b230b3b)
This adds an 'eckey' command to generate an EC key, with an optional
curve name argument, with P-256 as default.
For the 'selfsigned' command, it adds an 'ec' algorithm argument to the
'-newkey' option, and a '-pkeyopt ec_paramgen_curve:<curvename>' option,
mirroring the way openssl specifies the curve name.
Notice that curve names are not necessarily the same in mbedtls and
openssl. In particular, secp256r1 works for mbedtls, but openssl uses
prime256v1 instead. px5g uses mbedtls, but short NIST curve names P-256
and P-384 are specifically supported.
Package size increased by about 900 bytes (arm).
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit a552ababd4)
Instead, instruct the configure script to use $(FPIC) only.
Mixing -fPIC and -fpic can cause issues on some platforms like PPC.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 926157c2cc)
The configure scripts matches Linux with -fPIC, which is not exactly what
is desired. Since we are already passing $(FPIC), added a CONFIGURE_VAR to
avoid passing -fPIC.
Removed PKG_BUILD_DIR as it is already the default value.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit e2ecf39e8e)
While the -nopad option prevents mksquashfs from padding the
image to an arbitrary 4k. It does not take into consideration
that squashfs is programmed to have this 4k padding when it's
being used on on a block device... which is its main "use-case".
Now, after a week long discussion on the ML that included a
back-and-forth between some of the possible options.
But this is likely the best KISS patch to deal with the issue
right away given the limited resources.
From squashfs code point of view, be warned. The 4k padding is
not enough when dealing with devices that have a PAGE_SIZE
bigger than 4k.
if it turns out to be affecting you, then please look-up either:
"FS#2460 - kernel panic reading squashfs from ubi volume" bug
Or the discussion on the OpenWrt-Devel ML in
"amp821xx: use newly added pad-squashfs for Meraki MR24" and
"Squashfs breakage lottery with UBI..."
before making an educated guess.
Note: This will not affect the "tiny"/small flash devices as
much as it seems at first. This is because the the rootfs_data
partition that follows uses jffs2. And it requires to be aligned
to the flash block-size in order to work at all.
So either the involved FSes will meet in the middle as before,
or not at all. But in that latter case the image was already
hoping for the "undefined behaviour" gamble to turn out in its
favour and this is probably why this was unnoticed for so long.
Fixes: FS#2460
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 1c0290c5cc)
So far firmware validation result was binary limited: it was either
successful or not. That meant various limitations, e.g.:
1) Lack of proper feedback on validation problems
2) No way of marking firmware as totally broken (impossible to install)
This change introduces JSON for storing detailed validation info. It
provides a list of performed validation tests and their results. It
allows marking firmware as non-forceable (broken image that can't be
even forced to install).
Example:
{
"tests": {
"fwtool_signature": true,
"fwtool_device_match": true
},
"valid": true,
"forceable": true
}
Implementation is based on *internal* check_image bash script that:
1) Uses existing validation functions
2) Provides helpers for setting extra validation info
This allows e.g. platform_check_image() to call notify_check_broken()
when needed & prevent user from bricking a device.
Right now the new JSON info is used by /sbin/sysupgrade only. It still
doesn't make use of "forceable" as that is planned for later
development.
Further plans for this feature are:
1) Expose firmware validation using some new ubus method
2) Move validation step from /sbin/sysupgrade into "sysupgrade" ubus
method so:
a) It's possible to safely sysupgrade using ubus only
b) /sbin/sysupgrade can be more like just a CLI
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit f522047958)
this allows adding "--" prefixed parameters inside feeds.conf between the
target and name. The first parameter is --force which has the same effect
as using -f when installing any of the packages. This allows creating
feeds that will override base packages by default.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 775b70f8d5)
This explicitly lets stage2 know if partitions should be preserved. No
more "touch /tmp/sysupgrade.always.overwrite.bootdisk.partmap" hack.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit b6f4cd57e1)
9558031 system: support passing "options" to the "sysupgrade" ubus method
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 2b1a6d263c)
Update iftop to commit 77901c8c53e01359d83b8090aacfe62214658183
git log --pretty=oneline --abbrev-commit 949ed0f7..77901c8c
77901c8 Support scales beyond 1Gbps
Created with the help of the make-package-update-commit.sh script.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit cfd0748497)
957abacf Bump up version number to 1.39.2, LT revision to 32:0:18
83d362c6 Don't read too greedily
a76d0723 Add nghttp2_option_set_max_outbound_ack
db2f612a nghttpx: Fix request stall
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 58f929077f)
The LEDE URL is automatically redirected to the OpenWRT one,
returning an HTTP 301 code (Moved Permanently).
Also, use https, as indicated by the redirect.
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit b39ded4ab7)
Update e2fsprogs to 1.45.3
Remove OpenBSD patch
Remove Darwin patch, neither macports or brew patches these files
Add patch to avoid crond detection on host OS
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
(cherry picked from commit 234f7a9e5d)
Convert leading spaces to tab to match rest of the file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 7e5a0da642)
This commit will activate CONFIG_IEEE80211W for all, but the mini
variant when at least one driver supports it. This will add ieee80211w
support for the mesh variant for example.
Fixes: FS#2397
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 1d4df52c21)
Bump to latest git HEAD
509e673 firewall3: Improve ipset support
The enabled option did not work properly for ipsets, as it was not
checked on create/destroy of a set. After this commit, sets are only
created/destroyed if enabled is set to true.
Add support for reloading, or recreating, ipsets on firewall reload. By
setting "reload_set" to true, the set will be destroyed and then
re-created when the firewall is reloaded.
Add support for the counters and comment extensions. By setting
"counters" or "comment" to true, then counters or comments are added to
the set.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 51ffce0694)
Allow overriding the default selection state for Devices, similar to
setting a default for packages.
E.g. by setting DEFAULT to n, they won't be selected by default anymore
when enabling all device in the multi device profile.
This allows preventing images being built by the default config for
known broken devices, devices without enough RAM/flash, or devices not
working with a certain kernel versions.
This does not prevent the devices from being manually selected or images
being built by the ImageBuilder. These devices often still have worth
with a reduced package-set, or as a device for regression testing, when
no better device is available.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 7546be6007)
generate feeds.buildinfo and version.buildinfo in build dir after
containing the feed revisions (via ./scripts/feeds list -sf) as well as
the current revision of buildroot (via ./scripts/getver.sh).
With this information it should be possible to reproduce any build,
especially the release builds.
Usage would be to move feeds.buildinfo to feeds.conf and git checkout the
revision hash of version.buildinfo.
Content of feeds.buildinfo would look similar to this:
src-git routing https://git.openwrt.org/feed/routing.git^bf475d6
src-git telephony https://git.openwrt.org/feed/telephony.git^470eb8e
...
Content of version.buildinfo would look similar to this:
r10203+1-c12bd3a21b
Without the exact feed revision it is not possible to determine
installed package versions.
Also rename config.seed to config.buildinfo to follow the recommended
style of https://reproducible-builds.org/docs/recording/
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit 454021581f)
Force prereq again in SDK in order to fix GCC and Python dangling
symlinks:
staging_dir/host/bin/g++ -> /builder/ath79_generic/ccache_cxx.sh
staging_dir/host/bin/gcc -> /builder/ath79_generic/ccache_cc.sh
staging_dir/host/bin/python -> /usr/bin/python3.5
staging_dir/host/bin/python3 -> /usr/bin/python3.5
Ref: FS#2424
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 200f2666fb)
In the commit 623716dd43 ("comgt-ncm: Fix NCM protocol")
the dependencies to vendor NCM drivers were removed, because:
> comgt-ncm should not depend on the USB-serial-related kernel modules,
> as the cdc-wdm control device works without them. There is also no need
> to depend on kmod-huawei-cdc-ncm, since other manufacturers (like
> Ericsson and Samsung) which use other kernel modules should also be
> supported.
From a user-perspective this does not make sense, as installing comgt-ncm
(or luci-proto-ncm) should install all needed dependencies for using such
a device.
Furthermore depending on kmod-huawei-cdc-ncm does not mean that Ericsson
and Samsung devices can't be supported. By the way it seems that Ericsson
and Samsung devices never used NCM, but act as serial modems.
Thus this commit adds the dependencies again.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Wiemann <vincent.wiemann@ironai.com>
[fixed title capitalization, formatted commit message,
renamed Sony-Ericsson to Ericsson]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit ccb4b96b8a)
8323690 state: fix shutdown when running in a container (FS#2425)
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit d9364c1cbc)
This fixes compilation with -Werror=implicit-function-declaration.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 1b1c47577b)
GCC needs the kernel headers to compile.
Some GCC file includes asm/unistd.h which is provided by the kernel headers.
Normally the kernel headers build is very fast and ready before the gcc uses
it, but if it clones the kernel from a slow git repository it takes longer
and then it could be that the gcc already wants to use the kernel headers
before they are available. This patch fixes this problem by adding the
missing dependency.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
(cherry picked from commit b20156ba70)
This changes the default PKG_BUILD_DIR to take BUILD_VARIANT into
account (if set), so that packages do not need to manually override
PKG_BUILD_DIR just to handle variants.
This also updates most base packages with variants to use the updated
default PKG_BUILD_DIR.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit e545fac8d9)
379c096 Release version 5.2.
2bce6d9 ethtool: Add 100BaseT1 and 1000BaseT1 link modes
67ffbf5 ethtool: sync ethtool-copy.h with linux-next from 30/05/2019
687152b ethtool.spec: Use standard file location macros
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 018395392c)
When CONFIG_ARM64_MODULE_PLTS=y, arch/arm64/kernel/module.lds is
required to build cryptodev-linux. This updates the sdk to include this
file.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 6e300f6a0c)
I'm trying to create a package for libgpiod, which uses
AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro, which is probably leading to the following
configure error:
autoreconf: running: /openwrt.git/staging_dir/host/bin/libtoolize --force
OpenWrt-libtoolize: putting auxiliary files in AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR, `autostuff'.
OpenWrt-libtoolize: linking file `autostuff/ltmain.sh'
OpenWrt-libtoolize: putting macros in `m4'.
...
configure: error: cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in autostuff "."/autostuff
>From the build output it's clear, that libtoolize isn't installing
install-sh symlink, because libtoolize would install install-sh only if
it's being run with --install parameter. Corresponding part in
libtoolize:
if $opt_install; then
func_config_update config.guess \
"$pkgdatadir/config" "$auxdir" pkgconfig_header
func_config_update config.sub \
"$pkgdatadir/config" "$auxdir" pkgconfig_header
func_install_update install-sh \
"$pkgdatadir/config" "$auxdir" pkgconfig_header
fi
func_ltmain_update ltmain.sh \
"$pkgdatadir/config" "$auxdir" pkgconfig_header
Adding --install parameter to libtoolize fixes this build issue:
autoreconf: running: /openwrt.git/staging_dir/host/bin/libtoolize --install --force
OpenWrt-libtoolize: putting auxiliary files in AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR, `autostuff'.
OpenWrt-libtoolize: linking file `autostuff/config.guess'
OpenWrt-libtoolize: linking file `autostuff/config.sub'
OpenWrt-libtoolize: linking file `autostuff/install-sh'
OpenWrt-libtoolize: linking file `autostuff/ltmain.sh'
OpenWrt-libtoolize: putting macros in `m4'.
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 5cf897779e)
Making all in tests
depbase=`echo handshake_table.o | sed 's|[^/]*$|.deps/&|;s|\.o$||'`;\
gcc -DPACKAGE_NAME=\"libressl\" -DPACKAGE_TARNAME=\"libressl\" -DPACKAGE_VERSION=\"2.9.2\" -DPACKAGE_STRING=\"libressl\ 2.9.2\" -DPACKAGE_BUGREPORT=\"\" -DPACKAGE_URL=\"\" -DPACKAGE=\"libressl\" -DVERSION=\"2.9.2\" -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_STRINGS_H=1 -DHAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_STDINT_H=1 -DHAVE_UNISTD_H=1 -DHAVE_DLFCN_H=1 -DLT_OBJDIR=\".libs/\" -DHAVE_SYMLINK=1 -DHAVE_ERR_H=1 -DHAVE_READPASSPHRASE_H=1 -DHAVE_ASPRINTF=1 -DHAVE_MEMMEM=1 -DHAVE_READPASSPHRASE=1 -DHAVE_STRLCAT=1 -DHAVE_STRLCPY=1 -DHAVE_STRNDUP=1 -DHAVE_STRNLEN=1 -DHAVE_STRSEP=1 -DHAVE_TIMEGM=1 -DHAVE_GETPROGNAME=1 -DHAVE_SYSLOG=1 -DHAVE_POLL=1 -DHAVE_SOCKETPAIR=1 -DHAVE_ARC4RANDOM=1 -DHAVE_ARC4RANDOM_BUF=1 -DHAVE_ARC4RANDOM_UNIFORM=1 -DHAVE_TIMINGSAFE_BCMP=1 -DHAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME=1 -DHAVE_VA_COPY=1 -DHAVE___VA_COPY=1 -DSIZEOF_TIME_T=8 -I. -I../include -I../include/compat -DLIBRESSL_INTERNAL -D__BEGIN_HIDDEN_DECLS= -D__END_HIDDEN_DECLS= -I ../crypto/modes -I ../crypto/asn1 -I ../ssl -I ../tls -I ../apps/openssl -I ../apps/openssl/compat -D_PATH_SSL_CA_FILE=\"../apps/openssl/cert.pem\" -I/Users/kevin/wrt/staging_dir/host/include -D__STRICT_ALIGNMENT -O2 -I/Users/kevin/wrt/staging_dir/host/include -fpic -Wall -std=gnu99 -fno-strict-aliasing -fno-strict-overflow -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2 -fstack-protector-strong -Qunused-arguments -Wno-pointer-sign -MT handshake_table.o -MD -MP -MF $depbase.Tpo -c -o handshake_table.o handshake_table.c &&\
mv -f $depbase.Tpo $depbase.Po
make[4]: *** No rule to make target `/Users/kevin/wrt/build_dir/host/libressl-2.9.2/crypto/.libs/libcrypto_la-cpuid-macosx-x86_64.o', needed by `handshake_table'. Stop.
make[3]: *** [all-recursive] Error 1
A similar error & clues from
e783d60473
"
LibreSSL 2.9.1 now has a test that requires libtls.a, however, when building a
shared library only build, the --disable-static flag is passed to libressl,
which prevents the building of libtls.a.
With libtls.a not being built, the following error occurs:
libressl-2.9.1/tls/.libs/libtls.a', needed by 'handshake_table'. Stop.
There are three options to fix this:
1) Stick with autotools, and provide a patch that removes building anything in
the tests folder.
2) Pass --enable-static to LIBRESSL_CONF_OPTS
3) Change the package type to cmake, as a cmake build does not have this issue."
It appears we cannot change to cmake because cmake has a dependency on
an ssl library.
Take option 1 and do not build the tests.
Also take the opportunity to remove man page building as well.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 8d6d227bb6)
To configure the list of allowable TLS 1.3 ciphersuites, the option
tls_ciphersuites is used instead of tls_ciphers.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
(cherry picked from commit 261df949fa)
That function doesn't take any arguments so don't pass anything when
calling it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 670ce65a44)
Removed an eglibc remnant, and while at it, grouped all of the
TOOLCHAIN_PLATFORMs using the same FLAGS together.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 7d97bc19f0)
This removes package/libs/toolchain/eglibc-files/etc/nsswitch.conf.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit c47eff0df3)
do_upgrade_stage2() isn't really any common code. It isn't used anywhere
except for /sbin/sysupgrade that passes it to the stage2.
Moving its code to separated file also simplifies COMMAND variable.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit f7edd94a65)
This feature is similar to the SRC_TREE_OVERRIDE. However instead of having
to manually create a symlink inside the package folder, the buildsystem
will check if $(TOP_DIR)/src-checkout/$(PKG_NAME)/.git is present and use
this instead.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
(cherry picked from commit 9e57b62783)
Update gengetopt to 2.23
Remove 100-dependency_fix.patch, fixed upstream
Rework no tests and docs patch
Fix typo in copyright section
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
(cherry picked from commit 6fac9077c6)
With bcm53xx switched to the new procedure there is no more need for
keeping that backward compatibility code.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit ea4e1dac71)
Calling nand_do_upgrade() from platform_pre_upgrade() was obsoleted in
the commit 30f61a34b4 ("base-files: always use staged sysupgrade").
This change brings bcm53xx in sync with other targets and allows
dropping backward compatibility code. It shouldn't change any user
visible behavior.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit ccf8a8e863)
Its last usage was dropped back in 2013 in the commit b95bdc8ab5
("kernel/base-files: clean up old code related to refreshing mtd
partitions, it is no longer used anywhere").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit f58ca6ee57)
This patch adds two new commands:
zram status - shows memory stats for all zram swaps
zram compaction - trigger compaction for all zram swaps
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit a9deed62af)
No size increase on busybox binary.
Since busybox mkswap is already enabled by default it seems reasonable
to enable swapon/off too. For ex. this obsoletes installing block-mount
dependency for zram-swap.
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
(cherry picked from commit afa5ce2493)
Executing '/etc/init.d/zram start' during runtime (with a swap being already
mounted) triggers zram device compaction and prints out nice stats info about
zram memory usage
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [use IEC's MiB unit]
(cherry picked from commit b062c90f47)
- fix dependency on BUSYBOX_CONFIG_SWAPONOFF (removed in 84da2a6)
- add busybox defaults checking (fix zram-swap always installs swap-utils
and libblkid as dependency, even if busybox includes mkswap by default)
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
(cherry picked from commit c0d93432f2)
bump ABI version accordingly (thanks to Jo-Philipp Wich).
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit ce8027ed29)
Since we switched to 4.19, the kernel build checks for libelf to decide if
it should build tools for stack validation.
On macOS, this check fails during target/compile, but succeeds during package
build (because of the pkg-config path picking up target libraries).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
(cherry picked from commit c3e31b6a9b)
All protos for wwan (ncm,qmi,mbim) do have a delay option.
To standardize that add also the missing delay option to the 3g proto.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
(cherry picked from commit 313444a79e)
Restart is in default implemented so it calls stop and start. This is
pretty unsafe to call on umount service. This service should not do
anything on restart the same way as on start. Only use of this service
is on stop.
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <cynerd@email.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 537b801c54)
There are mobile carrier who have different MTU size in their network.
With this change it is now possible to configure this with the qmi
proto handler.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
(cherry picked from commit 8eb63cb7df)
Having the build time written on stderr make it appear with V=w
although it is not an error or warning. Just write the time on stdout
to have it part of the build log like all the rest, but not clutter
the output when only warnings and errors should be shown.
Signed-off-by: Alban Bedel <albeu@free.fr>
(cherry picked from commit 340df72e07)
* curve25519: not all linkers support bmi2 and adx
This should allow WireGuard to build on older toolchains.
* global: switch to coarse ktime
Our prior use of fast ktime before meant that sometimes, depending on how
broken the motherboard was, we'd wind up calling into the HPET slow path. Here
we move to coarse ktime which is always super speedy. In the process we had to
fix the resolution of the clock, as well as introduce a new interface for it,
landing in 5.3. Older kernels fall back to a fast-enough mechanism based on
jiffies.
https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/tip-e3ff9c3678b4d80e22d2557b68726174578eaf52@git.kernel.org/https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20190621203249.3909-3-Jason@zx2c4.com/
* netlink: cast struct over cb->args for type safety
This follow recent upstream changes such as:
https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20190628144022.31376-1-Jason@zx2c4.com/
* peer: use LIST_HEAD macro
Style nit.
* receive: queue dead packets to napi queue instead of empty rx_queue
This mitigates a WARN_ON being triggered by the workqueue code. It was quite
hard to trigger, except sporadically, or reliably with a PC Engines ALIX, an
extremely slow board with an AMD LX800 that Ryan Whelan of Axatrax was kind
enough to mail me.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
(cherry picked from commit 7c23f741e9)
The linux kernel is not reproducible because the build user
and domain is included into the kernel. Set the build user
to `builder` and build domain to buildhost.
It's also possible to build reproducible builds by setting
KERNEL_BUILD_USER KERNEL_BUILD_DOMAIN to static values.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
(cherry picked from commit fdd0a8d491)
The src-include method allows recursive inclusion of feeds.conf snippets.
This can for example be used for adding static local feeds to
feeds.conf.default without ever having to update the local feeds.conf:
src-include defaults feeds.conf.default
src-link custom /usr/local/src/lede/custom
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
(cherry picked from commit 7a1b575ac4)
cd7eabcd8c9d ugps: Fix compilation under 64-bit
198c06051dd0 Fix build error caused by enabled extra compiler warnings
fc2ab8756b3b Enable extra compiler warnings
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit f924fab3dc)
Declaring a package without the appropriate install section is an easy
mistake to make, especially when renaming packages. Since this is also
easy to detect, warn about it when it happens.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
No-objections-at-all-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 5ede3fcdf7)
This adds chacha20-poly1305 support to the mbedtls variant.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 82a8ddd603)
This patch is in a series to allow additional STOP indexes after
umount, so that other block devices may stop cleanly.
rssileds.init is now STOP=89
Signed-off-by: Joseph Tingiris <joseph.tingiris@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 8a5a01a677)
This patch is in a series to allow additional STOP indexes after umount,
so that other block devices may stop cleanly.
kdumpinit is now STOP=90
Signed-off-by: Joseph Tingiris <joseph.tingiris@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 5883b5a1f8)
This patch is in a series to allow additional STOP indexes after umount,
so that other block devices may stop cleanly.
boot is now STOP=90
umount is now STOP=90
After this patch series, the resulting STOP indexes in the 80s & 90s
will be:
STOP=85 odhcpd.init
STOP=89 conntrackd.init
STOP=89 log.init
STOP=89 rssileds.init
STOP=90 boot
STOP=90 kdump.init
STOP=90 network
STOP=90 sysfixtime
STOP=90 umount
STOP=98 mdadm.init (note: will be addressed in a separate patch)
Signed-off-by: Joseph Tingiris <joseph.tingiris@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[PKG_RELEASE is now 200]
(cherry picked from commit 04811007e5)
Packages such as xfrm contain only script files, add PKGARCH:=all
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
(cherry picked from commit 6762e72524)
'38b22b1e: deduplicate files in libnghttp2' missed duplicates in
staging_dir by Build/InstallDev.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit ee1a783314)
The OpenWrt buildroot ABI version rebuild tracker does not handle
transient dependencies, therefor add all libraries linked by rpcd
as direct dependencies to the corresponding binary package definition.
This ensures that rpcd is automatically rebuilt and relinked if any
of these libraries has its ABI_VERSION updated in the future.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit eaad2211db)
Extend the packageauxvars database to keep a list of possible package
dependencies for each provider, then utilize this information in buildroot
to resolve the ABI version dependencies of dependent packages up to five
levels deep.
This should properly trigger rebuilds for packages indirectly depending
on other packages whose ABI_VERSION changed.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 27a4a71c24)
This is mainly for kmod-br-netfilter. To turn off
bridge-netfilter-call-xxx immediately after installation
While at it
- Define filelist="/usr/lib/opkg/info/${pkgname}.list"
- Reuse "[ -z "$root" ]"
- Grep with "-m1"
Fixes FS#2300
Reported-by: Marco Sartorius <tidbits@ormoorgmen.info>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 3dc4f59eab)
It's a simple typo in the DNS file, which was pretty serious.
No scripts were working properly. Fix it up.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[integrate upstream patch into openwrt target]
(cherry picked from commit 5470e928d0)
Support to disable the timestamp check for certificates in
wpa_supplicant (Useful for devices without RTC that cannot
reliably get the real date/time) has been accepted in the
upstream hostapd. It's implemented in wpa_supplicant as a
per-AP flag tls_disable_time_checks=[0|1].
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 99bf9a1ac2)
"There are often transient line events when
the system is powered up and initialized and it
is often necessary for the gpio_chip driver to
clear any interrupt flags in hardware before
setting up the gpio chip, especially the
irqchip portions of it."
<http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2019-June/017630.html>
This patch adds a fix for the APM821XX's interrupt
controller to clear any bogus pending toggled
interrupts that happens on various APM821XX boards
on boot.
The patch also changes the debouce-interval from the
default 5ms debounce interval to 60ms all around.
The default setting caused on occasions that the button
state became stuck in a pressed state, even though the
button was released.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
(backported from commit 971f31bedc)
The Makefile was missing dependencies on *c_shipped, so changes never
triggered a rebuild. Add these as optional dependencies so their absence
isn't treated as an error.
In addition, fix a typo preventing the zconf.lex.o from being removed on
clean.
Fixes: 9d5510a500 ("build: add new menuconfig code based on linux 3.9")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 0096a1cf00)
When there are multiple packages providing a meta-package, it is
possible to to create a config where a package is selected as =y, but
all of its dependency providers are just selected as =m. This is due to
the selection statement being just
config PACKAGE_foo
select PACKAGE_bar if !PACKAGE_baz
which is already fulfilled by PACKAGE_bar=m. Fix this by properly
comparing the selection states:
config PACKAGE_foo
select PACKAGE_bar if PACKAGE_baz<PACKAGE_foo
Also invert the select conditions to improve readability.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
[slightly reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 1fd50531ca)
After commit e82a4d9cfb ("config: regenerate *_shipped sources") the mconf
parser became more strict as a side effect and started to spew a series of
warnings when evaluating our generated kconfig sources:
tmp/.config-package.in:705:warning: ignoring unsupported character '@'
The root cause of these warnings is a wrong use of the @SYMBOL dependency
syntax in various Makefile. Fix the corresponding Makefiles by turning
`@SYM||@SYM2` expressions into the proper `@(SYM||SYM2)` form.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 74739c4228)
Since commit 31847b67bec0 ("kconfig: allow use of relations other than
(in)equality") it is possible to use relational operators in Kconfig
statements. However, those operators give unexpected results when
applied to bool/tristate values:
(n < y) = y (correct)
(m < y) = y (correct)
(n < m) = n (wrong)
This happens because relational operators process bool and tristate
symbols as strings and m sorts before n. It makes little sense to do a
lexicographical compare on bool and tristate values though.
Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt states that expression can have
a value of 'n', 'm' or 'y' (or 0, 1, 2 respectively for calculations).
Let's make it so for relational comparisons with bool/tristate
expressions as well and document them. If at least one symbol is an
actual string then the lexicographical compare works just as before.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Tested-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
[rebased against OpenWrt kconfig, slightly reword commit message]
(backported from upstream 9059a3493efea6492451430c7e2fa0af799a2abb)
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 75dcaf3d23)
The pregenerated `zconf.hash.c` and `zconf.lex.c` files have not been
kept in sync with their respective `*.y` and `*.l` sources in the past
causing our kconfig implementation to not recognize important kconfig
grammer elements such as relational `<`, `<=`, `>` and `>=` operators.
Fixes: 2d7e602381 ("scripts/config: sync with latest linux upstream")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 972123f1e0)
The OpenWrt buildroot ABI version rebuild tracker does not handle
transient dependencies, therefor add all libraries linked by procd
as direct dependencies to the corresponding binary package definition.
This ensures that procd is automatically rebuilt and relinked
if any of these libraries has its ABI_VERSION updated in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 66838cd851)
7ffc239b Bump up version number to 1.39.1
bc886a0e Fix FPE with default backend
a3a14a9c Fix log-level is not set with cmd-line or configuration file
acfb3607 Update manual pages
bdfd14c2 Bump up version number to 1.39.0, LT revision to 31:4:17
cddc09fe Update AUTHORS
3c3b6ae8 Add missing colon
2f83aa9e Fix multi-line text travis issue
fc591d0c Run nghttpx integration test with cmake build
9a17c3ef travis: use multi-line text
b7220f07 cmake: Remove SPDY related files
a1556fd1 Merge pull request #1356 from nghttp2/fix-log-level-on-reload
77f1c872 nghttpx: Fix unchanged log level on configuration reload
49ce44e1 Merge pull request #1352 from nghttp2/travis-osx
f54b3ffc Fix libxml2 CFLAGS output
b0f5e5cc Implement daemon() using fork() for OSX
8d6ecd66 Enable osx build on travis
f82fb521 Update doc
2e1975dd clang-format-8
97ce392b Merge pull request #1347 from nghttp2/nghttpx-ignore-cl-te-on-upgrade
afefbda5 Ignore content-length in 200 response to CONNECT request
4fca2502 nghttpx: Ignore Content-Length and Transfer-Encoding in 1xx or 200 to CONNECT
6975c336 Update llhttp to 1.1.3
0288093c Fix llhttp_get_error_pos usage
a3a03481 Merge pull request #1340 from nghttp2/nghttpx-llhttp
c64d2573 Replace http-parser with llhttp
f028cc43 clang-format
302e3746 Merge pull request #1337 from nghttp2/upgrade-mruby
3cdbc5f5 Merge pull request #1335 from adamgolebiowski/boost-1.70
a6925186 Fix mruby build error
45d63d20 Upgrade mruby to 2.0.1
cbba1ebf asio: support boost-1.70
e86d1378 Bump up version number to 1.39.0-DEV
4a9d2005 Update manual pages
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 865e25e049)
Also the other type is worng and causes compile problems on ARM64
platforms.
Fixes: 9b53201d9c ("urngd: Fix wrong type in format string")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 1ae1276eab)
9dd2dcf libubox: add format string checking to ulog()
ecf5617 ustream: Add format string checks to ustream_(v)printf()
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit fc454ca153)
GCC 9.1 complains about this wrong type used in the format string, fix
this to make the compiler happy.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 9b53201d9c)
4df34a4 kmodloader: Increase path array size to make it always fit
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 22d3d91c77)
The DIR-685 has the MAC addresses in the RedBoot code just like
DNS-313. Check some magic numbers to determine that the MAC
address is where we want it and extract it from RedBoot.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[replaced ifconfig with ip, ! -z = -n, added string quotes]
(cherry picked from commit 86098ea87e)
The DNS-313 isn't the only special board so let's bite the
bullet and create a case ladder in preparation for DIR-685.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [refreshed]
(cherry picked from commit 38d85d2c9f)
This simplifies the ethernet address extraction script
by using standard library functions to locate the MTD
partitions and extract ethernet address from a binary
offset location in the flash. Furthermore, the aging
ifconfig is replaced by the ip tool, which will now
assign the MAC addresses.
Suggested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[ifconfig replacement, use -n instead of ! -z,
-n requires string to be quoted within the test brackets,
drop prepended "x" in check, add quotes, make local
variables local, kill whitespaces]
(cherry picked from commit cd6c3535cd)
CONFIG_PACKET is a important feature to have.
The Packet protocol is used by applications which
communicate directly with network devices without
an intermediate network protocol implemented in
the kernel, e.g. tcpdump and ip.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit bdbb679adb)
Add proto_add_host_dependency to add a dependency to the tunlink interface
Signed-off-by: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
(cherry picked from commit f6dab98044)
The f2fs-tools have a wrong PKG_LICENSE with is not SPDX compatible.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit 35a70d6262)
Without this patch, an extra entry appears for AR9287 GPIO
that duplicates WLAN LED but in fact drives nothing:
gpiochip1: GPIOs 502-511, ath9k-phy0:
gpio-502 ( |netgear:blue:wlan ) out hi
gpio-503 ( |netgear:amber:test ) out hi
gpio-504 ( |netgear:green:power ) out lo
gpio-505 ( |rfkill ) in hi
gpio-507 ( |wps ) in hi
gpio-508 ( |reset ) in hi
gpio-510 ( |ath9k-phy0 ) out hi <===!
The pin pointed above is default LED GPIO (8) for AR9287.
For WNR2200 it is not connected anywhere - pin 0 drives blue WLAN
LED instead - but initialization code is missing that information.
This fix calls ap9x_pci_setup_wmac_led_pin() function at device
setup, forcing WLAN LED pin to be 0 and removing redundant entry.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
The button is labelled reboot/restore in documentation, and has always
been used for that. Naming it WPS has always been wrong.
Signed-off-by: Karl Pálsson <karlp@etactica.com>
[matched author with SoB]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The command line enforced by the kernel is harmful, we want to
use the command line passed from the device tree. This is
especially important for the SQ201, Teltonika RUT and WBD111
which has a console set to 115200n8 and not 19200n8 like all
the others, so their consoles will be confusingly changing
baudrate between boot loader and kernel. The setting in the
device tree corresponds to what the boot loader is using.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
(cherry picked from commit ea44ed5f38)
Preserve optionality of libcap by having configuration script follow the
HAVE_CAP environment variable, used similarly to the HAVE_ELF variable.
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase/refresh patches]
(backported from commit a6da3f9ef7)
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
By default, set BE tx queue TXOP limit to 2.0 in the hostapd config
Many vendor drivers are doing similar things to boost throughput.
On MT7612 under ideal conditions, it improves tx throughput from 470 Mbit/s
to about 570 Mbit/s.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
(cherry-picked from commit 8650201f10)
Close cooperation with Lorenzo Bianconi resulted
in these patches which fix all remaining seen issues
when using dynack.
Fix link losses when:
- Late Ack's are not seen or not present
- switching from too low static coverage class to dynack on a live link
These are fixed by setting the Ack Timeout/Slottime to
the max possible value for the currently used channel width when
a new station has been discovered.
When traffic flows, dynack is able to adjust to optimal values
within a few packets received (typically < 1 second)
These changes have been thoroughly tested on ~60 offshore devices
all interconnected using mesh over IBSS and dynack enabled on all.
Distances between devices varied from <100m up to ~35km
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
(cherry picked from commit f6e8ba0238fe349b7529357793e2fb18635819ed)
6a61b9a probe: fallback to libblkid.so.1 when libblkid.so does not exist
Also remove deprecation notices from init script while we're at it.
Fixes: FS#2274
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 517cb0b70b)
Update fstools to commit 1539b535ac327a3bc599d1ca871e14fd0dc3bba1
git log --pretty=oneline --abbrev-commit ff1ded63..1539b535
1539b53 libblkid-tiny: increment label size to 256
d563f3c libblkid-tiny: fix wrong btrfs label length
3957dd3 block: prevent mount point confusion
9b36dc2 libfstools: avoid false positives when matching devices and volumes
Created with the help of the make-package-update-commit.sh script.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 8036345225)
a9f9557 nl80211: support reading hardware id from phy directly
c586cd3 iwinfo: add device id for MediaTek MT7612E
d4382dd iwinfo: add device id for Atheros AR9390
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit b13f3300d5)
tx_size was just declared above and set to BIT(tx->order)
Use the declaration instead, which could avoid a pointer deref
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
(cherry picked from commit 6852eab58236e3991f5d73f211018dfef01f2a64)
Backport of a4eef43a12 ("ath79: ag71xx: replace alloc_etherdev with devm_alloc_etherdev")
combined with the initial changes from John Crispin.
Simplifies the code a lot by using the Managed dev API.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Backport of 4eaa3626a8 ("ath79: ag71xx: pass correct device pointer to dma functions")
While 4.14 does not contain the warnings,
it still makes sense to use the proper pointers here.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
All other instances of this identical declaration fetch the
value directly from the ring_order.
Also do it here.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Removed upstream patch
Compile and run tested on mvebu
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
(cherry picked from commit fb57c617ba5269a6c2050e42b9d68813e262bf0d)
Refreshed all patches.
Also add a missing symbol for x86 which got used now in this bump.
- ISCSI_IBFT
Compile-tested on: cns3xxx, x86_64
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx, x86_64
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This should fix a problem with 1560 MTU, 160Mhz on DFS channels,
some other small issues on < 5.2 kernels, and for 5.2 driver,
it pulls in some upstream stable fixes.
wave-1 firmware changes since last update:
* June 24, 2019: Try allocating low-priority WMI msgs if high-prio are not available.
* June 24, 2019: Init rate-ctrl to start at lowest rate instead of in the middle. Hoping
this helps DHCP when station connects from a long distance.
wave-2:
* June 24, 2019 Start rate-ctrl at minimal values to help DHCP work better for far-away peers.
* July 24, 2019 Fix old regression that made /a (and probably /b/g) perform poorly, at least on
diet-compiled images.
* Aug 8, 2019 Improve a/b/g rate-ctrl by damping the PER swings caused by the all-or-nothing logic
of transmitting non-block-ack frames one at a time.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
(cherry picked from commit de5f0764883ad6a0767da58d7359f3e01aa91139)
the ath10k-ct package ships multiple versions of the ath10k-ct driver,
OpenWrt currently only uses the version 4.19, but we still ship some
patches for older versions. Remove all patches only touching older
versions and also remove the patch for older versions from patches which
do the same changes to multiple versions of ath10k-ct.
This removes some unneeded patches, the end binary should stay the same.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 10fe5ca362)
This patch updates the board-2.bin for the default
IPQ4019, QCA9984 and QCA9888 ath10k-firmware-xyz-ct
and -ct-htt firmwares.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 7f79882d44)
wave-1:
2019-05-09: Tweak rate-ctrl: Ramp PER up faster, down slower. This
helps throughput in rate-vs-range test, especially with
nss1.
2019-05-20: Disable adaptive-CCA. I am not sure it helps, and it may
make it slower to detect noise that should tell the system
to stop transmitting. If someone has means to test this
properly, I'd be happy to work with them.
wave-2:
2019-05-15: Fix problem where rate-ctrl sometimes used rix of 0x0.
2019-05-15: Allow raw-tx of encrypted frame. Requires a patch to the
driver to use raw mode when skb has WEP flag enabled AND
skb is flagged to not be encrypted. Lightly tested.
2019-05-16: Fix tx-hang that happened when rate-ctrl chose an OFDM rate
for 20Mhz and sent that as AMPDU. To fix, limit to (V)HT
rates if peer is (V)HT. It seems that MCS0 (V)HT20 should
have as good of a chance of being detected as CCK or OFDM.
2019-06-06: Disable TX-BFEE, TX-BFER for IBSS connections. I suspect
this is part of the tx-hang issue seen with IBSS between
two 9984 radios.
2019-06-12: Fix rx-rate reporting in 'fw_stats' logic. This was at
least partly due to regressions I had added earlier when
working on some multi-vdev enhancements.
2019-6-12: Fix case where extd peer-stats were not always populated.
The stats gathering code did not handle error conditions
well.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit ff2382e36c)
Changes:
ath10k: Improve PMF/MPF mgt frame check
And add a driver for 5.2 (beta, not even tested yet) kernel.
Refresh patches.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 49b3dcb2ab)
For x86/64 (maybe more) target the SUPPORTED_DEVICES variable is empty
which causes the `&&` junction to fail, producing a non zero exit code.
Tested-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Fixed-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit 07926d7def)
This adds missing includes for sys/sysmacros.h which are needed with
musl libc 1.1.23.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit ba8aeb02ea)
musl libc through 1.1.23 has an x87 floating-point stack adjustment
imbalance, related to the math/i386/ directory. In some cases, use of
this library could introduce out-of-bounds writes that are not present
in an application's source code.
This problem only affects x86 and no other architectures.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit c262daf308)
The OpenWrt buildroot ABI version rebuild tracker does not handle
transient dependencies, therefor add all libraries linked by uhttpd
as direct dependencies to the corresponding binary package definition.
This ensures that uhttpd is automatically rebuilt and relinked if any
of these libraries has its ABI_VERSION updated in the future.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit a95ddaba02)
This happens only the second time a library is loaded by dlopen().
After lib1 is loaded, dlsym(lib1,"undef1") correctly resolves the undef
symbol from lib1 dependencies. After the second library is loaded,
dlsym(lib2,"undef1") was returning the address of "undef1" in lib2
instead of searching lib2 dependencies.
Using upstream fix which now uses the same logic for relocation time
and dlsym.
Fixesopenwrt/packages#9297
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 0d0617ff14)
It seems bzip2 was abandoned by the author and adopted by the sourceware
people. The last release of bzip2 was from 2010.
Several security bugs were fixed as well as others.
Fixed up PKG_LICENSE to be compatible with SPDX.
Changed URLs to point to the new home.
Added patch that gets rid of deprecated utime function and switches it to
utimensat.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Always build AES-GCM support.
Unnecessary patches were removed.
This includes two vulnerability fixes:
CVE-2019-11873: a potential buffer overflow case with the TLSv1.3 PSK
extension parsing.
CVE-2019-13628 (currently assigned-only): potential leak of nonce sizes
when performing ECDSA signing operations. The leak is considered to be
difficult to exploit but it could potentially be used maliciously to
perform a lattice based timing attack.
This brings the package up-to-date with master, so it incorporates
changes from 4.0.0 in master:
* Removed options that can't be turned off because we're building with
--enable-stunnel, some of which affect hostapd's Config.in.
* Adjusted the title of OCSP option, as OCSP itself can't be turned off,
only the stapling part is selectable.
* Mark options turned on when wpad support is selected.
* Add building options for TLS 1.0, and TLS 1.3.
* Add hardware crypto support, which due to a bug, only works when CCM
support is turned off.
* Reorganized option conditionals in Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This updates to backports-4.19.57-1 which contains the wireless
subsystem and driver from kernel 4.19.57.
The removed patches are applied upstream.
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This will reduce the size of the kernel if CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE is
set like for all targets with small_flash feature flag.
I haven't seen any changes for an ARM64 target which optimizes the
kernel for speed instead.
On the ath79/tiny target the uncompressed kernel size was reduced by
3.2% and the compressed kernel size by 2.1%
kernel size with CONFIG_OPTIMIZE_INLINING=n
4346412 build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/linux-ath79_tiny/vmlinux
1391169 build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/linux-ath79_tiny/tplink_tl-wr941-v4-kernel.bin
Kernel size with CONFIG_OPTIMIZE_INLINING=y
4212396 build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/linux-ath79_tiny/vmlinux
1362051 build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/linux-ath79_tiny/tplink_tl-wr941-v4-kernel.bin
This change is currently pending for kernel 5.2 and already in
linux-next, this updates our patch to match the upstream version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 6dac1c0a9b)
Unconditionally execute the final case statement, even if the disk layout
changed. This is necessary, to keep the original Turris Omnia flash
instructions working: The disk layout WILL change, when switching from
TurrisOS to OpenWRT. Without updating the uboot environment at the same
time, the user would end up with an unbootable system.
Fixes commit 2e5a0b81ec ("mvebu: sysupgrade: sdcard: keep user added ...")
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
This commit fixes regression on Linksys WRT1900 (Mamba) where this device
doesn't have USB 3.0 controller integrated in SoC, instead it has Etron
EJ168 connected to PCIe lane. Previously enabled in kernel 4.4 and 4.9,
was lost in transition to 4.14.
Fixes: 4ccad92 ("mvebu: Add support for kernel 4.14")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This commit unifies the LED mapping of the AVM Fritz!Box routers, which
have a combined Power/DSL LED.
With the stock firmware, the Power LED has the following
characteristics:
- Blink when DSL sync is being established
- Solid when DSL sync is present
We can't completely resemble this behavior in OpenWrt. Currently, the
Power LED is completely off, when DSL sync is missing. This is not
really helpful, as a user might have the impression, that he bricked his
device.
Instead, map the Info-LED to the state of the DSL connection.
There is no consistent behavior for the Info-LED in the stock
firmware, as the user can set it's function by himself. The DSL
connection state is one possible option for the Info LED there.
Also use the red Power LED to indicate a running upgrade, in case the
board has a two-color Power LED.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 3032bf7f89)
This reverts commit 2b074654b0.
Due to popular demand, I've decided to revert this commit after
deliberating with Petr. This means that 19.07 will ship ath79 binary
images after all.
We do however consider the ath79 target on Kernel 4.14 in the 19.07
branch to be beta quality at best.
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
GNU patch through 2.7.6 is vulnerable to OS shell command injection that
can be exploited by opening a crafted patch file that contains an ed style
diff payload with shell metacharacters. The ed editor does not need to be
present on the vulnerable system. This is different from CVE-2018-1000156.
https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2019-13638
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
(cherry picked from commit bcfd1d7685)
This adds the led-upgrade alias for the AVM Fritz!Box 7412 to indicate a
running firmware upgrade.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 920abb9b58)
The AVM Fritz!Box 7412 does not use the VMMC part of the Lantiq chip but
rather a proprietary solution based on the DECT chip for the FXS ports.
Therefore, the second VPE can be enabled for use with OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 891a700759)
The AVM FRITZ!Box 7412 buttons are both active low, which is currently
incorrectly defined in the device-tree.
This leads to the device booting directly into failsafe.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit c12947b39e)
This commit selects wpad-basic for the FRITZ!Box 7312 and 7412 as
wpad-mini is only selected on boards with small flash.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
[add short description]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit c3c3cd5e4a)
ar71xx got lost during final rebase ..
Fixes: c8a6ce71e4 ("ar71xx/ath79: ag71xx: init rings with GFP_KERNEL")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Upstream commit 246902bdf562d45ea3475fac64c93048a7a39f01
Which contains following explanation:
--
There is no need to use GFP_ATOMIC here, GFP_KERNEL should be enough.
The 'kcalloc()' just a few lines above, already uses GFP_KERNEL.
--
Looking at the code, all other descriptors also use plain GFP_KERNEL
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Introduce a new option CONFIG_SIGNATURE_CHECK which defaults to the value
of CONFIG_SIGNED_PACKAGES and thus is enabled by default.
This option is needed to support building target opkg with enabled
signature verification while having the signed package lists disabled.
Our buildbots currently disable package signing globally in the
buildroot and SDK to avoid the need to ship private signing keys to
the build workers and to prevent the triggering of random key generation
on the worker nodes since package signing happens off-line on the master
nodes.
As unintended side-effect, updated opkg packages will get built with
disabled signature verification, hence the need for a new override option.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit f565f276e2)
Fix build breakage as upstream has removed implicit include of
sys/sysmacros.h from sys/types.h:
remove implicit include of sys/sysmacros.h from sys/types.h
this reverts commit f552c792c7ce5a560f214e1104d93ee5b0833967, which
exposed the sysmacros.h macros (device major/minor calculations) for
BSD and GNU profiles to mimic an unintentional glibc behavior some
code depended on. glibc has deprecated and since removed them as the
resolution to bug #19239, so it makes no sense for us to keep this
behavior. affected code should all have been fixed by now, and if it's
not yet fixed it needs to be for use with modern glibc anyway.
Ref: https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/commit/include/sys/types.h?id=a31a30a0076c284133c0f4dfa32b8b37883ac930
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 79596f782e)
Since usign miscalculates SHA-512 digests for input sizes of exactly
64 + N * 128 + 110 or 64 + N * 128 + 111 bytes, we need to apply some
white space padding to avoid triggering the hashing edge case.
While usign itself has been fixed already, there is still many firmwares
in the wild which use broken usign versions to verify current package
indexes so we'll need to carry this workaround in the forseeable future.
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/signature-check-failed/41945
Ref: https://git.openwrt.org/5a52b379902471cef495687547c7b568142f66d2
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit e1f588e446)
This update fixes usign signature verification on files with certain
file sizes triggering a bug in the shipped SHA-512 implementation.
5a52b37 sha512: fix bad hardcoded constant in sha512_final()
3e6648b README: replace unicode character
716c3f2 README: add reference to OpenBSD signify
86d3668 README: provide reference for ed25519 algorithm
939ec35 usign: main.c: describe necessary arguments for -G
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/signature-check-failed/41945
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 991dd5a893)
WLAN0 and the unused LED are currently swapped. Fix this, so the LED
behavior matches the other OCEDo devices.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit a3a2b4857e)
New Docker based buildslaves install just bare minimum of packages, thus
not having bsdmainutils package installed which provides `hexdump`
utility, leading to the following build breakage on buildbots:
ubinize-image.sh: 12: /builder/scripts/ubinize-image.sh: hexdump: not found
So this patch simply replaces `hexdump` with `od` utility provided by
coreutils package, which should be likely available.
Co-authored-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit c6d41c320c)
The Aerohive HiveAP 121 has the wrong PLL value set for Gigabit speeds,
leading to packet-loss. 10M and 100M work fine.
This commit sets the Gigabit Ethernet PLL value to the correct value,
fixing packet loss.
Confirmed with iperf and floodping.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit cb49e46a8a)
commit e09da0169a ("ar71xx: fix Mikrotik board detection")
was generated based on testing a rb-912 board, on which detection failed.
Testing on more hardware shows something fun:
machine : MikroTik RouterBOARD 922UAGS-5HPacD
machine : Mikrotik RouterBOARD 912UAG-5HPnD
Both lowercase and uppercase are used.
So ensure we support both now ..
Fixes: e09da0169a ("ar71xx: fix Mikrotik board detection")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
(cherry picked from commit 845b2a1cfe)
new features:
- riscv64 port
- configure now allows customizing AR and RANLIB vars
- header-level support for new linux features in 5.1
major internal changes:
- removed extern __syscall; syscall header code is now fully self-contained
performance:
- new math library implementation for log/exp/pow
- aarch64 dynamic tlsdesc function is streamlined
compatibility & conformance:
- O_TTY_INIT is now defined
- sys/types.h no longer pollutes namespace with sys/sysmacros.h in any profile
- powerpc asm is now compatible with clang internal assembler
changes for new POSIX interpretations:
- fgetwc now sets stream error indicator on encoding errors
- fmemopen no longer rejects 0 size
bugs fixed:
- static TLS for shared libraries was allocated wrong on "Variant I" archs
- crash in dladdr reading through uninitialized pointer on non-match
- sigaltstack wrongly errored out on invalid ss_size when doing SS_DISABLE
- getdents function misbehaved with buffer length larger than INT_MAX
- set*id could deadlock after fork from multithreaded process
arch-specfic bugs fixed:
- s390x SO_PEERSEC definition was wrong
- passing of 64-bit syscall arguments was broken on microblaze
- posix_fadvise was broken on mips due to missing 7-arg syscall support
- vrregset_t layout and member naming was wrong on powerpc64
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
- add uart rom script address in header of sdma firmware to support
the uart driver of latest kernel working well while old firmware
assume ram script used for uart driver as NXP internal legacy
kernel.
- add multi-fifo SAI/PDM scripts.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
(cherry picked from commit 819b6345a206ad182dd3c2d786a3d7f04e33f751)
In order to prevent build of images for this release as ath79 is going
to deprecate ar71xx in the next release.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Fix a typo in the machine type being extracted from /proc/cpuinfo
which causes all Mikrotik board to be undetected properly.
This lead to sysupgrade issues and probably some others too.
Fixes: 76c963bb01 ("ar71xx: base-files: fix board detect on new MikroTik devices")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Update WLAN LED colour identifier for both interfaces on Archer C7
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 65762cdd22)
Move system LED board definitions of Archer C5/C7 to reflect
actual system LED colour used
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit a73934fc9a)
All leds on these boards are green. v1 has RFKILL GPIO 23 for production
units (it had GPIO 13 only for test phase units, and these are rather
very rare to find). As for the previous attempt to fix this and revert
due to WDR boards have blue leds, it was wrong: WDR board does not use
common setup (false).
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit c79c001b59)
Base address for USB0 has changed from 0x18116c94 on AR934X
to 0x18116d94 on QCA9558. CP Typo remained for years here...
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit fd5aa19480)
- make create_pbl and byte_swap as host tools
- fix a bug that maybe use the cross compiler
to compile create_pbl and byte_swap:
# -a option appends the image for Chassis 3 devices in case of non secure boot
aarch64-openwrt-linux-musl-gcc -Wall -Werror -pedantic -std=c99 -O2
-DVERSION=v1.5(release):reboot-10604-ge9216b3336 -D_GNU_SOURCE -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=700
-c -o create_pbl.o create_pbl.c
cc1: note: someone does not honour COPTS correctly, passed 0 times
LD create_pbl
/usr/bin/ld: create_pbl.o: Relocations in generic ELF (EM: 183)
/usr/bin/ld: create_pbl.o: Relocations in generic ELF (EM: 183)
/usr/bin/ld: create_pbl.o: Relocations in generic ELF (EM: 183)
create_pbl.o: error adding symbols: File in wrong format
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Makefile:43: recipe for target create_pbl failed
make[4]: *** [create_pbl] Error 1
plat/nxp/tools/pbl_ch2.mk:45: recipe for target pbl failed
make[3]: *** [pbl] Error 2
- add tfa- prefix to all tools in order to avoid future clashes with
other toolnames
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
[added missing HOST_CFLAGS, added tfa- prefix to the tools]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 83d5ca2186)
fiptool is a host tool, used in a firmware generation pipeline, but it's
not treated as such, leading to the build breakage on the hosts which
don't have {Open,Libre}SSL dev package installed:
In file included from fiptool.h:16:0,
from fiptool.c:19:
fiptool_platform.h:18:27: fatal error: openssl/sha.h:
No such file or directory
# include <openssl/sha.h>
So this patch promotes fiptool into the host tool with proper host
include and library paths under STAGING_DIR.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2267
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit b8249cef9f)
urandom-seed content was split from base-files into separate package so
in order to preserve the current functionality and to provide some
fallback mechanism in case jent-rng initialization fails in urngd we
need to add it back.
urngd is OpenWrt's micro non-physical true random number generator based
on timing jitter.
Tested-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit f5387b754f)
μrngd is OpenWrt's micro non-physical true random number generator based
on timing jitter.
Using the Jitter RNG core, the rngd provides an entropy source that
feeds into the Linux /dev/random device if its entropy runs low. It
updates the /dev/random entropy estimator such that the newly provided
entropy unblocks /dev/random.
The seeding of /dev/random also ensures that /dev/urandom benefits from
entropy. Especially during boot time, when the entropy of Linux is low,
the Jitter RNGd provides a source of sufficient entropy.
Acked-by: Jo-Philip Wich <jow@mein.io>
Tested-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 714bd89fce)
This doesn't include 9ff8614a3dbe ("brcmfmac: use separate Kconfig file
for brcmfmac") due to a few conflicts with backports changes.
An important change is:
[PATCH 2/7] brcmfmac: change the order of things in brcmf_detach()
which fixes a rmmod crash in the brcmf_txfinalize().
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit db8e08a5a4)
SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
RAM: 128M (Winbond W631GG6KB-15)
FLASH: 16MB (Spansion S25FL128SA)
WiFi: MediaTek MT7603EN bgn 2SS
WiFi: MediaTek MT7612EN nac 2SS
BTN: Reset - WPS
LED: - Power
- LAN {1-4}
- WAN
- WiFi 2.4 GHz
- WiFi 5 GHz
- USB
UART: UART is present next to the Power LED.
TX - RX - GND - 3V3 / 57600-8N1
3V3 is the nearest one to the Power LED.
Installation
------------
Via TFTP:
1. Set your computers IP-Address to 192.168.1.75.
2. Power up the Router with the Reset button pressed.
3. Release the Reset button after 5 seconds.
4. Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via TFTP:
> tftp -4 -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put <IMAGE>
Via SSH:
Note: User/password for SSH is identical with the one used in the
Web-interface.
1. Complete the initial setup wizard.
2. Activate SSH under "Administration" -> "System".
3. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image via scp:
> scp owrt.bin admin@192.168.1.1:/tmp
4. Connect via SSH to the router.
> ssh admin@192.168.1.1
5. Write the OpenWrt image to flash.
> mtd-write -i /tmp/owrt.bin -d linux
6. Reboot the router
> reboot
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 14e0e4f138)
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128M DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB
ETH: 1x Atheros AR8035 (PoE in)
WiFi2: QCA9558 3T3R
WiFi5: QCA9880 3T3R
BTN: 1x Reset
LED: 1x LED Power (non-controllable)
1x LED Status (internal)
1x LED LAN (controlled by PHY)
1x LED WLAN
BEEP: 1x GPIO attached piezo beeper
UART: 3.3V GND TX RX (115200-N-8) (3.3V is square pad)
Header is located next to external-LED header.
Installation
------------
Make sure you set a password for the root user as prompted on first
setup!
1. Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via SSH to the device.
Use /tmp as the destination folder on the device.
User is root, password the one set in the web interface.
2. Install OpenWRT with
> sysupgrade -n -F /tmp/<openwrt-image-name>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit cb3cd52694)
fixes intermittent loss of connectivity on 1Gbit port, with log message:
> 803x_aneg_done: SGMII link is not ok
Thanks to David Bauer for pointing me in the right direction.
I just had to figure out the right bus_id, which you find in this log:
> ag71xx ag71xx.1: connected to PHY at gpio-1:00 [uid=004dd074,
driver=Atheros 8031 ethernet]
Fixes FS#2236
Signed-off-by: Etienne Champetier <champetier.etienne@gmail.com>
[Wrapped commit message - Fixed whitespace erors]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 2a7519e29d)
Image generation is currently failing on builbots due to the following
error:
WARNING: Image file [...] mt7620-ex2700-squashfs-factory.bin is too big
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Many Atom-based embedded/industrial x86 boards can't run 64bit operating
systems due to either processor or board firmware limitations, but they
have modern interfaces (PCIe) or have modern Intel gigabit controllers
onboard. With the current default package selection for x86 Generic
target their network won't work.
Add the modern gigabit network modules needed or most likely going to be
used as add-in cards, similar to what is the list on x86_64 target.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
[fixed whitespace issue]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit bb27cde257)
Image generations is currently failing on builbots due to the following
errors:
mkfwimage -B XS2 -v XS2 [...] ath25-ubnt2-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
ERROR: Failed creating firmware layout description - error code: -2
mkfwimage -B XS5 -v XS5 [...] ath25-ubnt5-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
ERROR: Failed creating firmware layout description - error code: -2
That cryptic -2 error simply means, that kernel+rootfs doesn't fit into
the firmware partition.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch unifies the polled and interrupt-driven gpio_keys code
paths as well implements consistent handling of the debounce
interval set for the GPIO buttons and switches.
Hotplug events will only be fired if
1. The input changes its state and remains stable for the duration
of the debounce interval (default is 5 ms).
2. In the initial stable (no state-change for duration of the
debounce interval) state once the driver module gets loaded.
Switch type inputs will always report their stable state.
Unpressed buttons will not trigger an event for the initial
stable state. Whereas pressed buttons will trigger an event.
This is consistent with upstream's gpio-key driver that uses
the input subsystem (and dont use autorepeat).
Prior to this patch, this was handled inconsistently for interrupt-based
an polled gpio-keys. Hence this patch unifies the shared logic into the
gpio_keys_handle_button() function and modify both implementations to
handle the initial state properly.
The changes described in 2. ) . can have an impact on the
failsafe trigger. Up until now, the script checked for button
state changes. On the down side, this allowed to trigger the
failsafe by releasing a held button at the right time. On the
plus side, the button's polarity setting didn't matter.
Now, the failsafe will only engage when a button was pressed
at the right moment (same as before), but now it can
theoretically also trigger when the button was pressed the
whole time the kernel booted and well into the fast-blinking
preinit phase. However, the chances that this can happen are
really small. This is because the gpio-button module is usually
up and ready even before the preinit state is entered. So, the
initial pressed button event gets lost and most devices behave
as before.
Bisectors: If this patch causes a device to permanently go into
failsafe or experience weird behavior due to inputs, please
check the following:
- the GPIO polarity setting for the button
- the software-debounce value
Run-tested for 'gpio-keys' and 'gpio-keys-polled' on
- devolo WiFi pro 1200e
- devolo WiFi pro 1750c
- devolo WiFi pro 1750x
- Netgear WNDR4700
- Meraki MR24
- RT-AC58U
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [further
cleanups, simplification and unification]
(cherry picked from commit 27f3f493de)
While testing 4.19 build on malta/be64, I've encountered following
error:
gpio-button-hotplug/gpio-button-hotplug.c:529:18: error: implicit
declaration of function 'gpio_to_desc'
which is caused by the missing include fixed by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit dd6d82112a)
In ath79, identifiers tplink_tl-wdr3600 and tplink_tl-wdr4300 have
been used while most other TP-Link devices include the revision.
Although there actually is only one major revision of these
devices, they bear the revision on their bottom (v1.x). TP-Link
also refers to the devices as V1 on its web page.
This patch thus adds -v1 to both so it is more consistent
with other devices and with what you would expect from reading
the on-device sticker and the support pages.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This addresses an issue where the list option specified in
/etc/config/openvpn i.e. 'tls_cipher' would instead show up in the
generated openvpn-<name>.conf as 'ncp-ciphers'. For context,
'ncp_ciphers' appears after 'tls_cipher' in OPENVPN_LIST from
openvpn.options.
Also, the ordering of the options in the UCI config file is now
preserved when generating the OpenVPN config. The two currently
supported list options deal with cipher preferences.
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 1d4c4cbd20)
It was reported in FS#2385, that Carambola2 doesn't currently have
working watchdog so fix it by adding watchdog node.
Ref: FS#2385
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 0893f28e19)
The OpenWrt buildroot ABI version rebuild tracker does not handle
transient dependencies, therefore add all libraries linked by
block-mount and blockd as direct dependencies to the corresponding
binary package definition.
This ensures that block-mount and blockd is automatically rebuilt and
relinked if any of these libraries has its ABI_VERSION updated in the
future.
Fixes: FS#2373
[jow: similar fix for procd and 98.42% of commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philip Wich <jow@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit cbae306815)
Now that busybox is a known alternatives provider by opkg, we remove the
ALTERNATIVES spec and add a note to make the implicit situation clear
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 62be427067)
Opkg starting from this version special-cases busybox as alternatives
provider. There should be no need to add entries to ALTERNATIVES of
busybox package
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit e51b513f75)
While flashing lots of RB2011 devices, I noticed that
some of them refused to boot properly, failing over the NAND parameters.
Checking in detail shows that some device seem to use another NAND flash
which only support standard 2048-byte pages, without 512-byte subpage support.
This commit disables usage of these small subpage completely.
Advantages:
- Both NAND's with(out) subpage support are working now
- The nand speed increases a bit (measured roughly 1%) in typical usecases
Disadvantages:
- The maximum storage capacity decreases by ~0.2%
as small changes can consume a full page (2048 bytes) now.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Commit 000d400baa ("kernel: drop everything not on kernel version 4.14")
dropped everything not related to kernel 4.14, but forgot
to remove the parts in kernel-version.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
b43legacy needs ssb support and we do not compile the mips74 subtarget
of the brcm47xx target with SSB support. This causes a build failure in
the mac80211 package and only some of the kernel modules are being
created.
I am not aware of any device with a BRCM47xx mips74 CPU which uses a
b43legacy compatible device.
Fixes: FS#2334
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit e05310b9b8)
This is already included in newer upstream. Needed to build BPF programs
using the MIPS kernel include files.
Without this patch, clang fails with "#error Use a Linux compiler or
give up." in sgidefs.h when building BPF programs.
Signed-off-by: Fredrik Olofsson <fredrik.olofsson@anyfinetworks.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 7d96c301d6)
This includes a fix for a medium-level potential cache attack with a
variant of Bleichenbacher’s attack. Patches were refreshed.
Increased FP_MAX_BITS to allow 4096-bit RSA keys.
Fixed poly1305 build option, and some Makefile updates.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 2792daab5a)
Currently, path argument is only checked for being not empty.
This changes behavior to actually check whether path exists.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
After commit 1e41de2f48 ("mpc85xx: convert TL-WDR4900 v1 to simpleImage")
XZ compression of zImage was enabled. This change exposed a problem with
the HiveAP-330 images, which was fixed by foregoing the compression on
the kernel altogether with commit 98089bb8ba
("mpc85xx: Use uncompressed kernel on the HiveAP-330").
This patch adds back the gzip compression of the kernel image by
utilizing the generic OpenWRT uImage method instead of relying on
the PowerPC bootwrapper script that did it previously.
Compile-tested: p1020/hiveap-330
Tested-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com> [run-tested]
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[filled in even more text]
While moving common used parts to dtsi files, the was disabled by
default but not enabled for all boards using the STP.
Fixes: f519fea4c6 ("lantiq: kernel 4.14: cleanup dts files")
Reported-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Reviewed-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Apply the same approach as in commit 3b53d6fdbc ("ar71xx: fix pci irq
init on kernel 4.14") to fix IRQ initialization for ath79-based chipsets
on rb4xx.
Ref: PR#2182
Acked-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
[commit ref fix]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 8c7d6c47a7)
Restarting service causes file-systems to be unmounted without being
mounted back. When this service was obsoleted it should have been
implemented in a way that all actions are ignored. Up to this commit
default handler was called when restart was requested. This default
handler just simply calls stop and start. That means that stop called
unmount but start just printed that this service is obsoleted.
This instead implements restart that just prints same message like start
does. It just calls start in reality. This makes restart unavailable for
call.
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <karel.koci@nic.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 3ead9e7b74)
When the non-generic espressobin targets were added these board checks
were not updated. One side effect of this is that config is not saved
during an upgrade of -emmc,-v7, or -v7-emmc devices.
Signed-off-by: Brett Mastbergen <bmastbergen@untangle.com>
(cherry picked from commit 95c1dc5e86)
When targets for multiple ESPRESSObin devices were added, not all
files were updated which means any ESPRESSObin version beside generic
won't have proper networking, sysupgrade and uboot-env. This patch
fixes the issue.
* fixup network detection
* fixup uboot-env
* fixup platform.sh for sysupgrade
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
(cherry picked from commit bc47285cb3)
Not all versions of ESPRESSObin require SD card, but can
be booted from the internal emmc flash (mmc dev 1) instead.
Add a simple check in the bootscript to see which mmc device
is detected and boot from it using mmcdev variable.
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
(cherry picked from commit 008b41b9b0)
Just stumbled across this LEDE legacy, without finding any real reason
to keep it. There is a single LEDE_DEVICE_MANUFACTURER_URL dependency
in the luci feed repo which needs to be syncronized.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
[re-added missing commit message]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 8a34a54b6a)
An aquantia phy patch which dropped pause frame support was
missing when integrated LSDK-19.03 kernel patches into OpenWrt.
Without this patch, LS1043A 10G port would not work. So apply it.
Patch link
https://source.codeaurora.org/external/qoriq/qoriq-components/
linux/commit/?h=linux-4.14&id=66346b115818365cfaf99d292871b19f0a1d2850
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
"There are often transient line events when
the system is powered up and initialized and it
is often necessary for the gpio_chip driver to
clear any interrupt flags in hardware before
setting up the gpio chip, especially the
irqchip portions of it."
<http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2019-June/017630.html>
This patch adds a fix for the APM821XX's interrupt
controller to clear any bogus pending toggled
interrupts that happens on various APM821XX boards
on boot.
The patch also changes the debouce-interval from the
default 5ms debounce interval to 60ms all around.
The default setting caused on occasions that the button
state became stuck in a pressed state, even though the
button was released.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
It seems that newer builds of OpenWRT have a gzip kernel
larger than 2MB~, which for some reason fails to boot on this board.
However, we have 8MB of kernel space and currently the uncompressed
kernel is 6.5MB~, so we have some space to grow until a better
solution is worked out.
Before:
## Booting kernel from Legacy Image at ee840000 ...
Image Name: Linux-4.19.53
Created: 2019-06-22 11:17:48 UTC
Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
Data Size: 2315724 Bytes = 2.2 MB
Load Address: 00000000
Entry Point: 00000000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
## Loading init Ramdisk from Legacy Image at 02000000 ...
Image Name: OpenWrt fake ramdisk
Created: 2019-06-22 11:17:48 UTC
Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (uncompressed)
Data Size: 0 Bytes = 0 kB
Load Address: 00000000
Entry Point: 00000000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
## Flattened Device Tree blob at ec000000
Booting using the fdt blob at 0xec000000
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... Error: Bad gzipped data
GUNZIP: uncompress, out-of-mem or overwrite error -
must RESET board to recover
Loading Ramdisk to 10000000, end 10000000 ... OK
Loading Device Tree to 00ffa000, end 00fffc78 ... OK
ft_fixup_l2cache: FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND
After:
## Booting kernel from Legacy Image at ee840000 ...
Image Name: POWERPC OpenWrt Linux-4.19.53
Created: 2019-06-22 11:17:48 UTC
Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
Data Size: 6724584 Bytes = 6.4 MB
Load Address: 00000000
Entry Point: 00000000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
## Loading init Ramdisk from Legacy Image at 02000000 ...
Image Name: OpenWrt fake ramdisk
Created: 2019-06-22 11:17:48 UTC
Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (uncompressed)
Data Size: 0 Bytes = 0 kB
Load Address: 00000000
Entry Point: 00000000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
## Flattened Device Tree blob at ec000000
Booting using the fdt blob at 0xec000000
Loading Kernel Image ... OK
OK
Loading Ramdisk to 10000000, end 10000000 ... OK
Loading Device Tree to 00ffa000, end 00fffc78 ... OK
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [75 cpl limit]
When OEM volumes are present in the [alt_]firmware partition,
sysupgrade will write a new kernel, but will fail to write
the root file system. The next boot will hang indefinitely
Waiting for root device /dev/ubiblock0_0...
Modified ipq40xx/base-files/lib/upgrade/linksys.sh
to remove both `squashfs` and `ubifs` if found
on the target firmware partition's UBI device.
Run-tested-on: Linksys EA8300
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[applied some shellcheck suggestions as well]
Follow upstream changes - header file changes only
no functional or executable changes, hence no package bump
required
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit a8f0c02f80)
Follow upstream changes - header file changes
no executable difference at all
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 5273fb6b21)
This patch adds a missing type property which prevented
the creation of oneshot and timer led triggers when they
are specified in the /etc/board.d/01_leds files.
i.e.:
ucidef_set_led_timer "system" "system" "zhuotk:green:system" "1000" "1000"
Fixes: b06a286a48 ("base-files: cleanup led functions in uci-defaults.sh")
Signed-off-by: Robinson Wu <wurobinson@qq.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Move all MikroTik devices to new function to increase script execution
speed.
Machine name in new version of MikroTik RouterBOARD devices add "RB"
before model name:
Old machine name: MikroTik RouterBOARD 951Ui-2nD
New: MikroTik RouterBOARD RB951Ui-2nD
So this patch should fix it for all currently supported MikroTik boards.
Tested-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl> [wAP R-2nD]
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[rebased,commit message facelift,script fixes]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[spotted missing 922UAGS-5HPacD]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Refreshed all patches.
Altered patches:
- 816-pcie-support-layerscape.patch
This patch also restores the initial implementation
of the ath79 perfcount IRQ issue. (78ee6b1a40)
It was wrongfully backported upstream initially and got reverted now.
Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
err_free_stats has been deprecated. Replace with err_netdev.
Compile-tested on: mvebu
Runtime-tested on: mvebu
Fixes: 4089df4f4b ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.125 (FS#2305 FS#2297)")
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
[altered hashes]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
(cherry picked from commit 1e3800df18)
It's needed for applying some hardware quirks. This fixes:
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dmi.c:60:20: error: 'DMI_PRODUCT_SKU' undeclared here (not in a function); did you mean 'DMI_PRODUCT_UUID'?
DMI_EXACT_MATCH(DMI_PRODUCT_SKU, "T8"),
Fixes: c52054e568 ("mac80211: brcm: backport remaining brcmfmac 5.2 patches")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 4d11c4c378)
This improves FullMAC firmware compatibility, adds logging in case of
firmware crash and *may* fix "Invalid packet id" errors.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 8888cb725d)
FCC allows maximum antenna gain of 6 dBi. 15.247(b)(4):
> (4) The conducted output power limit
> specified in paragraph (b) of this section
> is based on the use of antennas
> with directional gains that do not exceed
> 6 dBi. Except as shown in paragraph
> (c) of this section, if transmitting
> antennas of directional gain greater
> than 6 dBi are used, the conducted
> output power from the intentional radiator
> shall be reduced below the stated
> values in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2),
> and (b)(3) of this section, as appropriate,
> by the amount in dB that the
> directional gain of the antenna exceeds
> 6 dBi.
https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/CFR-2013-title47-vol1/pdf/CFR-2013-title47-vol1-sec15-247.pdf
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Most of the txpower for the ath10k firmware is stored as twicepower (0.5 dB
steps). This isn't the case for max_antenna_gain - which is still expected
by the firmware as dB.
The firmware is converting it from dB to the internal (twicepower)
representation when it calculates the limits of a channel. This can be seen
in tpc_stats when configuring "12" as max_antenna_gain. Instead of the
expected 12 (6 dB), the tpc_stats shows 24 (12 dB).
Tested on QCA9888 and IPQ4019 with firmware 10.4-3.5.3-00057.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
FCC allows maximum antenna gain of 6 dBi. 15.247(b)(4):
> (4) The conducted output power limit
> specified in paragraph (b) of this section
> is based on the use of antennas
> with directional gains that do not exceed
> 6 dBi. Except as shown in paragraph
> (c) of this section, if transmitting
> antennas of directional gain greater
> than 6 dBi are used, the conducted
> output power from the intentional radiator
> shall be reduced below the stated
> values in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2),
> and (b)(3) of this section, as appropriate,
> by the amount in dB that the
> directional gain of the antenna exceeds
> 6 dBi.
https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/CFR-2013-title47-vol1/pdf/CFR-2013-title47-vol1-sec15-247.pdf
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Most of the txpower for the ath10k firmware is stored as twicepower (0.5 dB
steps). This isn't the case for max_antenna_gain - which is still expected
by the firmware as dB.
The firmware is converting it from dB to the internal (twicepower)
representation when it calculates the limits of a channel. This can be seen
in tpc_stats when configuring "12" as max_antenna_gain. Instead of the
expected 12 (6 dB), the tpc_stats shows 24 (12 dB).
Tested on QCA9888 and IPQ4019 with firmware 10.4-3.5.3-00057.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
FCC allows maximum antenna gain of 6 dBi. 15.247(b)(4):
> (4) The conducted output power limit
> specified in paragraph (b) of this section
> is based on the use of antennas
> with directional gains that do not exceed
> 6 dBi. Except as shown in paragraph
> (c) of this section, if transmitting
> antennas of directional gain greater
> than 6 dBi are used, the conducted
> output power from the intentional radiator
> shall be reduced below the stated
> values in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2),
> and (b)(3) of this section, as appropriate,
> by the amount in dB that the
> directional gain of the antenna exceeds
> 6 dBi.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Memory is allocated with devm_kzalloc() on every page program
and leaks until device is closed (which never happens).
Convert to kzalloc() and handle error paths manually.
Signed-off-by: Mantas Pucka <mantas@8devices.com>
Refreshed all patches.
This bump contains upstream commits which seem to avoid (not properly fix)
the errors as seen in FS#2305 and FS#2297
Altered patches:
- 403-net-mvneta-convert-to-phylink.patch
- 410-sfp-hack-allow-marvell-10G-phy-support-to-use-SFP.patch
Compile-tested on: ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6, mvebu, x86_64
Runtime-tested on: ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6, x86_64
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
* Remove testing patches for kernel version 4.19
* remove targets ar7, ixp4xx, orion
Those targets are still on kernel 4.9, patches for 4.14 were not ready
in time. They may be readded once people prepare and test patches for
kernel 4.14.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Only the repo should not use https. Otherwise the build would need
a wget/uclient_fetch with tls support.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
01_leds has several redundant LED-cases. This commit cleans
up the file by merging these cases into shared cases.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
The TP-Link Archer C25 is a low-cost dual-band router.
Specification:
- CPU: Atheros QCA9561 775 MHz
- RAM: 64 MB
- Flash: 8 MB
- Wifi: 3x3 2.4 GHz (integrated), 1x1 5 GHz QCA9887
- NET: 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
Some LEDs are controlled by an additional 74HC595 chip, but not
all of them as e.g. for the C59.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ASUS RP-N53 and Buffalo WHR-600D use RT5592 for 5GHz wireless
After commit 367813b9b1 the driver for RT5592 (rt2800pci)
is not selected by default anymore, which broke their 5GHz wireless
Add it back to device packages
Fixes: 367813b9b1 ("ramips: mt7620: fix dependencies")
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
When upgrading a TP-Link Archer C7 v2 from ar71xx to ath79,
the 5ghz radio stops working because the device path changed.
Some people subtitute the unsupported QCA9880v1 in the Archer v1
with supported QCA9880v2 radio. Since the stock radio doesn't
work, so it's safe to apply the change also for the Archer v1
images as well.
Also this patch renames the migration file and variables from
wmac to wifi.
Signed-off-by: David Santamaría Rogado <howl.nsp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[removed comment, added return 0 (not that it matters since uci is
clever, see 00-wmac-migration thread), reworded commit message]
This patch harmonizes the label and alias for art partitions
across ath79. Since lower case seems to be more frequent, use that
consistently.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In commit c3a8518 eth0 and eth1 have been swapped for some devices,
but 11-ath10k-caldata has not been updated.
Instead of fixing this by swapping eth0/eth1, this patch will read
addresses from flash (as done for several devices already) so
adjustments due to eth order become obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The info/product-info partition, which frequently contains MAC
adresses, is typically assigned the 'info' alias in DTS, but
then labelled with 'info', 'product-info' or 'config'.
This leads to different aliases if used for setting MAC adresses
in DTS compared to when using e.g. mtd_get_mac_binary. Occationally,
also multiple switch-case entries are used just because of different
labelling.
This patch relabels those partitions in ath79 to consistently use
'info'.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Converts the TP-Link WDR4900 v1 to use the simpleImage in the
hopes of prolonging the life of the device. While at it,
the patch makes the fdt.bin an ARTIFACT and sets the KERNEL_SIZE
to 2684 KiB as a precaution since the stock u-boot is using a
fixed kernel size.
Note: Give the image some time, it will take much longer to
extract and boot.
[tested for 4.14/4.19]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Add support for xfrm interfaces in kernel. XFRM interfaces are used by
the IPsec stack for tunneling.
XFRM interfaces are available since linux 4.19.
Signed-off-by: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
In commit d2e18dae28 ("kirkwood: cleanup image build code") the image
build code was refactored, setting KERNEL_IN_UBI=0 which doesn't work as
the KERNEL_IN_UBI needs to be unset in order to make it working as
intended, which leads to factory images with two kernels in them:
binwalk --keep-going openwrt-kirkwood-cisco_on100-squashfs-factory.bin
MD5 Checksum: c33e3d1eb0cb632bf0a4dc287592eb70
DECIMAL HEX DESCRIPTION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 0x0 uImage header [...] "ARM OpenWrt Linux-4.14.123"
5769216 0x580800 uImage header [...] "ARM OpenWrt Linux-4.14.123"
Cc: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2285
Fixes: d2e18dae28 ("kirkwood: cleanup image build code")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit afc056d7dc ("gpio-button-hotplug: support interrupt
properties") changed the gpio-keys interrupt handling logic in a way,
that it always misses first event, which causes issues with rc.button
scripts, so this patch restores the previous behaviour.
Fixes: afc056d7dc ("gpio-button-hotplug: support interrupt properties")
Reported-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Kuan-Yi Li <kyli.tw@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [drop state check]
Currently the generated event contains wrong seen value, when the button
is pressed for the first time:
rmmod gpio_button_hotplug; modprobe gpio_button_hotplug
[ pressing the wps key immediately after modprobe ]
gpio-keys: create event, name=wps, seen=1088, pressed=1
So this patch adds a check for this corner case and makes seen=0 if the
button is pressed for the first time.
Tested-by: Kuan-Yi Li <kyli.tw@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This is to make life easier for users with customized build of
dnsmasq-full variant. Currently dnsmasq config generated by current
service script will be rejected by dnsmasq build lacking DHCP feature
- Options like --dhcp-leasefile have default values. Deleting them
from uci config or setting them to empty value will make them take on
default value in the end
- Options like --dhcp-broadcast are output unconditionally
Tackle this by
- Check availablility of features from output of "dnsmasq --version"
- Make a list of options guarded by HAVE_xx macros in src/options.c of
dnsmasq source code
- Ignore these options in xappend()
Two things to note in this implementation
- The option list is not exhaustive. Supposedly only those options that
may cause dnsmasq to reject with "unsupported option (check that
dnsmasq was compiled with DHCP/TFTP/DNSSEC/DBus support)" are taken
into account here
- This provides a way out but users' cooperation is still needed. E.g.
option dnssec needs to be turned off, otherwise the service script
will try to add --conf-file pointing to dnssec specific anchor file
which dnsmasq lacking dnssec support will reject
Resolves FS#2281
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Busybox brctl applet conflicts with the version from bridge-utils.
Fix this by using ALTERNATIVE support for brctl in busybox.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
The "bridge allow reception on disabled port" implementation
was broken after these commits:
08802d93e2 ("kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.37")
b765f4be40 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.114")
456f486b53 ("kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.171")
This leads to issues when for example WDS is used, tied to a bridge:
[ 96.503771] wlan1: send auth to d4:5f:25:eb:09:82 (try 1/3)
[ 96.517956] wlan1: authenticated
[ 96.526209] wlan1: associate with d4:5f:25:eb:09:82 (try 1/3)
[ 97.086156] wlan1: associate with d4:5f:25:eb:09:82 (try 2/3)
[ 97.200919] wlan1: RX AssocResp from d4:5f:25:eb:09:82 (capab=0x11 status=0 aid=1)
[ 97.208706] wlan1: associated
[ 101.312913] wlan1: deauthenticated from d4:5f:25:eb:09:82 (Reason: 2=PREV_AUTH_NOT_VALID)
It seems upstream introduced a new patch, [1]
so we have to reimplement these patches properly:
target/linux/generic/pending-4.9/150-bridge_allow_receiption_on_disabled_port.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.14/150-bridge_allow_receiption_on_disabled_port.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.19/150-bridge_allow_receiption_on_disabled_port.patch
[1] https://lkml.org/lkml/2019/4/24/1228
Fixes: 08802d93e2 ("kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.37")
Fixes: b765f4be40 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.114")
Fixes: 456f486b53 ("kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.171")
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
[updated commit message and title]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Add the userspace control portion of the backported kernelspace
act_ctinfo.
ctinfo is a tc action restoring data stored in conntrack marks to
various fields. At present it has two independent modes of operation,
restoration of DSCP into IPv4/v6 diffserv and restoration of conntrack
marks into packet skb marks.
It understands a number of parameters specific to this action in
additional to the usual action syntax. Each operating mode is
independent of the other so all options are optional, however not
specifying at least one mode is a bit pointless.
Usage: ... ctinfo [dscp mask [statemask]] [cpmark [mask]] [zone ZONE]
[CONTROL] [index <INDEX>]
DSCP mode
dscp enables copying of a DSCP stored in the conntrack mark into the
ipv4/v6 diffserv field. The mask is a 32bit field and specifies where
in the conntrack mark the DSCP value is located. It must be 6
contiguous bits long. eg. 0xfc000000 would restore the DSCP from the
upper 6 bits of the conntrack mark.
The DSCP copying may be optionally controlled by a statemask. The
statemask is a 32bit field, usually with a single bit set and must not
overlap the dscp mask. The DSCP restore operation will only take place
if the corresponding bit/s in conntrack mark ANDed with the statemask
yield a non zero result.
eg. dscp 0xfc000000 0x01000000 would retrieve the DSCP from the top 6
bits, whilst using bit 25 as a flag to do so. Bit 26 is unused in this
example.
CPMARK mode
cpmark enables copying of the conntrack mark to the packet skb mark. In
this mode it is completely equivalent to the existing act_connmark
action. Additional functionality is provided by the optional mask
parameter, whereby the stored conntrack mark is logically ANDed with the
cpmark mask before being stored into skb mark. This allows shared usage
of the conntrack mark between applications.
eg. cpmark 0x00ffffff would restore only the lower 24 bits of the
conntrack mark, thus may be useful in the event that the upper 8 bits
are used by the DSCP function.
Usage: ... ctinfo [dscp mask [statemask]] [cpmark [mask]] [zone ZONE]
[CONTROL] [index <INDEX>]
where :
dscp MASK is the bitmask to restore DSCP
STATEMASK is the bitmask to determine conditional restoring
cpmark MASK mask applied to restored packet mark
ZONE is the conntrack zone
CONTROL := reclassify | pipe | drop | continue | ok |
goto chain <CHAIN_INDEX>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
ctinfo is a new tc filter action module. It is designed to restore
information contained in firewall conntrack marks to other packet fields
and is typically used on packet ingress paths. At present it has two
independent sub-functions or operating modes, DSCP restoration mode &
skb mark restoration mode.
The DSCP restore mode:
This mode copies DSCP values that have been placed in the firewall
conntrack mark back into the IPv4/v6 diffserv fields of relevant
packets.
The DSCP restoration is intended for use and has been found useful for
restoring ingress classifications based on egress classifications across
links that bleach or otherwise change DSCP, typically home ISP Internet
links. Restoring DSCP on ingress on the WAN link allows qdiscs such as
but by no means limited to CAKE to shape inbound packets according to
policies that are easier to set & mark on egress.
Ingress classification is traditionally a challenging task since
iptables rules haven't yet run and tc filter/eBPF programs are pre-NAT
lookups, hence are unable to see internal IPv4 addresses as used on the
typical home masquerading gateway. Thus marking the connection in some
manner on egress for later restoration of classification on ingress is
easier to implement.
Parameters related to DSCP restore mode:
dscpmask - a 32 bit mask of 6 contiguous bits and indicate bits of the
conntrack mark field contain the DSCP value to be restored.
statemask - a 32 bit mask of (usually) 1 bit length, outside the area
specified by dscpmask. This represents a conditional operation flag
whereby the DSCP is only restored if the flag is set. This is useful to
implement a 'one shot' iptables based classification where the
'complicated' iptables rules are only run once to classify the
connection on initial (egress) packet and subsequent packets are all
marked/restored with the same DSCP. A mask of zero disables the
conditional behaviour ie. the conntrack mark DSCP bits are always
restored to the ip diffserv field (assuming the conntrack entry is found
& the skb is an ipv4/ipv6 type)
e.g. dscpmask 0xfc000000 statemask 0x01000000
|----0xFC----conntrack mark----000000---|
| Bits 31-26 | bit 25 | bit24 |~~~ Bit 0|
| DSCP | unused | flag |unused |
|-----------------------0x01---000000---|
| |
| |
---| Conditional flag
v only restore if set
|-ip diffserv-|
| 6 bits |
|-------------|
The skb mark restore mode (cpmark):
This mode copies the firewall conntrack mark to the skb's mark field.
It is completely the functional equivalent of the existing act_connmark
action with the additional feature of being able to apply a mask to the
restored value.
Parameters related to skb mark restore mode:
mask - a 32 bit mask applied to the firewall conntrack mark to mask out
bits unwanted for restoration. This can be useful where the conntrack
mark is being used for different purposes by different applications. If
not specified and by default the whole mark field is copied (i.e.
default mask of 0xffffffff)
e.g. mask 0x00ffffff to mask out the top 8 bits being used by the
aforementioned DSCP restore mode.
|----0x00----conntrack mark----ffffff---|
| Bits 31-24 | |
| DSCP & flag| some value here |
|---------------------------------------|
|
|
v
|------------skb mark-------------------|
| | |
| zeroed | |
|---------------------------------------|
Overall parameters:
zone - conntrack zone
control - action related control (reclassify | pipe | drop | continue |
ok | goto chain <CHAIN_INDEX>)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Reviewed-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make suitable adjustments for backporting to 4.14 & 4.19
and add to SCHED_MODULES_FILTER
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
All patches of LSDK 19.03 were ported to Openwrt kernel.
We still used an all-in-one patch for each IP/feature for
OpenWrt.
Below are the changes this patch introduced.
- Updated original IP/feature patches to LSDK 19.03.
- Added new IP/feature patches for eTSEC/PTP/TMU.
- Squashed scattered patches into IP/feature patches.
- Updated config-4.14 correspondingly.
- Refreshed all patches.
More info about LSDK and the kernel:
- https://lsdk.github.io/components.html
- https://source.codeaurora.org/external/qoriq/qoriq-components/linux
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Current latest LSDK-19.03 u-boot had a bug that bootcmd
environment was always been reset when u-boot started up.
This was found on boards with spi NOR boot. Before the
proper fix-up is applied, we have to use a workaround
to hard code the bootcmd for OpenWrt booting for now.
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to convert to use TF-A for firmware.
- Use un-swapped rcw since swapping will be done in TF-A.
- Use u-boot with TF-A defconfig.
- Rework memory map for TF-A introduction.
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Add TF-A packages for Layerscape to implement trusted firmware.
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This adds a new package for the kernel module of the ATUSB WPAN driver.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Meiling <s@mlng.net>
[fixed SoB: and From: mismatch]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The WAN port has the wrong configuration in the kernel for the DVA-G3810BN/TL
The WAN port uses the internal phy, but it isn't enabled at the kernel board data.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
e26ffb31df fixed only embedded modules
symbol collection. If we are building external modules, like broadcom-wl
or lantiq dsl stuff then modules which do EXPORT_SYMBOL have unresolved
paths in Module.symvers and external module which depend on other
external modules will have empty dependencies, leading to broken
module loading.
This was discussed on IRC with Jonas some time ago.
Fix this by handling both resolved and unresolved paths.
Fixes: e26ffb31df ("build: fix module symbol collection if build_dir is a symlink")
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
[jonas.gorski@gmail.com: add appropriate fixes tag]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 7c50182e0c.
Produces build error:
Package kmod-sched is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
nf_conntrack.ko
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
ctinfo is a new tc filter action module. It is designed to restore
information contained in firewall conntrack marks to other packet fields
and is typically used on packet ingress paths. At present it has two
independent sub-functions or operating modes, DSCP restoration mode &
skb mark restoration mode.
The DSCP restore mode:
This mode copies DSCP values that have been placed in the firewall
conntrack mark back into the IPv4/v6 diffserv fields of relevant
packets.
The DSCP restoration is intended for use and has been found useful for
restoring ingress classifications based on egress classifications across
links that bleach or otherwise change DSCP, typically home ISP Internet
links. Restoring DSCP on ingress on the WAN link allows qdiscs such as
but by no means limited to CAKE to shape inbound packets according to
policies that are easier to set & mark on egress.
Ingress classification is traditionally a challenging task since
iptables rules haven't yet run and tc filter/eBPF programs are pre-NAT
lookups, hence are unable to see internal IPv4 addresses as used on the
typical home masquerading gateway. Thus marking the connection in some
manner on egress for later restoration of classification on ingress is
easier to implement.
Parameters related to DSCP restore mode:
dscpmask - a 32 bit mask of 6 contiguous bits and indicate bits of the
conntrack mark field contain the DSCP value to be restored.
statemask - a 32 bit mask of (usually) 1 bit length, outside the area
specified by dscpmask. This represents a conditional operation flag
whereby the DSCP is only restored if the flag is set. This is useful to
implement a 'one shot' iptables based classification where the
'complicated' iptables rules are only run once to classify the
connection on initial (egress) packet and subsequent packets are all
marked/restored with the same DSCP. A mask of zero disables the
conditional behaviour ie. the conntrack mark DSCP bits are always
restored to the ip diffserv field (assuming the conntrack entry is found
& the skb is an ipv4/ipv6 type)
e.g. dscpmask 0xfc000000 statemask 0x01000000
|----0xFC----conntrack mark----000000---|
| Bits 31-26 | bit 25 | bit24 |~~~ Bit 0|
| DSCP | unused | flag |unused |
|-----------------------0x01---000000---|
| |
| |
---| Conditional flag
v only restore if set
|-ip diffserv-|
| 6 bits |
|-------------|
The skb mark restore mode (cpmark):
This mode copies the firewall conntrack mark to the skb's mark field.
It is completely the functional equivalent of the existing act_connmark
action with the additional feature of being able to apply a mask to the
restored value.
Parameters related to skb mark restore mode:
mask - a 32 bit mask applied to the firewall conntrack mark to mask out
bits unwanted for restoration. This can be useful where the conntrack
mark is being used for different purposes by different applications. If
not specified and by default the whole mark field is copied (i.e.
default mask of 0xffffffff)
e.g. mask 0x00ffffff to mask out the top 8 bits being used by the
aforementioned DSCP restore mode.
|----0x00----conntrack mark----ffffff---|
| Bits 31-24 | |
| DSCP & flag| some value here |
|---------------------------------------|
|
|
v
|------------skb mark-------------------|
| | |
| zeroed | |
|---------------------------------------|
Overall parameters:
zone - conntrack zone
control - action related control (reclassify | pipe | drop | continue |
ok | goto chain <CHAIN_INDEX>)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Reviewed-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make suitable adjustments for backporting to 4.14 & 4.19
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
89bfaa424606 Fix possible linker errors by using CMake find_library macro
569284a119f9 session: handle NULL return values of crypt()
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch removes 202-reduce_module_size.patch which is causing missing
debug symbols in kernel modules, leading to unusable
kernel-debug.tar.bz2 on all platforms, making debugging of release
kernel crashes difficult.
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Acked-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7628DAN (MT7628AN with 64MB built-in RAM)
- Flash: 8M SPI NOR
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100Mbps
- WiFi: 2.4G: MT7628 built-in
5G: MT7612E
- 1x miniPCIe slot for LTE modem (only USB pins connected)
- 1x SIM slot
Flash instruction:
U-boot has a builtin web recovery page:
1. Hold the reset button while powering it up
2. Connect to the ethernet and set an IP in 192.168.1.0/24 range
3. Open your browser and upload firmware through http://192.168.1.1
Note about the LTE modem:
If your router comes with an EC25 module and it doesn't show up
as a QMI device, you should do the following to switch it to QMI
mode:
1. Install kmod-usb-serial-option and a terminal software
(e.g. minicom or screen). All 4 serial ports of the modem
should be available now.
2. Open /dev/ttyUSB3 with the terminal software and type this
AT command: AT+QCFG="usbnet",0
3. Power-cycle the router. You should now get a QMI device
recognized.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9331 (400 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 1T1R 2.4 Wlan (AR9331)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 3x LEDs, 1x gpio button
- 1x USB 2.0, 5V
- UART over usb, 115200n8
Upgrading from ar71xx target:
- Put image into board:
scp openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev_carambola2-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin \
root@192.168.1.1/tmp/
- Run sysupgrade
sysupgrade /tmp/sysupgrade.bin
Upgrading from u-boot:
- Set up tftp server with sysupgrade.bin image
- Go to u-boot (reboot and press ESC when prompted)
- Set TFTP server IP
setenv serverip 192.168.1.254
- Set device ip from same subnet
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
- Copy new firmware to board
tftpboot 0x81000000 sysupgrade.bin
- erase flash
erase 0x9f050000 +${filesize}
- flash firmware
cp.b 0x81000000 0x9f050000 ${filesize}
- Reset board
reset
Signed-off-by: Rytis Zigmantavičius <rytis.z@8devices.com>
[wrapped long line in commit description, whitespace and art address
fix in DTS, keep default lan/wan setup, removed -n in sysupgrade]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
ZBT-WD323 is a dual-LTE router based on AR9344. The detailed
specifications are:
* AR9344 560MHz/450MHz/225MHz (CPU/DDR/AHN).
* 128 MB RAM
* 16MB of flash(SPI-NOR, 22MHz)
* 1x 2.4GHz wifi (Atheros AR9340)
* 3x 10/100Mbos Ethernet (AR8229)
* 1x USB2.0 port
* 2x miniPCIe-slots (USB2.0 only)
* 2x SIM slots (standard size)
* 4x LEDs (1 gpio controlled)
* 1x reset button
* 1x 10 pin terminal block (RS232, RS485, 4x GPIO)
* 2x CP210x UART bridge controllers (used for RS232 and RS485)
* 1x 2 pin 5mm industrial interface (input voltage 12V~36V)
* 1x DC jack
* 1x RTC (PCF8563)
Tested:
- Ethernet switch
- Wifi
- USB port
- MiniPCIe-slots (+ SIM slots)
- Sysupgrade
- Reset button
- RS232
Intallation and recovery:
The board ships with OpenWRT, but sysupgrade does not work as a
different firmware format than what is expected is generated. The
easiest way to install (and recover) the router, is to use the
web-interface provided by the bootloader (Breed).
While the interface is in Chinese, it is easy to use. First, in order to
access the interface, you need to hold down the reset button for around
five seconds. Then, go to 192.168.1.1 in your browser. Click on the
second item in the list on the left to access the recovery page. The
second item on the next page is where you select the firmware. Select
the menu item containing "Atheros SDK" and "16MB" in the dropdown close
to the buttom, and click on the button at the bottom to start
installation/recovery.
Notes:
* RS232 is available on /dev/ttyUSB0 and RS485 on /dev/ttyUSB1
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
[removed unused poll-interval from gpio-keys, i2c-gpio 4.19 compat]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
also fix the following problems in this commit:
glinet,gl-ar150: This router uses an uncommon order of setting up gmacs
in ar71xx. gmac0 is preferred to be wan port because of
the additional link status info available. So this
router will have eth0/eth1 swapped comparing to ar71xx.
tplink,tl-wr710n-v1: same as gl-ar150
embeddedwireless,dorin: eth0 is used as switch port, which was incorrect.
It's correct now, so keep this one untouched.
tplink,tl-wr842n-v1: we don't swap PHYs on ar7241 so the original port order
is incorrect.
reorder archer-a7-v5 entry.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
With a proper probe deferring for ag71xx we don't need to explicitly
probe mdio1 before gmac0.
Drop all "simple-mfd" in SoC dtsi so that gmac orders can be the same
as ar71xx.
This makes eth0/eth1 order the same as those in ar71xx, which means
we don't need a migration script for this anymore and we can merge
incorrectly split gmac/mdio driver back together.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
gmac0 may need a phy on builtin switch, which can be unavailable
if gmac0 is probed before builtin switch.
Return -EPROBE_DEFER in this case so that gmac0 can be probed
later.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The original one has the following problem:
1. Port mask of lan led includes wan port.
2. By using netdev trigger with vlan port, the link led
is always on.
This commits fixes the above problems by correcting port
mask for lan led and use swconfig trigger for wan leds.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Support for D-Link DWR-118 A1 was added before LEDs feature
in mt76x0e driver.
This fixes the 5GHz WiFi LED which was previously inverted.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
ethtool doesn't work currently as phy_ethtool_ioctl expects user space
pointer, but it's being passed kernel one. Fixing it doesn't make sense
as {s,g}et_settings were deprecated anyway. So let's rather remove
phy_ethtool_ioctl and use new {s,g}et_link_ksettings instead. While at
it, update nway_reset as well.
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1982
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This ioctl is currently routed through generic interface code:
dev_ioctl
dev_ethtool
__ethtool_get_link_ksettings
phy_ethtool_ioctl
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This ioctl is currently routed through generic interface code:
dev_ioctl
dev_ethtool
__ethtool_get_link_ksettings
phy_ethtool_ioctl
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This ioctl is currently routed through generic interface code.
dev_ioctl
dev_ethtool
__ethtool_get_link_ksettings
phy_ethtool_ioctl
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The register size of the QCA955x currently matches the size stated in
the datasheet. However, there are more hidden GMAC registers which are
needed for the SGMII workaround to work.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
There was an issue with the backport compat layer in yesterday's snapshot,
causing issues on certain (mostly Atom) Intel chips on kernels older than
4.2, due to the use of xgetbv without checking cpu flags for xsave support.
This manifested itself simply at module load time. Indeed it's somewhat tricky
to support 33 different kernel versions (3.10+), plus weird distro
frankenkernels.
If OpenWRT doesn't support < 4.2, you probably don't need to apply this.
But it also can't hurt, and probably best to stay updated.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
* tools: add wincompat layer to wg(8)
Consistent with a lot of the Windows work we've been doing this last cycle,
wg(8) now supports the WireGuard for Windows app by talking through a named
pipe. You can compile this as `PLATFORM=windows make -C src/tools` with mingw.
Because programming things for Windows is pretty ugly, we've done this via a
separate standalone wincompat layer, so that we don't pollute our pretty *nix
utility.
* compat: udp_tunnel: force cast sk_data_ready
This is a hack to work around broken Android kernel wrapper scripts.
* wg-quick: freebsd: workaround SIOCGIFSTATUS race in FreeBSD kernel
FreeBSD had a number of kernel race conditions, some of which we can vaguely
work around. These are in the process of being fixed upstream, but probably
people won't update for a while.
* wg-quick: make darwin and freebsd path search strict like linux
Correctness.
* socket: set ignore_df=1 on xmit
This was intended from early on but didn't work on IPv6 without the ignore_df
flag. It allows sending fragments over IPv6.
* qemu: use newer iproute2 and kernel
* qemu: build iproute2 with libmnl support
* qemu: do not check for alignment with ubsan
The QEMU build system has been improved to compile newer versions. Linking
against libmnl gives us better error messages. As well, enabling the alignment
check on x86 UBSAN isn't realistic.
* wg-quick: look up existing routes properly
* wg-quick: specify protocol to ip(8), because of inconsistencies
The route inclusion check was wrong prior, and Linux 5.1 made it break
entirely. This makes a better invocation of `ip route show match`.
* netlink: use new strict length types in policy for 5.2
* kbuild: account for recent upstream changes
* zinc: arm64: use cpu_get_elf_hwcap accessor for 5.2
The usual churn of changes required for the upcoming 5.2.
* timers: add jitter on ack failure reinitiation
Correctness tweak in the timer system.
* blake2s,chacha: latency tweak
* blake2s: shorten ssse3 loop
In every odd-numbered round, instead of operating over the state
x00 x01 x02 x03
x05 x06 x07 x04
x10 x11 x08 x09
x15 x12 x13 x14
we operate over the rotated state
x03 x00 x01 x02
x04 x05 x06 x07
x09 x10 x11 x08
x14 x15 x12 x13
The advantage here is that this requires no changes to the 'x04 x05 x06 x07'
row, which is in the critical path. This results in a noticeable latency
improvement of roughly R cycles, for R diagonal rounds in the primitive. As
well, the blake2s AVX implementation is now SSSE3 and considerably shorter.
* tools: allow setting WG_ENDPOINT_RESOLUTION_RETRIES
System integrators can now specify things like
WG_ENDPOINT_RESOLUTION_RETRIES=infinity when building wg(8)-based init
scripts and services, or 0, or any other integer.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
The R6220 and WNDR3700v5 are identical apart from using NAND/NOR flash and
having a different casing. This adds a new cleaned up R6220.dtsi with the
common bits for both devices. Both devices now have feature parity.
Performed cleanup:
* generic DTS node names
* regulator for usb power
* added missing pinctrl groups
* use switch port instead of VLAN as trigger for WAN LED
Fixes for WNDR3700v5:
* all LEDS work
* correct ethernet MAC addresses
Signed-off-by: Jan Hoffmann <jan@3e8.eu>
- SoC: MediaTek MT7628AN
- Flash: 16MB (Winbond W25Q128JV)
- RAM: 64MB
- Serial: As marked on PCB, 3V3 logic, baudrate is 115200
- Ethernet: 3x 10/100 Mbps (switched, 2x LAN + WAN)
- WIFI0: MT7628AN 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n
- WIFI1: MT7612EN 5GHz 802.11ac
- Antennas: 4x external (2 per radio), non-detachable
- LEDs: Programmable power-LED (two-colored, yellow/blue)
Non-programmable internet-LED (shows WAN-activity)
- Buttons: Reset
INSTALLATION:
1. Connect to the serial port of the router and power it up.
If you get a prompt asking for boot-mode, go to step 3.
2. Unplug the router after
> Erasing SPI Flash...
> raspi_erase: offs:20000 len:10000
occurs on the serial port. Plug the router back in.
3. At the prompt select option 2 (Load system code then
write to Flash via TFTP.)
4. Enter 192.168.1.1 as the device IP and 192.168.1.2 as the
Server-IP.
5. Connect your computer to LAN1 and assign it as 192.168.1.2/24.
6. Rename the sysupgrade image to test.bin and serve it via TFTP.
7. Enter test.bin on the serial console and press enter.
Signed-off-by: Markus Scheck <markus@mscheck.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[added mt76 compatible]
Adds support to && operand in DEPENDS. Also, fixes generation of ||
dependencies by scripts/package-metadata.pl.
The precedence order from higher to lower is && then ||. Use of
parentheses to change the order is not supported. As before, they are
silently ignored. Use them for readability only.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [DMARC removal]
Highlights of this version:
- Prevent over long nonces in ChaCha20-Poly1305 (CVE-2019-1543)
- Fix OPENSSL_config bug (patch removed)
- Change the default RSA, DSA and DH size to 2048 bit instead of 1024.
- Enable SHA3 pre-hashing for ECDSA and DSA
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [DMARC removal]
In ar71xx v2 has blue color defined because the same mach-*.c is also used
for TL-WDR4900 model with blue leds. ath79 v2 dts defines them as green.
For v4 the situation is the same as v5 so the conversion is identical only
v4 instead v5.
So now upgrading from ar71xx to ath79 should be also smoother for v2 and v4.
Signed-off-by: David Santamaría Rogado <howl.nsp@gmail.com>
Cudy WR1200 is an AC1200 AP with 3-port FE and 2 non-detachable antennas
Specifications:
MT7628 (580 MHz)
64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
8 MB of FLASH
2T2R 2.4 GHz (MT7628)
2T2R 5 GHz (MT7612E)
3x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (2 LAN + 1 WAN)
2x external, non-detachable antennas (5dbi)
UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
7x LED, 2x button
Known issues:
The Power LED is always ON, probably because it is connected
directly to power.
Flash instructions
------------------
Load the ...-factory.bin image via the stock web interface.
Openwrt upgrade instructions
----------------------------
Use the ...-sysupgrade.bin image for future upgrades.
Revert to stock FW
------------------
Warning! This tutorial will work only with the following OEM FW:
WR1000_EU_92.122.2.4987.201806261618.bin
WR1000_US_92.122.2.4987.201806261609.bin
If in the future these firmwares will not be available anymore,
you have to find the new XOR key.
1) Download the original FW from the Cudy website.
(For example WR1000_EU_92.122.2.4987.201806261618.bin)
2) Remove the header.
dd if="WR1000_EU_92.122.2.4987.201806261618.bin" of="WR1000_EU_92.122.2.4987.201806261618.bin.mod" skip=8 bs=64
3) XOR the new file with the region key.
FOR EU: 7B76741E67594351555042461D625F4545514B1B03050208000603020803000D
FOR US: 7B76741E675943555D5442461D625F454555431F03050208000603060007010C
You can use OpenWrt's tools/firmware-utils/src/xorimage.c tool for this:
xorimage -i WR1000..bin.mod -o stock-firmware.bin -x -p 7B767..
Or, you can use this tool (CHANGE THE XOR KEY ACCORDINGLY!):
https://gchq.github.io/CyberChef/#recipe=XOR(%7B'option':'Hex','string':''%7D,'',false)
4) Check the resulting decrypted image.
Check if bytes from 0x20 to 0x3f are:
4C 69 6E 75 78 20 4B 65 72 6E 65 6C 20 49 6D 61 67 65 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Alternatively, you can use u-boot's tool dumpimage tool to check
if the decryption was successful. It should look like:
# dumpimage -l stock-firmware.bin
Image Name: Linux Kernel Image
Created: Tue Jun 26 10:24:54 2018
Image Type: MIPS Linux Kernel Image (lzma compressed)
Data Size: 4406635 Bytes = 4303.35 KiB = 4.20 MiB
Load Address: 80000000
Entry Point: 8000c150
5) Flash it via forced firmware upgrade and don't "Keep Settings"
CLI: sysupgrade -F -n stock-firmware.bin
LuCI: make sure to click on the "Keep settings" checkbox
to disable it. You'll need to do this !TWICE! because
on the first try, LuCI will refuse the image and reset
the "Keep settings" to enable. However a new
"Force upgrade" checkbox will appear as well.
Make sure to do this very carefully!
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[added wifi compatible, spiffed-up the returned to stock instructions]
The first version of this script allowed just 4Mb factory images.
With this patch is possible to set the maximum size of the payload.
For an 8Mb flash, the corresponding maxsize is:
8 * 1024 * 1024 - 5 * 64 * 1024 = 8388608 - 327680 = 8060928
If the -m argument is not set, the default maximum size will be
used for backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the active_low setting and
converts all of the physical keys on the wndr4700
to utilize the interrupt-driven gpio-keys driver
over the polled version.
The sdcard-insertion hack has been removed since the
block-subsystem will now be polling the device instead.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Upstream Linux's input gpio-keys driver supports
specifying a external interrupt for a gpio via the
'interrupts' properties as well as having support
for software debounce.
This patch ports these features to OpenWrt's event
version. Only the "pure" interrupt-driven support is
left behind, since this goes a bit against the "gpio"
in the "gpio-keys" and I don't have a real device to
test this with.
This patch also silences the generated warnings showing
up since 4.14 due to the 'constification' of the
struct gpio_keys_button *buttons variable in the
upstream struct gpio_keys_platform_data declaration.
gpio-button-hotplug.c: In function 'gpio_keys_get_devtree_pdata':
gpio-button-hotplug.c:392:10: warning: assignment discards 'const'
qualifier from pointer target type [-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
button = &pdata->buttons[i++];
^
gpio-button-hotplug.c: In function 'gpio_keys_button_probe':
gpio-button-hotplug.c:537:12: warning: assignment discards 'const'
qualifier from pointer target type [-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
bdata->b = &pdata->buttons[i];
^
gpio-button-hotplug.c: In function 'gpio_keys_probe':
gpio-button-hotplug.c:563:37: warning: initialization discards 'const'
qualifier from pointer target type [-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
struct gpio_keys_button *button = &pdata->buttons[i];
^
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Upstream PPP project has added in commit 8e77984 options to tune discovery
timeout and attempts in the rp-pppoe plugin.
Expose these options in the uci datamodel for pppoe:
padi_attempts: Number of discovery attempts
padi_timeout: Initial timeout for discovery packets in seconds
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
It is not always necessary to add a host route for the gre peer address.
This introduces a new config option 'nohostroute' (similar to the
option introduced for wireguard in d8e2e19) to allow to disable
the creation of those routes explicitely.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Bläse <fabian@blaese.de>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
This version bump contains the following commit to fix FS#2222
3b3e368 uclient-http: set data_eof when content-length is 0
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Instead of maintaining 3 very similar subtargets merge them into one.
This does not use the Arm NEON extension any more, because the SAMA5D3
does not support NEON.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Sandeep Sheriker <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
The configuration of the sama5d4 subtarget was used as the default
configuration and then the subtarget configurations were adapted.
The resulting kernel configuration without any extra modules selected is
still the same.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Sandeep Sheriker <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
The restart button is currently assigned to KEY_POWER power script but
an easily accessible button immediately powering off the device is
undesirable. Switch to using new KEY_POWER2 reboot script with 5 second
seen delay.
Fixes: FS#1965
Signed-off-by: Alan Swanson <reiver@improbability.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz> [long line wrap]
For devices such as BTHOMEHUBV5A with both reset and restart buttons,
its easily accessible restart button has been assigned to KEY_POWER
power script to poweroff preventing accidental (or malicious) factory
resets by KEY_RESTART reset script. However an easily accessible button
immediately powering off the device is also undesirable.
As KEY_RESTART is already used for reset script (and there's no
KEY_REBOOT in Linux input events), use KEY_POWER2 for rebooting via new
reboot script with 5 second seen delay.
Fixes: FS#1965
Signed-off-by: Alan Swanson <reiver@improbability.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz> [long line wrap]
For devices such as BTHOMEHUBV5A with both reset and restart buttons,
its easily accessible restart button has been assigned to KEY_POWER
power script to poweroff preventing accidental (or malicious) factory
resets by KEY_RESTART reset script. However an easily accessible button
immediately powering off the device is also undesirable.
As KEY_RESTART is already used for reset script (and there's no
KEY_REBOOT in Linux input events), use KEY_POWER2 for rebooting via new
reboot script with 5 second seen delay.
Fixes: FS#1965
Signed-off-by: Alan Swanson <reiver@improbability.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz> [long line wrap]
For devices such as BTHOMEHUBV5A with both reset and restart buttons,
its easily accessible restart button has been assigned to KEY_POWER
power script to poweroff preventing accidental (or malicious) factory
resets by KEY_RESTART reset script. However an easily accessible button
immediately powering off the device is also undesirable.
Fixes: FS#1965
Signed-off-by: Alan Swanson <reiver@improbability.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz> [long line wrap]
ade00ca585a4 container: fix .dockerenv stat check
385b904b2f0a hotplug: improve error message during group ownership change
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch fixes following missing bits:
- add missing 'compatible' property on firmware partition
- set vendor partition 'userconfig' read-only
Fixes: 30dcbc741d ("ath79: add support for EnGenius ECB1750")
Signed-off-by: Sven Friedmann <sf.openwrt@okay.ms>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
SoC: AR9344
RAM: 128MB
Flash: 16MiB Winbond 25Q128BVFG SPI NOR
5GHz WiFi: AR9380 PCIe 3x3:3 802.11n
2.4GHz WiFi: AR9344 (SoC) AHB 2x2:2 802.11n
5x Gigabit ethernet via AR8327N switch (green + amber LEDs)
2x USB 2.0 via GL850G hub
4x front LEDs from SoC GPIO
1x front WPS button from SoC GPIO
1x bottom reset button from SoC GPIO
Known issues:
AR8327N LEDs only have default functionality, not presented in sysfs.
This is a regression from ar71xx.
UART header JP1, 115200 no parity 1 stop
TX
GND
VCC
(N/P)
RX
See https://openwrt.org/toh/wd/n750 for flashing detail.
Procedures unchanged from ar71xx.
Tested sysupgrade + factory flash from WD Emergency Recovery
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
Don't set the default firewall zone to wan if not specified to keep the
behavior aligned with other tunnel protocols like gre and 6rd.
If the interface zone is not specified try to get it from the firewall config
when constructing the procd firewall rule.
While at it only add procd inbound/outbound firewall rules if a zone is specified.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Don't set the default firewall zone to wan if not specified to keep the
behavior aligned with other tunnel protocols like gre and 6rd.
If the interface zone is not specified try to get it from the firewall config
when constructing the procd firewall rule.
While at it only add a procd inbound firewall rule if a zone is specified.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
* Feature: Add support for 200Gbps (50Gbps per lane) link mode
* Feature: simplify handling of PHY tunable downshift
* Feature: add support for PHY tunable Fast Link Down
* Feature: add PHY Fast Link Down tunable to man page
* Feature: Add a 'start N' option when specifying the Rx flow hash indirection table.
* Feature: Add bash-completion script
* Feature: add 10000baseR_FEC link mode name
* Fix: qsfp: fix special value comparison
* Feature: move option parsing related code into function
* Feature: move cmdline_coalesce out of do_scoalesce
* Feature: introduce new ioctl for per-queue settings
* Feature: support per-queue sub command --show-coalesce
* Feature: support per-queue sub command --coalesce
* Fix: fix up dump_coalesce output to match actual option names
* Feature: fec: add pretty dump
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This makes sysupgrade work on the D-Link DIR-685 after
initial factory install.
We create the platform.sh script to support sysupgrade
on more targets as we move on with sysupgrade support.
Cc: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[cleanup in platform.sh, removed superfluous SUPPORTED_DEVICES]
Lua's LNUM patch currently doesn't parse properly certain numbers as
it's visible from the following simple tests.
On x86_64 host (stock Lua 5.1.5, expected output):
$ /usr/bin/lua -e 'print(0x80000000); print(0x80000000000); print(0x100000000)'
2147483648
8796093022208
4294967296
On x86_64 host:
$ staging_dir/hostpkg/bin/lua -e 'print(0x80000000); print(0x80000000000); print(0x100000000)'
-2147483648
0
0
On x86_64 target:
$ lua -e 'print(0x80000000); print(0x80000000000); print(0x100000000)'
-2147483648
0
0
On ath79 target:
$ lua -e 'print(0x80000000); print(0x80000000000); print(0x100000000)'
-2147483648
8796093022208
4294967296
It's caused by two issues fixed in this patch, first issue is caused by
unhadled strtoul overflow and second one is caused by the cast of
unsigned to signed Lua integer when parsing from hex literal.
Run tested on:
* Zidoo Z9S with RTD1296 CPU (aarch64_cortex-a53)
* qemu/x86_64
* qemu/armvirt_64
* ath79
Signed-off-by: Liangbin Lian <jjm2473@gmail.com>
[commit subject/message touches, fixed From to match SOB, fixed another
unhandled case in luaO_str2i, host Lua, package bump]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This reverts commit 0111b86f1d as it
breaks on Linux distributions without ed support
./fix-libmath_h: line 1: ed: command not found
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
When running OpenWrt inside an LXC container no shell is opend as LXC
defaults to a virtual /dev/console.
This patch allows to enter a shell after starting the container via
`lxc-start`, without it is only posible to access a shell on tty1 via
`lxc-console`.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The vendor firmware only uses two mac addresses, the mac address on the
label and the label + 1. While checking multiple devices, all labels have
even mac addresses. Concluding only 2 address are assigned to a device.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The GL.iNet AR750S USB and microSD port is currently not working out of
the box. GPIO 7 is used to control the power of the USB port. Add GPIO
7 as a fixed-regulator for the port. Also add &usb1 to DTS to get the
microSD port to work.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wördekemper <alexwoerde@web.de>
This patch fixes `sysupgrade -n` when flashed with rootfs of the same
size as currently running, so the rootfs_data wouldn't get destroyed and
thus survive reboot. So let's fix it by always cleaning up the content
of the rootfs_data during sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
ar71xx uses `archer-c7-v5` for led prefix, but ath79 sticks to more
generic `tplink` as the DTS is reused by more boards, so we need to
perform migrations of the LED names during upgrade.
Cc: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit "generic: ar8216: add mib_poll_interval switch attribute" sets
mib-poll-interval as disabled by default (was set to 2s), so it makes
switch LEDs trigger disfunctional on devices which don't have
mib-poll-interval set.
So this patch sets mib-poll-interval to 500ms on devices which are using
ar8xxx switch LEDs trigger, as the same value was set for built in
switches in 443fc9ac35 ("ath79: use ar8216 for builtin switch").
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Commit "generic: ar8216: add mib_poll_interval switch attribute" sets
mib-poll-interval as disabled by default (was set to 2s), so it makes
switch LEDs trigger disfunctional on devices which don't have
mib-poll-interval set.
So this patch sets mib-poll-interval to 500ms on devices which have
ar83xx switch connected to emac0, as the same value was set for built in
switches in 443fc9ac35 ("ath79: use ar8216 for builtin switch").
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit "generic: ar8216: add mib_poll_interval switch attribute" sets
mib-poll-interval as disabled by default (was set to 2s), so it makes
switch LEDs trigger disfunctional on devices which don't have
mib-poll-interval set.
So this patch sets mib-poll-interval to 500ms on devices which have
ar83xx switch connected to mdio0 bus, as the same value was set for
built in switches in 443fc9ac35 ("ath79: use ar8216 for builtin
switch").
Some measurements performed on TP-Link Archer C7-v5:
mib-type=0, mib-poll-interval=500ms (10s pidstat)
Average: %usr %system %guest %wait %CPU CPU Command
Average: 0.00 1.93 0.00 0.00 1.93 - kworker/0:2
iperf3 (30s): 334 Mbits/sec
mib-type=0, mib-poll-interval=2s (10s pidstat)
Average: %usr %system %guest %wait %CPU CPU Command
Average: 0.00 1.14 0.00 0.00 1.14 - kworker/0:2
iperf3 (30s): 334 Mbits/sec
So it seems like we get 4x faster LED refresh rate for additional 0.8%
CPU load.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit "generic: ar8216: add mib_poll_interval switch attribute" has
added mib_poll_interval global config option and commit "generic:
ar8216: group MIB counters and use two basic ones only by default" has
added mib_type config option.
So this patch adds ucidef_set_ar8xxx_switch_mib helper function which
would allow configuration of the above mentioned new switch config
options.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit "generic: ar8216: add mib_poll_interval switch attribute" has added
mib_poll_interval global config option and commit "generic: ar8216: group
MIB counters and use two basic ones only by default" has added mib_type
config option.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
There are too many MIB counters that almost nobody needs since commit
d6366ce366 ("generic: ar8216: mib_work_func: read all port mibs
everytime").
In the worker function to poll MIB data, it deals with all ports instead
of only one port every time, which introduces too many mdio operations
that it becomes a heavy CPU load even on not-emulated MDIO bus.
This commit groups MIB counters and enable only TxBytes and RxGoodBytes
by default (both of which are necessary to get swconfig led working.)
and adds an swconfig attribute to allow enabling all counters if users
need them.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This allows specifying interval of polling MIB counters from userspace
and allow completely turning off MIB counter support by setting
mib_poll_interval to 0.
Since MIB counter polling is a heavy CPU load for GPIO emulated MDIO
bus, disable this behavior by default. Those who wants to use swconfig
LEDs can enable them with qca,mib-poll-interval dts property or with
swconfig command.
Fixes: FS#2230 ("kworker spikes 100% cpu every 2 second.")
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This adds the host staging directory to the include path to make it use
the zlib.h files from the staging include directory and also link
against the zlib version from the staging directory.
This fixes a compile problem when the zlib header were not installed on
the build host.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[picked from openwrt-18.06]
The SD-Card polling is now implemented by default in the
fs-tools block-mount utility package. It might not be as
fast as the current detection method since the polling
time is 2 Seconds, but it's much less of an hack.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
c9d9dbf pppoe: Custom host-uniq tag
44012ae plugins/rp-pppoe: Fix compile errors
Refresh patches
Drop 520-uniq patch as upstream accepted
Drop 150-debug_compile_fix patch as fixed upstream
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch converts the Range Extender to use the
interrupt-driven gpio-keys driver over the polled variant.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch converts the WNDR3700 to use the interrupt-driven
gpio-keys driver over the polled variant.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
All other QCA9563 devices already use this identifier for
the exact SoC. Not that this matters much since as upstream
states in Documentation/devicetree/usage-model.txt:
"First and foremost, the kernel will use data in the DT to
identify the specific machine. In a perfect world, the
specific platform shouldn't matter to the kernel because all
platform details would be described perfectly by the device
tree in a consistent and reliable manner.
[...]
In the majority of cases, the machine identity is irrelevant,
and the kernel will instead select setup code based on the
machine's core CPU or SoC."
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
TP-Link Archer D50 v1 is a dual-band AC1200 router + modem.
The router section is based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 + QCA9882.
The "DSL" section is based on BCM6318 but it's currently not supported.
Internally eth0 is connected to the Broadcom CPU.
Router section - Specification:
CPU: QCA9531 650/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
RAM: 64 MB (DDR2)
Flash: 8 MB (SPI NOR)
Wifi 2.4GHz: QCA9531 2T2R
Wifi 5GHz: QCA9982 2T2R
4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
8x LED, 3x button
UART header on PCB
Known issues:
DSL not working (eth0) (WIP)
UART connection
---------------
J2 HEADER (Qualcomm CPU)
. TX
. RX
. GND
O VCC
J16 HEADER (Broadcom CPU)
O VCC
. GND
. RX
. TX
The following instructions require a connection to the J2 UART header.
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART
------------------------------------------
1. Press any key to stop autobooting and obtain U-Boot CLI access.
2. Setup ip addresses for U-Boot and your tftp server.
3. Issue below commands:
tftpboot 0x81000000 openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-d50-v1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
cp.b 0x81000000 0x9f020000 $filesize
reset
Initramfs instruction under U-Boot for testing, using UART
----------------------------------------------------------
1. Press any key to stop autobooting and obtain U-Boot CLI access.
2. Setup ip addresses for U-Boot and your tftp server.
3. Issue below commands:
tftpboot 0x81000000 openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-d50-v1-initramfs-kernel.bin
bootm 0x81000000
Restore the original firmware
-----------------------------
0. Backup every partition using the OpenWrt web interface
1. Download the OEM firmware from the TP-Link website
2. Extract the bin file in a folder (eg. Archer_D50v1_0.8.0_1.3_up_boot(170223)_full_2017-02-24_09.37.45.bin)
3. Remove the U-Boot and the Broadcom image part from the file.
Issue the following command:
dd if="Archer_D50v1_0.8.0_1.3_up_boot(170223)_full_2017-02-24_09.37.45.bin" of="Archer_D50v1_0.8.0_1.3_up_boot(170223)_full_2017-02-24_09.37.45.bin.mod" skip=257 bs=512 count=15616
4. Double check the .mod file size. It must be 7995392 bytes.
5. Flash it using the OpenWrt web interface. Force the update if needed.
WARNING: Remember to NOT keep settings.
5b. (Alternative to 5.) Flash it using the U-Boot and UART connection.
Issue below commands in the U-Boot:
tftpboot 0x81000000 Archer_D50v1_0.8.0_1.3_up_boot(170223)_full_2017-02-24_09.37.45.bin.mod
erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
cp.b 0x81000000 0x9f020000 $filesize
reset
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [removed
default-state = "off", it's already the default, added pcie node,
fixed typo]
This commit adds the partition layout used by the TP-Link Archer D50
and probably by the TP-Link Archer D7 to mktplinkfw2.
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
SoC: Atheros AR7161-8C1A @ 680 MHz
RAM: 128MB - 2x Etron Technology EM6AB160TSA-5G
NOR: 16MB - 1x MXIC MX25L12845EMI-10G (SPI-NOR)
WI1: Atheros AR9223-AC1A 802.11bgn
WI2: Atheros AR9220-AC1A 802.11an
ETH: Atheros AR8021-BL1E + PoE
LED: Dual-Color Power/Status, Ethernet, WLAN2G and WLAN5G
BTN: 1 x Reset
I2C: AT97SC4303s TPM (needs driver!)
CON: RS232-level 8P8C/RJ45 Console Port - 9600 Baud
Factory installation:
- Needs a u-boot replacement. See Wiki for
information on how to do a in-circut flash with
a SPI-Flasher like a CH314A or flashrom. Wiki page
can be found at https://openwrt.org/toh/aruba/aruba_ap-105
- Be careful when dis- and reassembling the device to
not squish any of the antenna cables in the process!
- Be sure to make a full 16 MiB backup of your device
before flashing the new u-boot! This is needed if you
ever have interest in reverting back to stock firmware.
Not working:
- TPM (needs a driver)
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This uses the existing rules for Sercomm factory images and moves them
to the ramips image Makefile, so they can be used in all subtargets.
The new factory image for WNDR3700v5 can be flashed using nmrpflash.
Signed-off-by: Jan Hoffmann <jan@3e8.eu>
Specifications:
- QCA9563 at 775 MHz
- 64 MB RAM Zentel A3R12E40CBF-8E
- 16 MB flash Winbond W25Q128FVSG
- 3 (non-detachable) Antennas / 450 Mbit
- 1x/4x WAN/LAN Gbps Ethernet (QCA8337)
- reset and Wi-Fi buttons
TP-Link TL-WR1043N v5 appears to be identical to the TL-WR1043ND v4,
except that the USB port has been removed and there is no longer a
removable antenna option. It also has different partitioning scheme.
The software is more in line with the Archer series in that it uses a
nested bootloader scheme.
(This has been adapted from the OpenWrt Wiki page)
<https://openwrt.org/toh/tp-link/tl-wr1043nd>
Installation on HW rev.5:
Factory firmware can be installed via the WEB interface.
Alternatively, it is also possible to use a TFTP server
for recovery purposes:
- Rename OpenWRT or original firmware to WR1043v5_tp_recovery.bin
- Set static IP of your PC to *192.168.0.66*
- Router will obtain IP 192.168.0.86 for a few seconds while
loading, when reset button pressed at power On.
And finally, there's always u-boot access through the UART.
For information visit the wiki.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[reworked commit message]
The helper shared Build/append-uboot in include/image-commands.mk
uses it, so include this variable in DEFAULT_DEVICE_VARS.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Using the same method as the D-Link DAP-2695 A1 we use
the "mtd" tool to augment the firmware checkum in flash
on first boot of a new firmware on the D-Link DIR-685.
We need to augment the Makefile for "mtd" to build in
the special WRGG fixup support for Gemini as well.
This works around the problem of the machine not booting
after factory install unless the sysupgrade is applied
immediately.
Based on commit e3875350f3
"ar71xx: add support for D-Link DAP-2695 rev. A1"
Cc: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The D-Link DIR-685 has the same problem as the
D-Link DAP-2695: when flashing the factory image, the
checksum includes the whole flashed image, even the
rootfs_data part with the end of filesystem mark.
Also the whole flashed image is stored in the flash,
so on the first boot, the whole rootfs image is loaded
into memory with the kernel.
This is fixed using the fixwrgg command to mtd, but
for this to work we need to make fixwrgg work with
the Little-Endian ARM DIR-685.
The code tries to be endian agnostic but this fails
because the WRGG image loader doesn't. On ARM, the
file size is stored in little endian format, and on
big-endian systems it is stored in big endian format,
so we can just drop all the friendly htonl() that
will make the shdr->size big endian: this will
actually break the little endian systems, and on
the big endian systems the native endianness will
still be correct.
The magic number is always stored in little endian
format however, so make sure this is always read
in LE32 format. I chose to create a straight-forward
le32_to_cpu() static inline that IMO is simple and
easy to read.
Cc: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Specification:
CPU: MT7628 580 MHz. MIPS 24K
RAM: 128 MB
Flash: 32 MB
WIFI: 802.11n/g/b 20/40 MHz
Ethernet: 5 Port ethernet switch
UART: 2x
Flash instruction:
The U-boot is based on Ralink SDK so we can flash the firmware using UART:
1. Configure PC with a static IP address and setup an TFTP server.
2. Put the firmware into the tftp directory.
3. Connect the UART0 line as described on the PCB.
4. Power up the device and press 2, follow the instruction to
set device and tftp server IP address and input the firmware
file name. U-boot will then load the firmware and write it into
the flash.
5. After firmware is started connect via ethernet at 192.168.1.1
Signed-off-by: Liu Yu <f78fk@live.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [removed dupped subject]
Specification:
- Qualcomm Atheros SoC QCA9558
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558 WMAC)
- 3T3R 5.8 Ghz (QCA9880-BR4A, Senao PCE4553AH)
https://fccid.io/A8J-ECB1750
Tested and working:
- lan, wireless, leds, sysupgrade (tftp)
Flash instructions:
1.) tftp recovery
- use a 1GbE switch or direct attached 1GbE link
- setup client ip address 192.168.1.10 and start tftpd
- save "openwrt-ath79-generic-engenius_ecb1750-initramfs-kernel.bin" as "ap.bin" in tfpd root directory
- plugin powercord and hold reset button 10secs.. "ap.bin" will be downloaded and executed
- afterwards login via ssh and do a sysuprade
2.) oem webinterface factory install (not tested)
Use normal webinterface upgrade page und select "openwrt-ath79-generic-engenius_ecb1750-squashfs-factory.bin".
3.) oem webinterface command injection
OEM Firmware already running OpenWrt (Attitude Adjustment 12.09).
Use OEM webinterface and command injection. See wiki for details.
https://openwrt.org/toh/engenius/engenius_ecb1750_1
Signed-off-by: sven friedmann <sf.openwrt@okay.ms>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[use interrupt-driven "gpio-keys" binding]
The Linksys EA8300 is based on QCA4019 and QCA9888 and provides three,
independent radios. NAND provides two, alternate kernel/firmware
images with fail-over provided by the OEM U-Boot.
Installation:
"Factory" images may be installed directly through the OEM GUI.
Hardware Highlights:
* IPQ4019 at 717 MHz (4 CPUs)
* 256 MB NAND (Winbond W29N02GV, 8-bit parallel)
* 256 MB RAM
* Three, fully-functional radios; `iw phy` reports (FCC/US, -CT):
* 2.4 GHz radio at 30 dBm
* 5 GHz radio on ch. 36-64 at 23 dBm
* 5 GHz radio on ch. 100-144 at 23 dBm (DFS), 149-165 at 30 dBm
#{ managed } <= 16, #{ AP, mesh point } <= 16, #{ IBSS } <= 1
* All two-stream, MCS 0-9
* 4x GigE LAN, 1x GigE Internet Ethernet jacks with port lights
* USB3, single port on rear with LED
* WPS and reset buttons
* Four status lights on top
* Serial pads internal (unpopulated)
"Linksys Dallas WiFi AP router based on Qualcomm AP DK07.1-c1"
Implementation Notes:
The OEM flash layout is preserved at this time with 3 MB kernel and
~69 MB UBIFS for each firmware version. The sysdiag (1 MB) and
syscfg (56 MB) partitions are untouched, available as read-only.
Serial Connectivity:
Serial connectivity is *not* required to flash.
Serial may be accessed by opening the device and connecting
a 3.3-V adapter using 115200, 8n1. U-Boot access is good,
including the ability to load images over TFTP and
either run or flash them.
Looking at the top of the board, from the front of the unit,
J3 can be found on the right edge of the board, near the rear
|
J3 |
|-| |
|O| | (3.3V seen, open-circuit)
|O| | TXD
|O| | RXD
|O| |
|O| | GND
|-| |
|
Unimplemented:
* serial1 "ttyQHS0" (serial0 works as console)
* Bluetooth; Qualcomm CSR8811 (potentially conected to serial1)
Other Notes:
https://wikidevi.com/wiki/Linksys_EA8300 states
FCC docs also cover the Linksys EA8250. According to the
RF Test Report BT BR+EDR, "All models are identical except
for the EA8300 supports 256QAM and the EA8250 disable 256QAM."
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Consistently handle boot-count reset and upgrade across
ipq40xx, ipq806x, kirkwood, mvebu
Dual-firmware devices often utilize a specific MTD partition
to record the number of times the boot loader has initiated boot.
Most of these devices are NAND, typically with a 2k erase size.
When this code was ported to the ipq40xx platform, the device in hand
used NOR for this partition, with a 16-byte "record" size. As the
implementation of `mtd resetbc` is by-platform, the hard-coded nature
of this change prevented proper operation of a NAND-based device.
* Unified the "NOR" variant with the rest of the Linksys variants
* Added logging to indicate success and failure
* Provided a meaningful return value for scripting
* "Protected" the use of `mtd resetbc` in start-up scripts so that
failure does not end the boot sequence
* Moved Linksys-specific actions into common `/etc/init.d/bootcount`
For upgrade, these devices need to determine which partition to flash,
as well as set certain U-Boot envirnment variables to change the next
boot to the newly flashed version.
* Moved upgrade-related environment changes out of bootcount
* Combined multiple flashes of environment into single one
* Current-partition detection now handles absence of `boot_part`
Runtime-tested: Linksys EA8300
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[checkpatch.pl fixes, traded split strings for 80+ chars per line]
This package provides board-specific reference ("cal") data
on an interim basis until included in the upstream distros
While originally conceived for IPQ4019-based boards, similar needs
are appearing with three-radio devices. For some of these devices,
both a board-2.bin file needs to be supplied both for the IPQ4019
as well as for the other radio on the board.
This patch allows new or multiple overrides to be specified by:
* Adding board name to ALLWIFIBOARDS
* Placing file(s) in this directory named as
board-<devicename>.<qca4019|qca9888|qca9984>
* Adding
$(eval $(call generate-ipq-wifi-package,<device>,<display name>))
(along with suitable package selection for the board)
At this time, QCA4019, QCA9888, and QCA9984 are supported.
Extension to other chips should be straightforward.
The existing files, board-*.bin, are "grandfathered" as QCA4019.
The package name has been retained for compatability reasons.
At this time it DEPENDS:=@TARGET_ipq40xx, limiting its visibility.
Build-tested-on: asus_map-ac2200, alfa-network_ap120c-ac,
avm_fritzbox-7530, avm_fritzrepeater-3000, engenius_eap1300,
engenius_ens620ext, linksys_ea6350v3, qxwlan-e2600ac-c1/-c2
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
22e8e58 interface-ip: use ptp address as well to find local address target
f1aa0f9 treewide: pass bool as second argument of blobmsg_check_attr
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The 8 year old file does not have any ARC definitions.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[updated content of the patch with version sent to upstream]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Modify the title to match the following format, as it's enough
to uniquely identify a device:
<manufacturer> <model>
This matches what's done for other targets and has the
added benefit of creating a sorted-by-manufacturer list
of devices on menuconfig
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
This commit makes three changes to the uci shell library:
* A check for UCI_CONFIG_DIR has been added to the command line when
adding anonymous sections. Without this change, adding anonymous
sections to configs not stored in /etc/config is not possible.
* Support for adding/removing items from lists were missing, so I have
added the functions uci_add_list() and uci_remove_list() to simplify
working with uci lists from scripts.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
[added missing package version bump]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
ZBT WE826-E is a dual-SIM version of the ZBT WE826. The router has the
following specifications:
- MT7620A (580 MHz)
- 128MB RAM
- 32MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100Mbps Ethernet (MT7620A built-in switch)
- 1x microSD slot
- 1x miniPCIe slot (only USB2.0 bus)
- 2x SIM card slots (standard size)
- 1x USB2.0 port
- 1x 2.4GHz wifi (rt2800)
- 10x LEDs (4 GPIO-controlled)
- 1x reset button
The following have been tested and working:
- Ethernet switch
- wifi
- miniPCIe slot
- USB port
- microSD slot
- sysupgrade
- reset button
Installation and recovery:
In order to install OpenWRT the first time or recover the router, you
can use the web-based recovery system. Keep the reset button pressed
during boot and access 192.168.1.1 in your browser when your machine
obtains an IP address. Upload the firmware to start the recovery
process.
How to swap SIMs:
You control which SIM slot to use by writing 0/1 to
/sys/class/gpio/gpio13/value. In order for the change to take effect,
you can either use AT-commands (AT+CFUN) or power-cycle the modem (write
0/1 to /sys/class/gpio/gpio14/value).
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Head Weblink HDRM200 is a dual-sim router based on MT7620A. The detailed
specifications are:
- MT7620A (580MHz)
- 64MB RAM
- 16MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 6x 10/100Mbps Ethernet (MT7620A built-in switch)
- 1x microSD slot
- 1x miniPCIe slot (only USB2.0 bus). Device is shipped with a SIMCOM
SIM7100E LTE modem.
- 2x SIM slots (standard size)
- 1x USB2.0 port
- 1x 2.4GHz wifi (rt2800)
- 1x 5GHz wifi (mt7612)
- 1x reset button
- 1x WPS button
- 3x GPIO-controllable LEDs
- 1x 10 pin terminal block (RS232, RS485, 4 x GPIO)
Tested:
- Ethernet switch
- Wifi
- USB slot
- SD card slot
- miniPCIe-slot
- sysupgrade
- reset button
Installation instructions:
Installing OpenWRT for the first time requires a bit of work, as the
board does not ship with OpenWRT. In addition, the bootloader
automatically reboots when installing an image over tftp. In order to
install OpenWRT on the HDRM200, you need to do the following:
* Copy the initramfs-image to your tftp-root (default filename is
test.bin) and configure networking accordingly (default server IP is
10.10.10.3, client 10.10.10.123). Start your tftp server.
* Open the board and connect to UART. The pins are exposed and clearly
marked.
* Boot the board and press 1.
* Either use the default filename and client/server IP-addresses, or
specify your own.
The image should now be loaded to memory and board boot. If the router
reboots while the image is loading, you need to try again. Once the
board has booted, copy the sysupgrade-image to the router and run
sysupgrade in order to install OpenWRT to the flash.
Notes:
- You control which SIM slot to use by writing 0/1 to
/sys/class/gpio/gpio0/value. In order for the change to take
effect, you can either use AT-commands (AT+CFUN) or power-cycle the
modem (write 0/1 to /sys/class/gpio/gpio21/value).
- RS485 is available on /dev/ttyS0.
- RS232 is available on /dev/ttyS1.
- The name of the ioX-gpios map to the labels on the casing.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
[fixed whitespace issue and merge conflict in target.mk]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The buildroot pkg-config (in staging_dir/host/bin) overrides the prefix
and exec_prefix variables in *.pc files, to supply the correct
(buildroot) paths for callers. If other variables are not defined
relative to prefix and exec_prefix, then the returned values will be
incorrect.
The default zlib.pc file generated by cmake contains absolute paths.
This patches the file to use relative paths (relative to ${prefix} and
${exec_prefix}).
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
When looping through a package's STAGING_FILES_LIST (a list of
file/directory paths delimited by newlines), if the path contains
spaces, then the path will be split by the while loops, and the
file/directory will not be deleted/removed.
This sets the internal field separator to the newline only so that the
entire path is considered when deleting/removing.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
These dts itself are incomplete (e.g. missing mtd partitions) and its
deivce support is never added to ath79 target.
Drop these unused dts for now.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
In commit e9652e1696 ("ath79: fix pinmux for ar933x devices") I've
wrongly changed desired register value to 0xf8 although it should've
been set to 0x0.
0xf8 value sets bits 3-7 (ETH_SWITCH_LEDx_EN) to 1 which actually
enables ethernet switch LEDs, so 0x0 is correct value in order to use
the pins as GPIO.
Fixes: e9652e1696 ("ath79: fix pinmux for ar933x devices")
Reported-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Simply dumped content of this regs in ar71xx and wrote them to DTS, as a
result port 6 on the switch will appear disconnected as on Archer C7v4.
[AS: testing and PORT6_STATUS fix]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
41a74cb config: remove 'ignore' config option
c0c8034 treewide: init assignment lists head
f98b7ee config: use list safe iterator in lease_delete
3c9810b dhcpv4: fix lease ordering by ip address
b60c384 config: use multi-stage parsing of uci sections
a2dd8d6 treewide: always init interface list heads during initialization
a17665e dhcpv4: do not allow pool end address to overlap with broadcast address
6b951c5 treewide: give file descriptors safe initial value
39e11ed dhcpv4: DHCP pool size is off-by-one
4a600ce dhcpv4: add support for Parameter Request List option 55
09e5eca dhcpv4: fix DHCP packet size
3cd4876 ndp: fix syslog flooding (FS#2242)
79fbba1 config: set default loglevel to LOG_WARNING
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Adds a new variable DISABLED_SERVICES to ImageBuilder Makefile, which
defines a list of services (installed as /etc/init.d/*) to be disabled
during the build of a custom image (normally all are enabled).
It comes handy when a particular service should not be run under normal
circumstances, but should be ready in the image for situations when it
might be needed.
Signed-off-by: Richard Musil <risa2000x@gmail.com>
Properly disable the SoC's internal Switch LEDs on the pinmux.
Devices that previously called ath79_gpio_function_disable for
the switch LEDs, just need to reference switch_led_pins in the
pinctrl-0 property of the gpio-leds node.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
[changed desired pinctrl register value from 0x1f to proper 0xf8]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
[renamed pinmux name to switch_led_disable_pins to make purpose more clear]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This devices have LEDs connected to the SoC's GPIOs, so it makes no
sense to fiddle with ar8327 LED regs.
Tested-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Network for the Archer C25 v1 is set up without switch for no
obvious reason. The LED setup is even done switch-based.
This patch changes network setup so a switch is created.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
for better identification. Also create SUPPORTED_DEVICES string from it
which corresponds to dts compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Missing header for va_list.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[updated with upstream version of the patch]
Commit eae6cac6a3 ("lantiq: add support for AVM FRITZ!Box 7362 SL"), but
one needs an initramfs image to flash OpenWrt from stock firmware (as
described in the commit log). This patch has the initramfs image built
by default.
Thanks to blogic (for pointing to the FEATURES declaration in the target
Makefiles) and Musashino on the forum for suggesting
config/Config-images.in needed editing too. While at it, reorder the
TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_LZMA declarations alphabetically.
This patch will result in initramfs images for all lantiq subtargets
that have the ramdisk flag set. I tested on the falcon and ase
subtargets, which lack that flag, to confirm they don't produce any
initramfs images with this patch - which they do not.
Given the limited scope of the lantiq (sub)target(s), blogic indicated
this should be OK.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[fixed the wrong reference to eae6cac6a3 commit]
Update linux-firmware to 20190416, which includes updated firmwares e.g. for ath10k
Also switch to official tarball source.
The following firmware files we use are updated in this change:
ath10k/QCA6174/hw3.0/board-2.bin
ath10k/QCA9888/hw2.0/firmware-5.bin
ath10k/QCA988X/hw2.0/firmware-5.bin
ath10k/QCA9984/hw1.0/firmware-5.bin
mrvl/sd8887_uapsta.bin
mrvl/pcie8897_uapsta.bin
iwlwifi-8000C-36.ucode
iwlwifi-8265-36.ucode
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
OpenWrt is completely compiled from sources using a 64 bit compiler, we
do not need support for the old 32 bit MIPS interface on 64 Bit CPUs,
deactivate it.
Fixes: 46af22de16 ("kernel: Remove CONFIG_COMPAT")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
OpenWrt is completely compiled from sources using a 64 bit compiler, we
do not need support for the old 32 bit MIPS interface on 64 Bit CPUs,
deactivate it.
Fixes: 46af22de16 ("kernel: Remove CONFIG_COMPAT")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This moves some new configuration options to the generic kernel
configuration instead of configuring them for each target on our own.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Fixes the following compilation issue that was introduced with the bump
to 4.14.118:
CC drivers/gpio/gpiolib-of.o
drivers/gpio/gpiolib-of.c: In function 'of_gpiochip_add':
drivers/gpio/gpiolib-of.c:510:12: error: too few arguments to function 'of_gpiochip_scan_gpios'
status = of_gpiochip_scan_gpios(chip);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/gpio/gpiolib-of.c:247:5: note: declared here
int of_gpiochip_scan_gpios(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned int start,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
scripts/Makefile.build:326: recipe for target 'drivers/gpio/gpiolib-of.o' failed
Fixes: 09050b6fe2 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.118")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This target got bumped to 4.14 a long time ago
in commit: 2308b87204
Remove all leftover 4.9 files.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
fcb076c Various fixes for errors found by coverity static analysis (#109)
d98ab38 Merge branch 'pppd_print_changes' of https://github.com/nlhintz/ppp into nlhintz-pppd_print_changes
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
CONFIG_HW_RANDOM_OMAP is not set to any value after kmod-random-omap was
removed, add the configuration option to the generic configuration.
Fixes: cd3b298533 ("omap24xx: Remove unmaintained target")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This commit adds support for different iterations of ESPRESSObin.
The added variants are:
ESPRESSObin with soldered eMMC,
ESPRESSObin V7, compared to V5 some passive elements changed and ethernet
ports labels positions have been reversed,
ESPRESSObin V7 with soldered eMMC.
Please refer to:
584d7c5 ("mvebu: new subtarget cortex A53")
for instruction how to boot OpenWrt image placed on SD card. It is
advised for owners of V5 and previous with bootloader based on U-Boot
2015.01, to upgrade the latest version available at:
http://espressobin.net/tech-spec.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Convert whole target to Device Tree based board detection instead of
identifying devices by dts file name. With this we can drop mvebu.sh
translation script and rely on common method for model detection.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Add vendors in device names and also rename few device names, for easier
identyfying potential firmware to flash. The vendor and device string is
mainly derived from model/compatipble string in dts from particular
device, but since not all devices are well described, some of the renames
follow marketing names.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Use make syntax to pass the U-Boot image location and boot with root
partitions size, instead of relying on shell functions and variables.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Drop overly complex amount of defines wich are referenced in the same
devices pool and move image recipes to common define, since devices not
using them overwrite it.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
All of U-Boot scripts repeat the same pattern with only Device Tree blob
name changing for respective device. Therefore create generic scripts
which will be altered on demad by image build process, and create
BOOT_SCRIPT variable which can be added to device recipe and will allow
referencing the same script by many device recipes. This will allow to
slim down the ammount of files in buildroot tree and avoid needlessly
incrementing amount of boot scripts if new devices will be added.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
All of arm64 devices have part of variables repeatedly defined. Stack
them to common define, and reference it in each device recipe.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Even if dts is not included in upstream Makefile, it is built anyway by
recipe specified in include/image.mk. Also remove Build/dtb, it's not
used since 3f72f3a ("mvebu: clearfog: include DTB for all variants in
image").
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This seems to have been omitted over-time.
Using the default Host/Configure seems to work fine.
The last patches to have touched this in a major way were ~10 years ago:
33a0eb3613 ("cosmetic & coherency fixes")
7eb1589875 ("build system refactoring in preparation for allowing
packages to do host-build steps")
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Switched to xz archives for smaller size.
Removed upstreamed patches.
Reorganized Makefile a little bit for clarity. Build/Prepare is not useful
anymore. Upstream converted the file to LF.
Refreshed config.
Removed -ansi option from the original CFLAGS as this was causing long
long support to be missing.
Removed fPIC. We have the macro $(FPIC) already used. No point in setting
fpic and fPIC together.
Removed pedantic -Wlong-long warnings as they are not useful.
Removed -std=gnu++98. Not only is it unnecessary (it compiles against all
standards), it actually results in a size increase. 75843 vs. 75222 (gcc
in OpenWrt defaults to g++14).
Added --gc-sections to linker flags to reduce size: 72653 vs 75222.
Removed warn linker options. They have been upstreamed.
Tested on Archer C7v2 and GnuBee PC1.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This patch backports verbatim the commits from Linux 5.0 and 5.1
that implemented support for GigaDevice SPI NAND A and E variants.
Supported only in Linux 4.19 and later as based on the upstream
drivers/mtd/nand/spi/ framework.
mtd-spinand-add-support-for-GigaDevice-GD5FxGQ4xA.patch
commit c93c613214ac (5.0)
mtd-spinand-Add-support-for-GigaDevice-GD5F1GQ4UExxG.patch
commit c40c7a990a46 (5.1)
Run-tested-on: GL.iNet AR750S
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
This activates "Supervisor Mode Access Prevention". modern CPUs will
prevent the kernel code from accessing any data from the userspace
without the usage of copy_to_user() or copy_from_user()
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC allows it to add support for new executable formats
to the kernel from user space, the kernel will then detect for example a
java binary and call the java execution program automatically. I am not
aware that this feature is used in OpenWrt and this could be used to
exploit something. Deactivate it for all targets for now.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Some targets deactivated CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES, for unknown reasons, use
the default setting from the generic configuration which activates
CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES.
This should prevent SYN flooding.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This removes support for executing old 32 bit applications on 64 bit ARM
and MIPS kernels.
On OpenWrt we normally compile all the user space applications on our
own and do not support third party binary only modules especial not 32
bit applications on 64 bit CPUs.
This reduces the attack surface on such systems and should also save
some memory.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
These were renamed to CONFIG_STRICT_KERNEL_RWX and CONFIG_STRICT_MODULE_RWX and are
activated in kernel 4.14 and later by default.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This activates "Emulate Privileged Access Never using TTBR0_EL1
switching" on ARM64.
This should prevent the kernel from reading code from user space in
kernel context.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds additional checks to the copy_from_user() and copy_to_user()
functions. The details are described in this article:
https://lwn.net/Articles/695991/
This should only have a very small performance impact on system calls
and should not affect routing performance.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Jeff Kletsky noted in his patch titled:
"utils/spidev_test: Update to current source from upstream Linux"
that the spidev_test utility OpenWrt ships is severly out of date.
Instead of updating the spidev_test.c from the current kernel,
this patch replaces the package building code to utilize the
very file that gets shipped with the kernel we compiling for
anyway much like the "perf" package already does.
Reported-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Add some read-only properties to protect partitions from
accidental changes.
Also fixed two whitespaces error on the way.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch updates ath10k-ct to current version.
Changes are:
ath10k-ct: Fix printing PN in peer stats.
Previous logic was incorrect. Also add set-special API to enable
returning PN.
Patches refreshed and tested on 8devices Jalapeno dev board(IPQ4019)
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Release notes since last time:
Release notes for wave-1:
2019-04-02: Support some get/set API for eeprom rate power tables.
Mostly backported from 10.2
2019-04-02: Support adaptive-CCA, backported from 10.2
2019-04-02: Support adding eeprom configAddr pairs via the
set-special API. These configAddrs can be used to change
the default register settings for up to 12 registers.
2019-05-03: Fix tx-power settings for 2x2, 3x3 rates.
Original logic I put in back in 2016 set 2x2 and 3x3 lower
than the needed to be when using most NICs (very high
powered NICs would not have been affected I think, not sure
any of those exist though.)
This improves throughput for 2x2 and 3x3 devices,
especially when the signal is weaker.
Release notes for wave-2:
2019-04-08: When setting keys, if high bit of high value of
key_rsc_counter is set to 0x1, then the lower 48 bits will
be used as the PN value. By default, PN is set to 1 each
time the key is set.
2019-04-08: Pack PN into un-used 'excretries' aka
'num_pkt_loss_excess_retry' high 16 bits.
This lets us report peer PN, but *only* if driver has
previously set a PN when setting key (or set-special cmd is
used to enable PN reporting).
This is done so that we know the driver is recent
enough to deal with the PN stat reporting.
2019-04-16: Support specifying tx rate on a per-beacon packet.
See ath10k_wmi_op_gen_beacon_dma and
ath10k_convert_hw_rate_to_rate_info for API details.
Driver needs additional work to actually enable this
feature currently.
2019-04-30: Compile out tx-prefetch caching logic.
It is full of tricky bugs that cause tx hangs.
I fixed at least one, but more remain and I have wasted too
much time on this already.
2019-05-08: Start rate-ctrl at mcs-3 instead of mcs-5.
This significantly helps DHCP happen quickly, probably
because the initial rate being too high would take a while
to ramp down, especially since there are few packets sent
by the time DHCP needs to start.
This bug was triggered by me decreasing retries of 0x1e
(upstream default) to 0x4. But, I think it is better to
start with lower initial MCS instead of always having a
very high retry count.
Tested on 8devices Jalapeno dev board(IPQ4019)
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [neatify]
The factory firmware omits the JFFS2 end-marker while flashing via
web-interface. Add a 64k padding after the marker fixes this problem.
When the end-marker is not present, OpenWRT won't save the overlayfs
after initial flash.
Reported-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The correct board_name for the Turris Omnia is armada-385-turris-omnia.
Fixes: 4e8345ff68 ("mvebu: base-files: autodetect upgrade device")
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Recently, upgrade device autodetection has been added to the mvebu target.
This exposes some shortcomings of the generic export_bootdevice function,
e.g. on the Turris Omnia: export_bootdevice silently reports the root
partition to be the boot device. This makes the sysupgrade process fail at
several places.
Fix this by clearly distinguishing between /proc/cmdline arguments which
specify the boot disk, and those which specify the root partition. Only in
the latter case, strip off the partition, and do it consistently.
root=PARTUUID=<pseudo PARTUUID for MBR> (any partition) and root=/dev/*
(any partition) are accepted.
The root of the problem is that the *existing* export_bootdevice in
/lib/upgrade/common.sh behaves differently, if the kernel is booted with
root=/dev/..., or if it is booted with root=PARTUUID=...
In the former case, it reports back major/minor of the root partition,
in the latter case it reports back major/minor of the complete boot disk.
Targets, which boot with root=/dev/... *and* use export_bootdevice /
export_partdevice, have added workarounds to this behaviour, by specifying
*negative* increments to the export_partdevice function.
Consequently, those targets have to be adapted to use positive increments,
otherwise they are broken by the change to export_bootdevice.
Fixes: 4e8345ff68 ("mvebu: base-files: autodetect upgrade device")
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Extended mksenaofw to support new "capwap" header structure.
This supports flashing from factory 3.0.0, 3.0.1, 3.1.0 and 3.5.5
firmware.
Note that the factory image format changes for 3.1 and later firmware,
and that the 3.1.0 and 3.5.5 Engenius firmware will refuse the
factory_30.bin file. Similarly, the 3.0.0 and 3.0.1 Engenius firmware
will refuse the factory_35.bin file.
Flashing from the Engenius 3.1.0 firmware with the factory_35.bin
firmware has not been tested, as 3.1.0 firmware (Engenius "middleFW")
is only intended as part of the upgrade path to 3.5.5 firmware.
Modified ipq40xx image Makefile to appropriately invoke mksenaofw
with new parameters to configure the capwap header.
Note that there is currently no method to return to factory firmware,
so this is a one-way street.
Path from factory 3.0.0 and 3.0.1 (EnGenius) software to OpenWrt is
to navigate to 192.168.1.1 on the stock firmware and navigate to the
firmware menu. Then copy the URL you have for that page, something like
http://192.168.1.1/cgi-bin/luci/;stok=12345abcdef/admin/system/flashops
and replace the trailing /admin/system/flashops with just /easyflashops
You should then be presented with a simple "Firmware Upgrade" page.
On that page, BE SURE TO CLEAR the "Keep Settings:" checkbox.
Choose the openwrt-ipq40xx-engenius_ens620ext-squashfs-factory_30.bin,
click "Upgrade" and on the following page select "Proceed".
Path from factory 3.5.5 (EnGenius) software to OpenWrt is simply to
use the stock firmware update menu. Choose the
openwrt-ipq40xx-engenius_ens620ext-squashfs-factory_35.bin and click
"Upload" and "Proceed".
The device should then flash the OpenWrt firmware and reboot. Note
that this resets the device to a default configuration with Wi-Fi
disabled, LAN1/PoE acting as a WAN port (running DHCP client) and LAN2
acting as a LAN port with a DHCP server on 192.168.1.x (AP is at
192.168.1.1)
Signed-off-by: Steve Glennon <s.glennon@cablelabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[sorry, for unfixing the 80-lines eyesores.]
This patch works around an issue where reboot would cause the AP
to power down and not reboot.
The ipq4019 restart controller reboot causes the system
to power down and not recover. Fix is to disable the restart
controller in the device tree and the device reverts to
using the watchdog to perform the reset.
The real problem is due to the buggy bootloader that ships
with the device. Steve Glennon reported in the PR for this
patch: <https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2009> that:
"the problem was due to a bad u-boot that ships with the device.
Using the u-boot that comes with 3.5.5.3 EnGenius factory
software now allows the old code (using the do_msm_reboot)
to reboot successfully.
On to the bad news:
Well 3.5.5.3 is a bad path. Finally managed to recover. You
CANNOT use prior EnGenius firmware to downgrade.
Findings:
* They now password protect the serial console with a new, unkown
password.
* They changed the protection on their walled-garden. I have to
use the ssh admin@ip /bin/sh --login to get out of their
walled-garden.
* Attempts to flash the original 3.0.0 or 3.0.1 EnGenius firmware
fail through the UI and sysupgrade. Their firmware update GUI now
seem to detect regular openwrt images, but they fail to flash
Attempts to flash a normal OpenWrt image with sysupgrade fail.
[..]
Attempts to sysupgrade with EnGenius firmware fail with the same
"mandatory section(s) missing" error, so you cannot downgrade to
3.0.0 or 3.0.1."
Signed-off-by: Steve Glennon <s.glennon@cablelabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [added valuable
findings from github discussion]
Marvell sata controllers in all kirkwood SoCs support
sata port multipliers, just like mvebu.
Enable this feature in the default kernel config
so it is available in normal builds.
tested and working on nsa310b
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
If the target supports a newer kernel version that is not used by default
yet, it can be enabled with this option
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
MT7620 integrated WMAC does not need RT2x00 PCI driver or firmware
Also corrected kmod-eeprom-93cx6 and kmod-lib-crc-itu-t dependencies
according to original Kconfig and lsmod output
This will remove some unnecessary packages from MT7620 target to
save some space
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[75 characters per line in the commit message]
Probably glibc too. argp_help takes a char *. not const char *.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[updated with upstream version of the patch]
This version has important change for tegra boards which is reserving
32MB memory for Linux kernel instead of current 16MB.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Switches failsafe mode interface from WAN to LAN ports.
Tested on TL-WR940Nv6.0 and TL-WR940Nv6.1
Signed-off-by: Joachim Fünfer <joachim.fuenfer@stusta.net>
This corrects the PLL value for 10 Mbit/s links on the OCEDO Raccoon.
Prior to this patch, 10 Mbit/s links would not transmit data.
It is worth mentioning that the vendor firmware used the same PLL
settings and 10Mbit/s was also not working there.
All other link-modes are working correctly without any packet loss.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Purpose of these changes is to introduce a hook for post service
shutdown in a similar fashion to the existing hook service_started. I
found it to be useful to specify a hook that is called once the service
has been stopped and not before the service is stopped like the
stop_service hook does.
The concrete use case I have for this is that I'm running a binary that
takes over the hardware watchdog timer. Said binary unfortunately can
not use ubus directly to tell procd to hand over the watchdog timer so
this has to be done in the service file for the binary in question. In
order to support a clean handover of the watchdog timer back to procd,
the service init script has to dispatch the ubus invocation once the
binary in question has been stopped.
Signed-off-by: Arthur Skowronek <ags@digineo.de>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[added commit message, use the same form as other hooks]
This commit fixes following script error in syslog:
cat: can't open '/sys/devices/platform/ehci-platform/usb1/1-1/1-1.2/1-1.2:1.4/ieee80211/phy*/name': No such file or directory
sh: add: unknown operand
sh: add: unknown operand
Signed-off-by: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[commit subject and message tweaks]
Upstream has renamed UPROBE_EVENT to UPROBE_EVENTS in the following
commit:
commit 6b0b7551428e4caae1e2c023a529465a9a9ae2d4
Author: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Date: Thu Feb 16 17:00:50 2017 +1100
perf/core: Rename CONFIG_[UK]PROBE_EVENT to CONFIG_[UK]PROBE_EVENTS
We have uses of CONFIG_UPROBE_EVENT and CONFIG_KPROBE_EVENT as
well as CONFIG_UPROBE_EVENTS and CONFIG_KPROBE_EVENTS.
Consistently use the plurals.
So I'm changing it to this plural option in order to make kconfig happy
and stop asking about it if kernel is compiled with verbose logging:
Enable uprobes-based dynamic events (UPROBE_EVENTS) [Y/n/?] (NEW)
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Upstream has renamed KPROBE_EVENT to KPROBE_EVENTS in the following
commit:
commit 6b0b7551428e4caae1e2c023a529465a9a9ae2d4
Author: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Date: Thu Feb 16 17:00:50 2017 +1100
perf/core: Rename CONFIG_[UK]PROBE_EVENT to CONFIG_[UK]PROBE_EVENTS
We have uses of CONFIG_UPROBE_EVENT and CONFIG_KPROBE_EVENT as
well as CONFIG_UPROBE_EVENTS and CONFIG_KPROBE_EVENTS.
Consistently use the plurals.
So I'm adding this plural option in order to make kconfig happy and stop
asking about it if kernel is compiled with verbose logging:
Enable kprobes-based dynamic events (KPROBE_EVENTS) [Y/n/?] (NEW)
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
No target is using kernel 3.18 anymore, remove all the generic
support for kernel 3.18.
The removed packages are depending on kernel 3.18 only and are not used on
any recent kernel.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target only supports kernel 3.18, which is not supported in OpenWrt
any more for multiple releases. It also looks like there is no active
maintainer for this target.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target only supports kernel 4.1, which is not supported in OpenWrt
any more for multiple releases. It also looks like there is no active
maintainer for this target.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target only supports kernel 3.18, which is not supported in OpenWrt
any more for multiple releases. It also looks like there is no active
maintainer for this target.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target only supports kernel 3.18, which is not supported in OpenWrt
any more for multiple releases. It also looks like there is no active
maintainer for this target.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target only supports kernel 3.18, which is not supported in OpenWrt
any more for multiple releases. It also looks like there is no active
maintainer for this target.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target only supports kernel 3.18, which is not supported in OpenWrt
any more for multiple releases. It also looks like there is no active
maintainer for this target.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target only supports kernel 3.18, which is not supported in OpenWrt
any more for multiple releases. It also looks like there is no active
maintainer for this target.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target only supports kernel 3.18, which is not supported in OpenWrt
any more for multiple releases. It also looks like there is no active
maintainer for this target.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target adds an alternative mmc driver using a patch.
Within this patch, a definition got renamed upstream.
Change it to fix following compile error:
CC drivers/mmc/host/bcm2835-mmc.o
In file included from ./include/linux/kernel.h:14:0,
from ./include/linux/delay.h:22,
from drivers/mmc/host/bcm2835-mmc.c:25:
drivers/mmc/host/bcm2835-mmc.c: In function 'bcm2835_mmc_dumpregs':
drivers/mmc/host/bcm2835-mmc.c:254:27: error: 'SDHCI_ACMD12_ERR' undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean 'SDHCI_CMD_CRC'?
bcm2835_mmc_readw(host, SDHCI_ACMD12_ERR),
^
./include/linux/printk.h:137:18: note: in definition of macro 'no_printk'
printk(fmt, ##__VA_ARGS__); \
^~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/mmc/host/bcm2835-mmc.c:253:2: note: in expansion of macro 'pr_debug'
pr_debug(DRIVER_NAME ": AC12 err: 0x%08x | Slot int: 0x%08x\n",
^~~~~~~~
drivers/mmc/host/bcm2835-mmc.c:254:27: note: each undeclared identifier is reported only once for each function it appears in
bcm2835_mmc_readw(host, SDHCI_ACMD12_ERR),
^
./include/linux/printk.h:137:18: note: in definition of macro 'no_printk'
printk(fmt, ##__VA_ARGS__); \
^~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/mmc/host/bcm2835-mmc.c:253:2: note: in expansion of macro 'pr_debug'
pr_debug(DRIVER_NAME ": AC12 err: 0x%08x | Slot int: 0x%08x\n",
^~~~~~~~
scripts/Makefile.build:326: recipe for target 'drivers/mmc/host/bcm2835-mmc.o' failed
make[8]: *** [drivers/mmc/host/bcm2835-mmc.o] Error 1
Upstream commit:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/commit/?h=v4.14.114&id=45fd8679ea86bffb352132a1df4917c3d11375aa
Fixes: b765f4be40 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.114")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This should be helpful for implementing service_running() in procd init
scripts.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Sometimes is desirable to run a process with a specific group id
instead of the default one which is derived from passwd entry.
This can be achived now by using procd_set_param group $mygroup.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_SOURCE_VERSION update]
Optional syslog facility can be set by adding procd_set_param facility
$myfacility.
While at, also add stdout/stderr documentation.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_SOURCE_VERSION update]
Currently Auto probing for BMP/BME280 does not work because kernel
module name in the call is not correct.
Package name was used instead of kernel module name.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Some of changes:
* Support for local-name()
* General refactoring
* Better parsing performance
* Fix possible buffer overflow & memleak
* Validation checks
* More commit functions (file, buffer, fd)
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Since ct->proto.tcp.last_win isn't updated when nf_ct_tcp_no_window_check is
enabled, the retransmission timeout check needs to be bypassed.
Based on patch by Rob Mosher
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add a conditional to the individual package's for the kmods in DEPENDS.
This avoids the need to compile the kernel modules when the crypto
engine packages are not selected. The final binares are not affected by
this.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
We only enabled pcnet driver for malta machine, and x86/legacy target
was supposed to only support e1000 model
Cc: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This should make it easier to set up and possibly provide a "work out of
the box" experience for most test usage. Typical wan&lan networking
setup is only two characters argument away.
Cc: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The option is at the moment enabled for x86/64. The selection chain
should be
config RETPOLINE
select STACK_VALIDATION if HAVE_STACK_VALIDATION
config x86
select HAVE_STACK_VALIDATION if X86_64
cryptdev-linux:
make[4]: Entering directory '/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/cryptodev-linux-cryptodev-linux-1.10'
make -C /store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/linux-4.14.113 M=/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/cryptodev-linux-cryptodev-linux-1.10 ARCH=x86 CROSS_COMPILE=x86_64-openwrt-linux-musl- modules
make[5]: Entering directory '/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/linux-4.14.113'
make[6]: *** No rule to make target '/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/cryptodev-linux-cryptodev-linux-1.10/ioctl.o', needed by '/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/cryptodev-linux-cryptodev-linux-1.10/cryptodev.o'. Stop.
Makefile:1533: recipe for target '_module_/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/cryptodev-linux-cryptodev-linux-1.10' failed
Open vSwitch intree kmods
make[7]: Entering directory '/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/openvswitch-2.11.0/datapath/linux'
make -C /store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/linux-4.14.111 ARCH=x86 M=/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/openvswitch-2.11.0/datapath/linux modules
make[8]: Entering directory '/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/linux-4.14.111'
make[9]: *** No rule to make target 'tools/objtool/objtool', needed by '/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/openvswitch-2.11.0/datapath/linux/actions.o'. Stop.
Makefile:1533: recipe for target '_module_/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/openvswitch-2.11.0/datapath/linux' failed
make[8]: *** [_module_/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/openvswitch-2.11.0/datapath/linux] Error 2
make[8]: Leaving directory '/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/linux-4.14.111'
Reference: builddeb: include objtool binary in headers package, https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9014071/
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Commit 8bf500eb79 added support for qemu usage without networking
support but broke networking support as -n and -z do not work with
unquoted argument; fix this by quoting the arguments.
Fixes 8bf500eb79
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
struct ieee80211_local needs to be passed in separately instead of
dereferencing the (potentially NULL) sdata
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
new features:
- priority-inheritance mutexes
- membarrier syscall, pre-registration to use it, fallback emulation
- header-level support for new linux features in 4.19, 4.20, 5.0
major internal changes:
- complete, async-safe view of all existent threads as global list
- robust __synccall based on new thread list
- new dynamic TLS is installed synchronously at dlopen
- TLSDESC resolver functions no longer make bad ABI assumptions to call C
- resolved shared library dependencies are now recorded
compatibility & conformance:
- dependency-order shared library constructor execution
- sigaltstack no longer rejects SS_AUTODISARM, future flags
- FILE is now a complete (dummy) type in pre-C11 feature profiles
- setvbuf reports failure on invalid arguments
- TSVTX is exposed unconditionally in tar.h
- multithreaded set*id() no longer depends on /proc
- key slot reuse after pthread_key_delete no longer depends on /proc
bugs fixed:
- failures in multithreaded set*id() with concurrent thread creation/exit
- interposed free was called from invalid/inconsistent contexts
- freeaddrinfo performed invalid free of some partial results lists
- dlsym dependency order search had false negatives and false positives
- dn_skipname gave wrong results for labels with 8-bit content
- dcngettext clobbered errno, often breaking printing of error messages
- sscanf read past end of buffer under certain conditions (1.1.21 regression)
- pthread_key_create spuriously failed under race condition (1.1.21 regression)
- fdopendir wrongly succeeded with O_PATH file descriptors
- gets behaved incorrectly in presence of null bytes
- namespace violations in c11 tsd and mutex function dependencies
- incorrect prototype for makecontext (unimplemented)
arch-specfic bugs fixed:
- s390x had wrong values for POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED/_NOREUSE
Extensively tested on dozens of devices, covering most popular architectures.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Dainis Jonitis <dainis.jonitis@ubnt.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
9cd701a4f028 ath10k-ct: Add PN get/set API for wave-2 firmware.
5c8a4668323b ath10k-ct: Support over-riding the power ctl table in eeprom
75e2705f31bb ath10k-ct: CCA, eeprom, other changes.
a696e602a0fc ath10k-ct: Attempt to fix-out-of-tree compile for 4.16
a2aec62262df ath10k: Improve beacon tx status for 4.20 kernel.
be5c21a82b15 ath10k-ct: Fix out-of-tree compile for 4.20, pull in stable changes for 4.19
Fixes compile errors when using the 4.20 flavour.
Also the amount of beacon errors seems to have dropped.
Tested on a Mikrotik RB912UAGS-5HPacD
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This reverts commit c6aa9ff388.
Further testing has revealed that we will need to allow concurrent
requests after all, especially for situations where CGI processes
initiate further HTTP requests to the local host.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Refreshed all patches.
New symbols:
- CONFIG_LDISC_AUTOLOAD
- CONFIG_PPC_BARRIER_NOSPEC
Compile-tested on: ar7
Runtime-tested on: none
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This applies an upstream patch that fixes a OPENSSL_config() bug that
causes SSL initialization to fail when the openssl.cnf file is not
found. The config file is not installed by default.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
4a9d2005 Update manual pages
acf6a922 Bump up version number to 1.38.0, LT revision to 31:3:17
4ff45821 Update AUTHORS
42dce01e Merge branch 'nghttpx-fix-backend-selection-on-retry'
a35059e3 nghttpx: Fix bug that altered authority and path affect backend selection
5a30fafd Merge branch 'nghttpx-fix-chunked-request-stall'
dce91ad3 Merge branch 'nghttpx-dont-log-authorization'
2cff8b43 nghttpx: Fix bug that chunked request stalls
be96654d nghttpx: Don't log authorization request header field value with -LINFO
ce962c3f Merge branch 'update-http-parser'
f931504e Update http-parser to v2.9.1
d978f351 Fix bug that on_header callback is still called after stream is closed
ec519f22 Merge pull request #1270 from baitisj/master
e8b213e3 Bump up version number to 1.38.0-DEV
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch doesn't seem to have any more users.
The only one used to be target in
`target/linux/etrax/image/e100boot/Makefile`.
That target has since been removed via commit
1080f68b2b .
There doesn't seem to be any reason left for this workaround.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This patch fixes disfunctional WLAN LED on TP-Link W8970. The LED was
reported working in the CC release[1], but doesn't work anymore in 18.06.2.
1. 420cb24d41
Tested-by: Damian Janarek <dzanar18@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Enable engine support by default. Right now, some packages require
this, so it is always enabled by the bots. Many packages will compile
differently when engine support is detected, needing engine symbols from
the libraries.
However, being off by default, a user compiling its own image will fail
to run some popular packages from the official repo.
Note that disabling engines did not work in 1.0.2, so this problem never
showed up before.
NPN support has been removed in major browsers & servers, and has become
a small bloat, so it does not make sense to leave it on by default.
Remove deprecated CONFIG_ENGINE_CRYPTO symbol that is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Currently the Geode builds fails on following kernel module missing
dependencies:
Package kmod-drm-amdgpu is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
backlight.ko
drm_kms_helper.ko
fb.ko
ttm.ko
So this patch tries to fix the kmod-drm-amdgpu module dependecies.
Fixes: 2f239c0 ("x86: video: add amdgpu DRM kernel package")
Fixes: 2f6918e ("x86: video: add radeon DRM module support")
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Commit 6e060bd62c introduced a dependency to the dialout group.
Adding this group to the "group" file in the base-files package is not
enough to handle this dependency, because after a sysupgrade this entry
will be missing in the "group" file.
To address this problem the dependencies to the required groups needs to
be set in the Makefile of the procd package.
Then, the uci-default script "13_fix_group_user" will add the groups
on first boot-up after a sysupgrade.
Fixes: 6e060bd62c ("base-files/hotplug: fix dedicated group for tty devices")
Tested-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Both targets have their own idea of how to use ehci-fsl.
This patch reverts part of commit
68b8d3b079 ("kernel: usb: add FSL EHCI package") and moves
ehci-fsl back into kmod-usb2, while also making it hopefully
useable for the mpc85xx target.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The current mpc85xx build is failing because the
TL-WDR4900v1 kernel image no longer fits into the
partition. Extending the kernel is not possible
without updating u-boot's kernel loader commands.
This patch disables the WDR4900v1 until the kernel
image size issue is fixed so the buildbot can still
compile the Sophos RED 15w Rev.1 . Installing the
WDR4900v1 images would cause the routers to get
bricked.
For the discussion, please go to:
<https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1773>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Currently it's not possible to use perf on ath79 due to genirq flags
mismatch happening on static virtual IRQ 13 which is used for
performance counters hardware IRQ 5.
On TP-Link Archer C7v5:
CPU0
2: 0 MIPS 2 ath9k
4: 318 MIPS 4 19000000.eth
7: 55034 MIPS 7 timer
8: 1236 MISC 3 ttyS0
12: 0 INTC 1 ehci_hcd:usb1
13: 0 gpio-ath79 2 keys
14: 0 gpio-ath79 5 keys
15: 31 AR724X PCI 1 ath10k_pci
$ perf top
genirq: Flags mismatch irq 13. 00014c83 (mips_perf_pmu) vs. 00002003 (keys)
On TP-Link Archer C7v4:
CPU0
4: 0 MIPS 4 19000000.eth
5: 7135 MIPS 5 1a000000.eth
7: 98379 MIPS 7 timer
8: 30 MISC 3 ttyS0
12: 90028 INTC 0 ath9k
13: 5520 INTC 1 ehci_hcd:usb1
14: 4623 INTC 2 ehci_hcd:usb2
15: 32844 AR724X PCI 1 ath10k_pci
16: 0 gpio-ath79 16 keys
23: 0 gpio-ath79 23 keys
$ perf top
genirq: Flags mismatch irq 13. 00014c80 (mips_perf_pmu) vs. 00000080 (ehci_hcd:usb1)
This problem is happening, because currently statically assigned virtual
IRQ 13 for performance counters is not claimed during the initialization
of MIPS PMU during the bootup, so the IRQ subsystem doesn't know, that
this interrupt isn't available for further use.
So this patch fixes the issue by simply booking hardware IRQ 5 for MIPS PMU.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
24f9dc7 Iron out all extra compiler warnings
9d8dbc9 Enable extra compiler checks
ff8d356 mbim-proxy support
ccca03f umbim: add registration set support
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Reverting this commit as I've missed the fact, that the button is
already present in the included DTSI file.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It's OEM module with 2*26 pin header, similar to LinkIt Smart 7688 or
Vocore2.
Specification:
CPU: MT7628 580 MHz. MIPS 24K
RAM: 64 MB
Flash: 8 MB
WIFI: 802.11n/g/b 20/40 MHz
USB: 1x Port USB 2.0
Ethernet: 5 Port ethernet switch
UART: 2x
Installation: Use the installed uboot Bootloader. Connect a serial cable
to serialport 0. Turn power on. Choose the option: "Load system code
then write to Flash via TFTP". Choose the local device IP and the TFTP
server IP and the file name of the system image. After if the
Bootloader will copy the image to the local flash.
Notes: The I2C Kernel module work not correctly. You can send and
receive data. But the command i2cdetect doesn’t work. FS#845
Signed-off-by: Eike Feldmann <eike.feldmann@outlook.com>
[commit subject and message touches, DTS whitespace fixes, wifi LED
rename, pinctrl fixes, network settings fixes, lan/wmac mac addresses,
removed i2c kernel modules]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Hardware
--------
SoC: MediaTek MT7628NN
RAM: 64M DDR2 (Etron EM68B16CWQD-25H)
FLASH: 8M (Winbond W25Q64JVSIQ)
LED: Power - WLAN
BTN: Reset
UART: 115200 8N1
TX and RX are labled on the board as pads next to the SoC
Installation via web-interface
------------------------------
1. Visit the web-interface at 192.168.8.1
Note: The ethernet port is by default WAN. So you need to connect to
the router via WiFi
2. Navigate to the Update tab on the left side.
3. Select "Local Update"
4. Upload the OpenWrt sysupgrade image.
Note: Make sure you select not to preserve the configuration.
Installation via U-Boot
-----------------------
1. Hold down the reset button while powering on the device.
Wait for the LED to flash 5 times.
2. Assign yourself a static IPv4 in 192.168.1.0/24
3. Upload the OpenWrt sysupgrade image at 192.168.1.1.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
TP-Link TL-WDR 4900 have u-boot with read-only env.
Boot command read only 0x29F000 data from flash.
Bigger images causes crc error. It can't be changed.
This patch add kernel size checking.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [utilize KERNEL_SIZE]
Remove wireless and USB packages from the device-specific package
selection as they are already selected by the target itself.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This removes USB support from the compiled kernel. Because of this, the
kernel is just small enough for the TP-Link WDR4900 to boot the
resulting kernel.
This is necessary to support the WDR4900 in the upcoming 19.xx release.
In the long run, this should be fixed with a second stage bootloader, as
the vendor bootloader only loads the first 2684k bytes.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
I-O DATA ETG3-R is a wired router. So wireless-related packages are
unnecessary and remove those packages from default configuration to
reduce flash usage.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
This adds support for the TP-Link WR842N v3 which is already supported on ar71xx
target (0b45bec22c).
Specification:
* SoC: QCA9533 ver 2 rev 0
* 16 MB Flash (gd25q128)
* 64 MB RAM
* 1 WAN 10/100 MBit/s (blue connector)
* 4 LAN 10/100 MBit/s (AR8229; 4 ports; yellow connectors)
* Atheros AR9531 (2,4GHz, two fixed antennas)
* USB
* Reset / WPS button
* WiFi button (rf kill)
* 8 green leds; 1 red/green led
* serial console (115200 8N1, according to the OpenWrt-wiki some soldering is needed)
Installation:
* flash via vendor WebUI (the filename must not exceed certain length)
* sysupgrade from installed OpenWrt (also ar71xx)
Thanks to Holger Drefs for providing the hardware
Tested-by: @kofec (github)
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
Replace the patch introduced by commit d0b969eee8 ("mac80211: rt2x00:
do not increment sequence number while re-transmitting") was merged
into wireless-drivers.git. Replace our version with the merged version.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Instead of assigning I2C pins as GPIOs by default, leave it up to the
user whether to install kmod-i2c-mt7621 and use them for hardware I2C
instead.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
ar71xx is in the process of being deprecated as a target accepting new
devices. The replacement target for the same hardware is DTS
based ath79.
Switch the default build target selection from ar71xx to ath79.
This is intended to encourage DTS takeup & support for ath79 and longer
term will also aid kernel upstream support.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
EAP-pwd missing commit validation
Published: April 10, 2019
Identifiers:
- CVE-2019-9497 (EAP-pwd server not checking for reflection attack)
- CVE-2019-9498 (EAP-pwd server missing commit validation for
scalar/element)
- CVE-2019-9499 (EAP-pwd peer missing commit validation for
scalar/element)
Latest version available from: https://w1.fi/security/2019-4/
Vulnerability
EAP-pwd implementation in hostapd (EAP server) and wpa_supplicant (EAP
peer) was discovered not to validate the received scalar and element
values in EAP-pwd-Commit messages properly. This could result in attacks
that would be able to complete EAP-pwd authentication exchange without
the attacker having to know the used password.
A reflection attack is possible against the EAP-pwd server since the
hostapd EAP server did not verify that the EAP-pwd-Commit contains
scalar/element values that differ from the ones the server sent out
itself. This allows the attacker to complete EAP-pwd authentication
without knowing the password, but this does not result in the attacker
being able to derive the session key (MSK), i.e., the attacker would not
be able to complete the following key exchange (e.g., 4-way handshake in
RSN/WPA).
An attack using invalid scalar/element values is possible against both
the EAP-pwd server and peer since hostapd and wpa_supplicant did not
validate these values in the received EAP-pwd-Commit messages. If the
used crypto library does not implement additional checks for the element
(EC point), this could result in attacks where the attacker could use a
specially crafted commit message values to manipulate the exchange to
result in deriving a session key value from a very small set of possible
values. This could further be used to attack the EAP-pwd server in a
practical manner. An attack against the EAP-pwd peer is slightly more
complex, but still consider practical. These invalid scalar/element
attacks could result in the attacker being able to complete
authentication and learn the session key and MSK to allow the key
exchange to be completed as well, i.e., the attacker gaining access to
the network in case of the attack against the EAP server or the attacker
being able to operate a rogue AP in case of the attack against the EAP
peer.
While similar attacks might be applicable against SAE, it should be
noted that the SAE implementation in hostapd and wpa_supplicant does
have the validation steps that were missing from the EAP-pwd
implementation and as such, these attacks do not apply to the current
SAE implementation. Old versions of wpa_supplicant/hostapd did not
include the reflection attack check in the SAE implementation, though,
since that was added in June 2015 for v2.5 (commit 6a58444d27fd 'SAE:
Verify that own/peer commit-scalar and COMMIT-ELEMENT are different').
Vulnerable versions/configurations
All hostapd versions with EAP-pwd support (CONFIG_EAP_PWD=y in the build
configuration and EAP-pwd being enabled in the runtime configuration)
are vulnerable against the reflection attack.
All wpa_supplicant and hostapd versions with EAP-pwd support
(CONFIG_EAP_PWD=y in the build configuration and EAP-pwd being enabled
in the runtime configuration) are vulnerable against the invalid
scalar/element attack when built against a crypto library that does not
have an explicit validation step on imported EC points. The following
list indicates which cases are vulnerable/not vulnerable:
- OpenSSL v1.0.2 or older: vulnerable
- OpenSSL v1.1.0 or newer: not vulnerable
- BoringSSL with commit 38feb990a183 ('Require that EC points are on the
curve.') from September 2015: not vulnerable
- BoringSSL without commit 38feb990a183: vulnerable
- LibreSSL: vulnerable
- wolfssl: vulnerable
Acknowledgments
Thanks to Mathy Vanhoef (New York University Abu Dhabi) for discovering
and reporting the issues and for proposing changes to address them in
the implementation.
Possible mitigation steps
- Merge the following commits to wpa_supplicant/hostapd and rebuild:
CVE-2019-9497:
EAP-pwd server: Detect reflection attacks
CVE-2019-9498:
EAP-pwd server: Verify received scalar and element
EAP-pwd: Check element x,y coordinates explicitly
CVE-2019-9499:
EAP-pwd client: Verify received scalar and element
EAP-pwd: Check element x,y coordinates explicitly
These patches are available from https://w1.fi/security/2019-4/
- Update to wpa_supplicant/hostapd v2.8 or newer, once available
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
hostapd: fix SAE confirm missing state validation
Published: April 10, 2019
Identifiers:
- CVE-2019-9496 (SAE confirm missing state validation in hostapd/AP)
Latest version available from: https://w1.fi/security/2019-3/
Vulnerability
When hostapd is used to operate an access point with SAE (Simultaneous
Authentication of Equals; also known as WPA3-Personal), an invalid
authentication sequence could result in the hostapd process terminating
due to a NULL pointer dereference when processing SAE confirm
message. This was caused by missing state validation steps when
processing the SAE confirm message in hostapd/AP mode.
Similar cases against the wpa_supplicant SAE station implementation had
already been tested by the hwsim test cases, but those sequences did not
trigger this specific code path in AP mode which is why the issue was
not discovered earlier.
An attacker in radio range of an access point using hostapd in SAE
configuration could use this issue to perform a denial of service attack
by forcing the hostapd process to terminate.
Vulnerable versions/configurations
All hostapd versions with SAE support (CONFIG_SAE=y in the build
configuration and SAE being enabled in the runtime configuration).
Possible mitigation steps
- Merge the following commit to hostapd and rebuild:
SAE: Fix confirm message validation in error cases
These patches are available from https://w1.fi/security/2019-3/
- Update to hostapd v2.8 or newer, once available
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
EAP-pwd side-channel attack
Published: April 10, 2019
Identifiers:
- CVE-2019-9495 (cache attack against EAP-pwd)
Latest version available from: https://w1.fi/security/2019-2/
Vulnerability
Number of potential side channel attacks were recently discovered in the
SAE implementations used by both hostapd and wpa_supplicant (see
security advisory 2019-1 and VU#871675). EAP-pwd uses a similar design
for deriving PWE from the password and while a specific attack against
EAP-pwd is not yet known to be tested, there is no reason to believe
that the EAP-pwd implementation would be immune against the type of
cache attack that was identified for the SAE implementation. Since the
EAP-pwd implementation in hostapd (EAP server) and wpa_supplicant (EAP
peer) does not support MODP groups, the timing attack described against
SAE is not applicable for the EAP-pwd implementation.
A novel cache-based attack against SAE handshake would likely be
applicable against the EAP-pwd implementation. Even though the
wpa_supplicant/hostapd PWE derivation iteration for EAP-pwd has
protections against timing attacks, this new cache-based attack might
enable an attacker to determine which code branch is taken in the
iteration if the attacker is able to run unprivileged code on the victim
machine (e.g., an app installed on a smart phone or potentially a
JavaScript code on a web site loaded by a web browser). This depends on
the used CPU not providing sufficient protection to prevent unprivileged
applications from observing memory access patterns through the shared
cache (which is the most likely case with today's designs).
The attacker could use information about the selected branch to learn
information about the password and combine this information from number
of handshake instances with an offline dictionary attack. With
sufficient number of handshakes and sufficiently weak password, this
might result in full recovery of the used password if that password is
not strong enough to protect against dictionary attacks.
This attack requires the attacker to be able to run a program on the
target device. This is not commonly the case on an authentication server
(EAP server), so the most likely target for this would be a client
device using EAP-pwd.
The commits listed in the end of this advisory change the EAP-pwd
implementation shared by hostapd and wpa_supplicant to perform the PWE
derivation loop using operations that use constant time and memory
access pattern to minimize the externally observable differences from
operations that depend on the password even for the case where the
attacker might be able to run unprivileged code on the same device.
Vulnerable versions/configurations
All wpa_supplicant and hostapd versions with EAP-pwd support
(CONFIG_EAP_PWD=y in the build configuration and EAP-pwd being enabled
in the runtime configuration).
It should also be noted that older versions of wpa_supplicant/hostapd
prior to v2.7 did not include additional protection against certain
timing differences. The definition of the EAP-pwd (RFC 5931) does not
describe such protection, but the same issue that was addressed in SAE
earlier can be applicable against EAP-pwd as well and as such, that
implementation specific extra protection (commit 22ac3dfebf7b, "EAP-pwd:
Mask timing of PWE derivation") is needed to avoid showing externally
visible timing differences that could leak information about the
password. Any uses of older wpa_supplicant/hostapd versions with EAP-pwd
are recommended to update to v2.7 or newer in addition to the mitigation
steps listed below for the more recently discovered issue.
Possible mitigation steps
- Merge the following commits to wpa_supplicant/hostapd and rebuild:
OpenSSL: Use constant time operations for private bignums
Add helper functions for constant time operations
OpenSSL: Use constant time selection for crypto_bignum_legendre()
EAP-pwd: Use constant time and memory access for finding the PWE
These patches are available from https://w1.fi/security/2019-2/
- Update to wpa_supplicant/hostapd v2.8 or newer, once available
- Use strong passwords to prevent dictionary attacks
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
SAE side-channel attacks
Published: April 10, 2019
Identifiers:
- VU#871675
- CVE-2019-9494 (cache attack against SAE)
Latest version available from: https://w1.fi/security/2019-1/
Vulnerability
Number of potential side channel attacks were discovered in the SAE
implementations used by both hostapd (AP) and wpa_supplicant
(infrastructure BSS station/mesh station). SAE (Simultaneous
Authentication of Equals) is also known as WPA3-Personal. The discovered
side channel attacks may be able to leak information about the used
password based on observable timing differences and cache access
patterns. This might result in full password recovery when combined with
an offline dictionary attack and if the password is not strong enough to
protect against dictionary attacks.
Cache attack
A novel cache-based attack against SAE handshake was discovered. This
attack targets SAE with ECC groups. ECC group 19 being the mandatory
group to support and the most likely used group for SAE today, so this
attack applies to the most common SAE use case. Even though the PWE
derivation iteration in SAE has protections against timing attacks, this
new cache-based attack enables an attacker to determine which code
branch is taken in the iteration if the attacker is able to run
unprivileged code on the victim machine (e.g., an app installed on a
smart phone or potentially a JavaScript code on a web site loaded by a
web browser). This depends on the used CPU not providing sufficient
protection to prevent unprivileged applications from observing memory
access patterns through the shared cache (which is the most likely case
with today's designs).
The attacker can use information about the selected branch to learn
information about the password and combine this information from number
of handshake instances with an offline dictionary attack. With
sufficient number of handshakes and sufficiently weak password, this
might result in full discovery of the used password.
This attack requires the attacker to be able to run a program on the
target device. This is not commonly the case on access points, so the
most likely target for this would be a client device using SAE in an
infrastructure BSS or mesh BSS.
The commits listed in the end of this advisory change the SAE
implementation shared by hostapd and wpa_supplicant to perform the PWE
derivation loop using operations that use constant time and memory
access pattern to minimize the externally observable differences from
operations that depend on the password even for the case where the
attacker might be able to run unprivileged code on the same device.
Timing attack
The timing attack applies to the MODP groups 22, 23, and 24 where the
PWE generation algorithm defined for SAE can have sufficient timing
differences for an attacker to be able to determine how many rounds were
needed to find the PWE based on the used password and MAC
addresses. When the attack is repeated with multiple times, the attacker
may be able to gather enough information about the password to be able
to recover it fully using an offline dictionary attack if the password
is not strong enough to protect against dictionary attacks. This attack
could be performed by an attacker in radio range of an access point or a
station enabling the specific MODP groups.
This timing attack requires the applicable MODP groups to be enabled
explicitly in hostapd/wpa_supplicant configuration (sae_groups
parameter). All versions of hostapd/wpa_supplicant have disabled these
groups by default.
While this security advisory lists couple of commits introducing
additional protection for MODP groups in SAE, it should be noted that
the groups 22, 23, and 24 are not considered strong enough to meet the
current expectation for a secure system. As such, their use is
discouraged even if the additional protection mechanisms in the
implementation are included.
Vulnerable versions/configurations
All wpa_supplicant and hostapd versions with SAE support (CONFIG_SAE=y
in the build configuration and SAE being enabled in the runtime
configuration).
Acknowledgments
Thanks to Mathy Vanhoef (New York University Abu Dhabi) and Eyal Ronen
(Tel Aviv University) for discovering the issues and for discussions on
how to address them.
Possible mitigation steps
- Merge the following commits to wpa_supplicant/hostapd and rebuild:
OpenSSL: Use constant time operations for private bignums
Add helper functions for constant time operations
OpenSSL: Use constant time selection for crypto_bignum_legendre()
SAE: Minimize timing differences in PWE derivation
SAE: Avoid branches in is_quadratic_residue_blind()
SAE: Mask timing of MODP groups 22, 23, 24
SAE: Use const_time selection for PWE in FFC
SAE: Use constant time operations in sae_test_pwd_seed_ffc()
These patches are available from https://w1.fi/security/2019-1/
- Update to wpa_supplicant/hostapd v2.8 or newer, once available
- In addition to either of the above alternatives, disable MODP groups
1, 2, 5, 22, 23, and 24 by removing them from hostapd/wpa_supplicant
sae_groups runtime configuration parameter, if they were explicitly
enabled since those groups are not considered strong enough to meet
current security expectations. The groups 22, 23, and 24 are related
to the discovered side channel (timing) attack. The other groups in
the list are consider too weak to provide sufficient security. Note
that all these groups have been disabled by default in all
hostapd/wpa_supplicant versions and these would be used only if
explicitly enabled in the configuration.
- Use strong passwords to prevent dictionary attacks
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
With this change, the file is reduced from 5186 bytes to 4649 bytes that
its approximately 10.5 percent less memory consumption. For small
devices, sometimes every byte counts.
Also, all other protocol handler use tabs instead of spaces.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
This is sold as a dual-band 802.11ac range extender. It has a sliding
switch for Extender mode or Access Point mode, a WPS button, a recessed
Reset button, a hard-power button, and a multitude of LED's, some
multiplexed via an NXP 74AHC164D chip. The internal serial header pinout is
Vcc, Tx, Rx, GND, with GND closest to the corner of the board. You may
connect at 115200 bps, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit.
Specification:
- System-On-Chip: QCA9558
- CPU/Speed: 720 MHz
- Flash-Chip: Winbond 25Q128FVSG
- Flash size: 16 MiB
- RAM: 128 MiB
- Wireless No1: QCA9558 on-chip 2.4GHz 802.11bgn, 3x3
- Wireless No2: QCA99x0 chip 5GHz 802.11an+ac, 4x4
- PHY: Atheros AR8035-A
Installation:
If you can get to the stock firmware's firmware upgrade option, just feed
it the factory.img and boot as usual. As an alternative, TFTP the
factory.img to the bootloader.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
[whitespace fix in DTS and reorder of make variables]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Remove Netgear-specific image build variables which are set to the same
value.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
[reordering of variables, removed stray newline]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Currently it's not possible to test boot squashfs root images, so this
patch now allows this use case as well.
Cc: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Currently it's not possible to test boot squashfs root images, so this
patch now allows this use case as well.
Cc: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
For basic tests it's not necessary to have the networking setup and this
allows testing as a normal user as well, without root privileges.
So this patch adds `--no-network` long option or `-n` short option,
which allows starting QEMU without network.
Cc: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The GPIO for the reset button for the Archer C7v5 changed from
ar71xx to ath79. An investigation based on tests revealed
that the A7v5 responds on "11", while the C7v5 responds on
"5" as set for ar71xx.
Thus, we just define this in the DTS files instead of in the
common DTSI.
Tested-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Definition is split here without obvious reason. Just merge it
(and align order to that from C7 v4).
Tested-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Ubiquiti Network airCube ISP is a cube shaped 2.4 GHz with internal
2x2 MIMO antennas. It can be supplied via a USB connector or via PoE.
There are for 10/100 Mbps ports (1 * WAN + 3 * LAN). There is an
optional PoE passthrough from the first LAN port to the WAN port.
SoC: Qualcomm / Atheros QCA9533-BL3A
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR
Ethernet: 4x 10/100 Mbps (1 WAN + 3 LAN)
LEDS: 1x via a SPI controller (not yet supported)
Buttons: 1x Reset
Serial: 1x (only RX and TX); 115200 baud, 8N1
Missing points:
- LED not yet supported
- Factory upgrade via web IF or TFTP recovery not yet supported
(Needs RSA signed images, for details see PR#1958)
The serial port is on a four pin connextor labeled J1 and located
between Ethernet and USB connector. The pinout is:
1. 3V3 (out)
2. Rx (in)
3. Tx (out)
4. GND
Upgrading via serial port / U-Boot:
- Connect the serial port via a level converter
- Power the system and stop U-Boot with pressing any key when `Hit any
key to stop autoboot` is displayed. Note: Pressing space multiple
times untill U-Boot reaches that location works well.
- Connect a PC with the IP 192.168.1.100 (or some other in that net)
running a TFTP-Server to one of the LAN ports. Copy the sysupgrade
image to the server.
- Set the U-Boot server IP with
setenv serverip 192.168.1.100
- Load the flash image to RAM with
tftpboot 0x81000000 sysupgrade.bin
- Erase the flash with
erase 0x9f050000 0x9ffaffff
- Write the new flash content with
cp 0x81000000 0x9f050000 ${filesize}
- Reset the device with
reset
Signed-off-by: Christian Mauderer <oss@c-mauderer.de>
[removed full stop in subject and added lockdown note to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
SOC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128MB
FLASH: 16MB (Macronix MX25L12845EMI-10G)
WLAN1: QCA9558 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 3SS
WLAN2: QCA9880 5GHz 802.11ac 3SS
LED: Power, LAN1, LAN2, 2.4GHz, 5GHz
Serial:Next to SPI Flash,
Pinout is 3V3 - GND - TX - RX (Square Pin is 3V3)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1
INSTALLATION:
1. Serve an OpenWrt ramdisk image named "ursus.bin".
Set your IP-address to 192.168.100.8/24.
2. Connect to the serial. Power up the device and interrupt
the boot process.
3. Set the correct bootcmd with
> setenv bootcmd run bootcmd_1
> saveenv
4. Run
> tftpboot 0x81000000 ursus.bin
> bootm 0x81000000
5. Wait for OpenWrt to boot up.
6. Transfer OpenWrt sysupdate image and flash via sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Markus Scheck <markus.scheck1@gmail.com>
Tested-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[whitespace fix, renamed LED labels and SoC type fix]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
In ar71xx we check for stuck DMA on devices which fall in the is_ar724x
SoC group (ar724x, ar933x, ar934x, qca9533, tp9343, qca955x, qca956x).
In ath79 we're currently performing this check only for devices with
ar7240 SoC, so this patch tries to sync the dma stuck checking behavior
with what is being done in ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It was reported, that latest ar71xx builds have broken networking on
TP-Link TL-WPA8630 and Nanostation M5 XW devices and that by reverting
the offending commit, everything is back to normal.
Fixes: d3506d1 ("ar71xx: ag71xx: fix compile error when enabling debug")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
CPU: AR9342 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 8 MB NOR SPI
Ports: 100 MBit (24V PoE in)
WLAN: 2.4/5 GHz
UART: 1 UART on PCB marked as J1 with 115200 8N1 config
LEDs: Power, Ethernet, 4x RSSI LEDs (orange, red, 2x green)
Buttons: Reset
UART connection details
.---------------------------------.
| |
[ETH] J1 [ANT]
| o VCC o RX o TX o GND |
`---------------------------------'
Flashing instructions using recovery method over TFTP
1. Unplug the ethernet cable from the router.
2. Using paper clip press and hold the router's reset button. Make sure
you can feel it depressed by the paper clip. Do not release the button
until step 4.
3. While keeping the reset button pressed in, plug the ethernet cable
back into the AP. Keep the reset button depressed until you see the
device's LEDs flashing in upgrade mode (alternating LED1/LED3 and
LED2/LED4), this may take up to 25 seconds.
4. You may release the reset button, now the device should be in TFTP
transfer mode.
5. Set a static IP on your Computer's NIC. A static IP of 192.168.1.25/24
should work.
6. Plug the PoE injector's LAN cable directly to your computer.
7. Start tftp client and issue following commands:
tftp> binary
tftp> connect 192.168.1.20
tftp> put openwrt-ar71xx-generic-ubnt-bullet-m-xw-squashfs-factory.bin
Tested only on Bullet M2HP.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This is backport of the same functionality in ath79, from commit
d42a7c469 ("ath79: ubnt-m-xw: Fix factory image flashing using TFTP
recovery method")
Ubiquity allows flashing of unsigned factory images via TFTP recovery
method[1]. They claim in airOS v6.0.7 release changelog[2] following:
All future airOS versions will be signed in this way and not allow
unsigned firmware to be loaded except via TFTP.
U-boot bootloader on M-XW devices expects factory image revision
version in specific format. On airOS v6.1.7 with `U-Boot 1.1.4-s1039
(May 24 2017 - 15:58:18)` bootloader checks if the revision major(?)
number is actually a number, but in currently generated images there's
OpenWrt text and so the check fails:
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
Setting default IP 192.168.1.20
Starting TFTP server...
Receiving file from 192.168.1.25:38438
Received 4981148 bytes
Firmware check failed! (1)
By placing arbitrary correct number first in major version, we make the
bootloader happy and we can flash factory images over TFTP again:
Received 3801500 bytes
Firmware Version: XW.ar934x.v6.0.4-42.OpenWrt-r9766+2-be42e44
Setting U-Boot environment variables
Un-Protected 1 sectors
Erasing Flash.... done
Patch provided by AREDN[3] project, tested on Bullet M2 XW.
1. https://help.ubnt.com/hc/en-us/articles/204910124-UniFi-TFTP-Recovery-for-Bricked-Access-Points
2. https://dl.ubnt.com/firmwares/XW-fw/v6.0.7/changelog.txt
3. https://github.com/aredn
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch adds support for the following computer on modules (CoM) from
Toradex[A]:
Apalis iMX6 Quad 2GB IT - i.MX 6Quad 800MHz, 2GB DDR3, 4GB eMMC
-40° to +85° C Temp
Apalis iMX6 Quad 1GB - i.MX 6Quad 1GHz, 1GB DDR3, 4GB eMMC
0° to +70° C Temp
Apalis iMX6 Dual 1GB IT - i.MX 6Dual 800MHz, 1GB DDR3, 4GB eMMC
-40° to +85° C Temp
Apalis iMX6 Dual 512MB - i.MX 6Dual 1GHz, 512MB DDR3, 4GB eMMC
0° to +70° C Temp
I've developed and tested it on Quad 2GB IT v1.1A and Dual 512MB v1.1A
CoMs, using Ixora[B] carrier board v1.0A, but it should hopefuly work on
Eval[C] board as well.
A. https://www.toradex.com/computer-on-modules/apalis-arm-family/nxp-freescale-imx-6
B. https://www.toradex.com/products/carrier-board/ixora-carrier-board
C. https://www.toradex.com/products/carrier-board/apalis-evaluation-board
Flashing/recovery instructions:
1. Download and compile imx_loader for OpenWrt from
https://github.com/ynezz/imx_loader
2. Enter recovery mode as desribed in
https://developer.toradex.com/knowledge-base/imx-recovery-mode
3. Connect board via USB to the host computer, check that it's connected
by lsusb:
15a2:0054 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad SystemOnChip
in RecoveryMode
4. Copy following OpenWrt images to imx_loader directory:
SPL
u-boot.img
u-boot-with-spl.imx
openwrt-imx6-apalis-recovery.scr
openwrt-imx6-apalis-squashfs.combined.bin
5. Run imx_usb in imx_loader directory
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Fix dbclient regression in 2019.77. After exiting the terminal would be left
in a bad state. Reported by Ryan Woodsmall
drop patch applied upstream:
010-tty-modes-werent-reset-for-client.patch
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch enable gnu99 mode for the nec-enc utility which
fixes the following build-breaking errors on some older
architectures.
nec-enc.c: In function ‘xor_data’:
nec-enc.c:34:2: error: ‘for’ loop initial declarations are only allowed in C99 or C11 mode
for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) {
^~~
nec-enc.c:34:2: note: use option -std=c99, -std=gnu99, -std=c11 or -std=gnu11 to compile your code
nec-enc.c: In function ‘main’:
nec-enc.c:101:3: error: ‘for’ loop initial declarations are only allowed in C99 or C11 mode
for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
^~~
Spotted-By: Buildbot
Fixes: fac27643f0 ("firmware-utils: add nec-enc")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Add switch definition for the rtl8367b switch to the DTS/DTSi for
the Belkin F9K1109v1 that was mistakenly omitted from the initial
commit.
Fixes: 017ec068e3 (ramips: add support for Belkin F9K1109v1)
Signed-off-by: Kip Porterfield <kip.porterfield@gmail.com>
nec-enc provides firmware encoding/decoding with model specific key
for NEC devices.
known devices:
- Aterm WF1200CR
- Aterm WG1200CR
- Aterm WG2600HS
usage:
nec-enc -i infile -o outfile -k key
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[checkpatch fixes, marked usage as noreturn, added static function,
moved buf* from stack to the global data segment]
Upstream driver has gone through a series of cleanup and was moved
from drivers/staging into drivers/spi. Backport it to replace our
messy driver.
Tested-by: Jörg Schüler-Maroldt <joerg-linux@arcor.de>
[LinkIt Smart 7688, AcSIP AI7688H Wi-Fi module]
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tian Xiao bo <peterwillcn@gmail.com>
[Newifi-D2 MediaTek MT7621 ver:1 eco:3]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Otherwise tar will keep the sgid bit when running
from a sgid-set directory, resulting in a different
file being generated.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[reworked commit message, removed DMARC]
We do not need to define an empty Build/Configure since
the default checks for existing ./configure and does nothing
in case nothing is found.
Similar for Build/Compile: we can remove the definition
when we only call the default.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
I made a similar change to this here:
https://github.com/openwrt/packages/pull/8159
However, it turns out this did not fix the problem as the problem has to
do with tools/xz and not the xz package. The error is the same and causes
linking errors as can be seen above.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Currently, tplink-safeloader definition is only used a base for
another common definition.
This patch adjusts tplink-safeloader so it can be actually used
for some targets in generic-tp-link.mk.
This patch is cosmetic except for the order of
"check-size $$$$(IMAGE_SIZE)" and "append-metadata" exchanged
for the tplink_re350k-v1 .
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [dealed with
tplink_cpe210-v2 and tplink_cpe210-v3, removed tplink-safeloader-uimage's
extra IMAGE/sysupgrade.bin rule]
After getting rid of cryptsetup's heavy openssl dependency, there is now
the problem of missing RIPEMD160 support. RIPEMD160 is used for True/Vera
crypt volumes as well as old LUKS1 ones.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Enable the USB power for the Netgear R6120. Otherwise, no power is
supplied to an attached USB device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
With transition from ar71xx to ath79 some of devices change their naming
of LEDs. When upgrading from ar71xx target images this will require the
user to adjust previously working configuration. This commit adds
migration script which can be used to rename old names to new ones.
With this previously working configuration will be automatically
adjusted, wihtout user intervention.
This commit adds migration case for EnGenius EPG5000, the wireless LEDs
names have changed from epg5000:blue:wlan2-g and epg5000:blue:wlan-5g to
epg5000:blue:wlan2g and epg5000:blue:wlan5g.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Currently leds migration scripts in ar71xx and lantiq share a lot of
logic and introducing leds migration to another target would mean
copying this code, again. Therefore add common logic to library in
base-files package.
Suggested-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Hardware spec:
CPU: MTK MT7621A
RAM: 256MB
ROM: 16MB SPI Flash
WiFi: MT7603EN + MT7612EN
Button: 2 buttons (reset, wps)
LED: 8 LEDs (Power 2G 5G WPS Internet LAN1 LAN2 USB)
Ethernet: 3 ports, 2 LAN + 1 WAN
Other: USB3.0
Flashing instructions:
Visit the openwrt forum topic for this router:
https://forum.openwrt.org/t/add-openwrt-support-for-youku-yk-l2/34692
to get the bootloader and unlock firmware.
0. upgrade your router with the telnet firmware via the
firmware upgrade page on the webui.
1. telnet 192.168.11.1 from your PC
2. Download the pb-boot-youku_l2-20190317-61b6d33.bin and transfer
it to the /tmp directory of the router.
3. mtd write /tmp/pb-boot-youku_l2-20190317-61b6d33.bin Bootloader
4. turn off the power
5. Push the reset button while turning on the router and
wait until LED start blinking (~10sec.)
6. Connect Ethernet port and goto http://192.168.1.1.
7. Upload the firmware to firmware restore page in webui.
Signed-off-by: Zhao Yu <574249312@qq.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [rewrote the
flashing instructions, fixed author]
* allowedips: initialize list head when removing intermediate nodes
Fix for an important regression in removing allowed IPs from the last
snapshot. We have new test cases to catch these in the future as well.
* tools: warn if an AllowedIP has a nonzero host part
If you try to run `wg set wg0 peer ... allowed-ips 192.168.1.82/24`, wg(8)
will now print a warning. Even though we mask this automatically down to
192.168.1.0/24, usually when people specify it like this, it's a mistake.
* wg-quick: add 'strip' subcommand
The new strip subcommand prints the config file to stdout after stripping
it of all wg-quick-specific options. This enables tricks such as:
`wg addconf $DEV <(wg-quick strip $DEV)`.
* tools: avoid unneccessary next_peer assignments in sort_peers()
Small C optimization the compiler was probably already doing.
* peerlookup: rename from hashtables
* allowedips: do not use __always_inline
* device: use skb accessor functions where possible
Suggested tweaks from Dave Miller.
* blake2s: simplify
* blake2s: remove outlen parameter from final
The blake2s implementation has been simplified, since we don't use any of the
fancy tree hashing parameters or the like. We also no longer separate the
output length at initialization time from the output length at finalization
time.
* global: the _bh variety of rcu helpers have been unified
* compat: nf_nat_core.h was removed upstream
* compat: backport skb_mark_not_on_list
The usual assortment of compat fixes for Linux 5.1.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
This commit adds support for Linux 4.19 kernel, various cleanups
listed below.
Drop 170-cisco-hack.patch as these devices never seems to have been
supported.
Unset kernel symbols:
* CONFIG_CAVIUM_CN63XXP1=y
No supported hardware uses CN63XXP1 and it causes "slight decrease in
performance"
Source: https://cateee.net/lkddb/web-lkddb/CAVIUM_CN63XXP1.html
* CONFIG_USB_OCTEON_EHCI=y
CONFIG_USB_OCTEON_OHCI=y
Deprecated
Source: https://cateee.net/lkddb/web-lkddb/USB_OCTEON_EHCI.htmlhttps://cateee.net/lkddb/web-lkddb/USB_OCTEON_OHCI.html
Removed kernel symbols:
* # CONFIG_ARCH_HIBERNATION_POSSIBLE=y
* CONFIG_ARCH_SUSPEND_POSSIBLE=y
These are not in if you do a vanilla config of a MIPS Octeon kernel
and I can't find any references about support on this platform.
* # CONFIG_BOOTPARAM_HUNG_TASK_PANIC is not set
* CONFIG_BOOTPARAM_HUNG_TASK_PANIC_VALUE=0
No need to have this in by default, not defined in most other targets
* CONFIG_CRASH_CORE=y
Can't find any documentation why this should be enabled by default
* CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO=y
Set by https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/blob/master/config/Config-kernel.in#L134
* CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK=y
No need to have this in by default
* CONFIG_DEFAULT_HUNG_TASK_TIMEOUT=120
Already set by default
Source: https://cateee.net/lkddb/web-lkddb/DEFAULT_HUNG_TASK_TIMEOUT.html
* CONFIG_DETECT_HUNG_TASK=y
No need to have this in by default, not defined in most other targets
* CONFIG_HAVE_DEBUG_KMEMLEAK=y
No need to have this in by default, not defined in most other targets
* CONFIG_HAVE_DEBUG_STACKOVERFLOW=y
No need to have this in by default
* CONFIG_HAVE_IDE=y
None of the supported devices have IDE
* CONFIG_HZ=250
* # CONFIG_HZ_100 is not set
* CONFIG_HZ_250=y
This is broken with generic config
* CONFIG_KALLSYMS=y
No need to have this in by default, not defined in most other targets
* CONFIG_KEXEC=y
* CONFIG_KEXEC_CORE=y
No need to have this in by default, not defined in most other targets
* CONFIG_HAVE_KVM=y
No need to have this in by default
* CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG=y
No need to have this in by default, not defined in most other targets
* CONFIG_SYSFS_DEPRECATED=y
Deprecated symbol
Source: https://cateee.net/lkddb/web-lkddb/SYSFS_DEPRECATED.html
* CONFIG_SYSFS_DEPRECATED_V2=y
Discouraged usage in general
Source: https://cateee.net/lkddb/web-lkddb/SYSFS_DEPRECATED_V2.html
* CONFIG_UNINLINE_SPIN_UNLOCK=y
No need to have this in by default, not defined in most other targets
Source: https://github.com/openSUSE/kernel/blob/master/lib/Kconfig.debug#L1137
* CONFIG_ZLIB_INFLATE=y
No need to have this in by default, not defined in most other targets
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Currently sysupgrade overwrites whole disk and destroys partitions added
by user. Sync the sysupgrade code with the one present in x86 target to
remedy this behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Since some boards could be also booted from other mediums than SD card,
lets make the upgrade block device autodetected.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Since most of devices using SD card image to boot, use ext4 as boot
files system we can drop fat fs related packages. Also move packages
which are added repeatedly across subtargets to their default packages,
with droping the ones that are enabled in target kernel configugation.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This will allow to drop additional packages and shrink image size.
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The options are managed on a generic way by the can
kmod packages
Additionally, select can packages only for devices that
currently has CAN enabled, which is only the ZC702
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
The options are managed on a generic way by video packages
Additionally, only one of the currently supported boards
has a camera interface, but it requires programming
the FPGA fabric first
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
The options are managed on a generic way by the sound
kmod packages
Additionally, none of the currently supported boards have
sound support out of the box, as they require programming
the FPGA fabric first
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
The removed patches are now integrated in the upstream kernel.
Refresh all patches on top of the new backports release.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
It is a small form factor computer with rich amount of expansion ports.
Some hardware specs and supported features in this commit:
CPU: NVIDIA Tegra 2 @ 1GHz
RAM: 1GB DDR2-667
Storage: SDHC card slot
µSDHC card slot
USB to SATA bridge (depends on model)
1MB SPI NOR flash for bootloader (single partition)
LAN: RTL8111DL GbE
WIFI: RT3070 b/g/n with external antenna (depends on model)
RTC: EM3027 (mapped as rtc0; with battery backup)
Tegra 2 built-in (mapped as rtc1)
Sound: Analog/Digital (TLV320AIC23b; S/PDIF not tested)
Connectors: 4x USB 2.0
RS232 (mini serial)
HDMI
DVI-D (depends on model, not supported atm)
Extension connector (24 pin ZIF, 0.5mm pitch):
2X UART
SPI
JTAG (1.8V)
Other: power button with green led (not functional for early revisions
without programmed PMIC)
2x GPIO configurable green led
TrimSlice uses U-Boot placed in NOR flash. Boots Linux from any media
connected to USB, SATA or SD card inserted in slot. Can also boot from
TFTP. To run OpenWrt one needs to update U-Boot to fairly recent version
(the versions, pre-dts/dts provided by CompuLab won't suffice):
1. Boot TrimSlice into Your current linux distro,
2. Download trimslice-spi.img from u-boot-trimslice subdir,
3. Install mtd-utils,
4. Run following commands:
flash_erase /dev/mtd0 0 256
nandwrite /dev/mtd0 trimslice-spi.img
5. Poweroff, insert SD card with OpenWrt, boot and enjoy.
If by some obstacle You can't follow those instructions, it is possible
to flash U-Boot using serial console.
1. Insert FAT or EXT2/EXT3 formatted SD card with trimslice-spi.img,
2. Interrupt boot process to enter U-Boot command line,
3. Run following commands:
${fs}load mmc 0 0x04080000 trimslice-spi.img
sf probe 0
sf erase 0 0x100000
sf write 0x04080000 0x0 ${filesize}
reset
4. Poweroff, insert SD card with OpenWrt, boot and enjoy.
If something went wrong with one of above steps, there is simple
recovery option:
1. Open the µSD slot security door to access the recovery-boot button,
2. Insert SD card with OpenWrt to the front slot while unpowered,
3. Power on the TrimSlice while pressing the recovery-boot button,
4. With this it should boot straigth to OpenWrt, from there download
trimslice-spi.img and execute following commands:
mtd erase /dev/mtd0
mtd write trimslice-spi.img /dev/mtd0
5. Reboot, now it should boot straigth to OpenWrt, without pressing the
recovery-boot button, with proper U-Boot flashed.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Add U-Boot for NVIDIA Tegra based boards, with the first being CompuLab
TrimSlice. This is part of initial support for this board.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This provides board configuraion tables for various Tegra boards needed
by cbootimage tool to create flashable bootloader images.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tegra BCT and bootable flash image generator/compiler
>From documentation:
This project provides a tool which compiles BCT (Boot Configuration
Table) images to place into the boot flash of a Tegra-based device.
The tool will either:
a) Compile a textual representation of a BCT into a binary image.
b) Generate an entire boot image from a previously compiled BCT and a
bootloader binary.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
New target introduces initial support for NVIDIA Tegra SoC based devices.
It focuses on Tegra 2 CPUs, for successors supporting NEON instruction
set the target should be split in two subtargets.
This initial commit doesn't create any device image, it's groundwork
for further additions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Commit 124ab1dc0a and 5523ee3459 introduced the assignment of the
group "tty" to /dev/tty* devices in order to support unprivileged
user access to serial devices.
However, due to an improperly rebased commit this feature broke.
This patch restores the lost hunk in hotplug.json file to
re-introduce this feature and also renames the existing "tty" group
to "dialout" as this is the more typical name for such a group
on desktop systems.
Fixes: 5209cfa534 ("procd: fix hotplug.json syntax")
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
It adjusts b53 code to upstream changes from the commit 3c1bcc8614db
("net: ethernet: Convert phydev advertize and supported from u32 to link
mode").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Please note that modified code isn't currently being compiled with
kernels 4.19+ due to the dropped CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_IPV6 in upstream
Linux. That requires a separated fix.
This fixes:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_rtcache.c: In function 'nf_rtcache_get_cookie':
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_rtcache.c:82:11: error: 'const struct rt6_info' has no member named 'rt6i_node'; did you mean 'rt6i_idev'?
if (rt->rt6i_node)
^~~~~~~~~
rt6i_idev
IPv6 structs were reworked in upstream kernel by:
commit a64efe142f5e ("net/ipv6: introduce fib6_info struct and helpers")
commit 77634cc67dc1 ("net/ipv6: Remove unused code and variables for rt6_info")
commit 93c2fb253d17 ("net/ipv6: Rename fib6_info struct elements")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
OpenVPN as of 2.4.7 uses some OpenSSL APIs that are deprecated in
OpenSSL >= 1.1.0.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [white space fix]
This PR adds support for a popular low-cost 2.4GHz N based AP
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (650MHz)
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
- Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
- Ethernet: 1x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC, 24V POE IN
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on
for around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
This is based on the support patch for the identical CPE210 v3
by Mario Schroen <m.schroen@web.de>.
Tested-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[renamed dtsi filename]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Specifications:
* SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (650MHz)
* RAM: 64MB
* Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
* Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
* Ethernet: 1x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC, 24V POE IN
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI or TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering
on for around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Thanks to robimarko for the work inside the ar71xx tree.
Thanks to adrianschmutzler for deep discussion and fixes.
Signed-off-by: Mario Schroen <m.schroen@web.de>
[Split into DTS/DTSI, read-only config partition in DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[renamed dtsi filename, light subject touches]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Looks identical to the v2.
This PR adds support for a popular low-cost 2.4GHz N based AP
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (650MHz)
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
- Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
- Ethernet: 1x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC, 24V POE IN
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Tested-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
[Rebased, adjusted for separate tplink-safeloader entry, dynamic partitioning]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
361b3e4 proto-shell: return error in case setup fails
a97297d interface: set interface in TEARDOWN state when checking link state
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
It was reported to me on IRC today, that my change causes issues with
kernel versions between 4.14 and 4.19.
It's because I've wrongly used `git describe` in order to get kernel
version where we should disable noisy DTC checks, but I should've used
`git tag --contains` instead.
Fixes: cbbef976e2 ("build: dtc: Disable noisy warnings by default")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
I've missed leading whitespace issues in the original patch, so fixing
it in this commit. Thanks to pepe2k for letting me know.
Fixes: d260813d ("ar71xx: ens202ext: Fix VLAN switch")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Increase MAX_WAIT_FW_COMPLETE_ITERATIONS to 10000 as before commit
e5e0700 to prevent timeout as reported here: #308 (Original OP issue is
probably not related though as his post preceeds commit e5e0700).
compile/test target mvebu/mamba, rango
Signed-off-by: Kabuli Chana <newtownBuild@gmail.com>
[commit subject and message tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This adds the SPDX license identifier for the NETGEAR EX6150. It was
missed when submitting the original patch.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The target ENS202EXT was just recently added right before the stable
release of Openwrt 18.
It flashes fine, but the physical switch is almost impossible to use
until you have a VLAN set up. Tested on two devices.
The actual problem is that eth0 represents nothing for whatever reason.
In other words, both WAN and LAN are running from eth1. There may be an
underlying problem in the build, but for now, I assume that this is
correct and that a VLAN switch is an appropriate fix.
Also, it's virtually impossible to get the switch running right through
LuCI. It is one thing to get a switch to appear, but attempting to
configure it breaks the whole thing. The VLAN has to be set up
perfectly, otherwise, interfaces will not start up, and one is forced to
reset settings, OR, the new LuCI feature kicks in and reverses any
steps. It is extremely difficult to determine which virtual ports
correspond to which physical ethernet ports without being able to set up
the switch in LuCI.
Temporary Workaround: followed directions here
[openwrt/luci#867](https://github.com/openwrt/luci/issues/867)
Reviewed-by: Marty Plummer <hanetzer@startmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mpratt51@gmail.com>
[commit author fix, subject fix, message text wrap]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Release notes since last time:
Release notes for wave-1 / 10.1:
2019-03-28: Fix sometimes using bad TID for management frames
in htt-mgt mode. (Backported from wave2, looks
like bug would be the same though.)
Release notes for wave-2 / 10.4:
2019-03-28: Fix off-channel scanning while associated in
proxy-station mode.
2019-03-29: Fix sometimes sending mgt frames on wrong tid when
using htt-mgt. This bug has been around since I first
enabled htt-mgt mode.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The specific flash chip used (W25Q256FVEM) accepts 50MHz for read
requests and higher for others. 104MHz for fast reads. ramips seems to
be limited to 80MHz based on testing with higher values (no speedup).
Based on upstream commit: 97738374a310b9116f9c33832737e517226d3722
time dd if=/dev/mtdblock3 of=/dev/null bs=64k from 42.96s to 7.01s
[test done with backported upstream v4.19 driver[1], for numbers on
stock 4.14 driver please take a look at `ramips: Increase GB-PC2 SPI
frequency to 80MHz` commit message]
1. https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1578
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[expanded note about spi driver version]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The flash chip on the board (Spansion S25FL256SAIF00) is rated to
support at least 50MHz for normal read requests according to the
datasheet. 133MHz for fast reads. However, ramips seems to be limited to
80MHz.
>From testing this, higher values do not improve speeds.
time dd if=/dev/mtdblock3 of=/dev/null bs=64k from
42.82s to 14.09s.
boot speed is also faster:
[ 66.884087] procd: - init - vs
[ 48.976049] procd: - init -
Since spi speed was requested:
[ 3.538884] spi-mt7621 1e000b00.spi: sys_freq: 225000000
CPU is 900MHz:
[ 0.000000] CPU Clock: 900MHz
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[fixed commit message by adding missing 0 in the spi-mt7621 clock output]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
SoC: MediaTek MT7621
RAM: 64M (Winbond W9751G6KB-25)
FLASH: 16MB (Macronix MX25L12835F)
WiFi: MediaTek MT7662E bgn 2SS
WiFi: MediaTek MT7662E nac 2SS
BTN: ON/OFF - Reset - WPS - AP/Extender toggle
LED: - Arrow Right (blue)
- Arrow Left (blue)
- WiFi 1 (red/green)
- WiFi 2 (red/green)
- Power (green/amber)
- WPS (Green)
UART: UART is present as Pads on the backside of the PCB. They are
located on the other side of the Ethernet port.
3.3V - GND - TX - RX / 57600-8N1
3.3V is the nearest one to the antenna connectors
Installation
------------
Update the factory image via the Netgear web-interfaces (by default:
192.168.1.250/24).
You can also use the factory image with the nmrpflash tool.
For more information see https://github.com/jclehner/nmrpflash
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[merge conflict in 02_network, flash@0 node rename, wlan DTS triggers]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Device specification:
- SoC: RT5350F
- CPU Frequency: 360 MHz
- Flash Chip: Winbond 25Q32 (4096 KiB)
- RAM: 32768 KiB
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (4x LAN, 1x WAN)
- 1x external, non-detachable antenna
- UART (J1) header on PCB (57800 8n1)
- Wireless: SoC-intergated: 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
- USB: None
- 3x LED, 2x button
Flash instruction:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24 and start TFTP server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-rt305x-kn_st-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "kstart_recovery.bin" and place it in TFTP server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed until power LED start blinking.
4. Router will download file from TFTP server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kot <vova28rus@gmail.com>
[fixed git commit author and whitespace issues in DTS]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The WIZnet WizFi630S board is in the miniPCIe form factor.
SoC: Mediatek MT7688AN
RAM: 128MB
Flash: 32Mb
WiFi: 2.4GHz
Ethernet: 3x 100Mbit
USB: 1 (USB 2.0)
serial ports: 2 (1x full, 1xlite)
Flash and recovery instructions: Use the factory installed u-boot boot
loader. It is available on UART2 (115200,8,n,1). Then get the
sysupgrade image from a tftp server.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
[whitespace and device name in makefile fixes]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
c2cfe9d iwinfo: Fix 802.11ad channel to frequency
Fixes 9725aa271a ("iwinfo: update to latest git HEAD")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
ff1ded6 libfstools: Fix overflow of F2FS_MINSIZE constant
bc2c876 libfstools: Print error in case of loop blkdev failure
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Instead of creating host-routes depending on fwmark as (accidentally)
pushed by commit
1e8bb50b93 ("wireguard: do not add host-dependencies if fwmark is set")
use a new config option 'nohostroute' to explicitely prevent creation
of the route to the endpoint.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The 'fwmark' option is used to define routing traffic to
wireguard endpoints to go through specific routing tables.
In that case it doesn't make sense to setup routes for
host-dependencies in the 'main' table, so skip setting host
dependencies if 'fwmark' is set.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The 4.14.108 bump introduced a missing dependency when building
specific netfilters.
Thsi was not seen as the error does not occur on all targets.
Thanks to Jo-Philipp Wich for providing the fix
Fixes: af6c86dbe5 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.108")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The script always exits with value 0, even if some of the commands fail.
This can potentially create broken, unbootable images, e.g. when
make_ext4fs fails due to TARGET_KERNEL_PARTSIZE being too small for the
kernel. Avoid this by failing the script when any command fails.
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This refreshes the current kernel configuration to remove unneeded
options, add some automatically added ones and reorders them. The normal
build did this automatically, so the builds already used this
configuration.
CONFIG_HW_RANDOM_OMAP is explicitly activated for the cortexa72
subtarget because it has an inside-secure,safexcel-eip76 IP core.
This was done with this command on the cortexa9 subtarget:
make kernel_oldconfig
and this one on the other subtargets:
make kernel_oldconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
- limit ECC support to ec*-sha2-nistp256:
* DROPBEAR_ECC now provides only basic support for ECC
- provide full ECC support as an option:
* DROPBEAR_ECC_FULL brings back support for ec{dh,dsa}-sha2-nistp{384,521}
- update feature costs in binary size
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
* option "keyfile" is more generic than "rsakeyfile".
* option "rsakeyfile" is considered to be deprecated and should be removed
in future releases.
* warn user (in syslog) if option "rsakeyfile" is used
* better check options ("rsakeyfile" and "keyfile"): don't append
"-r keyfile" to command line if file is absent (doesn't exist or empty),
warn user (in syslog) about such files
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
Felix Fietkau pointed out that bundled libtomcrypt/libtommath do funny stuff with CFLAGS.
fix this with checking environment variable OPENWRT_BUILD in both libs.
change in dropbear binary size is drastical: 221621 -> 164277.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
compiler complains about messed up CFLAGS in build log:
<command-line>: warning: "_FORTIFY_SOURCE" redefined
<command-line>: note: this is the location of the previous definition
and then linker fails:
mips-openwrt-linux-musl-gcc [...] -o dropbearmulti [...]
collect2: fatal error: ld terminated with signal 11 [Segmentation fault]
compilation terminated.
/staging_dir/toolchain-mips_24kc_gcc-8.2.0_musl/mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: /tmp/cc27zORz.ltrans0.ltrans.o: relocation R_MIPS_HI16 against `cipher_descriptor' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC
/staging_dir/toolchain-mips_24kc_gcc-8.2.0_musl/mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: /tmp/cc27zORz.ltrans1.ltrans.o: relocation R_MIPS_HI16 against `ses' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC
/staging_dir/toolchain-mips_24kc_gcc-8.2.0_musl/mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: /tmp/cc27zORz.ltrans2.ltrans.o: relocation R_MIPS_HI16 against `cipher_descriptor' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC
/staging_dir/toolchain-mips_24kc_gcc-8.2.0_musl/mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: BFD (GNU Binutils) 2.31.1 assertion fail elfxx-mips.c:6550
[...]
/staging_dir/toolchain-mips_24kc_gcc-8.2.0_musl/mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: BFD (GNU Binutils) 2.31.1 assertion fail elfxx-mips.c:6550
make[3]: *** [Makefile:198: dropbearmulti] Error 1
make[3]: *** Deleting file 'dropbearmulti'
make[3]: Leaving directory '/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/dropbear-2018.76'
make[2]: *** [Makefile:158: /build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/dropbear-2018.76/.built] Error 2
make[2]: Leaving directory '/package/network/services/dropbear'
This FTBFS issue was caused by hardening flags set up by dropbear's configure script.
By default, Dropbear offers hardening via CFLAGS and LDFLAGS,
but this may break or confuse OpenWrt settings.
Remove most Dropbear's hardening settings in favour of precise build,
but preserve Spectre v2 mitigations:
* -mfunction-return=thunk
* -mindirect-branch=thunk
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
Release notes since last time:
Release notes for wave-1:
- 2019-03-12: Add btcoex feature flag for 2.4Ghz only adapters,
backported from upstream 10.2 firmware.
- 2019-03-12: Support offloading decrypt of PMF blockack frames
to the host. This lets us do blockack with PMF and
rx-sw-crypt. Normal hwcrypt scenarios would not need this.
Release notes for wave-2:
- 2019-03-12: Fix crash when tearing down VI TID when pending frames
exist. Could reproduce this while doing rmmod when VI
traffic was flowing and PMF was enabled but broken.
Bad luck could rarely cause it to happen in more normal
config too.
- 2019-03-12: Support offloading decrypt of PMF blockack frames to
the host. This lets us do blockack with PMF and
rx-sw-crypt. Normal hwcrypt scenarios would not need this.
- 2019-03-12: Re-work problematic patch that attempted to fix transmit
on non-QOS tids. It appears buggy in several ways,
hopefully improved now. This was introduced last fall.
See github bug 78.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This problem exposed when compiling glibc, but applicable across the
board. gcc compiles runtime libraries for all supported architectures,
unless otherwise specified, and later selects applicable library based
-m[arch,cpu,*] options, thus these options should not be passed to gcc
as they break the compilation process.
Signed-off-by: Boris Krasnovskiy <borkra@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[modified so it only touches ARM - I'm too chicken, changed authors email]
Set the toolchain's ARM CPU and FPU architectures by utilizing' gcc's
--with-cpu / --with-fpu configure options that: "Specify which cpu
variant the compiler should generate code for by default. cpu will
be used as the default value of the -mcpu= switch."
This will resolve the following kernel compilation failures under
gcc 8.x on ARM because the kernel wants to set (possibly conflicting)
optimization flags.
.../ccyVnmrs.s:204: Error: selected processor does not support `dmb ish' in ARM mode
.../ccyVnmrs.s:215: Error: architectural extension `mp' is not allowed for the current base architecture
.../ccyVnmrs.s:216: Error: selected processor does not support `pldw [r4]' in ARM mode
Because this is a big change, the .config and toolchain need to be
refreshed (as in removed and regenerated).
Reported-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net> [#1203]
Signed-off-by: Boris Krasnovskiy <borkra@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [extended commit message,
removed now-deprecated CPU_CFLAGS, changed author to gmail address]
This patch adds a ChromiumOS 3.18 patch [0] that fixes memory
allocation issues under memory pressure by keeping track
of missed allocs and rectify the omission at a later date.
It also adds ethtool counters for memory allocation
failures accounting so this can be verified.
[0] <d4e1e4ce68>
Reported-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Some broken ISPs (e.g. Comcast) send DHCPv6 packets with hop limit=0.
This trips up the TTL=0 check in the PPE if enabled.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
COMFAST CF-E5/E7 is a outdoor 4G LTE AP with PoE support, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531.
Short specification:
2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with 24v PoE support
64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
16 MB of FLASH (SPI)
2T2R 2.4 GHz, 802.11b/g/n
built-in 1x 3 dBi antennas
output power (max): 80 mW (19 dBm)
Qucetel EC20 LTE MODULE(1x external detachable antenna)
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Ding Tengfei <dtf@comfast.cn>
[commit subject fix]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This commit adds support for TP-Link TL-WR710N v1 router.
CPU: Atheros AR9331 400MHz
RAM: 32MB
FLASH: 8MiB
PORTS: 1 Port 100/10 LAN (connected to a switch), 1 Port 100/10 WAN
WiFi: Atheros AR9331 1x2:1 bgn
USB: ChipIdea HDRC USB2.0
LED: SYS
BTN: Reset
Sysupgrade from `ar71xx` works without glitches.
Network interfaces assigned for LAN and WAN ports are `eth1` and `eth0`
respectively, what's consistent with `ar71xx` target. Wireless radio
path is automatically upgraded from `platform/ar933x_wmac` to
`platform/ahb/18100000.wmac`.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Jurkowski <marcin1j@gmail.com>
This adds support for the Chinese version of TL-WR941N v7.
It uses QCA9558+AR8236 while the international version
uses TP9343 instead.
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
- Flash: 4 MB
- RAM: 64 MB
- Ethernet: Atheros AR8236 with 5 FE ports
Flash instruction:
Upload the generated factory firmware on web interface.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This allows users to specify a shorter mib poll interval so that the
swconfig leds could behave normal with current get_port_stats()
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This applies to ar8216 and ar8236. QCA's newer U-boot will enable
the switch mdio master for FE switches which makes phy inaccessible
from CPU mdio. (e.g. on TP-Link TL-WR941N v7 Chinese version which
uses QCA9558+AR8236.) For these devices PHY probing is broken and
mdio device probing is a must. We also need to disable switch mdio
master in driver for later PHY initialization.
Do a soft reset during hw_init so that mdio master can be disabled
and expose PHYs to CPU mdio for later PHY accessing.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
ar8xxx_mib_capture will update mib counters for all ports. Current
code only update one port at a time and the data for other ports
are lost.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Partially reverts commit eff3549c58.
AR7240 and AR9341 have buggy hardware switch LED trigger. The AR7240
one doesn't blink and the blinking of port0/port5 is reversed on
AR9341 if we swap PHY0 and PHY4. (Only blinking is reversed, which
means LED for PHY0 will lit when PHY0 is link up and will blink when
PHY4 has active link and vice versa.) On these two chips a software
swconfig LED trigger is required.
This commit adds swconfig port stats back but:
1. move checking of mib_t/rxb_id into ar8xxx_chip since we can't
distinguish ar7240sw and ar8216 using only chip id.
2. don't update mib counter in get_port_stat. This function is called
every 0.01s and this capturing procedure will take up a lot of CPU.
We already have a mib_work_func updating mib counters every 2s so
return the saved counter instead of fetching new data. The blinking
rate will be weird but it should solve the previously mentioned CPU
time problem.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This builtin switch is a bugless ar8216 with different mib counters
and gigabit cpu port.
Atheros uses the same device ID and it's impossible to distinguish
the standalone one and the builtin one. So we add support to mdio
device probe only.
This switch doesn't have buggy vlan tag so it's not needed to enable
atheros header. This commit changed ar8216_setup_port so that it can
be reused for this switch.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Atheros FE switches have a builtin mdio master available for PHY
accessing and on ar724x/ar933x builtin switches this mdio master
is the only way of accessing PHYs.
After this patch if there is phy_read/phy_write method available
in ar8xxx_chip we register a separated mdio bus for accessing PHYs.
Still adds support for mdio device probing only since this isn't
needed for those switches registered using PHY probing.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
ar8229 is the builtin switch in ar934x and later chips. There is
also a standalone version available and their registers/functions
are the same.
This commit added support for the builtin ar8229. The only thing
missing for standalone ar8229 should be phy modes. Since I don't
have a router using that, this commit doesn't add support for
other phy modes.
Only add its support for mdio-device probing method because the
current PHY probing can't return 1G speed when it's a FE switch.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
ar8xxx_id_chip is used to determine current ar8xxx_chip using switch
id and this isn't needed during mdiodev probing.
Move it out of ar8xxx_probe_switch so that we can skip it.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
for mdio-device probing we still need to read chip id but ar8xxx_chip
can be determined using drvdata. We can't distinguish the buggy
standalone ar8216 and the builtin ar8216 in ar724x/ar933x using chip
id.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The following patches are dropped because they are merged upstream:
-0001-tty-serial-drop-QCA-pecific-SoC-symbols.patch
-0006-usb-drop-deprecated-symbols.patch
-0009-MIPS-ath79-add-lots-of-missing-registers.patch
-0010-MIPS-ath79-add-support-for-QCA953x-QCA956x-TP9343.patch
-0014-MIPS-ath79-finetune-cpu-overrides.patch
-0015-MIPS-ath79-enable-uart-during-early_prink.patch
-0016-MIPS-ath79-get-PCIe-controller-out-of-reset.patch
This patch is dropped due to the introduction of spi-mem framework:
-461-spi-ath79-add-fast-flash-read.patch
Thank to Michael Marley @mamarley for his work on this patch:
-910-unaligned_access_hacks.patch
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
[synchronized kernel config with make kernel_oldconfig]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
linux 4.19 doesn't accept a NULL device for these functions.
It also complains that the device struct in net_device doesn't have
a dma_mask set.
Pass the device struct from platform_device for these functions.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Kernel newer than 4.15 dropped "data" field and used from_timer
to cast out the parent struct pointer for current timer.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The DIR-510L Wireless Router are based on the MT7620A SoC.
Specification:
-MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
-128 MB of RAM
-16 MB of FLASH
-802.11bgn radio
-1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
-2x internal, non-detachable antennas
-UART (J3) header on PCB (57600 8n1)
-1x bi-color LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
-JBOOT bootloader
Known issues:
-Ethernet port is used as LAN
-No communication with charger IC. (uart bitbang needed)
Installation:
Apply factory image via d-link http web-gui.
How to revert to OEM firmware:
1.) Push the reset button and turn on the power. Wait until LED start blinking (~10sec.)
2.) Upload original factory image via JBOOT http (IP: 192.168.123.254)
3.) If http doesn't work, it can be done with curl command:
curl -F FN=@XXXXX.binhttp://192.168.123.254/upg
where XXXXX.bin is name of firmware file.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[fixed whitespace issue in 10-rt2x00-eeprom]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Some boards with JBOOT have partiton between bootloader
and kernel image. This patch add possibility to change kernel
partition start address.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
clk_get_rate returns the current clock rate in Hz for a clock source so
if we divide it by 1M, then we get frequency in MHz and not kHz.
Signed-off-by: Qin Wei <support@vocore.io>
[added missing commit message, and fixed author with SoB from PR message]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
4d8c7e8 mt76: mt76x02: send no-skb tx status without holding the status lock
7e9e9ad mt76: mt7603: add missing initialization for dev->ps_lock
3a7e6bb mt76: fix potential deadlock on cancelling workqueues
deacb8f mt76: fix using mac80211 tx skb header padding
c9402eb mt76: use napi polling for tx cleanup
60e508e mt76: use readl/writel instead of ioread32/iowrite32
5912e8a mt7603: fix sequence number assignment
95a83cc mt7603: send BAR after powersave wakeup
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The PCIe DWC host controller is now using MSI
(Message-signaled-interrupts) by default.
While ath9k itself does support MSI here, a lot of wlan adapters do not.
Avoid non-functioning cards by simply continue to disable MSI for now.
This can be done by appending "pci=nomsi" to the boot cmdline.
Also an extra fix needs to be backported which avoids MSI initialization
which prevented legacy IRQ's init from taking over.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The DWC host controller symbols are now depending on a few others
Fixes: ca1b93f038 ("imx6: add support for kernel 4.19")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The NanoBeam is a small AR9342 based directional 5 GHz AC CPE with hardware
almost identical to the Ubiquiti NanoStation AC loco. Over the NanoStation
AC loco it has 5 additional LEDs. Four of those LEDs are used as rssi
indicators, the fifth LED is used as an ethernet link/activity indicator.
CPU: Atheros AR9342 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB NOR SPI
WLAN: QCA988X
Ports: 1x GbE
Flashing procedure is identical to the NanoStation AC loco and can be performed
either via serial or the factory firmware upgrade.
Serial flashing:
1. Connect to serial header on device (8N1 115200)
2. Power on device and enter uboot console
3. Set up tftp server serving an openwrt initramfs build
4. Load initramfs build using the command tftpboot in the uboot cli
5. Boot the loaded image using the command bootm
6. Copy squashfs openwrt sysupgrade build to the booted device
7. Use mtd to write sysupgrade to partition "firmware"
8. Reboot and enjoy
Flashing through factory firmware:
1. Ensure firmware version v8.5.0.36727 is installed. Up/downgrade to this exact version.
2. Patch fwupdate.real binary using `hexdump -Cv /bin/ubntbox | sed 's/14 40 fe fe/00 00 00 00/g' | hexdump -R > /tmp/fwupdate.real`
3. Make the patched fwupdate.real binary executable using `chmod +x /tmp/fwupdate.real`
4. Copy the squashfs factory image to /tmp on the device
5. Flash OpenWRT using `/tmp/fwupdate.real -m <squashfs-factory image>`
6. Wait for the device to reboot
Thanks to @cybermaus for testing!
Tested-by: Maurits van Dueren den Hollander <cybermaus@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
The Mikrotik RouterBOARD SXT 2nD r3 is an outdoor WiFi AP / CPE
with a single 2.4 GHz radio and a 100 Mbps Ethernet port.
The device similar to the SXT 2nD r2, but it has SPI NOR flash instead
of NAND flash.
Hardware
--------
CPU: Atheros AR9344 (600 MHz)
RAM: 64 MiB
FLASH: 16 MiB SPI NOR W25Q128
ETH: 1x 100 Mbps Atheros AG71xx
WiFi: 2T2R 802.11b/g/n (ath9k)
Power: Passive PoE 8-30 V
Installation instructions:
1. Boot openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-vmlinux-initramfs.elf using a
DHCP+TFTP server.
2. Erase the "firmware" partition using the mtd command. This should
no longer be required once this patch is merged.
3. Use sysupgrade to install to flash. The file
openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-rb-nor-flash-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
should be used.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Douville <github@douville.org>
If no feed.conf or feeds.conf.default is found on image generation with
the imagebuilder we always get the following message "Unable to open
feeds configuration at <dir>/scripts/feeds line 48." on std error.
To get rid off this needless warning on image generation with the
imagebuilder supress the output in feeds.mk.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
a8cf037 netifd: wireless: Add support for GCMP cipher
34a70b6 netifd: wireless: Add support for 802.11ad
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This reverts commit 0331770299.
With LTO enabled valgridn does not build on MIPS32 any more, deactivate
it for now. The patch refresh was not reverted.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Openssl 1.1.0 made wholesale changes to its building system.
Apparently, parallel builds are working now.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
ath10k_pci driver crashes once loaded and causes boot loops on this
device as 5GHz radio QCA9880-AR1A shipped with this router is broken.
It's not possible to fix this problem in software, miniPCIe radio has to
be replaced.
We could've probably fixed crashing of the ath10k driver by reverting
following upstream commit:
commit 1a7fecb766c83dace747f42b25bbb544b00a0163
Author: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Date: Sat Jan 24 12:14:48 2015 +0200
ath10k: reset chip before reading chip_id in probe
but it's not worth the effort as it wouldn't make that 5GHz radio usable
anyway. So it seems more convenient to just remove the crashing driver
and provide bootable images, as I believe, that a router that is working
but degraded is better than a router that will not work.
For details please see discussions in PR[1] and in FS#1743[2].
1. https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1349
2. https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1743
Signed-off-by: Aubrey McIntosh, PhD <aubrey.mcintosh@utexas.edu>
[subject and commit message tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The port labled as "LAN" is eth1.
That's different from the -lite variant,
where the only existing port eth0 is used as LAN
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
The PKG_MIRROR_HASH was for some reason wrong.
Fixes: d75db67870 ("uboot-fritz4040: bump version to 2019-03-03")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Reading and writing to and from flash storage is slowed down
enormously by some functions which use a block size of 1.
This patch reworks the extraction scripts to be much faster and
efficient by reading and writing in possibly one big block.
This is based on the initial commit a69e101 for ipq40xx by
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
- Tested on Turris MOX, OpenWrt master
- Removed PKG_BUILD_DIR
In build_dir there were two folders
ca-certificates and ca-certificates-20190110 and it failed as files
were in ca-certificates-20190110
Signed-off-by: Josef Schlehofer <josef.schlehofer@nic.cz>
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm IPQ4018
RAM: 256M
FLASH: 32M SPI NOR W25Q256
ETH: QCA8075
WiFi2: IPQ4018 2T2R 2SS b/g/n
WiFi5: IPQ4018 2T2R 2SS n/ac
LED: - Power amber
- LAN1(PoE) green
- LAN2 green
- Wi-Fi 2.4GHz green
- Wi-Fi 5GHz green
BTN: - WPS
UART: 115200n8 3.3V J1
VCC(1) - GND(2) - TX(3) - RX(4)
Added basic support to get the device up and running for a sysupgrade
image only.
There is currently no way back to factory firmware, so this is a one-way
street to OpenWRT.
Install from factory condition is convoluted, and may brick your device:
1) Enable SSH and disable the CLI on the factory device from the web user
interface (Management->Advanced)
2) Reboot the device
3) Override the default, limited SSH shell:
a) Get into the ssh shell:
ssh admin@192.168.1.1 /bin/sh --login
b) Change the dropbear script to disable the limited shell. At the
empty command prompt type:
sed -i '/login_ssh/s/^/#/g’ dropbear
/etc/init.d/dropbear restart
exit
4) ssh in to a (now-) normal OpenWRT SSH session
5) Flash your built image
a) scp openwrt-ipq40xx-engenius_ens620ext-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
admin@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
b) ssh admin@192.168.1.1
c) sysupgrade -n
/tmp/openwrt-ipq40xx-engenius_ens620ext-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
6) After flash completes (it may say "Upgrade failed" followed by
"Upgrade completed") and device reboots, log in to newly flashed
system. Note you will now need to ssh as root rather than admin.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glennon <s.glennon@cablelabs.com>
[whitespace fixes, reordered partitions, removed rng node from 4.14,
fixed 901-arm-boot-add-dts-files.patch]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Andrey has reported on OpenWrt's bug tracking system[1], that he
currently can't use ar93xx_uart as pure serial UART without console
(CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_CONSOLE and CONFIG_SERIAL_AR933X_CONSOLE undefined),
because compilation ends with following error:
ar933x_uart.c: In function 'ar933x_uart_console_write':
ar933x_uart.c:550:14: error: 'struct uart_port' has no
member named 'sysrq'
1. https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2152
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Update iproute2 to 5.0.0
Remove upstream patch 001-tc-fix-undefined-XATTR_SIZE_MAX
Alter patch 170-ip_tiny as support for IPX and DECnet is dropped
Update patch 010-cake-fwmark to match upstream commit
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Use GCC 8.3.0 by default for ARC targets
Includes a fix by Evgeniy Didin which fixes GCC version selection if
DEVEL isn't set
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Update the out of tree build of cake. Applicable patches are also in
net-next.
057c738 Fix fwmark_shft assignment (again)
ca6c162 Add support for storing mark back into conntrack
7ed9b6c Fix off-by-one error when setting fwmark_shft.
a4a243a sch_cake: Interpret fwmark parameter as a bitmask
29d707e Simplify logic in cake_select_tin()
8acaaee Permit use of connmarks as tin classifiers
348f186 Make the dual modes fairer
99a7297 compat: Don't lock root qdisc when dumping stats on old kernels
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
Building tda1997x fails now unless V4L2_FWNODE is selected:
drivers/media/i2c/tda1997x.o: in function `tda1997x_parse_dt'
undefined reference to `v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_parse'
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This patch increases available space from 20MB to 86MB.
Netgrear OEM firmware contains a 'netgear' partition followed 'ubi',
which can be used in openwrt for larger ubi space. (similar to
Netgear R7800).
original author (notmyrealhandle) tested this on R7500v2 and point that
OEM firmware can auto rebuild this partition (if used by openwrt).
Author: notmyrealhandle<22336358+notmyrealhandle@users.noreply.github.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Xin-yu (王昕宇) <comicfans44@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [minor touch-ups]
Support for the Nanostation M (XW) was added in 40530c8eb with board
name "nanostation-m-xw". The current image for the "Nanostation M"
uses "nano-m" as the board name.
This commit renames it to the full product name as it's used by all
other boards. The legacy boardname of the ar71xx target is added
via SUPPORTED_DEVICES to ease switching to ath79 target.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
[touch-ups on the commit message, removed subject remains]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
To be able to configure pwms the pwm driver needs to know the number off
cells in the "pwms" property. For this platform this is 2.
Signed-off-by: Micke Prag <micke.prag@telldus.se>
jjPlus JA76PF2 (marketed as IntellusPro2) is a network embedded board.
Specification
SoC: Atheros AR7161
RAM: 64 MB DDR
Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR
Ethernet: 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps AR8316
LAN (CN11), WAN/PoE (CN6 - close to power barrel
connector, 48 V)
MiniPCI: 2x
LEDS: 4x, which 3 are GPIO controlled
Buttons: 2x GPIO controlled
Reset (SW1, closer to ethernet ports), WPS (SW2)
Serial: 1x (only RX and TX are wired)
baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none
Currently there is one caveat compared to ar71xx target images as the
MAC addresses are random on every reboot. To remedy this one needs to
store the WAN MAC address in RedBoot configuration. OpenWrt on first
boot, after flashing, will read out the address and assign proper ones
to both WAN and LAN ports. It is iportant to NOT keep the old
configuration when doing sysupgrade from ar71xx.
Upgrading from OpenWrt ar71xx image
1. Connect to serial port,
2. Download OpenWrt sysupgrade image to /tmp directory and flash it
with:
sysupgrade -n <openwrt_sysupgrade_image_name>
3. After writing new image OpenWrt will reboot, now interrupt boot
process and enter RedBoot (bootloader) command line by pressing
Ctrl+C,
4. Enter following commands (replace variable accordingly),
set_mac (to view MAC addresses)
alias ethaddr <wan_port_mac_adress>
(confirm storing the value by inputting y and pressing Enter)
reset
5. Now board should restart and boot OpenWrt with proper MAC addresses.
Installation
1. Prepare TFTP server with OpenWrt initramfs image,
2. Connect to WAN ethernet port,
3. Connect to serial port,
4. Power on the board and enter RedBoot (bootloader) command line by
pressing Ctrl+C,
5. Enter following commands (replace variables accordingly):
set_mac (to view MAC addresses)
alias ethaddr <wan_port_mac_address>
(confirm storing the value by inputting y and pressing Enter)
ip_adress -l <board_ip_adress>/24 -h <tftp_server_ip_adress>
load -r -b 0x80060000 <openwrt_initramfs_image_name>
exec -c ""
6. Now board should boot OpenWrt initramfs image,
7. Download OpenWrt sysupgrade image to /tmp directory and flash it
with:
sysupgrade <openwrt_sysupgrade_image_name>
8. Wait few minutes, after the D2 LED will stop blinking, the board
is ready for configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
In PR [1] introducing initial support for Ubiquiti RouterStation boards,
Mathias Kresin suggested to replace the combined sysupgrade image with
tarball generated by sysupgrade-tar.sh. This would simplify deployment
of sysupgrade as the kernel size (needed to update FIS partition) could
be simply calculated on the fly instead of reading value from combined
image header. Unfortunately this would break sysupgrade compatibility
between ar71xx image and ath79 image. Therefore this commit creates
migration path to use new sysuprade image, it adds code to accept both
of them at this moment. The plan is to keep it until new stable version
is released. Then the image recipe should be changed to new format and
compatibility code for old image removed.
1. https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1237
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
When upgrading from ar71xx target images to ath79 based ones, the
integrated wireless interface changes its sysfs path. Therefore the
previous enabled wireless interface will be disabled, which can cause
false complains about it not working. This commit adds hotplug event
which migrates to new path and will keep the wrireless interface
enabled after upgrade.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Align the LEDs deffinition with MACH file present in ar71xx target which
has the correct LED functions and colors adescription.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
ipset utility was linked statically to libipset. Disable static library for dynamic linking to save space.
Add -Wl,--gc-sections,--as-needed for further reduction
MIPS ipk size:
ipset: 29KiB -> 2KiB
libipset: 39KiB -> 38KiB
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
The cmake bump to 3.14.0 breaks build on all targets. Revert it for now.
This reverts commit a3446257a8.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Update CMake to 3.14.0
Refresh patches
Remove inofficial fossies.org and replace with GitHub (link on official site)
Remote 150-C-feature-checks-Match-warnings-more-strictly.patch as it's
a no longer needed backport from upstream.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
The keyword "all" is only supported by `iw set antenna` if
it's used as the only argument.
Convert "all" into a mask before calling `iw set antenna`.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
00ac79d mt7603: fix initialization of max rx length
320af65 mt76: mt7603: use the correct hweight8() function
bdee924 mt76: fix schedule while atomic in mt76x02_reset_state
abcb544 mt76x02: do not enable RTS/CTS by default
e97a209 mt76: remove mt76_queue dependency from tx_queue_skb function pointer
ddd98f8 mt76: remove mt76_queue dependency from tx_prepare_skb function pointer
9bc2d56 mt76: remove mt76_queue dependency from tx_complete_skb function pointer
06c917f mt76: introduce mt76_sw_queue data structure
2dc63b0 mt76: introduce mt76_txq_id field in mt76_queue_entry
312f6fc mt76: remove irqsave/restore in locking for tx status fifo
0fe6386 mt76: move mt76x02_insert_hdr_pad in mt76-core module
efe9a47 mt76: mmio: move mt76_insert_hdr_pad in mt76_dma_tx_queue_skb
0b03f87 mt76: move skb dma mapping before running tx_prepare_skb
f977a92 mt76: introduce mt76_tx_info data structure
72fe286 mt76: use mac80211 txq scheduling
b77b932 mt76: reduce locking in mt76_dma_tx_cleanup
c0ab515 mt76: store wcid tx rate info in one u32 reduce locking
f37ad72 mt76: mt76x02: store software PN/IV in wcid
5323005 mt76: move tx tasklet to struct mt76_dev
688d708 mt76: only schedule txqs from the tx tasklet
42ce040 mt76: use TX_NEEDS_ALIGNED4_SKBS
2660aa9 mt76: mt7603: store software PN/IV in wcid
3ce8a93 mt76: dma: add static qualifier to mt76_dma_tx_queue_skb
81a32aa mt7603: remove mt7603_mcu_init routine
48dc7e9 mt7603: core: do not use magic numbers in mt7603_reg_map
2236490 mt76: usb: reduce code indentation in mt76u_alloc_tx
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
dnsmasq (and probably other DHCP servers as well) does not like to hand out
leases with duplicate host names.
Adding support for skipping the hostname makes it easier to deploy setups
where it is not guaranteed to be unique
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In the case of SHARED_LIBS=y, don't use -export-dynamic to place *all*
symbols into the dynamic symbol table. Instead, use --dynamic-list to
export a smaller set of symbols similar to that defined in static-syms.h
in the case of SHARED_LIBS=n, avoiding an 11 KB tc package size increase.
The symbol set is based on that required by the only plugin, m_xt.so.
Also increment PKG_RELEASE.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE fixup]
This enables using the tc module m_xt.so, which uses the act_ipt kernel
module to allow tc actions based on iptables targets. e.g.
tc filter add dev eth0 parent 1: prio 10 protocol ip \
u32 match u32 0 0 action xt -j DSCP --set-dscp-class BE
Make the SHARED_LIBS parameter configurable and based on tc package
selection.
Fix a problem using the tc m_xt.so plugin as also described in
https://bugs.debian.org/868059:
Sync include/xtables.h from iptables to make sure the right offset is
used when accessing structure members defined in libxtables. One could
get “Extension does not know id …” otherwise. (See also: #868059)
Patch to sync the included xtables.h with system iptables 1.6.x. This
continues to work with iptables 1.8.2.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Add build and runtime dependencies on libelf, allowing tc and ip-full
to load BPF and XDP object files respectively.
Define package 'tc' as a singleton package variant, which can be used to
enable additional functionality limited only to tc. Also set ip-tiny
as the default 'ip' variant.
Preserve optionality of libelf by having configuration script follow the
HAVE_ELF environment variable, used similarly to the HAVE_MNL variable.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
It is unused by default and upstream is trying to remove it as it has
negative effects when the driver is under load. Upstream explanation:
netpoll: avoid capture effects for NAPI drivers
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC).
This capture, showing one ksoftirqd eating all cycles
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
It seems that all networking drivers that do use NAPI
for their TX completions, should not provide a ndo_poll_controller() :
Most NAPI drivers have netpoll support already handled
in core networking stack, since netpoll_poll_dev(
uses poll_napi(dev) to iterate through registered
NAPI contexts for a device.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Although the amount of data read here is smaller than for the
caldata, there still might be some speed gain compared to reading
bytewise. And there is no harm ...
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Reading and writing to and from flash storage is slowed down
enormously by some functions which use a block size of 1.
This patch reworks the extraction scripts to be much faster and
efficient by reading and writing in possibly one big block.
This is based on the initial commit a69e101 for ipq40xx by
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>.
Speed comparison @ TP-Link TL-WDR4300 (just manually) results
in a time reduction by three orders of magnitude (99.9 %).
> time dd if=/dev/mtd3 of=/lib/firmware/test-slow bs=1 count=4096 skip=4096
4096+0 records in
4096+0 records out
real 0m 15.85s
user 0m 0.06s
sys 0m 13.28s
> time dd if=/dev/mtd3 of=/lib/firmware/test-fast bs=4096 count=1 skip=4096 iflag=skip_bytes
1+0 records in
1+0 records out
real 0m 0.02s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 0.02s
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Reading and writing to and from flash storage is slowed down
enormously by some functions which use a block size of 1.
This patch reworks the extraction scripts to be much faster and
efficient by reading and writing in possibly one big block.
This is based on the initial commit a69e101 for ipq40xx by
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>.
Speed comparison @ UBNT AC-Mesh (just manually) results
in a time reduction by three orders of magnitude (99.9 %).
> time dd if=/dev/mtd6 of=/lib/firmware/test-slow bs=1 count=4096 skip=4096
4096+0 records in
4096+0 records out
real 0m 16.84s
user 0m 0.07s
sys 0m 13.54s
> time dd if=/dev/mtd6 of=/lib/firmware/test-fast bs=4096 count=1 skip=4096 iflag=skip_bytes
1+0 records in
1+0 records out
real 0m 0.02s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 0.02s
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
We currently generate a kernel that boots from the harddrive
in the DIR-685. That's not how we usually do things, so
let's augment it to boot from flash and mount the rootfs
using squashfs and JFFS2 like everyone else.
Partition splitting only work when the partitions are
inside of a "partitions" node which is why we have a patch
like this (submitted upstream).
Another patch drops the rootfs arguments and renames the
firmware partition while adding the compatible "wrg"
to it so the WRGG parser will kick in.
Factory image was tested by bravely reflashing the DIR-685
from stock firmware using the web UI and the serial console
boot loader.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The WRGG images exist in both big and little endian variants,
as can be seen from the image generator in
tools/firmware-utils/src/mkwrggimg.c, you either pass
the "-b" flag or not. The D-Link DIR-685 is using little
endian images so we need to support splitting these.
Detect endianness like this: if the kernel entity size
gets silly big (bigger than the flash memory) we are
probably using the wrong endianness.
Example: my kernel of 0x0067ff64 was switched around by
wrong endianness and detected as 0x64ff67a0 (the actual
size in swapped endianness + header 0xa0).
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
EnGenius EPG5000 (v1.0.0, marketed as IoT Gateway) is a dual band
wireless router.
Specification
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 256 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR
WIFI: 2.4 GHz 3T3R integrated
5 GHz 3T3R QCA9880 Mini PCIe card
Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps QCA8337N
USB: 1x 2.0
LEDS: 4x GPIO controlled
Buttons: 2x GPIO controlled
UART: 4 pin header, starting count from white triangle on PCB
1. VCC 3.3V, 2. GND, 3. TX, 4. RX
baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none
Installation
1. Connect to one of LAN (yellow) ethernet ports,
2. Open router configuration interface,
3. Go to Tools > Firmware,
4. Select OpenWrt factory image with dlf extension and hit Apply,
5. Wait few minutes, after the Power LED will stop blinking, the router
is ready for configuration.
Alternative installation
1. Prepare TFTP server with OpenWrt sysupgrade image,
2. Connect to one of LAN (yellow) ethernet ports,
3. Connect to UART port (leaving out VCC pin!),
4. Power on router,
5. When asked to enter a number 1 or 3 hit 2, this will select flashing
image from TFTP server option,
6. You'll be prompted to enter TFTP server ip (default is 192.168.99.8),
then router ip (default is 192.168.99.9) and for last, image name
downloaded from TFTP server (default is uImageESR1200_1750),
7. After providing all information U-Boot will start flashing the image,
You can observe progress on console, it'll take few minutes and when
the Power LED will stop blinking, router is ready for configuration.
Additional information
If connected to UART, when prompted for number on boot, one can enter
number 4 to open bootloader (U-Boot) command line.
OEM firmware shell password is: aigo3d0a0tdagr
useful for creating backup of original firmware.
When doing upgrade from OpenWrt ar71xx image, it is recomended to not keep
the old configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm IPQ4019
RAM: 256M (NANYA NT5CC128M16JR-EK)
FLASH: 128M NAND (Macronix MX30LF1G18AC-XKI)
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8072
WiFi2: IPQ4019 2T2R 2SS b/g/n
WiFi5: IPQ4019 2T2R 2SS n/ac
WiFi5: QCA9984 4T4R 4SS n/ac
LED: - Connect green/blue/red
- Power green
BTN: WPS/Connect
UART: 115200n8 3.3V
VCC - RX - TX - GND (Square is VCC)
Installation
------------
1. Grab the uboot for the Device from the 'u-boot-fritz3000'
subdirectory. Place it in the same directory as the 'eva_ramboot.py'
script. It is located in the 'scripts/flashing' subdirectory of the
OpenWRT tree.
2. Assign yourself the IP address 192.168.178.10/24. Connect your
Computer to one of the boxes LAN ports.
3. Connect Power to the Box. As soon as the LAN port of your computer
shows link, load the U-Boot to the box using following command.
> ./eva_ramboot.py --offset 0x85000000 192.168.178.1 uboot-fritz3000.bin
4. The U-Boot will now start. Now assign yourself the IP address
192.168.1.70/24. Copy the OpenWRT initramfs (!) image to a TFTP
server root directory and rename it to 'FRITZ3000.bin'.
5. The Box will now boot OpenWRT from RAM. This can take up to two
minutes.
6. Copy the U-Boot and the OpenWRT sysupgrade (!) image to the Box using
scp. SSH into the Box and first write the Bootloader to both previous
kernel partitions.
> mtd write /path/to/uboot-fritz3000.bin uboot0
> mtd write /path/to/uboot-fritz3000.bin uboot1
7. Remove the AVM filesystem partitions to make room for our kernel +
rootfs + overlayfs.
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=avm_filesys_0
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=avm_filesys_1
8. Flash OpenWRT peristently using sysupgrade.
> sysupgrade -n /path/to/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
AVM devices based on Qualcomm IPQ40xx do not store sector health
information in the OOB area. Make this check optional to support this
platform.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
AR300M-Lite is single-Ethernet variant of the AR300M series
Its eth0 would otherwise be assigned to the WAN interface
making it unreachable firstboot or failsafe.
Installation instructions from OEM (OpenWrt variant):
* Install sysupgrade.bin using OEM's "Advanced" GUI (LuCI),
* Do not preserve settings
* Access rebooted device via Ethernet at OpenWrt default address
Add previously missing LED defaults for all three variants;
-nand, -nor, -lite to the definitions in 01_leds
Non-lite variants thanks to Andreas Ziegler
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1049396/
Runtime-tested: GL.iNet AR300M-Lite
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Hardware:
CPU: MediaTek MT7621AT (2x880MHz)
RAM: 512MB DDR3
FLASH: 256MB NAND
WiFi: 2.4GHz 4x4 MT7615 b/g/n (Needs driver, See Issues!)
WiFI: 5GHz 4x4 MT7615 a/n/ac (Needs driver, See Issues!)
USB: 1x 3.0
ETH: 1x WAN 10/100/1000 3x LAN 10/100/1000
LED: Power/Status
BTN: RESET
UART: 115200 8n1
Partition layout and boot:
Stock Xiaomi firmware has the MTD split into (among others)
- kernel0 (@0x200000)
- kernel1 (@0x600000)
- rootfs0
- rootfs1
- overlay (ubi)
Xiaomi uboot expects to find kernels at 0x200000 & 0x600000
referred to as system 1 & system 2 respectively.
a kernel is considered suitable for handing control over
if its linux magic number exists & uImage CRC are correct.
If either of those conditions fail, a matching sys'n'_fail flag
is set in uboot env & a restart performed in the hope that the
alternate kernel is okay.
If neither kernel checksums ok and both are marked failed, system 2
is booted anyway.
Note uboot's tftp flash install writes the transferred
image to both kernel partitions.
Installation:
Similar to the Xiaomi MIR3G, we keep stock Xiaomi firmware in
kernel0 for ease of recovery, and install OpenWRT into kernel1 and
after.
The installation file for OpenWRT is a *squashfs-factory.bin file that
contains the kernel and a ubi partition. This is flashed as follows:
nvram set flag_try_sys1_failed=1
nvram set flag_try_sys2_failed=0
nvram commit
dd if=factory.bin bs=1M count=4 | mtd write - kernel1
dd if=factory.bin bs=1M skip=4 | mtd write - rootfs0
reboot
Reverting to stock:
The part of stock firmware we've kept in kernel0 allows us to run stock
recovery, which will re-flash stock firmware from a *.bin file on a USB.
For this we do the following:
fw_setenv flag_try_sys1_failed 0
fw_setenv flag_try_sys2_failed 1
reboot
After reboot the LED status light will blink red, at which point pressing
the 'reset' button will cause stock firmware to be installed from USB.
Issues:
OpenWRT currently does not have support for the MT7615 wifi chips. There is
ongoing work to add mt7615 support to the open source mt76 driver. Until that
support is in place, there are closed-source kernel modules that can be used.
See: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/support-for-xiaomi-wifi-r3p-pro/20290/170
Signed-off-by: Ozgur Can Leonard <ozgurcan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[02_network remaps, Added link to notes]
Hardware
--------
SOC: QCA9558
RAM: 128M DDR2
Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
ETH: QCA8337N: 2x 10/100/1000 PoE and PoE pass-through
WiFi2: QCA9558 (bgn) 2T2R
WiFi5: 2x mPCIE with AR9582 (an) 2T2R
BTN: 1x Reset
GPIO: multiple GPIO on header, PoE passthrough enable
UART: 3.3V 115200 8N1 header on the board
WDG: ATTiny13 watchdog
JTAG: header on the board
USB: 1x connector and 1x header on the board
PoE: 10-32V input in ETH port 1, passthrough in port 2
mPCIE: 2x populated with radios (but replaceable)
OpenWrt is preinstalled from factory. To install use <your-image>-sysupgade.bin
using the web interface or with sysupgrade -n.
Flash from bootloader (in case failsafe does not work)
1. Connect the LibreRouter with a serial adapter (TTL voltage) to the UART
header in the board.
2. Connect an ETH cable and configure static ip addres 192.168.1.10/24
3. Turn on the device and stop the bootloader sending any key through the serial
interface.
4. Use a TFTP server to serve <your image>-sysupgrade.bin file.
5. Execute the following commands at the bootloader prompt:
ath> tftp 82000000 <your image>-sysupgrade.bin
ath> erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
ath> cp.b 0x82000000 0x9f050000 $filesize
ath> bootm 0x9f050000
More docs
* Bootloader https://github.com/librerouterorg/u-boot
* Board details (schematics, gerbers): https://github.com/librerouterorg/board
Signed-off-by: Santiago Piccinini <spiccinini@altermundi.net>
This removes the 'cs-gpios' property from the AVM FRITZ!Box 7530 NAND
controller node. As pointed out by Christian Lamparter, the property is
not needed by the Qualcomm NAND controller driver.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This patch fixes a problem that was discovered during DSA
development. On the MR33, the link change events from the
external AR8035-PHY would never make it to the qca8k driver.
The issue turned out to be a misplaced memcpy that was copying
over the zero-initialized irq table, when it should have been
set to PHY_POLL. Hence this patch moves the memcpy after the
array has been initialized.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Openssh uses digest contexts across forks, which is not supported by the
/dev/crypto engine. The speed of digests is usually not worth enabling
them anyway. This changes the default of the DIGESTS option to NONE, so
the user still has the option to enable them.
Added another patch related to the use of encryption contexts across
forks, that ignores a failure to close a previous open session when
reinitializing a context, instead of failing the reinitialization.
Added a link to the Cryptographic Hardware Accelerators document to the
engine pacakges description, to provide more detailed instructions to
configure the engines.
Revert the removal of the OPENSSL_ENGINE_CRYPTO symbol, currently used
by openssh. There is an open PR to update openssh; when merged, this
symbol can be safely removed.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [refresh patches]
PogoPlug Pro comes with AzureWave AW-NE762H PCIe module containing
Ralink's Rt3090 chip supported by the rt2x00 driver.
Install the driver as well as wpad-basic.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Imported from patchwork, patches marked with '=' have already been in
our tree:
[v3,1/4] cfg80211: add ratelimited variants of err and warn
[v3,2/4] rt2x00: use ratelimited variants dev_warn/dev_err
[v3,3/4] rt2x00: check number of EPROTO errors
=[v3,4/4] rt2x00: do not print error when queue is full
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
TP-Link RE350K v1 (FCC ID: TE7RE350K) is a wall-plug AC1200 Wi-Fi range
extender with 'Kasa Smart' support. Device is based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9558 + QCA9882 + AR8035 platform and is available only on US market.
Specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x 1 Gbps Ethernet (AR8035)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558), with ext. PA (SE2565T) and LNA (SKY65971-11)
- 2T2R 5 GHz (QCA9882), with ext. PA (SE5003L1-R) and LNA (SKY65981-11)
- 2x U.FL connector on PCB
- 2x dual-band PCB antennas
- 1x LED, 2x dual-color LED (all driven by GPIO)
- 3x button (app config, led, reset)
- 1x mechanical on/off slide switch
- 1x UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- 1x JTAG (8-pin, 1.27 mm pitch) header on PCB
Flash instruction:
Use 'factory' image directly in vendor GUI (default IP: 192.168.0.254,
default credentials: admin/admin).
Warning:
This device does not include any kind of recovery mechanism in U-Boot.
Vendor firmware access:
You can access vendor firmware over serial (RX line requires jumper
resistor in R306 place, near XTAL) with: root/sohoadmin credentials.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network Tube-E4G is an outdoor, dual-SIM LTE Cat. 4 CPE, based on
MediaTek MT7620A, equipped with Quectel EC25 miniPCIe modem.
Specification:
- MT7620A (580 MHz)
- 64/128/256 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16/32 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses)
- 2x SIM slot (mini, micro) with detect and switch driven by GPIO
- 1x detachable antenna (modem main)
- 1x internal antenna (modem div)
- 1x GPS passive antenna (optional)
- 5x LED (all driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
Other:
Default SIM slot is selected at an early stage by U-Boot, based on
'default_sim' environment value: 1 or unset = SIM1 (mini), 2 = SIM2
(micro). U-Boot also resets the modem, using #PERST signal, before
starting kernel.
Flash instruction:
You can use the 'sysupgrade' image directly in vendor firmware which is
based on OpenWrt (make sure to not preserve settings - use 'sysupgrade
-n -F ...' command). Alternatively, use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Power the device with reset button pressed, the LAN LED will start
blinking slowly and after ~3 seconds, when it starts blinking faster,
you can release the button.
2. Setup static IP 192.168.1.2/24 on your PC.
3. Go to 192.168.1.1 in browser and upload 'sysupgrade' image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This disables PL010 and 8250 serial support for this platform
as both drivers are not used: the debug UART is PL011 and the
application UARTs use a dedicated MXS specific driver.
The kernel size reduction is neglectable, but it also removes
the non-working (confusing) /dev/ttyS0 and /dev/ttyS1 devices
in a running system (which generate errors when trying to use):
root@OpenWrt:~# echo "hello world" > /dev/ttyS0
ash: write error: I/O error
root@OpenWrt:~#
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Add missing /usr/sbin install dir fixing :
install: cannot create regular file 'build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/busybox-1.30.1/.pkgdir/busybox/usr/sbin/ntpd-hotplug': No such file or directory
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Move PCIe controller outside down to SoC level to avoid resource
mapping problems.
Also add more detailed error handling when mapping registers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
cfb47d30 Take into account larger frame size for prioritization
dbbe4e01 Remove unused field
371bc3a8 clang-format
5e7889c5 Update manual pages
b1b2ad50 Bump up version number to 1.37.0, LT revision to 31:2:17
e043ca83 Update AUTHORS
c2434dfb Simplify stream_less
816ad210 Reuse name when indexing header by referencing dynamic table
f5feb16e Merge pull request #1295 from bratkartoffel/fix-compile-boringssl
adf09f21 Merge pull request #1303 from donny-dont/fix-shared-install
2591960e Explicitly set install location when building shared libs
d93842db nghttpx: Fix backend stall if header and request body are sent in 2 packets
8dc2b263 nghttpx: Use std::priority_queue
8d842701 Update manual pages
de85b0fd Update README
5d6beed5 Merge branch 'nghttpx-backend-weight'
1ff9de4c nghttpx: Backend address selection with weight
34482ed4 Fix compilation with boringssl
9b6ced66 Bump up version number to 1.37.0-DEV
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This fixes the following compile problem with kernel 4.20:
In file included from arp.c:20:0:
include/linux/if_arp.h:121:16: error: 'IFNAMSIZ' undeclared here (not in a function)
char arp_dev[IFNAMSIZ];
^~~~~~~~
make[7]: *** [Makefile:459: arp.o] Error 1
This is caused by commit 6a12709da354 ("net: if_arp: use define instead
of hard-coded value") in the upstream Linux kernel which is integrated
in Linux 4.20.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
They should be relative to apb-bridge@47000000 rather than to the
pcie-controller@c00000 inside it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Traverse LS1043 boards are set up with a dual-system layout, rootfs{1,2} and kernel{1,2}.
nand_do_upgrade can do the image replacement work we were doing before as long as we give it the partition names.
This greatly simplifies the /lib/upgrade/platform.sh.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Upcoming product specification and branding changes mean that the names in tree do not accurately reflect released products.
To reduce any confusion, sort our boards by SoC family, e.g traverse-ls1043. Any future boards using Layerscape family SoC's
will be treated the same way, e.g Device/traverse-ls/lx/laXXXX.
The affected boards so far have only been available through OEM channels and those aren't using the provided sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
The configure script broke when used in alpine-3.9 based docker containers. Fixed in wolfSSL >3.15.7.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
Require the word "warning" to appear at the start of a line, after
whitespace, or after a `:`. This is the same that CTest launchers use
to match warnings. It avoids matching "warning" inside file paths.
Fixed in cmake 3.14.0.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
This patch re-enables the reset_ppe() functionality for VR9 targets by using
the new lantiq rcu subsystem. The reset sequence in the reset_ppe() function
was taken from the ppa datapath driver of lantiq UGW 7.4.1.
Additionally it adds the required reset definitions to the vr9 dtsi file.
It also prepares the reset_ppe() function calls for the other lantiq targets.
This feature is needed to be able to switch between ltq-atm/ltq-ptm driver
in ATM/PTM Auto-Mode at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Hardware:
- SoC: Lantiq VRX288
- RAM: Winbond W971GG6JB 1 Gb (128 MiB)
- Flash:
- SPI: 8 Mb (1 MiB) for bootloader and tffs
- NAND: 1 Gb (128 MiB) for OS
- xDSL: Lantiq VRX208
- WLAN: Atheros AR9381
- DECT: Dialog Semiconductors SC14441
Everything except FXS/DECT works
(no drivers for AVM's FXS implementation with SC14441).
Installation via FTP:
1. Use scripts/flashing/eva_ramboot.py to send initramfs-kernel.bin
to the device when powering on.
Standard AVM procedures with finding the correct IP address and
the right moment to open FTP apply here (approx. 4 seconds on 7362SL).
IMPORTANT: set lzma compression in ramdisk options, bootloader stalls
when receiving uncompressed images.
2. Transfer sysupgrade.bin image with scp to /tmp directory
and run sysupgrade
3. First boot might take a bit longer if linux_fs_start was set to 1,
in that case the device will reboot twice, first time it will fail to load
second kernel (overwritten by ubifs), set linux_fs_start to 0 and reboot.
OpenWrt uses the entire NAND flash. Kernel uses 4 MiB and rootfs uses
the rest of 124 MiB, overwriting everything related to FRITZ!OS - both
OS images, config and answering machine/media server data.
To return to FRITZ!OS, use AVM's recovery image.
Signed-off-by: Danijel Tudek <danijel.tudek@gmail.com>
Hardware:
SoC: Lantiq VRX 220
CPU Cores: 2x MIPS 34Kc at 500 MHz
RAM: 128 MiB 250 MHz
Storage: 128 MiB NAND flash
Ethernet: built-in Fast Ethernet switch, only port 2 is used
Wireless: Atheros AR9287-BL1A b/g/n with 2 pcb antennas
Modem: built-in A/VDSL2 modem
DECT: Dialog SC14441
LEDs: 1 two-color, 4 one-color
Buttons: 2
FXS: 1 port via TAE or RJ12 connector
Everything except FXS/DECT works
(no drivers for AVM's FXS implementation with SC14441).
Installation:
Use the eva_ramboot.py script to load an initramfs image on the
device. Run it a few seconds after turning the device on.
$ scripts/flashing eva_ramboot 192.168.178.1 bin/targets/lantiq/xrx200/openwrt-lantiq-xrx200-avm_fritz7412-initramfs-kernel.bin
If it fails to find the device try the ip address 169.254.120.1.
(Firmware updates or the recovery tool apparently change it.)
IMPORTANT: set lzma compression in ramdisk options, bootloader stalls
when receiving uncompressed images.
The device will load it in ram and boot it. You can reach it under
the openwrt default ip address 192.168.1.1.
Check if the key linux_fs_start is not set to 1 in tffs:
$ fritz_tffs_nand -d /dev/mtd1 -n linux_fs_start
If it is set to 1, the bootloader will select the wrong set of
partitions. Restart the box and install an FritzOS upgrade or do a
recovery. Afterwards start again at step 1.
Run sysupgrade to persistently install OpenWRT.
Signed-off-by: Valentin Spreckels <Valentin.Spreckels@Informatik.Uni-Oldenburg.de>
Signed-off-by: Andy Binder <AndyBinder@gmx.de>
A tool for reading the TFFS partitions (a name-value storage usually
found in AVM Fritz!Box based devices) on nand flash.
Copyright (c) 2018 Valentin Spreckels <Valentin.Spreckels@Informatik.Uni-Oldenburg.DE>
Based on the fritz_tffs_read tool:
Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
and on the TFFS 2.0 kernel driver from AVM:
Copyright (c) 2004-2007 AVM GmbH <fritzbox_info@avm.de>
and the TFFS 3.0 kernel driver from AVM:
Copyright (C) 2004-2014 AVM GmbH <fritzbox_info@avm.de>
and the OpenWrt TFFS kernel driver:
Copyright (c) 2013 John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
Signed-off-by: Valentin Spreckels <Valentin.Spreckels@Informatik.Uni-Oldenburg.de>
Signed-off-by: Andy Binder <AndyBinder@gmx.de>
The patches to the /dev/crypto engine were commited to openssl master,
and will be in the next major version (3.0).
Changes:
- Optimization in computing a digest in one operation, saving an ioctl
- Runtime configuration options for the choice of algorithms to use
- Command to dump useful information about the algorithms supported by
the engine and the system.
- Build the devcrypto engine as a dynamic module, like other engines.
The devcrypto engine is built as a separate package by default, but
options were added to allow building the engines into the main library.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
[refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
YunCore A770 is a ceiling AC750 AP with 2 Fast Ethernet ports, PoE
(802.3at) support, based on QCA9531 + QCA9887.
Specification:
- 650/597/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (PoE 802.3at support in WAN port)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531), with ext. PA and LNA
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887), with ext. FEM (SKY85728-11)
- 2x regular LED, 1x RGB LED (all driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- DC jack for main power input (12 V)
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
1. First, gain root access to the device, following below steps:
- Login into web gui (default password/IP: admin/192.168.188.253).
- Go to 'Advanced' -> 'Management' -> 'System' and download backup of
configuration (bakfile.bin).
- Open the file as tar.gz archive, edit/update 'shadow' file and change
hash of root password to something known.
- Repack the archive, rename it back to 'bakfile.bin' and use to
restore configuration of the device.
- After that, device will reboot and can be accessed over SSH.
2. Then, install OpenWrt:
- Login over SSH and issue command:
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm 0x9fe80000"
- Upload 'sysupgrade' image and install it (only if previous command
succeeded) with command: 'sysupgrade -n -F openwrt-...'.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Backport below changes for I2C QUP driver from v4.17:
0668bc44a426 i2c: qup: fix copyrights and update to SPDX identifier
7239872fb340 i2c: qup: fixed releasing dma without flush operation completion
eb422b539c1f i2c: qup: minor code reorganization for use_dma
6d5f37f166bb i2c: qup: remove redundant variables for BAM SG count
c5adc0fa63a9 i2c: qup: schedule EOT and FLUSH tags at the end of transfer
7e6c35fe602d i2c: qup: fix the transfer length for BAM RX EOT FLUSH tags
3f450d3eea14 i2c: qup: proper error handling for i2c error in BAM mode
08f15963bc75 i2c: qup: use the complete transfer length to choose DMA mode
ecb6e1e5f435 i2c: qup: change completion timeout according to transfer length
6f2f0f6465ac i2c: qup: fix buffer overflow for multiple msg of maximum xfer len
f7714b4e451b i2c: qup: send NACK for last read sub transfers
fbfab1ab0658 i2c: qup: reorganization of driver code to remove polling for qup v1
7545c7dba169 i2c: qup: reorganization of driver code to remove polling for qup v2
This fixes various I2C issues observed on AP120C-AC board equipped with
Atmel/Microchip AT97SC3205T TPM module.
Tested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Use 'ath10k-calibration-variant' (with the value sent upstream) for the
second (5 GHz) radio in AP120C-AC board DTS. First radio uses the same
BDF as in one of Qualcomm reference designs.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Add specific 'variant' for 'bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=25' BDF.
Use the same value ('ALFA-Network-AP120C-AC') as sent upstream.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This is useful in for the attendedsyupsgrade server (asu) to
distinguish between snapshot version. Currently asu can't tell devices
requesting a snapshot build if the same build is already installed.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Instead of showing a slightly more readable target like
"ar71xx (Generic)" print the more generic format "ar71xx/genric"
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
1d7760d mt76: mt7603: set moredata flag when queueing ps-filtered packets
0b927b2 mt76: fix return value check in mt76_wmac_probe()
e72376d mt76x02: fix hdr pointer in write txwi for USB
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fixes timeouts with trying to access the FTP site.
Also remove mirror2.openwrt.org, which does not keep current tarballs
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch fixes a crash that occured on the
BT Home Hub v5a (lantiq/xrx200) which resulted
in the device bootlooping.
Reported-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
Tested-by: Vitalij Alshevsky <v_alshevsky@tut.by>
Fixes: ddece08bf4 ("kernel: owl-loader: fix sparse endian warnings")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
dts: disable port4 and leave it ephy mode because it connect to nothing
switch port5 connected to GE port we use it as wan port
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
fixes intermittent loss of connectivity on 1Gbit port, with
log message:
803x_aneg_done: SGMII link is not ok
Signed-off-by: Mantas Pucka <mantas@8devices.com>
This backports upstream commit
34d5629 ath10k: limit available channels via DT ieee80211-freq-limit
to the 4.19 ath10k-ct version. Without this patch, disabled channels
are still listed as a supported configuration for the radio.
The identical patch was also backported by OpenWRT to the non-ct driver.
It can be dropped as soon as we switch to an ath10k-ct version based on
4.20 or higher.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Release notes since last update:
wave-1 firmware:
* Feb 14, 2019: Remove logic that causes assert when swba logic is not
initialized. This was seen when trying to bring up 6 VAP
vdevs. A similar fix went into wave-2 firmware some time
ago.
* Feb 27, 2019: Support up to 32 vAP vdevs, fix stack corruption when
driver requests too many vAP.
* Feb 28, 2019: Support beacon-tx-wmi callback message. This lets driver
properly clean up beacon buffers so we don't crash
(somethings the entire OS/system) due to DMA errors.
wave-2 firmware:
* Feb 27. 2019: Support up to 32 AP vdevs. Previous to this, stack would
be corrupted if you went past 16 AP vdevs.
* Feb 28, 2019: Support beacon-tx-wmi callback message. This lets driver
properly clean up beacon buffers. In wave-1, this could
crash the entire OS, but I didn't see the same crashes
in wave-2, so maybe it is fixed in some other way. Add
the feature regardless as it seems proper.
Signed-off-by: Michael Yartys <michael.yartys@gmail.com>
9360f389234a ath10k: Support up to 24 vAP per radio, fix DMA bug in wave-1.
9cbf8d430974 ath10k-ct: Add 4.20 driver, SGI support for fixed-rate tx.
Runtime tested on: ipq806x
Signed-off-by: Michael Yartys <michael.yartys@gmail.com>
The current snapshot release kernel with it's 2119245 Byte
size is too big to fit into the 2097152 (2MiB) area that
was set aside for the kernel. Which causes the device to
fail to boot (after an update or even during a fresh install)
NAND read: device 0 offset 0x60000, size 0x200000
2097152 bytes read: OK
## Booting kernel from Legacy Image at 80800000 ...
Image Name: MIPS OpenWrt Linux-4.14.98
Created: 2019-02-13 9:37:36 UTC
Image Type: MIPS Linux Kernel Image (lzma compressed)
Data Size: 2119245 Bytes = 2 MiB
Load Address: 80002000
Entry Point: 80002000
Verifying Checksum ... Bad Data CRC
ERROR: can't get kernel image!
This patch fixes the problem by enlarging the kernel partition
at the cost of the ubi/data partition behind it. The patch
also adds a KERNEL_SIZE variable to the image Makefile to
prevent silent corruptions from happening in the future.
Please note: The u-boot environment for the router also
needs to be updated. So please attach an appropriate
serial converter cable and enter the following commands
into the u-boot prompt:
setenv nboot 'nand read 0x80800000 0x60000 0x300000; bootm 0x80800000'
saveenv
The wiki has been updated accordingly:
<https://openwrt.org/toh/zyxel/p2812hnu-f1>
Fixes: FS#2124
Suggested-by: Mafketel (User on bugs.openwrt.org)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Having image metadata (and signature) appended is a condition for
semi-automated sysupgrade, hence IB needs to be able to tell which
images will end up with metadata.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Similar to the (currently unused) mt7620_get_eco() function, introduce
mt7620_get_chipver() and mt7620_get_pkg() functions to allow rt2x00 to
probe for the type of WiSoC. This is ugly and probably unacceptable
for upstream, however, it should help to evaluate which of those hacks
are actually really needed, enumerate the possible values and label
them in a more meaningful way than currently done in the vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
allow downstream projects to see the current version of the metadata,
usefull if eventually more variables change
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
currently the "board" parameter contains $(BOARD) which actually results
to `<target>` (like ramips, ar71xx) without subtarget. However, one
actually excepts (not?) to contain BOARD_NAME or DEVICE_NAME.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This fixes a possible unbalanced dev_hold():
> iw dev bar del
[ 237.355366] unregister_netdevice: waiting for bar to become free. Usage count = 1
[ 247.435362] unregister_netdevice: waiting for bar to become free. Usage count = 1
[ 257.545366] unregister_netdevice: waiting for bar to become free. Usage count = 1
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Fix an issue where subinterfaces were not added to the same
firewall zone as their parent.
Fixes: FS#2122
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Starting from kernel 4.5, phy_id needs to be fetched from a different location.
not doing so results in this compile error:
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/ag71xx/ag71xx_phy.c: In function 'ag71xx_phy_connect_multi':
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/ag71xx/ag71xx_phy.c:133:35: error: 'struct mdio_device' has no member named 'phy_id'
ag->mii_bus->mdio_map[phy_addr]->phy_id);
^
./include/linux/printk.h:137:18: note: in definition of macro 'no_printk'
printk(fmt, ##__VA_ARGS__); \
^~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/ag71xx/ag71xx.h:72:27: note: in expansion of macro 'pr_debug'
#define DBG(fmt, args...) pr_debug(fmt, ## args)
^~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/ag71xx/ag71xx_phy.c:130:3: note: in expansion of macro 'DBG'
DBG("%s: PHY found at %s, uid=%08x\n",
^~~
scripts/Makefile.build:326: recipe for target 'drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/ag71xx/ag71xx_phy.o' failed
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Currently STA+AP re-transmitting the management frames with
incremented sequence number if hardware is assigning the sequence.
Fix is to assign the sequence number for Beacon by hardware
and for other Management frames software will assign the
sequence number
Signed-off-by: Vijayakumar Durai <vijayakumar.durai1@vivint.com>
CPU: AR9342 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 8 MB NOR SPI
Ports: 2x100 MBit (24V PoE in, 24V PoE out), AR8236 switch
WLAN: 2.4/5 GHz
UART: 1 UART
LEDs: Power, 2x Ethernet, 4x RSSI LEDs (orange, red, 2x green)
Buttons: Reset
Flashing instructions using recovery method over TFTP
1. Unplug the ethernet cable from the router.
2. Using paper clip press and hold the router's reset button. Make sure
you can feel it depressed by the paper clip. Do not release the button
until step 4.
3. While keeping the reset button pressed in, plug the ethernet cable
back into the AP. Keep the reset button depressed until you see the
device's LEDs flashing in upgrade mode (alternating LED1/LED3 and
LED2/LED4), this may take up to 25 seconds.
4. You may release the reset button, now the device should be in TFTP
transfer mode.
5. Set a static IP on your Computer's NIC. A static IP of 192.168.1.25/24
should work.
6. Plug the PoE injector's LAN cable directly to your computer.
7. Start tftp client and issue following commands:
tftp> binary
tftp> connect 192.168.1.20
tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-ubnt-nano-m-xw-squashfs-factory.bin
Tested-by: Joe Ayers <ae6xe@arrl.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
While converting Nanostation M XW from current ar71xx code to ath79 I've
hit one issue, where the ethernet networking wasn't working, so I was
checking every bit in the networking setup path between ar71xx and
ath79.
I've came to the following code in ar71xx/mach-ubnt-xm.c:
static void __init ubnt_xw_init(void) {
...
ath79_setup_ar934x_eth_cfg(AR934X_ETH_CFG_MII_GMAC0 |
AR934X_ETH_CFG_MII_GMAC0_SLAVE);
...
}
Where this code is setting AR934X_ETH_CFG_MII_GMAC0_SLAVE bit in
AR934X_GMAC_REG_ETH_CFG register, but I couldn't find a way of setting
this bit from DTS, so this patch adds `mii-gmac0-slave` DTS property
which allows setting of this bit in `gmac-config`, which is then used in
Nanostation M XW DTS.
Tested-by: Joe Ayers <ae6xe@arrl.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This allows resetting gmac registers during initialization.
Also add compatible string for qca955x mdio to enable more mdio
clock dividers.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
On ar933x and later chips, there are separated mac/mdio resets, but
resetting the entire gmac block with register values requires both
mac_reset and mdio_reset to be asserted together.
Add support for optional mdio reset so that we can do a full reset
if needed.
This patch also replaced deprecated devm_reset_control_get for
mac reset.
To use this feature, the following is needed:
1. drop "simple-mfd" compatible to register mdio0 after gmac init
so that mdio registers aren't reset after initialization.
2. move mdio reset from mdio-bus to its parent eth node.
NOTE: This can't be applied on gmac1 with builtin switch since we
haven't add a feature to defer probe if phy connection failed.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
remove the hacky checking of "simple-mfd" compatible
also add some comments explaining that piece of code.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
using the devm api makes the code simpler.
also drop unneeded memory free from ag71xx_remove since they are
allocated using devm apis.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
phy_modes() in phy.h can convert PHY modes to string with supports
for all available PHY modes.
Also add a space in mode printing to make it look better.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Refactor pcie-oxnas to have shared resources in syscon and new pcie-phy
driver. Hopefully this revives PCIe...
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
gnu date is present in our staging_dir which means squashfskit will fail
to build. Prevent also a race condition if coreutils is build after
squashfskit.
To prevent a race condition, depend on coreutils.
Acked-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
3c6df9b mt76: rewrite dma descriptor base and ring size on queue reset
30e757e mt76: mt76x02: when setting a key, use PN from mac80211
fa83406 mt76: mt76x2: implement full device restart on watchdog reset
ead881b mt76: mt76x02: do not sync PN for keys with sw_iv set
ba1d989 mt76: mmio: move mt76x02_set_irq_mask in mt76 module
283ebbe mt76: dma: move mt76x02_init_{tx,rx}_queue in mt76 module
b216d3c mt76: introduce q->stopped parameter
8b437d2 mt76x02: clear sta and vif driver data structures on add
2c62d03 mt76x02: clear running flag when resetting state on restart
6b10cfc mt76: mt76x02: only update the base mac address if necessary
669bc49 mt76: mt76x02: reduce false positives in ED/CCA tx blocking
2ed9382 mt76: mt7603: fix tx status HT rate validation
d2c6823 mt76: mt76x2: fix external LNA gain settings
8ee2259 mt76: mt76x2: fix 2.4 GHz channel gain settings
8bfe6d4 mt76: mt7603: clear ps filtering mode before releasing buffered frames
d13b065 mt76: mt7603: fix up hardware queue index for PS filtered packets
eb1ecc4 mt76: mt7603: notify mac80211 about buffered frames in ps queue
3687eec mt76: mt7603: clear the service period on releasing PS filtered packets
42ab27e mt76: when releasing PS frames, end the service period if no frame was found
461f3b0 mt76: mt76x02: disable ED/CCA by default
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
ieee80211w support is only activated in hostapd when at least one
capable driver is build into the image. Many drivers which are capable
of ieee80211 (MFP) and have the MFP_CAPABLE set in the driver are still
missing the DRIVER_11W_SUPPORT dependency. Add this to more driver
capable of ieee80211w.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
At some point our initramfs image grew over 6MB, which is
causing an issue when uncompressing in the stock bootloader:
=> bootm 0x5000000 - 0x1000000;
Image Name: Linux-4.19.24
Created: 2019-02-23 1:58:20 UTC
Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
Data Size: 6752470 Bytes = 6.4 MB
Load Address: 00000000
Entry Point: 00000000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
Booting using the fdt blob at 0x1000000
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... Error: inflate() returned -5
GUNZIP: uncompress, out-of-mem or overwrite error - must RESET
board to recover
Loading Device Tree to 00ffa000, end 00fffc78 ... OK
To get around this, we need to move to an uncompressed image
for the initramfs image. While this makes a larger image, it
is thankfully bootable so people can then convert their
devices to run OpenWRT. It's worth noting the non-initramfs
image is under 3M, so it will be ages before we have any issues
with the flashed kernel.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[keep commit message at less than 75 characters per line]
This commit makes the TP-Link hardware-revision naming consistent to
match the one used by the vendor. TP-Link refers to the different
revisions as "vX" not "Version X".
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Device specification:
- SoC: Ralink RT3883 (MIPS 74Kc) 500Mhz
- RAM: 64Mb
- Flash: 8MB (SPI-NOR)
- Ethernet: 10/100/1000 Mbps
- WLAN
Wireless 1: SoC-integrated : 2.4/5 GHz
Wireless 2: 2.4 GHz RT3092L
- LED: 2x USB, WAN, LAN
- Key: WPS, reset
- Serial: 4-pin header, (57600,8,N,1), 3.3V TTL,
GND, RX, TX, V - J12 marking on board
- USB ports: 2 x USB 2.0
Flashing instructions:
Option 1 (from bootloader web)
- Hold reset button on the back of router when plugging
in power (for at-least 10 seconds after plugged in)
- Connect to a Lan port
- Set computer IP to 10.10.10.3
- Go to http://10.10.10.123 in a web browser
- Click the Browse... Button and select the
*squashfs.sysupgrade.bin file then click APPLY
Option 2 (from the stock admin web)
- Go to firmware upgrade
- Upload the **factory** image *initramfs.bin first
- Boot into openwrt
- From Luci web in openwrt upload the *squashfs.sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Kip Porterfield <kip.porterfield@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[added v1 to the compatible identifier, added pciid for
the RT3092L, fixed pci unit-address, split out the F9K110X.dtsi
to prepare for a possible F9K1103 patch]
Commit 34b10b46 made usb match with the corresponding usb label.
The problem is that v4 seems to use in stock firmware the
upper led for usb 1 and the lower led for usb 2.
The led assigned varies between TP-Link models and even
same model versions. For example, Archer C7 v1 and v2 have
the leds in the reverse order.
Revert 34b10b46 and swap led labels instead, now usb port
and led label match and also respect the original behavior.
Tested-by: Oldrich Jedlicka <oldium.pro@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Santamaría Rogado <howl.nsp@gmail.com>
The linux-4.14.99 had introduced below upstream patch.
6636dc5e01c6 arm64: io: Ensure value passed to __iormb() is held in a 64-bit register
It was causing VFIO driver build issue. This patch is to fix it.
CC drivers/vfio/fsl-mc/vfio_fsl_mc.o
In file included from ./include/linux/scatterlist.h:9:0,
from ./include/linux/iommu.h:22,
from drivers/vfio/fsl-mc/vfio_fsl_mc.c:14:
drivers/vfio/fsl-mc/vfio_fsl_mc.c: In function 'vfio_fsl_mc_dprc_wait_for_response':
./arch/arm64/include/asm/io.h:122:45: error: expected expression before ')' token
: "=r" (tmp) : "r" ((unsigned long)(v)) \
^
drivers/vfio/fsl-mc/vfio_fsl_mc.c:334:3: note: in expansion of macro '__iormb'
__iormb();
^~~~~~~
./arch/arm64/include/asm/io.h:122:45: error: expected expression before ')' token
: "=r" (tmp) : "r" ((unsigned long)(v)) \
^
drivers/vfio/fsl-mc/vfio_fsl_mc.c:336:3: note: in expansion of macro '__iormb'
__iormb();
^~~~~~~
Reported-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reading and writing to and from flash storage is slow and currently,
the ath10kcal_extract() scripts are even more at an disadvantage
because they use a block size of 1 to be able skip.
This patch reworks the extraction scripts to be much faster and
efficient by reading and writing the calibration data in possibly
one big block.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This is a simple copy of ipq40xx: speed up ath10k-caldata
extraction commit a69e101ed1
Tested on DIR-825-B1
3768+0 records in
3768+0 records out
real 0m 11.90s
user 0m 0.03s
sys 0m 9.94s
1+0 records in
1+0 records out
real 0m 0.03s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 0.03s
With this change eeprom extraction is fast enough to get
working Wi-Fi after initial install.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
This patch adds more disabled DRM config symbols from the
x86' config to the generic target configs. The existing
symbols in the x86' configs are kept for now, until we
know whenever we want to remove such symbols or not
(see Github PR #1831, #1825, #1828).
THis patch also contains a squashed patch from
Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net> titled
"kernel: Fix config for 4.14" which fixes a duplicated line
added by: commit 8bdc241d01 ("x86: fix geode image builds")
Fixes: 8bdc241d01 ("x86: fix geode image builds")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
b514490 iwinfo: add device id for MediaTek MT7603E
e9e1400 iwinfo: more Ralink and MediaTek WiSoC and PCIe chips
cb108c5 iwinfo: fix capitalization of vendor name
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Contains the following change
eeef7b5 blobmsg_json: blobmsg_format_string: do not escape '/'
Resolves FS#2147
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The change was made with the following commands
cd package/utils/busybox/config
../convert_menuconfig.pl ~/git-repo/openwrt/openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/busybox-1.30.1
convert_defaults.pl has no changes other than overwriting defaults for
BUSYBOX_DEFAULT_FEATURE_IPV6
Resolves FS#2146
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This is to align with upstream change 72089cf ("config: deindent all
help texts") and to make the follow-up change syncing Config.in files
with current busybox version more reviewable
It was made with the following commands
cd package/utils/busybox/config
find . -name 'Config.in' | xargs sed -ir -e 's/^\t \([^ ]\)/\t\1/'
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
consolidate patch 651-rt2x00-remove-unneccesary-code.patch.
fixup the most obvious whitespace problems in RXIQ and TX-LOFT code.
always backup registers bbpr1, bbpr4, bbpr241 and bbpr242 to avoid
compiler warning about them being potentially uninitialized.
no functional changes (intended)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
All supported boards should work with the $vendor bootloader just fine.
Existing users should mindfully re-flash using new initramfs build and
restore $vendor bootloader's bootcmd to it's original setting.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add port handles for both USB 2.0 ports so they can be used as
trigger-source for USB LEDs.
Suggestions for pogoplug and akitio,mycloud devices are welcome.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Use tested values on shuttle,kd20 and assumed values for
mitrastar,stg-212 and cloudengines,pogoplug*.
akitio users have yet to report back stock flash layout to support
vendor bootloader environment there as well.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
ar has a deterministic (-D) and non-deterministic (-U) mode.
OpenWrt is already using the deterministic mode by default,
but ncurses' configure script force this to be non-deterministic.
Since autoreconf fails to generate a new configure, the configure script
is directly modified.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
When autoloading more than one modules per packages,
/etc/modules.d/$module depends on the file system ordering.
To test this: use disorderfs on the build_dir and build kmod-sched.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
add kernel and other missing NAND flash partitions to allow booting
using stock loader instead of the 2nd-stage bootloader.
This will ease installation from stock firmware on pogoplugs as well
as stg212 aka. medion nas.
Existing users of OpenWrt on those boards will have to boot initramfs
generated after this commit and subsequently flash first the ubinized
image, then again run initramfs to flash sysupgrade.tar image, and
then restore bootcmd in U-Boot environment back to the original setting
('nboot 60500000 0 440000' or something like that) instead of jumping
into the now no longer used 2nd-stage loader.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
NEC WG2600HP uses port1 on QCA8337 as a WAN port, so "0x2" should
be used as a portmask instead of "0x1e" for "WAN" LED configuration.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
This patch changes all the legacy usbdev leds triggers
to the use usbport. The problem is that the usbdev triggers
get applied as usbport in sysfs but LuCI gets confused and
is not able to show the configuration with usbdev. More
information can be found in the PR:
<https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1819>
Signed-off-by: David Santamaría Rogado <howl.nsp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[extended commit message]
In the production of glinet, the MAC address of ethernet port is
only written at the position where the ART area offset address
is 0, and the MAC address of eth1 is added 1 on the basis of eth0.
Signed-off-by: Luo chongjun <luochongjun@gl-inet.com>
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm IPQ4019
RAM: 256M
FLASH: 128M NAND
ETH: QCA8075
VDSL: Intel/Lantiq VRX518 PCIe attached
currently not supported
DECT: Dialog SC14448
currently not supported
WiFi2: IPQ4019 2T2R 2SS b/g/n
WiFi5: IPQ4019 2T2R 2SS n/ac
LED: - Power/DSL green
- WLAN green
- FON/DECT green
- Connect/WPS green
- Info green
- Info red
BTN: - WLAN
- FON
- WPS/Connect
UART: 115200n8 3.3V (located under the Dialog chip)
VCC - RX - TX - GND (Square is VCC)
Installation
------------
1. Grab the uboot for the Device from the 'u-boot-fritz7530'
subdirectory. Place it in the same directory as the 'eva_ramboot.py'
script. It is located in the 'scripts/flashing' subdirectory of the
OpenWRT tree.
2. Assign yourself the IP address 192.168.178.10/24. Connect your
Computer to one of the boxes LAN ports.
3. Connect Power to the Box. As soon as the LAN port of your computer
shows link, load the U-Boot to the box using following command.
> ./eva_ramboot.py --offset 0x85000000 192.168.178.1 uboot-fritz7530.bin
4. The U-Boot will now start. Now assign yourself the IP address
192.168.1.70/24. Copy the OpenWRT initramfs (!) image to a TFTP
server root directory and rename it to 'FRITZ7530.bin'.
5. The Box will now boot OpenWRT from RAM. This can take up to two
minutes.
6. Copy the U-Boot and the OpenWRT sysupgrade (!) image to the Box using
scp. SSH into the Box and first write the Bootloader to both previous
kernel partitions.
> mtd write /path/to/uboot-fritz7530.bin uboot0
> mtd write /path/to/uboot-fritz7530.bin uboot1
7. Remove the AVM filesystem partitions to make room for our kernel +
rootfs + overlayfs.
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=avm_filesys_0
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=avm_filesys_1
8. Flash OpenWRT peristently using sysupgrade.
> sysupgrade -n /path/to/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[removed pcie-dts range node, refreshed on top of AP120-AC/E2600AC]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Adds support for the AVM FRITZ!Box 7530.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE]
The current eva_ramboot.py script is currently only compatible with
Lantiq based AVM devices. For IPQ40xx devices, the offset needs to be
changed. Also an alignment is not necessary here.
Adjust the script to be able to pass an optional offset to load the
image to. In case no offset is provided, the script behaves exactly as
before this commit.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
From: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@linaro.org>
|The databook clearly states that the MSI IRQ (msi_ctrl_int) is a level
|triggered interrupt.
|
|The msi_ctrl_int will be high for as long as any MSI status bit is set,
|thus the IRQ type should be set to IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH, causing the
|IRQ handler to keep getting called, as long as any MSI status bit is set.
|[...]
|Not having the correct IRQ type defined will cause us to lose interrupts,
|which in turn causes timeouts in the PCIe endpoint drivers.
|
|Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@linaro.org>
|Reviewed-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
David Bauer reported that the VDSL modem (attached via PCIe)
on his AVM Fritz!Box 7530 was complaining about not having
enough space in the BAR. A closer inspection of the old
qcom-ipq40xx.dtsi pulled from the GL-iNet repository listed:
| qcom,pcie@80000 {
| compatible = "qcom,msm_pcie";
| reg = <0x80000 0x2000>,
| <0x99000 0x800>,
| <0x40000000 0xf1d>,
| <0x40000f20 0xa8>,
| <0x40100000 0x1000>,
| <0x40200000 0x100000>,
| <0x40300000 0xd00000>;
| reg-names = "parf", "phy", "dm_core", "elbi",
| "conf", "io", "bars";
Matching the reg-names with the listed reg leads to
<0xd00000> as the size for the "bars".
BugLink: https://www.mail-archive.com/openwrt-devel@lists.openwrt.org/msg45212.html
Reported-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch removes the obsolete touchscreen config symbols
and all disables all remaining ones in the generic config.
Generated by running drivers/input/touchscreen/Kconfig
sed -n 's/^config[[:space:]]\(.*\)/# CONFIG_\1 is not set/p' Kconfig |\
sort -d
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds the disabled DRM_RADEON and DRM_AMDGPU
config symbols from the x86' config to the generic target
configs. The existing symbols in the x86' configs are kept
for now, until we know whenever we want to remove such
symbols or not (see Github PR #1831, #1825, #1828).
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Qxwlan E2600AC C1 based on IPQ4019
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4019
DRAM: 256 MiB
FLASH: 32 MiB Winbond W25Q256
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075
WLAN: 5G + 5G/2.4G
* 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
* 2T2R 5 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
INPUT: Reset buutton
LED: 1x Power ,6 driven by gpio
SERIAL: UART (J5)
UUSB: USB3.0
POWER: 1x DC jack for main power input (9-24 V)
SLOT: Pcie (J25), sim card (J11), SD card (J51)
Flash instruction (using U-Boot CLI and tftp server):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "sysupgrade" filename to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp
server directory.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, power up the board and press
"enter" key to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following command to update the device to OpenWrt: "run lfw".
Flash instruction (using U-Boot web-based recovery):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-254)/24.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
the board and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until LEDs
start flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1, select "sysupgrade" image
and click the upgrade button.
Qxwlan E2600AC C2 based on IPQ4019
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4019
DRAM: 256 MiB
NOR: 16 MiB Winbond W25Q128
NAND: 128MiB Micron MT29F1G08ABAEAWP
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075
WLAN: 5G + 5G/2.4G
* 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
* 2T2R 5 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
INPUT: Reset buutton
LED: 1x Power, 6 driven by gpio
SERIAL: UART (J5)
USB: USB3.0
POWER: 1x DC jack for main power input (9-24 V)
SLOT: Pcie (J25), sim card (J11), SD card (J51)
Flash instruction (using U-Boot CLI and tftp server):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "ubi" filename to "ubi-firmware.bin" and place it in tftp
server directory.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, power up the board and press
"enter" key to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following command to update the device to OpenWrt: "run lfw".
Flash instruction (using U-Boot web-based recovery):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-254)/24.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
the board and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until LEDs
start flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1, select "ubi" image
and click the upgrade button.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[ added rng node. whitespace fixes, ported 02_network,
ipq-wifi Makefile, misc dts fixes, trivial message changes ]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the COMFAST CF-E120A v3, an outdoor wireless
CPE with two Ethernet ports and a 802.11an radio.
Specifications:
- AR9344 SoC
- 535/400/267 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, both with PoE-in support
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 5 GHz, up to 25 dBm
- 11 dBi built-in antenna
- POWER/LAN/WAN/WLAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (2x red, 2x green)
- UART (115200 8N1) and GPIO (J9) headers on PCB
Flashing instructions:
The original firmware is based on OpenWrt so a sysupgrade image can be
installed via the stock web GUI. Settings from the original firmware
will be saved and restored on the new one, so a factory reset will be
needed. To do so, once the new firmware is flashed, enter into failsafe
mode by pressing the reset button several times during the boot
process, while while the WAN LED flashes, until it starts flashing
faster. Once in failsafe mode, perform a factory reset as usual.
The U-boot bootloader contains a recovery HTTP server to upload the
firmware. Push the reset button while powering the device on and
keep it pressed for >10 seconds. The recovery page will be at
http://192.168.1.1
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
This patch adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR802N-v4.
https://openwrt.org/toh/tp-link/tl-wr802n
Specification:
- MT7628N (580 MHz)
- 64 MB RAM
- 8 MB FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1x LED
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash the image in TL-WR802N v4 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.225/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-tplink_tl-wr802n-v4-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with the LAN port, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 10 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Jost <majo@icutech.ch>
* assign pinmux groups to gpio function for LEDs/buttons
* rename flash node to be more generic in line with other device nodes
* remove useless/incorrect eeprom property from wmac node
* correct base mac address for embedded switch
Signed-off-by: Thomas Vincent-Cross <me@tvc.id.au>
* wg-quick: freebsd: allow loopback to work
FreeBSD adds a route for point-to-point destination addresses. We don't
really want to specify any destination address, but unfortunately we
have to. Before we tried to cheat by giving our own address as the
destination, but this had the unfortunate effect of preventing
loopback from working on our local ip address. We work around this with
yet another kludge: we set the destination address to 127.0.0.1. Since
127.0.0.1 is already assigned to an interface, this has the same effect
of not specifying a destination address, and therefore we accomplish the
intended behavior. Note that the bad behavior is still present in Darwin,
where such workaround does not exist.
* tools: remove unused check phony declaration
* highlighter: when subtracting char, cast to unsigned
* chacha20: name enums
* tools: fight compiler slightly harder
* tools: c_acc doesn't need to be initialized
* queueing: more reasonable allocator function convention
Usual nits.
* systemd: wg-quick should depend on nss-lookup.target
Since wg-quick(8) calls wg(8) which does hostname lookups, we should
probably only run this after we're allowed to look up hostnames.
* compat: backport ALIGN_DOWN
* noise: whiten the nanoseconds portion of the timestamp
This mitigates unrelated sidechannel attacks that think they can turn
WireGuard into a useful time oracle.
* hashtables: decouple hashtable allocations from the main device allocation
The hashtable allocations are quite large, and cause the device allocation in
the net framework to stall sometimes while it tries to find a contiguous
region that can fit the device struct. To fix the allocation stalls, decouple
the hashtable allocations from the device allocation and allocate the
hashtables with kvmalloc's implicit __GFP_NORETRY so that the allocations fall
back to vmalloc with little resistance.
* chacha20poly1305: permit unaligned strides on certain platforms
The map allocations required to fix this are mostly slower than unaligned
paths.
* noise: store clamped key instead of raw key
This causes `wg show` to now show the right thing. Useful for doing
comparisons.
* compat: ipv6_stub is sometimes null
On ancient kernels, ipv6_stub is sometimes null in cases where IPv6 has
been disabled with a command line flag or other failures.
* Makefile: don't duplicate code in install and modules-install
* Makefile: make the depmod path configurable
* queueing: net-next has changed signature of skb_probe_transport_header
A 5.1 change. This could change again, but for now it allows us to keep this
snapshot aligned with our upstream submissions.
* netlink: don't remove allowed ips for new peers
* peer: only synchronize_rcu_bh and traverse trie once when removing all peers
* allowedips: maintain per-peer list of allowedips
This is a rather big and important change that makes it much much faster to do
operations involving thousands of peers. Batch peer/allowedip addition and
clearing is several orders of magnitude faster now.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
squashfskit is a fork of the squashfs-tools.
squashfskit creates reproducible filesystems and includes
many of the distro patches.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Tested-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This is bugfix release that incorporated all of the devcrypto engine
patches currently in the tree.
The cleaning procedure in Package/Configure was not removing the
dependency files, causing linking errors during a rebuild with
different options. It was replaced by a simple make clean.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
omcproxy's configuration is lost on every update or installation.
Avoid it by defining the configuration file.
Signed-off-by: David Santamaría Rogado <howl.nsp@gmail.com>
After update to 5.0.1 iw-full package failed to display command list on
ipq40xx arch. Root cause was found to be LTO reordering causing
incorrect detection of command struct size in:
iw.c:552
cmd_size = labs((long)&__section_set - (long)&__section_get);
This reverts commit ef16a394d2.
Signed-off-by: Mantas Pucka <mantas@8devices.com>
The TP-Link WDR3600 shares the same machine-code in the ar71xx target,
thus expecting "tl-wdr4300" not "tl-wdr3600" in the support-list
metadata to allow non-forced sysupgrades from ar71xx to ath79.
With this, it is possible to flash a WDR4300 image on the WDR3600. It
is no problem however, as the only difference is the 5GHz WiFi chip
which has 3SS instead of 2SS. Both work with either image.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds the support-list entry the AVM FRITZ!Box 4020 expects in the
ar71xx target to allow non-forced sysupgrades from ar71xx to ath79.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
remove USB as this is no LED but power control
rename WiFi LED with correct color red (like in stock firmware)
set middle LED to be used for LAN link/activity
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
If no mcast_rate is set for the wifi-iface then there is no rate_idx (0)
set for the bss. This can break for example 5GHz meshpoint interfaces
because 0 maps to a CCK rate (11Mbit/s).
It must also be avoided that the ath10k-ct internal state for the rates is
not synced with the mac80211 rates state. Otherwise, the user specified
rate (e.g. a wifi-iface mcast_rate for a meshpoint interface) will only be
set on startup. And a short while after that, ath10k-ct specific code in
ath10k_check_apply_special_rates is missing a valid rate in its own
structures and is then recalculating a new default rate. This default rate
is in most situations not the requested rate.
Fixes: 4df3c71cd4 ("ath10k-ct: Update to 2018-12-11 and use version based on 4.19")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
If no mcast_rate is set for the wifi-iface then there is no rate_idx (0)
set for the bss. This breaks for example 5GHz meshpoint interfaces because
0 maps to a CCK rate (11Mbit/s).
Fixes: db90c243a0 ("mac80211: update to version based on 4.19-rc4")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Fix crash due to passing invalid r2x00dev->eeprom_file pointer to
release_firmware(). Since we copy eeprom data with EEPROM_SIZE
in rt2800_read_eeprom() we can use eeprom_file->size as marker
if the file was crated by request_firmware().
Acked-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Use 'dtc' from kernel sources instead of relying on host tool.
Fixes: bf4630e5ad ("build: add helpers for generating QSDK sysupgrade compatible images")
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network AP120C-AC is a dual-band ceiling AP, based on Qualcomm
IPQ4018 + QCA8075 platform.
Specification:
- Qualcomm IPQ4018 (717 MHz)
- 256 MB of RAM (DDR3)
- 16 MB (SPI NOR) + 128 MB (SPI NAND) of flash
- 2x Gbps Ethernet, with 802.3af PoE support in one port
- 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz (IPQ4018), with ext. FEMs (QFE1952, QFE1922)
- 3x U.FL connectors
- 1x 1.8 dBi (Bluetooth) and 2x 3/5 dBi dual-band (Wi-Fi) antennas
- Atmel/Microchip AT97SC3205T TPM module (I2C bus)
- TI CC2540 Bluetooth LE module (USB 2.0 bus)
- 4x LED (all driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x USB 2.0 (optional, not installed in indoor version)
- DC jack for main power input (12 V)
- UART header available on PCB (2.0 mm pitch)
Flash instruction:
1. This board uses dual-image feature (128 MB NAND is divided into two
64 MB partitions: 'rootfs1' and 'rootfs2').
2. Before update, make sure your device is running firmware no older
than v1.1 (previous versions have incompatible U-Boot).
3. Use 'factory' image in vendor GUI or for sysupgrade tool, without
preserving settings.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Without a proper SPI NAND support (SPI NAND framework is available in
kernel >= 4.19) the only way to make such flash working is to include
it in raw/parallel NAND subsystem support and combine with mt29f staging
driver. Obviously, this approach isn't going to be accepted by upstream
(similar support for Winbond W25N01GV was rejected).
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Qualcomm SDK (QSDK) sysupgrade compatible images for IPQ40xx, IPQ806x
and IPQ807x use FIT format together with 'dumpimage' tool from U-Boot
for verifying and extracting them. Based on 'images' sections names,
corresponding mtd partitions are flashed. For example, in case of
NOR-only boards, below mapping is used (section name -> mtd name):
hlos* -> 0:HLOS
rootfs* -> rootfs
And for boards with NAND (kernel inside UBI):
ubi* -> rootfs
Above mappings come from unmodified QSDK sources and might be wrong for
boards running custom or modified QSDK-based firmware. Some of vendors
adjust them to meet their modified mtd layout or features like recovery
or dual-image support.
This adds simple script 'mkits-qsdk-ipq-image.sh' (based on 'mkits.sh')
for generating FIT images tree source files, compatible with the QSDK
sysupgrade format. Resulting images can be used for initial (factory ->
OpenWrt) installation and would work both in CLI and GUI.
The script is universal in a way it allows to include as many sections
as needed. To make use of it, two generic/basic build recipes for NOR
and NAND based boards are also included in 'image-commands.mk':
Build/qsdk-ipq-factory-nand
Build/qsdk-ipq-factory-nor
Example usage for board with UBI in NAND:
IMAGE/nand-factory.bin := append-ubi | qsdk-ipq-factory-nand
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
The addition of kmod-input-touchscreen-ads7846 enabled
INPUT_TOUCHSCREEN, which exposes several other symbols on various
targets. Add those symbols to the generic kernel configs to fix build.
Fixes: 77a54bbf13 ("kernel: add kmod-input-touchscreen-ads7846")
Reported-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
On targets that don't have input support enabled in the kernel config,
building kmod-input-touchscreen-ads7846 fails due to a missing
dependency on kmod-input-core. Add the dependency to fix this.
Fixes: 77a54bbf13 ("kernel: add kmod-input-touchscreen-ads7846")
Reported-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
max_ttl - limit the ttl in the dns answer if greater as $max_ttl
min_cache_ttl - force caching of dns answers even the ttl in the answer
is lower than the $min_cache_ttl
max_cache_ttl - cache only dns answer for $max_cache_ttl.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
This module adds support for ADS7846 based touchscreens used in devices
like the WaveShare 3.5" and 4" LCD displays designed for Raspberry Pi.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This module adds support for the ILI9486 LCD controller used in devices
like the Waveshare 3.5" and 4" LCD displays designed for Raspberry Pi.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This module adds support for small TFT LCD display modules. While this
module also exists in the 4.9 kernel, we are not going to support this
kernel in the next major release, so don't make it available for 4.9.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The kernel modules that provide support for framebuffers in system RAM
are currently included in the kmod-drm-imx package. Move them to a
separate package, so that other modules can depend on them.
Increase the autoload order of the drm-imx* packages to load the modules
after loading the fb modules they depend on.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This makes it clear that localuse when explicitly specified in the
config will have its final say on whether or not the initscript should
touch /etc/resolv.conf, no matter whatever the result of previous
guesswork would be
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This commit updates the file "board-linksys_ea6359v3".
Without this commit, the Linksys EA6350v3 will experience poor wireless
performance in both bands. With this patch, wireless performace will be
comparable to the performance of the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Oever González <notengobattery@gmail.com>
According to /arch/mips/include/asm/mach-ath79/ar71xx_regs.h
the size of wmac register range for qca953x is only 0x20000.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The board-files are specific to the target and device. Hence
they need to be set as nonshared. Otherwise they do not show
up on the package repository. This causes problems for
imagebuilder, if it needs to build a image for a specific
device that hasn't had the time to have get its boardfile
upstream.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This makes OpenWrt build an Ext2+Ext4 partitioned image
for the D-Link DNS-313 with two blank partitions, a boot
partition on /dev/sda3 and a rootfs partition on
/dev/sda4.
This uses the methods already used in apm821xx including
the tricks to convert the generated Ext2 filesystem
partition to version 1 so that the firmware bootloader
will properly recognize it.
We patch a bit around the build files to make sure we
get the rootfs size set and that genext2fs is properly
built.
Tested on the D-Link DNS-313.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[Fixing and tricksing]
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The firmware on the D-Link DNS-313 NAS require two blank
partitions before the boot partition. Support this if
explicitly requested with a "-n" flag.
Tested on the D-Link DNS-313.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[Broken out from original patch]
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reading and writing to and from flash storage is slow and currently,
the ath10kcal_extract() scripts are even more at an disadvantage
because they use a block size of 1 to be able skip.
This patch reworks the extraction scripts to be much faster and
efficient by reading and writing the calibration data in possibly
one big block.
before: (Tested on a RT-AC58U, which has SPI-NAND).
# time dd if=/dev/ubi0_1 of=/lib/firmware/... bs=1 skip=4096 count=12064
12064+0 records in
12064+0 records out
real 0m 0.28s
user 0m 0.02s
sys 0m 0.24s
after:
# time dd if=/dev/ubi0_1 of=/lib/firmware/... bs=12064 skip=4096 count=1 iflag=skip_bytes
1+0 records in
1+0 records out
real 0m 0.01s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 0.00s
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Apparently this modem replies differently to attempted --get-pin-status
which makes the script fail if a pincode is set. Fix this.
Manufacturer: Sierra Wireless, Incorporated
Model: MC7455
Revision: SWI9X30C_02.24.05.06 r7040 CARMD-EV-FRMWR2 2017/05/19 06:23:09
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Cherry-pick Multi-AP commits from uptream:
9c06f0f6a hostapd: Add Multi-AP protocol support
5abc7823b wpa_supplicant: Add Multi-AP backhaul STA support
a1debd338 tests: Refactor test_multi_ap
bfcdac1c8 Multi-AP: Don't reject backhaul STA on fronthaul BSS
cb3c156e7 tests: Update multi_ap_fronthaul_on_ap to match implementation
56a2d788f WPS: Add multi_ap_subelem to wps_build_wfa_ext()
83ebf5586 wpa_supplicant: Support Multi-AP backhaul STA onboarding with WPS
66819b07b hostapd: Support Multi-AP backhaul STA onboarding with WPS
8682f384c hostapd: Add README-MULTI-AP
b1daf498a tests: Multi-AP WPS provisioning
Add support for Multi-AP to the UCI configuration. Every wifi-iface gets
an option 'multi_ap'. For APs, its value can be 0 (multi-AP support
disabled), 1 (backhaul AP), 2 (fronthaul AP), or 3 (fronthaul + backhaul
AP). For STAs, it can be 0 (not a backhaul STA) or 1 (backhaul STA, can
only associate with backhaul AP).
Also add new optional parameter to wps_start ubus call of
wpa_supplicant to indicate that a Multi-AP backhaul link is required.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Arnout Vandecappelle (Essensium/Mind) <arnout@mind.be>
Those have by now been merged into wireless-drivers-next:
17ae2acd1a6f rt2x00: remove unneeded check
5991a2ecd070 rt2x00: remove confusing AGC register
9ad3b5565445 rt2800: enable TX_PIN_CFG_LNA_PE_ bits per band
7aca14885ede rt2800: enable TX_PIN_CFG_RFRX_EN only for MT7620
c7ff1bfeaf1c rt2800: comment and simplify AGC init for RT6352
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Currently these kernel packages only work on x86, restrict them to that
target.
Fixes: 2f239c02a0 ("x86: video: add amdgpu DRM kernel package")
Fixes: 2f6918ee9b ("x86: video: add radeon DRM module support")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
DRM packages break modules compilation for sunxi target,
cortexa7 and cortexa8 subtargets.
This patch add missing symbol to generic config.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This reverts commit e6d84fa886 as it breaks the
installation of the iproute2 utilities ip-bridge, ss, nstat, devlink and rdma
for the ip-full variant
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 26681fa6a6 as it breaks the
installation of the iproute2 utilities ip-bridge, ss, nstat, devlink and rdma
for the ip-full variant
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This reverts commit fc80ef3613 as it breaks the
installation of the iproute2 utilities ip-bridge, ss, nstat, devlink and
rdma for the ip-full variant
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 248797834b as it breaks the
installation of the iproute2 utilities ip-bridge, ss, nstat, devlink and rdma
for the ip-full variant
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This is required for running armvirt_32 on QEMU 3.0 [1], otherwise the
kernel will emit the following complaint and virtio-net-pci devices will
fail to be initialized
[ 1.124214] OF: PCI: host bridge /pcie@10000000 ranges:
[ 1.125093] OF: PCI: IO 0x3eff0000..0x3effffff -> 0x00000000
[ 1.125942] OF: PCI: MEM 0x10000000..0x3efeffff -> 0x10000000
[ 1.126403] OF: PCI: MEM 0x8000000000..0xffffffffff -> 0x8000000000
[ 1.127748] pci-host-generic 4010000000.pcie: can't claim ECAM area [mem 0x10000000-0x1fffffff]: address conflict with /pcie@10000000 [mem 0x10000000-0x3efeffff]
[ 1.129752] pci-host-generic: probe of 4010000000.pcie failed with error -16
Running QEMU with "-M virt,highmem=off" is an option, but "highmem" was only
introduced as a default on flag since QEMU 2.5.0 and QEMU will fail and quit on
encounter of unknown flags
[1] Armv7 guest fails to boot with qemu-3.0.0-1,
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1633328#c5
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The diff was genereated by running the following command without
actually changing any kernel config options
make kernel_menuconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget
Here are some initial findings on the change
- CONFIG_ARCH_OPTIONAL_KERNEL_RWX is now arch default
- CONFIG_ARM_GIC_V3_ITS is selected by CONFIG_ARCH_VIRT
- CONFIG_CPU_SPECTRE is select by CONFIG_CPU_V7
- CONFIG_TIMER_OF is now a arch default
- CONFIG_TIMER_PROBE is select by CONFIG_TIMER_OF
The following options should probably be moved to generic config
- CONFIG_MIGRATION is a default on option
- CONFIG_TREE_SRCU is a default on option for !PREEMPT && SMP system
- CONFIG_RCU_NEED_SEGCBLIST
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Currently it seems impossible to configure /etc/config/dhcp to achieve
the following use case
- run dnsmasq with no-resolv
- re-generate /etc/resolv.conf with "nameserver 127.0.0.1"
Before this change, we have to set resolvfile to /tmp/resolv.conf.auto
to achive the 2nd effect above, but setting resolvfile requires noresolv
being false.
A new boolean option "localuse" is added to indicate that we intend to
use dnsmasq as the local dns resolver. It's false by default and to
align with old behaviour it will be true automatically if resolvfile is
set to /tmp/resolv.conf.auto
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
backport from wireless-drivers-next, replacing some existing patches in
our tree (marked with '=' are those which were already present):
f483039cf51a rt2x00: use simple_read_from_buffer()
=5c656c71b1bf rt2800: move usb specific txdone/txstatus routines to rt2800lib
=0b0d556e0ebb rt2800mmio: use txdone/txstatus routines from lib
=5022efb50f62 rt2x00: do not check for txstatus timeout every time on tasklet
=adf26a356f13 rt2x00: use different txstatus timeouts when flushing
=0240564430c0 rt2800: flush and txstatus rework for rt2800mmio
6eba8fd22352 rt2x00: rt2400pci: mark expected switch fall-through
10bb92217747 rt2x00: rt2500pci: mark expected switch fall-through
916e6bbcfcff rt2x00: rt2800lib: mark expected switch fall-throughs
641dd8068ecb rt2x00: rt61pci: mark expected switch fall-through
750afb08ca71 cross-tree: phase out dma_zalloc_coherent()
=c2e28ef7711f rt2x00: reduce tx power to nominal level on RT6352
a4296994eb80 rt2x00: Work around a firmware bug with shared keys
2587791d5758 rt2x00: no need to check return value of debugfs_create functions
pending on linux-wireless:
rt2x00: remove unneeded check
rt2x00: remove confusing AGC register
rt2800: enable TX_PIN_CFG_LNA_PE_ bits per band
rt2800: enable TX_PIN_CFG_RFRX_EN only for MT7620
rt2800: comment and simplify AGC init for RT6352
rt2x00: do not print error when queue is full
rt2800: partially restore old mmio txstatus behaviour
rt2800: new flush implementation for SoC devices
rt2800: move txstatus pending routine
rt2800mmio: fetch tx status changes
rt2800mmio: use timer and work for handling tx statuses timeouts
rt2x00: remove last_nostatus_check
rt2x00: remove not used entry field
rt2x00mmio: remove legacy comment
While at it also rename some existing patches now that there are
separate folders with patches for each driver to make things a bit
nicer to handle.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The original patch removed the printing completely, just remove the
color.
Fixes: eabc1ddc45 ("build: Honour NO_COLOR in include/scan.mk")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Add patches for 4.19
Drop patch 200-disable-tso, as the packet corruption was fixed in
kernel commit 3b89624ab54b9dc2d92fc08ce2670e5f19ad8ec8
Restructure the DTS for Marvell switch in 104-ea3500 and 105-ea4500
to fix DTC warning.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
This applies to kernel 4.10 and newer.
See 8db4c5be88
The above commit added to kernel 4.10 added new dependency
for building the NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_SOCKET (xt_socket.ko)
module. The NF_SOCKET_IPVx options (both of them) need to
be enabled in order to build the NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_SOCKET
module. Without the change the module is not built.
Signed-off-by: Oldřich Jedlička <oldium.pro@gmail.com>
builtin driver can't access the /lib/firmware while booting,
module driver will be able to read and load the firmware files
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
These two dependencies are mutual exclusive and it is only possible to
select one of them, change the select to a chose so it is only possible
to select one of them in OpenWrt menu config.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
BIN_DIR can be set to overwrite the output path for new images. This is an
advertised feature for the imagebuilder and is used by systems like
LibreMesh's chef.
The legacy images are build using a new sub-make which doesn't receive the
variable overwrites of the parent make process. As result, the BIN_DIR is
automatically defined to the default value from rules.mk. The images will
therefore not be placed in the output path which was selected by the user.
Providing BIN_DIR as an explicit variable override to the sub-make works
around this problem.
Fixes: 26c771452c ("image.mk: add LegacyDevice wrapper to allow legacy image building code to be used for device profiles")
Reported-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
CONFIG_USB_IMX21_HCD should be handled in generic config and
module package. So moved it into generic config.
This also fixed build issue (kernel config question) of layerscape
armv8_32b since it also used ARCH_MXC.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
[Deactivate CONFIG_USB_IMX21_HCD also for kernel 4.19]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Backport A64 unstable timer patches from linux 5.1
Signed-off-by: Oskari Lemmela <oskari@lemmela.net>
[Split the single patch into the two original patches]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Hi all:
This is my first OpenWrt patch. I am a clean, pure newbie! 8-)
Honour NO_COLOR in Makefile function 'progress' in include/scan.mk, in the same way that include/verbose.mk does.
Signed-off-by: R. Diez <rdiezmail-openwrt@yahoo.com>
It was previously added in 546fced, which was part of "intel-microcode:
load as early as possible" series.
Unfortunately the conditionals added to GRUB config caused error on boot,
because on sysupgrade, bootloader is not updated and is left with old
features/modules. Since this module is needed for early microcode load
and transition to this needs to be done step by step, enable the test
module now, so that every newly created image has it already embedded.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
VBoxManage is not used and the image is created with proper permisions:
0f5d0f6 image: use internal qemu-img for vmdk and vdi images drop host
dependencies on qemu-utils and VirtualBox
Unreachable config symbols:
9e0759e x86: merge all geode based subtargets into one
No need to define those symbols since x86_64 is subtarget of x86:
196fb76 x86: make x86_64 a subtarget instead of a standalone target
Unreachable config symbols, so remove GRUB_ROOT:
371b382 x86: remove the xen_domu subtarget
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
When CGROUP block io is enabled a new symbol is exposed and needs to
be set or unset else kernel oldconfig hangs waiting for input during
normal OpenWrt builds. Therefore add sane defaults for this symbol
in that case. Also, the defaults brcm2708 are different than generic
defaults because the platform's defconfig enables BLK_DEV_THROTTLING
by default (in defconfig config from the patches used to match
upstream's kernel, not in OpenWrt config-4.xx).
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
[make KERNEL_BLK_DEV_THROTTLING_LOW depend on KERNEL_BLK_DEV_THROTTLING]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Looks like C60 v2 needs the MAC address to be calculated
manually, while the C60 v1 gets it correctly without manual
interference.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This updates mac80211 to backports version 4.19.23-1 which includes all
the stable fixes from kernel 4.19.23.
The removed patches are included in this version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Opkg treats text after a version number as higher than without:
~# opkg compare-versions "2.80rc1" "<<" "2.80"; echo $?
1
~# opkg compare-versions "2.80rc1" ">>" "2.80"; echo $?
0
This causes opkg not offering final release as upgradable version, and
even refusing to update, since it thinks the installed version is
higher.
This can be mitigated by adding ~ between the version and the text, as ~
will order as less than everything except itself. Since 'r' < 't', to
make sure that test will be treated as lower than rc we add a second ~
before the test tag. That way, the ordering becomes
2.80~~test < 2.80~rc < 2.80
which then makes opkg properly treat prerelease versions as lower.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
It was already enabled for wpad builds and since commit 6a15077e2d
the script relies on it. Size impact is minimal (2 kb on MIPS .ipk).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Minor bugfix release. Fixes for
* bc/dc
* sed (backslash parsing for 'w' command)
* ip (vlan fixes)
* grep (fixes for -x -v)
* ls (-i compat)
No need to refresh patches or config defaults
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
This commit fixes the script that sets the MAC address of the LAN
switch. The LAN MAC address should be the WAN MAC address plus one.
Without this patch the WAN and the LAN interface will use the same
MAC address and an error will be generated.
With this patch all interfaces will have a different MAC address,
consecutive in the following order: WAN, LAN, radio0 and radio1.
Signed-off-by: Oever González <notengobattery@gmail.com>
(original text here: https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/8686761/)
On some SOCs PORTS_IMPL register value is never programmed by the BIOS
and left at zero value. Which means that no sata ports are avaiable for
software. AHCI driver used to cope up with this by fabricating the
port_map if the PORTS_IMPL register is read zero, but recent patch
broke this workaround as zero value was valid for nvme disks.
This patch adds ports-implemented dt bindings as workaround for this issue
in a way that DT can dictate the port_map incase where the SOCs does not
program it already.
This patch is equal to commits:
67f8425d0ee1 ("ipq8064: dts: force AP148 SATA port mapping")
2e7a2c91019c ("ARM: dts: qcom: Move common nodes to ipq8064-v.1.0.dtsi")
in the upstream linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Roman Glova <roman_glova@epam.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[added upstream commits, reorg' commit message]
I-O DATA WN-AC1600DGR is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on
Qualcomm Atheros QCA9557.
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9557
- RAM: 128 MB
- Flash: 16 MB
- WLAN: 2.4/5 GHz
- 2.4 GHz: 2T2R (SoC internal)
- 5 GHz: 3T3R (QCA9880)
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps
- Switch: QCA8337N
- LED/key: 6x/6x(4x buttons, 1x slide switch)
- UART: through-hole on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port of WN-AC1600DGR
2. Connect power cable to WN-AC1600DGR and turn on it
3. Access to "http://192.168.0.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click update ("更新") button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Alternative flash instruction using initramfs image:
1. Prepare a computer and TFTP server software with the IP address
"192.168.99.8" and renamed OpenWrt initramfs image
"uImageWN-AC1600DGR"
2. Connect between WN-AC1600DGR and the computer with UART
3. Connect power cable to WN-AC1600DGR, press "4" on the serial
console and enter the U-Boot console
4. execute "tftpboot" command on the console and download initramfs
image from the TFTP server
5. execute "bootm" command and boot OpenWrt
6. On initramfs image, download the sysupgrade image to the device
and perform sysupgrade with it
7. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
This commit also removes unnecessary "qca,no-eeprom" property from
the ath10k wifi node.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Tested with a dual pci QCA9558 board (LibreRouter v1) in three
configurations: enabling pcie0 only, pcie1 only and both enabled.
Signed-off-by: Santiago Piccinini <spiccinini@altermundi.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [removed ML notice]
Datasheet states that both PCI ranges are of 0x2000000 size:
0x1000_0000-0x11FF_FFF and 0x1200_0000-0x13FF_0000.
Signed-off-by: Santiago Piccinini <spiccinini@altermundi.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [removed ML notice]
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ4019 (Dakota) 717 MHz, 4 cores
RAM: 256 MiB (Nanya NT5CC128M16IP-DI)
FLASH: 128 MiB (Macronix NAND)
WiFi0: Qualcomm IPQ4019 b/g/n 2x2
WiFi1: Qualcomm IPQ4019 a/n/ac 2x2
WiFi2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9886 a/n/ac
BT: Atheros AR3012
IN: WPS Button, Reset Button
OUT: RGB-LED via TI LP5523 9-channel Controller
UART: Front of Device - 115200 N-8
Pinout 3.3v - RX - TX - GND (Square is VCC)
Installation:
1. Transfer OpenWRT-initramfs image to the device via SSH to /tmp.
Login credentials are identical to the Web UI.
2. Login to the device via SSH.
3. Flash the initramfs image using
> mtd-write -d linux -i openwrt-image-file
4. Power-cycle the device and wait for OpenWRT to boot.
5. From there flash the OpenWRT-sysupgrade image.
Ethernet-Ports: Although labeled identically, the port next to
the power socket is the LAN port and the other one is WAN. This
is the same behavior as in the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Marius Genheimer <mail@f0wl.cc>
[Dropped setup_mac 02_network in favour of 05_set_iface_mac_ipq40xx.sh,
reorderd 02_network entries, added board.bin WA for the QCA9886 from ath79,
minor dts touchup, added rng to 4.19 dts]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Robert Marko made a big effort to enable the rng on all
ipq40xx for 4.19, so let's continue the quest.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This factory binary i supposed to actually be unzipped and
untarred by the user as part of the installation process
(this NAS boots from harddisk), so name it "bootpart.tar.gz"
and not "factory.bin" so it is helpful for users.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
OCEDO Panda was added in b368373f, but only for
4.14 config. This patch fix 4.19 build for generic
and p2020 subtarget.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <p.dembicki@wb.com.pl>
Buffalo WHR-G300N has a LED for power status indication, but it is not
connected to the GPIO and cannot be controlled by the kernel. So,
WHR-G300N uses "ROUTER" LED as the system status LED instead.
This commit changes it to use "DIAG" LED insted of "ROUTER" like
WHR-G301N in ath79 target.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The R6120 has no 5GHz WLAN LED, the assigned GPIO in fact controls
the WAN LED.
Renames the LED accordingly in the device-tree.
Removes the 5GHz WLAN LED trigger.
Adds the correct WAN port LED trigger.
----
Currently, the MAC address for the Netgear R6120 is read from the NVRAM
partition. The offset for the MAC address however is not consistent
across devices or firmware versions.
Switch to using the factory partition like all other Netgear devices do.
----
The LAN ports of the R6120 are labled in reverse on the casing.
Adjust LuCI switchport numbering accordingly.
----
The WiFi eeprom offsets for the R6120 are currently wrong (5GHz offset
is bigger than the partition itself).
Fixes poor performance on 2.4 and 5 GHz.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The switch ports are seen one to one on the case.
Also remove unneeded secondary port numbers in this
case statement.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Change the ledtrig for LAN from netdev to switch.
Although eth1 comes out of the device at a single port,
this port is a switch-port and therefore the LED
must be triggered by that.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
- Add the /etc/ssl/openssl.cnf as a separate package, to avoid breaking
the transitional mechanism, allowing libopenssl_1.0* and
libopenssl_1.1* to coexist.
- Remove the (selecting) dependency on @KERNEL_AIO
- Use global SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Add a patch to enable the option to change the default ciphersuite list
ordering to prefer ChaCha20 over AES-GCM. This is used by default for
all platforms, except for x86_64 and aarch64. The assumption is that
only the latter have AES-specific CPU instructions and asm code that
uses them in openssl. Chacha20Poly1305 is 3x faster than AES-256 in
systems without AES instructions, with an equivalent strength.
Disable error messages by default except for devices with small flash or
RAM, to aid debugging.
Disable ASM by default on arm platform with small flash. Size
difference on mips and powerpc, the other platforms with small flash
devices, are not really relevant (using 100K as a threshold). All of
the affected platforms are source-only anyway.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
This version adds the following functionality:
* TLS 1.3
* AFALG engine support for hardware accelleration
* x25519 ECC curve support
* CRIME protection: disable use of compression by default
* Support for ChaCha20 and Poly1305
Patches fixing bugs in the /dev/crypto engine were applied, from
https://github.com/openssl/openssl/pull/7585
This increses the size of the ipk binray on MIPS32 by about 32%:
old:
693.941 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/libopenssl1.0.0_1.0.2q-2_mips_24kc.ipk
193.827 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/openssl-util_1.0.2q-2_mips_24kc.ipk
new:
912.493 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/libopenssl1.1_1.1.1a-2_mips_24kc.ipk
239.316 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/openssl-util_1.1.1a-2_mips_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Adds the following configuration options:
* using optimized assembler code (was always on before)
* use of x86 SSE2 instructions
* dyanic engine support
* include error messages
* Camellia, Gost, Idea, MDC2, Seed & Whirlpool algorithms
* RFC3779, CMS protocols
* VIA padlock hardware acceleration engine
Installs openssl.cnf with the library as it is used by engines
independent of the openssl util.
Fixes DTLS option that was innefective before.
Disables insecure SSL3 protocol and SHA0.
Adds openwrt-specific targets to Configure script, including asm support
for i386, ppc and mips64.
Strips building dirs from CFLAGS shown in binary.
Skips the fuzz directory during build.
Removed include/crypto/devcrypto.h that was included here, to use the
cryptodev-linux package, now that it was been moved from the packages
feed to the main openwrt repository.
This decreses the size of the ipk binray on MIPS32 by about 3.3%:
old:
706.957 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/libopenssl1.0.0_1.0.2q-2_mips_24kc.ipk
199.294 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/openssl-util_1.0.2q-2_mips_24kc.ipk
new:
693.941 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/libopenssl1.0.0_1.0.2q-2_mips_24kc.ipk
193.827 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/openssl-util_1.0.2q-2_mips_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
ucert needs to check the firmware part with metadata, but without the signature.
Use the new fwtool mode to extract that without altering the firmware image inside
the check
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This allows extracing the firmware + metadata from a signed firmware without
altering the original image file
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In the case of SHARED_LIBS=y, don't use -export-dynamic to place *all*
symbols into the dynamic symbol table. Instead, use --dynamic-list to
export a smaller set of symbols similar to that defined in static-syms.h
in the case of SHARED_LIBS=n, avoiding an 11 KB tc package size increase.
Also increment PKG_RELEASE.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
This enables using the tc module m_xt.so, which uses the act_ipt kernel
module to allow tc actions based on iptables targets. e.g.
tc filter add dev eth0 parent 1: prio 10 protocol ip \
u32 match u32 0 0 action xt -j DSCP --set-dscp-class BE
Make the SHARED_LIBS parameter configurable and based on tc package
selection.
Fix a problem using the tc m_xt.so plugin as also described in
https://bugs.debian.org/868059:
Sync include/xtables.h from iptables to make sure the right offset is
used when accessing structure members defined in libxtables. One could
get “Extension does not know id …” otherwise. (See also: #868059)
Patch to sync the included xtables.h with system iptables 1.6.x. This
continues to work with iptables 1.8.2.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Simplify build and runtime dependencies on libelf, which allows tc and ip
to load BPF and XDP object files respectively.
Preserve optionality of libelf by having configuration script follow the
HAVE_ELF environment variable, used similarly to the HAVE_MNL variable.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Replace the old 'tc' with a singleton package variant which will be used
to enable additional functionality and limit it only to tc. Non-variant
packages will only be installed during 'tiny' variant builds, hence will
be configured without extra features, thus preserving previously limited
functionality and reduced package sizes.
Also set ip-tiny as the default variant, and install 'tiny' versions of
development libraries.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Compile-based feature detection (e.g. xtables, ipset support) was broken
due to silent compilation errors in the configure script, caused by a
Makefile variable KERNEL_INCLUDE referring to kernel build headers. Use
userspace headers by setting the same "user_headers" kernel include path
as used for the iptables build.
Remove redundant or unused Build/Configure definitions from package
Makefile, including KERNEL_INCLUDE, LIBC_INCLUDE and DBM includes.
Don't pass LDFLAGS within MAKE_FLAGS as this interferes with LDFLAGS in
tc/Makefile and masks a link parameter ("-Wl,-export-dynamic"). Instead,
use standard TARGET_LDFLAGS.
Replace EXTRA_CCOPTS in MAKE_FLAGS with cleaner TARGET_CPPFLAGS, and also
drop now unneeded patch 150-extra-ccopts.patch.
Enable defining XT_LIB_DIR from Makefile, needed to set the iptables
modules directory to something other than /lib/xtables, and also add
libxtables dependency. Both are needed with working xtables detection.
Note that libxtables is also pulled in by iptables, firewall or luci, so
this change has no size impact in most cases.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Since v4.13, iproute2 switched to a config.mk file with greater use of
pkg-config for library/feature detection. Replace the old Config patch
with one modifying the configure script but enabling the same changes:
- explicitly disable TC_CONFIG_ATM
- rely on feature detection for IP_CONFIG_SETNS and TC_CONFIG_XT
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Enable the built-in BPF JIT compiler for all 4.9, 4.14 and 4.19 kernels,
which should speed up cBPF and eBPF-based packet filtering (tc, iptables)
and packet sniffing (libpcap, tcpdump, fwknopd, etc).
This has minimal kernel size impact, increasing the size of uImage-lzma
(normally ~2 MB on mips_24kc or mips64el_mips64) by 5 KB for the MIPS32
arch cBPF JIT and by 9 KB for the MIPS64 arch eBPF JIT, on kernel 4.14.
With JIT enabled (cBPF only), the standard BPF test module (test_bpf.ko)
running on a DIR-835 (mips_24kc) used 33 CPU seconds, but 68 without JIT.
This change aligns with the notion of OpenWRT as the network go-to swiss
army knife for packet handling, especially on CPU-constrained platforms.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Add the test_bpf module that runs various test vectors against the BPF
interpreter or BPF JIT compiler. The module must be manually loaded, as
with the kmod-crypto-test module which serves a similar purpose.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Add em_ipset module to support tc filter classification by IP set. Build
as a standalone package to help avoid pulling in rest of kmod-sched and
isolate new dependency on kmod-ipt-ipset.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Add act_pedit, act_csum, act_gact and act_simple modules for additional
tc action support. Module act_simple helps with debug and logging, similar
to iptables LOG target, while act_gact provides common generic actions.
Modules act_pedit and act_csum support general packet mangling, and have
been the subject of feature requests and forum discussions (e.g. DSCP),
as well as being added to the Turris OS fork of OpenWrt ~2 years ago.
Also select dependency kmod-lib-crc32c to support act_csum.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
All tc ematch modules, including those in kmod-sched-core and kmod-sched,
use cls_basic as a core dependency. Relocate cls_basic from kmod-sched to
kmod-sched-core to avoid requiring kmod-sched unnecessarily.
This change is also backwards compatible since any past tc ematch users
will have had to install both kmod-sched-core and kmod-sched anyway.
Add the matchall kernel module cls_matchall introduced in kernel 4.8. The
matchall classifier matches every packet and allows the user to apply
actions on it. It is a simpler, more efficient replacement for the common
but cryptic tc classifier idiom "u32 match u32 0 0".
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9561
RAM: 64M DDR2
FLASH: 16M SPI-NOR
ETH: 1x WAN - 2x LAN
WiFi: QCA9561 3T3R
BTN: 1x Reset - 1x WPS
LED: 1x Blue - 1x Red - 1x Yellow
UART: TX - GND - RX - VCC (From ethernet port)
115200n8 - 3.3V
Installation
------------
1. Connect to the device via UART.
2. Interrupt the U-Boot on power-on by pressing enter when prompted.
3. Connect you computer to one of the routers LAN ports.
Assign yourself the IP 192.168.31.10/24.
Copy the OpenWRT initramfs image to a tftp server root directory.
Rename the image to 'x4q.bin'.
4. Load the initramfs image to the router by executing following command
in U-Boot. The image will boot afterwards.
> tftpboot 0x81000000 x4q.bin; bootm
5. SCP the sysupgrade-image into '/tmp'.
Remember to assign yourself an IP in 192.168.1.0/24 for this step!
6. Install OpenWRT permanently by executing
> sysupgrade -n /tmp/<OpenWRT-sysupgrade-image>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Issues a wmi command to firmware when multicast rate change is received with the
new BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE flag. Also fixes the incorrect fixed_rate setting
for CCK rates which got introduced with addition of ath10k_rates_rev2 enum.
By default the firmware uses 1Mbps and 6Mbps rate for management packets
in 2G and 5G bands respectively. But when the user selects different
basic rates from the userspace, we need to send the management
packets at the lowest basic rate selected by the user.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
By default the firmware uses 1Mbps and 6Mbps rate for management packets
in 2G and 5G bands respectively. But when the user selects different
basic rates from the userspace, we need to send the management
packets at the lowest basic rate selected by the user.
This change makes use of WMI_VDEV_PARAM_MGMT_RATE param for configuring the
management packets rate to the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Release notes since last time:
2019-02-08:
Fix rate-ctrl assert related to bad logic that tried to guess
that lower bandwidth probes were automatically successful if
higher was. The NSS mismatch that can happen here caused the
assert. Just comment out the offending code
(per comment from original QCA code). This is bug 69.
2019-02-10:
Fix bssid mis-alignment that broke 4-addr vlan mode (bug 67).
Original buggy commit was
commit 2bf89e70ecd1 ("dev-ds: Better packing of wal_vdev struct.")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The KERNEL_ENTRY was missing from the DEFAULT_DEVICE_VARS.
This bug was discovered while preparing alternative images
for the mpc85xx's TP-Link WDR4900-V1, which all failed to
boot due to this:
|## Booting kernel from Legacy Image at 02000000 ...
| Image Name: POWERPC OpenWrt Linux-4.14.96
| Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
| Data Size: 2056568 Bytes = 2 MiB
| Load Address: 01000000
| Entry Point: 00000000
| Verifying Checksum ... OK
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Commit 7ebbbda293 ("ar71xx: ubnt-(xm,xw): fix LED RSSI indication")
adds support for using the RSSI strenght via LEDS.
The rssileds package addition got lost during altering the patch.
Add it again to fix this.
Fixes: 7ebbbda293 ("ar71xx: ubnt-(xm,xw): fix LED RSSI indication")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Update mpfr to 4.0.2
Use official site as last resort
Force thread-safety functionality
Refresh patches
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
9f44fa22cb Add compiler barriers around modifications of the robust mutex list for pthread_mutex_trylock. [BZ #24180]
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Same reasoning as in bdedb798150a58ad7ce3c4741f2f31df97e84c3f; don't set
default firewall zone to wan as the firewall zone for the vti interface
can be configured in the firewall config or it makes it impossible not to
specify a firewall zone for the vti interface.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Same reasoning as in bdedb798150a58ad7ce3c4741f2f31df97e84c3f; don't set
default firewall zone to wan as the firewall zone for the ipip interface
can be configured in the firewall config or it makes it impossible not to
specify a firewall zone for the ipip interface.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch uses nfct_help() to detect whether an established connection
needs conntrack helper instead of using test_bit(IPS_HELPER_BIT,
&ct->status).
The reason for this modification is that IPS_HELPER_BIT is only set when
the conntrack helper is attached by explicit CT target.
However, in the case that a device enables conntrack helper via the other
ways (e.g., command "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_helper")
, the status of IPS_HELPER_BIT will not present any change. That means the
IPS_HELPER_BIT might lose the checking ability in the context.
Signed-off-by: HsiuWen Yen <y.hsiuwen@gmail.com>
When mapping for RSSI LEDs was defined for interface wlan0 on
Ubiquiti XM and XW family, it missed connection to actual interface.
Therefore create the mapping to interface, so RSSI LEDs work without
additional configuration, after starting rssileds service.
Also add the required package for this.
While at that, remove coefficients needed for PWM LEDs, as XM and XW
boards do not support PWM LEDs.
Tested-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
[Squashed commits + remove custom device_packages + slighty rewrite the commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Some hAP lite routers aren't detected because
/proc/cpuinfo shows "RouterBOARD RB941-2nD"
instead of "RouterBOARD 941-2nD".
Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Julien Rabier <taziden@flexiden.org>
[Alter string to include all flavours + slight rewrite of commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
While preparing 4.19 for imx6 and test building it with
CONFIG_ALL_KMODS=y with verbose mode enabled, I was asked by kernel
config about few missing symbols/modules
Let's add them to the generic config.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[slight rewrite of commit log]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Remove 980-rt2x00-reduce-power-consumption-on-mt7620.patch which in
combination with the most recently added patch reportedly causes TX
power to be too weak.
"without patches rssi on receiver is ~ -23dBm with 980 about -35dBm,
with both patches drops below -40dBm. with 987 only ~-28dBm"
We may need to reconsider this once we have implemented TSSI.
Fixes: cdb58b2bfe ("mac80211: rt2x00: reduce tx power to nominal level on RT6352")
Reported-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Current implementation of RT6352 support provides too high tx power
at least on iPA/eLNA devices. Reduce amplification of variable gain
amplifier by 6dB to match board target power of 17dBm.
Transmited signal strength with this patch is similar to that of
stock firmware or pandorabox firmware. Throughput measured with iperf
improves. Device tested: Xiaomi Miwifi Mini.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
There are two problems with this behaviour that the zone is set to wan
if no zone config option is defined in the interface section.
* The zone for the interface is "normally" specified in the firewall
config file. So if we have defined "no" zone for this interface zone
option is set now to "wan" additonaly if we add the interface in the firewall
config section to the "lan" zone, the interface is added to lan and wan at once.
iptables-save | grep <iface>
This is not what I expect.
* If I do not want to set a zone to this interface it is not possible.
Remove the default assigment to wan if no zone option is defined.
If some one need the option it stil possible to define this option.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
On ath79 and UBNT Bullet M XW (ar9342) I was experiencing weird issues during
network setup[1] which I was able to reproduce easily with following commands:
uci set network.lan.ipaddr='192.168.1.20'
uci commit network
ifup lan
Which resulted after some time in:
...
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 0 at net/sched/sch_generic.c:461 dev_watchdog+0x16c/0x280
NETDEV WATCHDOG: eth0 (ag71xx): transmit queue 0 timed out
...
Sometimes I wasn't able to use networking anymore, sometimes it was enough to
just ifdown/ifup lan and network was backup. On ar71xx it was all working just
fine.
I've found out, that it was happening because ag71xx_poll() wasn't called, thus
the TX queue wasn't emptied. The ag71xx_poll() is being called from napi
hrtimer, which is enabled by napi_schedule() in ar71xx_interrupt(), but since
no interrupts were ever fired again after ag71xx_stop() was called, it was
always leading to tx queue timeouts:
*** ag71xx_hard_start_xmit()
eth0: packet injected into TX queue
eth0: raw intr=00000001 TXPS POLL
eth0: enable polling mode
eth0: processing TX ring, flush=no
eth0: disable polling mode, rx=1, tx=1,limit=32
( `ifup lan done here` )
*** ag71xx_stop()
*** ag71xx_open()
*** ag71xx_hw_enable()
IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth0: link is not ready
IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): eth0: link becomes ready
*** ag71xx_hard_start_xmit()
eth0: packet injected into TX queue
*** ag71xx_hard_start_xmit()
eth0: packet injected into TX queue
...
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 0 at net/sched/sch_generic.c:320 dev_watchdog+0x164/0x274
So I've looked at ag71xx_stop() in ar71xx, added the missing bits to ath79 and
fixed this issue.
1. https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1635#issuecomment-448638246
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[move ag->link before ag71xx_hw_disable to retain ordering as original]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The package hash does not match the one of the package found on the
mirrors and which is generated when I do the git clone.
Fixes: 4856fa30a6 ("nat46: import for routing, add myself as maintainer")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Restoring the bootloader config before rebooting fails:
tar: invalid tar magic
Add the -z option to the tar command to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
TP-Link Archer C7 v4 is a dual-band AC1750 router, based on the
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561 SoC + QCA9880.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
1. Upload openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c7-v4-squashfs-factory.bin
via Web interface
Flash instruction using TFTP recovery:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c7-v4-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to ArcherC7v4_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Oldřich Jedlička <oldium.pro@gmail.com>
It was reported to me today on IRC, that building of artifacts doesn't
work properly if the concat_cmd references DEVICE_NAME variable. I've
found out, that it's due to missing call of Device/Export in artifacts
building code path, so this patch adds the missing Device/Export call
which in turn exports DEFAULT_DEVICE_VARS into the artifacts
environment.
Fixes: 493c9a3551 ("build: Introduce building of artifacts")
Tested-by: Oskari Lemmela <oskari@lemmela.net>
Reported-by: Oskari Lemmela <oskari@lemmela.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This option was a spi nor hack which is dropped in commit
bcf4a5f474 ("ramips: remove chunked-io patch and set spi->max_transfer_size instead")
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [edit message]
The WeVo 11AC NAS has a MT7612E 802.11ac chip on the PCB.
Signed-off-by: Ju Se Hoon <joosahoon@gmail.com>
[renamed author from Albis-dev to real name, editted commit message]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
<https://www.openwall.com/lists/musl/2019/01/21/8>
"This release makes improvements with respect to default thread stack
size, including increasing the default from 80k to 128k, increasing
the default guard size from 4k to 8k, and allowing the default to be
increased via ELF headers so that programs that need larger stacks can
be build without source-level changes, using just LDFLAGS.
Insufficient stack size for AIO threads on kernels that don't honor
the constant MINSIGSTKSZ is also fixed.
The glob core has been rewritten to fix inability to see past
searchable-but-unreadable path components, and to avoid excessive
stack usage and unnecessary syscalls. The tsearch AVL tree
implementation has also been rewritten for better size and
performance. The math library adds more native single-instruction
implementations for arm, s390x, powerpc, and x86_64.
Various bugs are fixed, including several possible deadlocks, one of
which was a new regression in 1.1.20."
detailed release notes can be found in the WHATSNEW file:
<http://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/WHATSNEW#n1989>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the ASUS' RT-AC58U port order by
unifying the configuration with the NBG6617.
Reported-by: Roberto Socrates (rtac58u-user on the forum)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch splits the big board case switch in 02_network in
two functions ipq40xx_setup_interfaces() and ipq40xx_setup_macs()
just like ath79 and ramips do.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
* Jan 2, 2019
Rebase patches to make 9980 bisectable.
* Jan 2, 2019
Fix scheduling related assert when wal-peer is deleted with pending
tx buffers (bug 54, and others)
* Jan 7, 2019:
Fix specifying retransmits for AMPDU frames. It was previously ignored
since it is a 'software' retransmit instead of a hardware retransmit.
* Jan 9, 2019
Fix potential way to get zero rates selected (and then assert)
* Jan 18, 2019
pfsched has specific work-around to just return if we find invalid flags AND
if we are in an out-of-order situation. Maybe this is last of the pfsched
related issues (bug 54 and similar).
* Jan 24, 2019
The rcSibUpdate method can be called concurrently with IRQ tx-completion callback,
and that could potentially allow the tx-completion callback to see invalid state
and assert or otherwise mess up the rate-ctrl logic. So, disable IRQs in
rcSibUpdate to prevent this. Related to bug 58.
* Jan 28, 2019
Ensure that cached config is applied to ratectrl objects when fetched from
the cache. This should fix part of bug 58.
* Jan 28, 2019
Ensure that ratectrl objects from cachemgr are always initialized. This fixes
another part of bug 58.
* Jan 30, 2019
Better use of temporary rate-ctrl object. Make sure it is initialized, simplify
code path. This finishes up porting forward similar changes I made for wave-1
firmware long ago, and fixes another potential way to hit bug-58 issues.
* Jan 30, 2019
Cachemgr did not have a callback for when memory was logically freed. This means
that peers could keep stale references to rate-ctrl objects that were in process
of being DMA'd into to load a different peer's rate-ctrl state. This was causing
the bugcheck logic to fail early and often, and I suspect it might be a root cause
of bug 58 as well. The fix is to add a callback and set any 'deleted' memory references
to NULL so that we cannot access it accidentally. Thanks to excellent logs and patience
from the bug-58 reporter!
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Commit e61061a088 added support for hardening
options in the toolchain. However this breaks the gcc5.5.0 compilation in
case FORTIFY_SOURCE is set different from FORTIFY_SOURCE_NONE as reported
in [1].
Fix this by backporting the upstream patch which fixes this in later gcc versions
[1] https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?format=multiple&id=61164
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
a9d4c0e mt76: mt76x2: avoid running DPD calibration if tx is blocked
4d7e13f mt76: explicitly disable energy detect cca during scan
e3c1aad mt76: run MAC work every 100ms
4e8766a mt76: clear CCA timer stats in mt76x02_edcca_init
e301f23 mt76: measure the time between mt76x02_edcca_check runs
74075ef mt76: increase ED/CCA tx block threshold
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Package kmod-drm is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
drm_panel_orientation_quirks.ko
It seems, that since Linux 4.15-rc2 drm depends on drm_panel_orientation_quirks.ko
commit 8d70f395e6cbece665b12b4bf6dbc48d12623014
Author: Hans de Goede <j.w.r.degoede@gmail.com>
Date: Sat Nov 25 20:35:49 2017 +0100
drm: Add support for a panel-orientation connector property, v6
On some devices the LCD panel is mounted in the casing in such a way that
the up/top side of the panel does not match with the top side of the
device (e.g. it is mounted upside-down).
This commit adds the necessary infra for lcd-panel drm_connector-s to
have a "panel orientation" property to communicate how the panel is
orientated vs the casing.
Userspace can use this property to check for non-normal orientation and
then adjust the displayed image accordingly by rotating it to compensate.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
a4ec45c mt7603: fix LED support (copy CFLAGS from main Makefile)
edda5c5 mt76x02: use mask for vifs
dd52191 mt76x02: use commmon add interface for mt76x2u
a80acaf mt76x02: initialize mutli bss mode when set up address
38e832d mt76x02: minor beaconing init changes
171adaf mt76x02: init beacon config for mt76x2u
dcab682 mt76: beaconing fixes for USB
ff81de1 mt76x02: enable support for IBSS and MESH
8027b5d mt7603: remove copyright headers
e747e80 mt76: fix software encryption issues
2afa0d7 mt7603: remove WCID override for software encrypted frames
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Host "gd.tuwien.ac.at" does not exists anymore, so we replace it by "ftp.pca.dfn.de" from the official list of mirrors.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
Use `stat -L` instead of `ls -l` to follow symbolic links when obtaining
the file size of .ipk archives.
Without this change, the size of the symlink, not the size of the target
file is encoded in the package index file.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
d4ba162 libopkg: only perform size check when information is available
Fixes: e079591b84 ("opkg: update to latest Git head")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
c3da1aa mt7603: trigger beacon stuck detection faster
7a53138 mt7603: trigger watchdog reset if flushing CAB queue fails
6eef33b mt7603: remove mt7603_txq_init
ae30c30 mt76: add driver callback for when a sta is associated
0db925f mt7603: update HT/VHT capabilities after assoc
b5ac8e4 mt7603: initialize LED callbacks only if CONFIG_MT76_LEDS is set
c989bac mt76x0: eeprom: fix chan_vs_power map in mt76x0_get_power_info
24bd2c0 mt76x0: phy: report target_power in debugfs
bc7ce2a mt76x0: init: introduce mt76x0_init_txpower routine
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
When config_get is called as "config_get section option" the option
is unexpectedly globbed by the shell which differs from the way options
are read to a variable with "config_get variable section option".
Add another layer of double quotes to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Günther Kelleter <guenther.kelleter@devolo.de>
Use LINUX_DIR as a path when patching kernel. Doesn't break the current usage,
but allows to create packages that will contain variation of a kernel with
kernel being build in some subdirectory of PKG_BUILD_DIR.
Signed-off-by: Michal Hrusecky <michal.hrusecky@nic.cz>
Building ar71xx currently fails with:
In file included from ./include/linux/ipv6.h:5,
from ./include/net/ipv6.h:16,
from ./include/net/inetpeer.h:16,
from ./include/net/ip_fib.h:24,
from ./include/net/switchdev.h:17,
from ./include/net/dsa.h:23,
from arch/mips/ath79/dev-dsa.h:15,
from arch/mips/ath79/dev-dsa.c:17:
./include/uapi/linux/ipv6.h:107:1: error: alignment 1 of 'struct ipv6_destopt_hao' is less than 2 [-Werror=packed-not-aligned]
} __attribute__((packed));
Address this issue by correcting the alignment of the struct packing
pragma accordingly.
Fixes: FS#1805
Reported-by: Pascal Ernster <git@hardfalcon.net>
[reword subject, rewrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This fixes two issues with cleaning package files from STAGING_DIR:
* CleanStaging currently can only remove files and not directories. This
changes CleanStaging to use clean-package.sh, which does remove
directories.
* Because of the way directories are ordered in the staging files list,
clean-package.sh currently tries (and fails) to remove parent
directories before removing subdirectories. This changes
clean-package.sh to process the staging files list in reverse, so that
subdirectories are removed first.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
If a user finds that logd is too barebone for their needs and wishes
to have more control over syslog, the user presently has an option
to enable CONFIG_BUSYBOX_CONFIG_FEATURE_SYSLOG and configure syslog
with settings in /etc/syslog.conf.
Presently /etc/syslog.conf silently disappears on sysupgrade. This
patch prevents such unwanted behaviour if busybox syslog is enabled
via CONFIG_BUSYBOX_CONFIG_FEATURE_SYSLOG.
Signed-off-by: Val Kulkov <val.kulkov@gmail.com>
The correct MAC address for this device is lan_mac +1, there is no
need to set lan_mac so use base_mac variable instead lan_mac.
Based on this PR for ath79:
https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1726
Signed-off-by: David Santamaría Rogado <howl.nsp@gmail.com>
[fix alphabetical ordering, reword subject]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This fixes the following security problems:
* CVE-2018-5407: Microarchitecture timing vulnerability in ECC scalar multiplication
* CVE-2018-0734: Timing vulnerability in DSA signature generation
* Resolve a compatibility issue in EC_GROUP handling with the FIPS Object Module
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <freifunk@it-solutions.geroedel.de>
As the usage of libbsd is no longer limited to glibc, prevent libbsd
being picked up by removing the dependency on libbsd.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Kernel 4.14.96 got the new configuration option
CIFS_ALLOW_INSECURE_LEGACY which allows to deactivate support for old
and insecure SMB versions like 1.0 and 2.0. Still allow these old SMB
version and fix build problems which occurred because this option was
not defined.
This was found by build bot.
Fixes: 3662157d8b ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.96")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
upstream commit 802b7c06adc7 ("ARM: cns3xxx: Convert PCI to use generic config accessors")
reimplemented cns3xxx_pci_read_config() using pci_generic_config_read32(),
which preserved the property of only doing 32-bit reads.
It also replaced cns3xxx_pci_write_config() with pci_generic_config_write(),
so it changed writes from always being 32 bits to being the actual size,
which works just fine.
Due to:
- The documentation does not mention that only 32 bit access is allowed.
- Writes are already executed using the actual size
- Extensive testing shows that 8b, 16b and 32b reads work as intended
It makes perfectly sense to also swap 32 bit reading in favor of actual size.
also backport this patch to kernel 4.19
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
There are more regmap dependencies missing in the brcm2708 target.
Fixes: fd5c168701 ("kernel: Build: Split kmod-regmap")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Add missing pin controls for the Observa VH4032N router.
This fixes the wifi radio and ethernet LAN LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
- use the blue LED for power, since the red LED is already used by
CFE in emergency mode.
- use the correct code for the wlan button
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
kmod-sound-soc-3dlab-nano-player was in the global kernel menu before,
add the dependency to sound to move it to the correct category.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Two regmap dependencies were wrong, this patch fixes them.
This was detected by the build bots.
Fixes: fd5c168701 ("kernel: Build: Split kmod-regmap")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This introduces a new Kconfig option to switch on/off mbedtls' support
for debug functions.
The idea behind is to inspect TLS traffic with Wireshark for debug
purposes. At the moment, there is no native or 'nice' support for
this, but at
68aea15833
an example implementation can be found which uses the debug functions
of the library. However, this requires to have this debug stuff enabled
in the library, but at the moment it is staticly patched out.
So this patch removes the static part from the configuration patch
and introduces a dynamic config file editing during build.
When enabled, this heavily increases the library size, so I added
a warning in the Kconfig help section.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
In the upstream netdev led trigger the one mode file was replaced by 3
files named rx, tx and link. Fix the netdev trigger configuration code
to use the modified API.
This fix is based on 201058b35c ("base-files: Fix netdev led trigger")
Fixes: aa3b6a08c5 ("kernel: Replace ledtrig-netdev with upstream backport")
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Add support for Silergy SY8106A voltage regulator which is
needed for cpufreq support on boards such as Orange Pi PC
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
[Remove CONFIG_REGULATOR_SY8106A from cortexa7]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
While helping with review and build testing of a few 4.19 pull requests,
I've noticed, that dtc compiler in OpenWrt uses different options then
upstream kernel, which is leading to a very noisy output[1]. It wouldn't
be that bad per se, but a lot of such warnings aren't easily fixable so
I think, that we should follow what upstream does and simply ignore^W
silence those noisy warnings.
So this patch tries to syncs dtc compiler flags with upstream kernel
till version 4.19.13, disabling those warnings as they were added in
upstream kernel:
v4.6-rc1-2-gbc55398 dtc: turn off dtc unit address warnings by default
The newly added dtc warning to check DT unit-address without reg
property and vice-versa generates lots of warnings. Turn off the check
unless building with W=1 or W=2.
v4.11-rc2-11-g8654cb8 dtc: update warning settings for new bus and node/property
dtc gained new warnings checking PCI and simple buses, unit address
formatting, and stricter node and property name checking. Disable the
new dtc warnings by default as there are 1000s. As before, warnings are
enabled with W=1 or W=2. The strict node and property name checks are a
bit subjective, so they are only enabled for W=2.
v4.16-rc3-9-g4fd98e3 scripts: turn off some new dtc warnings by default
The latest dtc update adds some new noisy warnings, so turn them off by
default. Disable 'avoid_unnecessary_addr_size' and 'alias_paths'. They
can be re-enabled by building with 'W=1'.
v4.17-rc1-27-g74656b6 kbuild: disable new dtc graph and unit-address warnings
dtc gained some new warnings for OF graphs and unique unit addresses,
but they are currently much too noisy. So turn off
'graph_child_address', 'graph_port', and 'unique_unit_address' warnings
by default. They can be enabled by building dtbs with W=1.
Build tested on imx6 and ath79 with 4.14 and 4.19.
1. https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1694#issuecomment-450864335
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Drop customizations in:
508-arm64-dts-armada-3720-espressobin-wire-up-spi-flash.patch
and move them to separate patch, with broader explanation.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This symbol is enabled in all subtargets, move it to common kernel
config.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Acked-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This reduces the needed modifications to the mainline Linux kernel and
also makes the regmap package work with an out of tree kernel which
does not have these modifications.
The regmap-core is only added when it is really build as a module.
The regmap-core is normally bool so it cannot be built as a module in an
unmodified kernel. When it is selected by on other kernel module it will
always be selected as build in and it also does not show up in
$(LINUX_DIR)/modules.builtin as it is not supposed to be a kernel module.
When it is not in $(LINUX_DIR)/modules.builtin the build system expects
it to be built as a .ko file.
Just check if the module is really there and only add it in that case.
This splits the regmap package into multiple packages, one for each bus type.
This way only the bus maps which are really needed have to be added.
This also splits the I2C, SPI and MMIO regmap into separate packages to not
require all these subsystems to build them, on an unmodified upstream kernel
this also causes problems in some situations.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Some of sunxi devices have onboard SPI flash.
Enable SPI NOR support and MTD fit split in kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Oskari Lemmela <oskari@lemmela.net>
Added e4crypt tool for encrypting files and directories. To work properly
requires kernel and work on keyutils. That will be done in a future commit
Some top-level reorganization for consistency between packages.
Tested on GnuBee PC1 (mt7621).
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128M DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB
ETH: 1x Atheros AR8035 (PoE in)
1x Atheros AR8033
WiFi2: QCA9558 3T3R (SiGE SE2565T 2.4 GHz power amp x3)
WiFi5: QCA9880 3T3R (Skyworks 5003L1 5 GHz power amp x3)
BTN: 1x Reset
1x WPS
1x USB eject
LED: 1x LED blue
1x LED red
BEEP: 1x GPIO attached piezo beeper
UART: 3.3V GND TX RX (115200-N-8) (3.3V is pin closest to rear ports)
Dupont 4 pin header
Rear RJ45 serial port non-functional
USB: 1x v2.0
Installation
------------
Make sure you set a password for the root user as prompted on first
setup!
1. Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via SSH to the device.
Use /tmp as the destination folder on the device.
User is root, password previously set in the web interface.
2. Install OpenWRT with
> sysupgrade -n -F /tmp/<openwrt-image-name>
Signed-off-by: Django Armstrong <iamdjango@hotmail.com>
It's no longer needed as all mt7621 devices use DT binding (supported by
upstream mtd code) for specifying "firmware" part format explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
It results in calling the right MTD parser directly instead of trying
them one by one.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
[use the lzma splitter for the AR670W]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This is the remainder of kernel patches for the v4.19
kernel. A whole slew of the previous patch stack is now
upstream, so this mainly contains the stuff that was
added upstream between v4.19 and v5.0-rc1, and then
the USB FOTG201 patches from Hans.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This patch fixes following error with U-Boot 2019.01 on imx6:
In file included from tools/lib/crc16.c:1:0:
./tools/../lib/crc16.c: In function 'crc16_ccitt':
./tools/../lib/crc16.c:70:2: error: 'for' loop initial declarations are only allowed in C99 mode
for (int i = 0; i < len; i++)
^
./tools/../lib/crc16.c:70:2: note: use option -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 to compile your code
Code was introduced in the upstream v2019.01-rc1-154-g51c2345:
commit 51c2345bd24837f9f67f16268da6dc71573f1325
Author: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Date: Sun Nov 25 19:22:19 2018 +0100
Roll CRC16-CCITT into the hash infrastructure
Upstream has added -std=gnu11 host flag in v2018.07-rc2-1-gfa89399:
commit fa893990e9b53425af5f5059e04a2bffde91ccf9
Author: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Date: Tue Jun 19 23:53:54 2018 -0400
Makefile: Ensure we build with -std=gnu11
Build tested on imx6: apalis, mx6sabresd, nitrogen6dl, nitrogen6dl2g,
nitrogen6q, nitrogen6q2g, nitrogen6s, nitrogen6s1g,
wandboard
Run tested: apalis (pending PR #1595)
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This adds support for the TP-Link Archer C50 v4.
It uses the same hardware as the v3 variant, sharing the same FCC-ID.
CPU: MediaTek MT7628 (580MHz)
RAM: 64M DDR2
FLASH: 8M SPI
WiFi: 2.4GHz 2x2 MT7628 b/g/n integrated
WiFI: 5GHz 2x2 MT7612 a/n/ac
ETH: 1x WAN 4x LAN
LED: Power, WiFi2, WiFi5, LAN, WAN, WPS
BTN: WPS/WiFi, RESET
UART: Near ETH ports, 115200 8n1, TP-Link pinout
Create Factory image
--------------------
As all installation methods require a U-Boot to be integrated into the
Image (and we do not ship one with the image) we are not able to create
an image in the OpenWRT build-process.
Download a TP-Link image from their Wesite and a OpenWRT sysupgrade
image for the device and build yourself a factory image like following:
TP-Link image: tpl.bin
OpenWRT sysupgrade image: owrt.bin
> dd if=tpl.bin of=boot.bin bs=131584 count=1
> cat owrt.bin >> boot.bin
Installing via Web-UI
---------------------
Upload the boot.bin via TP-Links firmware upgrade tool in the
web-interface.
Installing via Recovery
-----------------------
Activate Web-Recovery by beginning the upgrade Process with a
Firmware-Image from TP-Link. After starting the Firmware Upgrade,
wait ~3 seconds (When update status is switching to 0%), then
disconnect the power supply from the device. Upgrade flag (which
activates Web-Recovery) is written before the OS-image is touched and
removed after write is succesfull, so this procedure should be safe.
Plug the power back in. It will come up in Recovery-Mode on 192.168.0.1.
When active, all LEDs but the WPS LED are off.
Remeber to assign yourself a static IP-address as DHCP is not active in
this mode.
The boot.bin can now be uploaded and flashed using the web-recovery.
Installing via TFTP
-------------------
Prepare an image like following (Filenames from factory image steps
apply here)
> dd if=/dev/zero of=tp_recovery.bin bs=196608 count=1
> dd if=tpl.bin of=tmp.bin bs=131584 count=1
> dd if=tmp.bin of=boot.bin bs=512 skip=1
> cat boot.bin >> tp_recovery.bin
> cat owrt.bin >> tp_recovery.bin
Place tp_recovery.bin in root directory of TFTP server and listen on
192.168.0.66/24.
Connect router LAN ports with your computer and power up the router
while pressing the reset button. The router will download the image via
tftp and after ~1 Minute reboot into OpenWRT.
U-Boot CLI
----------
U-Boot CLI can be activated by holding down '4' on bootup.
Dual U-Boot
-----------
This is the first TP-Link MediaTek device to feature a split-uboot
design. The first (factory-uboot) provides recovery via TFTP and HTTP,
jumping straight into the second (firmware-uboot) if no recovery needs
to be performed. The firmware-uboot unpacks and executed the kernel.
Web-Recovery
------------
TP-Link integrated a new Web-Recovery like the one on the Archer C7v4 /
TL-WR1043v5. Stock-firmware sets a flag in the "romfile" partition
before beginning to write and removes it afterwards. If the router boots
with this flag set, bootloader will automatically start Web-recovery and
listens on 192.168.0.1. This way, the vendor-firmware or an OpenWRT
factory image can be written.
By doing the same while performing sysupgrade, we can take advantage of
the Web-recovery in OpenWRT.
It is important to note that Web-Recovery is only based on this flag. It
can't detect e.g. a crashing kernel or other means. Once activated it
won't boot the OS before a recovery action (either via TFTP or HTTP) is
performed. This recovery-mode is indicated by an illuminated WPS-LED on
boot.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Add support for passing additional parameters to mtd called during
sysupgrade. It will be required to toggle the "recovery moe" flag
supported by recent tp-link boards.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[split code from board support patch; add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This adds an option to set the recovery flag of newer TP-Link MediaTek
boards and remove it after a successful write.
To make use of this feature, add the '-t' option to mtd-write.
The '-t' option takes the mtd partition containing the recovery flag
(usually 'romfile') as an argument. Make sure this partition is not
flagged as read-only!
Example:
> mtd -t romfile write owrt.bin firmware
This command writes the recovery-flag before it begins writing the image
to the firmware partition. After the image-write has been successful,
the recovery flag is removed.
This way, the TP-Link web-recovery is automatically enabled on an
unsucessful flash (e.g. power loss).
This option is only available if the mtd package is compiled for the
ramips target.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4018
RAM: 256 MiB Samsung K4B2G1646F-BYK0
FLASH1: MX25L1605D 2 MB
FLASH2: Winbond W25N01GV 128Mb
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075
WLAN0: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n 2x2
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11n/ac W2 2x2
INPUT: WPS, Reset
LED: Status - Green
SERIAL: Header at J19, Beneath DC Power Jack
1-VCC ; 2-TX ; 3-RX; 4-GND;
Serial 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- USB (requires extra packages)
- LAN Ethernet (Correct MAC-address)
- WAN Ethernet (Correct MAC-address)
- 2.4 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- 5 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- Factory installation from Web UI
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- LED
- Reset Button
Need Testing:
- WPS button
Install via Web UI:
- Attach to a LAN port on the router.
- Connect to the Linksys Smart WiFi Page (default 192.168.1.1) and login
- Select the connectivity tab on the left
- In the manual update box on the right
- Select browse, and browse to
openwrt-ipq40xx-linksys_ea6350v3-squashfs-factory.bin
- Click update.
- Read and accept the warning
- The router LED will start blinking. When the router LED goes solid, you
can now navigate to 192.168.1.1 to your new OpenWrt installation.
Sysupgrade:
- Flash the sysupgrade image as usual. Please: try to do a reset everytime
you can (doing it with LuCI is easy and can be done in the same step).
Recovery (Automatic):
- If the device fails to boot after install or upgrade, whilst the unit is
turned on:
1 - Wait 15 seconds
2 - Switch Off and Wait 10 seconds
3 - Switch on
4 - Repeat steps 1 to 3, 3 times then go to 5.
5 - U-boot will have now erased the failed update and switched back to the
last working firmware - you should be able to access your router on
LAN.
Recovery (Manual):
- The steps for manual recovery are the same as the generic u-boot tftp
client method.
Back To Stock:
- Use the generic recovery using the tftp client method to flash the
"civic.img". Also you can strip-and-pad the original image and use
the generic "mtd" method by flashing over the "kernel" partition.
* Just be careful to flash in the partition that the device is currently
booted.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Pannell <ryan@osukl.com>
Signed-off-by: Oever González <notengobattery@gmail.com>
[minor edits, removed second compatible of nand, added dtb entry to 4.19]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This commit adds the 'Build/linksys-image' rule and the
'linksys-image.sh' script to the build system.
This change is needed for generating factory images for the Linksys
EA6350v3 device. Without this patch, only valid sysupgrade images can be
generated. With this patch, users can flash the device without the
need of physical access or disassembly.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Pannell <ryan@osukl.com>
Signed-off-by: Oever González <notengobattery@gmail.com>
This commit adds the object 'linksys_bootcount_fix.o' to the ipq40xx
target.
This is needed for the Linksys EA6350v3 device. Without this patch, the
device will switch-back between the current and the last flashed firmware
every 3 (three) reboots. With this patch, the device works as expected.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Pannell <ryan@osukl.com>
Signed-off-by: Oever González <notengobattery@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for the Linksys EA6350v3 device in the ipq40xx
target.
This is needed for uboot-envtools to access the environment. Without this
patch, the Linksys EA6350v3 will not be able to access the uboot
environment. As a side effect, the feature auto_recovery will make the
device unstable by switching between the latest and the current firmware.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Pannell <ryan@osukl.com>
Signed-off-by: Oever González <notengobattery@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for the Linksys EA6350v3 device in the ipq-wifi
target.
Without this patch, the Linksys EA6350v3 won't be hable to have fully
functional wireless interfaces. This is not permanent: the board data has
already been sent to ath10k _at_ lists _dot_ infradead _dot_ org
Signed-off-by: Ryan Pannell <ryan@osukl.com>
Signed-off-by: Oever González <notengobattery@gmail.com>
This patch adds several country codes to the regd.h and regd_common.h
files in order to support devices whose country codes are not present in
the original list.
Without this patch, all devices whose manufacturer programmed any of these
code in their EEPROM will run without wireless interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Oever González <notengobattery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [matched signed-off]
Patch picked from commit 82618062cf
This enables 4B opcodes for MX25L25635F, to fix the reboot crash
issue (FS#1120) At least 3 devices are using this flash
- GeHua GHL-R-001
- Youku YK1
- Newifi D1
Now the MX25L25635F can be correctly detected without breaking MX25L25635E
[ 3.034324] spi-mt7621 1e000b00.spi: sys_freq: 220000000
[ 3.045962] m25p80 spi0.0: mx25l25635f (32768 Kbytes)
[ 3.056098] 4 fixed-partitions partitions found on MTD device spi0.0
[ 3.068748] Creating 4 MTD partitions on "spi0.0":
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [added deprecation notice]
CPU: FSL P1020 (2x 800MHz E500 PPC)
RAM: 1GB DDR3
FLASH: 256MiB NAND
WiFi: 2x Atheros AR9382 2x2:2 abgn
ETH: 2x BCM54616S - 1x BCM53128 8-port switch
LED: 5x LEDs (Power, WiFi1, WiFi2, N/D, SYS)
BTN: 1x RESET
Installation
------------
1. Download initrams kernel image, dtb binary and sysupgrade image.
2. Place initramfs kernel into tftp root directory. Rename to
"panda-uimage-factory".
3. Place dtb binary into tftp root directory. Rename to "panda.fdt".
4. Start tftp server on 192.168.100.8/24.
5. Power up the device with the reset button pressed. It will download
the initrams and dtb via tftp and boot into OpenWRT in RAM.
6. SSH into the device and remove the factory partitions.
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=kernel1
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=rootfs1
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=devicetree1
You will have around 60 MiB of free space with that.
You can also delete "kernel2", "devicetree2", "rootfs2" and "storage"
respectively in case you do not want to go back to the vendor firmware.
7. Modify the U-Boot bootcmd to allow for booting OpenWRT
> fw_setenv bootcmd_owrt "ubi part ubi && ubi read 0x1000000 kernel
&& bootm 0x1000000"
> fw_setenv bootargs_owrt "setenv bootargs console=ttyS0,115200
ubi.mtd=3,2048"
> fw_setenv bootcmd "run bootargs_owrt; run bootcmd_owrt"
8. Transfer the sysupgrade image via scp into the /tmp directory.
9. Upgrade the device
> sysupgrade -n /tmp/<imagename>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit removes the target-specific diag.sh script. This way, the
generic one is used for the target, which uses DT-aliases to specify the
LEDs used.
This way, we are also able to use different LEDs to indicate different
states. We use green status LEDs for indicating boot and a running
system. Where possible, the red status LED is used to indicate failsafe
mode and a running upgrade.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The unit address should be wifi@1,0 since the device is located
at 0000:01:00.0.
Reported-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
With 6409b159e8 ("gemini: switch to 4.14") the EOF marker were dropped
from the rootfs images. Without the marker the rootfs_data partition
can't be created and it isn't possible to permanently store any
configuration changes.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Replace the data placerholder in ImageInfo-itian_sq201 in a reproducible
way.
The code for the replace was accidentality dropped in 5bac623895
("gemini: unify and fix ib-nas4220b and sq201 image creation")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Support for the Teltonika RUT1xx was added with the switch to kernel
4.4. Hidding such changes in a kernel switch commit is the wrong way and
the support for the Teltonika RUT1xx is pretty much incomplete.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
They were dropped with 6409b159e8 ("gemini: switch to 4.14") without
any explaination.
The image generation is disabled for now as it would break the build for
the target. The mkfwimage2 call need to be adjusted to reflect the real
size of kernel and rootfs. Nevertheless, add the required code to give
interested parties a chance to fix the remaining issues.
The dts would need to use the ecoscentric,redboot-fis-partitions
partition parser to get the correct partition offsets and size. It's
expected that the OEM firmware adjusts the on flash partition table with
the values defined in the image header.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use an output image filename based on the compatible string from the dts
files. This way it is way easier to get for which board an image is
intended.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The root filesystem is already part of the factory image and most likely
not required at all.
The same applies to the kernel images.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
There is no support for sysupgrade in gemini, hence all images are only
suitable for an installation via bootloader or oem firmware.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
For temporary directories <imagename>.tmp is a common pattern in image
build code across the tree. Use it for the nas4220b/sq201 recipe as
well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Create files in temporary directories within the build directory
instead manipulating files in the (final) output directory.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Due to the missing PROFILES all images are build, regardless of the
selected (or currently processed in case of a multi profile build).
Because of the race condition builds with eight parallel jobs fail,
which can be seen on the build bots as well.
Add the PROFILES variable for now, till the root cause is identified.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
When using Image Builder and building image for Cortex A53 or
A72 subtargets, it'll fail with following message:
Collected errors:
* opkg_install_cmd: Cannot install package mwlwifi-firmware-88w8864.
* opkg_install_cmd: Cannot install package mwlwifi-firmware-88w8964.
make[2]: *** [Makefile:153: package_install] Error 255
make[1]: *** [Makefile:114: _call_image] Error 2
This is beacuse both packages are available only for Cortex A9 subtarget
and are included in PACKAGES array in default profile. Instead patching
this, let's remove profiles completely, since all necessary packages are
specified in DEVICE_PACKAGES array for each device.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This removes the misplaced UCI-network configuration for the MR33. The
LAN port is set in 01_leds while it is already correctly defined in
02_network.
This was most likely an oversight as no network configuration belongs
into 01_leds.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Enable support for 2nd USB port, which is available on Fritz!Box 7320
and 7330. It was run-tested on 7320 and 7330 as well.
Signed-off-by: Robert Resch <openwrt@webnmail.de>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This commit changes the model string and device title of all AVM boards
to fit the naming of the manufacturer.
Drop all provider-specific titles as they are re-used for every device
generation by 1&1. The original AVM model name is printed on the bottom
of every devices.
Exception applies for boards which are only supported by a specific
sub-revision.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Change the "status" LED to proper GPIO 12 and "red" naming.
Remove GPIO 2 from definition as a USB LED.
GPIO 2 is used to control power to the USB socket, not an LED.
As such, PWM on the line or typical LED triggers are inappropriate.
Users who wish to control the USB power for custom applications
can manipulate the GPIO through code, or for example, export it
through /sys/class/gpio/export.
Runtime-tested: GL.iNet AR300M-Lite
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
The library has an usual shared object file name, which caused the
install glob pattern to miss the actual so.
Fixes: #2082
Fixes; 0e70f69a35 ("treewide: revise library packaging")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This bumps ppp to latest git version.
There is one upstream commit, which changes DES encryption calls from
libcrypt / glibc to openssl.
As long as we don't use glibc-2.28, revert this commit.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
A missing upstream stable backport leads to the following build error:
CC drivers/mmc/host/sdhci-msm.o
drivers/mmc/host/sdhci-msm.c:1158:3: error: 'const struct sdhci_ops' has no member named 'write_w'
.write_w = sdhci_msm_write_w,
^~~~~~~
drivers/mmc/host/sdhci-msm.c:1158:13: warning: excess elements in struct initializer
.write_w = sdhci_msm_write_w,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/mmc/host/sdhci-msm.c:1158:13: note: (near initialization for 'sdhci_msm_ops')
scripts/Makefile.build:326: recipe for target 'drivers/mmc/host/sdhci-msm.o' failed
Solve the issue by backporting commit
99d570da30 ("mmc: Kconfig: Enable CONFIG_MMC_SDHCI_IO_ACCESSORS")
from linux-stable.
Ref: 528508ae8b (commitcomment-32049231)
Fixes: 528508ae8b ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.95")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This adds the hardening options also to the toolchain build.
With this change the /usr/lib/libstdc++.so.6.0.24 library will have
stack canaries and the /lib/libgcc_s.so.1 library will have Full RELRO.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Both Build/sq201-images and Build/nas4220b-images scripts
are very similar. This patch unifies both methods at the
cost of renaming the produced sysupgrade file names, but
with the benifit of creating better reproducible files.
The patch also fixes a race in parallel builds in which case
the ImageInfo of one device could end up in both sysupgrade
files.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Currently, IMAGE_NAME is expanded at declaration time
and this causes strange filename in the builder's logs:
|cp: cannot stat '[...]/openwrt-gemini-dlink-dns-313-.': No such file or directory
|cp: cannot stat '[...]/openwrt-gemini-nas4220b-.': No such file or directory
|[...]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch replaces the current hack with a better
version of the RFC patch has been accepted upstream.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
- remove stray #address-cells / #size-cells
- fix partition unit-addresses in wd-mybooklive.dts
- remove index from MBL's gpio node name
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Initially this patch was introduced as a quick fix following
the removal of 936-ath10k_skip_otp_check.patch which caused
multiple ath10k pcie devices in various ipq806x and ar71xx/ath79
targets to malfunction.
Thankfully, the affected devices have been updated to utilize
the pre-caldata method. And finally with the switch to ath10k-ct,
which never had the patch or any reports of similar issues, I
think it's time to remove this patch since it is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds the boot-part feature which enables the brcm2708
target move from the custom boot partition size config option to
the generic CONFIG_TARGET_KERNEL_PARTSIZE.
Note:
For people using custom images: Just like with
CONFIG_TARGET_ROOTFS_PARTSIZE changing the value
can cause sysupgrade to repartition the device!
Make sure to have a backup in this case.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The ABI_VERSION:=1 tag will take care of transforming the binary
library package basename.
Add a virtual PROVIDES:=libelf1 for packages still having libelf1
in their DEPENDS:=... lists.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
- Filter out potential duplicates with the package name
(e.g. when renaming libfoo1 w/ ABI_VERSION:=1 to libfoo)
- Use the GetABISuffix macro to properly separate the suffix
with a dash in case the basename ends with a number
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When a library package specifies additional provides, e.g. libncurses
which provides libncursesw, we should also append the abi version
suffix to each provide, since there may be more than one package
providing the virtual library.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Last incompatible change appeared to be 4924411
("http: add proper error handling to uclient_http_redirect()") which
changed the return value of uclient_http_redirect() from bool to int.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
* tools: curve25519: handle unaligned loads/stores safely
This should fix sporadic crashes with `wg pubkey` on certain architectures.
* netlink: auth socket changes against namespace of socket
In WireGuard, the underlying UDP socket lives in the namespace where the
interface was created and doesn't move if the interface is moved. This
allows one to create the interface in some privileged place that has
Internet access, and then move it into a container namespace that only
has the WireGuard interface for egress. Consider the following
situation:
1. Interface created in namespace A. Socket therefore lives in namespace A.
2. Interface moved to namespace B. Socket remains in namespace A.
3. Namespace B now has access to the interface and changes the listen
port and/or fwmark of socket. Change is reflected in namespace A.
This behavior is arguably _fine_ and perhaps even expected or
acceptable. But there's also an argument to be made that B should have
A's cred to do so. So, this patch adds a simple ns_capable check.
* ratelimiter: build tests with !IPV6
Should reenable building in debug mode for systems without IPv6.
* noise: replace getnstimeofday64 with ktime_get_real_ts64
* ratelimiter: totalram_pages is now a function
* qemu: enable FP on MIPS
Linux 5.0 support.
* keygen-html: bring back pure javascript implementation
Benoît Viguier has proofs that values will stay well within 2^53. We
also have an improved carry function that's much simpler. Probably more
constant time than emscripten's 64-bit integers.
* contrib: introduce simple highlighter library
This is the highlighter library being used in:
- https://twitter.com/EdgeSecurity/status/1085294681003454465
- https://twitter.com/EdgeSecurity/status/1081953278248796165
It's included here as a contrib example, so that others can paste it into
their own GUI clients for having the same strictly validating highlighting.
* netlink: use __kernel_timespec for handshake time
This readies us for Y2038. See https://lwn.net/Articles/776435/ for more info.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Update to the latest version of iproute2; see https://lwn.net/Articles/776174/
for a full overview of the changes in 4.20.
Remove upstream patch 001-fix-print_0xhex-on-32-bit.patch and 002-tc-fix-xtables-incorrect-usage-of-LDFLAGS.patch
Introduce a patch to include <linux/limits.h> for XATTR_SIZE_MAX in tc
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Current code directly writes the FOE entry to hash_val+1 position
when hash collision occurs. However, it is found that this behavior
will cause the cache and the hardware FOE table to be inconsistent.
For example, there are three flows, and their hashed values are all
equal to 100. The first flow is written to the position of 100. The
second flow is written to the position of 100+1. Then, the logic of
the current code will also write the third flow to 100+1.
At this time, the cache has flow 1 and 2; and the hardware FOE table
has flow 1 and 3, where these two parts store different contents.
So it is necessary to check whether the hash_val+1 is also occupied
before writing. If hash_val+1 is also occupied, we won’t bind th
third flow to the FOE table.
Addition to that, we also cancel the processing of foe_entry removal
because the hardware has auto age-out ability. The hardware will
periodically iterate through the FOE table to find out the time-out
entry and set it as INVALID.
Signed-off-by: HsiuWen Yen <y.hsiuwen@gmail.com>
On musl based distributions, u-boot 2010.03 fails to build with:
u-boot-2010.03/include/u-boot/crc.h:29:50: error: unknown type name 'uint'
uint32_t crc32 (uint32_t, const unsigned char *, uint);
The issue was fixed in the newer u-boot-2018.03 version, this commit
backports the change to the older version used by ar71xx/ath79.
Signed-off-by: Andy Walsh <andy.walsh44+github@gmail.com>
[add commit message from PR description]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Instead of silently downgrading any non-MD5 crypt() request to DES,
cleanly fail with return NULL and errno = ENOSYS. This allows callers
to notice the missing support instead of the unwanted silent fallback
to DES.
Also add a menuconfig toolchain option to optionally disable the crypt
size hack completely. This can be probably made dependant on SMALL_FLASH
or a similar feature indicator in a future commit.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1331
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The crypt(3) function is allowed to fail with either EINVAL or ENOSYS when
the given salt is either invalid or when the requested algorithm is not
implemented.
In such a case, libbb's pw_encrypt() function will silently convert the
crypt() NULL return value into an empty string which is then processed
without further errors by utilities such as chpasswd or passwd, causing
them to set an empty password when an unsupported cipher is requested.
Patch the relevant users of pw_encrypt() to abort in case an empty hash
is returned by pw_encrypt() in order to mitigate the problem.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Since readline/host links ncurses/host now, we need to ensure that the
libncursesw.so host library is built with -fPIC.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This may be useful if you don't entirely trust your flash and want to be able
to check for corruptions.
Signed-off-by: Michal Hrusecky <Michal@Hrusecky.net>
LAN ports 1 and 4 and 2 and 3 are interchanged. Fix this in 02_network
so the ports show up in the correct order in luci.
The correct ucidef_add_switch line is already present. This commit moves
the blocks around to keep alphabetical order.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
The swconfig load operation always triggers 'apply' function which in
this driver currently clears port mirroring flags effectively undoing
port mirroring configuration.
This fix preserves port mirroring flags during apply.
Signed-off-by: Milan Krstic <milan.krstic@gmail.com>
The swconfig load operation always triggers 'apply' function which in
this driver currently clears port mirroring flags effectively undoing
port mirroring configuration.
Signed-off-by: Milan Krstic <milan.krstic@gmail.com>
This adds a wrapper (uci_load_validate) for uci_validate_section() that
allows callers (through a callback function) to access the values set by
uci_validate_section(), without having to manually declare a
(potentially long) list of local variables.
The callback function receives two arguments when called, the config
section name and the return value of uci_validate_section().
If no callback function is given, then the wrapper exits with the value
returned by uci_validate_section().
This also updates several init scripts to use the new wrapper function.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
these utilities need to run with uid 0 to be useful. Thus,
install them setuid root like other distros do, too.
Signed-off-by: Carsten Wolff <carsten@wolffcarsten.de>
[use INSTALL_SUID macro]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Linux kernel has a polling mechanism that can be activated by changing
the parameter /sys/module/block/parameters/events_dfl_poll_msecs which
is deactivated by default or the /sys/block/[device]/events_poll_msecs
for one device.
This patch set the events_poll_msecs when a disk is inserted.
Once the media disk change event is sent by the kernel then we force a
re-read of the devices using /sbin/block info.
With this patch, insertion and ejection of sd card will automatically
generate partition devices in /dev.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Badaire <mbadaire@gmail.com>
[rewrap commit message, fix bashisms, fix non-matching condition,
bump pkg release]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Also fix the libxxxw.so* -> libxxx.so* linking to actually work, the
prevsious code failed to properly symlink the versioned .so files.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Update (lib)readline to 8.0
Remove autoreconf
Remove blankspace at the end of the lines in description
Remove --enable-shared and --enable-static as they're enabled by default
Remove TARGET_CPPFLAGS
Simplify install sections
Install readline.pc (pkgconfig)
Add patch for linking (lib)ncurses
Source:
https://git.buildroot.net/buildroot/plain/package/readline/0000-curses-link.patch
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
In order to prepare the switch from librpc to libtirpc, we need to relocate
conntrack-tools to the packages feed.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Package archives built before commit e6bcf1e4ac
("build: add ABI_VERSION to binary package names") lack the SourceName
control file field which caused ipkg-remove to skip such archives.
Add fallback code that matches the files by their basename followed by
an underscore, similar to how the old cleanup code worked.
Fixes: #2067
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
d273ddd mt7603: fix number of frames limit in .release_buffered_frames
63bf183 mt76: add channel switch announcement support
e45db12 mt7603: fix tx status info
9d11596 mt7603: discard bogus tx status data
4bcb2f9 mt7603: fix txd q_idx field value
4206db7 mt76: set IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR flag
c4e4982 mt7603: set IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN
702f557 mt7603: use maximum tx count for buffered multicast packets
158529d mt7603: fix PSE reset retry sequence
fc31457 mt7603: implement support for SMPS
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
e7e8ee5f Update bash_completion
b3b4e335 Update manual pages
bd93d90a Don't treat text as option if it matches -[0-9]
ea69c84b Bump up version number to 1.36.0
783b649b Update AUTHORS
eb21e6f8 Merge branch 'update-http-parser'
ab2aa567 Fix test failure
ff87a542 Use http-parser 0d0a24e19eb5ba232d2ea8859aba2a7cc6c42bc4
439dbce6 Merge branch 'nghttpx-h1-connection-pool-per-addr'
e9c9838c nghttpx: Pool h1 backend connection per address
803d4ba9 Merge branch 'nghttpx-randomize-roundrobin-order'
732245e5 make clang-format
9e8d5433 Use clang-format-7
fdcdb21c nghttpx: Randomize backend address round robin order per thread
11d0533c nghttpx: Ensure that cert serial does not exceed 20 bytes
dbb5f00d Merge pull request #1287 from rckclmbr/fix_serial_size
9cc412e2 Merge pull request #1285 from staticinvocation/master
5b2efc0a Fix getting long serial numbers for openssl < 1.1
7e4c48a4 Disable shared library if ENABLE_SHARED_LIB is OFF
082e162f Merge pull request #1282 from alagoutte/travis
7cc7c06c .travis(.yml): no longer need llvm-toolchain-trusty-7
12ebeb30 .travis(.yml): Update to Xenial
c78abbe1 Update mruby to 2.0.0
124c7848 nghttpx: Add missing return
ce9667c4 Merge branch 'nghttpx-fix-trailing-slash-handling'
f3f40840 nghttpx: Fix broken trailing slash handling
302abf1b h2load: Fix compile error with gcc
089a03be h2load: Write log file with write(2)
de4fe728 Merge branch 'pyos-master'
d1b3a83f h2load: add an option to write per-request logs
eb679253 Merge branch 'puscas-port_in_use'
6800d317 added access to the number of the current server port
c98362ea Bump up version number to 1.36.0-DEV
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Backport upstream patch:
Commit 65cab850f0ee ("net: Allow class-e address assignment via ifconfig
ioctl") modified the IN_BADCLASS macro a bit, but unfortunatly one too
many '(' characters were added to the line, making any code that used
it, not build properly.
Also, the macro now compares an unsigned with a signed value, which
isn't ok, so fix that up by making both types match properly.
Reported-by: Christopher Ferris <cferris@google.com>
Fixes: 65cab850f0ee ("net: Allow class-e address assignment via ifconfig ioctl")
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add the ABI_VERSION source makefile variable to the binary package basename
and resolve source dependencies on packages with ABI_VERSION set to such
expanded names.
If for example a package specifies DEPENDS:=libopenssl while the OpenSSL
Makefile specifies ABI_VERSION:=1.0.0, the resulting ipk control data
dependency will be "Depends: libopenssl1.0.0" and the libopenssl ipk file
will be called "libopenssl1.0.0_<version>_<arch>.ipk".
The next time a library such as OpenSSL is updated to an incompatible
version, the ABI_VERSION shall be changed accordingly to prevent opkg from
simply upgrading to an incompatible library without considering the
dependencies of already installed packages.
Also introduce another "SourceName" control field which is required by
the newly introduced "scritps/ipkg-remove" to determine the proper related
.ipk files to delete upon buildroot package clean operations.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Subdequent commits need this information to resolve the ABI version when
computing binary ipk dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Subsequent commits will put more auxiliary information into this file,
such as the per-package ABI version, so rename the metadata script
subcommand and file names accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In the case of upstream libraries, set the ABI_VERSION variable to the
soname value of the first version version after the last backwards
incompatible change.
For custom OpenWrt libraries, set the ABI_VERSION to the date of the
last Git commit doing backwards incompatible changes to the source,
such as changing function singatures or dropping exported symbols.
The soname values have been determined by either checking
https://abi-laboratory.pro/index.php?view=tracker or - in the case
of OpenWrt libraries - by carefully reviewing the changes made to
header files thorough the corresponding Git history.
In the future, the ABI_VERSION values must be bumped whenever the
library is updated to an incpompatible version but not with every
package update, in order to reduce the dependency churn in the
binary package repository.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This update fixes some cosmetical issues and a number of segmentation
faults when parsing lists having Conflicts or Replaces tags.
d217daf libopkg: fix replacelist parsing and writing
9dd9a07 libopkg: fix segmentation fault when traversing conflicts
34571ba libopkg: consider provided packages in pkg_vec_mark_if_matches()
18740e6 opkg_download: print error when fork() fails
e3d7330 libopkg: don't print unresolved dependencies twice
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch applies cleanly, so it doesn't cause errors while rebasing
patches. It results in redifinition of inode_still_linked, causing build
to fail when ubifs is enabled. Drop the patch.
Fixes: a37098a2d0 ("kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.16")
Reported-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
f52bb5b fix previous commit
18eac67 Fix entries in /etc/hosts disabling static leases.
f8c77ed Fix removal of DHCP_CLIENT_MAC options from DHCPv6 relay replies.
4bf62f6 Tidy cache_blockdata_free()
9c0d445 Fix e7bfd556c079c8b5e7425aed44abc35925b24043 to actually work.
2896e24 Check for not(DS or DNSKEY) in is_outdated_cname_pointer()
a90f09d Fix crash freeing negative SRV cache entries.
5b99eae Cache SRV records.
2daca52 Fix typo in ra-param man page section.
2c59473 File logic bug in cache-marshalling code. Introduced a couple of commits back.
cc921df Remove nested struct/union in cache records and all_addr.
ab194ed Futher address union tidying.
65a01b7 Tidy address-union handling: move class into explicit argument.
bde4647 Tidy all_addr union, merge log and rcode fields.
e7bfd55 Alter DHCP address selection after DECLINE in consec-addr mode. Avoid offering the same address after a recieving a DECLINE message to stop an infinite protocol loop. This has long been done in default address allocation mode: this adds similar behaviour when allocaing addresses consecutively.
The most relevant fix for openwrt is 18eac67 (& my own local f52bb5b
which fixes a missing bracket silly) To quote the patch:
It is possible for a config entry to have one address family specified by a
dhcp-host directive and the other added from /etc/hosts. This is especially
common on OpenWrt because it uses odhcpd for DHCPv6 and IPv6 leases are
imported into dnsmasq via a hosts file.
To handle this case there need to be separate *_HOSTS flags for IPv4 and IPv6.
Otherwise when the hosts file is reloaded it will clear the CONFIG_ADDR(6) flag
which was set by the dhcp-host directive.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Move the zip compression into a build recipe. Pad the image using the
existing build recipes as well to remove duplicate functionality
Change the code to append header and footer in two steps. Allow to use a
fixed filename as the netgear update image does.
Use a fixed timestamp within the zip archive to make the images
reproducible.
Due to the changes we are now compatible to the gnu89 c standard used by
default on the buildbots and we don't need to force a more recent
standard anymore.
Beside all changes, the footer still looks wrong in compare to the
netgear update image.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add the option -mt/--mtime to pass a timestamp which is used as filedate
for the containing files.
So far, it isn't used for anything written to the extra fields,
therefore requires the -X (eXclude eXtra file attributes) parameter to
be effective.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
One image requires a zip compressed image, so add the zip util found in
the packages feed, and extend it with some useful debian patches.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
7abbed4 dhcpv6: add setting to choose IA_NA, IA_PD or both
dd1aefd router: add syslog tracing for skipped routes
0314d58 router: filter route information option
5e99738 router: make announcing DNS info configurable (FS#2020)
1fe77f3 router: check return code of odhcpd_get_interface_dns_addr()
8f49804 config: check for invalid DNS addresses
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
331ac70 Correctly update parent qlen when splitting GSO packets
581967c Makefile: Hook into Kbuild/Kconfig infrastructure
The parent qlen change is relevant if using cake as a leaf qdisc,
the makefile is a no-op.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
4ea9a2db164c Update upload-release.sh script and po files.
a01938d584b9 libelf: Mark both fsize and msize with const attribute.
c338a0541663 libebl: Don't update w, t and len unnecessarily in ebl_object_note_type_name.
422b549007f6 Prepare for 0.175
22ec8efc1dd8 elflint: Allow PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment to match SHT_X86_64_UNWIND section.
cf10453f8252 libelf: Correctly setup alignment of SHF_COMPRESSED section data.
d3e6266754b9 strip: Also handle gnu compressed debug sections with --reloc-debug-sections
72e30c2e0cb4 Handle GNU Build Attribute ELF Notes.
7a3f6fe60b85 Recognize NT_VERSION notes.
cff53f1784c9 libcpu: Recognize bpf jump variants BPF_JLT, BPF_JLE, BPF_JSLT and BPF_JSLE
ecbe3120cddb libdwelf: New function dwelf_elf_begin.
4b0342b85b5b backends: Add x86_64 section_type_name for SHT_X86_64_UNWIND.
825e48c4e942 Also find CFI in sections of type SHT_X86_64_UNWIND
4789e0fb92b0 libelf: Explicitly update section data after (de)compression.
1628254ba215 strip: Add --reloc-debug-sections-only option.
f2d59180b90b strip: Extract code to update shdrstrndx into new common function.
f6ae0ab9350e strip: Split out debug section relocation into separate helper functions.
b15ee95bcee4 strip: Always copy over any phdrs if there are any.
e574889d92b1 unstrip: Add ELF_CHECK to make sure gelf_getehdr () doesn't return NULL.
5199e15870e0 Recognize and parse GNU Property notes.
b75ff1bbd060 addr2line: Use elf_getshdrstrndx not Ehdr field to print section name.
35197ea4c43e readelf: Use shstrndx to lookup section names.
9a74c190a2b3 backends: ppc use define instead of const for size of dwarf_regs array.
72d023b35f36 readelf: Make sure readp is smaller than cieend in print_debug_frame_section.
dce0b3b63ba0 readelf: Make sure readp is smaller than cieend in print_debug_frame_section.
1e7c230b277b Check sh_entsize is not zero.
22d2d082d57a size: Handle recursive ELF ar files.
2b16a9be6993 arlib: Check that sh_entsize isn't zero.
4cdb0fd0d3b4 ar: Assume epoch if ar_date is bogus.
577511f66842 findtextrel: Check that sh_entsize isn't zero.
20f9de9b5f70 libdwfl: Sanity check partial core file data reads.
2f4a040fab52 readelf: Handle multiple .debug_macro sections and decode header flag.
eee4269e5315 unstrip: Renumber the group section indexes.
c06ab0bbb476 strip, unstrip: Handle SHT_GROUP correctly.
2876b3b648f6 Handle ADD/SUB relocations
69d6e67eee30 tests: backtrace-dwarf.c improve error handling in test framework.
Originally-produced--by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Commit 3f0eb71dae added ALTERNATIVES for wget but not in correct
alphabetical order; increase PKG_RELEASE as well.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
While we don't need the gnu99 option anymore, we still need to force the
c99 standard to fix the following build error on the build bots:
src/mkdlinkfw.c: In function 'find_auh_headers':
src/mkdlinkfw.c:267:3: error: 'for' loop initial declarations are only allowed in C99 or C11 mode
for (int i = 0; i < header_counter; i++) {
^
src/mkdlinkfw.c:267:3: note: use option -std=c99, -std=gnu99, -std=c11 or -std=gnu11 to compile your code
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
fread() doesn't set errno, ferror need to be used to check for errors.
While at it, check if we read the expect number of elements.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable if set instead of the
current time. The used timestamp matches the timestamp of the latest
commit this way and make the images reproducible.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Drop unused function and macros. With the cleanup the gnu extension
typeof isn't used any longer and the gnu99 compile flag can be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Don't symlink uclient-fetch anymore to /bin/wget but rather use
the ALTERNATIVES support for wget to install it as /usr/bin/wget.
Let uclient-fetch provide wget
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Busybox wget applet conflicts with the version from uclient.
Fix this by using ALTERNATIVE support for wget in busybox.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The Detection pin is at PF6 and not at PH13 like defined before. I
checked the schematics and now I am am not seeing this error message any
more:
Loading Environment from FAT... Card did not respond to voltage select!
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Disable the PMIC on Olimex A13 Olinuxino, as the SPL cannot set the
core voltage correctly, which causes the board to freeze later at
kernel if CPU throttling is enabled (see below). This will almost
certainly kill the VGA output (which requires LDO3 to be set), but
this is still a better option than to disable CPU throttling for
all Cortex-A8 based devices.
[ 2.485632] cpufreq: cpufreq_online: CPU0: Running at unlisted freq: 384000 KHz
[ 2.525698] cpufreq: cpufreq_online: CPU0: Unlisted initial frequency changed to: 432000 KHz
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
Instead of using a fork of the ARM trusted firmware specifically for the
Allwinner SoCs, use the official version from ARM now, this version
supports the Allwinner SoCs now and the older ATF repository is
deprecated.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This updates the uboot for the sunxi target to version 2018.11
The removed patches are applied upstream and not needed any more.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds supprot for kernel 4.19 to the sunxi target. The patches and
the configuration were copied from the kernel 4.14 patches folder and
adapted for kernel 4.19.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
To make it easier to support multiple kernel versions in parallel also
copy the sub target specific kernel configurations into kernel specific
files.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In the device tree file the higher offsets of the reset controller are
not used, so this patch supporting higher bits is not needed.
The sunxi architecture switched to the simple reset controller with
kernel 4.19 and then this patch does not apply any more.
The sunxi target in OpenWrt is very close to mainline, so if the device
tree files from the mainline Linux kernel need this the mainline kernel
will get support for this.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This configuration option was added in kernel 4.15 and is missing in the
kernel 4.19 configuration.
Fixes: ed2839ac41 ("kernel/modules: add kmod-pmbus-zl6100 module")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds a kernel configuration file for kernel 4.19 on malta.
CONFIG_POWER_RESET_PIIX4_POWEROFF and CONFIG_POWER_RESET_SYSCON were
activated because malta now uses this driver for reboot.
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR was also added because it was also added to the kernel
default configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Many MIPS CPUs have optional CPU features which are not activates for
all CPU cores. Print the CPU options which are implemented in the core
in /proc/cpuinfo. This makes it possible to see what features are
supported and which are not supported. This should cover all standard
MIPS extensions, before it only printed information about the main MIPS
ASEs.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes two build problems introduced with the recently added new
kernel module package.
Fixes: ed2839ac41 ("kernel/modules: add kmod-pmbus-zl6100 module")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Hardware
========
CPU: Freescale P1010 PowerPC
RAM: 128M DDR3
NAND: 128MiB
ETH: RTL8211F SGMII PHY
RTL8367B 5-port RGMII switch
(not connected to SoC - unmanaged)
WiFi: SparkLan WPEA-121N
- Atheros AR9382 2T2R abgn
USB: 1x USB 2.0
LED: System, Router, Internet, Tunnel controllable
LAN1-4, WAN, Power non-controllable
BTN: None
Installation
============
1. Power on the device while attached to the Console port.
2. Halt the U-Boot by pressing Enter when prompted.
3. Set the correct bootcmd for booting OpenWRT:
> setenv bootargs_owrt "setenv bootargs console=ttyS0,115200"
> setenv bootcmd "run bootargs_owrt;
nand read 0x1000000 0x300000 0x800000;
bootm 0x1000000;"
> saveenv
5. Rename OpenWRT initramfs image to 'kernel.bin' and place it in a
TFTP server root-directory served on 192.168.1.2/24. Connect your
computer to one of the LAN-ports.
4. Boot OpenWRT initramfs image with
> run bootargs_owrt; tftpboot 0x1000000 192.168.1.2:kernel.bin;
bootm 0x1000000;
6. (Optional)
Make a Backup of 'sophos-os1', 'sophos-os2' and 'sophos-data' in case
you ever want to go back to the vendor firmware.
7. Create Ubi Volume on mtd4 by executing
> ubiformat /dev/mtd4 -y
8. Transfer OpenWRT sysupgrade image to the device via SCP and install it
with
> sysupgrade -n <openwrt-image-file>
Back to Stock
=============
If you want to go back to the stock firmware, here is the bootcmd of the
vendor firmware:
> setenv bootargs console=ttyS0,115200 root=/dev/mtdblock5;
nand read 0xc00000 0x00300000 0x100000;
nand read 0x1000000 0x00400000 0x00800000;
bootm 0x1000000 - 0xc00000
Set it via 'setenv' from the U-Boot shell and don't forget to save it
using 'saveenv'!
After this, boot the OpenWRT initramfs image just like you would for
installation. Write back the three vendor partitions using mtd. Reboot
the device afterwards.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[refresh and reorder patches]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Initramfs image isn't required for this device and regular
initramfs generation isn't work properly. It create not working
binaries.
This patch disable initramfs image for TL-WDR4900.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This patch adds the kmod packaging for the Intersil / Zilker Labs
ZL6100 and compatible digital DC-DC controllers as well as the
core kernel module for the Power Management Bus.
Add:
kmod-pmbus-core
kmod-pmbus-zl6100
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This adds initial support for kernel 4.19 to the x86 target.
The patches and the kernel configurations were copied from kernel 4.14
and then refreshed.
The legacy and the genode target will not support PAE any more because
they use a CPU type which does not support PAE, the generic sub target
still supports PAE.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This refreshes the kernel configuration for kernel 4.14.
First this was run for the legacy target:
make kernel_oldconfig
Then for all targets including the legacy target this was run:
make kernel_oldconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget
The option CONFIG_104_QUAD_8 was added to the generic configuration
because it would have been automatically removed.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This makes it possible to use different sub target configurations for
kernel 4.19 for example.
To support kernel 4.9 and kernel 4.14 with the same configuration file
already needed some extra work this will not be needed for kernel 4.19
any more.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes compilation of gdb on arm64.
The kernel defines "struct sigcontext" in asm/sigcontext.h and musl libc
defines it in signal.h, which collides.
Kernel 4.14 misses the definitions of struct user_sve_header so we still
have to use the aarch64-sve-linux-sigcontext.h header file which also
provides that and make sure aarch64-sve-linux-sigcontext.h does not
provide the same headers as the kernel or musl.
Fixes: FS#2040
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Set the LDFLAGS otherwise it will not get the target hardening flags or
any other generic flags provided in the LDFLAGS
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
d2e247d odhcp6c: align further with RFC8415
ce83a23 dhcpv6: avoid parsing unncessary IAs
b079733 dhcpv6: set cnt to correct IOV enum
41494da dhcpv6: get rid of request_prefix
f7437e4 dhcpv6: sanitize option request list
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The new samba36-hotplug package provides a hotplug.d script for the
"mount" subsystem. It automatically shares every mounted block device.
It works by updating /var/run/config/samba file which:
1) Is read by procd init script
2) Gets wiped on reboot providing a consistent state
3) Can be safely updated without flash wearing or conflicting with user
changes being made in /etc/config/samba
Cc: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This will allow automation/hotplug.d scripts to store runtime shares in
the /var/run/config/samba. It's useful e.g. for USB drives that user
wants to be automatically shared.
Using /var/run/config/ provides:
1) Automated cleaning on reboots
It's important for consistency (to avoid sharing non-existing drives)
2) Safety for user non-commited changes
Automated scripts should never call "uci [foo] commit" as that could
flush incomplete config.
Another minor gain is avoiding flash wearing for runtime setup.
Cc: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It's needed to:
1) Fix GPIOLIB_IRQCHIP as in 4.19 there is no bcma revert anymore
2) Fix /sys/devices/
3) Fix dma_zalloc_coherent() regression
It still needs a bcma change that will follow later.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This fixes:
1) Getting STA info with newer firmwares
2) Getting DMI / UEFI / OF data
3) Possible memory corruption in firmware loading code
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
1) Using fwctx variable after brcmf_fw_request_done() was executed meant
accessing freed memory.
2) Using fwctx->completion for the wait_for_completion_timeout() call
could reuslt in NULL pointer dereference on fw loading error or if
brcmf_fw_request_done() was executed quickly enough.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
upstream commit 802b7c06adc7 ("ARM: cns3xxx: Convert PCI to use generic config accessors")
reimplemented cns3xxx_pci_read_config() using pci_generic_config_read32(),
which preserved the property of only doing 32-bit reads.
It also replaced cns3xxx_pci_write_config() with pci_generic_config_write(),
so it changed writes from always being 32 bits to being the actual size,
which works just fine.
Due to:
- The documentation does not mention that only 32 bit access is allowed.
- Writes are already executed using the actual size
- Extensive testing shows that 8b, 16b and 32b reads work as intended
It makes perfectly sense to also swap 32 bit reading in favor of actual size.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Sometimes the tuples might be hashed to the same FOE entry.
When this hash collision problem occurs, some of the
connections will not be bound and consequently the CPU
idle rate cannot reach 100%. Therefore, two-way hashing
is adopted to alleviate this problem.
Signed-off-by: HsiuWen Yen <y.hsiuwen@gmail.com>
68c2930a56 NEWS: add entries for bugs 23275, 23861, and 23907
766e8fb932 intl: Do not return NULL on asprintf failure in gettext [BZ #24018]
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Copy U-Boot to STAGING_DIR_IMAGE (and append it to the EVA-image from
there) to fix image generation using the image-builder.
Also remove the bootloader from DEVICE_PACKAGES and instead use the
BUILD_DEVICES directive from within the U-Boot makefile.
This fixes eva-image generation using the OpenWRT image-builder.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This patch syncs the 4.14 kernel config to the
current generic configuration.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [reworded commit]
This patch syncs the 4.19 kernel config since the
KERNEL_STACKPROTECTOR and compiler options are
now part of the 4.19 generic config.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [reworded commit]
Robert Marko reported an issue with the current imagebuilder images:
"Imagebuilder includes the new kmod-usb-dwc3-qcom USB driver
package by default even on 4.14. [...] the current state imagebuilder
can't build images under 4.14 at all as the kmod-usb-dwc3-qcom does
not exist in it so it throws and error and exits."
This patch reverts the Makefile to just kmod-usb-dwc3-of-simple and
once the switch to 4.19 is done. It also removes the
kmod-usb-phy-qcom-dwc3 as they only contain the usb-phy drivers for
the ipq806x generation.
Dynamic switching based on the KERNEL_PATCHVER is possible by using:
$(if $(filter 4.14,$(KERNEL_PATCHVER)),kmod-usb-dwc3-of-simple,kmod-usb-dwc3-qcom)
though it
Fixes: 13321fa142 ("ipq40xx: Use kmod-usb-dwc3-qcom by default")
Fixes: 6e58fb2c33 ("ipq40xx: kmod-usb-dwc3-of-simple vs kmod-usb-dwc3-qcom")
Reported-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The name for the artifact should have been apollo3g.dtb
and not kernel.dtb.
Fixes: 908bdbfce9f9 ("apm821xx: utilize build ARTIFACTs")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Copied config from 4.14
Add patches for 4.19
Drop patch 103-powerpc-fix-build-cross32ar.patch,
because issue was fixed in upstream.
Compiled: generic p1020
Compiled and tested: (unofficial) P2020, TP-Link TL-WDR4900
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [reworded commit]
This patch deprecates the kmod-ptp-gianfar package and
introduces kmod-ptp-qoriq for 4.19+ in its place. This
has become necessary due to the linux kernel commit
ceefc71d4c05 ("ptp: rework gianfar_ptp as QorIQ common PTP driver")
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [reworded commit]
Currently, the image creation process for the TP-Link tl-wdr4900-v1
needs a fixed sized kernel and places the rootfs partition at a
fixed offset. With the upcoming move to 4.19 the kernel will no
longer fit into the existing allocated space for the kernel
partition.
This patch converts the device to utilize the established
tplink,firmware mtdsplitter, which can deal with a dynamic
kernel/rootfs size.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [reworded commit]
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128M DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB
ETH: 1x Atheros AR8035 (PoE in)
WiFi2: QCA9558 2T2R
WiFi5: QCA9880 2T2R
BTN: 1x Reset
LED: 1x LED blue
1x LED red
BEEP: 1x GPIO attached piezo beeper
UART: 3.3V GND TX RX (115200-N-8) (3.3V is square pad)
Header is located next to reset-button
Installation
------------
Make sure you set a password for the root user as prompted on first
setup!
1. Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via SSH to the device.
Use /tmp as the destination folder on the device.
User is root, password the one set in the web interface.
2. Install OpenWRT with
> sysupgrade -n -F /tmp/<openwrt-image-name>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128M DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB
ETH: 1x Atheros AR8035 (PoE in)
WiFi2: QCA9558 3T3R
WiFi5: QCA9880 3T3R
BTN: 1x Reset
LED: 1x LED blue
1x LED red
BEEP: 1x GPIO attached piezo beeper
UART: 3.3V GND TX RX (115200-N-8) (3.3V is square pad)
Header is located next to reset-button
Installation
------------
Make sure you set a password for the root user as prompted on first
setup!
1. Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via SSH to the device.
Use /tmp as the destination folder on the device.
User is root, password the one set in the web interface.
2. Install OpenWRT with
> sysupgrade -n -F /tmp/<openwrt-image-name>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Always enable the pwr led and use the usr led for boot status indication.
Rename nodes in the dts, to match what is recommend in the devicetree
specification.
Increase the maximum spi frequency to 20MHz and drop the m25p,chunked-io
which isn't required on mt7621.
Use the BTN_0 keycode for the mode button. This board doesn't have any
wireless.
Use a more descriptive label for the reset button and the GPIO enabling
the usb vcc supply.
Use the beeper kernel module for the buzzer.
Fix the pinmux to switch only pins used as GPIOs to the GPIO function.
Add support for the PoE enable GPIO to the userspace. The PoE power
status can be read via GPIO7. Since OpenWrt doesn't have support for
reading inputs from userspace, prepare only the pinmux for the GPIO.
Signed-off-by: Anton Arapov <arapov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch adds support of MikroTik RouterBOARD 750Gr3, without the need
to reflashing the bootloader.
Installation through RouterBoot follows the usual MikroTik method
https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common
Since the image isn't compatible with RouterBOARD 750Gr3 installations
which have replaced the bootloader, the former used userspace boardname
is not added to the SUPPORTED_DEVICES, to prevent a brick while trying
to upgrade to the image with native support.
Signed-off-by: Anton Arapov <arapov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Currently busybox find and xargs conflict with the versions from
findutils package. Fix this by using ALTERNATIVES in busybox
and the related findutils (from packages feed) commit.
The conflict is due to the binaries being in the the same place
in rootfs and opkg not being happy about that.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
It seems, that since Linux 4.18-rc1 rtc-ds1307 depends on hwmon-core.
commit 6b583a64fd1e019fd01626b46892ebf2361951c5
Author: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Date: Wed Sep 27 22:41:26 2017 +0200
rtc: ds1307: simplify hwmon config
We don't have to define an extra config symbol, IS_REACHABLE does
what we need. And having this config symbol just to save the few
bytes of hwmon support on non-DS3231 chips isn't worth it IMO
(especially as the symbol is set per default).
While at it, use the same dependency check for `kmod-regmap` as well, so
it's future proof as well.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
70f8785 zones: add zone identifying local traffic in raw OUTPUT chain
6920de7 utils: Free args in __fw3_command_pipe()
6ba9105 options: redirects: Fix possible buffer overflows
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Tar will automatically record the user/group ID and name for
files/directories. This reduces the reproducibility of the sysupgrade.tar
because most of the people don't use the same username as the OpenWrt
buildserver.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The file ordering in the current sysupgrade depends on the order of file in
a filesystem. This is often already in a sane (alphabetical order) but this
is not always the case. For example, the OpenWrt build servers return a
different ordering.
This breaks the reproducibility of the sysupgrade tarballs significantly
and also resulted in images which cannot be used for upgrades on devices
like the OpenMesh A42/A62.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
This commit adds the nescessary settings to allow reading the uboot environment variables on the GL.iNet GL-B1300 board.
Signed-off-by: Ibrahim Tachijian <barhom@netsat.se>
Gigabit ethernet adapters using BCM5706/5708/5709/5716 chipset are
common on servers and as easy/cheap to get as Intel based ones.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
The Eon EN25QH64 is a 64 Mbit SPI NOR flash memory chip. Its 32, 128 and
256 Mbits siblings are supported upstream but this particular size wasn't.
This commit includes patches for kernels 4.14 and 4.19.
Tested on a COMFAST CF-E120A v3 (ath79).
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
This updates hostapd to version the git version from 2018-12-02 which
matches the 2.7 release.
The removed patches were are already available in the upstream code, one
additional backport is needed to fix a compile problem.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is a big block(d) cleanup with new feature of generating "mount"
hotplug.d events.
It's an important update for those who were using mountd in the
pre-18.06 releases. Due to the mountd being replaced with blockd a
support for "mountd" hotplug.d events has been lost. It broke all kind
of shell scripts that were e.g. managing services depending on an
external USB drive availability.
This basically (re-)adds support for calling /etc/hotplug.d/mount/
scripts with ACTION ("add" or "remove") and DEVICE set.
af93f4b block(d): improve hotplug.d "mount" events for the autofs
3bb3352 blockd: unmount device explicitly when it disappears
28753b3 block: remove target directory after unmounting
c8c7ca5 block: cleanup handling "start" action of the "autofs" command
f1bb762 block: make blockd_notify() return an int instead of void
71c2bde block: generate hotplug.d mount events
30f5096 block: validate amount of arguments for the "autofs" command
dc6a462 blockd: don't reparse blob msg in the vlist callbacks
f6a9686 blockd: don't unmount device when removing it from the list
1913fea block: don't duplicate unmounting code in the mount_action()
6b445fa block: make umount_device() function more generic
a778468 block: don't duplicate mounting code in the mount_device()
5dc631d block: simplify code picking mount target directory
2971779 block: move blockd_notify() call out of the conditional blocks
b86bd6e block: fix formatting & indent in the mount_device()
e12c0d6 fstools: use EXIT_FAILURE when indicating error on exit
091aa3d fstools: guard usage of WEXITSTATUS
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
3981fc3453 malloc: Always call memcpy in _int_realloc [BZ #24027]
f6d0e8c36f Fix rwlock stall with PREFER_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_NP (bug 23861)
2794474c65 powerpc: Add missing CFI register information (bug #23614)
d8ca7a0c71 Fix _dl_profile_fixup data-dependency issue (Bug 23690)
f1e211096b inet/tst-if_index-long: New test case for CVE-2018-19591 [BZ #23927]
4e9f34e54f support: Implement <support/descriptors.h> to track file descriptors
e75481a7a7 support: Close original descriptors in support_capture_subprocess
0f79dc0be3 support_quote_string: Do not use str parameter name
6b2dd53aa0 support: Implement support_quote_string
50477165b9 malloc: Add another test for tcache double free check.
4b246928bd malloc: tcache double free check
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch adds the boot-part feature to the apm82181 sata target.
This makes it possible to configure the boot partition size with
the generic CONFIG_TARGET_KERNEL_PARTSIZE symbol.
Please note: For people using custom images: Just like with
CONFIG_TARGET_ROOTFS_PARTSIZE changing the value can cause
sysupgrade to repartition the device!
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Use the file extension bin for sysupgrade-tar images with
metadata to unify the file extension across the target/tree.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The exported kernel dtbs can be build as artifacts.
This way, the MyBook Live's DTB is not generated twice.
While at it, give the artifacts their proper name.
For the wndr4700 use the "device-tree" partition name and
for the MyBook Live: "apollo3g.dtb" to match the mbl_boot.scr.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Buffalo WXR-2533DHP is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on Qualcomm
IPQ8064.
The U-Boot on WXR-2533DHP employs a complicated dual firmware
protection scheme against corruptions of the kernel and rootfs
images. See the notes in buffalo.sh for details.
specifications:
- Qualcomm IPQ8064 (384 - 1,400 MHz, 2C2T)
- 512 MB of RAM (DDR3)
- 256 MB of Flash (NAND)
- 4T4R 2.4/5 GHz Wlan (QCA9980)
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 10x LEDs, 8x keys (6x buttons, 2x slide-switches)
- 2x USB 3.0 Type-A
- 12VDC/4A AC Adapter
- UART through-hole on PCB
- J3: Vcc, GND, TX, RX from USB port side
- 115200n8
Boot instructions for the initramfs image:
1. Prepare the TFTP server with the initramfs image renamed to
"wxr2300dhp-initramfs.uImage" and IP address "192.168.11.10".
2. Press the "AOSS" button while powering on the WXR-2533DHP.
3. Wait until the "Wireless" LED flashes before releasing the AOSS button.
The WXR-2533DHP will grab the image from TFTP server and will boot it.
Flashing instructions:
To persistently write the firmware, flash an openwrt sysupgrade image
from inside the initramfs, for example transfer
via `scp <sysupgrade> root@192.168.1.1:/tmp` and flash on the device
with `sysupgrade -n /tmp/<sysupgrade>`. Then wait ~120 seconds to
let it finish the flashing process.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [reworded message]
This commit allows to use non-standard UBI volume name as the rootfs
volume in sysupgrade.
ex.:
The U-Boot on Buffalo WXR-2533DHP checks existence and checksum of
"ubi_rootfs" volume when booting, so this name is required.
OpenWrt currently provides several patches:
490-ubi-auto-attach-mtd-device-named-ubi-or-data-on-boot.patch
491-ubi-auto-create-ubiblock-device-for-rootfs.patch
492-try-auto-mounting-ubi0-rootfs-in-init-do_mounts.c.patch
to facilitate ubi rootfs automount. However the upstream kernel
also supports the means of booting from a fully custom ubi
partition name and ubi volume name via bootargs/kernel's cmdline
parameters:
ubi.mtd=mtd_partition_name
ubi.block=rootfs_volume_name
root=/dev/ubiblock$X_$Y
For more information and examples visit the wiki over at linux-mtd:
<http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/faq/ubifs.html>
<http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/doc/ubi.html>
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [reworded commit]
This commits adds the "ramdisk" feature to ipq806x target. The
main driving force behind this decision is to facilitate the
installation of OpenWrt on some locked IPQ806x devices.
Examples:
- NEC Aterm WG2600HP
The U-Boot on WG2600HP is protected with a password which prevents
users from gaining access to the u-boot prompt in order to install
the images from there.
Therefore, on this device, installing OpenWrt by the user involves
changing the bootcmd as follows so that WG2600HP downloads and
executes initramfs image from TFTP server.
ex.:
bootcmd="ping ${serverip} && tftpboot 0x44000000 wg2600hp-initramfs.bin; bootipq"
- Buffalo WXR-2533DHP
The U-Boot on WXR-2533DHP has built-in firmware recovery mode.
It's activated by holding the "AOSS" button during boot. This
will trigger the device to download the firmware from an TFTP
server and booting from it. By using this, the user can the
install OpenWrt firmware without having access to the UART
console.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [reworded commit]
Update busybox to 1.30.0.
Refresh patches.
Leave new features disabled by default.
Config refreshed via:
cd package/utils/busybox/config/
../convert_menuconfig.pl ../../../../build_dir/target-arm_cortex-a15+neon-vfpv4_musl_eabi/busybox-1.30.0
make package/busybox/compile
cd package/utils/busybox
./convert_defaults.pl < ../../../build_dir/target-arm_cortex-a15+neon-vfpv4_musl_eabi/busybox-1.30.0/.config > Config-defaults.in
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Replace the code with a more readable version. Rename the recipe
to reflect the real usecase.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The 'factory' partition will move to 0x50000-0x60000 in 2019. As
the webserver in bootloader is compatible with different mtdlayout,
all the users still can upgrade firmware whatever on ath79 or ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
This patch adds support for the COMFAST CF-E110N, an outdoor wireless
CPE with two Ethernet ports and a 802.11bgn radio.
Specifications:
- 650/400/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, both with PoE-in support
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, up to 26 dBm
- 11 dBi built-in antenna
- POWER/LAN/WAN/WLAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (2x red, 2x green)
- UART (115200 8N1) and GPIO (J9) headers on PCB
Flashing instructions:
The original firmware is based on OpenWrt so a sysupgrade image can be
installed via the stock web GUI. Settings from the original firmware
will be saved and restored on the new want, so a factory reset will be
needed: once the new firmware is flashed, perform the factory reset by
pushing the reset button several times during the boot process, while the
WAN LED flashes, until it starts flashing quicker.
The U-boot bootloader contains a recovery HTTP server to upload the
firmware. Push the reset button while powering the device on and keep it
pressed for >10 seconds. The recovery page will be at http://192.168.1.1
Notes:
The device is advertised, sold and labeled as "CF-E110N", but the
bootloader and the stock firmware identify it as "v2".
Acknowledgments:
Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[drop unused labels from devicetree source file]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch adds support for TP-Link Archer C6 v2 (EU)
Hardware specification:
- SOC: Qualcomm QCA9563 @ 775MHz
- Flash: GigaDevice GD25Q64CSIG (8MiB)
- RAM: Zentel A3R1GE40JBF (128 MiB DDR2)
- Ethernet: Qualcomm QCA8337N: 4x 1Gbps LAN + 1x 1Gbps WAN
- Wireless:
- 2.4GHz (bgn) QCA9563 integrated (3x3)
- 5GHz (ac) Qualcomm QCA9886 (2x2)
- Button: 1x power, 1x reset, 1x wps
- LED: 6x LEDs: power, wlan2g, wlan5g, lan, wan, wps
- UART: There's no UART header on the board
Flash instructions:
Upload
openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c6-v2-squashfs-factory.bin
via the router Web interface.
Flash instruction using tftp recovery:
1. Connect the computer to one of the LAN ports of the router
2. Set the computer IP to 192.168.0.66
3. Start a tftp server with the OpenWrt factory image in the
tftp root directory renamed to ArcherC6v2_tp_recovery.bin.
4. Connect power cable to router, press and hold the reset
button and turn the router on
5. Keep the reset button pressed until the WPS LED lights up
6. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
According to the GPL source the non-EU variant has different
GPIOs assigned to some of the LEDs and buttons. The flash
layout might be different as well. The wikidevi entry for
Archer A6/C6 assumes they are identical.
Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@gmail.com>
EnGenius EWS511AP is a wireless managed wall AP with PoE support,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531(Honeybee) + QCA9887.
Short specification:
- 128MB of RAM
- 16 MB of SPI FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531), 802.11b/g/n
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887), 802.11ac/n/a
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 1x Power LED, 2x LAN LEDs, 1x WLAN 2.4G LED, 1x WLAN 5G LED
- 1x RESET button
- built-in watchdog chipset
Flash instruction:
From EnGenius firmware to OpenWrt firmware:
Original firmware is based on QSDK.
Use sysupgrade firmware directly in vendor GUI.
Reset to factory default is necessary.
From OpenWrt firmware to EnGenius firmware:
1. Setup a TFTP server on your computer and configure static IP to 192.168.99.8
Put the OpenWrt firmware in the root directory on your computer.
2. Power up EWS511AP. Press 4 and then press any key to enter u-boot.
3. Download OpenWrt firmware
(ath)> tftpboot 0x80060000 ${dir}"openwrt-ath79-generic-engenius_ews511ap-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
4. Flash the firmware
(ath)> erase 0x9f060000 +f50000
(ath)> cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f060000 $filesize
5. Reboot
(ath)> reset
Signed-off-by: Guan-Hong Lin <GH.Lin@senao.com>
This device is called GL-AR300M, therefore rename the board(s)
to 'gl-ar300m-nor' and 'gl-ar300m-nand'
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
[change boardname in uboot envtools as well, don't use wildcards for
boardname]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
CPU: Atheros AR9341 535MHz
RAM: 32MB
FLASH: 4MiB
PORTS: 4 Port 100/10 Switch, 1 Port 100/10 Wan
WiFi: Atheros AR9341 2x2:2 bgn
LED: Power (static on), LAN (controlled by Switch), WAN, SYS, WiFi, RFKill
BTN: WPS, WiFi, Reset
Installation:
Upload the factory image via the vendor-GUI.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Silverio <menion@gmail.com>
[resolve merge conflicts, squash commits, fix commit title, remove
default default off led properties, mark sysupgrade image compatible
with the ar71xx version of the board, drop blank lines from dts]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With this commit the TP-Link Archer C58 and Archer C59 use caldata
patching in order to set the correct 5GHz MAC-address.
Tested on TP-Link Archer C59 v1.
For more details see commit 330965b.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Right now this patch adds nor image generation only. NAND image
generation is not supportet at the moment.
Furtheremore support for the MicroSD port is not implemented as of now.
Specification:
- SOC: QCA9563 (775MHz)
- Flash: 16 MiB (W25Q128FVSG)
- RAM: 128 MiB DDR2
- Ethernet: 2x 1Gbps LAN + 1x 1Gbps WAN
- Wireless: 2.4GHz (bgn) and 5GHz (ac)
- USB: 1x USB 2.0 port
- Button: 1x switch button, 1x reset button
- LED: 3x LEDS (green)
- Another LED can be accessed on GPIO 7 if soldered
Flash instruction:
- Set static ip to 192.168.1.2
- Unplug the power cord
- Hold reset button
- Plug power back in
- Right led will flash 5 times
- Release reset button
- Browse to 192.168.1.1
- Choose sysupgrade image in NOR-flash section
- Press "update nor firmware"
- After successful transfer unplug network cable before device restarts
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[resolve merge conflicts, rename buttons, use switch input type for mode
switch]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The OCEDO Koala has incorrect PLL settings which result in ~3% packet
loss on ethernet connections.
Also omit the gmac-configuration as it's incorrect too.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hardware spec of DIR-859 A1:
SoC: QCA9563
DRAM: 64MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
Switch: QCA8337N
WiFi 5.8GHz: QCA9880
USB is supported on the PCB but not connected.
Flash instructions:
1. Upgrade the factory.bin through the factory web interface or the u-boot
failsafe interface.
The firmware will boot up correctly for the first time.
Do not power off the device after OpenWrt has booted. Otherwise the u-boot
will enter failsafe mode as the checksum of the firmware has been changed.
2. Upgrade the sysupgrade.bin in OpenWrt.
After upgrading completes the u-boot won't complain about the firmware
checksum and it's OK to use now.
3. If you powered off the device before upgrading the sysupgrade.bin, just
upgrade the factory.bin through the u-boot failsafe interface and then goto
step 2.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <hackpascal@gmail.com>
[squash commits, use common seama recipes, sync factory image recipe
with ramips version]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Create a common template which has the required image build code
defined. Add some new variables to pass individual parts to the seama
recipes.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
check_signature is a bool option and doesn't take any arguments. The
presence of the 1 falsely suggests setting it to 0 disables the check,
while the option actually needs to be removed or commented out to be
disabled. So remove the argument to make it more clear.
Fixes: beca028bd6 ("build: add integration for managing opkg package feed keys")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The mask/shift computation used the pin group number instead of the pin
number, resulting in always modifying group 4 when applying muxes, so
fix it to consistently use the pin number.
Fixes: 0755c2d117 ("brcm63xx: add pinctrl support")
Reported-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Fix the switch port order to have the correct order in LuCI.
Fixes: FS#1469
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Barros <geadas@gmail.com>
[trim commit title, add a proper commit message, add fixes tag, keep
alphabetical order of the blocks]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Before installing an interface triggger check if an interface
trigger for the interface is already in place.
This avoids installing identical interface triggers for a given
interface
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
omcproxy will not start up if either the downlink or uplink interface is
not up at boottime as the interface triggers are not correctly
installed.
Further rework omcproxy init to make use of network functions defined
in network.sh; set proper family and proto options in procd firewall
rules.
Signed-off-by: David Santamaría Rogado <howl.nsp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Specs
SoC: MT7621AT
RAM: 512MiB
Flash: 32MiB MX25L25635F SPI NOR
2.4G: MT7603EN
5G: MT7612EN
Ethernet: 4x GE ports (1x WAN, 3x LAN) with link status LEDs
USB 3.0
LEDs: POWER, 5G WIFI, 2.4G WIFI, USB, Internet.
The last two ones are controlled by GPIO
UART: There are 2 UARTs (UARTLITE1/ttyS0 and UARTLITE3/ttyS1) on board.
UARTLITE1 is close to LEDs, and UARTLITE3 is close to flash chip.
The stock u-boot uses UARTLITE1 by default. Baud rate is 57600
Flash instruction
1. telnet 192.168.9.1 2317, username is "root" and password is "admin"
One can alternatively use UART to log in
2. Put OpenWrt firmware in a FAT32 USB drive, and connect it to the router
One can alternatively download the firmware via wget through Internet
3. mtd write /path/to/openwrt.bin firmware
4. reboot
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Very similar to the DWR-921-C1, except has a telephony/RJ11 port (not
sure if supported, I didn't try), wireless router with QMI LTE embedded
modem is based on the MT7620N SoC.
Specification:
* MediaTek MT7620N (580 Mhz)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of FLASH
* 802.11bgn radio
* 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (1 WAN and 4 LAN)
* 2x external, detachable (LTE) antennas
* UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
* 6x LED (GPIO-controlled)
* 1x bi-color Signal Strength LED (GPIO-controlled)
* 2x button
* JBOOT bootloader
The status led has been assigned to the dwr-922-e2:green:signalstrength
(lte signal strength) led. At the end of the boot it is switched off and
is available for lte operation. Works correctly also during sysupgrade
operation.
Installation:
Apply factory image via d-link http web-gui, or via recovery interface:
How to recover/revert to OEM firmware:
1.) Push and hold the reset button and turn on the power. Wait until all
LEDs start rapidly blinking (~10sec.)
2.) DHCP should give you an IP in the 192.168.123.0/24 subnet, or set
one manually
3.) Upload original factory image via JBOOT http interface at IP
192.168.123.254
4.) If http doesn't work, it can be done with curl command:
curl -F FN=@XXXXX.binhttp://192.168.123.254/upg
where XXXXX.bin is name of firmware file.
5.) You can optionally telnet to 192.168.123.254 before or during the
upload and it will report the flashing status, memory address etc.
6.) Once web UI and/or telnet says "Success", power cycle the router, or
type "reboot" into the telnet session.
Signed-off-by: Simon Quigley <squigley@squigley.net>
[squashed commits, word wrap commit message, rename signal strenght led
name to match what is used for the DWR-921-C1 since they share the led
configuration, add label referenced in the aliases node]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The WD MyBook Live SquashFS images didn't work anymore due to
a upstream regression in f2fs commit: 0cfe75c5b01199
("f2fs: enhance sanity_check_raw_super() to avoid potential overflows")
that got backported to 4.14.86 and landed in 4.18.
by Martin Blumenstingl:
|Treat "block_count" from struct f2fs_super_block as 64-bit little endian
|value in sanity_check_raw_super() because struct f2fs_super_block
|declares "block_count" as "__le64".
|
|This fixes a bug where the superblock validation fails on big endian
|devices with the following error:
| F2FS-fs (sda1): Wrong segment_count / block_count (61439 > 0)
| F2FS-fs (sda1): Can't find valid F2FS filesystem in 1th superblock
| F2FS-fs (sda1): Wrong segment_count / block_count (61439 > 0)
| F2FS-fs (sda1): Can't find valid F2FS filesystem in 2th superblock
|As result of this the partition cannot be mounted.
|
|With this patch applied the superblock validation works fine and the
|partition can be mounted again:
| F2FS-fs (sda1): Mounted with checkpoint version = 7c84
|
|My little endian x86-64 hardware was able to mount the partition without
|this fix.
|To confirm that mounting f2fs filesystems works on big endian machines
|again I tested this on a 32-bit MIPS big endian (lantiq) device.
Hopefully, this will do until Martin's patch moved through upstream
to -stable.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The MyBook Live DUO used "wd,mybooklive-duo" as the first
compatible string and not "wd_mybooklive-duo".
Fixes: 9b47aa93c7 ("apm821xx: unify My Book Live Single + Duo images")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Currently all Archer A7 v5 have the same (incorrect) MAC address.
The address is currently derived from eth1 which is not present on the
QCA9563. Use eth0 to get the correct MAC address.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
dd508af iwinfo: fix QCA9984 vendor id
0eaabf1 iwinfo: add device id for Atheros AR9287
6e998ec iwinfo: add device id for MediaTek MT7612E
5aa8c54 libiwinfo: nl80211: add mesh stats on assoclist.
77a9e98 iwinfo: Add Mikrotik R11e-2HPnD and R11e-5HacT to hardware list
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This reverts commit fd569e5e9d.
After an extra review & discussion few concerns were raised regarding
that feature:
1) It reacts to hotplug.d "block" events instead of more accurate (but
currently unavailable) "mount" events.
2) It requires *something* to mount block device before samba hotplug.d
gets fired. Otherwise samba_add_section() will just return.
3) It doesn't reload Samba which some users may expect
4) It operates on /etc/ which is not a right place for autogenerated
ephemeral config.
5) It doesn't include any cleanup for non-existing shares.
Cc: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
417ab77 mt7603: improve recovery from PSE reset failure
fea7ad8 mt76: move mt76x02_phy_get_min_avg_rssi to mt76 core
9d009be mt7603: add dynamic sensitivity tuning based on false CCA events
2c8e9ac mt7603: initialize channel maximum power from eeprom data
b2cc29b mt76: move mt76x02_get_txpower to mt76 core
6203d46 mt7603: add support for setting transmit power
294e095 mt7603: reset DMA scheduler on MT7628
8178f0d mt7603: apply efuse data only when it exists
e67e551 mt76: dma: remove napi from mt76_dma_rx_fill signature
0490bd2 mt76: usb: do not build the skb if reported len does not fit in buf_size
eb076ae mt76: Add missing include of linux/module.h
1d2819e mt76: fix typo in mt76x02_check_mac_err routine
9c9fae3 mt76: mac: run mt76x02_mac_work routine atomically
6be90b6 mt76: usb: avoid queue/status spinlocks while passing tx status to mac80211
40dad32 mt76x0: pci: fix ACS support
d94e9c4 mt76x02: do not set protection on set_rts_threshold callback
0d83d73 mt76x02: fixup MT_PROT_RATE_* defines
628f8d7 mt76x02: set protection according to ht operation element
f7d8c17 mt76x0: configure MT_VHT_HT_FBK_CFG1
10f57cf mt76x2: add static qualifier to mt76x2_init_hardware
37b2ad3 mt76: dfs: run mt76x02_dfs_set_domain atomically
51b6daf mt76x2: init: set default value for MT_TX_LINK_CFG
9661da4 mt76: add energy detect CCA support to mt76x{0,2}e drivers
876d0e9 mt76: mac: minor optimizations in mt76x02_mac_tx_rate_val
c78e317 mt76: dma: do not build skb if reported len does not fit in buf_size
3598046 mt76: mmio: introduce mt76x02_check_tx_hang watchdog
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch converts the MyBook Live's recovery image to utilize the
multi-image method which integrates the device-tree binary directly
into the image.
The new initramfs can be loaded through the MyBook Live's U-boot
in the following way:
=> setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
=> setenv serverip 192.168.1.2
=> sata init; run addtty; tftp $kernel_addr_r wd_mybooklive-initramfs.bin; bootm
Waiting for PHY auto negotiation to complete... done
ENET Speed is 1000 Mbps - FULL duplex connection (EMAC0)
Using ppc_4xx_eth0 device
TFTP from server 192.168.1.2; our IP address is 192.168.1.1
Filename 'wd_mybooklive-initramfs.bin'.
Load address: 0x1000000
Loading: ################################################ [...]
done
[...]
Booting kernel from Legacy Image at 01000000 ...
Image Name: initramfs
Image Type: PowerPC Linux Multi-File Image (gzip compressed)
[...]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the build regression on 4.14 build
due to dt-bindings/dma/dw-dmac.h MIA.
apm82181.dtsi:24:10: fatal error: dt-bindings/dma/dw-dmac.h: No such file or directory
Fixes: 32141c183a ("apm821xx: add linux 4.19 apm821xx patches")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
It's same for Bullet and Nanostation so far, so let's hope it's going to
be the same for other boards sharing the same platform.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It's not necessary as it's already defined in ar934x.dtsi to:
pll-data = <0x16000000 0x00000101 0x00001616>;
And in ar71xx it's currently set to the same values:
#define AR934X_PLL_VAL_1000 0x16000000
#define AR934X_PLL_VAL_100 0x00000101
#define AR934X_PLL_VAL_10 0x00001616
And dumping the value from the airOS v6.1.7 has the same value:
AR934X_PLL_ETH_XMII_CONTROL_REG 0x1805002C 0x101
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Currently there is no LED signalization for various system states
implemented in diag.sh, so this patch adds support for it.
Tested-by: Joe Ayers <ae6xe@arrl.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch updates the apm821xx target to use the 4.19 kernel.
4.19 ships with all the crypto4xx driver patches. Furthermore,
the DW-DMA fix for the SATA controller has been backported from
4.20 and integrated.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
|In the patch "usb: simplify usbport trigger" together with
|"leds: triggers: add device attribute support" caused an
|regression for the usbport trigger. it will no longer
|enumerate any "ports" (i.e the sysfs directory stays empty)
|if the usb host drivers are fully initialized before the
|usbport trigger was loaded.
<https://marc.info/?l=linux-usb&m=154577101631079>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Thanks to the ledtrig-usb.c the USB LED trigger can be
setup in the device-tree definition for the Asus RT-AC58U
and ZyXEL NBG6617.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes a kernel warning that got triggered by 4.19
because of a bad/missing interrupt level definition in the DTS.
| WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 1996 at drivers/irqchip/irq-gic.c:1016
| CPU: 2 PID: 1996 Comm: kmodloader Not tainted 4.19.9 #0
| Hardware name: Generic DT based system
| [<c0317884>] (warn_slowpath_null) from [<c04f9cd0>]
| [<c04f9cd0>] (gic_irq_domain_translate) from [<c035af30>]
| [<c035af30>] (irq_create_fwspec_mapping) from [<c035b1e0>]
| [<c035b1e0>] (irq_create_of_mapping) from [<c0614eec>]
| [<c0614eec>] (of_irq_get) from [<c0614f3c>]
| [<c0614f3c>] (of_irq_to_resource) from [<c0614ff0>]
| [<c0614ff0>] (of_irq_to_resource_table) from [<c0610e08>]
| [<c0610e08>] (of_device_alloc) from [<c0610ea0>]
| [<c0610ea0>] (of_platform_device_create_pdata)
| [<c061120c>] (of_platform_bus_create)
| [<c06113c4>] (of_platform_populate)
| [<bf4c06b4>] (dwc3_qcom_probe [dwc3_qcom])
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com> noted in
"ipq40xx: Use kmod-usb-dwc3-qcom by default":
| Since 4.18 we cant use DWC3 OF Simple anymore so we
| have to use kmod-usb-dwc3-qcom.
This patch adds a TODO right next to the KERNEL_PATCHVER so
it will be picked up when moving to 4.19.
I would also like to point out:
All users/devs that are compiling their own images from source
and have a existing 4.14 config and want to switch to 4.19:
Please drop kmod-usb-dwc3-of-simple and add kmod-usb-dwc3-qcom
module package. Otherwise, the USB port on your router will no
longer work.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
- 4.19 no longer refuses to initialize the mdio bus if
a phy is not connected.
- fix partition unit-address
- restrict partition offset and size to 32-bit integers.
- add note to warn people not to mess with the ubi
partition size.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Upstream commit:
80483c3abf8 ("ARM: qcom: Cleanup/Remove unnecessary board file")
removed all the platform device compatibles stating that:
"This patch removes the unnecessary board file. The generic machine
definition is sufficient for the Qualcomm platforms."
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
- make the device userspace integration (WIFI,MAC,sysupgrade)
work again by renaming the ubi to UBI_DEV as a temporary measure.
In the future, once 4.14 support is dropped, this can all be
refactored again. *sigh*
- use the wifi0 and wifi1 labels
- follow Device-Tree Release v0.2 2.2.2 Generic Names Recommendation
- fix duplicated partition node-names
- remove qcom,ipq4019 platform compatible. it's no longer needed
(and wrong because the chip is a qcom,ipq4018).
Fixes: 4c67f3ad78d ("ipq40xx: Adapt 4.19 DTS for upstream SPI-NAND driver")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
IPQ40xx series has a HW pseudo random number generator built in.
It already has a node in the upstream ipq4019.dtsi so we just need to enable it.
Its driver has been rewritten to use crypto API so we dont have char interface like under 4.14 kernel.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
DTC was throwing warnings like this:
image-qcom-ipq4018-jalapeno.dtb: Warning (avoid_unnecessary_addr_size): /soc/spi@78b5000/m25p80@0: unnecessary #address-cells/#size-cells without "ranges" or child "reg" property
image-qcom-ipq4018-jalapeno.dtb: Warning (avoid_unnecessary_addr_size): /soc/spi@78b5000/spi-nand@1: unnecessary #address-cells/#size-cells without "ranges" or child "reg" property
So lets fix this for our downstream boards.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Since 4.19 upstream kernel provides generic SPI-NAND
framework and vendor specific drivers.
Since only users of MT29F are 2 boards with Winbond
W25N01GV SPI-NAND for which support has been backported
from 4.20 we can drop the ever stuck in staging MT29F
driver and instead use the upstream driver.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [squashed]
Since kernel 4.18 support for Qualcomm glue layer was
moved from DWC3 OF Simple to a separate DWC3 QCOM module.
So lets add it and make it depend on 4.19 kernel and make
sure that DWC3 OF Simple is not included if 4.19 is used.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
This adds the necessary patches for 4.19 kernel.
Upstreamed patches were dropped, backported upstreamed patches
from 4.20.
Drop Winbond ID patch since that NAND IC was upstreamed to use
SPI-NAND framework and support for it was backported from 4.20.
Rework ESSEDMA patches to compile under 4.19 due to timer changes,
Clément Péron did the hard work and his changes were taken from the
initial 4.19 PR.
MR33 changes had to be manually refreshed to apply.
Refresh other patches to apply.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Remove
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128M DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB
ETH: 1x Atheros AR8035 (PoE in)
WiFi2: QCA9558 3T3R
WiFi5: QCA9880 3T3R
BTN: 1x Reset
LED: 1x LED blue
1x LED red
BEEP: 1x GPIO attached piezo beeper
UART: 3.3V GND TX RX (115200-N-8) (3.3V is square pad)
Header is located next to reset-button
There is also a Micro-B USB-port present but this only seems to be a
dummy as the circuit next to it is not present (at least in my unit).
It is also not mentioned in the devolo manual.
Installation
------------
Make sure you set a password for the root user as prompted on first
setup!
1. Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via SSH to the device.
Use /tmp as the destination folder on the device.
User is root, password the one set in the web interface.
2. Install OpenWRT with
> sysupgrade -n -F /tmp/<openwrt-image-name>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128M DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB
ETH: 1x Atheros AR8035 (PoE in)
1x Atheros AR8033
WiFi2: QCA9558 2T2R
WiFi5: QCA9880 2T2R
BTN: 1x Reset
LED: 1x LED blue
1x LED red
BEEP: 1x GPIO attached piezo beeper
UART: 3.3V GND TX RX (115200-N-8) (3.3V is square pad)
Header is located next to reset-button
Installation
------------
Make sure you set a password for the root user as prompted on first
setup!
1. Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via SSH to the device.
Use /tmp as the destination folder on the device.
User is root, password the one set in the web interface.
2. Install OpenWRT with
> sysupgrade -n -F /tmp/<openwrt-image-name>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit adds support for TP-Link Archer C7 v5, leveraging most effort
from commit ea9baee and 1e4ee63. Archer C7 v5 is identical to Archer A7 v5
but with a different flash layout.
Specification:
- QCA9563 SoC (750 MHz)
- 128 MiB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MiB of flash (SPI)
- 5x 1 Gbps Ethernet (1x WAN + 4x LAN)
- 2.4GHz (bgn) SoC internal + 5GHz (ac) QCA9880
- 10x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instructions:
1. Upload openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c7-v5-squashfs-factory.bin
via web interface.
Flash instructions using TFTP recovery:
1. Plug PC to one of the LAN ports
2. Set PC to fixed IP address 192.168.0.66
3. Rename the factory image to ArcherC7v5_tp_recovery.bin and place it in
TFTP root directory
4. Turn on the router with the reset button pressed for about 15 secs
5. Release the button and wait about 150 secs to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: TOCK Chiu <tock.chiu@gmail.com>
Even with squashfs brcm2708 requires ROOTFS_PART_SIZE because the overlay
exists as a loopback device on the space not used by squashfs in the root
partition. Also for ext4 (the other fs option) ROOTFS_PART_SIZE is required,
so use feature flag rootfs-part to enable it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
The rootfs-part feature flag ensures that
CONFIG_ROOTFS_PART_SIZE symbol will be present
at all times.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Start 03x with 030 instead of 035. It's a trivial change that adds more
place for further backports in the 03x space.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The configuration option was renamed with kernel 4.19 from
CONFIG_CC_STACKPROTECTOR to CONFIG_STACKPROTECTOR adapt the code to set
both options.
CONFIG_STACKPROTECTOR now sets the regular stack protector and
CONFIG_STACKPROTECTOR_STRONG activates the additional protection of more
functions.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
With kernel 4.19 new configuration options for the compiler were added.
These are automatically selected and set, instead of having them in each
target configuration, put them into the generic configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CONFIG_COMPAT_BRK disables the heap randomization which is only needed
for very old and ancient user space applications, I am not aware that we
run any of these, just deactivate this option for these targets to allow
heap randomization.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Driver has been updated upstream to support more precise DT binding and
avoid mapping conflicts between pinctrl and USB 2.0 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Backport https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mips/linux.git/commit/?id=adcc81f148d733b7e8e641300c5590a2cdc13bf3
"Mapping the delay slot emulation page as both writeable & executable
presents a security risk, in that if an exploit can write to & jump into
the page then it can be used as an easy way to execute arbitrary code.
Prevent this by mapping the page read-only for userland, and using
access_process_vm() with the FOLL_FORCE flag to write to it from
mips_dsemul().
This will likely be less efficient due to copy_to_user_page() performing
cache maintenance on a whole page, rather than a single line as in the
previous use of flush_cache_sigtramp(). However this delay slot
emulation code ought not to be running in any performance critical paths
anyway so this isn't really a problem, and we can probably do better in
copy_to_user_page() anyway in future.
A major advantage of this approach is that the fix is small & simple to
backport to stable kernels.
Reported-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Fixes: 432c6bacbd0c ("MIPS: Use per-mm page to execute branch delay slot instructions")"
Without patch:
cat /proc/self/maps
00400000-0047a000 r-xp 00000000 1f:03 1823 /bin/busybox
00489000-0048a000 r-xp 00079000 1f:03 1823 /bin/busybox
0048a000-0048b000 rwxp 0007a000 1f:03 1823 /bin/busybox
77ec8000-77eed000 r-xp 00000000 1f:03 2296 /lib/libgcc_s.so.1
77eed000-77eee000 rwxp 00015000 1f:03 2296 /lib/libgcc_s.so.1
77eee000-77f81000 r-xp 00000000 1f:03 2470 /lib/libc.so
77f90000-77f92000 rwxp 00092000 1f:03 2470 /lib/libc.so
77f92000-77f94000 rwxp 00000000 00:00 0
7f946000-7f967000 rw-p 00000000 00:00 0 [stack]
7fefb000-7fefc000 rwxp 00000000 00:00 0
7ffac000-7ffad000 r--p 00000000 00:00 0 [vvar]
7ffad000-7ffae000 r-xp 00000000 00:00 0 [vdso]
Patch applied:
cat /proc/self/maps
00400000-0047a000 r-xp 00000000 1f:03 1825 /bin/busybox
00489000-0048a000 r-xp 00079000 1f:03 1825 /bin/busybox
0048a000-0048b000 rwxp 0007a000 1f:03 1825 /bin/busybox
77ed0000-77ef5000 r-xp 00000000 1f:03 2298 /lib/libgcc_s.so.1
77ef5000-77ef6000 rwxp 00015000 1f:03 2298 /lib/libgcc_s.so.1
77ef6000-77f89000 r-xp 00000000 1f:03 2474 /lib/libc.so
77f98000-77f9a000 rwxp 00092000 1f:03 2474 /lib/libc.so
77f9a000-77f9c000 rwxp 00000000 00:00 0
7fbed000-7fc0e000 rw-p 00000000 00:00 0 [stack]
7fefb000-7fefc000 r-xp 00000000 00:00 0
7fff6000-7fff7000 r--p 00000000 00:00 0 [vvar]
7fff7000-7fff8000 r-xp 00000000 00:00 0 [vdso]
Note lack of write permission to 7fefb000-7fefc000
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The range of pinmux reg property "<0x1804002c 0x40>" for QCA955x
SoC does not includes GPIO_FUNCTION register.
Reported-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This version removes a lot of unusefull warnings that would quickly overflow the dmesg.
Warnings like this:
ath10k_ahb a800000.wifi: Invalid legacy rate 26 peer stats
ath10k_ahb a000000.wifi: Invalid VHT mcs 15 peer stats
On this version I only had 2 warnings at all.
Tested on 8devices Jalapeno.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
NEC Aterm WG800HP is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on Qualcomm
Atheros QCA9563.
Specification:
- Qualcomm Atheros QCA9563
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of Flash (SPI-NOR)
- 2.4/5 GHz wifi
- 2.4 GHz: 2T2R (SoC internal)
- 5 GHz: 1T1R (QCA9887)
- 4x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 8x LEDs, 3x keys (2x buttons, 1x slide-switch)
- UART through-hole on PCB (J2)
- Vcc, GND, NC, TX, RX from SoC side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port on WG800HP
2. Connect power cable to WG800HP and turn on it
3. Access to "http://192.168.10.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア更新")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click update ("更新") button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
I moved xor-image into image-commands.mk to use it in ath79 target.
It required for NEC WG800HP.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
This commit adds "hex pattern mode" to xorimage. This mode allows xor
with a hexadecimal pattern that cannot be expressed with ASCII
charactors.
usage (example):
xorimage -i firmware.bin -o firmware.bin.new -p 6A57190601121E4C -x
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> (fix checkpatch)
The range of pinmux reg property "<0x1804002c 0x40>" for QCA956x SoC
does not includes GPIO_FUNCTION register.
If the device uses "&jtag_disable_pins", this causes the following
errors:
[ 1.982937] pinctrl-single 1804002c.pinmux: mux offset out of range: 0x40 (0x40)
[ 1.990622] pinctrl-single 1804002c.pinmux: could not add functions for pinmux_jtag_disable_pins 64x
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Refresh all patches
Remove upstream patch:
backport-4.14/424-v4.20-net-dsa-fix-88e6060-roaming.patch
Minor tweak to generic/hack-4.14/902-debloat_proc.patch to cleanly apply
after upstream changes.
Tested-on: ath79
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The ZyXEL NBG6617 USB LED was not working with the default images.
It turned out that kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport was missing from the
default installation.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
In the past, the MX60(W)'s recovery images always had problems
with the size restriction and never really worked without manual
intervention. But starting with 4.19, the MX60(W)'s kernel image
outgrew the allocated space for sysupgrade images as well. Hence
This patch reworks the initramfs, which allows the device to ease
up on the impossible tight kernel size requirements for the
sysupgrade creation and packaging. And as a result, the now
orphaned special ramdisk setup is removed in the process.
This new initramfs can be loaded through the MX60(W) U-boot
in the following way:
=> setenv bootargs console=ttyS0,$baudrate
=> tftpboot $meraki_loadaddr meraki_mx60-initramfs-kernel.bin
[...]
Load address: 0x800000
Loading: ################################################ [...]
done
[...]
=> bootm $fileaddr
\## Booting kernel from Legacy Image at 00800000 ...
...
Updated Flashing instructions for new installations which integrates
the new recovery method. Users of existing installations that only
want to sysupgrade don't need to update their existing u-boot env.
=> setenv owrt_load1 ubi read \${meraki_loadaddr} kernel
=> setenv owrt_load2 ubi read \${meraki_loadaddr} recovery
=> setenv lede_bootkernel bootm \${meraki_loadaddr_kernel} - \${meraki_loadaddr_fdt}
=> setenv owrt_bootkernel bootm \${meraki_loadaddr}
=> setenv owrt_bootargs setenv bootargs console=ttyS0,\${baudrate} rootfstype=squashfs mtdoops.mtddev=oops
=> setenv owrt_boot run meraki_ubi owrt_bootargs\; run owrt_load1 meraki_checkpart lede_bootkernel\; run owrt_load2 owrt_bootkernel
=> setenv bootcmd run owrt_boot
=> saveenv
For more information and the latest flashing guide:
please visit the OpenWrt Wiki Page for the MR60:
<https://openwrt.org/toh/meraki/mx60#flashing>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Based on the process of discovery in
https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1613, it has become clear
that (at least) the PowerCloud System CR5000 was unable to get
working 5GHz wireless (PCIe) because AH_USE_EEPROM was unconditionally
masked out, not only when qca,noeeprom was in the DTS.
This patch moves mask AH_USE_EEPROM into the if ... qca,noeeprom
OF test.
Thanks to Christian Lampartar (@chunkeey) for the heavy lifting and help.
Patch has been prepared for upstream and will be submitted after review
by @chunkeey and @xdarklight.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
This commit removes the fixed kernel size-padding for the Netgear
DNI image creation as it is not necessary for a working image.
The fake rootfs still needs to be padded to the blocksize.
Tested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
GCC 8.0+ <https://gcc.gnu.org/gcc-8/changes.html> introduces a new
warning about unsafe macros expanding to multiple statements used
as a body of a statement such as if, else, while, switch, or for.
In combination with -Werror this can cause the compilation to fail:
|In file included from xmalloc.c:37:
|xmalloc.c: In function 'xmalloc':
|system.h:39:2: error: macro expands to multiple statements [-Werror=multistatement-macros]
| fflush(stdout); \
| ^~~~~~
|xmalloc.c:52:5: note: in expansion of macro 'error'
| error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("memory exhausted"));
| ^~~~~
|xmalloc.c:51:3: note: some parts of macro expansion are not guarded by this 'if' clause
| if (p == NULL)
| ^~
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Without this patch PowerCloud CR5000 AR9382 PCIe 5GHz Wifi uses
the mac address from eeprom instead the one specified when
initializing the PCIe chip. There were two issues:
1) ap94_pci_init on the second PCIe wmac is wrong as there is only one
PCIe wmac on this device (the other wmac is the AR1022/AR9342 SoC wmac).
2) Without specifying pdata->use_eeprom there is a failure to load
firmware and caldata.
Thanks to Christian Lamparter (@chunkeey) for the heavy lifting and
help. [0]
[0] <https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1613>
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
67ce93e Fix compile error on kernel 4.15+
c1345bb Change driver version to 10.3.8.0-20181210.
9cb815b Upgrade 88W8997 firmware to 8.4.4.6.
433fc6d Fix non-backport use of nla_parse before 4.12.0
3b36e21 Use wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw() instead of wiphy_priv()
97ebcfa Change driver version to 10.3.8.0-20181120.
f000953 Upgrade 88W8997 firmware to 8.4.4.4.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch, in a variety of forms, has been around since beginning 2016
as e756c2bb07, ending up in present form 0aa6c7df60 (kernel 4.4.13 bump)
and carried forward ever since.
There have been a number of MIPS kernel memory handling changes since,
including VDSO fixes that meant openwrt patches have been dropped with
no apparent fallout.
Simple tests (ntfs-3g) on a HIGHMEM 512MB mt7621 device have not turned
up data corruption issues which would otherwise be expected. Similarly
running on other MIPS based devices for the past 2 months hasn't turned
up anything obvious to retain this out of tree patch.
With thanks to Rosen Penev for testing on the known 'highmem' device and
Felix Fietkau for testing advice. Not putting acked-by as it's my fault
if it breaks :-)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Depending on the global nls support configuration in the buildroot, the
linked libelf.so library might depend on libintl.so.
Import the nls.mk helper to set library prefixes and flags accordingly
in this case.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/7728#issuecomment-448760140
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When building with full lagnuage support, libelf.so will depend on and
link with libintl.so so we need to change the pkg-config template to
reflect this library dependency.
Also change the Makefile to only pass --disable-nls to configure when
the full nls support is actually disabled in the buildroot config.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
- it appears (at least from OS X verison 10.10, Yosemite) that the
big and little endian defintions have changed.
the older
#include <sys/_endian.h>
#include <architecture/byte_order.h>
reference yielded the following warning:
#define __bswap_16(x) NXSwapShort(x)
^
/usr/include/architecture/byte_order.h:45:1: note: 'NXSwapShort' has been explicitly marked deprecated here
For the new OS X editions, it seems that we need to refer to:
#include <netinet/in.h>
#include <libkern/OSByteOrder.h>
and respectively use 'OSSwapInt16', 'OSSwapInt32', & 'OSSwapInt64', in
place of 'NXSwapShort', 'NXSwapLong' & 'NXSwapLongLong'.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2efe776 introduces rpath checks with the commit message:
> Remove all rpath entries which do not point to a location below /lib or
> /usr/lib and which do not begin with '$ORIGIN'.
However the implementation failed to support rpath entries with only the
'$ORIGIN' token and no trailing slash, so allow these as well.
Signed-off-by: Yorkie Liu <yazhong.liu@rokid.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The iproute2 build system links libelf support to every utility while only
the tc program actually requires libelf specific functionality.
Unfortunately the BPF ELF functionality is not confined into an own
compilation unit but added to the existing bpf.c sources of the shared
static libutil.a, causing every iproute2 applet to pick up an implicit
libelf.so dependency.
In order to avoid this requirement, patch the iproute2 build system to
create both a libutil.a and a libutil-elf.a, with the former being built
without libelf functionality and to only link the tc applet with the libelf
enabled libutil.
Finally, make the tc package depend on libelf to solve compilation errors.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/7728
Fixes: FS#2011
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Support other packages using pkg-config to query existence and details of
libelf and libdw libraries at build time.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
This file is needed to properly use the tc ematch modules present in
kmod-sched-core and kmod-sched. It is a read-only index file of ematch
methods used only by tc.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Patch generation process:
- rebase rpi/rpi-4.14.y on v4.14.89 from linux-stable
- git format-patch v4.14.89
Patches skipped during rebase:
- lan78xx: Read MAC address from DT if present
- lan78xx: Enable LEDs and auto-negotiation
- Revert "softirq: Let ksoftirqd do its job"
- sc16is7xx: Fix for multi-channel stall
- lan78xx: Ignore DT MAC address if already valid
- lan78xx: Simple patch to prevent some crashes
- tcp_write_queue_purge clears all the SKBs in the write queue
- Revert "lan78xx: Simple patch to prevent some crashes"
- lan78xx: Connect phy early
- Arm: mm: ftrace: Only set text back to ro after kernel has been marked ro
- Revert "Revert "softirq: Let ksoftirqd do its job""
- ASoC: cs4265: SOC_SINGLE register value error fix
- Revert "ASoC: cs4265: SOC_SINGLE register value error fix"
- Revert "net: pskb_trim_rcsum() and CHECKSUM_COMPLETE are friends"
- Revert "Revert "net: pskb_trim_rcsum() and CHECKSUM_COMPLETE are friends""
Patches dropped after rebase:
- net: Add non-mainline source for rtl8192cu wlan
- net: Fix rtl8192cu build errors on other platforms
- brcm: adds support for BCM43341 wifi
- brcmfmac: Mute expected startup 'errors'
- ARM64: Fix build break for RTL8187/RTL8192CU wifi
- ARM64: Enable RTL8187/RTL8192CU wifi in build config
- This is the driver for Sony CXD2880 DVB-T2/T tuner + demodulator
- brcmfmac: add CLM download support
- brcmfmac: request_firmware_direct is quieter
- Sets the BCDC priority to constant 0
- brcmfmac: Disable ARP offloading when promiscuous
- brcmfmac: Avoid possible out-of-bounds read
- brcmfmac: Delete redundant length check
- net: rtl8192cu: Normalize indentation
- net: rtl8192cu: Fix implicit fallthrough warnings
- Revert "Sets the BCDC priority to constant 0"
- media: cxd2880: Bump to match 4.18.y version
- media: cxd2880-spi: Bump to match 4.18.y version
- Revert "mm: alloc_contig: re-allow CMA to compact FS pages"
- Revert "Revert "mm: alloc_contig: re-allow CMA to compact FS pages""
- cxd2880: CXD2880_SPI_DRV should select DVB_CXD2880 with
MEDIA_SUBDRV_AUTOSELECT
- 950-0421-HID-hid-bigbenff-driver-for-BigBen-Interactive-PS3OF.patch
- 950-0453-Add-hid-bigbenff-to-list-of-have_special_driver-for-.patch
Make I2C built-in instead of modular as in upstream defconfig; also the
easiest way to get MFD_ARIZONA enabled, which is required by
kmod-sound-soc-rpi-cirrus.
Add missing compatible strings from
4.9/960-add-rasbperrypi-compatible.patch, using upstream names for
compute modules.
Add extra patch to enable the LEDs on lan78xx.
Compile-tested: bcm2708, bcm2709, bcm2710 (with CONFIG_ALL_KMODS=y)
Runtime-tested: bcm2708, bcm2710
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Add kernel module for the fan on the PoE HAT for the 3B+ model in kernel
4.14. Without this, the fan will not turn on.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
It requires sound card support in the new kernel. HDMI CEC support is
disabled for now; enabling it turned out to be non-trivial.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Since kernel 4.12, this driver appeared in staging. The rpi-4.14.y
kernel tree uses these as well.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Support for RaspiDac3 has been removed from the rpi-4.14.y kernel tree.
Make the kmod package depend on kernel 4.9.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Since kernel 4.12, this driver appeared in staging. The rpi-4.14.y
kernel tree uses these as well.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
We need to use resolved file list as prerequisites for repacking kmod
.ipk files. Note that currently version_filter uses a Makefile macro
KERNEL_PATCHVER that should be available at ipk building time.
Reported-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The LS1021A-IoT gateway reference design based on the
QorIQ LS1021A processor is a purpose-built, small
footprint hardware platform with a wide array of
high-speed connectivity and low-speed serial interfaces
to support secure delivery of IoT services for home,
business or other commercial location.
- Combines standards-based, open source software with a
feature-rich IoT gateway design to establish a common,
open framework for secured IoT service delivery and
management.
- Provides a wide assortment of high-speed and serial-based
connectivity in a compact, highly secure design.
- High efficiency through the use of the Arm-based QorIQ
LS1021A embedded processor.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
This patch is to upgrade kernel to 4.14 for layerscape.
patches-4.14 for layerscape included two categories.
- NXP Layerscape SDK kernel-4.14 patches
All patches on tag LSDK-18.09-V4.14 were ported to OpenWrt
kernel. Since there were hundreds patches, we had to make
an all-in-one patch for each IP/feature.
See below links for LSDK kernel.
https://lsdk.github.io/components.htmlhttps://source.codeaurora.org/external/qoriq/qoriq-components/linux
- Non-LSDK kernel patches
Other patches which were not in LSDK were just put in patches-4.14.
Kept below patches from patches-4.9.
303-dts-layerscape-add-traverse-ls1043.patch
821-add-esdhc-vsel-to-ls1043.patch
822-rgmii-fixed-link.patch
Renamed and rebase them as below in patches-4.14,
303-add-DTS-for-Traverse-LS1043-Boards.patch
712-sdk-dpaa-rgmii-fixed-link.patch
824-mmc-sdhci-of-esdhc-add-voltage-switch-support-for-ls.patch
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
While building 4.19 for ath79 with CONFIG_ALL_KMODS=y with verbose mode
enabled I was asked by kernel config about few symbols/modules so I'm
adding those missing symbols to the generic config.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It seems, that since Linux 4.18-rc2 ci_hdrc depends on ulpi.
commit a930d8bd94d8db7715d1af74299f710b1fb22fc8
Author: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Date: Wed Jul 4 10:09:58 2018 -0300
usb: chipidea: Always build ULPI code
Commit 03e6275ae381 ("usb: chipidea: Fix ULPI on imx51") causes a kernel
hang on imx51 systems that use the ULPI interface and do not select the
CONFIG_USB_CHIPIDEA_ULPI option.
In order to avoid such potential misuse, let's always build the
chipidea ULPI code into the final ci_hdrc object.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
After changing board names to DT compat string, we also need to
adjust the script which generates uboot-env configuration files.
Fixes: e880a30549 ("mxs: use generic sysinfo board detection")
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
According to https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1527, support
for the Buffalo BHR-4GRV2 in ath79 requires repartitioning from
an initramfs image, make this easier by supporting uboot-envtools
support out of the box.
Build tested, but not runtime tested.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Port support for the Buffalo WZR-HP-AG300H from the ar71xx target to
ath79 as well.
Build- and runtime tested on the Buffalo WZR-HP-AG300H.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Interface triggers are installed by the dropbear init script in case an
interface is configured for a given dropbear uci section.
As dropbear is started after network the interface trigger event can be
missed during a small window; this is especially the case if lan is
specified as interface.
Fix this by starting dropbear before network so no interface trigger
is missed. As dropbear is started earlier than netifd add a boot function
to avoid the usage of network.sh functions as call to such functions will
fail at boottime.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Originally, cns3xxx used it's own functions for mapping, reading and writing registers.
Upstream commit 802b7c06adc7 ("ARM: cns3xxx: Convert PCI to use generic config accessors")
removed the internal PCI config write function in favor of the generic one:
cns3xxx_pci_write_config() --> pci_generic_config_write()
cns3xxx_pci_write_config() expected aligned addresses, being produced by cns3xxx_pci_map_bus()
while the generic one pci_generic_config_write() actually expects the real address
as both the function and hardware are capable of byte-aligned writes.
This currently leads to pci_generic_config_write() writing
to the wrong registers on some ocasions.
First issue seen due to this:
- driver ath9k gets loaded
- The driver wants to write value 0xA8 to register PCI_LATENCY_TIMER, located at 0x0D
- cns3xxx_pci_map_bus() aligns the address to 0x0C
- pci_generic_config_write() effectively writes 0xA8 into register 0x0C (CACHE_LINE_SIZE)
This seems to cause some slight instability when certain PCI devices are used.
Another issue example caused by this this is the PCI bus numbering,
where the primary bus is higher than the secondary, which is impossible.
Before:
00:00.0 PCI bridge: Cavium, Inc. Device 3400 (rev 01) (prog-if 00 [Normal decode])
Flags: bus master, fast devsel, latency 0, IRQ 255
Bus: primary=02, secondary=01, subordinate=ff, sec-latency=0
After fix:
00:00.0 PCI bridge: Cavium, Inc. Device 3400 (rev 01) (prog-if 00 [Normal decode])
Flags: bus master, fast devsel, latency 0, IRQ 255
Bus: primary=00, secondary=01, subordinate=02, sec-latency=0
And very likely some more ..
Fix all by omitting the alignment being done in the mapping function.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Use pad-offset and append-string to create the cameo factory images for
the D-LINK DIR-825 C1/DIR-835 A1 factory images.
Tested-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Backort upstream patch which preserves oif of IPv6 link scoped packets.
The outgoing interface of IPv6 link scope packets can be changed by the
function ip6_route_me_harder. This is unwanted behavior for link local
packets and multicast packets as the outgoing interface is fixed and must
not be altered as it can break neighbor discovery and multicast listener
discovery.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Alberto Bursi reported:
>The patch "ipq40xx: specify "firmware" partition format for GL.iNet GL-B1300"
>prevents boot on my B1300. I compiled from latest sources.
The GL-B1300 was using the discouraged direct subnodes method to declare
the partitions on the flash.
|The partition table should be a subnode of the flash node and should be named
|'partitions'. This node should have the following property:
|- compatible : (required) must be "fixed-partitions"
|Partitions are then defined in subnodes of the partitions node.
|
|For backwards compatibility partitions as direct subnodes of the flash device are
|supported. This use is discouraged.
|NOTE: also for backwards compatibility, direct subnodes that have a compatible
|string are not considered partitions, as they may be used for other bindings.
<https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partition.txt>
Hence, this patch converts the device to the "partitions" layout.
Fixes: 1cbe457cf9 ("ipq40xx: specify "firmware" partition format for GL.iNet GL-B1300")
Reported-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Since commit 61b5b4971e ("mac80211: make ath10k-ct the default ath10k")
select ath10k-ct and the -ct firmwares by default.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Backport net: Allow class-e address assignment via ifconfig ioctl
While most distributions long ago switched to the iproute2 suite
of utilities, which allow class-e (240.0.0.0/4) address assignment,
distributions relying on busybox, toybox and other forms of
ifconfig cannot assign class-e addresses without this kernel patch.
While CIDR has been obsolete for 2 decades, and a survey of all the
open source code in the world shows the IN_whatever macros are also
obsolete... rather than obsolete CIDR from this ioctl entirely, this
patch merely enables class-e assignment, sanely.
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net.git/commit/?id=65cab850f0eeaa9180bd2e10a231964f33743edf
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
>From the Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt:
- default-state : The initial state of the LED. Valid values are "on", "off",
and "keep". If the LED is already on or off and the default-state property is
set the to same value, then no glitch should be produced where the LED
momentarily turns off (or on). The "keep" setting will keep the LED at
whatever its current state is, without producing a glitch. The default is
off if this property is not present.
So setting the default-state of the LEDs to `off` is redundant as `off`
is default LED state anyway. We should remove it as almost every new
PR/patch submission contains this property by default which seems to be
just copy&paste from some DTS file already present in the tree.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch adds support for TP-Link Archer A7
Specification:
- SOC: QCA9563
- Flash: 16 MiB (SPI)
- RAM: 128 MiB (DDR2)
- Ethernet: 4x 1Gbps LAN + 1x 1Gbps WAN
- Wireless:
- 2.4GHz (bgn) SoC internal
- 5GHz (ac) QCA988x
- USB: 1x USB 2.0 port
- Button: 1x power, 1x reset, 1x wps
- LED: 10x LEDs
- UART: holes in PCB
- Vcc, GND, RX, TX from ethernet port side
- 115200n8
Flash instructions:
Upload openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-a7-v5-squashfs-factory.bin
via the Webinterface.
Flash instruction using tftp recovery:
1. Connect the computer to one of the LAN ports of the Archer A7
2. Set the computer IP to 192.168.0.66
3. Start a tftp server with the OpenWrt factory image in the tftp
root directory renamed to ArcherC7v5_tp_recovery.bin
2. Connect power cable to Archer A7, press and hold the reset button
and turn the router on
3. Keep the reset button pressed for ~5 seconds
4. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Changes since first revision:
- Flash instructions using stock image webinterface
- Changed "Version 5" in model string to "v5"
- Split DTS file in qca9563_tplink_archer-x7-v5.dtsi
and qca9563_tplink_archer-a7-v5.dts
- Firmware image is now build with dynamic partitioning
- Default to ath10k-ct
Changes since second revision:
- Changed uboot@0 to uboot@20000 in DTS file
- Fixed ordering issue in board led script
- Specify firmware partition format in DTS file
- Rebased Makefile device definition on common
Device/tplink-safeloader-uimage definition
- Merged switch section in network script
(same configuration as tplink,tl-wdr3600
and tplink,tl-wdr4300)
Signed-off-by: Karl-Felix Glatzer <karl.glatzer@gmx.de>
This patch fixes wrong usage of debounce-interval subnode property of
gpio-keys-polled nodes, which was used inproperly in parent node, but it
belongs to the subnodes, excerpt from the docs:
Optional subnode-properties:
- debounce-interval: Debouncing interval time in milliseconds.
If not specified defaults to 5.
And the docs are up to date as the source code matches that description
as well:
if (fwnode_property_read_u32(child, "debounce-interval",
&button->debounce_interval))
button->debounce_interval = 5;
While at it, I've also re-formatted gpio-keys-polled nodes, usually just
adding new lines after every key subnode.
Cc: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Cc: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Currently it's quite hard to diff debugging output between ar71xx and
ath79, so this patch tries to improve it by adding the same
ag71xx_dump_regs function and placing debugging output from the
registers to relatively same places.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Since commit 8e9a59a6b9 (build: add
mkrasimage) a proper factory image can be provided for the ZyXEL
NBG6817, which can be flashed from the OEM firmware or used for
tftp based push-button recovery, therefore the previously used
partition images for mmcblk0p5-rootfs.bin and mmcblk0p4-kernel.bin
are no longer required (and using them properly has always been
slightly difficult and risky) and can now be dropped from the image
generation code.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
This commit ports both dir-825-c1 and dir-835-a1 from ar71xx to ath79.
They're pretty much identical, except dir-835-a1 has less LEDs.
The routers come with 128 MByte of RAM and 16 MBytes of flash and sport
2.4GHz and 5.0GHz wireless. Both routers have entries already in
OpenWrt's TOH. Please check there for more information on these
antiquities.
https://openwrt.org/toh/hwdata/d-link/d-link_dir-825_c1https://openwrt.org/toh/hwdata/d-link/d-link_dir-835_a1
Installation:
1. Connect to the web interface of the vendor firmware (usually
listening on 192.168.0.1).
2. Go to "Tools", then "Firmware".
3. In the "Firmware Upgrade" box click "Browse".
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image for your router.
5. Click "Upload", confirm the popups if you agree to flash the file you
selected.
6. Wait for firmware upgrade to complete. It takes about 5 minutes.
Run-tested on dir-825-c1. dir-835-a1 should work as well, but I don't
have this router so I can't confirm.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [trivial changes]
This command enables factory image generation for Cameo boards. On
upgrade the vendor firmware will check the size of the provided image
and if a specific string is located at the end of the binary.
cameo-factory will generate an image that the vendor firmware accepts.
Tested on a D-Link DIR-825 C1 with vendor firmwares 3.01 and 3.04.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
- replace licence texts with SPDX-License-Identifier where
applicable.
- make node-names more generic to fit with Device-Tree Release v0.2
Section 2.2.2 Generic Names Recommendation.
- utilize wifi0/1, blsp1_uart1 labels
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
In the upstream netdev led trigger the one mode file was replaced by 3
files named rx, tx and link. Fix the netdev trigger configuration code
to use the modified API.
Fixes: aa3b6a08c5 ("kernel: Replace ledtrig-netdev with upstream backport")
Reported-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This reverts commit 216397b812.
Due to:
Package ip-tiny is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libelf.so.1
Makefile:187: recipe for target '/var/lib/buildbot/slaves/slave-lede-builds4/mips_24kc/build/sdk/bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/ip-tiny_4.19.0-6_mips_24kc.ipk' failed
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This activates the CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT option in the in the gemini kernel
again which will provide the core USB support and makes it possible to
compile the rest of the USB parts into modules. Without this change USB
will not be available in the gemini target and some modules fail to
compile because the feature list indicates USB support.
Fixes: 10ec966f7b ("gemini: Break out USB to packages")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The eapol-test application also uses the code with the newly activated
ubus support, add the missing dependency.
Fixes: f5753aae23 ("hostapd: add support for WPS pushbutton station")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The ufb tool needs the host UAPI Linux headers from kernel 3.18
or later, remove it for now as it is not used anyway.
Fixes: 4bf5c4395b ("tools/sdimage: update to latest git version")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
mbedtls uses some instructions introduced in ARMv6 which are not
available in older architectures.
Fixes: 3f7dd06fd8 ("mbedtls: Update to 2.14.1")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Netgear R6350 is a wireless router, aka Netgear AC1750.
Specification:
- SoC: Mediatek MT7621AT (2 CPU cores, 4 threads)
- RAM: 128MiB (Nanya NT5CC64M16GP-DI)
- ROM: 128MiB NAND Flash (Macronix MX30LF1G18AC-TI)
- Wireless:
for 11b/g/n (upto 300Mbps): MT7603
for 11a/ac (upto 1450Mbps) : MT7615, is not avaliable now
- Ethernet LAN speed: up to 1000Mbps
- Ethernet LAN ports: 4
- Ethernet WAN speed: up to 1000Mbps
- Ethernet WAN ports: 1
- USB ports: 1 (USB 2.0)
- LEDs: 4 (all can be controlled by SoC's GPIO)
- buttons: 2
- serial ports: unknown
Installation through telnet:
- Copy kernel.bin and rootfs.bin to a USB flash disk,
plug to usb port on the router.
- Enable telnet with link: http://192.168.1.1/setup.cgi?todo=debug
(login if required, default: admin password)
- You will see "Debug Enabled!"
- Telnet 192.168.1.1 and login with "root"
- ls /mnt/shares/ to find out path of your USB disk.
'myUdisk' for example.
- cd /mnt/shares/myUdisk
- mtd_write write rootfs.bin Rootfs
- mtd_write write kernel.bin Kernel
- reboot
recovery when bricked:
nmrpflash can be used to recover to the netgear firmware
if a broken image was flashed.
The SC_PART_MAP partition suggests that an on flash partition table
exists. After implementing a partition parser/builder for the sercom
partition format, the definitions don't match the flash layout used by
the stock firmware.
It either means the partition format has not yet been completely
understood or it isn't used by the stock firmware. For now, use fixed
partitions instead.
Signed-off-by: NOGUCHI Hiroshi <drvlabo@gmail.com>
[apply latest ramips changes and document the on flash partition map
issues]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
I've sent this one upstream. This patch is critical if you want to run
with "prove lock correctness" (lockdep) and you happen to have certain
mtd devices. The misuse of the uninitialized object is undefined
behaviour, but being zeroed it does not appear to have actually broken
anything other than the lockdep engine.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Santos <daniel.santos@pobox.com>
This includes code cleanups and fixes some portability issues,
compiler warnings about printf arguments etc.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Update mbedtls to 2.14.1
This fixes:
* CVE-2018-19608: Local timing attack on RSA decryption
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
[Update to 2.14.1]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Disable Marvell's hardware level MAC learning because it breaks station roaming.
When enabled it drops all frames that arrive from a MAC address
that is on a different port at learning table.
Problem description:
Multiple APs with inter-AP roaming connected to different ports,
when station moves from one AP on one port to another AP on another port,
traffic flow breaks down because the learning table is not updated.
Signed-off-by: Anderson Luiz Alves <alacn1@gmail.com>
[Replaced with upstream version, move to generic]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Fixes these warnings:
swlib.c:455:18: warning: implicit declaration of function 'isspace'
swlib.c:461:9: warning: implicit declaration of function 'isdigit'
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Added two upstream mailing list patches that fix behavior under big endian
systems. Issue was present since version 1.11.0.
Tested on Turris Omnia.
Original discussion: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1575
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The current stats always have a 'ms' suffix, and they're used by luci.
Introduce dsl.latency_[down|up] values, exported in µs without suffix.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Use a forked version of the rtl8812au driver that works better
with OpenWRT (fix compile bugs, fix phy MAC address, etc)
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[update to 2018-11-16, replace rtw_byteorder.h, rename folder]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This ports support for TP-Link TL-WR842N/ND v1 from ar71xx.
CPU: Atheros AR7241 400 MHz
RAM: 32 MiB
FLASH: 8 MiB
PORTS: 4 Port 100/10 Switch, 1 Port 100/10 Wan
WiFi: Atheros AR9287
LED: SYS, WiFi, LAN, WAN, 3G, QSS
BTN: WiFi, Reset/WPS
AR71xx target used "tl-mr3420" as board id so force flag is needed
if upgrading from old target.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Jurkowski <marcin1j@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [trivial cleanup]
Ben Greear reported in his patch:
|Subject: netgear r7800: Fix mac address of radios.
|
|Reloading the driver causes the phyX to change, and that
|caused the MAC address to change.
This is because all ODM/OEMs except QCA bothered to write
the correct MAC address for the ath10k wifi into the
calibration data.
This patch copies over the MAC patching helper functions from ipq40xx's
target/linux/ipq40xx/base-files/etc/hotplug.d/firmware/11-ath10k-caldata
file and converts all the devices to patch the correct MACs into the
extracted calibration data before it gets sent to the driver, which sets
up the device with the correct MAC address. It also removes the entries
in the 10_fix_wifi_mac file as they have served their purpose for good.
Please note the C2600: There is conflicting information on what
the offset for the second wifi is supposed to be. This patch uses
what was specified in 10_fix_wifi_mac.
According to Ben Greear this method is save to use with the
stock firmware too. As he explained that the stock firmware
messes up rx-bssid mask calculation when the MAC is changed
after the first vif is created.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
- Mark other partitions as read-only for HC5x61
- Only enable USB and PCIe for HC5761/HC5861
HC5661 doesn't have a USB port, and there is nothing attached to its PCIe.
- Fix HC5761 switch ports
HC5761 has only 3 ethernet ports (1x WAN + 2x LAN). Remove unused ports.
- Fix HC5861 5GHz radio
HC5861 has MT7612EN 5GHz WiFi chip, not MT7610EN.
- Fix HC5761/HC5861 WiFi LEDs
After 5GHz is enabled, it becomes wlan0. And 2.4GHz would be wlan1.
- Fix HC5x61 image size
It should be 15872k (0xf80000)
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
In the thread: "ipq806x: add ath10k calibration data MAC addresses patching"
Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com> noted that:
"All ath10k calibration data have a checksum at 0x2.
ath10kcal_patch_mac works for QCA9880/QCA9882 only because
the ath10k firmware for these two chips doesn't check the
checksum value. (QCA proprietary driver checks this and
refuses to use caldata with incorrect checksum.)"
This patch updates 11-ath10k-caldata of the ipq40xx target accordingly.
Reported-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This updates the ath10k-ct driver to the version from 2018-12-11 and
selects the ath10k-ct version based on kernel 4.19 by default.
CONFIG_ATH10K_CE was introduced between kernel 4.16 and 4.19 and is a
mandatory option.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This updates the GCC to the next minor release which fixes 178 bugs.
The two removed patches are included in gcc 7.4.0
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
In mainline kernel commit 02c7b25e5f5 ("netfilter: nf_tables: build-in
filter chain type") all chain filters were merged into one file and into
one kernel module to save some memory. The code protected by these
configuration options CONFIG_NF_TABLES_BRIDGE, CONFIG_NF_TABLES_IPV4,
CONFIG_NF_TABLES_ARP, CONFIG_NF_TABLES_IPV6, CONFIG_NF_TABLES_NETDEV and
CONFIG_NF_TABLES_INET was merged into the nft_chain_filter.c file which
is now always compiled into the nf_tables.ko file.
This only happened in kernel 4.19 and OpenWrt has to select these as
modules in older kennel versions. Mark them as build-in in the kernel
4.19 specific kernel configuration file which will then not be
overwritten by the package specific settings which try to make them
modular again.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In kernel commit 0168e8b361 ("netfilter: nat: merge ipv4/ipv6 masquerade
code into main nat module") the CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE_IPV4 and
CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE_IPV6 kernel configuration option were changed
to bool and the code will not be compiled as a own module any more, but
it will be integrated into nf_nat_ipv4.ko or nf_nat_ipv6.ko to save some
memory.
Activate these options as bool in the generic kernel 4.19 configuration
only, to always build them into the nf_nat_ipv*.ko modules. The kmod
file will still try to select them as module, but the generic
configuration will not be overwritten.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Some kernel modules from kmod-ipt-conntrack-extra depend on
nf_conncount.ko, which was added in kernel 4.16, add it to the kmod.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The nf_socket.ko module was split in commit 8db4c5be88f ("netfilter:
move socket lookup infrastructure to nf_socket_ipv{4,6}.c") into a
common, n IPv4 and an IPv6 part.
The nf_tproxy.ko module was split in commit 45ca4e0cf27 ("netfilter:
Libify xt_TPROXY") into a common, an IPv4 and an IPv6 part.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In kernel commit a0ae2562c6c ("netfilter: conntrack: remove l3proto
abstraction") The modules nf_conntrack_ipv4.ko, nf_conntrack_ipv6.ko and
nf_conntrack.ko were squashed together into one module. This module now
depends on nf_defrag_ipv6 when IPv6 support was activated. This is part
of the main netfilter packages, so add nf_defrag_ipv6.ko also to the
default netfilter packages on kernel 4.19 and later.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CONFIG_OF_NET depends on CONFIG_NVMEM in kernel 4.19. To fix some build
problems in mainline Linux kernel CONFIG_NVMEM was changed from tristate
to bool in commit 2a37ce25d9 ("nvmem: disallow modular CONFIG_NVMEM").
This patch in OpenWrt revert the upstream commit and changes
CONFIG_NVMEM back to tristate we just have to make sure to build this in
for all targets which select CONFIG_OF_NET.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CONFIG_HW_RANDOM_TPM does not activate a separate kernel module any
more, but it only activates the random code in the tpm.ko.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The video-videobuf2 kernel modules were moved to a new folder in kernel
4.19. videobuf2-v4l2.ko is only available since kernel 4.4, blacklist
this kmod completely on kernel 3.18.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The x86 optimized cryptographic algorithm kernel modules now mostly use
crypto_simd.ko instead of lrw.ko in kernel 4.19. Add the new module to
the kmod-crypto-misc package.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The asn1_decoder.ko module is needed by the kmod-nf-nathelper-extra
package in kernel 4.19, extract it and add the missing dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Kernel interface changed with kernel 4.19, it does not accept raw GPIO
numbers any more. Deactivate these drivers on kernel 4.19 for now.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The r8169 driver uses the phy lib with the realtek phy driver in kernel
4.19 instead of integrating the phy driver into the mac driver.
Add the new phy driver and add this missing dependency.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This makes the patches which were just copied in the previous commit
apply on top of kernel 4.19.
The patches in the backports-4.19 folder were checked if they are really
in kernel 4.19 based on the title and only removed if they were found in
the upstream kernel.
The following additional patches form the pending folder went into
upstream Linux 4.19:
pending-4.19/171-usb-dwc2-Fix-inefficient-copy-of-unaligned-buffers.patch
pending-4.19/190-2-5-e1000e-Fix-wrong-comment-related-to-link-detection.patch
pending-4.19/478-mtd-spi-nor-Add-support-for-XM25QH64A-and-XM25QH128A.patch
pending-4.19/479-mtd-spi-nor-add-eon-en25qh32.patch
pending-4.19/950-tty-serial-exar-generalize-rs485-setup.patch
pending-4.19/340-MIPS-mm-remove-mips_dma_mapping_error.patch
Bigger changes were introduced to the m25p80 spi nor driver, as far as I
saw it in the new code, it now has the functionality provided in this
patch:
pending-4.19/450-mtd-m25p80-allow-fallback-from-spi_flash_read-to-reg.patch
Part of this patch went upstream independent of OpenWrt:
hack-4.19/220-gc_sections.patch
This patch was reworked to match the changes done upstream.
The MIPS DMA API changed a lot, this patch was rewritten to match the
new DMA handling:
pending-4.19/341-MIPS-mm-remove-no-op-dma_map_ops-where-possible.patch
I did bigger manual changes to the following patches and I am not 100% sure if they are all correct:
pending-4.19/0931-w1-gpio-fix-problem-with-platfom-data-in-w1-gpio.patch
pending-4.19/411-mtd-partial_eraseblock_write.patch
pending-4.19/600-netfilter_conntrack_flush.patch
pending-4.19/611-netfilter_match_bypass_default_table.patch
pending-4.19/670-ipv6-allow-rejecting-with-source-address-failed-policy.patch
hack-4.19/211-host_tools_portability.patch
hack-4.19/221-module_exports.patch
hack-4.19/321-powerpc_crtsavres_prereq.patch
hack-4.19/902-debloat_proc.patch
This is based on patchset from Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This just copies the files from the kernel 4.14 specific folders into
the kernel 4.19 specific folder, no changes are done to the files in
this commit.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The b53 driver was added as a dsa driver into the mainline Linux kernel,
but we still use the swconfig based driver. The header file b53.h is
used by both drivers, but the swconfig one needs an extra member, add
this one in a patch to not overwrite the version shipped with the
mainline kernel.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The ledtrig-netdev was added to upstream Linux kernel 4.16, replace our
own version with the patch based on the upstream version.
This will remove the ledtrig-netdev support from kernel 3.18, because I
not want to spend time on backporting it to 3.18. This will make it
easier to use the upstream version with kernel 4.19, by just not
applying this patch.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
63843750 Update manual pages
27801e98 Bump up version number to 1.35.1
60e020a8 nghttpx: Fix broken trailing slash handling
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The above options were incorrectly changed to required tags. Make them
optional again.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
f6d0e8c36f Fix rwlock stall with PREFER_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_NP (bug 23861)
2794474c65 powerpc: Add missing CFI register information (bug #23614)
d8ca7a0c71 Fix _dl_profile_fixup data-dependency issue (Bug 23690)
f1e211096b inet/tst-if_index-long: New test case for CVE-2018-19591 [BZ #23927]
4e9f34e54f support: Implement <support/descriptors.h> to track file descriptors
e75481a7a7 support: Close original descriptors in support_capture_subprocess
0f79dc0be3 support_quote_string: Do not use str parameter name
6b2dd53aa0 support: Implement support_quote_string
50477165b9 malloc: Add another test for tcache double free check.
4b246928bd malloc: tcache double free check
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Backport upstream patch fixing incorrect passing of -lxtables to
LDFLAGS instead of LDLIBS in the tc/Makefile
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This updates the backports package used in mac80211 to version 4.19.7-1
which is based on kernel 4.19.7. This integrates all the stable fixes
introduces in this kernel version.
The deleted patches are not needed any more because they are either
included in the upstream Linux kernel 4.19.7 or in backports 4.19.7-1.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
It's no longer needed as all mt7621 devices use DT binding (supported by
upstream mtd code) for specifying "firmware" part format explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
In hack/904-debloat_dma_buf.patch, DMA_SHARED_BUFFER is changed from
bool to tristate. As this patch is not applied to external kernel
sources, build fails if kmod-dma-buf is enabled. Fix this by only
including the module file if CONFIG_EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TREE and
CONFIG_KERNEL_GIT_CLONE_URI are not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
3aa81d0 file: access exec timeout via daemon ops structure
7235f34 plugin: store pointer to exec timeout value in the ops structure
ccd7c0a treewide: rename exec_timeout to rpc_exec_timeout
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
During upstream removal of conditional ipv6 support an order swap error
was made in a ternary operator usage.
This patch sent upstream.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The argument to print_0xhex is converted to unsigned long long
so the format string give for normal printout has to be some
variant of %llx. Backport the patch as otherwise, bogus values
will be printed on 32 bit platforms.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This partitialy reverts commit ccab68f2d3.
Registering the GPIO chip without a parent device completely breaks the
ath9k GPIOs for device tree targets.
As long as boards using the devicetree don't have the gpio-controller
property set for the ath9k node, the unloading of the driver works as
expected.
Register the GPIO chip with the ath9k device as parent only for OF
targets to find a trade-off between the needs of driver developers and
the broken LEDs and buttons seen by users.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The qca9557/qca956x reset-controller aren't a simple bus. A simple bus
would require node unit addresses.
Add the node unit addresses for the qca9557 usb phys. Add the regs for
the USB_PWRCTL and USB_CONFIG registers even not yet used.
Fix the wrong ar7100 pcie controller node unit address as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Due to the enforced image metadata we ensure that the correct image is
uploaded. Checks based on a magic arn't required any more.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Beside one exception, no one took care of these two remaining boards
still using the legacy image build code during the last two years.
Since OpenWrt 14.07 the ALLNET ALL0239-3G image building is broken.
The Sitecom WL-341 v3 image build code looks pretty hackish and broken.
It's questionable if the legacy image works as all.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Drop the factory images and the firmware tool to create them. They don't
work any more, since the factory image has an uImage header covering the
whole kernel + rootfs. This way the uImage splitter will not be able to
find the rootfs and the kernel will panic later on.
The factory images were most likely added at a time the board had
distinct partitions for kernel and rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Support other packages using pkg-config to query existence and details of
libelf and libdw libraries at build time.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
similar to hostapd, also add a ubus interface for wpa_supplicant
which will allow handling WPS push-button just as it works for hostapd.
In order to have wpa_supplicant running without any network
configuration (so you can use it to retrieve credentials via WPS),
configure wifi-iface in /etc/config/wireless:
config wifi-iface 'default_radio0'
option device 'radio0'
option network 'wwan'
option mode 'sta'
option encryption 'wps'
This section will automatically be edited if credentials have
successfully been acquired via WPS.
Size difference (mips_24kc): roughly +4kb for the 'full' variants of
wpa_supplicant and wpad which do support WPS.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This patch updates the uboot-fritz4040 package to the latest version.
The portability and private-libgcc patches, as well as the
upload-to-f4040.sh script have been added to the upstream repository.
Furthermore, the upload-to-f4040 has been updated to take the first
parameter as the file it is supposed to flash, otherwise it defaults
to the previous "uboot-fritz4040.bin". Furthermore the error messages
have been improved and ftp will now dump some "progress information"
to the user's console.
Also included is support for gcc 8+ and a fix for the obnoxous error
that currently breaks the builders:
| fritz/src/lzma2eva.c:23:30: fatal error: zlib.h: No such file or directory
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Fix the imagetag on the HG655b to allow a correct partition detection at boot time.
It turns out that it was defined at the wrong partition. Just move the imagetag to
the linux firmware partition.
The bug is present since the 18.06 release. Without this fix, the board won't boot.
Fixes: a27d59bb42 ("brcm63xx: switch to new partition layout specification")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The reset mask for the bcm6368 switch core was left at 0 due to a copy &
paste error. Fix this by setting it to the correct value.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Remove the sky.mk causing a duplicate device profile to be added in
image builder. The generic device code already generates a profile for
the device.
Fixes FS#1780.
Fixes: d591260407 ("brcm63xx: initial support for Sky SR102 router")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Buildbot revealed some subtargets are still missing the new symbol.
Fixes: dfbf836a52 ("kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.143")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Backport upstream commits. Most interesting 122392e which changes how
SERVFAIL is handled especially in event of genuine server down/failure
scenarios with multiple servers. a799ca0 also interesting in that
answered received via TCP are now cached, DNSSEC typically using TCP
meant until now answers weren't cached, hence reducing performance.
59e4703 Free config file values on parsing errors.
48d12f1 Remove the NO_FORK compile-time option, and support for uclinux.
122392e Revert 68f6312d4bae30b78daafcd6f51dc441b8685b1e
3a5a84c Fix Makefile lines generating UBUS linker config.
24b8760 Do not rely on dead code elimination, use array instead. Make options bits derived from size and count. Use size of option bits and last supported bit in computation. No new change would be required when new options are added. Just change OPT_LAST constant.
6f7812d Fix spurious AD flags in some DNS replies from local config.
cbb5b17 Fix logging in cf5984367bc6a949e3803a576512c5a7bc48ebab
cf59843 Don't forward *.bind/*.server queries upstream
ee87504 Remove ability to compile without IPv6 support.
a220545 Ensure that AD bit is reset on answers from --address=/<domain>/<address>.
a799ca0 Impove cache behaviour for TCP connections.
Along with an additional patch to fix compilation without DHCPv6, sent
upstream.
I've been running this for aaaages without obvious issue hence brave
step of opening to wider openwrt community.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This reverts commit a6a8fe0be5.
buildbot found an error
option.c: In function 'dhcp_context_free':
option.c:1042:15: error: 'struct dhcp_context' has no member named 'template_interface'
free(ctx->template_interface);
revert for the moment
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Backport upstream commits. Most interesting 122392e which changes how
SERVFAIL is handled especially in event of genuine server down/failure
scenarios with multiple servers. a799ca0 also interesting in that
answered received via TCP are now cached, DNSSEC typically using TCP
meant until now answers weren't cached, hence reducing performance.
59e4703 Free config file values on parsing errors.
48d12f1 Remove the NO_FORK compile-time option, and support for uclinux.
122392e Revert 68f6312d4bae30b78daafcd6f51dc441b8685b1e
3a5a84c Fix Makefile lines generating UBUS linker config.
24b8760 Do not rely on dead code elimination, use array instead. Make options bits derived from size and count. Use size of option bits and last supported bit in computation. No new change would be required when new options are added. Just change OPT_LAST constant.
6f7812d Fix spurious AD flags in some DNS replies from local config.
cbb5b17 Fix logging in cf5984367bc6a949e3803a576512c5a7bc48ebab
cf59843 Don't forward *.bind/*.server queries upstream
ee87504 Remove ability to compile without IPv6 support.
a220545 Ensure that AD bit is reset on answers from --address=/<domain>/<address>.
a799ca0 Impove cache behaviour for TCP connections.
I've been running this for aaaages without obvious issue hence brave
step of opening to wider openwrt community.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Openwrt no longer uses and has not used since 5acfe55d71 Jun 2016 the
timestamp file (/etc/dnsmasq.time) method of resolving the dnssec/ntp
dnslookup chicken/egg problem, having used signals from ntp since that
change.
Drop the 'dnssec-improve-timestamp-heuristic' patch since it is neither
used nor sent upstream. One less thing to refresh & maintain.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
When '-k' is used, sysupgrade inserts into backup a new file
/etc/backup/installed_packages.txt which contains pkgname and origin (rom,
overlay, unknown) without touching rootfs.
It's mainly used to reinstall all extra packages:
# opkg update
# grep "\toverlay" /etc/backup/installed_packages.txt | cut -f1 | xargs -r opkg install
# rm /etc/backup/installed_packages.txt
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Add sysupgrade '-o' option in order to include all overlay files in
backup, except for those that are from packages but including files
listed in conffiles, sysupgrade.conf or /lib/upgrade/keep.d.
With '-u' option, it will skip files equals to /rom and conffiles that
were not changed.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
With '-u', for a file /aaa/bbb/ccc enlisted for backup,
it will only get into backup if /rom/aaa/bbb/ccc does not
exist or /aaa/bbb/ccc is different from /rom/aaa/bbb/ccc.
It also works with '-c', but only effective for files touched
but not modified.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Renamed add_uci_conffiles to add_conffiles as it includes
any conffiles listed, not only UCI ones.
Make do_save_conffiles arg mandatory
Allow other options after -l (like -c)
Do not use stdout for error messages (fixes backup to stdout)
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
This patch fixes a build warning triggered by a semicolon in
the dts after the #include directive.
netgear-wndap620.dts:11:33: warning: extra tokens at end of #include directive
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This property (and value) came from Netgear's WNDR4700
stock firmware dts. However, other devices do not set
it and the EMAC default is 16, which matches that of
the programming notes of the APM82181 spec.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This now matches what was generated locally on my PC and the file on the
mirror server.
Fixes: 575d0240f9 ("ath10k-firmware: update board-2.bin for community firmwares")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
In commit d70ec3008d, a firmware compatible
string of "denx,uimage" was added for the Dlink DIR-860L-B1. Unfortunately,
this was the wrong string. It needs "seama" instead.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Drop 030-extensions-libxt_bpf-Fix-build-with-old-kernel-versi.patch as pushed upstream
Added patches :
001-extensions_format-security_fixes_in_libip.patch
002-include_fix_build_with_kernel_headers_before_4_2.patch
101-remove-register-check.patch
The first and the second patch are upsteam fixes for compilation errors.
The third patch remove check if one target lib is already registred; this is caused by
shared libs that are loaded before the iptables execution.
Iptables changelog:
bba6bc6 (tag: v1.8.2) configure: bump versions for 1.8.2 release
61d6c38 xtables: add 'printf' attribute to xlate_add
5edb249 libxtables: xlate: init buffer to zero
9afd2a6 tests: shell: fix expected arptables-save output
6387941 arptables: fix --version info
d703c1f arptables: ignore --table argument.
d5754e3 arptables: make uni/multicast mac masks static
1b63e66 arptables: add test cases
5aecb2d arptables: pre-init hlen and ethertype
9677ed1 arptables: fix src/dst mac handling
ab0b6d5 arptables: fix target ip offset
c0c75ce arptables: fix -s/-d handling for negation and mask
3ac65af arptables: add basic test infra for arptables-nft
e31564f arptables: fix rule deletion/compare
2345ff6 arptables: remove code that is also commented-out in original arptables
50c2397 arptables-save: add -c option, like xtables-save
d9a518e arptables: use ->save for arptables-save, like xtables
5a52e6a extensions: test protocol and interface negation
85d7df9 xtables: Fix error return code in nft_chain_user_rename()
3ccb443 xtables: Clarify error message when deleting by index
95db364 xtables: Fix typo in do_command() error message
5f508b7 ebtables: use extrapositioned negation consistently
583b27e ebtables-save: add -c option, using xtables-style counters
e6723ab nft: add NFT_TABLE_* enumeration
21ec111 nft: replace nft_chain_dump() by nft_chain_list_get()
05947c8 iptables-nft: fix -f fragment option
7bd9feb libxtables: add and use mac print helpers
a10eb88 extensions: libebt_ip: fix tos negation
9b127b7 extensions: libebt_ip6: fix ip6-dport negation
c59ba1b xtables-nft: make -Z option work
1bf4a13 nft: add missing error string
a9f9377 iptables-tests: add % to run iptables commands
b81c8da iptables-tests: do not append xtables-multi to external commands
edf2b7c ebtables-nft: add arpreply target
2d1372e ebtables: add redirect test case
c3e8dbd ebtables: add test cases
cd90cef ebtables: relax -t table restriction, add snat/dnat test cases
fd95f1f ebtables: fix -j CONTINUE handling for add/delete
fb747f8 tests: add basic ebtables test support
d4bc5a3 iptables-nft: fix bogus handling of zero saddr/daddr
9ff9915 iptables-test: fix netns test
8c918db xtables: Fix for matching rules with wildcard interfaces
b2fc2a3 extensions: limit: unbreak build without libnftnl
682f39a xtables: Fix for spurious errors from iptables-translate
90f7dc3 (tag: v1.8.1) configure: bump versions for 1.8.1 release
0123183 iptables-test: add -N option to exercise netns removal path
abae556 libxtables: expose new etherdb lookup function through libxtables API
c2d9ed9 libxtables: prefix exported new functions for etherdb lookups
5a44360 Revert "extensions: libxt_quota: Allow setting the remaining quota"
2673faf xtables: Remove target_maxnamelen field
8ca3436 extensions: cgroup: fix option parsing for v2
0a8f2bc extensions: libxt_quota: Allow setting the remaining quota
b373a91 nft-shared: Use xtables_calloc()
5a40961 arptables: Use the shared nft_ipv46_parse_target()
9f07503 Combine parse_target() and command_jump() implementations
7373297 Combine command_match() implementations
a76ba54 libiptc: NULL-terminate errorname
a3716cc libxtables: Check extension real_name length
0195b64 iptables: Gitignore xtables-{legacy, nft}-multi scripts
671e40a xtables: Drop pointless check
7c9a152 arptables: Fix incorrect strcmp() in nft_arp_rule_find()
11e91a4 xtables: Don't read garbage in nft_ipv4_parse_payload()
d95c1e8 libxtables: Use posix_spawn() instead of vfork()
7e50eba Fix a few cases of pointless assignments
f40ce2d extensions: libebt_ip{, 6}: Drop pointless error checking
47fb86c nft-arp: Drop ineffective conditional
80aae9b iptables: Use print_ifaces() from xtables
8da04ff Share print_ipv{4,6}_addr() from xtables
b686594 iptables-apply: Replace signal numbers by names
f175dee iptables-apply: Quote strings passed to echo
52aa150 nfnl_osf: Replace deprecated nfnl_talk() by nfnl_query()
61ebf3f libxtables: Don't read garbage in xtables_strtoui()
ab639f2 libxtables: Avoid calling memcpy() with NULL source
22ef371 libiptc: Simplify alloc_handle() function signature
6b7145f libxt_time: Drop initialization of variable 'year'
749d3c2 libxt_ipvs: Avoid potential buffer overrun
8e798e0 libxt_conntrack: Avoid potential buffer overrun
74eb239 libxt_conntrack: Version 0 does not support XT_CONNTRACK_DIRECTION
d0c1f1b libxt_LED: Avoid string overrun while parsing led-trigger-id
23ef6f0 xtables: Remove unused variable in nft_is_table_compatible()
4e499d5 ip{, 6}tables-restore: Fix for uninitialized array 'curtable'
1788f54 Mark fall through cases in switch() statements
31f1434 libxtables: Integrate getethertype.c from xtables core
7ae4fb1 xtables: Fix for wrong assert() in __nft_table_flush()
8c786a3 nfnl_osf: Drop pointless check in xt_osf_strchr()
6fc7762 libxt_string: Fix array out of bounds check
2a68be1 xtables-save: Ignore uninteresting tables
f9efc8c extensions: add cgroup revision 2
9b8cb16 extensions: REJECT: Merge reject tables
56d7ab4 libxt_string: Avoid potential array out of bounds access
bfd41c8 ebtables: Fix for potential array boundary overstep
e6f9867 libiptc: Avoid side-effect in memset() calls
4144571 libxtables: Fix potential array overrun in xtables_option_parse()
9242b5d xtables: Accept --wait in iptables-nft-restore
c9f4f04 xtables: Don't check all rules for being compatible
15606f2 doc: Improve layout of u32 instructions
7345037 xtables-restore: Fix flushing referenced custom chains
7df11d1 xtables: Drop use of IP6T_F_PROTO
b6a06c1 xtables: Align return codes with legacy iptables
3bb497c xtables: Fix for deleting rules with comment
0800d9b ip6tables-translate: Fix libip6t_mh.txlate test
4cf650c ebtables-translate: Fix for libebt_limit.txlate
783e9c2 xtables: Add missing deinitialization
9771d06 ebtables: Review match/target lookup once more
85ed1ab extensions: libebt_mark: Drop mark_supplied check
6a46ca0 xtables: Add a few missing exit calls
acde6be ebtables-translate: Fix segfault while parsing extension options
2c4e4d2 ebtables: trivial: Leverage C99-style initializers a bit more
9f5b28a xlate-test: Fix for calling wrong command name
1a878a7 extensions: AUDIT: Provide translation
5ee03e6 xtables: Use meta l4proto for -p match
37b68b2 xtables: Fix for segfault when registering hashlimit extension
92f7b04 xtables: Fix for segfault in iptables-nft
294f9ef ebtables: Fix entries count in chain listing
6f29aa8 xtables: Make 'iptables -S nonexisting' return non-zero
7bccf30 ebtables: Fix for listing of non-existent chains
3d9a13d xtables: Fix for no output in iptables-nft -S
a33c6fd arptables: Drop extensions/libxt_mangle.c
02b8097 ebtables: Merge libebt_limit.c into libxt_limit.c
5de8dcf xtables: Use native nftables limit expression
514de48 ebtables: Remove flags misinterpretations
528cbf9 xtables: Fix for wrong counter format in -S output
9ca32c4 xtables: Don't pass full invflags to add_compat()
e055aeb xtables: Improve xtables-monitor first impression
b925733 tests: Fix skipping for recent nft-only tests
277f374 xtables: Spelling fixes in xtables-monitor
a9d9f64 xtables: Fix potential segfault in nft_rule_append()
fbf0bf7 tests: Add ebtables-{save,restore} testcases
f1d8508 tests: Add arptables-{save,restore} testcases
63c3dae xtables: Implement arptables-{save,restore}
aa7fb04 ebtables: Review match/target lookup
3f123dc ebtables-restore: Use xtables_restore_parse()
295d5a8 xtables-restore: Make COMMIT support configurable
1679b2c xtables-restore: Improve user-defined chain detection
2ce9f65 xtables: Match verbose ip{,6}tables output with legacy
cd79556 xtables: Reserve space for 'opt' column in ip6tables output
0357254 xtables: Print error when listing non-existent chains
206033e xtables: Fix for no output on first iptables-nft invocation
a0698de xtables: Do not count rules as chain references
d11b6b8 arptables: Fix jumps into user-defined chains
3f27955 arptables: Fix opcode printing in numeric output
f988fe4 xtables: Fix symlinks/names for ebtables-{save, restore}
3319c61 ebtables: Support --init-table command
3ec8aac arptables: Print policy only for base chains
83bc189 arptables: Fix for trailing spaces in output
aaed1b6 arptables: Fix memleaks in do_commandarp()
d67d85d ebtables: Print non-standard target parameters
2e478e9 ebtables: Fix match_list insertion
a192f03 ebtables: Fix for wrong program name in error messages
a2ed880 xshared: Consolidate argv construction routines
1cc0918 xshared: Consolidate parse_counters()
78b9d43 Consolidate DEBUGP macros
14ad525 xtables: Fix program name in xtables_error()
f7bbdb0 xtables: Use correct built-in chain count
ae574b2 xtables: Fix compilation with NLDEBUG defined
82d278c xtables: Free chains in NFT_COMPAT_CHAIN_ADD jobs
c2895ea xtables: Free chains in NFT_COMPAT_CHAIN_USER_DEL jobs
89d3443 xtables: Fix for nft_rule_flush() returning garbage
c259447 xtables: Allocate rule cache just once
ed30b93 nft: don't print rule counters unless verbose
31e4b59 iptables-restore: free the table lock when skipping a table
f8e29a1 xtables: avoid bogus 'is incompatible' warning
6ea7579 nft: decode meta l4proto
922508e xtables: implement ebtables-{save,restore}
25ef908 xtables: introduce nft_init_eb()
de8574a xtables: parameter to add_argv() may be const
6f60f22 xtables: pass format to nft_rule_save()
f3b772c xtables: introduce save_chain callback
fa1681f xtables: rename {print,save}_rule functions
444d581 xtables: get rid of nft_ipv{4,6}_save_counters()
34e1e23 xtables: eliminate nft_ipv{4,6}_rule_find()
de782e8 xtables: merge nft_ipv{4,6}_parse_target()
ae8eece xtables: get rid of nft_ipv{4,6}_print_header()
2687794 xtables: arp: make rule_to_cs callback private
1bf73c4 xtables: Use new callbacks in nft_rule_print_save()
1866625 xtables: introduce rule_to_cs/clear_cs callbacks
0589457 xtables: simplify struct nft_xt_ctx
d9c6a5d xtables: merge {ip,arp}tables_command_state structs
87b5b9e iptables: replace memset by c99-style initializers
907da5c xtables: fix crash if nft_rule_list_get() fails
565a223 xtables: Support nft suffix for arptables and ebtables
c468f01 tests: check iptables retval, not echo
47d1484 iptables: tests: add test for iptables-save and iptables-restore
e4e0704 extensions: don't bother to build libebt/libarp extensions if nft backend was disabled
17c66a5 iptables: tests: shell: Add README
6c2118c (tag: v1.8.0) configure: bump version and libnftnl dependency
7b66fc2 man: clarify translate tools do not modify any state
f7fec51 xtables-monitor: add --version option
b470b8e xtables-legacy: fix argv0 name for ip6tables-legacy
2028e54 xtables: display legacy/nf_tables flavor in error messages, too
fd8d7d7 ebtables-nft: add stp match
f15639b tests: add script that mimics firewalld startup
27f7db2 tests: fix variable name to multi-binary
2a89ec5 tests: add a few simple tests for list/new/delete
37d9d5b ebtables-nft: make -L, -X CHAINNAME work
816bd1f ebtables-nft: remove exec_style
b81708f ebtables-nft: don't crash on ebtables -X
de02a75 doc: fix some spellos and the dash escape
dcf4529 tests: add firewalld default ruleset from fedora 27
f23abd5 tests: add another ipv4 only ruleset
ed9cfe1 tests: add initial save/restore test cases
9933dc5 tests: adapt test suite to run with legacy+nftables based binaries
be70918 xtables: rename xt-multi binaries to -nft, -legacy
d49ba50 xtables-restore: init table before processing policies
344c6eb doc: Fix spelling error in hashlimit section
e063873 tests: make duplicate test work
d26c538 xtables: add xtables-monitor
db84371 xtables: translate nft meta trace set 1 to -j TRACE
20eac2a xtables: warn in case old-style (set/getsockopt) tables exist
c9f5e18 xtables: add nf_tables vs. legacy postfix to version strings
e5fed16 iptables8.in: Update coreteam names
672accf include: update kernel netfilter header files
856a875 xtables: silence two compiler warnings
ae6e159 xtables: remove dead code inherited from ebtables
107b7eb configure: add -Wlogical-op warning to cflags
bc7f49d ebtables-translate: remove --change-counters code
38b4166 iptables: tests: shell: add shell test-suite
1e6427a xtables-compat: skip invalid tables
cb368b6 xtables: more error printing fixes
b1b828f xtables: homogenize error message
4caa559 xtables: initialize basechains for rule flush command too
9b89622 xtables: rework rule cache logic
01e25e2 xtables: add chain cache
8d190e9 xtables: initialize basechains only once on ruleset restore
0a86351 xtables-compat: ignore '+' interface name
125d1ce xtables-compat: append all errors into single line
437746c xtables: extended error reporting
d1c79cd xtables: allocate struct xt_comment_info for comments
4e20209 xtables: use libnftnl batch API
49709e2 xtables-compat: remove nft_is_ruleset_compatible
03e1377 xtables: allow dumping of chains in specific table
94fd83d xtables: inconsistent error reporting for -X and no empty chain
c4f1622 ebtables-compat: add arp match extension
24ce746 ebtables-compat: add redirect match extension
84c04e3 ebtables-compat: add nat match extensions
14ec998 xtables-compat: ebtables: prefer snprintf to strncpy
5e2b473 xtables-compat: extend generic tests for masks and wildcards
1a696c9 libxtables: store all requested match types
bb436ce xtables-compat: ip6table-save: fix save of ip6 address masks
6454d7d ebtables-translate: suppress redundant protocols
07f4ca9 xtables-compat: ebtables: allow checking for zero-mac
0ca2d2a xtables-compat: ebtables: add helpers to print interface and mac addresses
3d9f300 xtables-compat: ebtables: remove interface masks from ebt_entry struct
20e2758 xtables-compat: ebtables: fix logical interface negation
2682bb0 xtables-compat: ebtables: add and use helper to parse all interface names
564862d xtables-compat: ebtables: split match/target print from nft_bridge_print_firewall
0ae81d0 xtables-compat: ebtables: kill ebtables_command_state
651cfee xtables-compat: pass correct table skeleton
652b98e xtables-compat: fix wildcard detection
49f4993 extensions: libip6t_srh.t: Add test cases for psid, nsid, and lsid
429143b extensions: libxt_CONNMARK: incorrect translation after v2
db7b4e0 extensions: libxt_CONNMARK: Support bit-shifting for --restore,set and save-mark
155e1c0 extensions: libip6t_srh: support matching previous, next and last SID
f4ffda1 extensions: libipt_DNAT: tests added for shifted portmap range
6a9ffb1 xtables-compat-restore: flush table and its content with no -n
07ae37c xtables-compat: fix bogus error with -X and no user-defined chains
df3d92b xtables-compat-restore: flush user-defined chains with -n
ca16584 xtables-compat-restore: flush rules and delete user-defined chains
ac1e85a extensions: libipt_DNAT: use size of nf_nat_range2 for rev2
e25d99a xtables-compat: pass larger socket buffer
838746e xtables-compat: xtables-save: don't return 1
2211679 xtables-compat: ebtables: support concurrent option
a77a7d8 iptables-test: fix bug with rateest
de87405 xtables-compat: fix ipv4 frag (-f)
c7b2fd6 xtables-compat: also check tg2->userspacesize
5685938 xtables-compat: avoid unneeded bitwise ops
b9d7b49 xtables-compat: restore: sync options with iptables-restore
c0ef861 extensions: add xlate test for ipables -f
d79a7f1 xtables-compat: output -s,d first during save, just like iptables
d1eb4d5 iptables-compat: chains are purge out already from table flush
09f0d47 iptables-compat: do not fail on restore if user chain exists
8798eb8 iptables-compat: remove non-batching routines
b633ef9 xtables.conf: fix hook skeletons
7af2178 xtables-compat: fall back to comment match in case name is too long
e9aeecf xlate-test: use locally installed xlate tools
0ab58e3 xtables-compat: ebtables: handle mac masks properly
734ad40 xtables-compat: nft-arp: fix warning wrt. sprintf-out-of-bounds
fb7ae9f xtables-compat: truncate comments to 254 bytes
36976c4 extensions: libipt_DNAT: support shifted portmap ranges
d7ac61b iptables-test: add nft switch and test binaries from git
992e17d xtables-compat: only fetch revisions for ip/ip6
12a52ff xtables: Fix rules print/save after iptables update
1197c5e xtables: Register all match/target revisions supported by us and kernel
e3bb24c xtables: Check match/target size vs XT_ALIGN(size) at register time
3b2530c xtables: Do not register matches/targets with incompatible revision
d3f1437 xtables: Introduce and use common function to print val[/mask] arguments
29b1d97 xtables: Introduce and use common function to parse val[/mask] arguments
56aadc0 extensions: Initialize linear mapping of symbols in _init() of extension
79c2da9 extensions: ULOG: remove test
a0956ce ebtables-translate: turn off useless compat queries
9840869 nft: arptables: remove obsolete forward hook definition
7a37d14 iptables-compat: statify nft_restart()
a3aac1d iptables-compat: handle netlink dump EINTR errors
a567dc3 ebtables-compat: add 'vlan' match extension
7564bba ebtables-compat: add 'pkttype' match extension
4d40904 ebtables-translate: update table name on -t
5c8ce9c ebtables-compat: add 'ip6' match extension
8a85a14 libebt_ip: fix translations for tos and icmp
b6f0bec libebt_ip: add icmp support
f38ed1e xt-translate: quote interface names in translated output
71a6e37 icmp: split icmp type printing to header file
e67c088 ebtables-translate: add initial test cases
207dd5e xt-compat: add ebtables-translate
d988274 xlate-translate: split common parts into helper
1650806 xtables-eb: export 3 functions
6b2041c nft-bridge: add eb-translate backend functions
3063c37 nft-bridge: fix mac address printing
394a400 nft: fix crash when getprotobynumber() returns 0
6a1dbdf ebtables-compat: support intra-positioned negations
3e94f0a nft-bridge: add forward declaration for struct nftnl_rule
5024efe libebt_limit: print 'minute' and 'seconds', not 'min' and 'secs'
ce3c780 nft: make nft_init self-contained
cb151d5 xtables-translate: rm duplicate includes
69c089b xt-compat: constify a few struct members
03ecffe ebtables-compat: add initial translations
57af67d iptables: constify option struct
88231c4 ebtables-compat: load mark target
6b4e167 ebtables-compat: don't make failing extension load fatal
24110b5 libxt_comment: silence truncation warning
98fc8ce xtables-compat: only validate the xtables builtin tables
9d9b724 xtables-compat: skip unsupported tables
59d15cf xtables-compat: also validate priorities and hook points match expected values
eb35854 xtables-compat: fix snprintf truncation warnings
fc04c8a extensions: CLUSTERIP: do not allow --local-node 0
eb2c052 extensions: CLUSTERIP: add tests
ca3c397 iptables: add xtables-translate.8 manpage
5beb158 extensions: libxt_bpf: Fix build with old kernel versions
147a891 extenstions: ecn: add tcp ecn/cwr translation
ed928a8 extensions: add tests for comp match options
632ace7 xtables-compat-multi.c: Allow symlink of ebtables
d7ccc68 iptables: add xtables-compat.8 manpage
043da5b extensions: connmark: remove non-working translation
a93b502 extensions: prefer plain 'set' over 'set mark and'
577b7e2 xtables-compat-restore: use correct hook priorities
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
This add support for TP-Link TL-WA801ND v4 (same as TL-WA801ND v3) :
Specification:
- System-On-Chip: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533
- CPU/Speed: 650 MHz
- Flash-Chip: Winbond W25Q32BVSIG
- Flash size: 4096 KiB
- RAM: 32 MiB
- Wireless No1: SoC-integrated: QCA9533 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
Flash instructions:
1) To flash the image, rename the file
openwrt-ar71xx-generic-tl-wa801nd-v4-squashfs-factory.bin
to firmware.bin
2) Connect your device to the LAN port, then upload the firmware
through web interface. It will try to download the image and
flash it.
It can take up to 2-3 minutes to finish. When it reaches 100%, the
router will reboot itself.
Signed-off-by: Romain MARIADASSOU <roms2000@free.fr>
PowerCloud Systems CAP324 has a bicolor power LED and OpenWrt DTS files /
base files support using both colours to better inform user of state
and to better match stock firmware, so use green power to indicate
normal operation.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
I-O DATA WN-AG300DGR is a 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz 11n router, based on Atheros
AR1022.
WN-AG300DGR does not have an LED to indicates power or system status,
I set "router" LED as OpenWrt status LED.
There is no eeprom data for 5 GHz wlan in "art" partition.
Specification:
- Atheros AR1022
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of Flash (SPI-NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4/5GHz wifi
- 2.4 GHz: SoC internal
- 5 GHz: Atheros AR93x2
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LEDs, 6x keys (4x buttons, 1x slide switch)
- 1x USB 2.0 Type-A
- UART through-hole on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port on WN-AG300DGR
2. Connect power cable to WN-AG300DGR and turn it
3. Access to "http://192.168.0.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click update ("更新") button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
WB2000 is a dual-band 11N AP using AR9344.
The factory firmware used the original DB120 partition table
with a small kernel partition at the end of firmware and the
kernel will easily get oversized in the future. Since it has
to be flashed using UART I also swapped kernel/rootfs and
changed the default load address.
Specification:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344
- RAM: 128 MB
- Flash: 16 MB
- Ethernet: 10/100/1000 Mbps (Atheros AR8035)
- 2x USB 2.0
- WIFI: AR9344(2G) + AR9382(5G)
- RTC: DS1338
Known issue:
5G ath9k led doesn't work due to commit ccab68f.
Flash instruction:
Set up a TFTP server on your computer and configure static IP.
Connect UART (J11 TX/GND/RX) and press any key to enter U-boot
shell.
1. Change the default boot command:
setenv bootcmd 'bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm 0x9fd50000'
saveenv
2. Set your router ipaddr and server ipaddr. e.g.:
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
setenv serverip 192.168.1.50
3. Load and flash the firmware:
tftp 0x80060000 fw.bin
erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. Reset your router:
reset
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
[Drop the i2c node unit address. Move the ath9k-leds node out of the spi
node, it doesn't belong there. Add the #gpio-cells property to the pci
wifi node. All fix dtc compiler warnings]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
merge
This commit fixes several issues in eth0 on ETG3-R, and solve slowdown
in NA(P)T speed.
- add gmac-config with correct configurations
- fix pll-data value
And I added ref clock-frequency.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Neither the seama nor the wrgg splitter are used at the moment. Drop
them for now to not bloat the target from the beginning.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The userspace boardname derived from the dts compatible was out of sync
with the expected board added to the image metadata. This way a
sysupgrade is refused.
Sync the userspace boardname and the baordname used in the image metdata
to allow a seamless sasupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This commit adds firmware partition compatible for the
AVM FRITZ!Box 4020 and AVM FRITZ!WLAN Repeater 300E.
This allows to select the correct mtdsplit parser
instead of trying all available ones one by one.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Parsing "firmware" partition (to create kernel + rootfs) was implemented
using OpenWrt downstream code enabled by CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_FIRMWARE. With
recent upstream mtd changes we can do it in a more clean way for DTS
targets. It just requires adding a proper "compatible" string to the
"firmware" partition node.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The latest dtc compiler considers nodes named i2c or spi as the
respective bus:
/pinctrl/i2c: incorrect #address-cells for I2C bus
/pinctrl/spi: incorrect #address-cells for SPI bus
Rename the node to fix the false positives.
Fix the spi node unit address for the DWR-512-B and UBNT-ER-e50 to get
rid of the following warning:
SPI bus unit address format error, expected "n"
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Select the matching mt76 driver for the PCI wireless of the following
devices:
- HiWiFi HC5861B
- Mercury MAC1200R v2.0
- Netgear AC1200 R6120
- Buffalo WCR-1166DS
- ZyXEL Keenetic Extra II
- Wavlink WL-WN575A3
Because every device has selected the corresponding mt76 driver, we can
include kmod-mt7603 instead of the mt76 metapackage, which used for the
wireless of the mt7628 and mt7688 WiSoC.
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
[select kmod-mt7603 as target default package, add wireless driver for
WL-WN575A3]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
qca9533 is a costdown version of qca9531 which doesn't have USB and PCIE.
Rename the misleading dtsi names and fix the SoC type of gl-ar300m.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
[apply the changes for the gl-x750 as well]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Currently OpenWrt doesn't support switching MT7628 into AP mode
(which is done by writing some undocumented registers in MTK SDK)
Without doing so, enabling SD breaks 4 FE ports and the SD controller
doesn't work since SD pins aren't configured correctly.
Disable SDHC on HC5661A to recover the 4 FE ports.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
[drop the sdhci node completely]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
I wanted to add status LEDs support to my imx6 based board and have found out,
that I could use diag.sh script found in ramips platform, which seems to be
also shared in a few other platforms:
4801276bc2078c5bcf03003c831e3b0a target/linux/ramips/base-files/etc/diag.sh
4801276bc2078c5bcf03003c831e3b0a target/linux/ipq40xx/base-files/etc/diag.sh
4801276bc2078c5bcf03003c831e3b0a target/linux/ath79/base-files/etc/diag.sh
And @chunkeey suggested to me, that I can also add lantiq, ipq806x and
apm821xx to the list of platforms which could share this generic
diag.sh.
I've extended the base diag.sh in a way, that if it detects any of the
DTS LED aliases, then it would use the generic DTS set_led_state code.
The code in platform's diag.sh has moved to base-files package in this
commit:
base-files: diag.sh: Make it more generic towards DTS so it could be reused
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Tested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> (apm821xx and ipq40xx)
I wanted to add status LEDs support to my imx6 based board and have
found out, that I could use diag.sh script found in ramips platform,
which seems to be also shared in a few other platforms:
4801276bc2078c5bcf03003c831e3b0a target/linux/ramips/base-files/etc/diag.sh
4801276bc2078c5bcf03003c831e3b0a target/linux/ipq40xx/base-files/etc/diag.sh
4801276bc2078c5bcf03003c831e3b0a target/linux/ath79/base-files/etc/diag.sh
So I've extended the base diag.sh in a way, that if it detects any of
the DTS LED aliases, then it would use the generic DTS set_led_state
code.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This change enables support to select phy4 in RGMII mode and
enables RGMII TX/RX clock internal delays.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
We have IPQ8064 AP161 board which has three GMAC's
* RGMII x2
* SGMII x1.
The existing ar8327 driver does not have support for
three GMAC's connection, hence this change adds support
for the same. This has been verified on AP148 and AP161
board.
Signed-off-by: xiaofeis <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
This commit adds the default usb packages
- kmod-usb-core
- kmod-usb2
- kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport
for Archer C7 v4 and v5.
(The C7 v5 configuration is based on the v4, therefore the change for v4
also applies for v5.)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Halmschlager <dh@dev.halms.at>
The tar extraction depends on the order in which the files
are added to the tar file. Since the order is not guaranteed
and depends on the host system, the combined mtd write fails
with sysupgrade images built on some systems.
Fix by changing to tar file order independent mtd write.
Fixes: 86e18f6706 ("ipq806x: add support for OpenMesh A42")
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
SOC: IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB
NOR: 32 MiB
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8072
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: RESET Button
LEDS: Power, LAN, MESH, WLAN 2.4GHz, WLAN 5GHz
1. Load Ramdisk via U-Boot
To set up the flash memory environment, do the following:
a. As a preliminary step, ensure that the board console port is connected to the PC using these RS232 parameters:
* 115200bps
* 8N1
b. Confirm that the PC is connected to the board using one of the Ethernet ports. Set a static ip 192.168.99.8 for Ethernet that connects to board. The PC must have a TFTP server launched and listening on the interface to which the board is connected. At this stage power up the board and, after a few seconds, press 4 and then any key during the countdown.
U-BOOT> set serverip 192.168.99.8 && set ipaddr 192.168.99.9 && tftpboot 0x84000000 openwrt.itb && bootm
2. Load image via GUI
a. Upgrade EAP1300 to FW v3.5.3.2
In the GUI, System Manager > Firmware > Firmware Upgrade, to do upgrade.
b. Transfer to OpenWrt from EnGenius.
In Firmware Upgrade page, to upgrade yours openwrt-ipq40xx-engenius_eap1300-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin.
3. Revert to EnGenius EAP1300
To flash openwrt-ipq40xx-engenius_eap1300-squashfs-factory.bin by using sysupgrade command and "DO NOT" keep configuration.
$ sysupgrade –n openwrt-ipq40xx-engenius_eap1300-squashfs-factory.bin
Signed-off-by: Steven Lin <steven.lin@senao.com>
To be able to use the camera module, start_x=1 has to be set in
config.txt. This will cause the bootloader to load the GPU firmware that
contain the extra video codecs. Install these firmware files.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
An upstream change broke brcmfmac when loaded with modparam roamoff=1.
As we are carrying a patch that enables roamoff by default on the
brcm2708 target to improve stability, wireless is currently broken
there. Add a patch to fix brcmfmac with roamoff=1.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This reverts commit 7e88753ace.
Using subpartitions (hierarchical layout) resulted in calling MTD ops of
parent partition instead of master device ops. That was expected and
should work but testing revealed some bugs.
Apparently the way MTD_ERASE_PARTIAL is implemented in the OpenWrt
breaks something and using parent partition ops triggers using that
code.
On SmartRG SR400ac it was resulting in:
[ 225.487519] jffs2: Erase at 0x01ac0000 failed immediately: errno -22
on the second boot (for some reason erasing was starting over) and it
was breaking flash access in a long term.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The DWR-118-A1 Wireless Router is based on the MT7620A SoC.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 1x 802.11bgn radio
- 1x 802.11ac radio (MT7610EN)
- 3x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (3 LAN)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps ICPlus IP1001 Ethernet PHY (1 WAN AND 1 LAN)
- 1x internal, non-detachable antenna
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- 1x USB 2.0
- UART (J1) header on PCB (57600 8n1)
- 7x LED (5x GPIO-controlled), 2x button
- JBOOT bootloader
Known issues:
- WIFI 5G LED not working
- flash is very slow
The status led has been assigned to the dwr-118-a1:green:internet led.
At the end of the boot it is switched off and is available for other
operation. Work correctly also during sysupgrade operation.
Installation:
Apply factory image via http web-gui or JBOOT recovery page
How to revert to OEM firmware:
- push the reset button and turn on the power. Wait until LED start
blinking (~10sec.)
- upload original factory image via JBOOT http (IP: 192.168.123.254)
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Because every device has selected the corresponding mt76 driver, we can
now disable the mt76 metapackage by default to make sure that other
devices (those don't need mt76) avoid selecting unwanted packages.
We can find the hardware specifies and determine the dependencies on
these sites:
https://wikidevi.com/wiki/https://openwrt.org/toh/hwdata/
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
All boards neither expose the PCIe as Mini-PCIe nor have anything
attached to the PCIe Bus. Disable PCIe for those by dropping the node
from the dts files.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This helper uses hierarchical partitions layout following the way
upstream parsers work. It's closer to what we should use when mainlining
our solutions. It also doesn't require hacky casting of struct
mtd_partition to the const.
THIS WILL AFFECT KERNEL PRINTING PARTITIONS IN THE LOG
Something like:
[ 3.930158] 0x0000004e0000-0x000001fb0000 : "rootfs_data"
will get replaced by:
[ 3.907338] Creating 1 MTD partitions on "rootfs":
[ 3.912142] 0x00000031d400-0x000001ded400 : "rootfs_data"
It's important to understand that "rootfs_data" in above example is a
*subpartition* of the "rootfs" now. To get absolute addresses (e.g. for
some debugging purposes) one has to add them to the "rootfs", e.g.
[ 3.912548] 0x0000001c2c00-0x000001fb0000 : "rootfs"
(0x1c2c00 + 0x31d400 = 0x4e0000)
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
For the parameters tls-cipher and ncp-ciphers more than one option can
be used in the OpenVPN configuration, separated by a colon, which should
be implemented as a list in order to configure it more clearly. By
adding the new OPENVPN_LIST option to the openvpn.options file with the
tls-cipher and ncp-cipher parameters, uci can now add this option as a
"list" and the init script will generate the appropriate OpenVPN
configuration from it.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
They are no longer stored in the "testing" subdirectory and are not
available as .tar.xz archives. If -rc is detected download it from the
git.kernel.org and use .tar.gz.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Indoor low-power router with 2.4 GHz radio
CPU: Atheros AR7241 rev 1
RAM: 32 MB
Flash: 8 MB NOR SPI
Switch: Atheros AR7240
Ports: 1x WAN, 4x LAN 10/100 Ethernet
WLAN: Atheros AR9285 (2.4 GHz)
USB: 1x USB2 host port
Note: Ethernet WAN/LAN port naming is reversed from ar71xx.
WAN is eth0; LAN is eth1.1.
UART settings: 115200, 8N1
LEDs
+--------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VCC | x x
RX | * x
| x x
| x x
TX | * x
GND | * x
|
|
|
|
+--------------------------
ETHERNET PORTS
Installation from Ubiquiti firmware, is as for other ubnt-xm AirOs devices.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
This is actually a build dependency for /dev/crypto support in openssl.
Since it is a kernel module, it belongs here anyway.
- Removed Nikos Mavrogiannopoulos as maintainer.
- Streamlined make flags
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Moving binding mount before check for saved sysupgrade configuration
made it unreachable. Fix it by moving binding mount after the check.
Fixes: f78b2616 (x86: mount writable bootfs)
Reported-by: Lucian Cristian <luci@powerneth.ro>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This reverts commit 41770add03.
The fwtool_check_image() procedure is used by `sysupgrade --test` which must
not alter the image under test in any way.
Currently, when the LuCI ui or any other sysupgrade wrapper first invokes
sysupgrade --test to verify the compatibility of the image and then calculates
the sha256sum over it, the resulting checksum will differ from the original
image since the test invocation will implicitely strip the metadata trailer.
To properly fix the underlying issue, the combined image checksumming code
must be modified to skip the metadata trailer.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Compile the loader if the relocate-kernel image recipe is used and get
rid of the legacy build code to do so.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Specify firmware partition format by compatible string.
List of devices:
-DWR-116-A1
-DWR-118-A2
-DWR-512-B
-DWR-921-C1
-LR-25G001
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
MTC Wireless Router WR1201 is the OEM name of the board. It is also sold
rebranded as STRONG Dual Band Gigabit Router 1200.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621A (880 MHz)
- Flash: 16 MiB
- RAM: 128 MiB
- Wireless: 2.4Ghz(MT7602EN) and 5Ghz (MT7612EN)
- Ethernet speed: 10/100/1000
- Ethernet ports: 4+1
- 1x USB 3.0
- 1x microSD reader
- Serial baud rate of Bootloader and factory firmware: 57600
The OEM webinterface writes only as much bytes as listed in the
uImage header field to the flash. Also, the OEM webinterface
evaluates the name field of uImage header before flashing (the
string "WR1201_8_128")
To flash via webinterface, is mandatory to use first initramfs.bin
and after (from the OpenWrt) the sysupgrade.bin
Some notes:
- Some microSD will not work:
mtk-sd 1e130000.sdhci: no support for card's volts
mmc0: error -22 whilst initialising SDIO card
mtk-sd 1e130000.sdhci: no support for card's volts
mmc0: error -22 whilst initialising MMC card
mtk-sd 1e130000.sdhci: no support for card's volts
mmc0: error -22 whilst initialising SDIO card
mtk-sd 1e130000.sdhci: card claims to support voltages below defined range
mtk-sd 1e130000.sdhci: no support for card's volts
mmc0: error -22 whilst initialising MMC card
mtk-sd 1e130000.sdhci: no support for card's volts
mmc0: error -22 whilst initialising SDIO card
mtk-sd 1e130000.sdhci: no support for card's volts
mmc0: error -22 whilst initialising MMC card
Signed-off-by: Valentín Kivachuk <vk18496@gmail.com>
Specify firmware partition format by compatible string.
formats in ramips:
- denx,uimage
- tplink,firmware
- seama
It's unlikely but the firmware splitting might not work any longer for
the following boards, due to a custom header:
- EX2700: two uImage headers
- BR-6478AC-V2: edimax-header
- 3G-6200N: edimax-header
- 3G-6200NL: edimax-header
- BR-6475ND: edimax-header
- TEW-638APB-V2: umedia-header
- RT-N56U: mkrtn56uimg
But it rather looks like the uImage splitter is fine with the extra
header.
The following dts are not touched, due to lack of a compatible string in
the matching firmware splitter submodule:
- CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_JIMAGE_FW
DWR-116-A1.dts
DWR-118-A2.dts
DWR-512-B.dts
DWR-921-C1.dts
LR-25G001.dts
- CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_TRX_FW
WCR-1166DS.dts
WSR-1166.dts
- CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_MINOR_FW
RBM11G.dts
RBM33G.dts
- CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_LZMA_FW
AR670W.dts
- CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_WRGG_FW
DAP-1522-A1.dts
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Use .bin as file extension where possible. The user doesn't need to that
sysupgrade images for NAND boards are tarballs.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Having MIT as alternative is sometimes preferred by upstream maintainers
and allows sharing that simple code with other projects. We don't really
want multiple DTS versions for the same device.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Having MIT as alternative is sometimes preferred by upstream maintainers
and allows sharing that simple code with other projects. We don't really
want multiple DTS versions for the same device.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Having MIT as alternative is sometimes preferred by upstream maintainers
and allows sharing that simple code with other projects. We don't really
want multiple DTS versions for the same device.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The return value of a package prerm script is discarded and not returned
correctly by default_prerm(). This allows other operations like service
shutdown to "leak" their return value, prompting workarounds like commit
48cfc826 which do not address the root cause.
Preserve a package prerm script return value for use by default_prerm(),
sharing the corresponding code from default_postinst() for consistency.
Also use consistent code for handling of /etc/init.d/ scripts.
Run Tested on: LEDE 17.01.4 running ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
The previous offset was invalid and pointed to the end of the partition,
which was causing issues with mt76
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The find statement would not return any results if the KDIR_BASE pointed to a
symlink. Ran into this issue due to a custom Kernel/Prepare that was installing
a symlink to the kernel directory.
The extra slash at the end fixes this scenario and does no harm for targets that
have a proper KDIR.
Signed-off-by: Karl Vogel <karl.vogel@gmail.com>
The 5GHz radio of this device uses an mt7610e PCI-E chip, which has
been recently started to be supported.
mt76x0e 0000:01:00.0: card - bus=0x1, slot = 0x0 irq=4
mt76x0e 0000:01:00.0: ASIC revision: 76100002
mt76x0e 0000:01:00.0: Firmware Version: 0.1.00
mt76x0e 0000:01:00.0: EEPROM ver:01 fae:00
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Specify firmware partition format to denx,uimage in compatible DTS property.
2 uimage-fw partitions found on MTD device firmware
Creating 2 MTD partitions on "firmware":
0x000000000000-0x00000017f72b : "kernel"
0x00000017f72b-0x000000f70000 : "rootfs"
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Flash partitions were moved under partition table node, but addition of
compatible property was omitted which lead to following boot failure:
VFS: Cannot open root device "(null)" or unknown-block(0,0): error -6
Please append a correct "root=" boot option; here are the available partitions:
1f00 16384 mtdblock0
(driver?)
Kernel panic - not syncing: VFS: Unable to mount root fs on unknown-block(0,0)
Fixes: e4d9217f (ramips: improve BDCOM WAP2100-SK support)
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Since we do nothing special for mxs based boards,
we can simply use the generic existing code.
We just need to convert scripts to use the DT
compatible strings.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Update the OpenVPN package to version 2.4.6, refresh patches and drop
menuconfig options which are not supported upstream anymore.
Also fix the x509-alt-username configure flag - it is not supported
by mbedtls and was syntactically wrong in the Makefile - and the
port-share option which has been present in menuconfig but not been
used in the Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The 5 GHz radio of this device uses an mt7610e pci-e chip, which has
been recently added support.
Tested on the actual device as AP and client, TCP throughput ~90 Mbps
U/D.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Add support for UniElec U7621-06 variant with 512MB RAM and 64MB flash.
Additional specs are below:
CPU: MT7621 (880Mhz)
Bootloader: Ralink U-Boot
Flash: 64MB
- U-Boot identifies as Macronix MX66L51235F
- kernel identifies as MX66L51235l (65536 Kbytes)
RAM: 512MB
Rest of the details as per commit 46ab81e405 ("ramips add support for
UniElec U7621-06")
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sharma <nishant@unmukti.in>
[use generic board detection, add firmware partition compatible, extend
firmware partition to use all of the remaining flash space, add a
maximum image size matching the firmware partition size]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the generic board detection for the board instead of the target
specific one. Mark the sysupgrade image compatible with the former used
userspace boardname to allow an upgrade from earlier versions.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This commit adds support for the ROSINSON WR818 WiFi-Router
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9563,
FLASH: Winbond W25Q128FV 16MBytes,
WiFi: QCA9563 b/g/n 3x3 450Mbit/s,
USB: 1x USB 2.0 Type A, 1x USB2.0 Type C,
IN: WPS/Reset button GPIO1,
OUT: Power LED red, Internet LED red, WLAN LED red,
LAN1 LED red, LAN2 LED red, System LED red,
UART: RX-GPIO18, TX-GPIO22,
Tested and working:
- Ethernet (LAN + WAN)
- WiFi
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- Button
- LEDs
Installation of OpenWRT from vendor firmware:
- Connect to the Web-interface at http://192.168.1.1
- Go to "Administration" -> "Firmware Upgrade"
- Upload the OpenWrt sysupgrade image
Signed-off-by: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
The board doesn't come in different flash type flavours, hence there is
no need to keep a dtsi + dts for this purpose.
While at it, fix some whitespace issues.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The RavPower WD03 is a mt7620n based baord. With the change applied, I2C
should work now with the RavPower WD03.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Badaire <mbadaire@gmail.com>
[reworded commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This commit adds firmware partition compatible for the
TP-Link Archer C58 v1 and Archer C59 v1.
Since a22311e this allows to select the correct mtdsplit
parser instead of trying all available ones one by one.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit adds firmware partition compatible for the
OCEDO Raccoon and OCEDO Koala.
Since a22311e this allows to select the correct mtdsplit
parser instead of trying all available ones one by one.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Specify firmware partition format (denx,uimage) by compatible string
for ELECOM WRC-300GHBK2-I.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
With ed25e3ac02 ("ramips: fix some clocks in mt7621.dtsi") the
cpuclock node was dropped from the mt7621.dtsi without removing the
references to this node from the GB-PC1/PC2 dts files.
Remove them now, to fix the build error.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
It has to be <board>:<colour>:<function> and is expected exactly this
way by the userspace scripts.
While at it, fix some whitespace issues in the dts file and rename the
flash node as required upstream.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Multicast ARL entries can have multiple destination ports. Get and dump
all destination ports of each entry, not just the lowest.
Signed-off-by: Günther Kelleter <guenther.kelleter@devolo.de>
Use the generic board detection instead of the target specific one as
all recent additions are doing.
Setup the USB led via devicetree (a58535771f) and include the required
driver by default. Merge the led userspace setting with an existing
identical case.
Use the wps led for boot status indication.
Move the partitions into a partition table node (6031ab345d) and drop
needless labels. Drop misplaced cells properties (53624c1702).
Cleanup the pinmux and only switch pins to gpio functions which a
referenced as gpio in the dts.
Match the maximum image size with the size of the firmware partition.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The sd function of the nd_sd group configures two of the groups pins as
gpios. The pins are used as PCIe reset/power.
Due to the driver load order, the pins are configured way to late if
triggered by the sd-card driver.
To not introduce another kind of driver load order dependency and
configure the pins as early as possible, means during pinmux driver
load.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In case the nd_sd group is set to the sd-card function, Pins 45 + 46 are
configured as GPIOs. If they are blocked by the sd function, they can't
be used as GPIOs.
Reported-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This reverts commit dcdc6d9dad.
Even if described this way in the datasheet, it causes a bootloop on a
RT-N56U (v1):
of-flash 1c000000.nor-flash: do_map_probe() failed for type cfi_probe
of-flash 1c000000.nor-flash: do_map_probe() failed
VFS: Cannot open root device “(null)” or unknown-block(0,0): error -6
Fixes: FS#1930
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the generic board detection instead of the target specific one as
all recent additions are doing.
Add the wireless led according the gpio number from the datasheet.
Rename the board part of the leds to match the name used for the
compatible string. Finally, do not hijack the wps led for boot status
indication longer than necessary.
Merge userspace config into existing cases.
Include the manufacture Name in the dts model string.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
dfa4ede interface: fix return code of __interface_add()
a82a8f6 netifd: fix resource leak on error in netifd_add_dynamic()
fa2403d config: fix resource leaks on error in config_parse_interface()
85de9de interface: fix memory leak on error in __interface_add()
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This commit modifies mtd partitions define for Buffalo BHR-4GRV2 and
move it to generic subtarget.
In Buffalo BHR-4GRV2, "kernel" partition is located behined "rootfs"
partition in the stock firmware. This causes the size of the kernel
to be limited by the fixed value.
0x50000 0xe80000 0xff0000
+-------------------------------+--------------+
| rootfs | kernel |
| (14528k) | (1472k) |
+-------------------------------+--------------+
After ar71xx was updated to Kernel 4.14, the kernel size of BHR-4GRV2
exceeded the limit, and it breaks builds on official buildbot.
Since this issue was also confirmed in ath79, I modified the mtd
partitions to get rid of that limitation.
0x50000 0xff0000
+----------------------------------------------+
| firmware |
| (16000k) |
+----------------------------------------------+
However, this commit breaks compatibility with ar71xx firmware, so I
dropped "SUPPORTED_DEVICES += bhr-4grv2".
This commit requires new flash instruction instead of the old one.
Flash instruction using initramfs image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port of BHR-4GRV2
2. Set the IP address of the computer to 192.168.12.10
3. Rename the OpenWrt initramfs image to
"bhr4grv2-uImage-initramfs-gzip.bin" and place it into the TFTP
directory
4. Start the tftp server on the computer
5. While holding down the "ECO" button, connect power cable to
BHR-4GRV2 and turn on it
6. Flashing (orange) diag LED and release the finger from the button,
BHR-4GRV2 downloads the intiramfs image from TFTP server and boot
with it
7. On the initramfs image, create "/etc/fw_env.config" file with
following contents
/dev/mtd1 0x0 0x10000 0x10000
8. Execute following commands to add environment variables for
u-boot
fw_setenv ipaddr 192.168.12.1
fw_setenv serverip 192.168.12.10
fw_setenv ethaddr 00:aa:bb:cc:dd:ee
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm 0x9fe80000"
9. Perform sysupgrade with squashfs-sysupgrade image
10. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
And this commit includes small fix; BHR-4GRV2 has QCA9557 as a SoC,
not QCA9558.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Remove the source-only flag from ath79, its supposed to replace ar71xx after next stable release but buildbots are not currently generating images for it.
So in order to expand testing as much as possible and prepare for moving to ath79 lets enable the buildbots to actually build the target.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
The Lava LR-25G001 Wireless Router is based on the MT7620A SoC.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 1x 802.11bgn radio
- 1x 802.11ac radio (MT7610EN)
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps AR8337 Switch (1 WAN AND 4 LAN)
- 2x external, detachable antennas
- 1x USB 2.0
- UART (J3) header on PCB (57600 8n1)
- 8x LED (3x GPIO-controlled), 2x button
- JBOOT bootloader
Known issues:
- Work only three Gigabit ports (3/5, 1 WAN and 2LAN)
Installation:
Apply factory image via http web-gui or JBOOT recovery page
How to revert to OEM firmware:
- push the reset button and turn on the power. Wait until LED start
blinking (~10sec.)
- upload original factory image via JBOOT http (IP: 192.168.123.254)
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Some boards have external switches different than mt7530.
This patch allow to use mdio-mode without 0x1f register.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Driver crash when 'phydev->adjust_link' isn't provided.
This patch check if 'phydev->adjust_link' exist before
call the method.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
For a long time the mt7621 uses a fixed cpu clock which causes a problem
if the cpu frequency is not 880MHz.
This patch fixes the cpu clock calculation and adds the cpu/bus clkdev
which will be used in dts.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <hackpascal@gmail.com>
The memc node from mt7621.dtsi has incorrect register resource.
Fix it according to the programming guide.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <hackpascal@gmail.com>
These two patches both modified the mt7621.c, and the patch file
998-mt7621-needs-jiffies.patch adds only one line which is used by the
another patch file. So merge them into one file.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <hackpascal@gmail.com>
These option can be useful in developement/packagig applications for
OpenWrt. Instead of searching them by hand in Config-build.in lets
expose them for easier access.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
As automatic helper assignment is disabled in recent Linux kernels,
explicit rules must be added to the raw table for each helper.
While commit f50a524 in the firewall3 project added a set of default
rules and other additional related functionality, both this and the
alternative manual methods of defining these rules require kmod-ipt-raw.
Signed-off-by: Steven Honson <steven@honson.id.au>
Introduce mt76x0e device tree node in RT-AC51U dts.
Define mt76x0e mtd partition and offset
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
This was not converted to the new, dt-based board name.
Fixes: e90dc8d272 ("apm821xx: convert to device-tree board detection")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
In a patch for the ath79, Mathias Kresin mentioned that
helper scripts should be in front of the device targets.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the Netgear WNDAP620 and WNDAP660,
they are similar devices, but due to the LAN LED configuration,
the switch setup and WIFI configuration each gets a different
device target.
Hardware Highlights WNDAP620:
CPU: AMCC PowerPC APM82181 at 1000 MHz
DRAM: 128 MB, 2 x 64 MiB DDR2 Hynix H5PS5162GF
CPU: AMCC PowerPC APM82181 at 1000 MHz
FLASH: 32 MiB, NAND SLC, Hynix HY27US08561A
Ethernet: RealTek RTL8363SB 2x2-Port Switch PHY - Only 1 GBit Port (POE)
Wifi: Atheros AR9380 minipcie - Dual-Band - 3x3:3
Serial: console port with RJ45 Interface (9600-N-8-1)
LEDS: Power, LAN-Activity, dual color LAN-Linkspeed, 2.4GHz, 5GHz LEDs
Button: Soft Reset Button
Antennae: 3 internal dual-band antennae + 3 x RSMA for external antennaes
Hardware Highlights WNDAP660:
CPU: AMCC PowerPC APM82181 at 1000 MHz + 2 Heatsinks
DRAM: 256 MB, 2 x 128 MiB DDR2
FLASH: 32 MiB, NAND SLC, Hynix HY27US08561A
Ethernet: RealTek RTL8363SB 2x2-Port Switch PHY (POE)
Wifi1: Atheros AR9380 minipcie - Dual-Band - 3x3:3
Wifi2: Atheros AR9380 minipcie - Dual-Band - 3x3:3
Serial: console port with RJ45 Interface (9600-N-8-1)
LEDS: Power, LAN-Activity, 2x dual color LAN-Linkspeed, 2.4GHz, 5GHz LEDs
Button: Soft Reset Button
Antennae: 6 internal dual-band antennae + 3 x RSMA for external antennaes
Flashing requirements:
- needs a tftp server at 192.168.1.10/serverip.
- special 8P8C(aka RJ45)<->D-SUB9 Console Cable
("Cisco Console Cable"). Note: Both WNDAP6x0 have
a MAX3232 transceivers, hence no need for any separate
CMOS/TTL level shifters.
External Antenna:
The antennae mux is controlled by GPIO 11 and GPIO14. Valid Configurations:
= Config# = | = GPIO 11 = | = GPIO 14 = | ===== Description =====
1. | 1 / High | 0 / Low | Use the internal antennae (default)
2. | 0 / Low | 1 / High | Use the external antennae
The external antennaes are only meant for the 2.4 GHz band.
One-way Flashing instructions via u-boot:
0. connect the serial cable to the RJ45 Console Port
Note: This requires a poper RS232 and not a TTL/USB adaptor.
1. power up the AP and interrupt the u-boot process at
'Hit any key to stop autoboot'
2. setup serverip and ipaddr env settings
Enter the following commands into the u-boot shell
# setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
# setenv serverip 192.168.1.10
3. download the factory.img image to the AP
Enter the following commands into the u-boot shell
# tftp ${kernel_addr_r} openwrt-apm821xx-nand-netgear_wndap660-squashfs-factory.img
4. verfiy image integrity
Enter the following commands into the u-boot shell
# crc32 $fileaddr $filesize
If the calculated crc32 checksum does not match, go back to step 3.
5. flash the image
Enter the following commands into the u-boot shell
# nand erase 0x110000 0x1bd0000
# nand write ${kernel_addr_r} 0x110000 ${filesize}
6. setup uboot environment
Enter the following commands into the u-boot shell
# setenv bootargs
# setenv fileaddr
# setenv filesize
# setenv addroot 'setenv bootargs ${bootargs} root=/dev/ubiblock0_0'
# setenv owrt_boot 'nboot ${kernel_addr_r} nand0 0x110000; run addroot; run addtty; bootm ${kernel_addr_r}'
# setenv bootcmd 'run owrt_boot'
# saveenv
7. boot
# run bootcmd
Booting initramfs instructions via u-boot:
Follow steps 0 - 2 from above.
3. boot initramfs
Enter the following commands into the u-boot shell
# tftp ${kernel_addr_r} openwrt-apm821xx-nand-netgear_wndap660-initramfs-kernel.bin
# run addtty
# bootm ${kernel_addr_r}
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds the feature to parse the existing cpu_port DT
property, which is used to specify which port is the cpu port
of the switch.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
On the WNDAP620, the mdio and mdc lines are controlled by
the EMAC ethernet device. This results in a hen-vs-egg problem.
The rtl8367b driver is probed before the ethernet driver and
the mdio-bus is not available yet, which caused the rtl8367b
driver to fail.
This patch changes the rtl8366_smi_probe_of() function to
return -EPROBE_DEFER if the mdio-bus lookup failed and changes
rtl8366_smi_probe()'s signature to return the error code back to
the callee, so it can propagate back to the kernel. Which, will
retry the switch probe at a later time.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds u-boot environment access to the MX60(W) target.
"The environment size is one NAND block (128KiB on Buckminster).
We allocate four NAND blocks to deal with bad blocks which may
exist in the saved environment"
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
All apm821xx devices use u-boot and most of them have
an accessible u-boot environment. This patch adds the
necessary template file, but does not add the
uboot-envtools package to any of the targets.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ8064 ARM-v7 Dual Core SMP CPU
- RAM: 512MB DDR3 System Memory
- NOR Flash: 32MB SPI NOR
- NAND Flash: 256MB NAND
- Ethernet: 5 x 1G via QCA8337N
- USB: 2 x USB 3.0 SuperSpeed
- PCIe: 3x Mini PCIe 2.0 Slots
Three PCIE2.0 connectors can connect two or three radio cards
such as the CUS260 for 2.4 GHz WLAN and the CUS239 for 802.11ac WLAN
How to flash via u-boot console:
tftpboot 0x44000000 openwrt-ipq806x-qcom_ipq8064-ap161-squashfs-nand-factory.bin
nand erase 0x1340000 0x4000000
nand write 0x44000000 0x1340000 $filesize
setenv bootargs ‘console=ttyMSM0,115200 ubi.mtd=ubi root=/dev/ubiblock0_1’
saveenv
bootm
Further upgrades via sysupgrade.
Tested on IPQ8064 AP161 Board:
1) NAND boot
2) Tested USB and PCIe interfaces
3) WDOG test
4) cpu frequency scaling
5) ethernet, 2G and 5G WiFi
6) ubi sysupgrade
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
RouterBOARD(s) bootloader actully turns Power LED off just before
it starts the kernel. So we need to set the LED default status to On
instead of Keep in order to keep LED on during kernel boot.
This change fixes Power LED off during the kernel boot on the RB91x and
SXT Lite boards.
Fixes: 6cad8ee0bd ("ar71xx: keep the RouterBOARD Power LED in On state")
CC: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
This way the radio (phy) name can be the same through module reloads.
To set the desired name:
uci set wireless.@wifi-device[0].phyname=wiphy0
I guess this only works on ipq6086 boards as I could not find a more
generic place to put this. Maybe someone can improve it.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
If I create following image:
define Device/engenius-m36
IMAGE/sysupgrade.bin := combined-image | append-metadata
endef
Sysupgrade then errors out:
Invalid image. Contents do not match checksum (image:cd285595eaf297370404ae0e2815ec1a calculated:2cf9a2286fb6b01af3ea189128017d44)
Image check 'platform_check_image' failed.
By removing the metadata from the image I get combined-image checksum
working again and sysupgrade works.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Create initrd enries for x86 images, that'll load amd microcode as early
as possible. Also remove the preinit script responsible for late load of
microcode.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This commit adds support for the Archer C58 v1 and C59 v1, previously
supported in the ar71xx target.
CPU: Qualcomm QCA9561
RAM: 64M (C58) / 128M (C59)
FLASH: 8M (C58) / 16M (C59)
WiFi: QCA9561 bgn 3x3:3
QCA9888 nac 2x2:2
LED: Power, WiFi 2.4, WiFi 5, WAN green, WAN amber, LAN, WPS
Only C59: USB
BTN: WPS, WiFi, Reset
Installation
------------
Via Web-UI:
Update factory image via Web-UI.
Via TFTP:
Rename factory image to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in the root-dir
of your tftp server. Configure to listen on 192.168.0.66. Power up the
router while holding down the reset-button. The router will flash itself
and reboot.
Note: For TFTP, you might need a switch between router and computer, as
link establishment might take to long.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The gpio-ralink driver has everything it needs to be used as an
interrupt controller except for device tree support. This simple patch
adds that support by configuring the irq domain to use two cells and
adding the appropriate documentation to the devicetree bindings.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Santos <daniel.santos@pobox.com>
this patch adds supports for GL-X750.
Specification:
- SOC: QCA9531 (650MHz)
- Flash: 16 MiB (W25Q128FVSG)
- RAM: 128 MiB DDR2
- Ethernet: 10/100: 1xLAN + 10/100: 1xWAN
- Wireless: 2.4GHz (bgn) and 5GHz (ac)
- USB: 1x USB 2.0 port
- Button: 1x reset button
- LED: 5x LEDS (green)
Flash instruction:
The original firmware is openwrt, so both LuCI or sysupgrade can be used.
Signed-off-by: Luo chongjun <luochongjun@gl-inet.com>
This adds the build option for UniFi AC Mesh Pro as well as
model detection for it.
The device is a hardware clone of the AC Pro.
- SoC: QCA9563-AL3A (775Mhz)
- RAM: 128MiB
- Flash: 16MiB - dual firmware partitions!
- LAN: 2x 1000M - POE+
- Wireless:
2.4G: QCA9563
5G: UniFi Chip, QCA988X compatible
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
On the bottom sticker it's branded as ZTE ZXECS EBG3130 device, but in factory
OpenWrt image it's referenced as BDCOM WAP2100-SK device.
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A
- RAM: 128 MB
- Flash: 16 MB
- Ethernet: 5 FE ports
- Wireless radio: 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz (MT7610EN, unsupported)
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB marked as J2 (R=RX, T=TX, G=GND) with 115200 8N1 config
- LEDs: Power, FE ports 1-5, WPS, USB, RF 2.4G, RF 5G
- Other: USB port, SD card slot and 2x external antennas (non-detachable)
Flashing instructions:
A) The U-Boot has HTTP based firmware upgrade
A1) Flashing notes
We've identified so far two different batches of units, unfortunately
each batch has different U-Boot bootloader flashed with different
default environment variables, thus each batch has different IP address
for accessing web based firmware updater.
* First batch has web based bootloader IP address 1.1.1.1
* Second batch has web based bootloader IP address 192.168.1.250
In case you can't connect to either of those IPs, you can try to get
the default IP address via two methods:
A1.1) Serial console, then the IP address is visible during the boot
...
HTTP server is starting at IP: 1.1.1.1
raspi_read: from:40004 len:6
HTTP server is ready!
...
A1.2) Over telnet/SSH using this command:
root@bdcom:/# grep ipaddr= /dev/mtd0
ipaddr=1.1.1.1
A2) Flashing with browser
* Change IP address of PC to 1.1.1.2 with 255.255.255.0 netmask
* Reboot the device and try to reach web based bootloader in the
browser with the following URL http://1.1.1.1
* Quickly select the firmware sysupgrade file and click on the
`Update firmware` button, this all has to be done within 10 seconds,
bootloader doesn't wait any longer
If done correctly, the web page should show UPDATE IN PROGRESS page
with progress indicator. Once the flashing completes (it takes roughly
around 1 minute), the device will reboot to the OpenWrt firmware
A3) Flashing with curl
sudo ip addr add 1.1.1.2/24 dev eth0
curl \
--verbose \
--retry 3 \
--retry-delay 1 \
--retry-max-time 30 \
--connect-timeout 30 \
--form "firmware=@openwrt-ramips-mt7620-BDCOM-WAP2100-SK-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin" \
http://1.1.1.1
Now power on the router.
B) The U-boot is based on Ralink SDK so we can flash the firmware using UART.
1. Configure PC with a static IP address and setup an TFTP server.
2. Put the firmware into the tftp directory.
3. Connect the UART line as described on the PCB (G=GND, R=RX, T=TX)
4. Power up the device and press 2, follow the instruction to set device and
tftp server IP address and input the firmware file name. U-boot will then load
the firmware and write it into the flash.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Create initrd enries for x86 images, that'll load intel microcode as
early as possible. To achieve that the test module for grub is enabled
which provides shell-like conditionals. Also restrict the late load of
microcode to AMD processors.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
It is not necessary to have iucode-tool present on target system to have
functional intel-microcode package. The build time dependency is kept.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Add files to bootfs image from selected as built-in packages, which want
to install files to targets boot file system.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Mount boot file system with rw option to allow installation of packages
which install files to /boot directory.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Currently every file in boot directory is copied over target /boot on
root file system and is usually inaccessible because appropriate boot
file system is mounted on top of it. Therefore remove /boot, which in
result will also save space on target root file system.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Ubiquity allows flashing of unsigned factory images via TFTP recovery
method[1]. They claim in airOS v6.0.7 release changelog[2] following:
All future airOS versions will be signed in this way and not allow
unsigned firmware to be loaded except via TFTP.
U-boot bootloader on M-XW devices expects factory image revision
version in specific format. On airOS v6.1.7 with `U-Boot 1.1.4-s1039
(May 24 2017 - 15:58:18)` bootloader checks if the revision major(?)
number is actually a number, but in currently generated images there's
OpenWrt text and so the check fails:
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
Setting default IP 192.168.1.20
Starting TFTP server...
Receiving file from 192.168.1.25:38438
Received 4981148 bytes
Firmware check failed! (1)
By placing arbitrary correct number first in major version, we make the
bootloader happy and we can flash factory images over TFTP again:
Received 3735964 bytes
Firmware Version: XW.ar934x.v6.0.4-42.r8474-56aa1ac-OpenWrt
Setting U-Boot environment variables
Un-Protected 1 sectors
Erasing Flash.... done
Patch provided by AREDN[3] project, tested on Bullet M2 XW (ynezz) and
Nanostation M5 XW (ae6xe).
1. https://help.ubnt.com/hc/en-us/articles/204910124-UniFi-TFTP-Recovery-for-Bricked-Access-Points
2. https://dl.ubnt.com/firmwares/XW-fw/v6.0.7/changelog.txt
3. https://github.com/aredn
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
CPU: AR9342 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 8 MB NOR SPI
Ports: 100 MBit (24V PoE in)
WLAN: 2.4/5 GHz
UART: 1 UART on PCB marked as J1 with 115200 8N1 config
LEDs: Power, Ethernet, 4x RSSI LEDs (orange, red, 2x green)
Buttons: Reset
UART connection details
.---------------------------------.
| |
[ETH] J1 [ANT]
| o VCC o RX o TX o GND |
`---------------------------------'
Flashing instructions
A) Serial console, U-Boot and TFTP
1. Connect to serial header J1 on the PCB
2. Power on device and enter U-Boot console
3. Set up TFTP server serving an OpenWrt initramfs build
4. Load initramfs build using the command tftpboot in the U-Boot cli
5. Boot the loaded image using the command bootm
6. Copy squashfs OpenWrt sysupgrade build to the booted device
7. Use mtd to write sysupgrade to partition "firmware"
8. Reboot and enjoy
B) Experimental factory image flashing over SSH from airOS v6.1.7
1. You need to flash your UBNT M2HP with airOS v6.1.7 firmware
no other airOS version is currently supported
2. git clone https://github.com/true-systems/ubnt-bullet-m2hp-openwrt-flashing
3. cd ubnt-bullet-m2hp-openwrt-flashing
4. make flash-factory FW_OWRT=/path/to/your/openwrt-ath79-generic-ubnt_bullet-m-xw-squashfs-factory.bin
Tested only on Bullet M2HP.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Belkin F5D8235 v2 has two ethernet switches on board.
One internal rt3052 and rtl8366rb on rgmii interface.
Looks like internal switch settings were lost in
translation to device tree infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Specifically, SKW92A_E16, described here:
http://www.skylabmodule.com/wp-content/uploads/SkyLab_SKW92A_V1.04_datasheet.pdf
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7628N/N (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x u.FL
- Power by micro-USB connector at USB1 on EVB
- UART via micro-USB connector at USB3 on EVB (57600 8n1)
- 5x Ethernet LEDs
- 1x WLAN LEDs
- 1x WPS LED connected by jumper wire from I2S_CK on J20 to WPS_LED pin hole next
to daughter board on EVB
- WPS/Reset button (S2 on EVB)
- RESET button (S1 on EVB) is *not* connected to RST hole next to daughter board
Flash instruction:
>From Skylab firmware:
1. Associate with SKYLAP_AP
2. In a browser, load: http://10.10.10.254/
3. Username/password: admin/admin
4. In web admin interface: Administration / Upload Firmware, browse to
sysupgrade image, apply, flash will fail with a message:
Not a valid firmware. *** Warning: "/var/tmpFW" has corrupted data!
5. Telnet to 10.10.10.254, drops you into a root shell with no credentials
6. # cd /var
7. # mtd_write -r write tmpFW mtd4
Unlocking mtd4 ...
Writing from tmpFW to mtd4 ... [e]
8. When flash has completed, you will have booted into your firmware.
>From U-boot via TFTP and initramfs:
1. Place openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-skw92a-initramfs-kernel.bin on a TFTP server
2. Connect to serial console at USB3 on EVB
3. Connect ethernet between port 1 (not WAN) and your TFTP server (e.g.
192.168.11.20)
4. Start terminal software (e.g. screen /dev/ttyUSB0 57600) on PC
5. Apply power to EVB
6. Interrupt u-boot with keypress of "1"
7. At u-boot prompts:
Input device IP (10.10.10.123) ==:192.168.11.21
Input server IP (10.10.10.3) ==:192.168.11.20
Input Linux Kernel filename (root_uImage) ==:openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-skw92a-initramfs-kernel.bin
8. Move ethernet to port 0 (WAN) on EVB
9. At new OpenWrt console shell, fetch squashfs-sysupgrade image and flash
with sysupgrade.
>From U-boot via TFTP direct flash:
1. Place openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-skw92a-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin on a TFTP server
2. Connect to serial console at USB3 on EVB (57600 8N1)
3. Connect ethernet between port 1 (not WAN) an your TFTP server (e.g.
192.168.11.20)
4. Start terminal software (e.g. screen /dev/ttyUSB0 57600) on PC
5. Apply power to EVB
6. Interrupt u-boot with keypress of "2"
7. At u-boot prompts:
Warning!! Erase Linux in Flash then burn new one. Are you sure?(Y/N) Y
Input device IP (10.10.10.123) ==:192.168.11.21
Input server IP (10.10.10.3) ==:192.168.11.20
Input Linux Kernel filename (root_uImage) ==:openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-skw92a-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
8. When transfer is complete or as OpenWrt begins booting, move ethernet to
port 0 (WAN).
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
We currently could (ab)use IMAGES for this task, but the downside is,
that the filenames has filesystem tied to the filename, which might be
confusing as the artifact itself don't has to be used with that specific
filesystem. Another downside is, that the artifacts built with IMAGES
target are build for every FILESYSTEMS filesystem.
Consider following use case:
define Device/apalis
...
FILESYSTEMS := ext4 squashfs
IMAGES := spl-uboot.bin recovery.scr
IMAGE/spl-uboot.bin := append-uboot-spl | pad-to 68k | append-uboot
IMAGE/recovery.scr := recovery-scr
endef
Where we would get target binaries with following filenames:
openwrt-imx6-apalis-squashfs.recovery.scr
openwrt-imx6-apalis-squashfs.spl-uboot.bin
openwrt-imx6-apalis-ext4.recovery.scr
openwrt-imx6-apalis-ext4.spl-uboot.bin
With proposed patch, we could now just do:
define Device/apalis
...
ARTIFACTS := spl-uboot.bin recovery.scr
ARTIFACT/spl-uboot.bin := append-uboot-spl | pad-to 68k | append-uboot
ARTIFACT/recovery.scr := recovery-scr
endef
Which would produce target binaries with following filenames:
openwrt-imx6-apalis-recovery.scr
openwrt-imx6-apalis-spl-uboot.bin
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
e520469b Update manual pages
54067256 Bump up version number to 1.35.0
c4d2eeee Update AUTHORS
f51e696e asio: Add stop() to listen_and_serve doc
a433b132 Merge pull request #1260 from nghttp2/h2load-non-final-response
cf48a56d Merge pull request #1238 from jktjkt/cmake-fix-libevent-detection
6cad1b24 nghttpx: Write mruby send_info early
3c393dca nghttpx: Fix assertion failure on mruby send_info with HTTP/1 frontend
17292445 h2load: Handle HTTP/1 non-final response
f6644a92 make clang-format
48998f72 Merge pull request #1222 from donny-dont/fix/declspec
15ff52f9 Update README
6c03bb14 Upgrade travis toolchain
524b4392 Fix travis build failure
859bf2bc Update manual pages
b5619fb1 h2load: Clarify that time for connect includes TLS handshake
dcbe0c69 nghttpx: Simplify move ctor and operator
2996c284 nghttpx: Cleanup
42e8ceb6 nghttpx: Convert API status code to enum class
1daf9ce8 nghttpx: Convert WorkerEventType to enum class
d68edf56 nghttpx: Convert MemcachedStatusCode to enum class
0c4e9fef nghttpx: Convert memcached op to enum class
571404c6 nghttpx: Convert MemcachedParseState to enum class
4d562b77 nghttpx: Convert LogFragmentType to enum class
e6225871 nghttpx: Convert connection check status to enum class
4bd075de nghttpx: Convert Http2Session state to enum class
b46a3249 nghttpx: Convert FreelistZone to enum class
4bd44b9c nghttpx: Convert dispatch state to enum class
1b42110d nghttpx: Make Downstream state enum class
0735ec55 nghttpx: Convert shrpx_connect_proto to enum class
00554779 nghttpx: Convert DNSResolverStatus to enum class
0963f389 nghttpx: Convert SerialEventType to enum class
1abfa3ca nghttpx: Make TLS handshake state enum class
f2159bc2 nghttpx: Convert UpstreamAltMode to enum class
b0eb68ee nghttpx: Convert shrpx_forwarded_node_type to enum class
e7b7b037 nghttpx: Convert shrpx_cookie_secure to enum class
5e4f434f nghttpx: Convert shrpx_session_affinity to enum class
20ea964f nghttpx: Convert shrpx_proto to enum class
d105619b src: Remove extra braces if possible
ec5729b1 Use std::make_unique
6c919695 Use C++14
46576178 Don't send Transfer-Encoding to pre-HTTP/1.1 clients
5e925f87 Update doc
153531d4 nghttpx: Use the same type as standard stream operator<<
f7287df0 Bump up version number to 1.35.0-DEV
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Some packages like libpfring assume the presense of lex, which on some
other systems is a symlink to flex but not all. Symlink flex to fix
compilation.
Arch Linux and Fedora do this as far as I know.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This is probably theoretical problem as the Ventana is defined first in
the image Makefile, but once the position of the definition would change
in the future (alphabetical sorting?) it would get bootscript from the
previous board which would have BOOT_SCRIPT set.
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Both devices come with a MediaTek MT7610E 5GHz 802.11ac 1T1R radio
which wasn't supported at the time the devices were added to OpenWrt.
Now that we got it, include kmod-mt76x0e in images for those devices.
Reported-by: Arian Sanusi <openwrt@semioptimal.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This allows us to use the bridge as a managed switch and gracefully
handle mixed tagged and untagged frames. Prior to this, the only
alternative was creating one bridge per vlan which quickly becomes a
nightmare and still won't let you mix both tagged and untagged frames on
the physical port without some complex ebtables magic.
This is in line with the notion that OpenWRT is the network go-to swiss
army knife when you need a nice set-and-forget, low maintenance box to
handle a specific task.
Current builds of the ip-bridge package already fully support this
feature so the only requirement is enabling the kernel config.
This is disabled by default so existing bridge configurations will not
be affected. This patch only gives the ability to turn it on with an
'ip link' command. If there is interest, I could look into making the
feature accessible via uci configuration.
It causes about 3.1% hit on raw bridging speed, which is relatively
trivial considering that I had to use 300 byte packets to strain the CPU
enough to notice a slowdown at all. The ER8 would chug along at wire
speed otherwise, and that's using only one core. Since the typical
bridge use case on OpenWRT is wireless, I doubt it would be noticeable
at all.
With BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING
iperf -u -c 192.168.1.105 -b 1G -l 300
------------------------------------------------------------
Client connecting to 192.168.1.105, UDP port 5001
Sending 300 byte datagrams, IPG target: 2.24 us (kalman adjust)
UDP buffer size: 208 KByte (default)
------------------------------------------------------------
[ 3] local 192.168.1.12 port 58045 connected with 192.168.1.105 port 5001
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 3] 0.0-10.0 sec 977 MBytes 820 Mbits/sec
[ 3] Sent 3414986 datagrams
[ 3] Server Report:
[ 3] 0.0-10.0 sec 811 MBytes 680 Mbits/sec 0.000 ms
581210/3414986 (0%)
Without BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING
iperf -u -c 192.168.1.105 -b 1G -l 300
------------------------------------------------------------
Client connecting to 192.168.1.105, UDP port 5001
Sending 300 byte datagrams, IPG target: 2.24 us (kalman adjust)
UDP buffer size: 208 KByte (default)
------------------------------------------------------------
[ 3] local 192.168.1.12 port 36645 connected with 192.168.1.105 port 5001
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 3] 0.0-10.0 sec 977 MBytes 820 Mbits/sec
[ 3] Sent 3414990 datagrams
[ 3] Server Report:
[ 3] 0.0-10.0 sec 836 MBytes 701 Mbits/sec 0.000 ms
493950/3414990 (0%)
In terms of kernel size, it uses 16KB (6753K vs 6737K on ER8) so a
0.002% hit. The exact 16KB is probably just due to how the kernel is
compressed.
Suggested-by: Jonathan Thibault <jonathan@navigue.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Specify the new "firmware" partition format for Netgear WNDR3700
and WNDR3700v2 similarly as ffd082aa did for WNDR3800, the third
device in the family.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
No single target/arch uses it and most likely there is no need to make
such a potential code target/arch specific.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
If "compatible" is being used that should trigger a proper parser
directly. It's more reliable thanks to not trying parsers one by one. In
such case partition shouldn't be split automatically to avoid parsing it
twice.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Currently, the b53 MDIO switch driver registers the switch on
config-init and not on device probe. Because of this, the switch
gets added every time the associated interface comes up.
This commit fixes this behavior by registering the switch on device
probe.
Compile- and run-tested on OCEDO Koala.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Currently flash from WebIF is broken for Archer C7 v5 EU models as their
SupportList entries are missing.
The added entries originate from TP-Links latest Archer C7 v5 EU
firmware.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2cc4b99 file: use global exec timeout instead of own hardcoded limit
ecd1660 exec: increase maximum execution time to 120s
Also expose the socket and timeout options in /etc/config/rpcd for
easier use.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When restart is run on an init script, the script traps SIGTERM. This is
done as a workaround for scripts named the same name as the program they
start. In that case, the init script process will have the same name as
the program process, and so when the init script runs killall, it will
kill itself. So SIGTERM is trapped to make the init script unkillable.
However, the trap is retained when the init script runs start, and thus
processes started by restart will not respond to SIGTERM, and will thus
be unkillable unless you use SIGKILL. This fixes that by removing the
trap before running start.
Signed-off-by: Linus Kardell <linus@telliq.com>
It's more reliable as mtd subsystem doesn't have to blindly try that
parser. It allows disabling MTD_SPLIT_FIRMWARE completely (TRX is
handled in a similar way).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
1517dfb8aa Add an additional test to resolv/tst-resolv-network.c
1050634904 libanl: properly cleanup if first helper thread creation failed (bug 22927)
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
4734108 mt7603: use mt7603_wtbl_clear on station removal
9428e34 mt7603: fix watchdog reset sequence
b3f82a3 mt7603: report PSE reset failures via debugfs
a301dec mt7603: add back PSE client reset code
94cebfc mt7603: fix handling lost interrupt events during watchdog reset
b38fe7d mt7603: only issue PSE reset on PSE stuck
da666a7 mt7603: issue PSE reset if firmware debug register indicates stuck queues
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
It makes more sense to add run_parsers_by_type() in a patch that
introduces parser types. That makes the other one just add a code using
it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
* chacha20,poly1305: fix up for win64
* poly1305: only export neon symbols when in use
* poly1305: cleanup leftover debugging changes
* crypto: resolve target prefix on buggy kernels
* chacha20,poly1305: don't do compiler testing in generator and remove xor helper
* crypto: better path resolution and more specific generated .S
* poly1305: make frame pointers for auxiliary calls
* chacha20,poly1305: do not use xlate
This should fix up the various build errors, warnings, and insertion errors
introduced by the previous snapshot, where we added some significant
refactoring. In short, we're trying to port to using Andy Polyakov's original
perlasm files, and this means quite a lot of work to re-do that had stableized
in our old .S.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
4b83102 treewide: switch to C-code style comments
70506bf treewide: make some functions static
d9872db interface: fix removal of dynamic interfaces
2f7ef7d interface: rework code to get rid of interface_set_dynamic
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
009ab91 mt76: clean up more unused EXPORT_SYMBOLs
963768d mt76x02: fix regression in tx station race condition fix
d7788cc mt76: mt76x02: make group_wcid the first member in struct mt76x02_vif
e65ad4c mt7603: make group_wcid the first member in struct mt7603_vif
7b1373e mt76: mt76x02: remove mt76x02_txq_init
a97127b mt76: replace sta_add/remove ops with common sta_state function
13f1e82 mt7603: clear wtbl entry for removed stations
90e2c1b mt7603: add mt7603_wtbl_set_skip_tx, change mt7603_wtbl_set_ps users
41931e4 mt7603: toggle skip_tx on station add/remove
d0fdf01 mt7603: avoid unnecessary wtbl writes for ps-filter
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
* Zinc no longer ships generated assembly code. Rather, we now
bundle in the original perlasm generator for it. The primary purpose
of this snapshot is to get testing of this.
* Clarify the peer removal logic and make lifetimes more precise.
* Use READ_ONCE for is_valid and is_dead.
* No need to use atomic when the recounter is mutex protected.
* Fix up macros and annotations in allowedips.
* Increment drop counter when staged packets are dropped.
* Use static constants instead of enums for 64-bit values in selftest.
* Mark large constants as ULL in poly1305-donna64.
* Fix sparse warnings in allowedips debugging code.
* Do not use wg_peer_get_maybe_zero in timer callbacks, since we now can
carefully control the lifetime of these functions and ensure they never
execute after dropping the last reference.
* Cleanup hashing in ratelimiter.
* Do not guard timer removals, since del_timer is always okay.
* We now check for PM_AUTOSLEEP, which makes the clear*on-suspend decision a
bit more general.
* Set csum_level to ~0, since the poly1305 authenticator certainly means
that no data was modified in transit.
* Use CHECKSUM_PARTIAL check for skb_checksum_help instead of
skb_checksum_setup check.
* wg.8: specify that wg(8) shows runtime info too
* wg.8: AllowedIPs isn't actually required
* keygen-html: add missing glue macro
* wg-quick: android: do not choke on empty allowed-ips
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
There was a bug in ubifs related to the O_TMPFILE. When reapplying
changes after power cut data could be lost. This problem was exposed by
overlayfs and the upstream commit 3a1e819b4e80 ("ovl: store file handle
of lower inode on copy up").
This fixes a regression introduced when switching from 4.9 to 4.14.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Chnages since 3.2:
b590ad02 version 3.2.1
05e70adf build: fix issues in the generated tarball
7efe0b5d build: fix typo
351e3630 NEWS: update
4fd1fc70 examples: ship them
e02ce4c7 build: minor fixes in doc/
7cab285e CI: maximize chances of errors sooner
86efe282 c++: improve the generated documentation
cf1446dc tests: don't fail if the C++ compiler does not work
e93c40b3 tests: don't disable C++ warnings in C files
eff67391 c++: workaround portability issue
5a0d7802 tests: work around getopt portability issues
f1e0839c doc: -Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant was added to GCC 4.7
3bf429ae examples: #include <cstring> in calc++
f8cadc73 c: provide a definition of _Noreturn that works for C++
bd7aebb8 c: update the definition of _Noreturn
ca8039e6 tests: don't expect the shell to support 'local'
5d07f4f7 bitset: fix warning
e605ad96 build: fix use of gnulib Make variables
50fac71d maint: post-release administrivia
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
SSIDs may contain UTF8 characters but ideally hostapd should be told
this is the case so it can advertise the fact. Default enable this
option.
add uci option utf8_ssid '0'/'1' for disable/enable e.g.
config wifi-iface
option utf8_ssid '0'
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This patch reverts commit 2dc1f54b12 as it
breaks the build for me on x86-64 if I've IPV6 support disabled. Same config
builds fine on `openwrt-18.06` branch at 55d078b2.
$ grep IPV6 .config
# CONFIG_KERNEL_IPV6 is not set
# CONFIG_IPV6 is not set
Build errors out on:
Package libiptc is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libip6tc.so.0
Looking at iptables-1.6.2/libiptc/Makefile.am:
libiptc_la_LIBADD = libip4tc.la libip6tc.la
and to iptables-1.6.2/libiptc/libiptc.pc.in:
Requires: libip4tc libip6tc
It seems that libiptc needs v4/v6 libs, so v6 isn't optional.
Cc: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
8a1ad80 Release version 4.19.
ecdf295 ethtool: Fix uninitialized variable use at qsfp dump
98c148e ethtool: better syntax for combinations of FEC modes
d4b9f3f ethtool: support combinations of FEC modes
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
It has been rejected upstream and instead a nice/more generic solution
has been implemented. It's possible now to describe partitions format
using "compatible" DT string.
No OpenWrt target uses "linux,part-probe" anymore, leave it only in case
some forks need it. It will be dropped with support for new kernels.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
asm/byteorder.h & hence __cpu_to_be32() doesn't exist on Darwin
Shamelessly copy some byte swap functions from oseama.c
Acked-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
as indicated in commit c5bf408ed6 "(ramips: fix image generation for mt76x8")
more rework was needed to fix the other issues.
Building on another machine, but using the same arch, showed
the application failing again for different reasons.
Fix this by completely rewriting the application, fixing following found issues:
- buffer overflows, resulting in stack corruption
- flaws in memory requirement calculations (too small, too large)
- memory leaks
- missing bounds checking on string handling
- non-reproducable images, by using unitilized memory in checksum calculation
- missing error handling, resulting in succes on specific image errors
- endianness errors when building on BE machines
- various minor build warnings
- documentation did not match the code actions (header item locations)
- allowing input to be decimal, hex or octal now
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
When the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable is set, use it to
override the timestamps of .ipk archive contents.
This ensures that .ipk archives built in environments without SCM
metadata (mainly the SDK) are reproducible between different runs.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/6954
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Update to the latest version of iproute2; see https://lwn.net/Articles/769354/
for a full overview of the changes in 4.19.
Remove 190-add-cake-to-tc patch as CAKE qdisc is now supported in 4.19.0
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
172f081 mt76x0: do not overwrite other MT_BBP(AGC, 8) fields
2ae2046 mt76x0: phy: use mt76_poll_msec in mt76x0_phy_temp_sensor
add66a0 mt76x0: init: use mt76x02_mac_shared_key_setup in mt76x0_init_hardware
1f24db9 mt76x2: move wcid_tx_rate conf at bootstrap
097b2bd mt76x0: init: use mt76x02_mac_wcid_setup for wcid configuration
d0eb03e mt76x2u: init: remove not useful configuration
c7aa8f4 mt76x2u: init: use common routines for wcid/key initialization
bd568d9 mt76: move mt76x02_eeprom_copy in mt76x02-lib module
57b441d mt76x0: phy: introduce tssi calibration support
a78802c mt76x0: phy: use tssi reported value to configure tx power if available
94ad030 mt76: remove mcu_msg_alloc
15cb426 mt76: remove wait argument from mt76x02_mcu_function_select
cd76a83 mt76: remove wait argument from mt76x02_mcu_set_radio_state
9b97e0f mt76x02: run calibration after scanning
663b197 mt76x02: assure we update gain after scan
eb53745 mt76x0: dfs: fix IBI_R11 configuration on non-radar channels
ef06c30 mt76: avoid queue/status spinlocks while passing tx status to mac80211
5195257 mt7603: fix maximum rx frame size
01815e9 mt7603: use mutex from struct mt76_dev
3c8e8a7 mt7603: use irq_lock/irqmask from struct mt76_dev
8b7f50d mt76: add size check for additional rx fragments
87bad3a mt7603: stop MAC on watchdog reset
c34baab mt7603: add missing unlock in case changing the channel fails
ac6fc78 mt7603: add debugfs file to trigger watchdog resets
d9b5324 mt7603: add SPDX license identifiers
498d716 mt7603: fix checkpatch issues
a1afefd mt7603: fix handling of fixed rate packets
5ee0523 mt7603: fix tx status rate reporting for fixed-rate packets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Buildbot fails to generate images for targets also generating a
Sercomm binary with following error:
Opening file: /mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/owrt_mt76x8/build_dir/target-mipsel_24kc_musl/linux-ramips_mt76x8/tmp/openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-netgear_r6120-squashfs-factory.img.rootfs.zip
Filesize: 3648606 .
mksercommfw: malloc.c:2427: sysmalloc: Assertion `(old_top == initial_top (av) && old_size == 0) || ((unsigned long) (old_size) >= MINSIZE && prev_inuse (old_top) && ((unsigned long) old_end & (pagesize - 1)) == 0)' failed.
Makefile:287: recipe for target '/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/owrt_mt76x8/build_dir/target-mipsel_24kc_musl/linux-ramips_mt76x8/tmp/openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-netgear_r6120-squashfs-factory.img' failed
Debugging using valgrind shows stack corruption due to a buffer overflow.
The author of the generator assumes the filename ends with "root",
while it should be "rootfs".
Fix this by accounting for the 2 missing characters which solves the build issues.
More work is required to cleanup this source, which will be done later on.
Reported-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Following errors were seen in the past on imx6 when using serial:
[ 22.617622] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 22.623228] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 22.628826] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 22.648951] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 22.654558] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 22.660156] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
Which is the reason why DMA for the serial ports
got disabled in commits:
efb362cd93 ("imx6: disable dma on uart")
3b4241071d ("imx6: disable UART dma")
As indicated on mailinglist discussion, the cause seems to be
the usage of very old SDMA firmware which is present in the soc:
[ 0.624302] imx-sdma 20ec000.sdma: Direct firmware load for imx/sdma/sdma-imx6q.bin failed with error -2
[ 0.624318] imx-sdma 20ec000.sdma: Falling back to user helper
[ 64.531607] imx-sdma 20ec000.sdma: external firmware not found, using ROM firmware
This patch adds the new firmware binary. (2196 bytes)
It is required to embed the binary into the kernel image, as it
gets loaded very early in the boot process where the rootfs is not
available yet:
[ 0.622966] imx-sdma 20ec000.sdma: loaded firmware 3.3
Extended testing shows that the DMA errors are not seen anymore
when using this newer firmware version.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Currently, dynack was only tested upstream using AP/STA mode.
Testing it on IBSS, showed that late-ack detection was broken.
This is caused due to dynack using Association Request/Response
frames for late-ack detection, which IBSS does not use.
Also allowing Authentication frames here solves this.
A second issue also got fixed, which was also seen AP/STA mode:
When a station was added, the estimated value would be exponentially averaged
using 0 as a starting point.
This means that on larger distances, the ack timeout was still not high
enough before synchronizing would run out of late-ack's for estimation.
Fix this by using the initial estimated value as a baseline
and only start averaging in the following estimation rounds.
Test setup:
- 2x identical devices: RB912UAG-5HPnD + 19dB sector
- IBSS
- 2x2 802.11an (ar9340), HT20, long GI
- RSSI's -70 / -71
- Real distance: 23910 meter
Results (60s iperf runs):
Fixed coverage class 54 (up to 24300m):
* 21.5 Mbits/sec
Dynack:
* 28.9 Mbits/sec
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The bump to kernel 4.14 caused a massive increase in kernel size.
For most targets, switching them to dynamic partitioning allowed
to cope with this.
On some targets, the kernel partition is located behind the rootfs,
which disallows switching to dynamic partitioning as the boot location
would be altered, requiring a u-boot change.
Also within the tiny section, which disables kernel symbols etc
to decrease the image size, the partition size is still too small.
Disable these targets for now, fixing image generation:
- Buffalo BHR-4GRV2
- Zbtlink ZBT-WE1526
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The NBG6617's LEDs are wrongly identified in the 01_leds boardinit
script (board instead of boardname), resulting in referencing
non-existent LEDs in UCI.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
For each board, set the legacy name as well as the new based on the
compatible-string from devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
remove /lib/oxnas.sh platform-specific board-detection and use
generic which is based on device-tree compatible node instead.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add configure argument --disable-ipv6 when ipv6 is deselected.
Add fix-non-ipv6-builds.patch as long there is no new upstream
release.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
When bumping Curl to 7.62.0 in commit 278e4eba09 I did not include the fixed
CVEs in the commit message; this commit fixes this.
The following CVEs were fixed in 7.62.0 :
CVE-2018-16839
CVE-2018-16840
CVE-2018-16842
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The BDFs for all boards were upstreamed to the ath10k-firmware
repository and linux-firmware.git.
We switched to the upstream board-2.bin, hence the files can be removed
here.
Keep the ipq-wifi package in case new boards are added. It might take
some time till board-2.bins send upstream are merged.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The NBG6617's boardfile was merged and this device can
now switch to the upstream ath10k board-2.bin.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch updates the board-2.bin for the default
IPQ4019, QCA9984 and QCA9888 ath10k-firmware-xyz-ct
and -ct-htt firmwares.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch replaces the custom autoload quirk of the
RT-AC58U with a bootargs-append overwrite.
The vendor's u-boot doesn't leave the bootargs / cmdline alone,
so the it can't be overwritten in any other way right now...
And of course, this will be a lot of fun to deal with once
the device switches to the new spi-nand subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This updates these two files to commit 2fa97a8a0ed3 ("config.guess
(amd64:CYGWIN*:*:*, x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*): Set master") which is the
current master of
https://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=summary
This contains updates for multiple architectures and will unbreak the
build on the x32 ABI.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Also update the U-Boot BSP patch for I2SE Duckbill devices
and remove upstreamed patch for LibreSSL support.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Some package (e.g. libunbound) depend on OPENSSL_WITH_DEPRECATED. In some
situations it may happen that libunbound and openssl are only pulled in as
build dependencies, but are not enabled in .config.
In such cases, the defaults of symbols like OPENSSL_WITH_DEPRECATED are
ignored (as the whole symbol depends on PACKAGE_libopenssl), and config
symbol dependencies of libunbound aren't effective either (as libunbound
is not actually enabled).
This commit works around the issue by introducing a hidden negated symbol
OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED, which is always disabled when PACKAGE_libopenssl is
disabled, and ensures that OpenSSL is built with deprecated APIs in this
case. A user can still manage to break the build by explicitly enabling
libopenssl and disabling OPENSSL_WITH_DEPRECATED; the interaction between
build dependencies and config symbols will require further discussion.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Install following as config files (600) perms instead of as data (644)
/usr/share/dnsmasq/dhcpbogushostname.conf
/usr/share/dnsmasq/trust-anchors.conf
/usr/share/dnsmasq/rfc6761.conf
/etc/hotplug.d/ntp/25-dnsmasqsec
/etc/config/dhcp
/etc/dnsmasq.conf
dnsmasq reads relevant config files before dropping root privilege and
running as dnsmasq:dnsmasq
ntpd runs as root so the hotplug script is still accessible
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Kernel 4.14 is pretty large causing a build error as the partition is too small.
Expand the kernel partition a bit to make it fit.
* ubnt-uap-pro
* ubnt-unifi-outdoor-plus
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This target causes a build failure as the kernel image does not fit
into the kernel partition.
As the kernel is located behind the rootfs, it cannot be enlarged
as the boot entry location would get altered.
Disable this target for now.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
These targets are already defined as having a dynamic partition
but the safeloader was not adapted for them.
This causes a build warning for the sysupgrade image being too big.
Targets:
- c58-v1
- c60-v1
- c60-v2
- TL-WR1043 v5
- TL-WR902AC v1
- TL-WR942N V1
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Targets:
- TP-LINK ER355
- TP-LINK C25 V1
- TP-LINK C59 V1
- TP-LINK C7 V4
- TP-LINK C7 V5
Fixes build issues seen due to the kernel being too big
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
As mentioned in commit 5f24933 recent changes on ar71xx (switch to 4.14,
memory compaction, ...) cause an increase in kernel size, making it too
big for RE450.
RE450 images were not build due to the following error message:
os-image partition too big (more than 1572864 bytes): Success
Tested on RE450, device boots and was used to send this patch.
Reported-by: Enrico Mioso <mrkiko.rs@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Radek Dostál <rd@radekdostal.com>
[rewrote commit msg keeping it tight + fixed SoB lines]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This changes the OCEDO Koala flash-layout to a unified firmware
partition, thus making the ar71xx-generic kernel fit in flash.
Compile and runtested on OCEDO Koala.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[small title reword]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This commit adds support for the Ubiquiti LiteAP ac (LAP-120), an outdoor
5 GHz AC access point with an integrated 120° 16 dBi antenna. The device
was previously known as LiteBeam AP ac but was later rebranded.
CPU: Atheros AR9342 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB NOR SPI
Ports: 1 GbE port (PoE in)
WLAN: 5 GHz QCA899X (PCI)
The integrated QCA899X is a Ubiquiti branded part with modified vendor
and product id (0777:11ac9). It is very similar to the NanoStation loco
AC, except for the 2.4 GHz management radio (missing here).
Installation procedure is the same as the NanoStation [loco] AC:
1. Connect to serial header on device
2. Power on device and enter uboot console
3. Set up tftp server serving an openwrt initramfs build
4. Load initramfs build using the command tftpboot in the uboot cli
5. Boot the loaded image using the command bootm
6. Copy squashfs openwrt sysupgrade build to the booted device
7. Use mtd to write sysupgrade to partition "firmware"
8. Reboot and enjoy
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
USB support doesn't necessarily mean that there's
PCI support available so move that to the drivers
which requires PCI support. This applies to the
sunxi platform for instance.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [fix mt76x0e]
0b8b15f mt7603: use common mmio mcu struct
d612e2e mt76: mt76x02: skip station tx status for non-sta wcid entries
d89d84b mt76: mt76x02: only override control->sta on sw-encrypted tx
9d59d2a mt76: add support for reporting tx status with skb
ed17ba2 mt7603: use common tx status handling code
14b6c59 mt76x0: use band parameter for LC calibration
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Upgrade 88W8997 firmware to 8.4.0.52.
Removed unnecessary firmware settings.
Added vendor events.
Fixed crash problem when module is removed.
Modified the code to protect tx queues.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Lancett <j.lancett@ntlworld.com>
[tidy commit message]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
77b4b8231e signal: Use correct type for si_band in siginfo_t [BZ #23562]
5bdb6897fc Fix race in pthread_mutex_lock while promoting to PTHREAD_MUTEX_ELISION_NP [BZ #23275]
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Add the most recent supported firmware file for the Intel 9000 and
9260 wireless chips. The API version 41 is not yet supported by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Regression introduced with 4.10 by 43c9127d94d62a232ed33ed2eab8a08657ce5472
Build will fail if system 'ar' does not support deterministic builds.
e.g. macOS with Xcode toolchain
Appears to be fixed upstream in 4.18 by af3901cbbd3de182aafb8ee553c825c0074df6a2
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
Go for openwrt passes pkg-config arguments in the format of
pkg-config --cflags -- pkg-name
which in turn will be passed down to the real pkg-config as something
like
pkg-config.real --cflags -- pkg-name --define...
and causes the real pkg-config implementation to missinterpret the given
argument list.
This also helps to fix https://github.com/golang/go/issues/27940
Signed-off-by: Arthur Skowronek <arthur.skowronek@tuta.io>
Kalles ath10k PR was finally merged so update linux-firmware to
include those changes.
This is needed since disabling ath10k-firmware a lot of custom BDF-s
in board-2.bin-s are not available in previously outdated linux-firmware
board-2.bin-s.
This also includes support for boards currently using ipq-wifi and other
WIP ones.
Runtime tested on 8devices Jalapeno.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
The WNDR4700 and the MBL have a dedicated HDD activity LED.
This patch adds the default led triggers to the DTS and
removes the entries in 01_leds.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
- order entries by mmio address where possible
- switch to lower-case address values
- comment on BSP u-boot behaviour in regards to
what it edits and look for
- annotate irq lines with the help of interrupt-names
- remove deprecated "device_type" properties
The pci and network device_type had to stay since
they are required by the drivers and u-boot.
the cpu and memory device_types will remain as well
as they are still part of the DT Spec.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
With the upcoming 4.19 release, the serial console on the
Netgear WNDR4700 would no longer work as it is never really
set and always relied on the kernel's serial code not to
change the baud rate.
On the stock firmware, Netgear forced the console setting
through a custom CONFIG_CMDLINE in their kernel to 115200.
Normally, they should have done it in a different way and
just passed the baudrate through a "console=..." kernel
parameter via the bootargs in the "/chosen" dt node.
But in their default u-boot bootcmd setting, they somehow
forgot to add the "run addtty", so there's no easy way to
pass the baudrate from u-boot to the kernel. So it has
to be forced as otherwise it ends up as 9600 baud.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The -rcX "testing" kernels are no longer hosted on
cdn.kernel.org file servers directly in a "testing"
directory. Therefore the logic that tested for "-rc"
can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
I noticed that the image generator for the Gemini generates
some 10+ MB files for the second (application) partition.
This is just wrong. The first 6144K partition named initramfs
easily fits OpenWRTs squashfs,jffs2 overlayed partitions
with nice headroom for storing configuration files.
Generate a blank partition for the hddapp.tgz file and delete
it after generating the firmware image - when performing
updates manually you just want the "rd.z" file around
anyways.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This creates a new kernel package for the fotg210 host
controller and uses that with the gemini to shrink the
kernel. The SQ201 needs the USB2 PCI package as well.
The build system required me to make kernel_oldconfig
beofore it would build without errors so some minor
unrelated Kconfig entries are changed.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Newer batches of several Mikrotik boards contain this yet-unsupported
flash chip, for instance:
- rb941-2nd (hAP lite)
- rb952ui-5ac2nd (hAP ac lite)
- RBM33G
and probably other Mikrotik boards need this patch as well.
The patch was submitted upstream by Robert Marko: https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/934181/
Closes: FS#1715
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Cc: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Don't override optimization set by upstream.
Provides a speed increase for internal (library), malloc and string
operations in musl.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
[add : to PKG_RELEASE release variable for consistency]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Refreshed all patches.
Altered patches:
- 666-Add-support-for-MAP-E-FMRs-mesh-mode.patch
New symbol for arm targets:
- HARDEN_BRANCH_PREDICTOR
Compile-tested on: ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6
Runtime-tested on: ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Install the ip-tiny and ip-full variants in /usr/libexec as the suffixed
ip variants are not meant to be called directly
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
ba2ab5d version: bump snapshot
5f59c76 tools: wg-quick: wait for interface to disappear on freebsd
ac7e7a3 tools: don't fail if a netlink interface dump is inconsistent
8432585 main: get rid of unloaded debug message
139e57c tools: compile on gnu99
d65817c tools: use libc's endianness macro if no compiler macro
f985de2 global: give if statements brackets and other cleanups
b3a5d8a main: change module description
296d505 device: use textual error labels always
8bde328 allowedips: swap endianness early on
a650d49 timers: avoid using control statements in macro
db4dd93 allowedips: remove control statement from macro by rewriting
780a597 global: more nits
06b1236 global: rename struct wireguard_ to struct wg_
205dd46 netlink: do not stuff index into nla type
2c6b57b qemu: kill after 20 minutes
6f2953d compat: look in Kbuild and Makefile since they differ based on arch
a93d7e4 create-patch: blacklist instead of whitelist
8d53657 global: prefix functions used in callbacks with wg_
123f85c compat: don't output for grep errors
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
In commit fec8fe8069 ("kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.116") [1], the following patch for removed:
- 403-mtd_fix_cfi_cmdset_0002_status_check.patch
This patch contained fixes for both write and erase functions.
While the chip-detects for erase got fixed upstream [2],
some modifications are still required, even with the fixes applied.
While at it, also apply the same fix for target ath79,
which suffers the same issue.
Not doing so results in following errors seen:
Collected errors:
* pkg_write_filelist: Failed to open //usr/lib/opkg/info/luci-lib-ip.list: I/O error.
* opkg_install_pkg: Failed to extract data files for luci-lib-ip. Package debris may remain!
* opkg_install_cmd: Cannot install package luci-ssl.
* opkg_conf_write_status_files: Can't open status file //usr/lib/opkg/status: I/O error.
[ 0.780920] jffs2: version 2.2 (NAND) (SUMMARY) (LZMA) (RTIME) (CMODE_PRIORITY) (c) 2001-2006 Red Hat, Inc.
[ 8.406396] jffs2: notice: (415) jffs2_build_xattr_subsystem: complete building xattr subsystem, 0 of xdatum (0 unchecked, 0 orphan) and 0 of xref (0 dead, 0 orphan) found.
[ 8.423476] mount_root: switching to jffs2 overlay
[ 270.902671] jffs2: Write of 1989 bytes at 0x005ce6f8 failed. returned -5, retlen 962
[ 270.931965] jffs2: Write of 1989 bytes at 0x005ceec0 failed. returned -5, retlen 0
[ 270.939631] jffs2: Not marking the space at 0x005ceec0 as dirty because the flash driver returned retlen zero
[ 270.950397] jffs2: Write of 68 bytes at 0x005ceec0 failed. returned -5, retlen 0
[ 270.957838] jffs2: Not marking the space at 0x005ceec0 as dirty because the flash driver returned retlen zero
[ 270.968584] jffs2: Write of 68 bytes at 0x005ceec0 failed. returned -5, retlen 0
[ 270.976027] jffs2: Not marking the space at 0x005ceec0 as dirty because the flash driver returned retlen zero
[ 270.986735] jffs2: Write of 68 bytes at 0x005ceec0 failed. returned -5, retlen 0
[ 270.994225] jffs2: Not marking the space at 0x005ceec0 as dirty because the flash driver returned retlen zero
[1] https://git.openwrt.org/?p=openwrt/openwrt.git;a=commit;h=fec8fe806963c96a6506c2aebc3572d3a11f285f
[2] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/commit/?h=v4.9.133&id=a0239d83e1cb60de5e78452d4708c083b9e3dcbe
Fixes: fec8fe8069 ("kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.116")
Signed-off-by: Fabio Bettoni <fbettoni@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Recent changes on ar71xx (switch to 4.14, memory compaction, ...) cause
an increase in kernel size, making it too big for some devices.
Move these devices to the tiny target, where kernel symbols and
optimization for speed are disabled, reducing the kernel size.
Devices:
- EnGenius ENS202EXT
- OCEDO Koala
Compile-tested targets:
- ar71xx->generic->default
- ar71xx->smallFlash->Default
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
841b5d1 system-linux: enable by default ignore encaplimit for grev6 tunnels
125cbee system-linux: fix a typo in gre tunnel data parsing logic
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Make inclusion of the destination option header containing the tunnel
encapsulation limit configurable for IPv6 GRE packets.
Setting the uci parameter encaplimit to ignore; allows to disable the
insertion of the destination option header in the IPv6 GRE packets.
Otherwise the tunnel encapsulation limit value can be set to a value
from 0 till 255 by setting the encaplimit uci parameter accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Add out of the box support for 802.11r and 802.11w to all targets not
suffering from small flash.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Mathias did all the heavy lifting on this, but I'm the one who should
get shouted at for committing.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add a basic variant which provides WPA-PSK only, 802.11r and 802.11w and
is intended to support 11r & 11w (subject to driver support) out of the
box.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
96fa353 mt76: do not store aggregation sequence number for null-data frames
c50dca8 mt76x0: print BBP version only for debug
ddc9e05 mt76x0: correct RF access via RF_CSR register.
02d2385 mt76: allow to identify bus
c438e67 mt76x0: correct RF reg pairs write for PCIe
c83abb8 mt76x0: use bus helper to identify rf access method
9c272ff mt76x0: phy: fix bank check in mt76x0_rf_csr_{wr,rr}
1945d57 mt76: use mt76x02_dev instead of mt76_dev in mt76x02_mcu.c
214eab7 mt76: use mt76x02_dev instead of mt76_dev in mt76x02_phy.c
29bc2ae mt76: use mt76x02_dev instead of mt76_dev in mt76x02_util.c
08ecb5f mt76: use mt76x02_dev instead of mt76_dev in mt76x02_usb_mcu.c
fd9b2b0 mt76: use mt76x02_dev instead of mt76_dev in mt76x02_mac.c
f37bd25 mt76: use mt76x02_dev instead of mt76_dev in mt76x02_txrx.c
48950cb mt76: use mt76x02_dev instead of mt76_dev in mt76x02_eeprom.c
06276cc mt76x0: pci: report firmware version using ethtool
72546ed mt76x0: pci: add missing mac80211 callbacks
4de98cd mt76: disable ldpc coding for mt76x0 devices
f0951c2 mt76x0: pci: add mt76x0_register_device in mt76x0e_register_device
4f3685e mt76: reserve enough room for USB tx skbs
5e6907f mt76x0: remove dma.h
acfc5a9 mt76x0: pci: fix set external PA I/O current
2b79bb7 mt76: mt76x0e: another fix for the external PA current setting
8a0acfd mt76x0: phy: fix restore phase in mt76x0_phy_recalibrate_after_assoc
e9e949b mt76x0: phy: remove channel parameter from mt76x0_phy_set_chan_bbp_params
1775717 mt76: move mt76x02_phy_set_bw in mt76x02-lib module
f82134f mt76: move mt76x02_phy_set_band in mt76x02-lib module
3eaa34f mt76x0: pci: rename mt76x0_phy_calibrate
7269fb4 mt76x0: pci: introduce mt76x0_phy_calirate routine
a514b75 mt76x0: phy: update set_channel for mt76x0e devices
62a1bc5 mt76x0: eeprom: introduce mt76x0_tssi_enabled routine
a48481d mt76x0: phy: add phy/vco temperature compensation
cc34ce9 mt76: move rssi_gain_thresh routines in mt76x02-lib module
eaf9751 mt76: move mt76x02_phy_adjust_vga_gain in mt76/mt76x02_phy.c
2715e7c mt76: introduce mt76x02_init_agc_gain routine
87fcb31 mt76x0: phy: align channel gain logic to mt76x2 one
98f8ef7 mt76x0: phy: do not run calibration during channel switch
cf859ad mt76x2: align mt76x2 and mt76x2u firmware
1f3f767 mt76x2u: align channel gain logic to mt76x2 one
d1c1454 treewide: Replace more open-coded allocation size multiplications
bcbecd2 mt76x0: phy: use proper name convention
b6694e6 mt76x0: phy: simplify rf configuration routines
da129c9 mt76x0: phy: improve code readability in initvals_phy.h
eab7ab1 mt76x0: pci: add get_survey support
9e493f7 mt76: move mt76x02_mac_work routine in mt76x02-lib module
ecec6ba mt76: move mt76x02_debugfs in mt76x02-lib module
4f3b608 mt76x0: use shared debugfs implementation
6aae25b mt76x0: use mt76x02_mac_work as stats handler
b228a45 mt76x2u: introduce mac workqueue support
4671af4 mt76x0: phy: unify calibration between mt76x0u and mt76x0e
5ed28f3 mt76x0: do not perform MCU calibration for MT7630
9b844da add mt7610e firmware
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
uscan reports a new CVE now that PKG_CPE_ID was added.
Reordered patches by date.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[re-title commit & refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Backport two upstream fixes to address overly verbose logging of MAC ACL
rejection messages.
Fixes: FS#1468
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch fixes jailed dnsmasq running into the following issue:
|dnsmasq[1]: cannot read /usr/share/dnsmasq/dhcpbogushostname.conf: No such file or directory
|dnsmasq[1]: FAILED to start up
|procd: Instance dnsmasq::cfg01411c s in a crash loop 6 crashes, 0 seconds since last crash
Fixes: a45f4f50e1 ("dnsmasq: add dhcp-ignore-names support - CERT VU#598349")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[bump package release]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
53792c9 fix typo
df07182 Update German translation.
Remove local patch 001-fix-typo which is a backport of the above 53792c9
There is no practical difference between our test8 release and this rc
release, but this does at least say 'release candidate'
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
A new test case was adding in one of the patches fixing a problem, this
also included a change in the test/Makefile.am to add this test case.
The build system detected a change in the Makefile.am and wants to
regenerate the Makefile.in, but this fails because automake-1.15 is not
installed yet. As automake depends on patch being build first, make sure
we do not modify the Makefile.am.
This fixes build problem seen by the build bots.
Fixes: 4797dddfde ("patch: apply upstream cve fixes")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The Makefile.am changed and now patch wants to use automake to
regenerate the Makefile.in. Make sure automake was build before we build
patch.
This fixes build problem seen by the build bots.
Fixes: 4797dddfde ("patch: apply upstream cve fixes")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Apply two upstream patches to address two CVEs:
* CVE-2018-1000156
* CVE-2018-6952
Add PKG_CPE_ID to Makefile.
Build tested on apm821xx and ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
This adds support for the WPA3-Enterprise mode authentication.
The settings for the WPA3-Enterpriese mode are defined in
WPA3_Specification_v1.0.pdf. This mode also requires ieee80211w and
guarantees at least 192 bit of security.
This does not increase the ipkg size by a significant size.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
OWE is defined in RFC 8110 and provides encryption and forward security
for open networks.
This is based on the requirements in the Wifi alliance document
Opportunistic_Wireless_Encryption_Specification_v1.0_0.pdf
The wifi alliance requires ieee80211w for the OWE mode.
This also makes it possible to configure the OWE transission mode which
allows it operate an open and an OWE BSSID in parallel and the client
should only show one network.
This increases the ipkg size by 5.800 Bytes.
Old: 402.541 Bytes
New: 408.341 Bytes
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This build the full openssl and wolfssl versions with SAE support which
is the main part of WPA3 PSK.
This needs elliptic curve cryptography which is only provided by these
two external cryptographic libraries and not by the internal
implementation.
The WPA3_Specification_v1.0.pdf file says that in SAE only mode
Protected Management Frames (PMF) is required, in mixed mode with
WPA2-PSK PMF should be required for clients using SAE, and optional for
clients using WPA2-PSK. The defaults are set now accordingly.
This increases the ipkg size by 8.515 Bytes.
Old: 394.026 Bytes
New: 402.541 Bytes
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This replaces the configuration files with the versions from the hostapd
project and the adaptions done by OpenWrt.
The resulting binaries should be the same.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
It's required to support devices using adjustable SoC pins for some
specific purpose (e.g. I2C, PWM, UART1).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Update ath10k-ct to be able to drop 210-ath10k-fix-recent-bandwidth-conversion-bug.patch
as its upstream.
b9989fbd5d6e ath10k-ct: Add upstream patch to fix peer rate reporting.
ac9224344dbf ath10k-ct: Support sending custom frames with no-ack flag.
bc938bc2021e ath10k-ct: Support sending pkts with specific rate on 10.4 firmware.
Runtime tested on:
- GL-iNet GL-B1300
- Mikrotik RB912 + QCA9882
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
[Added list of all changes from previous version + add own test device]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Check pin count value from pin status and stop verification the pin if
the value is less then 3. This should prevent the proto-handler to
lock the SIM. If SIM is locked then the PUK is needed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Load the json output from uqmi --get-pin-status command and evaluate the
"pin1_status" value.
The following uqmi "pin1_status" values are evaluated:
- disabled
Do not verify PIN because SIM verification is disabled on this SIM
- blocked
Stop qmi_setup because SIM is locked and a PUK is required
- not_verified
SIM is not yet verified. Do a uqmi --verify-pin1 command if a SIM is
specified
- verified:
Do not verify the PIN because this was already done before
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
QMI proto setup-handler will wait forever if SIM does not get initialized.
To fix this stop polling pin status and notify netifd. Netifd will generate
then a "ifup-failed" ACTION.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
QMI proto setup-handler will wait forever if it is unable to registrate to
the mobile network. To fix this stop polling network registration status
and notify netifd. Netifd will generate then a "ifup-failed" ACTION.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
This value will be used for now during following situations:
* Ask the sim with the uqmi --get-pin-status command.
* Wait for network registration with the uqmi --get-serving-system command.
This two commands wait forever in a while loop. Add a timeout to stop
waiting and so inform netifd.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Move uqmi std and error output on commands without using them to /dev/null.
This will remove useless outputs in the syslog.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Instead of reverting whole commit it's enough to just revert a single
line change. It seems the real problem with the regressing commit was a
bump of read chunk size. Switching back to 256 B chunks is enough to fix
the problem/regression.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Since kernel 4.14.75 commit ("netfilter: xt_cluster: add dependency on conntrack module")
a dependency is required on kmod-nf-conntrack.
It seems this was already present for kmod-ipt-clusterip
but not yet for kmod-ipt-cluster
Add it fixing a build error when including kmod-ipt-cluster:
Package kmod-ipt-cluster is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
nf_conntrack.ko
modules/netfilter.mk:665: recipe for target '/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/openwrt/bin/targets/cns3xxx/generic/packages/kmod-ipt-cluster_4.14.75-1_arm_mpcore_vfp.ipk' failed
make[3]: *** [/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/openwrt/bin/targets/cns3xxx/generic/packages/kmod-ipt-cluster_4.14.75-1_arm_mpcore_vfp.ipk] Error 1
make[3]: Leaving directory '/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/openwrt/package/kernel/linux'
Command exited with non-zero status 2
time: package/kernel/linux/compile#1.80#0.05#2.07
package/Makefile:107: recipe for target 'package/kernel/linux/compile' failed
make[2]: *** [package/kernel/linux/compile] Error 2
make[2]: Leaving directory '/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/openwrt'
package/Makefile:103: recipe for target '/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/openwrt/staging_dir/target-arm_mpcore+vfp_musl_eabi/stamp/.package_compile' failed
make[1]: *** [/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/openwrt/staging_dir/target-arm_mpcore+vfp_musl_eabi/stamp/.package_compile] Error 2
make[1]: Leaving directory '/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/openwrt'
/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/openwrt/include/toplevel.mk:216: recipe for target 'world' failed
make: *** [world] Error 2
Fixes: f983956a8b ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.75")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
[1] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/commit/?h=v4.14.75&id=b969656b46626a674232c0eadf92a394b89df07c
Compaction is the only memory management component to form high order (larger
physically contiguous) memory blocks reliably. The page allocator relies on
compaction heavily and the lack of the feature can lead to unexpected OOM
killer invocations for high order memory requests. You shouldn't disable this
option unless there really is a strong reason for it.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Michal Hrusecky <michal.hrusecky@nic.cz>
Optimized inlining was disabled by default when gcc 4 was still
relatively new. By now, all gcc versions handle this well and there
seems to be no real reason to keep it x86-only.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
dnsmasq v2.80test8 adds the ability to ignore dhcp client's requests for
specific hostnames. Clients claiming certain hostnames and thus
claiming DNS namespace represent a potential security risk. e.g. a
malicious host could claim 'wpad' for itself and redirect other web
client requests to it for nefarious purpose. See CERT VU#598349 for more
details.
Some Samsung TVs are claiming the hostname 'localhost', it is believed
not (yet) for nefarious purposes.
/usr/share/dnsmasq/dhcpbogushostname.conf contains a list of hostnames
in correct syntax to be excluded. e.g.
dhcp-name-match=set:dhcp_bogus_hostname,localhost
Inclusion of this file is controlled by uci option dhcpbogushostname
which is enabled by default.
To be absolutely clear, DHCP leases to these requesting hosts are still
permitted, but they do NOT get to claim ownership of the hostname
itself and hence put into DNS for other hosts to be confused/manipulate by.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
64750c1 version: bump snapshot
f11a2b8 global: style nits
4b34b6a crypto: clean up remaining .h->.c
06d9fc8 allowedips: document additional nobs
c32b5f9 makefile: do more generic wildcard so as to avoid rename issues
20f48d8 crypto: use BIT(i) & bitmap instead of (bitmap >> i) & 1
b6e09f6 crypto: disable broken implementations in selftests
fd50f77 compat: clang cannot handle __builtin_constant_p
bddaca7 compat: make asm/simd.h conditional on its existence
b4ba33e compat: account for ancient ARM assembler
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Fixes the following build error:
.../toolchain-i386_pentium4_gcc-7.3.0_glibc/lib/gcc/i486-openwrt-linux-gnu/7.3.0/../../../../i486-openwrt-linux-gnu/bin/ld: ../lib/libcom_err.so: undefined reference to `sem_post’
.../toolchain-i386_pentium4_gcc-7.3.0_glibc/lib/gcc/i486-openwrt-linux-gnu/7.3.0/../../../../i486-openwrt-linux-gnu/bin/ld: ../lib/libcom_err.so: undefined reference to `sem_wait'
.../toolchain-i386_pentium4_gcc-7.3.0_glibc/lib/gcc/i486-openwrt-linux-gnu/7.3.0/../../../../i486-openwrt-linux-gnu/bin/ld: ../lib/libcom_err.so: undefined reference to `sem_init’
.../toolchain-i386_pentium4_gcc-7.3.0_glibc/lib/gcc/i486-openwrt-linux-gnu/7.3.0/../../../../i486-openwrt-linux-gnu/bin/ld: ../lib/libcom_err.so: undefined reference to `sem_destroy’
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The tl-wa850re-v2 images from the ar71xx/tiny target are getting too big
with the default packages. The size check is done before the meta data
is added so there is no file to add meta data to or to sign. Originally
errors in Build/append-metadata were getting ignored, but if the signing
fails the error is not ignored.
This adds a check if the file to be signed is there and only does the
signing if it is there. This way it does not fail if the package
creation was already aborted earlier.
Fixes: 848b455d2e ("image: use ucert to append signature")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Commit 9f0cb135dd made BUSYBOX_CONFIG_FEATURE_IPV6 dependant on IPV6 but
did not make its default value BUSYBOX_DEFAULT_FEATURE_IPV6 dependant
on IPV6. BUSYBOX_DEFAULT_FEATURE_IPV6 will have as default value y if
IPV6 is enabled otherwise n.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
e1791f3 Fix logging of DNSSEC queries in TCP mode. Destination server address was misleading.
0fdf3c1 Fix dhcp-match-name to match hostname, not complete FQDN.
ee1df06 Tweak strategy for confirming SLAAC addresses.
1e87eba Clarify manpage for --auth-sec-servers
0893347 Make interface spec optional in --auth-server.
7cbf497 Example config file fix for CERT Vulnerability VU#598349.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2b085815 (tag: v1.34.0) Update manual pages
986fa302 Bump up version number to 1.34.0, LT revision to 31:1:17
7c8cb3a0 nghttpx: Improve CONNECT response status handling
334c439c Fix bug that regular CONNECT does not work
6700626c Rule out content-length in the successful response to CONNECT
15162add Update manual pages
93270777 Merge pull request #1235 from nghttp2/backend-conn-timeout
aeb92bbb nghttpx: Add read/write-timeout parameters to backend option
fc7489e0 nghttpx: Fix mruby parameter validation
87ac872f nghttpx: Update doc
c278adde nghttpx: Log error when mruby file cannot be opened
f94d7209 Merge pull request #1234 from nghttp2/nghttpx-rfc8441
9b9baa6b Update doc
02566ee3 nghttpx: Update doc
3002f31b src: Add debug output for SETTINGS_ENABLE_CONNECT_PROTOCOL
d2a594a7 nghttpx: Implement RFC 8441 Bootstrapping WebSocket with HTTP/2
651e1477 Allow client sending :protocol optimistically
a42faf1c nghttpx: Write TLS alert during handshake
4aac05e1 Merge pull request #1231 from nghttp2/ws-lib-only
b80dfaa8 Adjustment for RFC 8441
a19d8f5d Deal with :protocol pseudo header
33f6e90a Add NGHTTP2_TOKEN__PROTOCOL
ed7fabcb Add SETTINGS_ENABLE_CONNECT_PROTOCOL
8753b6da Update doc
f2de733b Update neverbleed to fix OpenSSL 1.1.1 issues
88ff8c69 Update mruby 1.4.1
a63558a1 nghttpx: Call OCSP_response_get1_basic only when OCSP status is successful
3575a132 nghttpx: Fix crash with plain text HTTP
e2de2fee Update bash_completion
9f415979 Update manual pages
4bfc0cd1 Merge pull request #1230 from nghttp2/nghttpx-faster-logging
9c824b87 nghttpx: Get rid of std::stringstream from Log
a1ea1696 Make VALID_HD_NAME_CHARS and VALID_HD_VALUE_CHARS const qualified
dfc0f248 Make static_table const qualified
ed7c9db2 nghttpx: Add mruby env.tls_handshake_finished
5b42815a nghttpx: Strip incoming Early-Data header field by default
cfe7fa9a nghttpx: Add --tls13-ciphers and --tls-client-ciphers options
cb8a9d58 src: Remove TLSv1.3 ciphers from DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST
023b9448 Merge branch 'tls13-early-data'
9b03c64f nghttpx: Should postpone early data by default
b8eccec6 nghttpx: Disable OpenSSL anti-replay
9f212587 Specify SSL_CTX_set_max_early_data and add an option to change max value
47f60124 nghttpx: Add an option to postpone early data processing
770e44de Implement draft-ietf-httpbis-replay-02
2ab319c1 Don't hide error code from openssl
39923024 Remove SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE handling
b30f312a Honor SSL_read semantics
c5cdb78a nghttpx: Add TLSv1.3 0-RTT early data support
f79a5812 Bump up version number to 1.34.0
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Support for -D got broken in the 2.0.11 release by the upstream commit
218d8c667944 ("first pass L2 mode w/UDP checks, v4 only"). After that
commit clients were still able to connect but no traffic was passed.
It was reported and is fixed now in the upstream git repository.
Backport two patches to fix this. The first one is just a requirement
for the later to apply. The second one is the real fix and it needed
only a small adjustment to apply without backporing the commit
10887b59c7e7 ("fix --txstart-time report messages").
Fixes: 457e6d5a27 ("iperf: bump to 2.0.12")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This commit adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR901ND v2 access point.
CPU: Atheros AR9132 400MHz
RAM: 32MB
FLASH: 4MiB
WiFi: Atheros AR9103 3x3:2 bgn
LED: Power (static on)
LAN (controlled by PHY)
SYS, WiFi, QSS toggleable
BTN: Reset, QSS
Installation:
Upload the factory image via the vendor-GUI.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Buffalo WZR-HP-G302H is a 2T2R 2.4 GHz 11n router, based on Atheros
AR7242.
It is Japanese market model of WZR-HP-G300NH2, but there are some
diffrences. This commit is based on WZR-HP-G300NH2 in ar71xx.
And, G302H has several hardware versions and hardware is different
dependent on the versions. This commit adds support for "A1A0"
version.
Specification:
- Atheros AR7242
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 32 MB of Flash
- 2x 16 MB SPI-NOR flash
- 2.4 GHz 2T2R wifi
- Atheros AR9283
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- Atheros AR8316
- 7x LEDs, 5x keys
- LED: 1x gpio-leds, 6x ath9k-leds
- key: 3x buttons, 2x slide switches
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Boot WZR-HP-G302H normaly and connect the computer to its LAN port
2. Access to "http://192.168.11.1/" and move to firmware update page
("ファーム更新")
3. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click update ("更新実行")
button to perform firmware update
4. Wait ~200 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
In order to be able to set the value of "hardware version" other than
"3", I added the "hwver" parameter.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
This PR adds support for TP-Link TL-WR842N-v2 router which is supported by ar71xx to ath79.
This is a low cost model with following specs:
CPU: Atheros AR9341 SoC
RAM: 32 MB DDR1
Flash: 8 MB NOR SPI
Switch: Internal AR9341 5 port 10/100 Mbit
Ports: 5x 10/100 Mbit(1x WAN, 4x LAN)
USB: 1x USB2.0
WLAN: 2.4 GHZ AR9341
Installation:
Simply flash the factory image through stock firmware WEB UI.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
The sysupgrade_pre_upgrade hook was removed with 5e1b4c57de ("base-files:
drop fwtool_pre_upgrade") while there were still scripts using it:
* target/linux/ar71xx/base-files/lib/upgrade/allnet.sh
* target/linux/ar71xx/base-files/lib/upgrade/openmesh.sh
* target/linux/ipq40xx/base-files/lib/upgrade/openmesh.sh
Not running the hooks can either prevent a successful upgrade or brick the
device because the fw_setenv program cannot be started correctly.
Instead of adding this hook again, the directory /var/lock for fw_setenv
can also just be created directly before fw_setenv is called.
Fixes: 5e1b4c57de ("base-files: drop fwtool_pre_upgrade")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The sysupgrade_pre_upgrade hook was removed with 5e1b4c57de ("base-files:
drop fwtool_pre_upgrade") while there were still scripts using it:
* target/linux/ar71xx/base-files/lib/upgrade/allnet.sh
* target/linux/ar71xx/base-files/lib/upgrade/openmesh.sh
* target/linux/ipq40xx/base-files/lib/upgrade/openmesh.sh
Not running the hooks can either prevent a successful upgrade or brick the
device because the fw_setenv program cannot be started correctly.
Instead of adding this hook again, the directory /var/lock for fw_setenv
can also just be created directly before fw_setenv is called.
Fixes: 5e1b4c57de ("base-files: drop fwtool_pre_upgrade")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The install_bin from /lib/upgrade/common.sh is no longer creating the
symlinks when a secondary parameter is added. But the fw_setenv program was
always copied this way to the ramdisk for the upgrade.
Instead, this should be done using RAMFS_COPY_* like on all other
platforms.
Fixes: 438dcbfe74 ("base-files: automatically handle paths and symlinks for RAMFS_COPY_BIN")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The image build code for the Ubiquiti Nanostation AC series adds the
factory image as to be build image. The same is already done by an
included recipe which results into an expanded IMAGE variable of:
IMAGES = sysupgrade.bin factory.bin factory.bin
The build system doesn't like these duplicates and issues the following
warning:
Makefile:82: warning: overriding recipe for target...
Get remove the duplicate factory image to get rid of the warning.
Fixes: 5736af8024 ("ath79: Add support for Ubiquiti NanoStation AC loco")
fa3c2676ab ("ath79: Add support for Ubiquiti Nanostation AC")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Don't hijack the status led to indicate the wireless state. If we don't
have a dedicated wireless led, it's as simply as the wireless status
can't be indicated.
Such a led misuse should be set by the user and not shipped by default.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Release the led used for boot status indication via devicetree instead
of setting a default off trigger in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use diag.sh version used for other targets supporting different leds
for the different boot states.
The existing led sequences should be the same as before.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Assign the usbdev trigger via devicetree for all subtargets and drop
the userspace handling of the usb leds.
With the change all usb ports are triggering the usb led instead of
only usb 1.1 XOR usb 2.0 XOR usb 3.0 as it was before.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
5 GHz AC wireless outdoor PoE CPE with internal 2.4 GHz management radio
CPU: Atheros AR9342 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB NOR SPI
Switch: QCA8334
Ports: 2 GbE ports (1x PoE in, 1x PoE passthrough)
WLAN: 5 GHz QCA899X (PCI) and 2.4 GHZ AR9342
Successor to the old NanoStation M5 with AC wireless.
The integrated QCA899X is a Ubiquiti branded part with modified vendor and
product id (0777:11ac9).
Serial
Serial settings: 115200, 8N1
* = plated through hole
0 = nylon screw
[Top of device]
+--------------------------+
| [label] |
| 0 |
| 0 |
| [ubnt] |
| [logo] 3V3 * |
| TX * |
| RX * |
| GND * |
| |
| * |
| * |
| * |
| * |
| 0 |
| 0 |
| |
| |
Installation
1. Connect to serial header on device
2. Power on device and enter uboot console
3. Set up tftp server serving an openwrt initramfs build
4. Load initramfs build using the command tftpboot in the uboot cli
5. Boot the loaded image using the command bootm
6. Copy squashfs openwrt sysupgrade build to the booted device
7. Use mtd to write sysupgrade to partition "firmware"
8. Reboot and enjoy
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
Atheros AR9342, 16 MB flash, 64 MB RAM
Successor to the old NanoStation M5 loco with AC wireless.
Includes a mac80211 patch for ath10k_pci because Ubiquiti uses a Ubiquiti
branded and customized QCA988X with vendor id 0777 and device id 11ac for
AC wireless.
Installation
1. Connect to serial header on device (8N1 115200)
2. Power on device and enter uboot console
3. Set up tftp server serving an openwrt initramfs build
4. Load initramfs build using the command tftpboot in the uboot cli
5. Boot the loaded image using the command bootm
6. Copy squashfs openwrt sysupgrade build to the booted device
7. Use mtd to write sysupgrade to partition "firmware"
8. Reboot and enjoy
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
This patch adds a new type of ubiquiti image, the WA image. First seen
on the NanoStation AC loco the generic name implies that we will see
this type of image on more ubiquiti devices thus it makes sense to
implement it in mkfwimage.
The main difference is that WA images are signed. The "END" header has
been replaced by a "ENDS" header followed by a 2048 bit RSA signature.
This signature is not being generated by mkfwimage and filled with 0x00.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
I added mtd-mac-address for WZR-HP-G450H and BHR-4GRV in
1df1ea4d7e, but that address in ART is
incorrect for BHR-4GRV.
WZR-HP-G450H has wlan eeprom and MAC address in ART, but BHR-4GRV
has only MAC address in ART.
- WZR-HP-G450H
- eeprom: 0x1000
- MAC: 0x1002
- BHR-4GRV
- MAC: 0x0
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
In dtc version 1.4.6 the macro names in header include guards changed,
but the build relies on them matching in order to replace selected
headers. This is a horrible hack to work around this.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
only thing not working is the b43 5GHz wifi band as upstream
kernel
doesn't supporthe 0x4360 chip so far
Signed-off-by: Rene Kjellerup <rk.katana.steel@gmail.com>
221ce7e ubusd_acl: event send access list support
da503db ubusd_acl: event listen access list support
c035bab ubusd_acl: rework wildcard support
73bd847 ubusd_event: move strmatch_len to ubus_common.h
0327a91 ubus/lua: add support for BLOBMSG_TYPE_DOUBLE
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
* Account for big-endian 2^26 conversion in Poly1305.
* Account for big-endian NEON in Curve25519.
* Fix macros in big-endian AArch64 code so that this will actually run there
at all.
* Prefer if (IS_ENABLED(...)) over ifdef mazes when possible.
* Call simd_relax() within any preempt-disabling glue code every once in a
while so as not to increase latency if folks pass in super long buffers.
* Prefer compiler-defined architecture macros in assembly code, which puts us
in closer alignment with upstream CRYPTOGAMS code, and is cleaner.
* Non-static symbols are prefixed with wg_ to avoid polluting the global
namespace.
* Return a bool from simd_relax() indicating whether or not we were
rescheduled.
* Reflect the proper simd conditions on arm.
* Do not reorder lines in Kbuild files for the simd asm-generic addition,
since we don't want to cause merge conflicts.
* WARN() if the selftests fail in Zinc, since if this is an initcall, it won't
block module loading, so we want to be loud.
* Document some interdependencies beside include statements.
* Add missing static statement to fpu init functions.
* Use union in chacha to access state words as a flat matrix, instead of
casting a struct to a u8 and hoping all goes well. Then, by passing around
that array as a struct for as long as possible, we can update counter[0]
instead of state[12] in the generic blocks, which makes it clearer what's
happening.
* Remove __aligned(32) for chacha20_ctx since we no longer use vmovdqa on x86,
and the other implementations do not require that kind of alignment either.
* Submit patch to ARM tree for adjusting RiscPC's cflags to be -march=armv3 so
that we can build code that uses umull.
* Allow CONFIG_ARM[64] to imply [!]CONFIG_64BIT, and use zinc arch config
variables consistently throughout.
* Document rationale for the 2^26->2^64/32 conversion in code comments.
* Convert all of remaining BUG_ON to WARN_ON.
* Replace `bxeq lr` with `reteq lr` in ARM assembler to be compatible with old
ISAs via the macro in <asm/assembler.h>.
* Do not allow WireGuard to be a built-in if IPv6 is a module.
* Writeback the base register and reorder multiplications in the NEON x25519
implementation.
* Try all combinations of different implementations in selftests, so that
potential bugs are more immediately unearthed.
* Self tests and SIMD glue code work with #include, which lets the compiler
optimize these. Previously these files were .h, because they were included,
but a simple grep of the kernel tree shows 259 other files that carry out
this same pattern. Only they prefer to instead name the files with a .c
instead of a .h, so we now follow the convention.
* Support many more platforms in QEMU, especially big endian ones.
* Kernels < 3.17 don't have read_cpuid_part, so fix building there.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
The IRQ init structs are marked as __initconst which
means this memory can be free after init.
On this platform, the PCI IRQ init happens very late _after_ the
kernel already freed the memory allocated for these structs.
During IRQ allocation, the allocation function is passed
with invalid data at this point leading to following error:
[ 0.000000] SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 ver 2 rev 0
[ 2.382828] Freeing unused kernel memory: 264K
[ 34.414816] pci 0000:00:00.0: no irq found for pin 1
and
[ 0.000000] SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA956X ver 1 rev 0
[ 2.125401] Freeing unused kernel memory: 284K
[ 9.526479] pci 0000:00:00.0: no irq found for pin 1
After this patch:
[ 14.960814] pci 0000:00:00.0: using irq 40 for pin 1
Commit 318e19ba67 ("ar71xx: add v4.14 support") fixed this for the
default targets already present in the source by default but forgot
to remove the __initconst attribute for targets QCA953x and QCA956x
which are only added later through platform patches.
Fixes: 318e19ba67 ("ar71xx: add v4.14 support")
Reported-by: Sven Schönhoff <sven.schoenhoff@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Dirk Brenken <dev@brenken.org>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Brenken <dev@brenken.org>
CONFIG_SUN4I_A10_CCU controls both the A10 and the A20 enabling of the
CCU (LCCF) driver, this will be necessary once we move beyond kernel
4.14 because 4.15 has commit f18698e1c66338b902de386e4ad97b8b1b9d999d
("ARM: dts: sun7i: Convert to CCU") which requires this driver.
Fixes: ad2b3bf310 ("sunxi: Add support for kernel 4.14")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Revert "Add workaround for wrong skb->mac_len values after splitting GSO"
Remove our local patch which did the same thing.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Kernels 4.14.73 & 4.9.140 include the gso fixup fix, so cake
doesn't need to do it. Let's not waste cpu cycles by doing it in
cake which could be really important on cpu constrained devices.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This configuration option is not set when building the
layerscape/armv8_64b target.
Fixes: 92aa21497b ("kernel: build support for NFSv4 in nfsd")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Sometimes, the CMakeLists.txt file is not in the root directory of a
repo. In those cases, the CMAKE_SOURCE_SUBDIR variable can be specified
to use CMakeLists.txt from a subdirectory instead.
Signed-off-by: Amol Bhave <ambhave@fb.com>
Config option to limit maximum compression streams per zram dev for
multicore CPU's. This could be defined via 'zram_comp_streams' option in
the 'system' section of '/etc/config/system' file or via cli (for e.x.
with 'uci set system.@System[0].zram_comp_streams=2 && uci commit
system'). Default is number of logical CPU cores.
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
Use only one zram swap device of the specified $size instead of
[N x $size] devices for multicore CPUs Now zram module uses multiple
compression streams for each dev by default, so we do not need to create
several zram devs to utilize multicore CPUs.
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
* "zram stop" could reset up to $(num_of_cores) zram devices even if
some of those were not mounted as swap dev's. This fix tries to
enumerate mounted swap zram dev's before making a reset
* remove hot-added zram devs on stop (except zram0)
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
Compression algorithms for zram are provided by kernel crypto API, could
be any of [lzo|zl4|deflate|<some_more>] depending on kernel modules.
Compress algo for zram-swap could be defined via 'zram_comp_algo' option
in 'system' section of '/etc/config/system' file, or via cli (for e.x.
with 'uci set system.@System[0].zram_comp_algo=lz4 && uci commit
system'). check available algo's via 'cat /sys/block/zram0
/comp_algorithm'
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
Patch 303 is required for Traverse LS1043 targets when using the NXP DPAA1 driver.
The recent refresh of 4.9 patches on layerscape changed how FMan/BMan memory regions
were defined and meant Ethernet stopped working on these boards.
(Note that these definitions are only required for NXP's Ethernet driver, the new
upstream driver in >=4.15 works using the DTS provided in files/)
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
On the Netgear WNDAP620, the emac ethernet isn't receiving nor
xmitting any frames from/to the RTL8363SB (identifies itself
as a RTL8367RB).
This is caused by hardware not knowing the right forced link
settings (speed, duplex, pause, etc.) settings.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The swconfig switch led driver has the ability to switch
between a "link, rx and/or tx" mode. However, this feature
was not implemented in uci, the led init script and
config_generate.
This patch adds a seventh parameter to the
ucidef_set_led_switch() function. The accepted values for
this parameter are: link, rx and tx.
Any permutations of these three values are supported, as
long as they are properly encased with quotes.
If the parameter is not specified it will default to "all"
(link rx tx).
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes some of the dtc warnings:
MR24:
"reg" property in [...]mdio/phy@1 has invalid length (4 bytes)
Node [...]button@1 has a unit name, but no reg property
Relying on default #address-cells value for [...]phy@1
Relying on default #size-cells value for [...]phy@1
MX60(W):
Node [..]nand/all has a reg or ranges property, but no unit name
Node [..]button@1 has a unit name, but no reg property
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The unification of the My Book Live Single and duo image in
commit 9b47aa93c7 ("apm821xx: unify My Book Live Single + Duo images")
made the wd,mybooklive-duo obsolete in most places and can
be removed.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This follows a similar upstream patch by Rob Herring:
|commit 78e5dfea84dc15d69940831b3981b3014d17222e
|Author: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
|Date: Wed Feb 28 16:44:06 2018 -0600
| powerpc: dts: replace 'linux,stdout-path' with 'stdout-path'
|
| 'linux,stdout-path' has been deprecated for some time in favor of
| 'stdout-path'. Now dtc will warn on occurrences of 'linux,stdout-path'.
| Search and replace all the of occurrences with 'stdout-path'.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The sdcard image generation uses CONFIG_TARGET_ROOTFS_PARTSIZE, which is
currently bound to TARGET_ROOTFS_EXT4FS on this target.
Since the rootfs is squashfs anyway, allow deselecting of the ext4fs
one.
Sort the target list alphabetically while here.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
The cache coloring problem on MIPS CPUs was fixed with kernel 4.9.129 of
the kernel 4.9 branch. Activate VDSO support for MIPS again.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The samsung target deactivates some options which are activated in the
generic kernel configuration. This looks unnecessary to me, so remove
this. This also fixes build problem found by build bot, for example the
kmod-fs-nfs-v3 was not building, because CONFIG_NETWORK_FILESYSTEMS was
deactivated.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Software crypto wasn't working for management frames because the flag
indicating management frame crypto was missing
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This backports a patch from the upstream kernel which was also shipped
previously in mac80211.
This fixes the following warning:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 2881 at backports-4.19-rc5-1/net/wireless/util.c:1146 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate+0x238/0x348 [cfg80211]
invalid rate bw=2, mcs=0, nss=1
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The feature flags say that this target supports USB so packages
depending on USB are being build, but actually the kernel configuration
misses USB support. It looks like this SoC supports USB, so activate it.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The __change_mtu() function is only compiled when
CPTCFG_IPW2200_PROMISCUOUS is set, more it to the general area.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The CONFIG_FSL_PPFE and the CONFIG_FSL_PPFE_UTIL_DISABLED are boolean,
so they should be selected with an =y in OpenWrt, otherwise OpenWrt will
select them as =m. These options will make pfe.ko being build as a
module even if this is boolean.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds some configuration options which are selectable when the
layerscape armv7 target is compiled.
This was found by build bot.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds some configuration options which are selectable when the
samsung target is compiled.
This was found by build bot.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
33523a5 version: bump snapshot
0759480 curve25519-hacl64: reduce stack usage under KASAN
b9ab0fc chacha20: add bounds checking to selftests
2e99d19 chacha20-mips32r2: reduce stack and branches in loop, refactor jumptable handling
d6ac367 qemu: bump musl
28d8b7e crypto: make constant naming scheme consistent
56c4ea9 hchacha20: keep in native endian in words
0c3c0bc chacha20-arm: remove unused preambles
3dcd246 chacha20-arm: updated scalar code from Andy
6b9d5ca poly1305-mips64: remove useless preprocessor error
3ff3990 crypto-arm: rework KERNEL_MODE_NEON handling again
dd2f91e crypto: flatten out makefile
67a3cfb curve25519-fiat32: work around m68k compiler stack frame bug
9aa2943 allowedips: work around kasan stack frame bug in selftest
317b318 chacha20-arm: use new scalar implementation
b715e3b crypto-arm: rework KERNEL_MODE_NEON handling
77b07d9 global: reduce stack frame size
ddc2bd6 chacha20: add chunked selftest and test sliding alignments and hchacha20
2eead02 chacha20-mips32r2: reduce jumptable entry size and stack usage
a0ac620 chacha20-mips32r2: use simpler calling convention
09247c0 chacha20-arm: go with Ard's version to optimize for Cortex-A7
a329e0a chacha20-mips32r2: remove reorder directives
3b22533 chacha20-mips32r2: fix typo to allow reorder again
d4ac6bb poly1305-mips32r2: remove all reorder directives
197a30c global: put SPDX identifier on its own line
305806d ratelimiter: disable selftest with KASAN
4e06236 crypto: do not waste space on selftest items
5e0fd08 netlink: reverse my christmas trees
a61ea8b crypto: explicitly dual license
b161aff poly1305: account for simd being toggled off midway
470a0c5 allowedips: change from BUG_ON to WARN_ON
aa9e090 chacha20: prefer crypto_xor_cpy to avoid memmove
1b0adf5 poly1305: no need to trick gcc 8.1
a849803 blake2s: simplify final function
073f3d1 poly1305: better module description
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Bump to latest test release:
3a610a0 Finesse allocation of memory for "struct crec" cache entries.
48b090c Fix b6f926fbefcd2471699599e44f32b8d25b87b471 to not SEGV on startup (rarely).
4139298 Change behavior when RD bit unset in queries.
51cc10f Add warning about 0.0.0.0 and :: addresses to man page.
ea6cc33 Handle memory allocation failure in make_non_terminals()
ad03967 Add debian/tmpfiles.conf
f4fd07d Debian bugfix.
e3c08a3 Debian packaging fix. (restorecon)
118011f Debian packaging fix. (tmpfiles.d)
Delete our own backports of ea6cc33 & 4139298, so the only real changes
here, since we don't care about the Debian stuff are 48b090c & 3a610a0
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
There is not firmware file with -ct-ct postfix, remove one -ct.
Fixes: 61b5b4971e ("mac80211: make ath10k-ct the default ath10k")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is an official release with some minor changes compared to the
unofficial 4.19-rc4-1 we used before.
* added bcma and ssb again, which is removed in OpenWrt
* fix to build with kernel 4.19
* other minor fixes not relevant for Openwrt.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Buffalo BHR-4GRV is a wired router, based on Atheros AR7242.
Specification:
- Atheros AR7242
- 64 MB of RAM
- 32 MB of Flash
- 2x 16 MB SPI-NOR flash
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 3x LEDs, 2x keys
- 1x USB 2.0 Type-A
- UART header on PCB
- JP1: Vcc, GND, TX, RX from reset button side
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Boot the BHR-4GRV normaly and connect the computer to its LAN port
2. Access to
"http://192.168.11.1/cgi-bin/cgi?req=frm&frm=py-db/firmup.html"
with user "bufpy" and password "otdpopy"
3. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click "OK" button to perform
firmware upgrade
4. Wait ~200 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
There are many parts that are incorrect or missing in the current
code for Buffalo WZR-HP-G450H in ath79, so its support is broken.
I fixed that issues and split to dts/dtsi files to add support for
Buffalo BHR-4GRV.
And WZR-450HP has the same hardware as WZR-HP-G450H, so I change the
device name to "WZR-HP-G450H/WZR-450HP".
Specification:
- Atheros AR7242
- 64 MB of RAM
- 32 MB of Flash
- 2x 16 MB SPI-NOR flash
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz wifi
- SoC internal
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LEDs, 5x keys
- 1x USB 2.0 Type-A
- UART header on PCB
- JP1: Vcc, GND, TX, RX from reset button side
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Boot the WZR-HP-G450H (or WZR-450HP) normaly and connect the computer
to its LAN port
2. Access to
"http://192.168.11.1/cgi-bin/cgi?req=frm&frm=py-db/firmup.html"
with user "bufpy" and password "otdpopy"
3. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click "OK" button to perform
firmware update
4. Wait ~200 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The pll-data value "0x56000000" is wrong for I-O DATA WN-AC1600DGR2
and WN-AC1167DGR, so there was a problem of slowing down the speed of
ethernet.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The sysupgrade image failed the check due to the wrong string in the
supported devices. This patch provides the correct name by dropping the
SUPPORTED_DEVICES to use the default generated name.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Förster <steffen@chemnitz.freifunk.net>
[drop the SUPPORTED_DEVICES, the old name was never used in a release]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Since c134210 power LED is no longer lights after boot-up.
Reversing gpio polarity makes it work as it should be.
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
When building using the multiple devices option with per-device root
filesystem, only the meta package mt76 is omitted but not the
dependencies selected by the package.
Explicitly exclude all 3 mt76 packages, plus the metapackage.
Otherwise, these modules will be included in the build, wasting
a few hundred kilobytes.
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
[mention the root cause of the issue in the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
These patches were added after the new matches structure for the
mac80211 package was created. All the deleted patches are already
integrated in kernel 4.19-rc4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This updates mac80211 to backports based on kernel 4.19-rc4.
I plan to integrate all the patches which are in this tar into upstream
backports soon.
I used the backports generated from this code:
https://github.com/hauke/backports/commits/wip2
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
We select ath10k-ct by default, but it is still possible to build
the upstream version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
According to Stanislaw Gruszka the patch
600-23-rt2x00-rt2800mmio-add-a-workaround-for-spurious-TX_F.patch
should be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add RXIQ calibration found in mtk driver. With old openwrt builds this gets us ~8Mbps more of RX bandwidth (test with iPA/eLNA layout).
Please try if this makes any difference among various board/RF layouts.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Add RXDCOC calibration code from mtk driver. Please try if this makes any difference among various board/RF layouts.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Write registers required for reducing power consumption like the vendor
driver does when ADJUST_POWER_CONSUMPTION_SUPPORT is set.
This helps devices to sync at better TX/RX rates and improves overall
performance.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: edited commit message]
IPVS (IP Virtual Server) implements transport-layer load balancing inside
the Linux kernel, so called Layer-4 switching. IPVS running on a host acts
as a load balancer at the front of a cluster of real servers, it can direct
requests for TCP/UDP based services to the real servers, and makes services
of the real servers to appear as a virtual service on a single IP address.
This change adds the following kmod packages
- kmod-nf-ipvs
- kmod-nf-ipvs-ftp
- kmod-nf-ipvs-sip
Signed-off-by: Mauro Mozzarelli <mauro@ezplanet.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
musl doesn't come with an valid implementation of `sched_getscheduler()`;
it simply returns -ENOSYS for it. Without this option (and compile dante
with `sched_getscheduler()` enabled), you will get
error: serverinit(): sched_getscheduler(2): failed to retrieve current
cpuscheduling policy: Function not implemented
and dante won't start at all.
Ref: http://lists.alpinelinux.org/alpine-devel/3932.html
Ref: http://lists.alpinelinux.org/alpine-devel/3936.html
Signed-off-by: David Yang <mmyangfl@gmail.com>
[slightly reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Commit 7f694582 introduced a bug where default_postinst() often fails to
remove a uci-defaults script after application, leaving it to run again
after a reboot.
(Note: commit 7f694582 also introduced FS#1021, now fixed by 73c745f6)
The subtle problem arises from the shell logical chain:
[ -f "$i" ] && . "$i" && rm -f "$i"
Most uci-defaults scripts contain a terminal 'exit 0' statement which,
when sourced, results in the logic chain exiting before executing 'rm -f'.
This was observed while testing upgrades of 'luci-app-sqm'.
The solution is to wrap the shell sourcing in a subshell relative to the
command 'rm -f':
( [ -f "$i" ] && . "$i" ) && rm -f "$i"
Revert to using 'grep' to prefilter the list of entries from the control
file, which yields the full path of uci-defaults scripts. This allows
keeping the existence check, directory change and script sourcing inside
the subshell, with the script removal correctly outside.
This approach avoids adding a second subshell only around the "." (source)
command. The change also preserves the fix FS#1021, since the full path is
used to source the script, which is POSIX-portable irrespective of PATH
variable or reference to the CWD.
Run Tested on: LEDE 17.01.4 running ar71xx, while tracing installation of
package luci-app-sqm with its associated /etc/uci-defaults/luci-sqm file.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
ESED is SED with extended regular expressions turned on.
Command line and usage are the same as for SED.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
The check cleans and rebuilds the toolchain if it changed on update.
When building from a source tarball, it is reasonable to expect that
there will be no updates, so no rebuild check is necessary
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Backport an additional patch from 4.16 for nftables.
This fixes a build problem recently introduced.
Fixes: f57806b56e ("kernel: generic: Fix nftables inet table breakage")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Building ls-dpl package requires the dtc tool. This patch
is to support using linux dtc tool for ls-dpl package.
This avoids compile issue when host system doesn't have
the dtc tool.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The restool failed to work with current gcc-7.3.0-musl.
This patch is to add a restool fix-up patch to fix
multiple problems encountered in the get_device_file()
function:
- The deprecated atoi() function is replaced by strtoul
- An invalid memory access was being performed by using
memory from dir->d_name even after closedir(). This is
fixed by a strdup() on the device filename.
- Also, error prints now print any relevant error code.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
ls1012afrdm was no longer supported in NXP Layerscape SDK.
Instead a new board ls1012afrwy was introduced in LSDK.
This patch is to drop ls1012afrdm and add ls1012afrwy support.
Since only 2MB NOR flash could be used, we just put u-boot
and firmware on NOR flash, and put kernel/dtb/rootfs on SD
card.
The Layerscape FRWY-LS1012A board is an ultra-low-cost
development platform for LS1012A Series Communication
Processors built on Arm Cortex-A53. This tool refines the
FRDM-LS1012A with more features for a better hands-on experience
for IoT, edge computing, and various advanced embedded
applications. Features include easy access to processor I/O,
low-power operation, micro SD card storage, an M2 connector, a
small form factor, and expansion board options via mikroBUS Click
Module. The MicroBUS Module provides easy expansion via hundreds
of powerful modules supporting sensors, actuators, memories,
and displays.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
NOR/QSPI Flash on Layerscape board only has limited 64MB memory size.
Since some boards (ls1043ardb/ls1046ardb/ls1088ardb/ls1021atwr)
could support SD card boot, we added SD boot support for them to put
all things on SD card to meet large memory requirement.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The NXP TWR-LS1021A module is a development system based
on the QorIQ LS1021A processor.
- This feature-rich, high-performance processor module can
be used standalone or as part of an assembled Tower System
development platform.
- Incorporating dual Arm Cortex-A7 cores running up to 1 GHz,
the TWR-LS1021A delivers an outstanding level of performance.
- The TWR-LS1021A offers HDMI, SATA3 and USB3 connectors as
well as a complete Linux software developer's package.
- The module provides a comprehensive level of security that
includes support for secure boot, Trust Architecture and
tamper detection in both standby and active power modes,
safeguarding the device from manufacture to deployment.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to split image makefile per subtarget.
The ARMv7 subtarget will be added in the future.
It will be not convinient if only one makefile is used
for several subtargets management and future development.
This patch also dropped 32-bit Traverse LS1043-S since
Traverse only intended to support 64-bit and the 32-bit
compile now had an issue.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to implement u-boot environment txt files
to support OpenWrt boot for all layerscape devices.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The u-boot source code had been migrated to codeaurora
for LSDK-18.06 release and the future release. This
patch is to update u-boot to LSDK-18.06 for both
uboot-layerscape and uboot-layerscape-armv8_32b packages.
Besides, this patch also introduced some other changes.
- Reworked uboot-layerscape makefile to make it more
readable.
- Define package in uboot-layerscape-armv8_32b for each board.
- Fixed u-boot package selection in target image makefile.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Dropped uboot-layerscape patches which were environemnt patches.
We will make u-boot environment binaries with a txt file for all
devices.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The restool source code had been migrated to codeaurora
for LSDK-18.06 release and the future release. This patch
is to update restool to LSDK-18.06 release.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to update ls-ppa to LSDK-18.06 release
and to rework ls-ppa makefile to make it more readable.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The rcw source code had been migrated to codeaurora
for LSDK-18.06 release and the future release. The
source code had also involved ls1012ardb/ls1012afrdm/
ls1088ardb/ls2088ardb rcw, so we updated ls-rcw to
LSDK-18.06, reworked the makefile and dropped ls-rcw-bin
package in this patch. Also reworked ls-rcw patch to
adapt to the latest source code.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The dpl-examples source code had been migrated to
codeaurora for LSDK-18.06 release and the future
release. This patch is to update this package to
LSDK-18.06.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Actually there was no change for fman-ucode in LSDK-18.06
just tagged with LSDK-18.06. This patch is to rework the
fman-ucode makefile to make it more readable, and to use
lsdk-1806 as the PKG_VERSION.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The NanoPi NEO2 is a small Allwinner H5 based board available with
different DRAM configurations.
This board is very similar to the NanoPi NEO PLUS2
Signed-off-by: Jasper Scholte <NightNL@outlook.com>
Commit b7265c59ab ("kernel: backport a series of netfilter cleanup
patches to 4.14") added patch 302-netfilter-nf_tables_inet-don-t-use-
multihook-infrast.patch. That patch switches the netfilter core in the
kernel to use the new native NFPROTO_INET support. Unfortunately, the
new native NFPROTO_INET support does not exist in 4.14 and was not
backported along with this patchset. As such, nftables inet tables never
see any traffic.
As an example the following nft counter rule should increment for every
packet coming into the box, but never will:
nft add table inet foo
nft add chain inet foo bar { type filter hook input priority 0\; }
nft add rule inet foo bar counter
This commit pulls in the required backport patches to add the new
native NFPROTO_INET support, and thus restore nftables inet table
functionality.
Tested on Turris Omnia (mvebu)
Fixes: b7265c59ab ("kernel: backport a series of netfilter cleanup ...")
Signed-off-by: Brett Mastbergen <bmastbergen@untangle.com>
Add support for the Silicon Labs Si7020 family of relative humidity and
temperature sensors using the I2C bus.
Signed-off-by: Hartmut Knaack <knaack.h@gmx.de>
Buttons of AVM FritzBox 4020 are incorrectly flagged as active high.
This was an oversight as RFKill button was working as expected even
with incorrectly flagged GPIO.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Buttons of AVM FritzBox 4020 are incorrectly flagged as active high.
This was an oversight as RFKill button was working as expected even
with incorrectly flagged GPIO.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
* Fixed a security issue in the X.509 module which could lead to a buffer overread during certificate extensions parsing.
* Several bugfixes.
* Improvements for better support for DTLS on low-bandwidth, high latency networks with high packet loss.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
kernel upstream commit 9efcaa7c4afba5628f2650a76f69c798f47eeb18 to 4.14
itself a backport of 0f02cfbc3d9e413d450d8d0fd660077c23f67eff has
resolved the cache line issues that led to us disabling VDSO by default
on MIPS.
Remove our force disable patch:
pending-4.14/206-mips-disable-vdso.patch
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This release introduces the ability to replace/interpose the allocator
(malloc) subject to certain restrictions, adds an experimental m68k
port, and makes notable improvements to stdio (application-provided
buffers), getaddrinfo (AI_ADDRCONFIG, support for IPv4-only kernel
configurations), the dynamic linker (safety against dlopen of
libraries using initial-exec TLS model, reclaiming unused memory on
FDPIC archs, better dladdr results), and handling of default thread
stack size (pthread_setattr_default_np now works more reliably).
Many bugs have been fixed, including potentially dangerous regressions
in iconv (only for new conversions to legacy encodings) and visibly
incorrect behavior in printf on non-x86 archs (%a format with
precision specifier), in getopt_long_only when short options are a
prefix for a long option, in complex arc-trig/hyperbolic functions, in
strftime and mktime (timezone-specific issues), and numerous
less-obvious places.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[altered commit msg a bit keeping it tight]
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Backport upstream commit
Change anti cache-snooping behaviour with queries with the
recursion-desired bit unset. Instead to returning SERVFAIL, we
now always forward, and never answer from the cache. This
allows "dig +trace" command to work.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Registering a GPIO chip with the ath9k device as parent prevents unload,
because the gpiochip core increases the module use count.
Unfortunately, the only way to avoid this at the moment seems to be to
register the GPIO chip without a parent device
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
/etc/config/mdadm is only used by the init script which is ran as root.
There is no need for it to be readable by anything else.
Added PKG_CPE_ID for proper CVE tracking.
Small reorganization for consistency between Makefiles.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The hotplug file is ran by procd, which runs as root. The config file is
used by the init script, which also runs as root.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
/etc/config/lldpd is only used by the init script, which only runs as root
Adjusted homepage and download URLs to use HTTPS.
-std=c99 is useful for GCC versions less than 6. Current OpenWrt uses 7.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Setting encaplimit to a numerical value results into the value being
included as tunnel encapsulation limit in the destination option header
for tunneled packets.
Several users have reported interop issues as not all ISPs support the
destination option header containing the tunnel encapsulation limit
resulting into broken map connectivity.
Therefore drop the default encaplimit value for map tunnels so
no destination option header is included by default.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Setting encaplimit to a numerical value results into the value being
included as tunnel encapsulation limit in the destination option header
for tunneled packets.
Several users have reported interop issues as not all ISPs support the
destination option header containing the tunnel encapsulation limit
resulting into broken ds-lite connectivity.
Therefore drop the default encaplimit value for ds-lite tunnels so
no destination option header is included by default.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
* blake2s-x86_64: fix whitespace errors
* crypto: do not use compound literals in selftests
* crypto: make sure UML is properly disabled
* kconfig: make NEON depend on CPU_V7
* poly1305: rename finish to final
* chacha20: add constant for words in block
* curve25519-x86_64: remove useless define
* poly1305: precompute 5*r in init instead of blocks
* chacha20-arm: swap scalar and neon functions
* simd: add __must_check annotation
* poly1305: do not require simd context for arch
* chacha20-x86_64: cascade down implementations
* crypto: pass simd by reference
* chacha20-x86_64: don't activate simd for small blocks
* poly1305-x86_64: don't activate simd for small blocks
* crypto: do not use -include trick
* crypto: turn Zinc into individual modules
* chacha20poly1305: relax simd between sg chunks
* chacha20-x86_64: more limited cascade
* crypto: allow for disabling simd in zinc modules
* poly1305-x86_64: show full struct for state
* chacha20-x86_64: use correct cut off for avx512-vl
* curve25519-arm: only compile if symbols will be used
* chacha20poly1305: add __init to selftest helper functions
* chacha20: add independent self test
Tons of improvements all around the board to our cryptography library,
including some performance boosts with how we handle SIMD for small packets.
* send/receive: reduce number of sg entries
This quells a powerpc stack usage warning.
* global: remove non-essential inline annotations
We now allow the compiler to determine whether or not to inline certain
functions, while still manually choosing so for a few performance-critical
sections.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
usign occasionally writes 16 characters then exits without writing a LF,
leaving ucert hanging waiting for more input. Accept 16 characters
or more rather than 17 to work around the short read.
Signed-off-by: Mike McCormack <mike@atratus.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Refreshed all patches.
Added new patch:
- 192-Revert-ubifs-xattr-Don-t-operate-on-deleted-inodes.patch
This fixes a bug introduced in upstream 4.14.68 which caused targets using
ubifs to produce file-system errors on boot, rendering them useless.
Compile-tested on: cns3xxx, imx6, x86_64
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx, imx6, x86_64
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Allow setting specific routing tables via the ip4table and ip6table
options also when ${ifname}_4 and ${ifname}_6 child interfaces are
being created.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Pull in latest upstream tweaks:
Similar to the previous patch for no-split-gso, the negative keywords for
'nat', 'wash' and 'ack-filter' were not printed either. Add those as well.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
When the GSO splitting was turned into dual split-gso/no-split-gso options,
the printing of the latter was left out. Add that, so output is consistent
with the options passed
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Bump to latest upstream cake:
Add workaround for wrong skb->mac_len values after splitting GSO
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
On some systems (Gentoo) configure stage fails because of docbook2man
working with SGML rather than with XML. We don't need xmlwf man pages so
we disable this.
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
* curve25519: arm: do not modify sp directly
* compat: support neon.h on old kernels
* compat: arch-namespace certain includes
* compat: move simd.h from crypto to compat since it's going upstream
This fixes a decent amount of compat breakage and thumb2-mode breakage
introduced by our move to Zinc.
* crypto: use CRYPTOGAMS license
Rather than using code from OpenSSL, use code directly from AndyP.
* poly1305: rewrite self tests from scratch
* poly1305: switch to donna
This makes our C Poly1305 implementation a bit more intensely tested and also
faster, especially on 64-bit systems. It also sets the stage for moving to a
HACL* implementation when that's ready.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
* add missing 'rpcbind' alias to /etc/services
Allows rpcbind to open its 111 port and be reachable via lan, this is the default behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Andy Walsh <andy.walsh44+github@gmail.com>
Kernel upstream commit 67a3ba25aa95 ("MIPS: Fix incorrect mem=X@Y handling") introduced a new issue for rt288x where "PHYS_OFFSET" is 0x0 but the calculated "ramstart" is not. As the prerequisite of custom memory map has been removed, this results in the full memory range of 0x0 - 0x8000000 to be marked as reserved
for this platform.
This patch adds the originally intended prerequisite again.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <dev-NTEO@vplace.de>
The OM2P(-HS)v4 got a variant which uses a slightly different flash. The
standard versions used a flash with 256KB blocks which is no longer
available. The replacement flash uses a flash with 64K blocks.
The padding for the image rootfs is already for 64K and 256K and thus can
be flashed on the device without any problems. Unfortunately, the
bootloader will check $rootfs_size (rounded down to the nearest 64k block)
minus 1x 64k. But it is now possible that the new JFFS2 rootfs_data starts
even earlier and modifies the checked region. The check will then fail and
the backup image (when available) will be booted.
Just setting it to the same number of skipped blocks as other 64K models
avoids this problem.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
In order to make RSSI indicator on the device work out of box,
include "rssileds" package in per-device rootfs image by default
for Ubiquiti XM family.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
When mapping for RSSI LEDs was defined for interface wlan0 on
Ubiquiti XM family, the mapping for rssileds monitor was omitted
by mistake. Therefore create the mapping, so RSSI LEDs work without
additional configuration, after starting rssileds service.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Buffalo WZR-HP-AG300H is a dual band router based on
Qualcom Atheros AR7161 rev 2
Specification:
- 680 MHz CPU (Qualcomm Atheros AR7161)
- 128 MiB RAM (2x Samsung K4H511638G-LCCC)
- 32 MiB Flash (2x Winbond 25Q128BVFG)
- WiFi 5 GHz a/n (Atheros AR9220)
- WiFi 2.4 GHz b/g/n (Atheros AR9223)
- 1000Base-T WAN (Atheros AR7161)
- 4x 1000Base-T Switch (Atheros AR8316)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 3 Buttons (AOSS/WPS, Reset, USB Eject)
- 2 Slide switches (Router (on/off/auto), Movie Engine (on/off))
- 9 LEDs (Power green, WLAN 2GHz green, WLAN 2GHz amber,
WLAN 5GHz green, WLAN 5GHz LED amber, Router green,
Diag red, Movie Engine blue, USB green)
It is already supported by the ar71xx target.
For more information on the device visit the wiki:
<https://openwrt.org/toh/buffalo/wzr-hp-ag300h>
Serial console:
- The UART Header is next to Movie Engine Switch.
- Pinout is RX - TX - GND - 3.3V (Square Pad is 3.3V)
- The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Installation of OpenWRT from vendor firmware:
- Connect to the Web-interface at http://192.168.11.1
- Go to “Administration” → “Firmware Upgrade”
- Upload the OpenWrt factory image
Tested:
- Ethernet (LAN, WAN)
- WiFi
- Installation
- via TFTP rescue
- via factory image
- on firmware v1.77 (28-05-2012)
- on pro firmware v24SP2 r30356 (26-03-2018)
- via sysupgrade from ar71xx
(wlan devices don't work because of new names)
- via sysupgrade from itself
- Buttons
- LEDS
- USB (Power control and device recognition)
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Frauendienst <openwrt@nospam.obeliks.de>
Some systems require multiple flash chips to be concatenated and read as
a single mtd device. The ar71xx target provides custom code to create
such mtdconcat devices. When porting devices to ath79, however, there is
no way to create such devices from within the device tree.
This commit adds a driver for creating virtual mtd-concat devices to the
ath79 target. Nodes must have a compatible = "virtual,mtd-concat" line,
and define a list of devices to concat in the 'devices' property,
for example:
flash {
compatible = "virtual,mtd-concat";
devices = <&flash0 &flash1>;
};
The driver is added to the very end of the mtd Makefile to increase the
likelyhood of all child devices already being loaded at the time of
probing, preventing unnecessary deferred probes which might in turn
cause other problems (like failure to load MAC addresses from art because
the partitions are not loaded yet).
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Frauendienst <openwrt@nospam.obeliks.de>
ELECOM WRC-300GHBK2-I is a 2.4 GHz wireless router, based on Qualcomm
Atheros QCA9563.
Specification:
- Qualcomm Atheros QCA9563
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of Flash (SPI-NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz wifi
- SoC internal
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 3x LEDs, 4x keys(connected to GPIO: 3x)
- UART header on PCB
- TX, GND, RX, Vcc from ethernet port side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Boot the WRC-300GHBK2-I normaly and connect the computer to its
LAN port
2. Access to "http://192.168.2.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア更新 手動更新（アップデート）")
3. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click apply ("適用") button
to perform firmware update
4. On the (initramfs) factory image, execute "mtd erase firmware" to
erase stock firmware and execute sysupgrade with squashfs-sysupgrade
image for WRC-300GHBK2-I
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
In addition to the default little-endianness format, I added a mode
so that we can generate firmware with big-endianness format.
example: ELECOM WRC-300GHBK2-I (QCA9563)
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
This is an upstream-applied patch that fixes 'PATH_MAX' and 'NAME_MAX'
undeclared when compiling on musl with CONFIG_PCAP_HAS_USB.
[aafa351] pcap-usb-linux.c: add missing limits.h for musl systems.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
This patch ports over support for the device from ar71xx.
SOC: AR7370 (Wasp - AR9344 rev2 0001974c)
RAM: Winbond W9725G6KB-25 32MiB
FLASH: Winbond 25Q64FVSIG 8MiB
WLAN: AR9380 Dual-Band 802.11abgn 3x3:3
INPUT: WPS, RESET button (hardware on/off toggle button)
LED: Power, LAN, WiFi, 3 RSSI-Leds (low, medium, high)
Serial: Header Next to the winbond flash chip (labeld JP1)
Pinout is GND - NC - RX - TX - 3V3 (JP1)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
- Installation via uboot's upgrade command
0. attach serial cable
1. interrupt uboot and enter "upgrade code.bin" into
the u-boot prompt
ar7240> upgrade code.bin
2. rename openwrt...sysupgrade.bin to code.bin on PC
3. run a tftp-client on the PC
(shell)$ tftp 192.168.1.230
binary
put code.bin
4. wait for the device to finish
[...]
Copy buff to Flash from 0x9f040000 length 0x79f000
Copy to Flash... write addr: 9f040000
done
5. enter "go" in the u-boot prompt
ar7240> go
- TFTP ramdisk image boot from the uboot prompt
(tftp server defaults to serverip 192.168.1.254)
=> tftpboot 81000000 initramfs.bin
=> bootm
Tested and working:
- LEDs
- Buttons
- Ethernet
- Wi-Fi
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
For flashing and debricking information see:
<https://openwrt.org/toh/wd/rext>
Users coming from ar71xx can use sysupgrade too. But I highly
advise to no save the old configuration and start from a clean
state.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch ports the cybertan_part code from ar71xx and converts the
driver to a DT-supported mtd parser. As a result, it will no longer
add the u-boot, nvram and art partitions, which were never part of
the special Cybertan header.
Instead these partitions have to be specified in the DT, which has the
upside of making it possible to add properties (i.e.: read-only), labels
and references to these important partitions.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Currently it's close to impossible to tell what part of mac80211 setup
went wrong. Errors logged into system log look like this:
radio0 (6155): command failed: No error information (-524)
radio0 (6155): command failed: Not supported (-95)
radio0 (6155): command failed: I/O error (-5)
radio0 (6155): command failed: Too many open files in system (-23)
With this commit change it's getting clear:
command failed: No error information (-524)
Failed command: iw dev wlan0 del
command failed: Not supported (-95)
Failed command: iw phy phy0 set antenna_gain 0
command failed: I/O error (-5)
Failed command: iw phy phy0 set distance 0
command failed: Too many open files in system (-23)
Failed command: iw phy phy0 interface add wlan0 type __ap
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The board is made by Avnet, so rename it accordingly as
upstream has done it
Also move the device to maintain alphabetic order
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Implement the generation of sdcard images with ext4 or
squashfs + f2fs overlay, but only enable the latter
automatically
Additionally, add mkf2fs and e2fsprogs to default packages
to manipulate ext4 and f2fs filesystems
Finally, disable the automatic generation of initramfs
and rootfs.tar.gz images, as they are no longer required
(they can still be selected in menuconfig)
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Use options from generic instead of target-specific,
as the bootargs are now passed by the bootloader
and can be device-specific
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Follow the strategy of other targets and create a
default environment file, uEnv.txt, to configure the
behavior of U-Boot.
For now, use it to pass bootargs to the kernel
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Create a directory inside STAGING_DIR and copy U-Boot
output images, so they can be used later when creating the
sdcard image
Additionally, like others targets, override the default
install method to avoid copying the images to bin directory
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Select the U-Boot variant automatically based on the
current selected device, and hide the package from
menuconfig
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
The board was added when creating the target, but the
corresponding device was never defined inside the target
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Refresh patches
Changes since latest bump:
af3bd07 Man page typo.
d682099 Picky changes to 47b45b2967c931fed3c89a2e6a8df9f9183a5789
47b45b2 Fix lengths of interface names
2b38e38 Minor improvements in lease-tools
282eab7 Mark die function as never returning
c346f61 Handle ANY queries in context of da8b6517decdac593e7ce24bde2824dd841725c8
03212e5 Manpage typo.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
When Package/xx/conffiles only contains directories that are empty at
package time, conffiles.resolved will be missing and the following
error messages will appear in the build log.
/home/yousong/git-repo/openwrt/openwrt/scripts/ipkg-build -c -o 0 -g 0 /home/yousong/git-repo/openwrt/openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/linux-malta_be/openvswitch-2.10.0/ipkg-mips_24kc/openvswitch-common /home/yousong/git-repo/openwrt/openwrt/bin/packages/mips_24kc/packages
mv: cannot stat 'CONTROL/conffiles.resolved': No such file or directory
chmod: cannot access 'CONTROL/conffiles': No such file or directory
It will not break the ipkg-build process. The change is merely cosmetic
to not cause confusion when reading logs
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The need arises from building Open vSwitch kernel datapath modules, e.g.
- kmod-openvswitch from Linux upstream
- kmod-openvswitch-intree from openvswitch source code
where both provides virtual package "kmod-openvswitch" for userspace
packages to select and depend on
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Allowing DHCPV6_CLIENT_FQDN and DHCPV6_ACCEPT_RECONFIGURE to be turned off.
Defaulting to false, former behavior remains unchanged.
Signed-off-by: pacien <pacien.trangirard@pacien.net>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
The bump to 4.14 changed the way mdio probes behind switches.
While the board_info is added to the list, the code that actually inserted
the list info into the phydev structure was missing.
This resulted in non-working ethernet ports.
Re-add it to fix switch probing.
This mimics the exact behaviour as it was in kernel 4.9.
Before:
[ 1.066007] switch0: Atheros AR8327 rev. 4 switch registered on ag71xx-mdio.0
[ 1.073409] Atheros AR8216/AR8236/AR8316: probe of ag71xx-mdio.0:00 failed with error -22
[ 1.102455] libphy: ag71xx_mdio: probed
[ 1.737938] ag71xx ag71xx.0: connected to PHY at ag71xx-mdio.0:00 [uid=004dd034, driver=Generic PHY]
[ 1.747994] eth0: Atheros AG71xx at 0xb9000000, irq 4, mode:RGMII
[ 2.377642] ag71xx-mdio.1: Found an AR934X built-in switch
[ 2.429938] eth1: Atheros AG71xx at 0xba000000, irq 5, mode:GMII
After:
[ 11.163357] libphy: Fixed MDIO Bus: probed
[ 11.319898] libphy: ag71xx_mdio: probed
[ 11.360844] switch0: Atheros AR8327 rev. 4 switch registered on ag71xx-mdio.0
[ 12.447398] libphy: ag71xx_mdio: probed
[ 13.077402] ag71xx ag71xx.0: connected to PHY at ag71xx-mdio.0:00 [uid=004dd034, driver=Atheros AR8216/AR8236/AR8316]
[ 13.088989] eth0: Atheros AG71xx at 0xb9000000, irq 4, mode:RGMII
[ 13.717716] ag71xx-mdio.1: Found an AR934X built-in switch
[ 13.769990] eth1: Atheros AG71xx at 0xba000000, irq 5, mode:GMII
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
*** Changes in GDB 8.2
Support for the following target has been added:
RiscV ELF (riscv*-*-elf)
Support for following targets and native configurations has been removed:
m88k running OpenBSD (m88*-*-openbsd*)
SH-5/SH64 ELF (sh64-*-elf*)
SH-5/SH64 (sh*)
SH-5/SH64 running GNU/Linux (sh*-*-linux*)
SH-5/SH64 running OpenBSD (sh*-*-openbsd*)
Various Python API enhancements
Aarch64/Linux enhancements:
SVE support.
Hardware watchpoints improvements for entities stored at unaligned addresses.
New "c" response to disable the pager for the rest of the current command.
C expressions can now use _Alignof, and C++ expressions can now use alignof.
Improved flexibility for loading symbol files.
The 'info proc' command nows works on running processes on FreeBSD systems as well as core files created on FreeBSD systems.
A new --enable-codesign=CERT configure option to automatically codesign GDB after build (useful on MacOS X).
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
*** Changes in GDB 8.2
Support for the following target has been added:
RiscV ELF (riscv*-*-elf)
Support for following targets and native configurations has been removed:
m88k running OpenBSD (m88*-*-openbsd*)
SH-5/SH64 ELF (sh64-*-elf*)
SH-5/SH64 (sh*)
SH-5/SH64 running GNU/Linux (sh*-*-linux*)
SH-5/SH64 running OpenBSD (sh*-*-openbsd*)
Various Python API enhancements
Aarch64/Linux enhancements:
SVE support.
Hardware watchpoints improvements for entities stored at unaligned addresses.
New "c" response to disable the pager for the rest of the current command.
C expressions can now use _Alignof, and C++ expressions can now use alignof.
Improved flexibility for loading symbol files.
The 'info proc' command nows works on running processes on FreeBSD systems as well as core files created on FreeBSD systems.
A new --enable-codesign=CERT configure option to automatically codesign GDB after build (useful on MacOS X).
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
TP-Link TL-MR3020 v3 is a pocket-size router based on MediaTek MT7628N.
This PR is based on the work of @meyergru[1], with his permission.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7628N/N (575 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash the image in TL-MR3020 v3 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.225/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-tplink_tl-mr3020-v3-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with the LAN port, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
[1] https://github.com/meyergru/lede-source/commits/TL-MR3020-V3
Signed-off-by: Carlo Nel <carlojnel@gmail.com>
Without "syscon" being present in an ag71xx ethernet DT node's
compatible property, a panic occurs at boot during probe citing
"Unhandled kernel unaligned access".
With this modification, the panic no longer occurs and instead the probe
simply fails, allowing the boot process to continue.
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
This adds "syscon" to the compatible properties for the eth0/eth1 nodes
in ar7100.dtsi.
Without this, a kernel panic is encountered on boot with some ar7100
boards. This for some reason wasn't an issue for the WNDR3800, which
uses a Realtek switch chipset, but the panic was encountered on the
RouterStation Pro (using an AR8216 switch) and some other boards that
haven't yet been merged.
The panic message mentions an unaligned access and happens in
ag71xx_mdio_probe in drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/ag71xx/ag71xx_mdio.c.
Even if the unaligned access is fixed, the ag71xx_mdio probe still fails
without the "syscon" property.
This was already being worked around in
ar7161_ubnt_routerstation-pro.dts by overriding the compatible property,
so this commit removes that as well.
All of the other ath79 .dtsi already have this property, so no changes
are needed elsewhere.
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
The pinmux for all SoCs using this driver is now set via the pinmux. It
makes this code obsolete.
Some of the code targeting the mt76x8 SoCs is still required. The sd
card pins share the pads with the EPHY. These pads need to be switched
to digital mode if the pins are used for sd cards.
The eMMC 8-bit mode has to be enabled via pinmux instead of a kernel
option. The uart2 group need to be set to function "sdxc d5 d4", pwm1
to "sdxc d6" and pwm0 to "sdxc d7" to do so. It can't be done by as
part of a default pinmux, as it would break the normal operation of
uart2.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set the pins to the required mode via the pinmux driver. It allows to
get rid of the pinmux related code in the sd card driver.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Drop the nd_sd gpio pinmux in case sdcard is used. They're mutually
exclusive and for most of the boards not even used as GPIOs.
If the pins are in sdcard mode, the pins ND_WE_N and ND_CS_N are still
GPIOs (#45 and #46).
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The rt3352 has a pin that can be used as second spi chip select,
watchdog reset or GPIO. The pinmux setup was missing the definition of
said pin but it is already used in the SoC dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The dnsmasq variants should provide dnsmasq, otherwise it is impossible
to include them in the image.
This change allows one to have CONFIG_PACKAGE_dnsmasq=m and
CONFIG_PACKAGE_dnsmasq-full=y, e.g. because you want DNSSEC support, or
IPSETs suport on your 3000-devices fleet ;-)
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <henrique@nic.br>
Refresh patches
Remove 240-ubus patch as upstream accepted.
Add uci option ubus which allows to enable/disable ubus support (enabled
by default)
Upstream commits since last bump:
da8b651 Implement --address=/example.com/#
c5db8f9 Tidy 7f876b64c22b2b18412e2e3d8506ee33e42db7c
974a6d0 Add --caa-record
b758b67 Improve logging of RRs from --dns-rr.
9bafdc6 Tidy up file parsing code.
97f876b Properly deal with unaligned addresses in DHCPv6 packets.
cbfbd17 Fix broken DNSSEC records in previous.
b6f926f Don't return NXDOMAIN to empty non-terminals.
c822620 Add --dhcp-name-match
397c050 Handle case of --auth-zone but no --auth-server.
1682d15 Add missing EDNS0 section. EDNS0 section missing in replies to EDNS0-containing queries where answer generated from --local=/<domain>/
dd33e98 Fix crash parsing a --synth-domain with no prefix. Problem introduced in 2.79/6b2b564ac34cb3c862f168e6b1457f9f0b9ca69c
c16d966 Add copyright to src/metrics.h
1dfed16 Remove C99 only code.
6f835ed Format fixes - ubus.c
9d6fd17 dnsmasq.c fix OPT_UBUS option usage
8c1b6a5 New metrics and ubus files.
8dcdb33 Add --enable-ubus option.
aba8bbb Add collection of metrics
caf4d57 Add OpenWRT ubus patch
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
As of version 4.21, strace enforces mpers by default. The current
implementation of aarch64 compat in strace assumes it's identical to
ARMv7 EABI and therefore tries to enable m32 personality support. As
there is no -m32 support on aarch64, this causes the build to fail.
Restore previous strace behavior to fix build on aarch64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Tested-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@tweak.net.au>
u-boot.mk checks for the Default profile to build images for all targets.
This brings the target default profile in sync with other targets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
* Kconfig: use new-style help marker
* global: run through clang-format
* uapi: reformat
* global: satisfy check_patch.pl errors
* global: prefer sizeof(*pointer) when possible
* global: always find OOM unlikely
Tons of style cleanups.
* crypto: use unaligned helpers
We now avoid unaligned accesses for generic users of the crypto API.
* crypto: import zinc
More style cleanups and a rearrangement of the crypto routines to fit how this
is going to work upstream. This required some fairly big changes to our build
system, so there may be some build errors we'll have to address in subsequent
snapshots.
* compat: rng_is_initialized made it into 4.19
We therefore don't need it in the compat layer anymore.
* curve25519-hacl64: use formally verified C for comparisons
The previous code had been proved in Z3, but this new code from upstream
KreMLin is directly generated from the F*, which is preferable. The
assembly generated is identical.
* curve25519-x86_64: let the compiler decide when/how to load constants
Small performance boost.
* curve25519-arm: reformat
* curve25519-arm: cleanups from lkml
* curve25519-arm: add spaces after commas
* curve25519-arm: use ordinary prolog and epilogue
* curve25519-arm: do not waste 32 bytes of stack
* curve25519-arm: prefix immediates with #
This incorporates ASM nits from upstream review.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
PCI paths of the WLAN devices have changed between kernel 4.4 and 4.9;
migrate config so existing wifi-iface definitions don't break.
This is implemented as a hotplug handler rather than a uci-defaults script
as the migration script must run before the 10-wifi-detect hotplug handler.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
A buffer is split into multiple descriptors if it exceeds 16 KB.
Apply the same split for the skb head as well (to deal with corner cases
on fraglist support)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
9d843334 Update bash_completion
23cb3f38 Update manual pages
1d682dcd Bump up version number to 1.33.0, LT revision to 31:0:17
601fbbb4 Update doc
f44aa246 Update AUTHORS
dd74a6dd Update manual pages
e959e733 src: Refactor utos
fb9a204d nghttpx: Fix compile error without mruby
cd096802 Update doc
7417fd71 nghttpx: Per-pattern not per-backend
2d1a981c Merge branch 'akonskarm-master'
45acc922 clang-format
214d0899 Merge branch 'master' of https://github.com/akonskarm/nghttp2 into akonskarm-master
31fd707d nghttpx: Fix broken healthmon frontend
9a2e38e0 fix code for reuse addr on asio client
d24527e7 Bump up LT revision due to v1.32.1 release
6195d747 nghttpx: Share mruby context if it is compiled from same file
fb97f596 nghttpx: Allocate mruby file because fopen requires NULL terminated string
0ccc7a77 nghttpx: Move blocked request data to request buffer for API request
32826466 nghttpx: Fix crash with API request
0422f8a8 nghttpx: Fix worker process crash with neverbleed write error
e329479a Merge pull request #1215 from nghttp2/mruby-per-backend
f80a7873 Merge branch 'akonskarm-reuse_addr'
866ac6ab add option reuse addr in local endpoint configuration of asio client
b574ae6a nghttpx: Support per-backend mruby script
de4fd7cd doc: Update doc
32d7883c nghttpx: Downstream::request_buf_full: take into account blocked_request_buf_
9b24e197 nghttpx: Choose h1 protocol if headers have been sent to backend on retry
13ffece1 Merge pull request #1214 from nghttp2/fix-rst-without-dconn
9d5b781d Fix stream reset if data from client is arrived before dconn is attached
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
CAKE supports overriding of its internal classification of
packets through the tc filter mechanism.
Update the man page in our package, even though we don't
build them. Someone may find the documentation useful.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 30598a05385b0ac2380dd4f30037a9f9d0318cf2)
Expand filter flow mapping to include hosts as well
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit d14ffdc307d36bd9abe908b46ff7baece54c9551)
OpenWrt used to ship hardcoded defaults for lcp-echo-failure and
lcp-echo-interval in the non-uci /etc/ppp/options file.
These values break uci support for *disabling* LCP echos through
the use of "option keepalive 0" as either omitting the keepalive
option or setting it to 0 will result in no lcp-echo-* flags
getting passed to the pppd cmdline, causing the pppd process to
revert to the defaults in /etc/ppp/options.
Address this issue by letting the uci "keepalive" option default
to the former hardcoded values "5, 1" and by removing the fixed
lcp-echo-failure and lcp-echo-interval settings from the
/etc/ppp/options files.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/luci/issues/2112
Ref: https://dev.archive.openwrt.org/ticket/2373.html
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=854
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1259
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit 3a8efaef00.
The change reportedly breaks UART2 on some boards. Furthermore it uses
bitwise logic on an uninitialized variable and fails to explain what it
is fixing exactly.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The changed dictionary size leads to a different LZMA header which breaks
sysupgrade image magic checkibng on at least some RT288x boards.
Since the commit message only mentions testing on MT7621 and since the
change appears to break at least one other ramips subtarget, do not take
any chances and restrict the size limitation to only MT7621.
Fixes FS#1797
Fixes 09b6755946 ("ramips: limit dictionary size for lzma compression")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The rt3883 doesn't have a pinmux group named spi_cs1. The cs1 is part
of the pci group. The function pci-func enables the second chip select.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The PCI pins need to be set to "PCI Host support one device" to allow
the use of one PCI device and flash memory.
The pci-fnc function is intended to be used if no PCI is used but
flash, nand or the codec functionality is.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Previous refactoring of the script moved the LDSO detection into a
file-not-exists condition, causing onyl the very first executable to
get bundled.
Solve the problem by unconditionally checking for LDSO again.
Fixes: 9030a78a71 ("scripts: bundle-libraries: prevent loading host locales")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The control device /dev/cdc-wdm0 is not available immediately on the
D-Link DWR-921 Rev.C3, therefore the wwan interface fails to start at
boot with a "The specified control device does not exist" error.
This patch alters /lib/netifd/proto/qmi.sh to wait for
network.wwan.delay earlier, before checking for the control device,
instead of just before interacting with the modem.
One still has to use network.wwan.proto='qmi', as the "wwan" proto
performs that sort of check before any delay is possible, failing with a
"No valid device was found" error.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Equeter <tequeter@users.noreply.github.com>
This remedies an issue with the MBL Duo if both disks are inserted
and contain OpenWrt. kernel and dtb would be loaded from SATA 1:1
while rootfs (/dev/sda2) would be mounted on SATA 0:1.
Such a mix&match would obviously only work if both OpenWrt versions/
builds are identical, and especially fail after sysupgrade upgraded
the system disk on SATA 0:1.
The fallback to SATA 1:1 needs to be kept for MBL Single (only has
SATA 1:1) and MBL Duo with one disk inserted on SATA 1:1. To speed
up booting in those cases, the unneccesarily doubled "sata init"
will only be called once. (In theory it could be omitted completely
since the on-flash boot script already initializes SATA to load the
on-disk boot script.)
Tested on MBL Duo (all possible combination of disks) and MBL Single
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Freddy Leitner <hello@square.wf>
The LEDs should be triggered/lit by any kind of state change instead of
turned on/off unconditional.
If LEDs really need to be turned off by default, it should be done via
the default-state devicetree led property.
The handling of the wndr3700v5 and wt3020 power led is at least
strange. Something is for sure wrong with them. Either the leds are
misnamed, the default off trigger is a typo or the polarity of the
gpios is wrong. Drop the power led from userspace and wait for someone
with access to the hardware to fix it properly.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Based on the userspace led configuration it's quite obvious that the
4g-0 led should be used for boot status indication.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the default-state property to express the desired led handling in
the devicetree source file instead of the userspace.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
All the LEDs are turned on by diag.sh at the end of the boot process.
No need to do the same via userspace configuration again.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
All boards either have a multi colour led or a single lightpipe. It
makes it impossible to handle the LEDs individual. Change the LED
config for these boards to take it into account.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Some combination of modem/wireless operator requires more time to
execute the commands.
Tested on DWR-512 embedded wwan modem and italian operator iliad (new
virtual operator).
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
Set the window title not only in "xterm", but also in
e.g. "xterm-256color", "xterm-color", etc.
The case statement is taken from Debian / Ubuntu.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
This is necessary to get my position right.
Without this my longitude is incorrecty -15.85xxxx instead of -16.52yyyy
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Commit 7af1fb9faa ("kernel: add a RPS balancer") introduces a RPS balancer
for all targets.
In the past however, this patch was already introduced for target "mediatek"
in commit 7762c07c88 ("mediatek: bump to v4.14")
Remove the separate copy of the patch within the mediatek target,
which otherwise is applied twice and results in a build error.
Fixes: 7af1fb9faa ("kernel: add a RPS balancer")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested on 8devices Jalapeno(ipq40xx)
Introduces following changes:
Feature: Add support for WAKE_FILTER (WoL using filters)
Feature: Add support for action value -2 (wake-up filter)
Fix: document WoL filters option also in help message
Feature: ixgbe dump strings for security registers
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
By default the RPS delegation will happen by masking the last few bits of
skb->hash. This patch adds an inermediate hash bucket that maps the masked
hash to a RPS core. This makes RPS results much more deterministic on SMP
systems.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The current make-ras.sh image generation script for the ZyXEL NBG6617
has portability issues with bash. Because of this, factory images are
currently not built correctly by the OpenWRT buildbots.
This commit replaces the make-ras.sh by C-written mkrasimage.
The new mkrasimage is also compatible with other ZyXEL devices using
the ras image-format.
This is not tested with the NBG6616 but it correctly builds the
header for ZyXEL factory image.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Currently all PCI devices get the same IRQ that affects performance badly.
This commit adresses this problem and cleans the code.
ar7100 has a special PCI interrupt controller@18060018 that works exactly
the same way as misc interrupt controller.
This patch does the following:
1. Defines pci-intc interrupt controller@18060018 in dtsi.
2. Removes interrupt-controller property from PCI node.
3. Sets a correct interrupt mask for PCI devices.
4. Removes all IRQ handling code from the PCI driver.
"qca,ar7100-misc-intc" should be used as the compatible property, becuase on ar7100
the controlled status register is read-only and the ack method used in
"qca,ar7240-misc-intc" won't work properly.
There are two very minor downsides of this patch that don't affect perormance:
1. We allocate an IRQ domain of 32 IRQ, whan we need only 5. But ar7100 aren't tiny un terms of RAM
and that is not very important and can be tuned if we implement "nr-interrupts" property".
2. It reuses the same irg chip name "MISC" for both controllers.
Run tested on DIR-825 B1.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
We currently don't have any code configuring interface mode in ath79,
meaning that we relies on bootloader to set the correct interface mode.
This patch added code to set interface correctly so that everything works
even if bootloader configures it wrong.(e.g. on WNDR3800 u-boot set
the second GMAC mode to RMII but it should be RGMII.)
Introduced "qca,mac-idx" for the difference in MII_CTRL register value.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Netgear WNR612v2 flashed with recent OpenWrt builds suffers from kernel
panic at boot during wireless chip initialization, making device
unusable:
ath: phy0: Ignoring endianness difference in EEPROM magic bytes.
ath: phy0: Enable LNA combining
CPU 0 Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address 1000fee1, epc == 801d08f0, ra == 801d0d90
Oops[#1]:
CPU: 0 PID: 469 Comm: kmodloader Not tainted 4.9.120 #0
[ ... register dump etc ... ]
Kernel panic - not syncing: Fatal exception
Rebooting in 1 seconds..
This simple patch fixes above error. It keeps LED table in memory after
kernel init phase for ath9k driver to operate correctly (__initdata
removed).
Also, another bug is fixed - correct array size is provided to function
that adds platform LEDs (this device has only 1 connected to Wifi chip)
preventing code from going outside array bounds.
Fixes: 1f5ea4eae4 ("ar71xx: add correct named default wireless led by using platform leds")
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
[trimmed commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The NBG6616 shares a config symbol with the NBG6716. It was accidentally
removed from the config when the ar71xx-tiny target was split off.
Fixes: 0cd5e85e7a ("ar71xx: create new ar71xx/tiny subtarget for 4MB flash devices")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This adds a shared ar7161_ubnt_routerstation.dtsi as well as two other
.dts files that utilize it, ar7161_ubnt_routerstation.dts and
ar7161_ubnt_routerstation-pro.dts.
The modifications to generic-ubnt.mk, config-default, and base-files
necessary for image generation, parsing RedBoot FIS partitions, network
configuration, and sysupgrade are also included.
This reintroduces vital bits from platform_do_upgrade_combined() and its
supporting functions to /lib/upgrade/platform.sh, which were previously
removed from ath79 in 3e9d9f6225 "ath79:
sysupgrade: drop unused platform checks". The new function is called
"routerstation_do_upgrade" and will *only* work for the RouterStation
series of boards. It does however retain the ability to downgrade (e.g.
from master -> 17.01.x using sysupgrade -F).
All hardware is functional including the AR8216 switch (for the Pro),
wireless via ath5k/ath9k using the miniPCI slots, flash, USB, button,
and LED.
Switch and LAN/WAN configuration is the same as it is with the
equivalent ar71xx targets. MAC addresses are assigned based upon the
content stored in the RedBoot config partition.
Flashing via both sysupgrade and TFTP has been confirmed to work. Also,
the initramfs images are now raw .bin files instead of being wrapped in
a uImage (as they currently are in ar71xx), which makes them bootable
with RedBoot.
One notable difference to ar71xx is the inclusion of the RedBoot
"fconfig" utility (analogous to U-Boot’s fw_printenv/fw_setenv) in
DEVICE_PACKAGES. The FIS partitions are probed using the RedBoot MTD
parser’s DT binding, whose proper usage is mutually exclusive to
defining a separate fixed-partitions node for "RedBoot config". This
config partition contains the board's base MAC address. The lack of a
hard-coded flash location means that the mtd-mac-address property cannot
be used in the .dts, so instead fconfig is used to read the MAC
addresses from flash in userspace during first boot.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
- fix single spaces hidden by a tab
- replace indentation with spaces by tabs
- make empty lines empty
- drop trailing whitespace
- drop unnecessary blank lines
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
The mt7620 doesn't have a pinmux group named spi_cs1. The cs1 is part
of the "spi refclk" group. The function "spi refclk" enables the second
chip select.
On reset, the pins of the "spi refclk" group are used as reference
clock and GPIO.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Binary patch the bundled glibc library to inhibit loading of host locale
archives in order to avoid triggering internal libc assertions when
invoking shipped, bundled executables.
The problem has been solved with upstream Glibc commit
0062ace229 ("Gracefully handle incompatible locale data") but we still
need to deal with older Glibc binaries for some time to come.
Fixes FS#1803
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
4c76aaee Update manual pages
2b51ad67 Bump up version number to 1.32.1, LT revision to 30:3:16
708379dc Tweak nghttp2_session_set_stream_user_data
73106b0d Compile with clang-6.0
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
e0d2ce0 ath10k: Support setting tx_antenna in descriptor field.
29c644f Update to latest 4.13 and 4.16 ath10k-ct drivers.
20db9db ath10k: Support vdev stats for 4.9, 4.16 kernel
fd92066 ath10k: Support 'ct-sta-mode' for 9984 firmware that supports it.
34954f0 ath10k: get_tsf, PMF
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This adds a configuration options which is needed now.
Without this patch the geode build will fail.
Fixes: 4eda2fddf2 ("x86/geode: enable X86_INTEL_LPSS to select PINCTRL")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Update to the latest version of iproute2; see https://lwn.net/Articles/762515/
for a full overview of the changes in 4.18.
Remove upstream patch 001-rdma-sync-some-IP-headers-with-glibc
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This fixes a build problem recently introduced.
Fixes: a904003b9b ("kernel: fix kmod-gpio-mcp23s08 for linux 4.14")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
WNDR3400v3 needs GPIO 21 pulled high to enable power to USB ports. Add a
kernel patch to do that.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
This adds support for BBR (Bottleneck Bandwidth and RTT) TCP
congestion control. Applications (e.g. webservers, VPN client/server)
which initiate connections from router side can benefit from this.
This provide an easier way for users to use BBR by selecting /
installing kmod-tcp-bbr instead of altering kernel config and
compiling firmware by themselves.
Signed-off-by: Keith Wong <keithwky@gmail.com>
Update libbsd to 0.8.7
Remove glibc dependency
Clean up InstallDev and install entries
Use /usr path for consistency
Cherry pick patches from upstream to fix musl compilation
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
- Specifications -
CuBox i1:
- SoC: i.MX6 Solo
- Cores: 1
- Memory Size: 512MB
- GPU: GC880
- Wifi/Bluetooth: Optional
- USB 2.0 ports: 2
- Ethernet: 10/100/1000 Mbps
CuBox i2 | i2eX:
- SoC: i.MX6 Dual Lite
- Cores: 2
- Memory Size: 1GB
- GPU: GC2000
- Wifi/Bluetooth: Optional
- USB 2.0 ports: 2
- Ethernet: 10/100/1000 Mbps
CuBox i4Pro | i4x4:
- SoC: i.MX6 Quad
- Cores: 4
- Memory Size: 2/4 GB
- GPU: GC2000
- Wifi/Bluetooth: Build In
- USB 2.0 ports: 2
- Ethernet: 10/100/1000 Mbps
Built-in u-boot requires SPL (secondary program loader) to be present on the SD-card regardless of the image type which will be loaded.
SPL is generated by the u-boot-mx6cuboxi package which is preselected by the target device and can be found in bin/u-boot-mx6cuboxi directory.
Flashing the SPL:
dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/mmcblk0 bs=1M count=4
dd if=bin/targets/imx6/generic/u-boot-mx6cuboxi/SPL of=/dev/mmcblk0 bs=1K seek=1
Preparing the firmware on the SD-card:
(echo o; echo n; echo p; echo 1; echo ''; echo ''; echo w) | fdisk /dev/mmcblk0
mkfs.ext4 /dev/mmcblk0p1
mount /dev/mmcblk0p1 /mnt
tar -xzf bin/targets/imx6/generic/openwrt-imx6-device-cubox-i-rootfs.tar.gz -C /mnt/
mkdir -p /mnt/boot
cp bin/targets/imx6/generic/{*-uImage,*.dtb,*.scr} /mnt/boot/
Generated u-boot.img needs to be placed on the first partition:
cp bin/targets/imx6/generic/u-boot-mx6cuboxi/u-boot.img /mnt/
To boot from the SD card:
Boot script which sets mmc/dtb parameters and boots the board is automatically sourced.
If this does not work for any reason:
mmc dev 0; load mmc 0:1 $scriptaddr boot/boot.scr; source $scriptaddr
Currently imx6dl-cubox-i.dtb (Dual Lite) and imx6q-cubox-i.dtb (Quad) device trees are available.
Tested on i4Pro, MMC, USB (+ HiD), HDMI and ethernet ports are working.
Wireless and bluetooth are broken ATM. According to SolidRun forums, BCM4329/BCM4330 firmware is used which works fine on older kernels.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Backport board support from the upcoming v2018.09 release,
and add an additional patch to read the MAC address
from flash memory
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Without UHCI a non-trivial number of machines will have no keyboard
without BIOS assistance.
Add XHCI as well in case there are chipsets which don't support legacy
interfaces, and support PCI OHCI controllers also.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Starting with version 2.1.8, a release tarball is available.
Simplifies the Makefile slightly.
Updated the project URL. HTTPS is broken. Issue has been reported upstream
Adjusted patches. CMake support is not present in the tarball. It's made
for Windows anyway.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
In some places the output of commands, which include "cd" are used.
In case of CDPATH the new path is printed, which might not be expected.
Disable the variable to avoid these problem.
When CDPATH was set by the user to some value like "export CDPATH=."
the git checkout done by the build system did not work anymore, the
git cloning aborted with such an error message for example:
....
Packing checkout...
tar: /disk/fs1/tmp2/mehrtens/pon-ugw/ugw-haps/openwrt/tmp/dl/ppa-drv-1.0\n@1534240258: Cannot stat: No such file or directory
tar: Date sample file not found
Try 'tar --help' or 'tar --usage' for more information.
.....
To avoid this, this patch makes the build system unset CDPATH inside
the build system, so the build system will still work even when the
user set this variable in his local environment.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Langer <thomas.langer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
7daf962 mt7603: add survey support
980c606 mt7603: add fix for CCA signal configuration
30b8371 mt7603: fix BAR rate
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
CVE description :
The recv_msg_userauth_request function in svr-auth.c in Dropbear through
2018.76 is prone to a user enumeration vulnerability because username
validity affects how fields in SSH_MSG_USERAUTH messages are handled,
a similar issue to CVE-2018-15473 in an unrelated codebase.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch improves faf64056dd by correcting
the partition scheme for the "RouterBoot" section of the flash.
The partition scheme initially submitted is incorrect and does not reflect
the actual flash structure.
The "RouterBoot" section (name matching OEM) is subdivided in several
static segments, as they are on ar71xx RB devices albeit with different
offsets and sizes.
The naming convention from ar71xx has been preserved, except for the
bootloaders which are named "bootloader1" and "bootloader2" to avoid
confusion with the master "RouterBoot" partition.
The preferred 'fixed-partitions' DTS node syntax is used, with nesting
support as introduced in 2a598bbaa3.
"partition" is used for node names, with associated "label" to match
policy set by 6dd94c2781.
Leave a note in DTS to explain how the original author selected the SPI speed.
Tested-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Reviewed-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This patch improves 5684d08741 by correcting
the partition scheme for the "RouterBoot" section of the flash.
The partition scheme initially submitted is incorrect and does not reflect
the actual flash structure.
The "RouterBoot" section (name matching OEM) is subdivided in several
static segments, as they are on ar71xx RB devices albeit with different
offsets and sizes.
The naming convention from ar71xx has been preserved, except for the
bootloaders which are named "bootloader1" and "bootloader2" to avoid
confusion with the master "RouterBoot" partition.
The preferred 'fixed-partitions' DTS node syntax is used, with nesting
support as introduced in 2a598bbaa3.
"partition" is used for node names, with associated "label" to match
policy set by 6dd94c2781.
The OEM source code also define a "RouterBootFake" partition at the
beginning of the secondary flash chip: to avoid trouble if OEM ever makes
use of that space, it is also defined here.
The resulting partition scheme looks like this:
[ 10.114241] m25p80 spi0.0: w25x40 (512 Kbytes)
[ 10.118708] 1 fixed-partitions partitions found on MTD device spi0.0
[ 10.125049] Creating 1 MTD partitions on "spi0.0":
[ 10.129824] 0x000000000000-0x000000040000 : "RouterBoot"
[ 10.136215] 5 fixed-partitions partitions found on MTD device RouterBoot
[ 10.142894] Creating 5 MTD partitions on "RouterBoot":
[ 10.148032] 0x000000000000-0x00000000f000 : "bootloader1"
[ 10.154336] 0x00000000f000-0x000000010000 : "hard_config"
[ 10.160665] 0x000000010000-0x00000001f000 : "bootloader2"
[ 10.167046] 0x000000020000-0x000000021000 : "soft_config"
[ 10.173461] 0x000000030000-0x000000031000 : "bios"
[ 10.190191] m25p80 spi0.1: w25q128 (16384 Kbytes)
[ 10.194950] 2 fixed-partitions partitions found on MTD device spi0.1
[ 10.201271] Creating 2 MTD partitions on "spi0.1":
[ 10.206071] 0x000000000000-0x000000040000 : "RouterBootFake"
[ 10.212746] 0x000000040000-0x000001000000 : "firmware"
[ 10.307216] 2 minor-fw partitions found on MTD device firmware
[ 10.313044] 0x000000040000-0x000000220000 : "kernel"
[ 10.319002] 0x000000220000-0x000001000000 : "rootfs"
[ 10.324906] mtd: device 9 (rootfs) set to be root filesystem
[ 10.330678] 1 squashfs-split partitions found on MTD device rootfs
[ 10.336886] 0x000000b40000-0x000001000000 : "rootfs_data"
Leave a note in DTS to explain how the original author selected the SPI speed.
Tested-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Reviewed-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
[rmilecki: dropped "RouterBootFake" partition]
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Ubiquiti XM series boards contain a set of RSSI LEDs. Create an UCI
mapping for them, so visual feedback on RSSI is available, when using
userspace RSSI monitor daemon.
Runtime tested using rssileds.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Create aliases for led-booting and led-failsafe pointing at
ubnt:green:link4 LED, forUbiquiti XM series, so visual feedback
on device status becomes available, in order to enter failsafe mode
via button. led-running and led-upgrade aliases are omitted to avoid
conflicting with RSSI LEDs when in normal operation.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
ubnt,bullet-m and ubnt,rocket-m targets support only single Ethernet
port, therefore disable creation of WAN zone and interfaces for them,
as their intended purpose is a wireless bridge. This aligns the
configuration with one found in ar71xx target.
ubnt,nano-m target is kept as is, being a two-port device.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Enable ath9k EEPROM extraction on boot for Ubiquiti XM-series boards.
This is required for wireless interface to function.
Runtime tested on Nanobridge M5.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
I-O DATA ETG3-R is a wired router, based on Atheros AR9342.
Specification:
- Atheros AR9342
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of Flash
- 5x 10/100/1000 Ethernet
- AR8327N
- 2x LEDs, 1x key
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using initramfs image:
1. Connect serial cable to UART header on ETG3-R
2. Rename OpenWrt initramfs image to "1500A8C0.img" and place it in
the TFTP directory
3. Set IP address of the computer to 192.168.0.10, connect to the
LAN port of ETG3-R, and start the TFTP server on the computer
4. Connect power cable to ETG3-R and turn on the router
5. Press "Enter" key when the "Hit any key to stop autoboot:" message
is displayed on the console and enter the u-boot cli
6. execute following commands to change kernel address for u-boot
setenv bootsf 1
setenv mtd_kernel1 "bootm 0x9f050000"
saveenv
7. execute "tftpboot; bootm" command to download the initramfs image from
TFTP server and boot with it
8. On the initramfs image, execute "mtd erase firmware" to erase stock
firmware and execute sysupgrade with sysupgrade image for ETG3-R
9. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The device was not included in the /etc/board.d/02_network file, so
the network wouldn't be properly set up on boot.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
ELECOM WRC-1900GST is a wireless router, based on Mediatek MT7621A.
This is almost same as WRC-2533GST except wireless specs.
Specifications:
- SoC : MT7621A (four logical CPU cores)
- RAM : 128MiB
- ROM : 16MiB of SPI NOR-FLASH
- wireless :
5GHz : 3T3R up to 1300Mbps/11ac with MT7615
2.4GHz : 3T3R up to 600Mbps/11n with MT7615
- Ethernet : 5 ports, all ports is capable of 1000base-T
- Ether switch : MT7530 (MT7621A built-in)
- LEDs : 4 LEDs
- buttons : 2 buttons and 1 slide-switch
- UART : header is on PCB, 57600bps
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port of WRC-1900GST
2. Connect power cable to WRC-1900GST and turn on it
3. Access to "https://192.168.2.1/" and open firmware update
page ("ファームウェア更新")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click apply ("適用")
button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: NOGUCHI Hiroshi <drvlabo@gmail.com>
The former used compatibles aren't defined anywhere and aren't used by
the devicetree source files including them.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
According to abbfcc8525 ("ramips: add support for GL-inet
GL-MT300N-V2") the board has a MediaTek MT7628AN. Change the SoC
compatible to match the used hardware.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
RT5350 neither have rgmii nor a mdio pinmux group. MT7628an doesn't
have a jtag group. Having these groups defined might cause a boot
panic.
The pin controller fails to initialise for kernels > 4.9 if invalid
groups are used. If a subsystem references a pin controller
configuration node, it can not find this node and errors out. In worst
case it's the SPI driver which errors out and we have no root
filesystem to mount.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The intention of 967b6be118 ("ar8327: Add workarounds for AR8337
switch") was to remove the register fixups for AR8337. But instead they
were removed for AR8327.
The RGMII RX delay is forced even if the port is used as phy instead of
mac, which results in no package flow at least for one board.
Fixes: FS#1664
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The AX_AM_JOBSERVER macro shipped with m4/ax_am_jobserver.m4 is broken on
plain POSIX shells due to the use of `let`.
Shells lacking `let` will fail to run the generated m4sh code and end up
invoking "make" with "-jyes" as argument, fialing the build.
Since there is no reason in the first place for some random package to
muck with the make job server settings and since we do not want it to
randomly override "-j" either, simply remove references to this defunct
macro to let the build succeed on platforms which not happen to use bash
as default shell.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Patch 300-CVE-2015-8370.patch was added without proper rebasing on the
version used by OpenWrt, make it apply and refresh the patch to fix
compilation.
Fixes: 7e73e9128f ("grub2: Fix CVE-2015-8370")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Update to latest git HEAD in order to support configuring multiple
concurrent Lua prefixes in a single uhttpd instance:
b741dec lua: support multiple Lua prefixes
Additionally rework the init script and update the default configuration
example to treat the lua_prefix option as key=value uci list, similar to
the interpreter extension mapping. Support for the old "option lua_prefix"
plus "option lua_handler" notation is still present.
Finally drop the sed postinstall hack in uhttpd-mod-lua to avoid mangling
files belonging to other packages. Since Lua prefixes have precedence
over CGI prefixes, simply register `/cgi-bin/luci` as Lua handler which
will only become active if both luci-base and uhttpd-mod-lua is installed.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This CVE is a culmination of multiple integer overflow issues that cause
multiple issues like Denial of Service and authentication bypass.
More info: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2015-8370
Taken from Fedora.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
While "rawnand.h" is available in kernel 4.14,
the default for this target is kernel 4.9 in which "nand.h" should be used.
Add an extra check to include the correct file depending on kernel version
Fixes these build errors:
drivers/mtd/nand/ar934x_nfc.c:16:10: fatal error: linux/mtd/rawnand.h: No such file or directory
#include <linux/mtd/rawnand.h>
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
compilation terminated.
Fixes: 318e19ba67 ("ar71xx: add v4.14 support")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Allows discovery without having to use NetBIOS. Useful for mobile devices.
Could eventually throw nbmd away. But that requires Windows 10...
Tested on Fedora 28 with avahi-discover.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Since kernel 4.14 there is no auto assignment of conntrack helpers anymore
so fw3 needs raw table support in order to stage ct helper assignment rules.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Remove creation of file /etc/ethers in dnsmasq init script as the
file is now created by default in the base-files package by
commit fa3301a28e
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
/etc/ethers is missing on /rom but always created when dnsmasq
runs. It is better to have it in place and avoid an extra change
in flash after firstboot.
It will generate an extra /etc/ethers-opkg when it has changed.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This adds processing of all CSA arguments from ubus switch_chan request
in the same manner as in the control interface API.
Signed-off-by: Yury Shvedov <yshvedov@wimarksystems.com>
Added boolean symbol for GCC 8 and higher, when we add newer GCC, we don't have
to modify rules.mk to keep things consistant.
Fixes: da9d760 ("rules.mk: replace iremap when using GCC 8")
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
Sysupgrading to ath79 from ar71xx currently fails because of mismatching
supported_devices. ar71xx is expecting "tl-mr3020" which is missing in
the ath79 image. Upgrading from ath79 is unaffected, as the image
contains the old string for ar71xx and the new one coming from the
device-tree.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
PISEN WMM003N is never supported by ar71xx, this commit also removed
SUPPORTED_DEVICES for it because it's completely useless.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for the AVM Fritz!Box 4020 WiFi-router.
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9561 (Dragonfly) 750MHz
RAM: Winbond W971GG6KB-25
FLASH: Macronix MX25L12835F
WiFi: QCA9561 b/g/n 3x3 450Mbit/s
USB: 1x USB 2.0
IN: WPS button, WiFi button
OUT: Power LED green, Internet LED green, WLAN LED green,
LAN LED green, INFO LED green, INFO LED red
UART: Header Next to Black metal shield
Pinout is 3.3V - RX - TX - GND (Square Pad is 3.3V)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet (LAN + WAN)
- WiFi (correct MAC)
- Installation via EVA bootloader
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- Buttons
- LEDs
The USB port doesn't work. Both Root Hubs are detected as having 0 Ports:
[ 3.670807] kmodloader: loading kernel modules from /etc/modules-boot.d/*
[ 3.723267] usbcore: registered new interface driver usbfs
[ 3.729058] usbcore: registered new interface driver hub
[ 3.734616] usbcore: registered new device driver usb
[ 3.744181] ehci_hcd: USB 2.0 'Enhanced' Host Controller (EHCI) Driver
[ 3.758357] SCSI subsystem initialized
[ 3.766026] ehci-platform: EHCI generic platform driver
[ 3.771548] ehci-platform ehci-platform.0: EHCI Host Controller
[ 3.777708] ehci-platform ehci-platform.0: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 1
[ 3.788169] ehci-platform ehci-platform.0: irq 48, io mem 0x1b000000
[ 3.816647] ehci-platform ehci-platform.0: USB 2.0 started, EHCI 0.00
[ 3.824001] hub 1-0:1.0: USB hub found
[ 3.828219] hub 1-0:1.0: config failed, hub doesn't have any ports! (err -19)
[ 3.835825] ehci-platform ehci-platform.1: EHCI Host Controller
[ 3.842009] ehci-platform ehci-platform.1: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 2
[ 3.852481] ehci-platform ehci-platform.1: irq 49, io mem 0x1b400000
[ 3.886631] ehci-platform ehci-platform.1: USB 2.0 started, EHCI 0.00
[ 3.894011] hub 2-0:1.0: USB hub found
[ 3.898190] hub 2-0:1.0: config failed, hub doesn't have any ports! (err -19)
[ 3.908928] usbcore: registered new interface driver usb-storage
[ 3.915634] kmodloader: done loading kernel modules from /etc/modules-boot.d/*
A few words about the shift-register:
AVM used a trick to control the shift-register for the LEDs with only 2
pins, SERCLK and MOSI. Q7S, normally used for daisy-chaining multiple
shift-registers, pulls the latch, moving the shift register-state to
the storage register. It also pulls down MR (normally pulled up) to
clear the storage register, so the latch gets released and will not be
pulled by the remaining bits in the shift-register. Shift register is
all-zero after this.
For that we need to make sure output 7 is set to high on driver probe.
We accomplish this by using gpio-hogging.
Installation via EVA:
In the first seconds after Power is connected, the bootloader will
listen for FTP connections on 169.254.157.1 (Might also be 192.168.178.1).
Firmware can be uploaded like following:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put openwrt-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
Note that this procedure might take up to two minutes. After transfer is
complete you need to powercycle the device to boot OpenWRT.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
TP-Link Archer C7 v1 is a dual band router
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 + QCA9880.
Specification:
- 720 MHz CPU
- 128 MB of RAM (Various chips)
- 8 MB of FLASH (Various chips)
- SoC QCA9558 integrated 3T3R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
- minipcie slot with 3T3R 5 GHz QCA9880-AR1A (unsupported by ath10k!)
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (AR8327N Switch)
- 10x LEDs, 2x software buttons
For further informwation on the device, visit the wiki:
<https://openwrt.org/toh/tp-link/archer-c7-1750>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
I-O DATA WN-AC1167DGR is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on
Qualcomm Atheros QCA9557.
Specification:
- Qualcomm Atheros QCA9557
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz wifi
- 2.4 GHz: SoC internal
- 5 GHz: QCA988x
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LEDs, 6x keys (4x buttons, 1x slide switch)
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port of WN-AC1167DGR
2. Connect power cable to WN-AC1167DGR and turn on it
3. Access to "http://192.168.0.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click update ("更新") button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Adding tl-wr841-v11 and the rename of tl-wr841n-v9 to tl-wr841-v9 in 01_leds
and 02_network script files are missing in commits cc35c91 and 8db6522.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
[merged with identical case in 02_network]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
If it isn't a usb led, it shouldn't be used as one by default. It is up
to the user to add such a (mis)configuration for the board.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Buffalo WHR-G301N is a 2.4 GHz 11n router, based on Atheros AR7240.
Ported from ar71xx target.
Specification:
- Atheros AR7240
- 32 MB of RAM
- 4 MB of Flash
- 2.4 GHz 2T2R wifi
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 9x LEDs, 4x keys
- LED: 8x gpio-leds, 1x ath9k-leds
- key: 2x buttons, 1x slide switch
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from LEDs side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port of WHR-G301N
2. Connect power cable to WHR-G301N and turn on it
3. Access to "http://192.168.11.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファーム更新")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click execute ("実行") button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[fix the SUPPORTED_DEVICES to be compatible with the ar71xx image]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Indicate a (sys)upgrade via leds as well. It brings the lantiq diag.sh
script en par with the other implementations using devicetree aliases
to define multiple leds for boot status indication.
By default, use the boot finished led to indicate an upgrade for now.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The upgrade led is only used if a running led is defined. If no running
led is defined, the upgrade led is ignored and upgrade isn't indicated
at all.
Instead, turn off the running led prior to turning the upgrade led on.
In most cases there isn't any visual change, but it allows to use an
independent led for upgrade indication.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set the (sys)upgrade state when sourcing the stage2 script instead of
setting the state for each target individual.
This change fixes the, due to a missing state set, not working upgrade
led on ath79 and apm821xx.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Since kernel 4.10 commit 61e84623ace3 ("net: centralize net_device
min/max MTU checking"), the range of mtu is [min_mtu, max_mtu], which
is [68, 1500] by default.
It's necessary to set a max_mtu if a mtu > 1500 is supported.
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This fixes the following security problems:
* CVE-2018-0732: Client DoS due to large DH parameter
* CVE-2018-0737: Cache timing vulnerability in RSA Key Generation
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The following patch was integrated upstream:
* target/linux/generic/backport-4.9/500-ext4-fix-check-to-prevent-initializing-reserved-inod.patch
This fixes tries to work around the following security problems:
* CVE-2018-3620 L1 Terminal Fault OS, SMM related aspects
* CVE-2018-3646 L1 Terminal Fault Virtualization related aspects
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The following patches were integrated upstream:
* target/linux/ipq40xx/patches-4.14/050-0006-mtd-nand-qcom-Add-a-NULL-check-for-devm_kasprintf.patch
* target/linux/mediatek/patches-4.14/0177-phy-phy-mtk-tphy-use-auto-instead-of-force-to-bypass.patch
This fixes tries to work around the following security problems:
* CVE-2018-3620 L1 Terminal Fault OS, SMM related aspects
* CVE-2018-3646 L1 Terminal Fault Virtualization related aspects
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Use the orange led by default to match the bootloader/stock firmware
behaviour. Turn on the green power led after boot to indicate a
finished boot and the orange one off.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
[reword commit message, keep orange power led enabled during early
kernel boot]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the orange led by default to match the bootloader/stock firmware
behaviour. Turn on the blue power led after boot to indicate a finished
boot and the orange one off.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
[reword commit message, keep orange power led enabled during early
kernel boot]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use diag.sh version used for apm821xx, ipq40xx and ipq806x, which
supports different leds for the different boot states.
The existing led sequences should be the same as before.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The DWR-118-A2 Wireless Router is based on the MT7620A SoC.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
- 128 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 1x 802.11bgn radio
- 1x 802.11ac radio (MT7612EN)
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (1 WAN and 3 LAN)
- 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Marvell Ethernet PHY (1 LAN)
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- 1x USB 2.0
- UART (J1) header on PCB (57600 8n1)
- 7x LED (5x GPIO-controlled), 2x button
- JBOOT bootloader
Known issues:
- GELAN not working
- flash is very slow
The status led has been assigned to the dwr-118-a2:green:internet led.
At the end of the boot it is switched off and is available for other
operation. Work correctly also during sysupgrade operation.
Installation:
Apply factory image via http web-gui or JBOOT recovery page
How to revert to OEM firmware:
- push the reset button and turn on the power. Wait until LED start
blinking (~10sec.)
- upload original factory image via JBOOT http (IP: 192.168.123.254)
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
HiWiFi "Gee Enjoy1200" HC5861B is a dual-band router based on MediaTek MT7628AN
https://www.hiwifi.com/enjoy-view
Specifications:
- MediaTek MT7628AN 580MHz
- 128 MB DDR2 RAM
- 16 MB SPI Flash
- 2.4G MT7628AN 802.11bgn 2T2R 300Mbps
- 5G MT7612EN 802.11ac 2T2R 867Mbps
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
Flash instruction:
1. Get SSH access to the router
2. SSH to router with `ssh -p 1022 root@192.168.199.1`, The SSH password is the same as the webconfig one
3. Upload OpenWrt sysupgrade firmware into the router's `/tmp` folder with SCP
4. Run `mtd write /tmp/<filename> firmware`
5. reboot
Everything is working
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Move the alias node of the TP-Link WR841v9 and rename the phandle of
the qss led to qss_led in preparation for adding the very similar
TP-Link WR841v11.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
Remove SUPPORTED_DEVICES from wr841-v9 because it´s not needed and
for consistency rename everything to tl-wr841-v9.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
Add ath9k wifi capabilities to WNDR3700 family.
* use kmod-owl-loader to load firmware from "art"
* add wifi to DTS
* add wifi LEDs
Avoid using the same MAC for eth0 LAN and wlan0 by
toggling the eth0 MAC into a locally administered MAC.
That is currently done by in user-space by adding a
uci config item into /etc/config/network
(More elegant solution might be setting it already in
preinit phase.)
Known issues:
* wifi firmware file may not get created on the first boot
after flashing on time to bring wifi normally up. Likely
the overlay jffs2 is not yet ready for creating the
firmware file. "wifi up" may still bring wifi up.
Wifi will work normally at subsequent boots.
* phy0 and phy1 may get assigned mixed, so that phy0 may
be the 5GHz radio instead of the normal 2.4GHz, and vice
versa for phy1. Does not happen always, but may happen.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
[fix the wifi unit address in the dts]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Pisen WMM003N (sold under the name of Cloud Easy Power) is an
AR9331-based router and power bank combo device. The device uses a
stock firmware modified from OpenWRT for TP-Link TL-WR703N; however
some GPIO definition is different on this device with TL-WR703N. An
AXP202 PMIC (connected to a 5000mAh battery) and a SD slot are also
added, and the stock Flash/RAM configuration is 8MiB/64MiB.
The stock firmware is an old and heavily modified OpenWRT-based
firmware, which has telnetd defaultly open, and the root password is
"ifconfig" (quotation marks not included). The factory image format is
not known yet, however the stock firmware ships the OpenWRT's sysupgrade
command, and it can be used to install a newer firmware.
Due to the lack of the access to the STM8 embedded controller, the SD
slot is currently not usable (because it's muxed with the on-board USB
port) and the AXP PMIC cannot be monitored.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
12a7cf9 Add support for DSCP matches and target
06fa692 defaults: use a generic check_kmod() function
1c4d5bc defaults: fix check_kmod() function
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This target is on 4.9 currently.
It seems the support for this old kernel never got dropped.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This router is called RE450 and the tl prefix was used to identify it
as a TP-Link device. Drop the tl prefix since we now have tplink in
dts and device name.
Signed-off-by: Peter Lundkvist <peter.lundkvist@gmail.com>
The WD My Net Range Extender stores the MAC addresses inside the
nvram partition. This utility can extract it, but it's currently
not avilable on the ath79 target. Hence, this patch adds the
necessary target declaration, so it can be built.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
In "brcm47xx: rework model detection" the file 01_detect was moved
to 01_network, therefore also update the warning message in case
everything fails.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
PLL for eth0 internal clock on ar913x is at 0x18050014
and AR913X_ETH0_PLL_SHIFT is 20 instead of 17
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Add support for WNDR3700 and WNDR3700v2.
They share most things with WNDR3800.
Only device IDs and partition structure needs to be set.
Note: WNDR3700 (v1) has no NETGEAR_HW_ID, but has
also the NA version of the factory image.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Prepare for addition of WNDR3700 and WNDR3700v2 by
separating the common parts into wndr3700.dtsi and
leaving just the device-specific things into wndr3800.dts
The three routers are identical except
* device IDs
* WNDR3700 (v1) has only 8 MB flash, while others have 16 MB.
Partition structure needs to be defined for each device.
* (WNDR3800 has 128 MB RAM, but RAM size is not in DTS)
Also separate the common parts of the image recipe.
(Drop also the initramfs recipe.)
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
The wholesale changes introduced in commit f9b8328 missed this DTS file
because it hadn't been merged yet. This patch brings it in line to match
the other mt7620a devices' DTS files.
Additionally, the Internet LED is now labeled correctly and set to unused
by default, since the WAN interface is not known in every configuration.
Using sysupgrade between images before and after this commit will require
the -F flag.
Tested-by: Rohan Murch <rohan.murch@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
[drop internet led default setting]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch adds support for the Netgear R6120, aka Netgear AC1200.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7628 (580 MHz)
- Flash: 16 MiB
- RAM: 64 MiB
- Wireless: 2.4Ghz(builtin) and 5Ghz (MT7612E)
- LAN speed: 10/100
- LAN ports: 4
- WAN speed: 10/100
- WAN ports: 1
- Serial baud rate of Bootloader and factory firmware: 57600
To flash use nmrpflash with the provided factory.img.
Flashing via webinterface will not work, for now.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Thomeczek <ledesrc@wxorx.net>
This adds a tool to generate a firmware file accepted
by Netgear or sercomm devices.
They use a zip-packed rootfs with header and a custom
checksum. The generated Image can be flashed via the
nmrpflash tool or the webinterface of the router.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Thomeczek <ledesrc@wxorx.net>
* send: switch handshake stamp to an atomic
Rather than abusing the handshake lock, we're much better off just using
a boring atomic64 for this. It's simpler and performs better. Also, while
we're at it, we set the handshake stamp both before and after the
calculations, in case the calculations block for a really long time waiting
for the RNG to initialize.
* compat: better atomic acquire/release backport
This should fix compilation and correctness on several platforms.
* crypto: move simd context to specific type
This was a suggestion from Andy Lutomirski on LKML.
* chacha20poly1305: selftest: use arrays for test vectors
We no longer have lines so long that they're rejected by SMTP servers.
* qemu: add easy git harness
This makes it a bit easier to use our qemu harness for testing our mainline
integration tree.
* curve25519-x86_64: avoid use of r12
This causes problems with RAP and KERNEXEC for PaX, as r12 is a
reserved register.
* chacha20: use memmove in case buffers overlap
A small correctness fix that we never actually hit in WireGuard but is
important especially for moving this into a general purpose library.
* curve25519-hacl64: simplify u64_eq_mask
* curve25519-hacl64: correct u64_gte_mask
Two bitmath fixes from Samuel, which come complete with a z3 script proving
their correctness.
* timers: include header in right file
This fixes compilation in some environments.
* netlink: don't start over iteration on multipart non-first allowedips
Matt Layher found a bug where a netlink dump of peers would never terminate in
some circumstances, causing wg(8) to keep trying forever. We now have a fix as
well as a unit test to mitigate this, and we'll be looking to create a fuzzer
out of Matt's nice library.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
The kernel image of the at91-q5xr5 is getting too bing now and this is
breaking the build. Remove the image for the at91-q5xr5 from the build
to at least build images for the other devices.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
I-O DATA WN-AC1600DGR2 is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on
Qualcomm Atheros QCA9557.
Specification:
- Qualcomm Atheros QCA9557
- 128 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of Flash
- 2.4/5 GHz wifi
- 2.4 GHz: 2T2R (SoC internal)
- 5 GHz: 3T3R (QCA9880)
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LEDs, 6x keys (4x buttons, 1x slide switch)
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port of WN-AC1600DGR2
2. Connect power cable to WN-AC1600DGR2 and turn on it
3. Access to "http://192.168.0.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click update ("更新") button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
This patch copies over the MAC patching helper functions from lantiq's
target/linux/lantiq/base-files/etc/hotplug.d/firmware/12-ath9k-eeprom
file.
Not all vendors bothered to write the correct MAC addresses for the
ath9k wifi into the calibration data. And while ath9k does have some
special dt-properties to extract the addresses from a fixed position,
there are still devices that require userspace to edit or modify
the caldata.
In my case, the MAC address for the Wi-Fi device is stored in an
unsorted key-value based "nvram" database and there's an existing
userspace tool to extract the data.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Add a function to get a mac stored as text from flash. The octets of
the mac address need to be separated by any separator supported by
macaddr_canonicalize().
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add the opening bracket right after the function name, to do it the
same way for all functions in this file.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Unauthenticated EAPOL-Key decryption in wpa_supplicant
Published: August 8, 2018
Identifiers:
- CVE-2018-14526
Latest version available from: https://w1.fi/security/2018-1/
Vulnerability
A vulnerability was found in how wpa_supplicant processes EAPOL-Key
frames. It is possible for an attacker to modify the frame in a way that
makes wpa_supplicant decrypt the Key Data field without requiring a
valid MIC value in the frame, i.e., without the frame being
authenticated. This has a potential issue in the case where WPA2/RSN
style of EAPOL-Key construction is used with TKIP negotiated as the
pairwise cipher. It should be noted that WPA2 is not supposed to be used
with TKIP as the pairwise cipher. Instead, CCMP is expected to be used
and with that pairwise cipher, this vulnerability is not applicable in
practice.
When TKIP is negotiated as the pairwise cipher, the EAPOL-Key Key Data
field is encrypted using RC4. This vulnerability allows unauthenticated
EAPOL-Key frames to be processed and due to the RC4 design, this makes
it possible for an attacker to modify the plaintext version of the Key
Data field with bitwise XOR operations without knowing the contents.
This can be used to cause a denial of service attack by modifying
GTK/IGTK on the station (without the attacker learning any of the keys)
which would prevent the station from accepting received group-addressed
frames. Furthermore, this might be abused by making wpa_supplicant act
as a decryption oracle to try to recover some of the Key Data payload
(GTK/IGTK) to get knowledge of the group encryption keys.
Full recovery of the group encryption keys requires multiple attempts
(128 connection attempts per octet) and each attempt results in
disconnection due to a failure to complete the 4-way handshake. These
failures can result in the AP/network getting disabled temporarily or
even permanently (requiring user action to re-enable) which may make it
impractical to perform the attack to recover the keys before the AP has
already changes the group keys. By default, wpa_supplicant is enforcing
at minimum a ten second wait time between each failed connection
attempt, i.e., over 20 minutes waiting to recover each octet while
hostapd AP implementation uses 10 minute default for GTK rekeying when
using TKIP. With such timing behavior, practical attack would need large
number of impacted stations to be trying to connect to the same AP to be
able to recover sufficient information from the GTK to be able to
determine the key before it gets changed.
Vulnerable versions/configurations
All wpa_supplicant versions.
Acknowledgments
Thanks to Mathy Vanhoef of the imec-DistriNet research group of KU
Leuven for discovering and reporting this issue.
Possible mitigation steps
- Remove TKIP as an allowed pairwise cipher in RSN/WPA2 networks. This
can be done also on the AP side.
- Merge the following commits to wpa_supplicant and rebuild:
WPA: Ignore unauthenticated encrypted EAPOL-Key data
This patch is available from https://w1.fi/security/2018-1/
- Update to wpa_supplicant v2.7 or newer, once available
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Add a temporary workaround to compile with glibc 2.28
as some constants were removed and others made private
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Add a temporary workaround to compile with glibc 2.28
as some constants were removed and others made private
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Avoid having /sbin/wifi silently ignore unknown keywords and execute
"up"; instead display the help message and exit with an error.
Spell out the "up" keyword (which has users), add it to usage output,
and preserve the implicit assumption that runing /sbin/wifi without
argument performs "up".
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This commit adds support for the OCEDO Koala
SOC: Qualcomm QCA9558 (Scorpion)
RAM: 128MB
FLASH: 16MiB
WLAN1: QCA9558 2.4 GHz 802.11bgn 3x3
WLAN2: QCA9880 5 GHz 802.11nac 3x3
INPUT: RESET button
LED: Power, LAN, WiFi 2.4, WiFi 5, SYS
Serial: Header Next to Black metal shield
Pinout is 3.3V - GND - TX - RX (Arrow Pad is 3.3V)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz WiFi
- 5 GHz WiFi
- TFTP boot from ramdisk image
- Installation via ramdisk image
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- Buttons
- LEDs
Installation seems to be possible only through booting an OpenWRT
ramdisk image.
Hold down the reset button while powering on the device. It will load a
ramdisk image named 'koala-uImage-initramfs-lzma.bin' from 192.168.100.8.
Note: depending on the present software, the device might also try to
pull a file called 'koala-uimage-factory'. Only the name differs, it
is still used as a ramdisk image.
Wait for the ramdisk image to boot. OpenWRT can be written to the flash
via sysupgrade or mtd.
Due to the flip-flop bootloader which we not (yet) support, you need to
set the partition the bootloader is selecting. It is possible from the
initramfs image with
> fw_setenv bootcmd run bootcmd_1
Afterwards you can reboot the device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Bit 8/12 of reset controller which is marked as PHY_RESET/SWITCH_RESET
in datasheets will trigger either a reset for builtin switch or assert
an external ETH0_RESET_L/ETH1_RESET_L pin, which are usually connected
to external PHY/switch. None of them should be triggered every time an
interface is brought up in ethernet driver.
Remove PHY reset support from ag71xx and definition for them in dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Buffalo BHR-4GRV2 is a wired router, based on Qualcomm Atheros
QCA9558.
Ported from ar71xx target.
Specification:
- Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of Flash
- 5x 10/100/1000 Ethernet
- QCA8337N
- 4x LEDs, 2x keys
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, TX, RX, GND from LED side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port of BHR-4GRV2
2. Connect power cable to BHR-4GRV2 and turn on it
3. Access to "http://192.168.12.1/" and open firmware update
page ("ファームウェア更新")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click update ("更新実行")
button
5. Wait ~120 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Apply IPv6/ND configuration before proto_send_update so that all config info
is available when netifd is handling the notify_proto ubus call.
In particular this fixes an issue when netifd is updating the downstream IPv6 mtu
as netifd was still using the not yet updated upstream IPv6 mtu to set the
downstream IPv6 mtu
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This adds PLL settings for the ethernet ports of the TP-Link TL-WR1043
v2/v3 and the Openmesh OM5P-AC-v2.
We also change the PLL-settings in the qca9557.dtsi to match the ones
used as default on the ar71xx target.
As of 4b9680f138 those devices have broken ethernet ports as the default
PLL settings defined in the QCA9557.dtsi are applied which are off for
those devices.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
commit 4b9680f fixed pll settings and the correct pll set
by bootloader is overrided by value in qca9557.dtsi which
is incorrect for Archer C7 and breaks ethernet. Add pll
values for archer c7 to fix ethernet connection.
This individual pll tweak has been cherry picked from github pr 1260
which changes a couple of things in a single commit and should be
ideally split. This commit get archer v7 back and working.
Tested: archer c7 v2
Original combined commit authored by:
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
c7 fix only split out by:
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Commit 4d961538f6 added libutil to the iproute2 InstallDev section
but lead to compile issues with packages picking up the wrong libutil
since libutil is quite a generic name ...
Further libutil is rather meant for internal usage in iproute2 than a
public API; therefore let's remove it from the InstallDev section together
with ll_map.h
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Changed default role of Orange Pi PC2 MSUB port to host (in dts)
Changed default function of Orange Pi PC2 power button to PWR_BTN
Signed-off-by: Antonio Silverio <menion@gmail.com>
CPU: H5 High Performance Quad-core 64-bit Cortex-A53
GPU: Mali450 OpenGL ES 2.0/1.1/1.0, OpenVG 1.1, EGL
Memory: 1GB DDR3 (shared with GPU)
Onboard Storage: TF card (Max. 32GB) / NOR flash(2MB)
Onboard Network: 1000M/100M Ethernet RJ45
USB 2.0 Ports: Three USB 2.0 HOST, one USB 2.0 OTG, HOST mode
role by default in DTS
Buttons: Power Button(SW4) Debug TTL
UART: ..DC-IN..
>[GND][RX][TX] ..HDMI..
Signed-off-by: Antonio Silverio <menion@gmail.com>
The BZIP2_SMALL option was not being exposed via Config.in which
caused the build to fail as 'yes' is piped to the config during
build. As it's expecting a number, it gets stuck in a loop.
Signed-off-by: Rob Mosher <nyt-openwrt@countercultured.net>
Update to latest HEAD in order to fix a stack memory corruption issue:
1056e73 Change the sigb buffer to be the same size as the fread
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When checking the outcome of the PHY autonegotiation status, at803x
currently returns false in case the SGMII side is not established.
Due to a hardware-bug, ag71xx needs to fixup the SoCs SGMII side, which
it can't as it is not aware of the link-establishment.
This commit allows to ignore the SGMII side autonegotiation status to
allow ag71xx to do the fixup work.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The QCA955X is affected by a hardware bug which causes link-loss of the
SGMII link between SoC and PHY. This happens on change of link-state or
speed.
It is not really known what causes this bug. It definitely occurs when
using a AR8033 Gigabit Ethernet PHY.
Qualcomm solves this Bug in a similar fashion. We need to apply the fix
on a per-device base via platform-data as performing the fixup work will
break connectivity in case the SGMII interface is connected to a Switch.
This bug was first proposed to be fixed by Sven Eckelmann in 2016.
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/604782/
Based-on-patch-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit adds the ability to configure specific functions of the
at803x series ethernet-PHYs, which were previously configured
exclusively with the help of platform-data, via device-tree.
This is needed to fully support existing boards of the ar71xx platform.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Backport an upstream fix for a remotely exploitable TCP denial of service
flaw in Linux 4.9+.
The fixes are included in Linux 4.14.59 and later but did not yet end up in
version 4.9.118.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In iproute2 v4.17 ll_map has been moved from the libnetlink to the libutil
library; add libutil as well to the staging dir in order to keep support
for ll_map
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The QCA9557 dtsi is currently missing pll-handle and pll-regs for both
eth0 and eth1, therefore PLL settings won't be applied. This commit
fixes this behavior.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds uci entries for all ath79 devices for which this already was
the case on ar71xx. Additionally we add the OCEDO Koala as there was no
support in OpenWRT yet.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
While finalizing support for the U7623 with 512MB, I made an embarresing
error and configured 1GB RAM for the board. I also forgot to move memory
from the dtsi and to the dts. This commit takes care of my mistakes.
While I am confessing my mistakes, I also note that I made a mistake in
the commit message of the initial U7623 commit. It is the .bin-file, and
not the .gz file that shall be sent to the device via tftp.
v1->v2:
* Remove redundant memory node (thanks Jonas Gorski)
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Including the tl-wdr3600 image build code just to overwrite most of it
doesn't make much sense and only makes it hard to read.
Furthermore, the tl-wdr4300 image will be marked as compatible with the
tl-wdr3600 this way.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The variables are used in image build recipes and need to be marked as
per devices vars to be stored individual per image define. Otherwise
the last defined variable will be used for all boards.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch did the following things:
1. Separate ath9k-leds out of gpio leds so that all other leds will work
before ath9k loded (e.g. during preinit/init stage).
2. Rename wps led to qss since that's how TP-Link mark it.
3. Rename LED prefix to tp-link because that dts is shared by many devices.
4. Rename to wr740n-v1 because v1 is the first and v2 just use the fw of v1.
(This will require a forced sysupgrade if you comes from
the previous wr740n v2 image.)
5. Remove SUPPORTED_DEVICES.
(tl-wr740n-v2 doesn't exist anywhere so it's useless.)
6. Add all WR741ND v1 clones found in ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Fix all issues found by the devicetree compiler like wrong address/size
cells as well as wrong/missing/superfluous unit addresses.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use only the jedec,spi-nor compatible string. Everything else either
never worked or is only support to keep compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Verify ucert signature chains in sysupgrade images in case ucert is
installed and $CHECK_IMAGE_SIGNARURE = 1.
Also make sure ucert host binary is present and generate a self-signed
ucert in case $TOPDIR/key-build.ucert is missing.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Make sure the Shell-expression returns true also in case of
key-build.ucert being absent.
Fixes commit 848b455d2e ("image: use ucert to append signature")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
ad816fc set rpath to make bundle-libraries.sh happy
63ad591 blob_buf needs to be zero'd
Now that libubox, libjson-c and libblobms_json are installed into
STAGING_DIR_HOST we can properly bundle ucert in the ImageBuilder.
Follow-up commits will make use of it to include a signature-chain in
sysupgrade images using fwtool.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The referenced Git commit was made on the 25th of July, not June.
Fixes 432eaa940f ("libubox: fix mirror hash")
Fixes 5dc32620c4 ("libubox: update to latest git HEAD")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Correct the mirror hash to reflect whats on the download server.
A locally produced libubox SCM tarball was also verified to yield an identical
checksum compared to the one currently on the download server.
Fixes FS#1707.
Fixes 5dc32620c4 ("libubox: update to latest git HEAD")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
23a3f28 openssl, wolfssl: match mbedTLS ciphersuite list
450ada0 ustream-ssl: Revised security on mbedtls
34b0b80 ustream-ssl: add openssl-1.1.0 compatibility
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Use the same method for setting queue index pointers consistenly
throughout the source file.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
e29966f Allow disabling seccomp or changing the whitelist
5f57223 trace: Use properly sized type for PTRACE_GETEVENTMSG
747efb6 procd: fix ustream deadlock when there are 0 bytes or no newlines
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 42a3c6465a.
The change was apparently never build-tested with all kmods enabled. I took
a brief look but found no simple way to untangle this, so revert it.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This router is called Archer C7 and the tl was used to identify
TP-LINK. Since we have added tplink in dts/board name, the tl
prefix is useless now.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Change lan and it's LED to eth0
It's broken since c7c807cb8c
where I changed the dts but forgot to change default configurations.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
1. Swap eth0/eth1
Both devices are using AR9331, the builtin switch on AR9331 is
connected to gmac1 and gmac1 is named as eth1 in ath79.
PS: gmac1 is eth0 and gmac0 is eth1 in ar71xx because of the
reversed initialization order.
2. Fix the incorrect compatible string in dts
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
phy-handle is used to poll link status. They are useless when
we need fixed-link on these interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Jonas Gorski commented on the previous patch:
|This is actually the wrong fix and papers over an issue in one of our
|local patches.
|
|We intentionally allow regmap to be built as a module, see
|
|/target/linux/generic/hack-4.14/259-regmap_dynamic.patch
|[...]
|[The regulator code] optionally supports regmap thanks to the stubs
|provided if regmap is disabled - which breaks if you compile regmap
|as a module.
In order to mitigate this issue, this patch reverts the previous patch
and replaces the existing IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_REGMAP) with
IS_REACHABLE(CONFIG_REGMAP). This solves this particular issue as the
regulator code will now automatically fallback to the regmap stubs in
case the kmod-regmap module is enabled, but nothing else sets
CONFIG_REGMAP=y.
Note: There's still a potential issue that this patch doesn't solve:
If someone ever wants to make a OpenWrt kernel package for a
regulator module that requires the REGMAP feature for a target that
doesn't set CONFIG_REGMAP=y but has CONFIG_REGULATOR=y, the resulting
kmod-regulator-xyz package will not work on the target.
Luckily, there aren't any in-tree OpenWrt kernel module packages for
regulators at the moment. On the bright side: regmap is a critical
part nowadays and all new and upcoming architectures require it by
default. This will likely only ever be a problem for legacy targets
and devices that cannot afford to enable REGMAP.
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Fixes: d00913d121 ("kernel: modules: fix kmod-regmap")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
To share mdio addr for IntPHY and ExtPHY,
as described in the documentation (MT7620_ProgrammingGuide.pdf).
(refer: http://download.villagetelco.org/hardware/MT7620/MT7620_ProgrammingGuide.pdf)
when port4 setup to work as gmac mode, dts like:
&gsw {
mediatek,port4 = "gmac";
};
we should set SYSCFG1.GE2_MODE==0x0 (RGMII).
but SYSCFG1.GE2_MODE may have been set to 3(RJ-45) by uboot/default
so we need to re-set it to 0x0
before this changes:
gsw: 4FE + 2GE may not work correctly and MDIO addr 4 cannot be used by ExtPHY
after this changes:
gsw: 4FE + 2GE works and MDIO addr 4 can be used by ExtPHY
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
When PHY's are defined on the MDIO bus in the DTS, gigabit support was
being masked out for no apparent reason, pegging all such ports to 10/100.
If gigabit support must be disabled for some reason, there should be a
"max-speed" property in the DTS.
Reported-by: James McKenzie <openwrt@madingley.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
Mediatek has a reference platform that pairs an MT7620A with an MT7530W,
where the latter responds on MDIO address 0x1f while both chips respond on
0x0 to 0x4. The driver special-cases this arrangement to make sure it's
talking to the right chip, but two different ways in two different places.
This patch consolidates the detection without the current requirement of
both tests to be separately satisfied in the DTS.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
This really simplifies debugging, if a package is not found or a feed is
not reachable, a proper stderr is printed. Currently it would only say
`_call_manifest` failed.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Sysupgrade shouldn't proceed, if the backup of the configuration
fails because tar (or gzip) exit with a non-zero code.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
Use Time::HiRes when available and fallback to raw syscall interface
when not. If that fails too, simply report 0, 0 as real time.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Replace the GNU time program invocation with a simple Perl script reporting
the timing values. Since we require Perl anyway for the build system, we can
as well use that instead of requiring a random GNU utility rarely installed
by default.
Fixes: ff6e62b288 ("build: log time taken by each packages/steps")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Starting with kernel 4.4, the use of partitions as direct subnodes of the
mtd device is discouraged and only supported for backward compatiblity
reasons.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Fix space vs. tabs issue and trainling whitespaces. Use C style
comments or drop the comments if they explain what is already to see in
the devicetree parameters.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The hardware NAT node has the same reg/unit as the ethernet node. One
of them need to be a child of the other.
Make the hardware NAT node a child of the ethernet node since the it
"reference" the netdev in its properties.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add the ranges property to the PCI bridges where missing. Add the unit
address to PCI bridge where missing.
Rework the complete rt3883 pci node. Drop the PCI unit nodes from the
dtsi. They are not used by any dts file and should be rather in the dts
than in the SoC dtsi. Express the PCI-PCI bridge in a clean devicetree
syntax. The ralink,pci-slot isn't used by any driver, drop it. Move the
pci interrupt controller out of the pci node. It doesn't share the same
reg and therefore should be an independent/SoC child node.
Move the pci related rt3883 pinctrl setting to the dtsi instead of
defining the very same for each rt3883 board.
If the device_type property is used for PCI units, the unit is treated
as pci bridge which it isn't. Drop it for PCI units.
Reference pci-bridges or the pci node defined in the dtsi instead of
recreating the whole node hierarchy. It allows to change the referenced
node in the dtsi without the need to touch all dts.
Fix the PCI(e) wireless unit addresses. All our PCI(e) wireless chips
are the first device on the bus. The unit address has to be the bus
address instead of the PCI vendor/device id.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Since commit c1e7738988f5 ("checks: add gpio binding properties check")
dtc treats any *-gpios and *-gpio property as phandle at least during
checks. The only whitelisted property is nr-gpio.
Use ralink,nr-gpio in favour of ralink,num-gpios to get rid of false
positive warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The cpu interrupt controller doesn't have a reg property, hence we
can't use a unit address in the node name.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Without this patch you will get an error "gpio-export probe deferral
not supported" when you try to export i2c expander gpio pins.
gpio-export is probed long before i2c-bus and i2c expander are created
and it doesn't retry it so none pins are exported.
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
apply the change to all instances of the gpio exports patch
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Revert 290c54473e ("ath79: fix TP-Link Archer C7 v2 wlan1 MAC address")
which obviously aims to have a distinct MAC address per interface.
Unfortunally it doesn't match what is used by the stock firmware and we
shouldn'z use MAC Adresses not reserverd for/assigned to a particular
board.
The correct MAC adress increments for this board are:
wlan0 (5GHz) : -1
wlan1 (2.4GHz) : 0
eth1 (LAN) : 0
eth0 (WAN) : 1
Fixes: FS#408
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Changelog taken from the version announcement
> == Changes ==
>
> * chacha20poly1305: selftest: split up test vector constants
>
> The test vectors are encoded as long strings -- really long strings -- and
> apparently RFC821 doesn't like lines longer than 998.
> https://cr.yp.to/smtp/message.html
>
> * queueing: keep reference to peer after setting atomic state bit
>
> This fixes a regression introduced when preparing the LKML submission.
>
> * allowedips: prevent double read in kref
> * allowedips: avoid window of disappeared peer
> * hashtables: document immediate zeroing semantics
> * peer: ensure resources are freed when creation fails
> * queueing: document double-adding and reference conditions
> * queueing: ensure strictly ordered loads and stores
> * cookie: returned keypair might disappear if rcu lock not held
> * noise: free peer references on failure
> * peer: ensure destruction doesn't race
>
> Various fixes, as well as lots of code comment documentation, for a
> small variety of the less obvious aspects of object lifecycles,
> focused on correctness.
>
> * allowedips: free root inside of RCU callback
> * allowedips: use different macro names so as to avoid confusion
>
> These incorporate two suggestions from LKML.
>
> This snapshot contains commits from: Jason A. Donenfeld and Jann Horn.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The Linux headers on arm64 architectures contain references to common
arch/arm/ headers which were not bundled by the SDK so far.
Check if we're packing the SDK for an arm64 target and if we do, also
include arch/arm headers as well.
Fixes FS#1725.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch makes sch_cake's gso/gro splitting configurable
from userspace.
To disable breaking apart superpackets in sch_cake:
tc qdisc replace dev whatever root cake no-split-gso
to enable:
tc qdisc replace dev whatever root cake split-gso
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
[pulled from netdev list - no API/ABI change]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Follow upstream kernel patch that restores always splitting gso packets
by default whilst making the option configurable from (tc) userspace.
No ABI/API change
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Fixes the annoying 'feature' were TTL was set to "1" by default ..
Users had to specify -T manually to test outside the own network.
2.0.12 change set (as of June 25th 2018)
o Change the unicast TTL default value from 1 to the system default (to be compatable with previous versions.) Multicast still defaults to 1.
o adpative formatting bug fix: crash occurs when values exceed 1 Tera. Add support for Tera and Peta and eliminate the potential crash condition
o configure default compile to include isochronous support (use configure --disable-isochronous to remove support)
o replace 2.0.11's --vary-load option with a more general -b option to include <mean>,<stdev>, e.g. -b 100m,40m, which will pull from a log normal distribution every 0.1 seconds
o fixes for windows cross compile (using mingw32)
o compile flags of -fPIE for android
o configure --enable-checkprograms to compile ancillary binaries used to test things such as delay, isoch, pdf generation
o compile tests when trying to use 64b seq numbers on a 32b platform
o Fix GCC ver 8 warnings
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
It seems to have been missed when the patch was accepted.
Fixes: d591260407 ("brcm63xx: initial support for Sky SR102 router")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The integrated SoC wifi will likely never be supported, and if,
it will go through DT with the sprom contents there.
Fixes: d591260407 ("brcm63xx: initial support for Sky SR102 router")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Adds Support for the TP-LINK CPE510 V2.0 by TP-Link.
The hardware is almost the same as the CPE510 V1.0
Follow the same processes as for the CPE510 V1.0
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
GDB 8.1.1 brings the following fixes and enhancements over GDB 8.1:
* PR gdb/22824 (misleading description of new rbreak Python function in GDB 8.1 NEWS file)
* PR gdb/22849 (ctrl-c doesn't work in extended-remote)
* PR gdb/22907 ([Regression] gdbserver doesn't work with filename-only binaries)
* PR gdb/23028 (inconsistent disassemble of vcvtpd2dq)
* PR gdb/23053 (Fix -D_GLIBCXX_DEBUG gdb-add-index regression)
* PR gdb/23127 ([AArch64] GDB cannot be used for debugging software that uses high Virtual Addresses)
* PR server/23158 (gdbserver no longer functional on Windows)
* PR breakpoints/23210 ([8.1/8.2 Regression] Bogus Breakpoint address adjusted from 0xf7fe7dd3 to 0xfffffffff7fe7dd3)
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
GDB 8.1.1 brings the following fixes and enhancements over GDB 8.1:
* PR gdb/22824 (misleading description of new rbreak Python function in GDB 8.1 NEWS file)
* PR gdb/22849 (ctrl-c doesn't work in extended-remote)
* PR gdb/22907 ([Regression] gdbserver doesn't work with filename-only binaries)
* PR gdb/23028 (inconsistent disassemble of vcvtpd2dq)
* PR gdb/23053 (Fix -D_GLIBCXX_DEBUG gdb-add-index regression)
* PR gdb/23127 ([AArch64] GDB cannot be used for debugging software that uses high Virtual Addresses)
* PR server/23158 (gdbserver no longer functional on Windows)
* PR breakpoints/23210 ([8.1/8.2 Regression] Bogus Breakpoint address adjusted from 0xf7fe7dd3 to 0xfffffffff7fe7dd3)
GDB 8.1 includes the following changes and enhancements:
* Breakpoints on C++ functions are now set on all scopes by default
("wild" matching);
* Support for inserting breakpoints on functions marked with C++ ABI tags;
* Target floating-point arithmetic emulation during expression evaluation
(requires MPFR 3.1 or later);
* Various Python Scripting enhancements;
* Improved Rust support; in particular, Trait objects can now be inspected
when debugging Rust code;
* GDB no longer makes assumptions about the type of symbols without
debugging information to avoid producing erroneous and often confusing
results;
* The 'enable' and 'disable' commands now accept a range of breakpoint
locations;
* New 'starti' command to start the program at the first instruction;
* New 'rbreak' command to insert a number of breakpoints via a regular
expression pattern (requires Python);
* The 'ptype' command now supports printing the offset and size of
the fields in a struct;
* The 'gcore' command now supports dumping all the memory mappings
('-a' command-line option);
* New shortcuts for TUI Single-Key mode: 'i' for stepi, and 'o' for nexti;
* GDBserver enhancements:
** Support for transmitting environment variables to GDBserver;
** Support for starting inferior processes with a specified initial
working directory;
** On Unix systems, support for globbing expansion and variable
substitution of inferior command-line arguments;
* Various completion enhancements;
* The command used to compile and inject code with the 'compile' command
is now configurable;
* New '--readnever' command-line option to speed the GDB startup when
debugging information is not needed;
* Support for the following new native configurations:
** FreeBSD/aarch64 (aarch64*-*-freebsd*);
** FreeBSD/arm (arm*-*-freebsd*);
* Support for the following new targets:
** FreeBSD/aarch64 (aarch64*-*-freebsd*);
** FreeBSD/arm (arm*-*-freebsd*);
** OpenRISC ELF (or1k*-*-elf)
* Removed support for the following targets and native configurations:
** Solaris2/x86 (i?86-*-solaris2.[0-9]);
** Solaris2/sparc (sparc*-*-solaris2.[0-9]);
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
1) Add comments so it's clear why we did things; this may prevent
someone (e.g. me) from sinking time into fixing things that
aren't broken and/or were done for reason.
2) Drop mdio 0 probe/register; we don't use ag1xx mdio bus 0.
3) Cosmetic reording of some code (tested) that makes the defintion
more clear.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
The CR3000 stock firmware is now irrelevant as it required a now defunct
cloud service. Therefore only build images that use the entire flash
(overwriting stock firwmare-specific partitions that no longer matter),
previously called 'nocloud' images.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
The PowerCloud Systems CR3000 was a cloud-managed CPE for a now defunct
NaaS offering. It was previously supported under the ar71xx branch and
this forward ports that support with some notable differences:
1) Since reverting to stock firmware is now irrelevant there is is only
a single openwrt image generated which uses the entire flash rather than
preserving PowerCloud-specific partitions that are unneeded to openwrt--
those partitions will be erased and used by the openwrt image.
2) Rather than use a non-standard probe order for the ethernet devices,
this image uses a set of 'ip link set ethX name ethY' commands very early
in preinit (before the network is used at all), in order to have the the
switch and Wan use the same ethernet names as in previous images.
3) /etc/config/wireless will need to be regenerated as the path to the
wireless device has changed due to differences in ath79 DT for ar93x
compared to ar71xx images.
4) eth0 is wan and eth1 is lan (switch)
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
Refreshed all patches
Remove upstreamed patches.
- 103-MIPS-ath79-fix-register-address-in-ath79_ddr_wb_flus.patch
- 403-mtd_fix_cfi_cmdset_0002_status_check.patch
- 001-4.11-01-mtd-m25p80-consider-max-message-size-in-m25p80_read.patch
- 001-4.15-08-bcm63xx_enet-correct-clock-usage.patch
- 001-4.15-09-bcm63xx_enet-do-not-write-to-random-DMA-channel-on-B.patch
- 900-gen_stats-fix-netlink-stats-padding.patch
Introduce a new backported patch to address ext4 breakage, introduced in 4.9.112
- backport-4.9/500-ext4-fix-check-to-prevent-initializing-reserved-inod.patch
This patch has been slightly altered to compensate for a new helper function
introduced in later kernels.
Also add ARM64_SSBD symbol to ARM64 targets still running kernel 4.9
Compile-tested on: ar71xx, bcm2710
Runtime-tested on: ar71xx
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Bundle the usbip utility sources shipped with the Linux kernel tree in
order to allow the usbip packages from the package feed to build within
the OpenWrt SDK.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
a514139 build: compile with -ffunction-sections, -fdata-sections and LTO
3c30b17 wl: only invoke nvram executable if it exists
65b8333 Revert "build: compile with -ffunction-sections, -fdata-sections and LTO"
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In 4.14.57, a new symbol for Spectre v4 mitigation was introduced for
ARM64. Add this symbol to all ARM64 targets using kernel 4.14.
This mitigates CVE-2018-3639 on ARM64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
AT803X_REG_CHIP_CONFIG and AT803X_BT_BX_REG_SEL have been defined
upstream by commit f62265b53ef3 ("at803x: double check SGMII side autoneg")
An existing local patch then added those exact same defines again which
isn't necessary, so remove them.
Fixes: f791fb4af4 ("kernel: add linux 4.9 support")
Fixes: b3f95490b9 ("kernel: generic: Add kernel 4.14 support")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The patch was wrongly removed by a kernel version bump to 4.9.105 in
the believe that it was merged upstream thow it wasn't. This lead to
unrecoverable link losses on devices which use those PHYs such as
many ubnt single-port CPEs.
Fixes: 7dca1bae82 (kernel: bump to 4.9.105)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The previous round of fixes for the 82574 chip cause an issue with
emulated e1000e devices in VMware ESXi 6.5. It also contains changes
that are not strictly necessary. These patches fix the issues introduced
in the previous series, revert the unnecessary changes to avoid
unforeseen fallout, and avoid a case where interrupts can be missed.
The final two patches of this series are already in the kernel, so no
need to include them here.
Patchwork: https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/cover/881776/
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This changes the DT binding's compatible property to
"ecoscentric,redboot-fis-partitions", removing the existing reference to
Red Hat.
Per the documentation hosted at eCosCentric's website, eCosCentric is
RedBoot's sole commercial maintainer since 2002, and the project has
been under the stewardship of the Free Software Foundation since 2008.
This also updates the property in the Inventel Livebox 1 .dts, the
binding's only current user.
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
75ee790 interface-ip: fix eui64 ifaceid generation (FS#1668)
ca97097 netifd: make sure the vlan ifname fits into the buffer
b8c1bca iprule: remove bogus assert calls
a2f952d iprule: fix broken in_dev/out_dev checks
263631a vlan: use alloca to get rid of IFNAMSIZE in vlan_dev_set_name()
291ccbb ubus: display correct prefix size for IPv6 prefix address
908a9f4 CMakeLists.txt: add -Wimplicit-fallthrough to the compiler flags
b06b011 proto-shell.c: add a explicit "fall through" comment to make the compiler happy
60293a7 replace fall throughs in switch/cases where possible with simple code changes
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the a compile issue that was triggered by
apm821xx/sata when kmod-regmap was selected.
The CONFIG_REGMAP is declared in drivers/base/regmap/Kconfig
as type "bool" and not "tristate". Hence the symbol should
never be set to module, as this confuses the #if CONFIG_REGMAP
guards in include/linux/regmap.h:
|.../drivers/regulator/core.c:4041: undefined reference to `dev_get_regmap'
|.../drivers/regulator/core.c:4042: undefined reference to `dev_get_regmap'
|.../drivers/regulator/core.c:4044: undefined reference to `dev_get_regmap'
|.../drivers/regulator/helpers.o: In function `regulator_is_enabled_regmap':
|.../drivers/regulator/helpers.c:36: undefined reference to `regmap_read'
|...
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
When libcap-ng is detected during build, support for it is enabled. This
will cause a build failure due to a missing dependency. Explicitly
disable libcap-ng support to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The OpenMesh A62 is a tri-band device (1x 2.4GHz, 2x 5GHz) with special
filters in front of the RX+TX paths to the 5GHz PHYs. These filtered
channel can in theory still be used by the hardware but the signal strength
is reduced so much that it makes no sense.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Tri-band devices (1x 2.4GHz + 2x 5GHz) often incorporate special filters in
the RX and TX path. These filtered channel can in theory still be used by
the hardware but the signal strength is reduced so much that it makes no
sense.
There is already a DT property to limit the available channels but ath10k
has to manually call this functionality to limit the currrently set wiphy
channels further.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
In the new DT-based pci-ar71xx driver, ar71xx_pci_irq_init() was being
called before populating the PCI controller's device_node struct member.
This led to no IRQ being assigned to connected PCI devices (e.g. ath9k
cards) and caused them to be non-functional aside from simply being
detected.
The previous errors encountered in dmesg were: "irq: no irq domain found
for /ahb/apb/pcie-controller@180c0000 !". /proc/interrupts listed an IRQ
of 0 for the cards.
While this has been only been tested on a yet-to-be-merged RouterStation
Pro target, it should also fix the broken wifi people have reported for
the ath79 WNDR3800 target.
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
This adds support for the htu21 humidity and temperature sensor.
To get it to work you have to do something like this:
echo "htu21 0x40" >/sys/class/i2c-dev/i2c-1/device/new_device
for example by adding it to rc.local
Compile tested on brcm2708 and I have used an earlier version of this
patch for more than a year.
Signed-off-by: Torbjörn Jansson <torbjorn.jansson@mbox200.swipnet.se>
I no longer have the time, nor the desire to maintain this package.
Remove myself as maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
this feature has never worked, the fw image name was not passed and the -t
parameter was missing in the tool invocation. drop the feature.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Add missing definitions for the orange WAN LED on the
TL-WR1043N(D) v4 and v5.
Change the name of a MAC address offset constant to
make it consistent with the format of the
existing constants.
Signed-off-by: Tim Thorpe <tim@tfthorpe.net>
ELECOM WRC-2533GST is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac rotuer, based on
MediaTek MT7621A.
Specification:
- MT7621A (2-Core, 4-Threads)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR3)
- 16 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 4T4R 2.4/5 GHz wifi
- MediaTek MT7615
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 4x LEDs, 6 keys (2x buttons, 1x slide switch)
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- baudrate: 57600 bps
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port of WRC-2533GST
2. Connect power cable to WRC-2533GST and turn on it
3. Access to "https://192.168.2.1/" and open firmware update
page ("ファームウェア更新")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click apply ("適用")
button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Tested with 18.06.0-rc2/ar71xx/generic/tl-wdr4300-v1, image & list
This PR is based on the work of @fewckert[1] with slight improvements.
Add function `manifest` to show the manifest of the produced image,
before actually building it. The manifest contains an orderd list of
package name and version.
This is usefull to check package dependencies but also determine a
unique and reproducible image name before building the package. The
sysupgrade server[2] builds images on request with individual package
selection. To distignish between created images which contain differnt
packages, the EXTRA_IMAGE_NAME is set to a shortend hash of the
manifest's content. So far the image was renamed afterwards as the
manifests content was unknown, however this corrupts the signed
sha256sums. This patch allows a clean solution as to dtermine the
manifest in advance and set the EXTRA_IMAGE_NAME accordingly.
[1]: https://github.com/lede-project/source/pull/1591
[2]: https://github.com/aparcar/attendedsysupgrade-server
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
This reduces build time significantly.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Commit 2dcd955aea ("mac80211: backport and update patches for ath10k")
changed the DFS detector API, causing ath10k-ct to fail building due to
a missing add_pulse() argument.
Extend the already existing kernel compatibility patch to also adjust
the add_pulse() call accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
TP-Link Archer C59v2 is a dual-band AC1350 router based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561+QCA9886 chips.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- USB 2.0 port
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
- via web UI:
1. Download openwrt-ar71xx-generic-archer-c59-v2-squashfs-factory.bin
2. Login to router and open the Advanced tab
3. Navigate to System Tools -> Firmware Upgrade
4. Upload firmware using the Manual Upgrade form
- via TFTP:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download openwrt-ar71xx-generic-archer-c59-v2-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Keith Maika <keithm@aoeex.com>
This fixes:
drivers/mtd/redboot.c:299:34: error: array type has incomplete element type 'struct of_device_id'
Fixes: 5e8b4be531 ("kernel: add DT binding support to the mtd redboot parser")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
linux,part-probe should be avoided as its only supported with OpenWrt
downstream patch that is going to be dropped eventually.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
On brcm47xx boards, the model ID is the combination of the "boardtype" nvram
variable and an optional supplemental "boardnum" variable while the human
readable model name is usually exposed in the "machine" field of the
/proc/cpuinfo file.
Move the extraction of the board nvram variables and model name string into
the 01_sysinfo file and rework the 01_detect board configuration script to
solely use the prepared sysinfo values without performing own detection
logic.
As a consequence, we can drop the ucidef_set_board_id() and
ucidef_set_model_name() invocations in favor to the generic behaviour
which copies the /tmp/sysinfo/{board_name,model} values into the board.json
"id" and "name" fields respectively.
Since "01_detect" only contains network configuration logic after this
change, move it to "01_network" and rename the contained "detect_by_xxx"
functions to "configure_by_xxx" instead, to avoid potential confusion.
Fixes FS#1576
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
fixes FS#1034, squash fs images fails to boot because of missing ARM BCJ filter decoder
also activate squashf image creation
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
The call "get_features" allows to gather hostapd config options
via ubus. As first infos we add the ht and vht support.
Although nl80211 supports to gather informations about
ht and vht capabilities, the hostapd configuration can disable
vht and ht. However, it is possible that the iw output is not
representing the actual hostapd configuration.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
The Traverse LS1043-S board is a router board based on
NXP/Freescale's LS1043 SoC, with 4x1GBase-T, 1 SFP and 1 SFP+,
as well as miniPCIe and M.2 LTE.
Unlike the Layerscape reference boards, the LS1043-S board has
NAND flash and uses the mainline U-Boot.
This patch implements support for the LS1043-S board, as well as
the earlier LS1043-V board. It is our intention that all boards
in this family (LS1043-S and later, Five64) will boot the same binary.
Not included in this patchset are the hwmon drivers not in the kernel
(emc1704,pac1934) or the bootloader.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
This is required for the Traverse LS1043 family, we generate a FIT image
that works on all boards across the family. This is done by creating
multiple configurations that select the right DTB for the board.
The bootloader on these boards is configured to boot like this:
bootm $kernel_load#ls1043s
bootm $kernel_load#ls1043v
This is based on earlier work by Jason Wu for Zynq:
https://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2016-March/040460.html
Modified to add FDT load addresses and multiple configurations with DTB.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
This is required on the Traverse LS1043 boards to support SFP
and xDSL plug-ins.
This will not be needed on kernel 4.14.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Upstream renamed openssl-1.0.cnf to openssl-easyrsa.cnf.
However, pkg kept using openssl-1.0.cnf.
Upstream easyrsa searchs for vars, openssl-*, x509-types in the
same directory as easyrsa script. This was patched to revert
back to static /etc/easy-rsa/ directory (as does OpenSUSE).
EASYRSA_PKI still depends on $PWD.
Move easyrsa from /usr/sbin to /usr/bin as root is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Some of the modules in the crypto-misc package have alternate
implementations optimized for different x86 instruction set extensions,
but only one of these was built for this package until now: twofish-i586.ko
Tested with insmod, on both x86 and x86_64. The modules now have an
autoload, which they previous didn't, loading the dependencies in the
correct order.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
In boards with fdt is impossible to use kmod-w1-gpio-custom.
w1-gpio-custom create platform structure for w1-gpio module,
but if board use fdt, data is ignored in w1-gpio probe.
This workaround fix the problem.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
The device name is corrected to match the hardware-stored (in hard config
flash space) device name.
Tested-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The device name is corrected to match the hardware-stored (in hard config
flash space) device name.
Tested-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Tested on HC5661A and it now fixes the issue that when enabling sd card
in HC5661A, the wan and 3 lan ports will down.
Known issue:
- When enabling SD card support, the led light of system will down and the rest 2 lights keep working.
Signed-off-by: LoveSy <shana@zju.edu.cn>
There is another thing about crc to do when initialize SD card on
MT7628.
This commit is to fix this init issue.
Signed-off-by: LoveSy <shana@zju.edu.cn>
Compiler is producing the warning:
warning: format not a string literal and no format arguments
[-Wformat-security]
This patch makes the format a literal string in printf statements.
This with: gcc version 7.3.0 (Ubuntu 7.3.0-16ubuntu3) in Ubuntu 18.04
Signed-off-by: Paul Schulz <paul@mawsonlakes.org>
It is insecure to let this type of packets inside
They can e.g. open ports on some other routers with UPnP, etc
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
Qxwlan E750G v8 is based on Qualcomm QCA9344.
Specification:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4G GHz (AR9344)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (PoE support)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED (6 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (J23) and LEDs (J2) headers on PCB
Flash instruction (using U-Boot CLI and tftp server):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "sysupgrade" filename to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp
server directory.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, power up the board and press
"enter" key to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following command to update the device to OpenWrt: "run lfw".
Flash instruction (using U-Boot web-based recovery):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-254)/24.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
the board and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until LEDs
start flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1, select "sysupgrade" image
and click the upgrade button.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
Qxwlan E750A v4 is based on Qualcomm QCA9344.
Specification:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 5G GHz (AR9344)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
- 7x LED (6 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (J23) and LEDs (J2) headers on PCB
Flash instruction (using U-Boot CLI and tftp server):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "sysupgrade" filename to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp
server directory.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, power up the board and press
"enter" key to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following command to update the device to OpenWrt: "run lfw".
Flash instruction (using U-Boot web-based recovery):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-254)/24.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
the board and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until LEDs
start flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1, select "sysupgrade" image
and click the upgrade button.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
Qxwlan E558 v2 is based on Qualcomm QCA9558 + AR8327.
Specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558)
- 3x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 4x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
- 1x microSIM slot
- 5x LED (4 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x 3-pos switch
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (JP5) and LEDs (J8) headers on PCB
Flash instruction (using U-Boot CLI and tftp server):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "sysupgrade" filename to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp
server directory.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, power up the board and press
"enter" key to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following command to update the device to OpenWrt: "run lfw".
Flash instruction (using U-Boot web-based recovery):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-254)/24.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
the board and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until LEDs
start flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1, select "sysupgrade" image
and click the upgrade button.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
The driver is written in such a way that with a board defintion that
connects a fixed phy, mdio, and switch in a certain way, a kernel oops could
result because of lack of previously probed mdio bus.
This commit allows for easier debugging in this case by casting the
correct blame with serial console messages.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
It's a little noisier but makes it obvious when the ar7240 switch was
connected to the MDIO bus, and to which phy device (or the failure
to do so).
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
NB: Error only appears with ag71xx debug messages and dynamic printk
enabled. This is probably why no one has caught it before.
Previously phy probe debug messages used old (now wrong) functions
to get the phy name for printing. There was also the chance of
a NULL pointer in the event no phy_device was found.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
With AVM Fritz!Box 4040 and OpenWrt 18.06 RC1 there are many kernel warnings
kern.warn kernel: [87771.917049] ath10k_ahb a000000.wifi: Invalid VHT mcs 15 peer stats
and there are disconnections when the connected clients are many, at the moment I tried with 16 clients on 2.4 GHz and 8 on 5 GHZ.
Firmware 10.4-3.5.3-00057 fixes these warnings and the problem of disconnections of some clients.
Signed-off-by: Massimo Tum <masnia@tiscali.it>
mdio bus isn't a standalone device on ar7240. (and maybe older SoCs?)
Use simple-mfd for ar7241 and later SoCs to get mdio1 ready before gmac0
For ar7240 and older chips, manually create platform device after
ag71xx_hw_init() in ag71xx_probe()to get mdio0 ready between
ag71xx_hw_init() and ag71xx_phy_connect().
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Allow specifying desired mdio clock frequency in dts.
Use default frequency around 5MHz for builtin switch and 2MHz for other mdio bus.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Remove mdio1 and phy1 handle. AR8327N is controlled through mdio0.
Add gmac-config for Archer C7.
Remove ucidef_set_interfaces_lan_wan. They can be determined by config_generate automatically.
The following are for adding support for WDR4900 v2/Archer C7 v1 and other
devices that shared the same machine file in ar71xx:
Move mtd partitions to archer-c7-v2.dts. Only Archer C7 v2 has 16M flash.
Flash on Archer C7 v1/TL-WDR4900 v2 is 8M.
Add label for wlan leds. The default trigger for archer c7/wdr4900 is different.
Move wlan5g led to archer-c7-v2.dts. 5G led on WDR4900 is connected to ar9380.
Move rfkill definition to archer-c7-v2.dts. There is no such a button on wdr4900 v2.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
enable mdio1 by default because mdio1 node is a subnode of eth1
and eth1 node is a "simple-mfd", which makes mdio1 disabled when
eth1 isn't enabled.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Most qca devices use 115200n8 as it's default uart baudrate.
Add 'chosen' node for qca953x like other SoCs in ath79 target.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Commit c7efc93 renamed controller name
to qca,ar9340-intc and added some functions but qca9533.dtsi was overlooked.
Correct the dtsi and adust it to the new format
Add gmac and correct reset for cascaded irq and build-in switch
Also add the reference clock to soc dtsi so we don't have to have it in every dts
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Remove switch reset definition
Fix gmac compatible string (We only need SW_PHY_SWAP and SW_PHY_ADDR_SWAP on qca953x so use ar9330-gmac instead of ar9340-gmac.)
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
gmac0 is always connected to switch phy4 and mdio1 is always needed.
So add phy handle for eth0 and enable mdio1 by default.
Move fixed-link for gmac1 from device dts to ar9331.dtsi because gmac1 is always connected to builtin switch.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Enable mdio1 by default because mdio1 is needed when eth1 is enabled.
PS: If a ar9341 device has only one port and you only want to use gmac0,
change compatible of gmac1 to "syscon", "simple-mfd" in dts.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This patch did several things:
1. Probe the builtin switch as a separated mdio device.
2. Register a separated mdio bus for builtin switch.
3. Use generic mdio read/write function instead of calling ag71xx_mdio_mii_read/write directly.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
We need to have mdio1 belonging to gmac1 initialized before gmac0.
Split it into a separated mdio device to get both mdios ready before probing gmac.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The builtin switch has it's initial valid mac address(00:00:01:00:00:00).
Since the builtin switch is an independent device, setting mac address of gmac1 to builtin switch isn't a good idea and this makes it impossilbe to split builtin switch apart as an independent platform device.
Remove these functions and apply default VLAN during initialization as a preparation for further driver splitting.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Only build images for straight OpenWrt (using all flash; wipes out
partitions that contain information only important for accessing a
now defunct cloud service with the stock firmware) since the stock
firmware is now irrelevant.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
The wrong MAC addresses (from the point of view of the physical device
label) were being assigned to the wrong interfaces. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
While the stock firmware and previous ar71xx versions of openwrt used the
single ethernet port as a DHCP client, for unmodified openwrt usage it
makes more sense to do the standard openwrt thing and make the ethernet
port a static lan with known address so that users can find the device on
the network more easily.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
The Skydog cloud service no longer exists hence supporting going back
to stock firmware with cloud support is no longer applicable.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
The reset button was incorrectly returning KEY_WPS_BUTTON as the key
code. We want KEY_RESTART., so make that fix.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
The PCIe wireless MAC address address is better labelled as WMAC
than MAC to emphasize that it is for a wireless interface.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
The CAP324 was an AP for a NaaS offering that is now defunct. While
previously supported in the ar71xx arch, there were some errata (to
be fixed shortly).
Notable differences from ar71xx support:
1) The method of getting the ath9k firmware for the PCIe 2ghz wifi has
changed (due to changes in how the arch handles this), since this device
doesn't use the EEPROM except to get the MAC address of the wifi.
2) /etc/config/wireless will need to be regenerated as the path(s) to
the wireless device(s) have changed.
3) ath79 OpenWrt firmware no longer supports build an image that allows
reverting to stock firmware (as the cloud service no longer exists, the
stock firmware is useless), instead using all of the flash for image and
overlay (less u-boot/env and art).
4) Initial network config treats the ethernet port as a Lan port with
the standard default address (192.168.1.1 unless changed in .config
--e.g. via menuconfig) instead of using DHCP (this was the default for
the stock firmware, however for openwrt use this is rather confusion and
counter-productive as the user has a harder time finding the device on
the network.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
Add ath79 arch support for PowerCloud Systems CR5000. Previously
supported under ar71xx (however there are some errors in that support;
to be fixed shortly).
Info:
* This board is based on the Atheros DB120 reference design, but doesn't
use the on-board switch. Instead it attachs GMAC0 to an AR8327 switch.
* It only uses GMAC0 and the WAN is simply a VLAN in the stock firmware.
* It has 64MB RAM and 8MB flash.
* In the dts version we get rid of using 'open-drain' for the AR8327
LED controls.
* As with the platform data version we disable JTAG as this conflicts
with one of the pair of GPIO's required for the power/status LED
(GPIO2 and GPIO4 are used for this LED).
* The pcie card wifi has an EEPROM but gets it's MAC address from
the ART partition.
* The SoC wifi (2.4 GHz) is all from the ART.
* The USB is support comes from the SoC.
NB. This is actually an AR9342 rather than AR9344 but we use the 9344
definitions because there are no relevant differences for this board.
NB: Building only images that don't support reverting to the old
cloud-based firmware as the Skydog cloud service for the CR5000 no
longer exists.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
81d446b045 introduced incomplete
support for this device.
This patch attempts to correct the situation based on OEM source
code.
LED1-3 are GSM mode on OFW (2G/3G/4G) hence unassigned here.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Tested-by: David Ehrmann <ehrmann@gmail.com>
The active_low flag was missing for the user LED. This LED is open drain
(confirmed in OEM source) and open drain only makes sense for active low
GPIOs.
The two wireless LEDs mentioned in the comments are also #defined for
future reference.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Tested-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
e15c63a375 introduced code that was trying
to register GPIO 1 as both an LED and a button. The OEM source makes it
clear that LED1 is not wired to the SoC GPIOs. GPIO 1 is the reset button.
Furthermore the (green) power led default state should also be defined,
(matching OEM source), and it should be used by diag.sh since it's
currently the only software-controllable LED.
This patch fixes these issues and renames the corresponding #defines for
clarity
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The gpios that control power toggle for USB on the RouterBOARD devices
are active low _off_ switches.
When they are active (low), power is off. When they are inactive
(high), power is on.
Rename GPIO defines, set gpios to GPIOF_ACTIVE_LOW for consistency and
reflect their true action in the display name. This brings openwrt code
in line with OEM.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Tested-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
convert the usb and both sata port power related gpio-hogs to
what they really are: fixed-regulators.
The ethernet phy-reset gpio-hog is replaced by a proper
upstream (4.15+) reset-gpios property in the mdio-node.
So this will work eventually.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
@vahid-dan reported a issue with extracting the rpi images with
Gnome's Archive Manager:
"Ubuntu Archive Manager cannot extract the file and it just
throws a general error message: "An error occurred while
extracting files".
<https://forum.lede-project.org/t/corrupted-pre-built-v18-06-0-rc2-image-for-rpi>
The MBL's rootfs.img.gz image is generated in much the same way.
Hence this patch preemptively splits the rootfs.img.gz image into
a sysupgrade and a factory image.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for squashfs as the root filesystem.
advantages:
- migrate from a existing -ext4 installation and back
with the sysupgrade utility
- existing partition layout will not be lost during switch
- slightly smaller image size as compared to the -ext4 image.
disadvantages:
- needs f2fs + tools. This is because fstools rootdisk.c decides based
on the partition size (currently root partitions > 100 MiB) f2fs is
used as the rootfs_data filesystem.
- rootfs_data is placed into the rootfs partition after the squashfs.
This makes it difficult for tools that expect a /dev/sda${X} device.
It also makes it difficult for data recovery tools as they might not
expect to find a embedded partition or will be slightly confused.
... or will not support f2fs.
For people with existing build configurations: make sure to include mkf2fs
and f2fsck packages into the image. Otherwise the new -squashfs image will
only boot from the ram-overlay.
Note:
All overlay data (configurations/all installed packages/...) will be
placed in inside the rootfs partition (i.e. /dev/sda2) just after the
squashfs image.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
@vahid-dan reported a issue with extracting the rpi images with
Gnome's Archive Manager:
"Ubuntu Archive Manager cannot extract the file and it just
throws a general error message: "An error occurred while
extracting files".
<https://forum.lede-project.org/t/corrupted-pre-built-v18-06-0-rc2-image-for-rpi>
@blogic told me to split the single sdcard.img.gz for the RPi
into a sysupgrade and a factory image for all brcm2708 targets.
The factory images will have no metadata attached, this way
these utilities that can't deal with the attached metadata will
not fail for no reason.
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
It was present as 4.4 compatibility, but since we now use 4.9 or later
with the new upstream solution, we don't need it anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
That upstream commit caused instability in flash reads. It was reported
but there isn't any proper fix as for now.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This includes Linksys EA9500 support, BCM53573 timer fix and
upstream-ready partitions patch that replaces two downstream hacks.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
USB 3.0 PHY is attached to the MDIO bus and should be supported
(accessed) as a MDIO device. This wasn't known initially which resulted
in writing driver that was working with MDIO bus (using some magic
values) without knowing it.
This commit updates DT to properly describe MDIO & USB 3.0 PHY and
enables required kernel drivers.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
[0-3](none, minimal[default], more, maximum)
It is not 100% backward compatible, because now 0 disables logging
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
Refresh patches
Upstream commits since last bump:
3b6eb19 Log DNSSEC trust anchors at startup.
f3e5787 Trivial comment change.
c851c69 Log failure to confirm an address in DHCPv6.
a3bd7e7 Fix missing fatal errors when parsing some command-line/config options.
ab5ceaf Document the --help option in the french manual
1f2f69d Fix recurrent minor spelling mistake in french manual
f361b39 Fix some mistakes in french translation of the manual
eb1fe15 When replacing cache entries, preserve CNAMES which target them.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This is a new & warm feature that allows nesting partiitons in DT and
mixing their types (e.g. static vs. dynamic). It's very useful for
boards that have most partitions static but some of them require extra
parsing (e.g. a "firmware" partition).
It's required to successfully backport support for new devices using
that new syntax in their DT files.
Since brcm63xx has a custom alternative patch the upstream one is being
reverted for it. The plan is to make brcm63xx use the upstream
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The sierra_net driver is using proto_directip_setup for setup. So use
proto_directip_teardown for teardown.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
001-Fix-compiler_state_t.ai-usage-when-INET6-is-not-defi.patch dropped due to upstream
002-Add-missing-compiler_state_t-parameter.patch dropped due to upstream
202-protocol_api.patch dropped due to implemented upstream by another way
upstream commit: 55c690f6f8
and renamed via: 697b1f7e9b
ead is the only user who use the protocol api, we have to use the new api since libpcap 1.9.0
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
Monitor mode isn't supported yet with brcmfmac, it's just an early work.
This also prepares brcmfmac to work stable with new firmwares which use
updated struct for passing STA info.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The most important is probably regression fix in handling platform
NVRAM. That bug stopped hardware from being properly calibrated breaking
e.g. 5 GHz for Netgear R8000.
Other than that it triggers memory dumps when experiencing firmware
problems which is important for debugging purposes.
Fixes: 7e8eb7f309 ("mac80211: backport brcmfmac firmware & clm_blob loading rework")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The OCEDO Raccoon only has one ethernet port, but currently uci sections
for WAN and LAN are created.
Additionally, newer versions of the devices U-Boot (units with SteelWRT)
set the kernel-cmdline and therefore overwrite the partition-layout.
We fix this by overwriting the cmdline supplied by the bootloader.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The get_status_led() function was removed due to the convertion to dts
alias based status led.
Since we don't need the boardname any longer, the functions.sh include
isn't required any more.
Fixes: c9c4b2116c ("ramips: Use dts alias based status led")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With a10a204aab ("kernel: make ubi auto-attach check for a tar file
magic") the check for the magic was added without considering a failing
mtd_read(). If the read fails, no check is done and the mount code is
called straight away.
Failing with an error message for such cases seems to me the cleaner way,
as it would allow to spot hidden/workaround issues.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The first block(s) of the ubi mtd device might be bad. We need to take
care on our own to skip the bad block(s) and read the next one(s).
Don't treat recoverable read errors as fatal and check for the UBI magic
if the data of a block could be recovered using ECC or similar.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Move the put_mtd_device() called on multiple error conditions to a goto
label to use it later for more error conditions.
The early return on failed open of the mtd device and mismatching mtd
type allows to get rid of one level of indentation. By jumping to the
cleanup code, a refcount bug is fixed for the wrong flash type condition.
While at it, make clear that we only check for the UBI magic if the read
from flash was successful.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Disabled libpsl to fix build issue reported by buildbots
Package libcurl is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libpsl.so.5
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
This watchdog script tries to re-resolve hostnames for inactive WireGuard peers.
Use it for peers with a frequently changing dynamic IP.
persistent_keepalive must be set, recommended value is 25 seconds.
Run this script from cron every minute:
echo '* * * * * /usr/bin/wireguard_watchdog' >> /etc/crontabs/root
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr V. Piskunov <aleksandr.v.piskunov@gmail.com>
[bump the package release]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This commit refreshes and updates the VHT160 ath10k support fix patches
and adds a number of backports from ath-next:
* 8ed05ed06fca ath10k: handle tdls peer events
* 229329ff345f ath10k: wmi: modify svc bitmap parsing for wcn3990
* 14d65775687c ath10k: advertise TDLS wider bandwidth support for 5GHz
* bc64d05220f3 ath10k: debugfs support to get final TPC stats for 10.4 variants
* 8b2d93dd2261 ath10k: Fix kernel panic while using worker (ath10k_sta_rc_update_wk)
* 4b190675ad06 ath10k: fix kernel panic while reading tpc_stats
* be8cce96f14d ath10k: add support to configure channel dwell time
* f40105e67478 ath: add support to get the detected radar specifications
* 6f6eb1bcbeff ath10k: DFS Host Confirmation
* 260e629bbf44 ath10k: fix memory leak of tpc_stats
* 38441fb6fcbb ath10k: support use of channel 173
* 2e9bcd0d7324 ath10k: fix spectral scan for QCA9984 and QCA9888 chipsets
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[move backported patches in the 3xx number space, bring in upstream order,
replace incomplete patch files with git format-patch ones, rewrite commit
message, fix subject]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
80b41cd version: bump snapshot
fe5f0f6 recieve: disable NAPI busy polling
e863f40 device: destroy workqueue before freeing queue
81a2e7e wg-quick: allow link local default gateway
95951af receive: use gro call instead of plain call
d9501f1 receive: account for zero or negative budget
e80799b tools: only error on wg show if all interfaces failk
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
[Added commit log to commit description]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Changes compared to GCC 7.x
001-revert_register_mode_search.patch dropped
The underlying issue is described at the end of
https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=58139
It is fixed by the upstream commit:
3fa2798aa8
020-PR-libstdc-81797-Add-.NOTPARALLEL-to-include-Makefil.patch dropped due to already upstream
100-PR-rtl-optimization-83496.patch dropped due to already upstream
910-mbsd_multi.patch
modified to fix ambiguous overloaded inform() call error
gcc/input.h
header: define UNKNOWN_LOCATION ((source_location) 0)
- inform (0, "someone does not honour COPTS correctly, passed %d times",
- honour_copts);
+ inform (UNKNOWN_LOCATION, "someone does not honour COPTS correctly, passed %d times",
+ honour_copts);
940-no-clobber-stamp-bits.patch dropped due to fixed upstream by another way
upstream commit: 87b2d547f8
950-cpp_file_path_translation.patch dropped, Both -fmacro-prefix-map and -ffile-prefix-map are added
to gcc 8.1.0, if I understand it correctly, we should use -fmacro-prefix-map
usage: -fmacro-prefix-map=@var{old}=@var{new}
upstream commit: 859b51f836
-iremap exists as a flag for a long time, for backward compatibility, I think we should keep the
variable name unchanged but change its value in rules.mk for gcc 8.x and higher.
Compile and run tested on x86_64
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
This partly reverts ca32373c95 which lets
profiles that suppress packages to alter the package selection for all
devices of the target when building with CONFIG_TARGET_PER_DEVICE_ROOTFS.
In particular, this caused the brcm47xx Edimax PS-1208MFG profile to
disable mtd, dropbear, firewall and other essential packages for all
brcm47xx/generic builds.
To solve this problem, prevent profiles from mangling the global
DEFAULT_PACKAGES selection and restrict the supression of negated
packages to the local PACKAGE variable list only.
Fixes ca32373c95 ("target.mk: let profile remove from DEFAULT_PACKAGES")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
iproute2's tc was updated to support the recently upstreamed cake qdisc.
Backport this canonical support from upstream into iproute2 v4.17
There is no kernel kmod/userspace tc ABI change in this release from the
previous package bump, so everyone can breath a sigh of relief.
This is largely a code style change, the exception to prove the rule:
option 'autorate_ingress' has been changed to 'autorate-ingress' to fit
in with upstream option naming expectations.
No openwrt package (e.g. sqm-scripts) has knowledge of
'autorate_ingress' thus only users who made their own scripts or used
it within the 'dangerous configuration' options of sqm-scripts will be
affected.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
By takimata:
"Come to think of it, an MBL Single board boots up just fine on an
MBL Duo image, and the MBL Single board identifies completely
identical to the MBL Duo
(Board: Apollo-3G - APM82181 Board, 2*SATA, 1*USB).
I wonder if there is any downside to just using the MBL Duo firmware
on a MBL Single. I wonder if the two firmwares could even be unified."
<https://forum.lede-project.org/t/wd-mybook-live-duo-two-disks/16195/9>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
All these devices share the exact same image format.
The usb3 kmod is added for the rbm11g, as the rbm11g has a mini-pcie
slot like its bigger sibling. The usb kmod is necessary for
usb-over-pcie support, which is mandatory for a lot of LTE modules.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The FritzBox 7312 is also known as 1&1 WLAN-MODEM. The device is almost
the same as FB7330, but only one ETH-Port and no USB.
Hardware
SoC: Lantiq Xway ARX188 PSB 50812 EL
RAM: 64MB DDR1 (Zentel A4S12D40FTP-G5)
Ethernet: Atheros 8030
Wireless: Atheros AR9227 b/g/n 2x2
DSL: Lantiq ADSL2+
DECT: Dialog SC14441
Buttons: WiFi, DECT
LEDs: Power/DSL, Fon, DECT, WLAN, Info
LEDs
Power: GPIO#44 (active low)
Internet: GPIO#47 (active low)
DECT: GPIO#38 (active low)
WLAN: GPIO#37 (active low)
Info: GPIO#35 (active low)
The Fon LED is labeled as internet in avm gpl sources.
Buttons
WLAN: GPIO#1 (active low)
DECT: GPIO#2 (active low)
Phy
GPIO#03: 25 MHz
GPIO#34: Reset (active low)
GPIO#39: Int
GPIO#42: MII MDIO
GPIO#43: MII MDC
PCIe
GPIO#21: reset (active low)
Installation:
To install OpenWrt via Eva bootloader, within the first seconds after
power on a ftp connection need to be established to the FRITZ!Box at
192.168.178.1 and the the following ftp commands need to be run:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put /path/to/openwrt-lantiq-xway-avm_fritz7312-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
ftp> quote REBOOT
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
Use of_mdiobus_register() to pass the ethernet phy node to the phy
drivers. This is needed for the at8030 phy driver which needs to know
the GPIO which is connected to the ar8030 reset pin.
This driver expects a child in gsw/etop node named "mdio-bus", which has
the ethernet phys defined:
&gsw {
phy-mode = "rmii";
phy-handle = <&phy0>;
mtd-mac-address = <&ath9k_cal 0xa91>;
mtd-mac-address-increment = <(-2)>;
mdio-bus {
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <0>;
reg = <0>;
phy0: ethernet-phy@0 {
reg = <0>;
reset-gpios = <&gpio 34 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
};
};
};
Fallback to mdiobus_register() if no mdio-bus child node exists. This
way we don't need to touch all xway dts files, for which we don't know
the actual address on the mdio bus.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
Restarting service sysctl echos multiple errors like:
sysctl: -e: No such file or directory
After the first filename, all remaining arguments are treated
as files.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
The mac address for the 2.4 wireless need to be decremented by one.
Correct MAC adress increments for this board are:
wlan0 (5GHz) : -2
wlan1 (2.4GHz) : -1
eth1 (LAN) : 0
eth0 (WAN) : 1
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr V. Piskunov <aleksandr.v.piskunov@gmail.com>
Add each variant to the matching PROVIDERS variables after evaluating
the respective hostapd*, wpad* and wpa* variant.
Each package providing the same feature will automatically conflict with
all prior packages providing the same feature.
This way we can handle the conflicts automatically without introducing
recursive dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Move common variables and/or values to the package (variant) default.
Add additional values in variant packages if necessary. Remove further
duplicates by introducing new templates.
Remove the ANY_[HOSTAPD|SUPPLICANT_PROVIDERS]_PROVIDERS. The are the
same as the variables without the any prefix. No need to maintain both
variables.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
procd needs processes to stay in foreground to remain under its gaze and
control. Failure to do so means service stop commands fail to actually
stop the process (procd doesn't think it's running 'cos the process has
exited already as part of its forking routing)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
As dnsmasq is started earlier than netifd usage of network.sh functions
at boottime will fail; therefore don't call at boottime the functions
which construct the dhcp pool/relay info.
As interface triggers are installed the dhcp pool/relay info will be
constructed when the interface gets reported as up by netifd.
At the same time also register interface triggers based on DHCP relay
config.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The pptp.so plugin needs to be built with -fPIC as well in order to be
linkable again.
Fixes 888a15ff83 ("ppp: add missing -fPIC to rp-pppoe.so CFLAGS")
Fixes e7397eef69 ("ppp: compile with LTO enabled")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Increase the termination timeout to 15s to let OpenVPN properly tear down
its connections, especially when weak links or complex down scripts are
involved.
Fixes FS#859.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Drop the parallel-unsafe custom Build/dtb macro and use the .dtb artifacts
produced by the generic image build code.
Also remove unused .dtb references in the mt7623 subtarget.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When attempting to use any of the functions in network.sh while netifd is
not started yet, the ubus interface dump query will fail with "Not found",
yielding an empty response.
Subsequently, jsonfilter is invoked with an empty string instead of a valid
JSON document, causing it to emit a second "unexpected end of data" error.
This caused the dnsmasq init script to log the following errors during
early boot on some systems:
procd: /etc/rc.d/S19dnsmasq: Command failed: Not found.
procd: /etc/rc.d/S19dnsmasq: Failed to parse json data: unexpected end of data.
Fix the issue by allowing the ubus query to fail with "Not found" but still
logging other failures, and by passing an empty JSON object to jsonfilter
if the interface status cache is empty.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
F9K1115v2 has a kernel partition size of 1408 kB.
Since kernel 4.9.x+ the kernel image for this device compiled had exceeded
the kernel partition size limit and thus failing size check.
The kernel image generated for this device
under ar71xx tiny target is 1329.67 kB < 1408 kB.
Signed-off-by: Kin Chan <kcchan1@outlook.com>
Some HP Thin clients use the broadcom nextreme chip as integrated NIC.
It is connected via PCI express and will only be found automatically if
phy-broadcom is loaded before tg3. This small change makes the thin
client usable for Freifunk with gluon out of the box.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Förster <steffen@chemnitz.freifunk.net>
We can safely assume by now that rpm5.org is dead and isn't coming back
so just add another mirror instead.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RB931-2nD (hAP mini):
https://mikrotik.com/product/RB931-2nD
Specifications:
* SoC: Qualcomm QCA9533 (650MHz)
* RAM: 32MiB
* Storage: 16MiB SPI NOR flash
* Ethernet: 3x100M
* Wireless: QCA9533 built-in, dual-chain 802.11b/g/n
Installation:
1. Setup a DHCP/BOOTP Server with the following parameters:
* DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name): pointing to a local TFTP
server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
* DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name): matching the initramfs filename
of the to be booted image. The usable intramfs files are:
- openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-vmlinux-initramfs.elf
- openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-vmlinux-initramfs-lzma.elf
- openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-rb-nor-flash-16M-initramfs-kernel.bin
2. Press the reset button on the board and keep that pressed.
3. Connect the board to your local network via its Internet port.
4. Release the button after the LEDs on the board are turned off.
Now the board should load and start the initramfs image from
the TFTP server.
5. Now connect the board via either of its LAN ports (2 or 3).
6. Upload the sysupgrade image to the board with scp:
$ scp openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-rb-nor-flash-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/fw.bin
7. Log in to the running system listening on 192.168.1.1 via ssh
as root (without password):
$ ssh root@192.168.1.1
8. Flash the uploaded firmware file from the ssh session via the
sysupgrade command:
root@OpenWrt:~# sysupgrade /tmp/fw.bin
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
'In different versions of coreboot are different names of apu boardname.
No need to check boardname to load module.'
Signed-off-by: Lukas Mrtvy <lukas.mrtvy@gmail.com>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
SOC: BCM63168 (BMIPS4350 V8.0 @400MHz)
Flash size: 16 MiB
RAM size: 128 MiB
Heavily based on patch for OpenWRT Chaos Chalmer.
Original patch and more info can be found at:
https://openwrt.org/toh/sky/sr102
Known issues:
- Wireless and ADSL modem are not working.
Signed-off-by: Andrius Štikonas <andrius@stikonas.eu>
The original vendor's driver programmed the dma controller's
AHB HPROT values to enable bufferable, privileged mode. This
along with the "same priorty for both channels" could very
well fix the freezes that have been reported on the forum by
@ticerex and @takimata.
<https://forum.lede-project.org/t/wd-mybook-live-duo-two-disks/16195/46>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Bump to the latest cake recipe.
This backports tc class support to kernel 4.9 and other than conditional
kernel compilation pre-processor macros represents the cake that has
gone upstream into kernel 4.19. Loud cheer!
Fun may be had by changing cake tin classification for packets on
ingress. e.g.
tc filter add dev ifb4eth0 parent 800b: protocol ip u32 match \
ip dport 6981 0xffff action skbedit priority 800b:1
Where 800b: represents the filter handle for the ifb obtained by 'tc
qdisc' and the 1 from 800b:1 represents the cake tin number. So the
above example puts all incoming packets destined for port 6981 into the
BULK (lowest priority) tin.
f39ab9a Obey tin_order for tc filter classifiers
1e2473f Clean up after latest backport.
82531d0 Reorder includes to fix out of tree compilation
52cbc00 Code style cleanup
6cdb496 Fix argument order for NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR()
cab17b6 Remove duplicate call to qdisc_watchdog_init()
71c7991 Merge branch 'backport-classful'
32aa7fb Fix compilation on Linux 4.9
9f8fe7a Fix compilation on Linux 4.14
ceab7a3 Rework filter classification
aad5436 Fixed version of class stats
be1c549 Add cake-specific class stats
483399d Use tin_order for class dumps
80dc129 Add class dumping
0c8e6c1 Fix dropping when using filters
c220493 Add the minimum class ops
5ed54d2 Start implementing tc filter/class support
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Override the default shutdown action (stop) and close all processes
of dropbear
Since commit 498fe85, the stop action only closes the process
that's listening for new connections, maintaining the ones with
existing clients.
This poses a problem when restarting or shutting-down a device,
because the connections with existing SSH clients, like OpenSSH,
are not properly closed, causing them to hang.
This situation can be avoided by closing all dropbear processes when
shutting-down the system, which closes properly the connections with
current clients.
Signed-off-by: Christian Schoenebeck <christian.schoenebeck@gmail.com>
[Luis: Rework commit message]
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
First of all lengths should be compared after checking all blocks for
being good/bad. It's because requested length may differ from a final
one if there were some bad blocks.
Secondly it makes sense to also compare crc32 since we already have a
new one calculated.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Fix broken DHCPv6 servers which provide the server unicast option but
do not reply on DHCPv6 renew messages directed to the IPv6 address
contained in the server unicast option whihc results in broken IPv6
connectivity.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Reading MTD data with (p)read doesn't return any error when accessing
bad block. As the result, with current code, CRC32 covers "data" stored
in bad blocks.
That behavior doesn't match CFE's one (bootloader simply skips bad
blocks) and may result in:
1) Invalid CRC32
2) CFE refusing to boot firmware with a following error:
Boot program checksum is invalid
Fix that problem by checking every block before reading its content.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
On Debian, busybox does have a time applet, but it does not support the -f
flag. Catch this in prereq check to give users to proper error message.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
An incorrect variable name was referenced in KERNEL_FILE_DEPENDS, leading
to the omission of the backport-* patch dirs in the generation of the
prepared stamp name.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The code has some remaining issues that cause ethernet hangs, so
disable it for now until we can get it fixed
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
08719b1 mt76: use a per rx queue page fragment cache
4d2c565 mt76x2: reset HW before probe
f622975 mt76x2: fix CCK protection control frame rate
6780375 mt76x2: add frame protection support
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Allow enabling/commenting/disabling each feed individually by using a
tristate config symbol.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
FEEDS_ENABLED and FEEDS_DISABLED are derived from FEEDS_AVAILABLE, not
FEEDS_INSTALLED.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Setting CONFIG_FEED_... symbols combined two different effects: Disabling
a feed in the generated opkg distfeeds.conf, and omitting the feed from
PACKAGE_SUBDIRS.
It does not make sense to omit built feeds from PACKAGE_SUBDIRS, as it will
only lead to packages that can be enabled in .config (and that will
consequently be built) not to be found during rootfs creation, breaking
the build. All feeds that packages are emitted to should simply always be
added to PACKAGE_SUBDIRS instead; the CONFIG_FEED_... only configure the
generated distfeeds.conf like this.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The src-dummy method does not actually obtain any feed, but it can be used
to insert addtional entries into the opkg distfeeds.conf. This is useful to
make package feeds available to users without requiring the corresponding
source feeds to be available during build.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Using the NAPI or netdev frag cache along with other drivers can lead to
32 KiB pages being held for a long time, despite only being used for
very few page fragment.
This can happen if the ethernet driver grabs one or two fragments for rx
ring refill, while other drivers use (and free up) the remaining
fragments. The 32 KiB higher-order page can only be freed once all users
have freed their fragments, which only happens after the rings of all
drivers holding the fragments have wrapped around.
Depending on the traffic patterns, this can waste a lot of memory and
look a lot like a memory leak
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The line that produces factory image was accidentally left by me while
testing before inital commit.
I came to the conclusion that flashing from OEM firmware does not work
(seems to share this behavior with other tplinks based on mt7628).
I have not done any further analysis, as I was unable to open the
case and attach a serial port (too much glue). Maybe i will try once
more.
So the way to do initial flashing (or un-bricking) is to use the
tftp-recover image. It is possible to revert to OEM firmware with tftp
recovery; in this case the first 512 bytes the image file need to be
cut off.
Signed-off-by: Peter Lundkvist <peter.lundkvist@gmail.com>
[add explaination provided via mail as commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Extend the small_flash feature to disable swap, core dumps, and
kernel debug info, and change the squashfs block size to 1024KiB.
Also change squashfs fragment cache to 2 for small_flash to ease memory
usage.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Add a new config option to allow to select the default compile
optimization level for the kernel.
Select the optimization for size by default if the small_flash feature is
set. Otherwise "Optimize for performance" is set.
Add the small_flash feature flag to all (sub)targets which had the
optimization for size in their default kernel config.
Remove CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_* symbols from all kernel configs to apply the new
setting.
Exceptions to the above are:
- lantiq, where the optimization for size is only required for the
xway_legacy subtarget but was set for the whole target
- mediatek, ramips/mt7620 & ramips/mt76x8 where boards should have
plenty of space and an optimization for size doesn't make much sense
- rb532, which has 128MByte flash
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Move boards to the tiny subtarget which break the build if the kernel is
set to "Optimize for performance".
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
build openwrt on centos 6 I should use devtoolset-3 to get gcc 4.9, but
it fail when make menuconfig. so I have to give option HOSTCC='gcc
-Wl,--copy-dt-needed-entries' to make. But it passed to sub make to
HOSTCC=gcc as micro SUBMAKE expand to HOSTCC=gcc
-Wl,--copy-dt-needed-entries. This patch fix this issue.
make -C build menuconfig HOSTCC='gcc -Wl,--copy-dt-needed-entries' V='1'
make: Entering directory `/work/openwrt/openwrt/build'
/opt/rh/devtoolset-3/root/usr/libexec/gcc/x86_64-redhat-linux/4.9.2/ld:
lxdialog/checklist.o: undefined reference to symbol 'acs_map'
//lib64/libtinfo.so.5: error adding symbols: DSO missing from command line
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
make[1]: *** [mconf] Error 1
make -s -C scripts/config all CC=gcc -Wl,--copy-dt-needed-entries: build
failed. Please re-run make with -j1 V=s to see what's going on
make: *** [scripts/config/mconf] Error 1
make: Leaving directory `/work/openwrt/openwrt/build'
Signed-off-by: 李国 <uxgood.org@gmail.com>
In the latest version of u-boot (2018.05) there was a swith to
Hush shell for ARC AXS10x boards(arc770/archs38):
commit 9249d74781e1 ("ARC: AXS10x: Enable hush shell").
In Hush shell using "$()" to declare envitonment variables is forbidden,
instead of this "${}" need to be used.
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The changed applied to BananaPi R2 in upstream commit c0b0d540db1a,
which was backported to 4.14 in 4.14.53, is also required for the U7623.
Without updating the memory node, the board refuses to boot.
Fixes: d0839e020d ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.53")
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
'In different versions of coreboot are different names of apu boardname.
No need to check boardname to load module.'
Signed-off-by: Lukáš Mrtvý <lukas.mrtvy@gmail.com>
- remove misaligned custom buffer allocation in the NAND driver
- remove broken bounce buffer implementation for 16-byte align
Let the MTD core take care of both
Fixes messages like these:
[ 102.820541] Data buffer not 16 bytes aligned: 87daf08c
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Newer kernels have a patch that implements compatible functionality
directly. Adjust the attribute of our own patch in preparation for
dropping it later
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Enables support for Dynack feature.
When a remote station is far away, we need to compensate for the distance
by allowing more time for an ACK to arrive back before issueing a retransmission.
Currently, it needs to be set fixed to indicate the maximum distance the remote
station will ever be.
While this mostly works for static antennae, it introduces 2 issues:
- If the actual distance is less, speed is reduced due to a lot of wates wait-time
- If the distance becomes greater, retries start to occur and comms can get lost.
Allowing to set it dynamically using dynack ensures the best possible tradeoff
between speed vs distance.
This feature is currently only supported in ath9k.
it is also disabled by default.
Enabling it can be done in 2 ways:
- issue cmd: iw phy0 set distance auto
- sending the NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag to mac80211 driver using netlink
Disabling it can be done by providing a valid fixed value.
To give an idea of a practical example:
In my usecase, we have mesh wifi device installed on ships/platforms.
Currently, the coverage class is set at 12000m fixed.
When a vessel moved closer (ex. 1500m), the measured link capacity was a lot
lower compared to setting the coverage class fixed to 1500m
Dynack completely solved this, nearly providing double the bandwidth at closer range
compared to the fixed setting of 12000m being used.
Also when a vessel sailed to a distance greater than the fixed setting,
communication was lost as the ACK's never arrived within the max allowed timeframe.
Actual distance: 6010m
iperf 60s run avg
Fixed 12150m: 31 Mbit/s
Dynack: 58 Mbit/s
Fixed 6300m: 51 Mbit/s
Dynack: 59 Mbit/s
Fixed 3000m: 13 Mbit/s (lots of retries)
Dynack: 58 Mbit/s
Actual distance: 1504m
iperf 60s run avg
Fixed 12150m: 31 Mbit/s
Dynack: 86 Mbit/s
Fixed 6300m: 55 Mbit/s
Dynack: 87 Mbit/s
Fixed 3000m: 67 Mbit/s
Dynack: 87 Mbit/s
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Rereshed all patches
Reworked patches to match upstream:
335-v4.16-netfilter-nf_tables-add-single-table-list-for-all-fa.patch
Compile-tested on: cns3xxx, imx6, x86_64
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx, imx6, x86_64
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
* device: print daddr not saddr in missing peer error
* receive: style
Debug messages now make sense again.
* wg-quick: android: support excluding applications
Android now supports excluding certain apps (uids) from the tunnel.
* selftest: ratelimiter: improve chance of success via retry
* qemu: bump default kernel version
* qemu: decide debug kernel based on KERNEL_VERSION
Some improvements to our testing infrastructure.
* receive: use NAPI on the receive path
This is a big change that should both improve preemption latency (by not
disabling it unconditionally) and vastly improve rx performance on most
systems by using NAPI. The main purpose of this snapshot is to test out this
technique.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Update to the latest version of iproute2; see https://lwn.net/Articles/756991/
for a full overview of the changes in 4.17.
Remove upstream patch 002-json_print-fix-hidden-64-bit-type-promotion.
Backport upstream patch 001-rdma-sync-some-IP-headers-with-glibc fixing
rdma compile issue.
At the same time re-organize patch numbering so the OpenWRT specific
patches start at 100.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Partition name is picked by a parser_trx_data_part_name(). It has to
get correct partition offset (taking care of bad blocks) to work
properly.
This fixes UBI support for devices that have kernel flashed on partition
with a bad block.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The recent build failures on various platforms were apparently caused by
the fact that LTO build support in the configure script does not check
if it has a suitable version of gcc and simply assumes that gcc-ar is
available and can be used for intermediate files.
Since we really don't need to build nasm with LTO, simply disable it and
keep the whole build more portable
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
345bba0 dhcpv4: improve error checking in handle_dhcpv4()
c0f6390 odhcpd: Check if open the ioctl socket failed
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
On Debian 9 nasm does not build when we force it to use ranlib, for
macOSX this is needed. Only force this on macOSX and not on any other
OS, this should fix the build of nasm on Linux systems. On my Debian
system the nasm configure script selects gcc-ranlib and gcc-ar instead.
Fixes: d3a7587eb9 ("toolchain/nasm: fix missing AR/RANLIB variables")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Update README to include Openwrt branding and improve wording.
Point at the Openwrt wiki in .github templates.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This commit adds support for the OCEDO Raccoon
SOC: Atheros AR9344
RAM: 128MB
FLASH: 16MiB
WLAN1: AR9344 2.4 GHz 802.11bgn 2x2
WLAN2: AR9382 5 GHz 802.11an 2x2
INPUT: RESET button
LED: Power, LAN, WiFi 2.4, WiFi 5
Serial: Header Next to Black metal shield
Pinout is 3.3V - GND - TX - RX (Arrow Pad is 3.3V)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
NOTE: The U-Boot won't boot with the serial attached.
Boot the device without serial attached and attach it
after 3 seconds.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz WiFi
- 5 GHz WiFi
- TFTP boot from ramdisk image
- Installation via ramdisk image
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- Buttons
- LEDs
Installation seems to be possible only through booting an OpenWRT
ramdisk image.
Hold down the reset button while powering on the device. It will load a
ramdisk image named 'raccoon-uImage-initramfs-lzma.bin' from 192.168.100.8.
Note: depending on the present software, the device might also try to
pull a file called 'raccoon-uimage-factory'. Only the name differs, it
is still used as a ramdisk image.
Wait for the ramdisk image to boot. OpenWRT can be written to the flash
via sysupgrade or mtd.
Due to the flip-flop bootloader which we not (yet) support, you need to
set the partition the bootloader is selecting. It is possible from the
initramfs image with
> fw_setenv bootcmd run bootcmd_1
Afterwards you can reboot the device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
CONFIG_USB_MTU3 is not visible for the mediatek target by default, but
only when CONFIG_USB_GADGET is set. This will config option will be
remove with when running "make kernel_oldconfig", move this option to
the generic config to prevent this.
This fixes the build of the mt7623 subtarget of the mediatek target.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Shrink the tiny kernel by moving all switch and ethernet phy drivers to
the generic kernel config instead of the target kernel config.
All boards in the tiny and nand target are either ar7240 or ar9331 based,
which don't support external xMII and therefore no external ethernet phy
can be connected. None of the boards uses a realtek switch either.
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
The Unifi AC-Mesh Pro has identical hardware to the Unifi AC-Pro except
USB support.
Furthermore for setting parameters like antenna gain it is helpful to
know the exact device variant.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
Add a template for safeloader images and include it instead of
overwriting variables defined in the common tp-link build commands.
Split the existing tp-link templates to proper implement the safeloader
template.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Drop the LOADER_TYPE variables in case no loader is used at all or move
the variable to devices which are using a loader.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the provided image build variables to point the kernel-bin build
command to the kernel we are interested in.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the LOADER_TYPE variable to specify that we need the elf preloader
and append the loader via the corresponding build recipe. It allows to
enable initramfs images again for mikrotik NAND images, which caused a
build error before.
Add the minor header only to the kernel of the sysupgrade images, as it
is only required for the bootloader to find the kernel on flash.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
I-O DATA WN-AX1167GR is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on
MediaTek MT7621A.
Specification:
- MT7621A (2-Cores, 4-Threads)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x LEDs, 4x keys (2x buttons, 1x slide switch)
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- baudrate: 115200 bps (U-Boot, OpenWrt)
Stock firmware:
In the stock firmware, WN-AX1167GR has two os images each composed of
Linux kernel and rootfs.
These images are stored in "Kernel" and "app" partition of the
following partitions, respectively.
(excerpt from dmesg):
MX25L12805D(c2 2018c220) (16384 Kbytes)
mtd .name = raspi, .size = 0x01000000 (16M) .erasesize = 0x00010000 (64K) .numeraseregions = 0
Creating 10 MTD partitions on "raspi":
0x000000000000-0x000001000000 : "ALL"
0x000000000000-0x000000030000 : "Bootloader"
0x000000030000-0x000000040000 : "Config "
0x000000040000-0x000000050000 : "Factory"
0x000000050000-0x000000060000 : "iNIC_rf"
0x000000060000-0x0000007e0000 : "Kernel"
0x000000800000-0x000000f80000 : "app"
0x000000f90000-0x000000fa0000 : "Key"
0x000000fa0000-0x000000fb0000 : "backup"
0x000000fb0000-0x000001000000 : "storage"
The flag for boot partition is stored in "Key" partition, and U-Boot
reads this and determines the partition to boot.
If the image that U-Boot first reads according to the flag is
"Bad Magic Number", U-Boot then tries to boot from the other image.
If the second image is correct, change the flag to the number
corresponding to that image and boot from that image.
(example):
## Booting image at bc800000 ...
Bad Magic Number,FFFFFFFF
Boot from KERNEL 1 !!
## Booting image at bc060000 ...
Image Name: MIPS OpenWrt Linux-4.14.50
Image Type: MIPS Linux kernel Image (lzma compressed)
Data Size: 1865917 Bytes = 1.8 MB
Load Address: 80001000
Entry Point: 80001000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
raspi_erase_write: offs:f90000, count:34
.
.
Done!
Starting kernel ...
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port of WN-AX1167GR
2. Connect power cable to WN-AX1167GR and turn on it
3. Access to "192.168.0.1" on the web browser and open firmware
update page ("ファームウェア")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and perform firmware update
5. On the initramfs image, execute "mtd erase firmware" to erase stock
firmware and execute sysupgrade with sysupgrade image for WN-AX1167GR
6. Wait ~180 seconds to complete flasing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
* change mx6qsabresd to mx6qsabres to match defconfig name
* merge wanboard profiles since there is only one defconfig for the target device
* move wanboard options from wandboard.h to defconfig
* remove legacy patches
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Most of the implementations behind cfg80211_get_station will not initialize
sinfo to zero before manipulating it. For example, the member "filled",
which indicates the filled in parts of this struct, is often only modified
by enabling certain bits in the bitfield while keeping the remaining bits
in their original state. A caller without a preinitialized sinfo.filled can
then no longer decide which parts of sinfo were filled in by
cfg80211_get_station (or actually the underlying implementations).
cfg80211_get_station must therefore take care that sinfo is initialized to
zero. Otherwise, the caller may tries to read information which was not
filled in and which must therefore also be considered uninitialized. In
batadv_v_elp_get_throughput's case, an invalid "random" expected throughput
may be stored for this neighbor and thus the B.A.T.M.A.N V algorithm may
switch to non-optimal neighbors for certain destinations.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Board Data File (BDF) is loaded upon driver boot-up procedure. The right
board data file is identified on QCA4019 using bus, bmi-chip-id and
bmi-board-id.
The problem, however, can occur when the (default) board data file cannot
fulfill the vendor requirements and it is necessary to use a different
board data file.
This problem was solved for SMBIOS by adding a special SMBIOS type 0xF8.
Something similar has to be provided for systems without SMBIOS but with
device trees. No solution was specified by QCA and therefore a new one has
to be found for ath10k.
The device tree requires addition strings to define the variant name
wifi@a000000 {
status = "okay";
qcom,ath10k-calibration-variant = "RT-AC58U";
};
wifi@a800000 {
status = "okay";
qcom,ath10k-calibration-variant = "RT-AC58U";
};
This would create the boarddata identifiers for the board-2.bin search
* bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=RT-AC58U
* bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=17,variant=RT-AC58U
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
In order for monitoring tools such as atop and htop to track and report
i/o data, kernel support for task statistics and io accounting is
required.
Add a config option to enable building this support in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Jeremiah McConnell <miah@miah.com>
With deterministic ECDSA the value k needed for the ECDSA signature is
not randomly generated any more, but generated from a hash over the
private key and the message to sign. If the value k used in a ECDSA
signature or the relationship between the two values k used in two
different ECDSA signatures over the same content is know to an attacker
he can derive the private key pretty easily. Using deterministic ECDSA
as defined in the RFC6979 removes this problem by deriving the value k
deterministically from the private key and the content which gets
signed.
The resulting signature is still compatible to signatures generated not
deterministic.
This increases the size of the ipk on mips 24Kc by about 2 KByte.
old:
166.240 libmbedtls_2.11.0-1_mips_24kc.ipk
new:
167.811 libmbedtls_2.11.0-1_mips_24kc.ipk
This does not change the ECDSA performance in a measurable way.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Disable MBEDTLS_SHA256_SMALLER implementation, not enabled by default in
upstream and reduces performance by quite a bit.
Source: include/mbedtls/config.h
Enable an implementation of SHA-256 that has lower ROM footprint but also
lower performance.
The default implementation is meant to be a reasonnable compromise between
performance and size. This version optimizes more aggressively for size at
the expense of performance. Eg on Cortex-M4 it reduces the size of
mbedtls_sha256_process() from ~2KB to ~0.5KB for a performance hit of
about 30%.
The size of mbedtls increased a little bit:
ipkg for mips_24kc before:
164.382 Bytes
ipkg for mips_24kc after:
166.240 Bytes
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Update mbed TLS to 2.11.0
Disable OFB block mode and XTS block cipher mode, added in 2.11.0.
The soVersion of mbedtls changed, bump PKG_RELEASE for packages that use mbedTLS
This is to avoid having a mismatch between packages when upgrading.
The size of mbedtls increased a little bit:
ipkg for mips_24kc before:
163.846 Bytes
ipkg for mips_24kc after:
164.382 Bytes
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
USB storage support is however SCSI Disk block device support isn't
meaning that connected devices wont enumerate.
Enable CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SD by default to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
BusyBox's `tar` command does not support the `--directory` directive, which
is essentially `-C` in short-form option.
BusyBox's `tar` command supports `-C`.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
These options are handled by generic configuration
Targets that need these options should select KERNEL_DEVMEM
and/or KERNEL_DEVKMEM options on OpenWRT's config
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
The WDR4900v1 uses the P1040 SoC, so the device tree pulls in the
definition for the related P1010 SoC. However, the P1040 lacks the
CAAM/SEC4 hardware crypto accelerator which the P1010 device tree
defines. If left defined, this causes the CAAM drivers (if present) to
attempt to use the non-existent device, making various crypto-related
operations (e.g. macsec and ipsec) fail.
This commit overrides the incorrect dt node definition in the included
file.
See also:
- https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1262
- https://community.nxp.com/thread/338432#comment-474107
Signed-off-by: Tim Small <tim@seoss.co.uk>
OpenSSL defaults X509_CERT_FILE to /etc/ssl/cert.pem. This change is
needed for wget-ssl and possibly others to work seamlessly with fresh
ca-bundle installation
Fixesopenwrt/packages#6152
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Add two patches submitted for upstream review that significantly improve
the dwc2 driver on openwrt from kernel stability and performance
perspectives.
Fixes: FS#1367
Signed-off-by: Antti Seppälä <a.seppala@gmail.com>
* New microcode update packages from AMD upstream:
+ New Microcodes:
sig 0x00800f12, patch id 0x08001227, 2018-02-09
+ Updated Microcodes:
sig 0x00600f12, patch id 0x0600063e, 2018-02-07
sig 0x00600f20, patch id 0x06000852, 2018-02-06
* Adds Spectre v2 (CVE-2017-5715) microcode-based mitigation support,
plus other unspecified fixes/updates.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
Fixes a potential infinite loop bug when in unlimited (ie not using
built in shaper) mode.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Packages libx264 and ffmpeg are built with ASM options on x86 platforms.
The current libx264 version no longer builds with YASM and requires NASM.
ffmpeg 3.x can be built with either YASM or NASM however, furture 4.x versions
will require NASM.
Signed-off-by: Ted Hess <thess@kitschensync.net>
Acked-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
- Make the code more GitHub-specific
- Requires mirror hash to work with .gitattributes
- Use different API depending on whether PKG_SOURCE_VERSION is a
complete commit id or other ref types like tags
- Fix removing symbolic link
- pre-clean dir_untar for possible leftovers from previous run
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
- Removed hacks to use standalone argp as upstream now detects it nicely.
- As we are already installing files, use files from PKG_INSTALL_DIR and
not PKG_BUILD_DIR
- Only changes Makefile.am as PKG_FIXUP:=autoreconf is in use
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
TP-Link Archer C7 v2 USB port LED and GPIO names are in incorrect order,
i.e. in order to match actual user visible labels, usb1 should be usb2,
and vice versa.
This patch swaps LED and GPIO power control node names.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr V. Piskunov <aleksandr.v.piskunov@gmail.com>
Due do a missing KCONFIG isn't selectable nor enabled in the target
kernel config. Drop it for now and enable/add the driver at the time it
is required.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Netgear R7800 switch LAN ports are numbered backwards in LuCI,
i.e. numbering is not corresponding to the actual physical port labels,
patch fixes that.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr V. Piskunov <aleksandr.v.piskunov@gmail.com>
[merged with existing board using the same config]
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Specification:
- System-On-Chip: MediaTek MT7628NN
- CPU/Speed: 580 MHz
- Flash-Chip: ELM Technology GD25Q64
- Flash size: 8192 KiB
- RAM: 64 MiB
- Wireless No1: SoC-integrated: MT7628N 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
Currently the only method to install openwrt for the first time is via
TFTP recovery. After first install you can use regular updates.
Flash instructions:
1) To flash the recovery image, start a TFTP server with IP address
192.168.0.66 and serve the recovery image named tp_recovery.bin.
2) Connect your device to the LAN port, then press the WPS and Reset
button and power it up. Keep pressing the WPS/Reset button for
10 seconds or until the lock LED is lighting up.
It will try to download the recovery image and flash it.
It can take up to 2-3 minutes to finish. When it reaches 100%, the
router will reboot itself.
Signed-off-by: Romain MARIADASSOU <roms2000@free.fr>
Specification:
- System-On-Chip: MT7628N/N
- CPU/Speed: 580 MHz
- Flash-Chip: Winbond w25q256
- Flash size: 32768 KiB
- RAM: 128 MiB
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 4x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (57600 8n1)
- Wireless No1 (2T2R): SoC-integrated: MT7628N 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
- Wireless No2 (2T2R): On-board chip: MT7612EN 5GHz 802.11ac
- USB: Yes 1 x 2.0
- 4x LED, 3x button
The device supports dual boot mode. So we use only first half of flash.
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash OpenWrt image is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-zyxel_keenetic-extra-ii-squashfs-factory.bin"
to "kextra2_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed until power led start blinking.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD RBM11g.
=Hardware=
The RBM11g is a mt7621 based device featuring one GbE port and one
miniPCIe slot with a sim card socket and USB 2.0.
==Switch==
The single onboard Ethernet port is connected the CPU directly.
The internal switch of the mt7621 SoC is disabled.
==Flash==
The device has one spi nor flash chip. It is a 128 Mbit winbond 25Q128FVS
connected to CS0.
==PCIe==
The board features a single miniPCIe slot. It has a dedicated mini SIM
socket and a USB 2.0 port. Power to the miniPCIe slot is controlled via
GPIO9.
==USB==
There are no external USB ports.
==Power==
The board can accept both, passive PoE and external power via a 2.1 mm
barrel jack (center-positive). The input voltage range is 11-32 V.
==Serial port==
The device does have an onboard UART on an unpopulated header next to the
flash chip:
GND: pin 2
TX: pin 7
RX: pin 6
Settings: 115200, 8N1
See below illustration for positioning of the header.
0 = screw hole
* = some pin
T = TX pin
R = RX pin
G = GND pin
Pinout:
+---------------
|O
| __
| / \
| \__/
|
|
|
| +---+
| |RAM|
| +--+ | |
| |**| <- unpopulated header with UART
| |*T| +---+
| |R*| +--------+
| |**| | |
| |G*| | CPU |
| +--+ | |
| +--+ | |
| | | +--------+
| +--+ <- flash chip
|O
| +-----+
| | |
|+--+ | |
|| | | |
+---------------------
=Installation=
To install an OpenWRT image to the device two components must be built:
1. A openwrt initramfs image
2. A openwrt sysupgrade image
===initramfs & sysupgrade image===
Select target devices "Mikrotik RBM11G" in
openwrt menuconfig and build the images. This will create the images
"openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm11g-initramfs-kernel.bin" and
"openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm11g-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin" in the
output directory.
==Installing==
**Make sure to back up your RouterOS license in case you do ever want to
go back to RouterOS using "/system license output" and back up the
created license file.**
When rebooted the board will try booting via ethernet first. If your
board does not boot via ethernet automatically you will have to attach
to the serial port and set ethernet as boot device within RouterBOOT.
1. Set up a dhcp server that points the bootfile to tftp server serving
the "openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm11g-initramfs-kernel.bin"
initramfs image
2. Connect to ethernet port on board
3. Power on the board
4. Wait for OpenWrt to boot
Right now OpenWrt will be running with a SSH server listening. Now
OpenWrt must be flashed to the devices flash:
1. Copy "openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm11g-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to the device using scp.
2. Write openwrt to flash using "sysupgrade
openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm11g-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
Once the flashing completes the board will reboot. Disconnect from the
devices ethernet port or stop the DHCP/TFTP server to prevent the device
from booting via ethernet again.
The device should now boot straight to OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
Increase the available flash memory size in AVM Fritz!Box 3370 by
incorporating the unused extra partitions located after the ubi partition.
Note that users upgrading from a previous OpenWRT version need to
re-install from the boot loader to pick up the new partition layout.
Available flash space for rootfs+overlay increases from 48MB to 124MB.
Reverting to the OEM firmware is still possible (via the recovery utility
provided by AVM) as the OEM firmware appears to reformat the config and
nand-filesystem partitions upon first boot if necessary. The
reserved-kernel and reserved-filesystem partitions are overwritten by the
OEM firmware when installing an update, so their contents do not matter.
Boot loader and device-specific information (MAC addresses, calibration
data, etc.) are not located in NAND flash and remain unharmed by this
changed.
Tested with OEM firmware 06.54 on device with HWRevision 5 and Micron
flash chip.
Signed-off-by: Michael Kuron <m.kuron@gmx.de>
To keep the status of a LED connected to the stp during boot, the get
callback is required. If the callback is missing and the LED default
state is set to keep in the devicetree, the gpio led driver errors out
during load.
Fixes: FS#1620
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Don't mask bit 4 of the AT8022 phy id. If bit 4 of the AT8022 phy id
(0x004dd023) is masked, it will match the phy id of the AR8327 switch
(0x004dd033) as well.
It results in applied at803x driver settings/callbacks, which will at
least limit the AR8327 phys to 100MBit operation instead of the possible
1000MBit.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The GDB Text User Interface (TUI) is a terminal interface
which uses the curses library to show the source file,
the assembly output, the program registers and GDB
commands in separate text windows.
In other words it's a friendlier interface for idiots like me!
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Refresh patches and backport upstream to current HEAD:
a997ca0 Fix sometimes missing DNSSEC RRs when DNSSEC validation not enabled.
51e4eee Fix address-dependent domains for IPv6.
05ff659 Fix stupid infinite loop introduced by preceding commit.
db0f488 Handle some corner cases in RA contructed interfaces with addresses changing interface.
7dcca6c Warn about the impact of cache-size on performance.
090856c Allow zone transfer in authoritative mode whenever auth-peer is specified.
cc5cc8f Sane error message when pcap file header is wrong.
c488b68 Handle standard and contructed dhcp-ranges on the same interface.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This bumps to the latest & possibly greatest cake, sadly it's still
inedible but from an SQM point of view quite tasty :-)
Main tweaks since previous bump, improved ack_filter, some extra stats,
support for 64bit netlink parameters (higher rates/byte counters)
0520a6c Fix NAT option handling
8da93e1 Make sure we always call qdisc_watchdog_init() in cake_init()
f65daf6 Fix mismatched parenthesis
51d4ab3 Change flag handling to be safe even when mixing with non-eligible ACKs
f2ea091 ack_filter: protect DCTCP with stricter filtering of ECE marks
28b4560 ACK filter: Handle wrapping sequence numbers and DSACKs
73f62d9 Use the right PAD attribute for options
5969c14 Use 32 for tin backlog
e289f31 Move all the u64 netlink attributes together
36180a0 Check ACK seqno before parsing SACKs
91bbc01 Merge branch 'mine' into cobalt
58c55ec Rework SACK check to compare the ranges of two SACKs
9a5d593 ack_filter: Add proper handling of SACKs
eca95d4 ack_filter: short-circuit TCP flag check
d50a246 compat: backport some ktime functions
7b7ad11 compat: define tcpopt_fastopen for pre-4.1 kernels
ca54cdb Fix ktime compare
9d7dcc0 ack filter: Parse TCP options and only drop safe ones
b119882 Return EOPNOTSUPP on NAT option if conntrack is not available
842d7f0 Don't try to pad stats with tin_stats padding
bd46dc2 Use 64-bit divide helper
8e41bf0 Make sure we never drop SACKs when filtering ACKs
66e5d60 Avoid comparing ktime_t to scalar values
7fab017 Actually commit the ktime_t changes
fca6d13 Switch to ktime_t and get rid of cobalt.h
6f7e5af Can't use do_div with 64-bit divisors
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Bump iproute2/tc support of cake.
Add support for cake's change to u64 attribute passing for certain
attributes (rate & byte counts)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Backport hot off the press upstream netlink patch. Fixes stats display
from CAKE qdisc on MIPS allowing us to bump CAKE to latest version.
The gen_stats facility will add a header for the toplevel nlattr of type
TCA_STATS2 that contains all stats added by qdisc callbacks. A reference
to this header is stored in the gnet_dump struct, and when all the
per-qdisc callbacks have finished adding their stats, the length of the
containing header will be adjusted to the right value.
However, on architectures that need padding (i.e., that don't set
CONFIG_HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS), the padding nlattr is added
before the stats, which means that the stored pointer will point to the
padding, and so when the header is fixed up, the result is just a very
big padding nlattr. Because most qdiscs also supply the legacy TCA_STATS
struct, this problem has been mostly invisible, but we exposed it with
the netlink attribute-based statistics in CAKE.
Fix the issue by fixing up the stored pointer if it points to a padding
nlattr.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
In some cases, recent builds fail to boot from flash with at least some
MT7621 based devices. The error message is:
"LZMA ERROR 1 - must RESET board to recover"
Booting the same kernel via TFTP works for some reason.
Through testing I figured out that limiting the LZMA dictionary size
seems to prevent these errors
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
48cff25 build: drop install -o/-g root
53d7e7a extensions: ebt_string: take action if snprintf discards data
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
74d16a57a3 Check length of ifname before copying it into to ifreq structure.
3aaf8bda00 getifaddrs: Don't return ifa entries with NULL names [BZ #21812]
f958b45d52 Use _STRUCT_TIMESPEC as guard in <bits/types/struct_timespec.h> [BZ #23349]
81b994bd83 Fix parameter type in C++ version of iseqsig (bug 23171)
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Move SCAN_DEPS to scan.mk to eliminate redundancy with scripts/feeds
Add image/*.mk to SCAN_DEPS for targets to pick up newly added devices
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This was causing issues recently as samba36 is not API compatible with the
libtdb in the packages repo. It shouldn't be using it anyway. Nor tevent.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This patch ports the TP-Link TL-WR741ND v4 and TL-WR740ND v4 to the
ath79 target.
Because the two devices share the same hw layout, this patch adds a common
.dtsi which is included by the two .dts.
Signed-off-by: Rocco Folino <rocco@folino.io>
The order of the Ethernet ports were mixed up.
This commit fixes the order to be aligned with the physical layout.
Signed-off-by: Lev <leventelist@gmail.com>
Seems like the python download.py dl_method call causes serious
performance regression for fresh "make defconfig" as reported in
FS#1621. GitHub tarball download will also be disabled with this
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The return value of the function isn't used anywhere.
Fixes missing return value, CID 1329717.
Found-by: Coverity
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The Unifi AC Mesh is equivalent to the Unifi AC Lite. However,
for setting certain parameters with the flashed device it is
helpful that the devices know their variant (e.g. automatically
setting antenna gain for the different antennas in Lite and Mesh).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
- fix sysupgrade check
- move usb to v4 dts because v5 doesn't have it
- make wan mac address behave like ar71xx target
- add orange wan led support, it can be userspace activated like:
on:
echo default-on > /sys/class/leds/tp-link\:orange\:wan/trigger
off:
echo none > /sys/class/leds/tp-link\:orange\:wan/trigger
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
rework the dts to a common unifi-ac dtsi
pro network is connected via phy0 and has usb ports
lite network is connected via phy4 without usb ports
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
This target can automatically detect the correct memory size and we've
been using it for long in ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Check if the GPIO is valid (or set at all). If no GPIO is set in the
devicetree, a gpiolib related kernel warning + stacktrace is shown during
boot and gpio-export reports GPIOs as exported albeit none really is.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The original device support patch configured the amber wlan LEDs (which
are meant as error indicator by the OEM) controlled by the SOC's GPIO
as wlan traffic indicators, as the correct white wlan LEDs are
connected to GPIOs controlled by the QCA9984/ ath10k wlan cards were
not accessible. The recent addition of GPIO/ LED support to ath10k now
makes it possible to use the correct white LEDs instead - and
"mac80211: ath10k: use tpt LED trigger by default" also enables them by
default. While both LEDs are independent of each other (two separate
LEDs sharing one light tunnel), triggering both on wlan traffic is not
the intended behaviour (bright yellow light).
Tested on the ZyXEL NBG6817.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Move to i2c pins pinmux node to the pinctrl node.
Fixes: a0685deec4 ("ramips: Add i2c support for mt7620n")
Signed-off-by: Andrey Jr. Melnikov <temnota.am@gmail.com>
[fix commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The previous callback code was fragile, dependent on some UCI callback
bugs and side-effects now fixed in master commit 73d8a6ab.
Update scripts to use callbacks where appropriate and necessary, while
using normal UCI config parsing for all else. This results in smaller,
simpler, more robust code. Use callbacks in generate.sh to only process
'interface' defaults and the varying entries for 'reclassify', 'default'
and 'classify' sections. Also switch qos-stat to use non-callback UCI
handling.
The current changes work independently of 73d8a6ab (i.e. both before and
after), and are consistent with UCI config parsing documentation.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Remove the "firmware" partition definition from the DTS of R7800
to fix sysupgrade.
Commit 4645a6d3 defined CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_UIMAGE_FW=y for ipq806x
and that causes mtd to misbehave as additional kernel and ubi
partitions are detected from inside the "firmware" partition.
[ 1.111324] 0x000001480000-0x000001880000 : "kernel"
[ 1.121005] 0x000001880000-0x000007900000 : "ubi"
[ 1.283912] 0x000007900000-0x000008000000 : "reserve"
[ 1.296407] 0x000001480000-0x000007900000 : "firmware"
[ 1.468043] no rootfs found after FIT image in "firmware"
[ 2.426860] 2 uimage-fw partitions found on MTD device firmware
[ 2.426931] 0x000001480000-0x000001880000 : "kernel"
[ 2.440420] 0x000001880000-0x000007900000 : "ubi"
Both kernel and ubi are already defined in DTS, so this duplication
leads into errors in sysupgrade:
Writing from <stdin> to kernel ...
ubiattach: error!: strtoul: unable to parse the number '6 mtd10'
ubiattach: error!: bad MTD device number: "6 mtd10"
The partition is defined to same area as kernel+ubi, and is not
needed for sysupgrade anymore. Remove it to fix things.
Only tested for the R7800 but all of them should behave equal.
Fixes: FS#1617
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
[squashed commits, add "tested on" note]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In order to be able to better compare files to sync in the future, include
all BIN_DIR subdirectories in the checksum calculation.
To not break existing applications, restrict the recursive checksumming to
CONFIG_BUILDBOT for now.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
WN-GX300GR has 5x RJ45 ports (port 0-4), and these ports are
orderd on the device as follows:
4 3 2 1 0
1-4: lan
0: wan
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
With current uboot default configuration the bootloader will
fail to start the OpenWrt firmware with the following error:
-----
unexpected character 'b' at the end of partition
Error initializing mtdparts!
incorrect device type in ubi
Partition ubi not found!
Error, no UBI device/partition selected!
Wrong Image Format for bootm command
Error occured, error code = 112
-----
If the uboot configuration is examined with printenv
I can see that mdtparts line (on a nsa310) is wrong:
-----
mtdparts=mtdparts=orion_nand:0x0c0000(uboot),
0x80000(uboot_env),0x7ec0000(ubi)bootargs_root=
----
The "bootargs_root=" that was appended to it should not be there.
Fix the issue by adding a \0 line terminator at the end of affected lines,
mimicking what is also done by uboot upstream.
This issue was detected and confirmed on a nsa310, nsa325 and
a pogoplug v4, but it's not hardware-specific, so apply the same fix
to other devices as well.
Note that the issue is with the uboot's integrated boot configuration,
which is not used unless the uboot configuration in flash is unavailable
(erased or corrupted), which happens only on first time installation,
or if the user deletes the uboot configuration when upgrading uboot.
People just upgrading from an older uboot without erasing their previous
uboot configuration stored in flash would not have noticed this issue.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Use the new dynamic partition split in tplink-safeloader so we no longer
have to worry about kernel size increases.
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Add a menuconfig option to set the HOME_URL exposed in
/usr/lib/os-release independent from the
LEDE_DEVICE_MANUFACTURER_URL.
Fixes: FS#1123
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
A new python script scripts/download.py is added to fetch tarballs using
GitHub archive API [1], then repack in a reproducible way same as the
current DownloadMethod/git
GitHub imposes a 60 reqs/hour rate limit on unauthenticated API
access[2]. This affects fetching commit date for feeding tar --mtime=
argument. However, observation indicates that archive download is NOT
subject to this limit at the moment. In the rare cases where download
fails because of this, we will falback to using DownloadMethod/git
The missing piece in the GitHub API is that it cannot provide in the
tarball dependent submodules's source code. In that case, the
implementation will also fallback to using DownloadMethod/git
[1] Get archive link, https://developer.github.com/v3/repos/contents/#get-archive-link
[2] Rate limiting, https://developer.github.com/v3/#rate-limiting
v2 <- v1:
- allow passing multiple urls with --urls argument
- add commit ts cache. can be helpful on retry
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
dfd9827 version: bump snapshot
88729f0 wg-quick: android: prevent outgoing handshake packets from being dropped
1bb9daf compat: more robust ktime backport
68441fb global: use fast boottime instead of normal boottime
d0bd6dc global: use ktime boottime instead of jiffies
18822b8 tools: fix misspelling of strchrnul in comment
0f8718b manpages: eliminate whitespace at the end of the line
590c410 global: fix a few typos
bb76804 simd: add missing header
7e88174 poly1305: give linker the correct constant data section size
fd8dfd3 main: test poly1305 before chacha20poly1305
c754c59 receive: don't toggle bh
Compile-tested-for: ath79 Archer C7 v2
Run-tested-on: ath79 Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
After a very enlightening but unfortunately far too short exchange with Jes
we mutually agreed to drop the patches. They are unfortunately not ready
yet.
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This patch adds support for ZyXEL NBG6617
Hardware highlights:
SOC: IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB DDR3L-1600/1866 Nanya NT5CC128M16IP-DI @ 537 MHz
NOR: 32 MiB Macronix MX25L25635F
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8075 Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: 1 x 3.0 (via Synopsys DesignWare DWC3 controller in the SoC)
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: RESET Button, WIFI/Rfkill Togglebutton, WPS Button
LEDS: Power, WAN, LAN 1-4, WLAN 2.4GHz, WLAN 5GHz, USB, WPS
Serial:
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 3.3v level converter!
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1. The 1x4 .1" header comes
pre-soldered. Pinout:
1. 3v3 (Label printed on the PCB), 2. RX, 3. GND, 4. TX
first install / debricking / restore stock:
0. Have a PC running a tftp-server @ 192.168.1.99/24
1. connect the PC to any LAN-Ports
2. put the openwrt...-factory.bin (or V1.00(ABCT.X).bin for stock) file
into the tftp-server root directory and rename it to just "ras.bin".
3. power-cycle the router and hold down the the WPS button (for 30sek)
4. Wait (for a long time - the serial console provides some progress
reports. The u-boot says it best: "Please be patient".
5. Once the power LED starts to flashes slowly and the USB + WPS LEDs
flashes fast at the same time. You have to reboot the device and
it should then come right up.
Installation via Web-UI:
0. Connect a PC to the powered-on router. It will assign your PC a
IP-address via DHCP
1. Access the Web-UI at 192.168.1.1 (Default Passwort: 1234)
2. Go to the "Expert Mode"
3. Under "Maintenance", select "Firmware-Upgrade"
4. Upload the OpenWRT factory image
5. Wait for the Device to finish.
It will reboot into OpenWRT without any additional actions needed.
To open the ZyXEL NBG6617:
0. remove the four rubber feet glued on the backside
1. remove the four philips screws and pry open the top cover
(by applying force between the plastic top housing from the
backside/lan-port side)
Access the real u-boot shell:
ZyXEL uses a proprietary loader/shell on top of u-boot: "ZyXEL zloader v2.02"
When the device is starting up, the user can enter the the loader shell
by simply pressing a key within the 3 seconds once the following string
appears on the serial console:
| Hit any key to stop autoboot: 3
The user is then dropped to a locked shell.
|NBG6617> HELP
|ATEN x[,y] set BootExtension Debug Flag (y=password)
|ATSE x show the seed of password generator
|ATSH dump manufacturer related data in ROM
|ATRT [x,y,z,u] RAM read/write test (x=level, y=start addr, z=end addr, u=iterations)
|ATGO boot up whole system
|ATUR x upgrade RAS image (filename)
|NBG6617>
In order to escape/unlock a password challenge has to be passed.
Note: the value is dynamic! you have to calculate your own!
First use ATSE $MODELNAME (MODELNAME is the hostname in u-boot env)
to get the challange value/seed.
|NBG6617> ATSE NBG6617
|012345678901
This seed/value can be converted to the password with the help of this
bash script (Thanks to http://www.adslayuda.com/Zyxel650-9.html authors):
- tool.sh -
ror32() {
echo $(( ($1 >> $2) | (($1 << (32 - $2) & (2**32-1)) ) ))
}
v="0x$1"
a="0x${v:2:6}"
b=$(( $a + 0x10F0A563))
c=$(( 0x${v:12:14} & 7 ))
p=$(( $(ror32 $b $c) ^ $a ))
printf "ATEN 1,%X\n" $p
- end of tool.sh -
|# bash ./tool.sh 012345678901
|
|ATEN 1,879C711
copy and paste the result into the shell to unlock zloader.
|NBG6617> ATEN 1,0046B0017430
If the entered code was correct the shell will change to
use the ATGU command to enter the real u-boot shell.
|NBG6617> ATGU
|NBG6617#
Co-authored-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Add xt_bpf modules to {kmod-ipt,iptables-mod}-filter.
Match using Linux Socket Filter. Expects a BPF program in decimal
format. This is the format generated by the nfbpf_compile utility.
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Refresh patches.
Remove patch that can be reverse applied:
mvebu/patches-4.14/530-ATA-ahci_mvebu-enable-stop_engine-override.patch
mvebu/patches-4.14/531-ATA-ahci_mvebu-pmp-stop-errata-226.patch
Update patch that no longer applied:
ipq806x/patches-4.14/0035-clk-mux-Split-out-register-accessors-for-reuse.patch
Compiled-tested-for: lantiq, ramips
Run-tested-on: lantiq BT hh5a, ramips MIR3g
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Tested-by: Michael Yartys <michael.yartys@protonmail.com>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Netgear WNR612 v2:
- cpu Atheros AR7240 (Python) @400MHz
- flash 4MB
- ram 32MB
- ethernet 10/100: 1xwan + 2xlan (only two)
- radio AR9285
As there is a rebranded WNR612v2 called ON Networks N150R, add
a dtsi which includes all device support, and add a separate dts
for the device only (with a separate one for the subsequent N150R).
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
Use the new dynamic partition split in tplink-safeloader so we no longer
have to worry about kernel size increases.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Have mktplinkfw fill in the rootfs offset so the firmware splitter can
find it without aligning to erase blocks.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Add support to dynamically split the firmware partition into os-image
and file-system partitions. This is done by replacing those entries in
the partition table with a single unified firmware partition, which is
then split according to actual kernel image size.
The factory image will have the file-system partition aligned to a 64K
erase block, but the sysupgrade image skips this and aligns only the
JFFS2 EOF marker to squeeze out more space.
This should prevent further creeping updates to the kernel partition
size while maximizing space for the overlay filesystem on smaller
devices.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Add an option (-O) to calculate rootfs offset for combined images.
This is needed for the TP-Link mtdsplit driver to locate the rootfs
when the start is not aligned to an erase block. This will be the
case for sysupgrade images produced by tplink-safeloader with upcoming
dynamic partition splitting.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Commit 61d57a2f88 adds ath10k LED
support, but doesn't add an option to actually enable it.
After enabling this option, a LED named ath10k-phy0 appears in sysfs,
and a trigger can be assigned to it. Since 60deb3cdef the default set
trigger is the tpt one.
Enable it by default, as most devices using ath10k chips shouldn't be
severely space-constrained. There are likely many devices that can
benefit from having it enabled, like my testing device.
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
245311 8899 16 254226 3e112 ath10k_core.ko
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
245979 8899 16 254894 3e3ae ath10k_core.ko
Tested on a D-Link DAP-2695-A1 (ar71xx).
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Use the tpt LED trigger for each created phy led. Ths way LEDs attached
to the ath10k GPIO pins are indicating the phy status and blink on
traffic.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Specification:
- System-On-Chip: MT7620A
- CPU/Speed: 580 MHz
- Flash-Chip: Winbond 25Q64BVSIG
- Flash size: 8192 KiB
- RAM: 64 MiB
- Wireless No1: SoC-integrated: MT7620A 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
- Wireless No2: On-board chip: MT7610EN 5GHz 802.11ac
- Switch: RTL8367RB Gigabit Switch
- USB: Yes 1 x 2.0
Preparing a TFTP recovery image for initial flashing:
Currently the only method to install openwrt for the first time is via
TFTP download in u-boot. After first install you can use regular updates.
WARNING: This method also overwrites the bootloader partition!
Create a TFTP recovery image:
1) Download a stock TP-Link Firmware file here:
https://www.tp-link.com/en/download/Archer-C2_V1.html#Firmware
2) Extract u-boot from the binary file:
#> dd if=c2v1_stock_firmware.bin of=c2v1_uboot.bin bs=1 skip=512 count=131072
3) Now merge the sysupgrade image and the u-boot into one binary:
#> cat c2v1_uboot.bin openwrt-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin > ArcherC2V1_tp_recovery.bin
The resulting image can be flashed via TFTP recovery mode.
Flash instructions:
1) To flash the recovery image, start a TFTP server from IP address
192.168.0.66 and serve the recovery image named
ArcherC2V1_tp_recovery.bin.
2) Connect your device to the LAN port, then press the WPS/Reset button
and power it up. Keep pressing the WPS/Reset button for 10 seconds.
It will try to download the recovery image and flash it.
It can take up to 20-25 minutes to finish. When it reaches 100%, the
router will reboot itself.
Signed-off-by: Serge Vasilugin <vasilugin@yandex.ru>
Signed-off-by: Franz Flasch <franz.flasch@gmx.at>
The rtl8367b driver never supported a mdio property and it is quite
likely that the switch never worked for the board.
Use the mii-bus property instead to manage the switch via a mdio bus.
Signed-off-by: Franz Flasch <franz.flasch@gmx.at>
Differing from all other archs supported by musl, MIPS defines SO_PEERSEC
to 30 instead of 31.
Patch has also been submitted upstream.
Reported-by: Andrey Jr. Mlenikov <temnota.am@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This PR adds support for a popular low-cost 2.4GHz N based AP
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (650MHz)
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
- Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
- Ethernet: 1x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC, 24V POE IN
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Notes:
TP-Link does not use bootstrap registers so without this patch reference
clock detects as 40MHz while it is actually 25MHz.
This is due to messed up bootstrap resistor configuration on the PCB.
Provided GPL code just forces 25MHz reference clock.
That causes booting with completely wrong clocks, for example, CPU tries
to boot at 1040MHz while the stock is 650MHz.
So this PR depends on PR #672 to remove 40MHz reference clock.
Thanks to Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org> for properly patching that.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Add support for detecting TP-Link Pharos v2 boards.
They use different format in product-info partition than v1 boards.
Code was written mostly by Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The 666-Add-support-for-MAP-E-FMRs-mesh-mode.patch kernel patches
break the possibility for using an ip4ip6 tunnel interface as a fall
back interface accepting ip4-in-ip6 tunneled packets from any remote
address. This works out of the box with any normal (non-666-patched)
kernel and can be configured by setting up an 'ip -6 tunnel' with type
'any' or 'ip4ip6' and a remote address of '::'.
The misbehavior comes with line 290 the patch which discards all packets
that do not show the expected saddr, even if no single fmr rule was
defined and despite the validity of the saddr was already approved earlier.
Signed-off-by: Axel Neumann <neumann@cgws.de>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for the MT7623A-based UniElec U7623-02 router,
with eMMC storage and 512MB RAM. The router can be delivered with NAND
Flash and more memory, but I only have access to the one configuration.
The DTS is structured in such a way that adding support for
more/different storage/memory should be straight forward.
The device has the following specifications:
* MT7623A (quad-core, 1.3 GHz)
* 512MB RAM (DDR3)
* 8GB storage (eMMC 4.5)
* 2x normal miniPCIe slots
* 1x miniPCIe slot that is connected via an internal USB OTG port
* 5x 1Gbps Ethernet (MT7530 switch)
* 1x UART header
* 1x USB 3.0 port
* 1x SATA 3.0
* 1x 40P*0.5mm FPC for MIPI LCD
* 1x SIM slot
* 12x LEDs (2 GPIO controlled)
* 1x reset button
* 1x DC jack for main power (12V)
The following has been tested and is working:
* Ethernet switch
* miniPCIe slots (tested with Wi-Fi cards)
* USB 3.0 port
* sysupgrade
* reset button
Not working:
* The miniPCIe connected via USB OTG. For the port to work, some MUSB
glue must be added. I am currently in the process of porting the glue
from the vendor SDK.
Not tested:
* SATA 3.0
* MIPI LCD
Installation:
The board ships with u-boot, and the first installation needs to be done
via the bootloader using tftp. Step number one is to update the MBR of
the eMMC, as the one that ships with the device is broken. Since the
device can ship with different storage sizes, I will not provide the
exact steps for creating a valid MBR. However, I have made some
assumptions about the disk layout - there must be one 8MB recovery
partition (FAT32) and a partition for the rootfs (Linux).
The board loads the kernel from block 0xA00 (2560) and I have reserved
32MB for the kernel (65536 blocks). I have aligned the partitions on the
erase block size (4096 byte), so the recovery partition must start on
block 69632 and end on 86016 (16385 sectors). The rootfs is assumed to
start on sector 90112.
In order to install the mbr, you run the following commands from the
u-boot command line:
* tftpboot ${loadaddr} <name of mbr file>
* mmc device 0
* mmc write ${loadaddr} 0x00 1
Run the following commands to install + boot OpenWRT:
* tftpboot ${loadaddr} openwrt-mediatek-mt7623-7623a-unielec-u7623-02-emmc-512m-squashfs-sysupgrade-emmc.bin.gz
* run boot_wr_img
* run boot_rd_img
* bootm
Recovery:
In order to recover the router, you need to follow the installation
steps above (no need to replace MBR).
Notes:
* F2FS is used as the overlay filesystem.
* The device does not ship with any valid MAC address, so a random
address has to be generated. As a work-around, I write the initial
random MAC to a file on the recovery partition. The MAC of the WAN
interface is set to the MAC-address contained in this file on each boot,
and the address of the LAN-interfaces are WAN + 1. The MAC file is kept
across sysupgrade/firstboot.
My approach is slightly different than what the stock image does. The
first fives bytes of the MAC addresses in the stock image are static,
and then the last byte is random. I believe it is better to create fully
random MAC addresses.
* In order to support the miniPCIe-slots, I needed to add missing
pcie-nodes to mt7623.dtsi. The nodes are just c&p from the upstream
dtsi.
* One of the USB3.0 phys (u3phy2) on the board can be used as either USB
or PCI, and one of the wifi-cards is connected to this phy. In order to
support switching the phy from USB to PCI, I needed to patch the
phy-driver. The patch is based on a rejected (at least last time I
checked) PCI-driver submitted to the linux-mediatek mailing list.
* The eMMC is configured to boot from the user area, and according to
the data sheet of the eMMC this value can't be changed.
* I tried to structure the MBR more nicely and use for example a
FAT32-parition for the kernel, so that we don't need to write/read from
some offset. The bootloader does not support reading from
FAT32-paritions. While the command (fatload) is there, it just throws an
error when I try to use it.
* I will submit and hope to get the DTS for the device accepted
upstream. If and when that happens, I will update the patches
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Includes specific support for PH8(1e2d-0053) / ELS61(1e2d-005b) modules.
Note for ELS61, the serial driver changes from serial option(ttyUSB) to usb-cdc (ttyACM).
Two additional fixes in this commit resolve issues with ttyACM devices: -
* wwan.sh - sys-fs has a subdirectory indirection (*/tty/ttyACMx) which was not handled properly
* wwan.usb - dependent scripts were not included, so this never actually called proto_set_available for example (and relied on inadvertent call for ttyUSB case)
Signed-off-by: David Thornley <david.thornley@touchstargroup.com>
Replace 204-udhcpc_no_msg_dontroute patch by the upstream busybox fix
which removes the code which requires the server ID to be on local
network
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Both version of the vg3503j have the LAN1 labelled port connected to
switch port 4 and the LAN2 labelled port connected to switch port 2.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A
- Flash: 8 MB
- RAM: 64 MB
- Ethernet: 4 FE ports and 1 GE port (RTL8211F on port 5)
- Wireless radio: MT7620 for 2.4G and MT7612E for 5G, both equipped with external PA.
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB - 57600 8N1
Flash instruction:
The U-boot is based on Ralink SDK so we can flash the firmware using UART:
1. Configure PC with a static IP address and setup an TFTP server.
2. Put the firmware into the tftp directory.
3. Connect the UART line as described on the PCB.
4. Power up the device and press 2, follow the instruction to
set device and tftp server IP address and input the firmware
file name. U-boot will then load the firmware and write it into
the flash.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Enabling CONFIG_ATH10K_THERMAL on targets that don't have CONFIG_THERMAL
enabled in their kernel config causes build to fail due to missing
symbol THERMAL_EMERGENCY_POWEROFF_DELAY_MS. Add it to kmod-thermal.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The package is not being generated otherwise, which is fatal because
it is part of the subtargets default package set...
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This commit adds support for the Mikrotik RouterBOARD RBM33g.
=Hardware=
The RBM33g is a mt7621 based device featuring three gigabit ports, 2
miniPCIe slots with sim card sockets, 1 M.2 slot, 1 USB 3.0 port and a male
onboard RS-232 serial port. Additionally there are a lot of accessible
GPIO ports and additional buses like i2c, mdio, spi and uart.
==Switch==
The three Ethernet ports are all connected to the internal switch of the
mt7621 SoC:
port 0: Ethernet Port next to barrel jack with PoE printed on it
port 1: Innermost Ethernet Port on opposite side of RS-232 port
port 2: Outermost Ethernet Port on opposite side of RS-232 port
port 6: CPU
==Flash==
The device has two spi flash chips. The first flash chips is rather small
(512 kB), connected to CS0 by default and contains only the RouterBOOT
bootloader and some factory information (e.g. mac address).
The second chip has a size of 16 MB, is by default connected to CS1 and
contains the firmware image.
==PCIe==
The board features three PCIe-enabled slots. Two of them are miniPCIe
slots (PCIe0, PCIe1) and one is a M.2 (Key M) slot (PCIe2).
Each of the miniPCIe slots is connected to a dedicated mini SIM socket
on the back of the board.
Power to all three PCIe-enabled slots is controlled via GPIOs on the
mt7621 SoC:
PCIe0: GPIO9
PCIe1: GPIO10
PCIe2: GPIO11
==USB==
The board has one external USB 3.0 port at the rear. Additionally PCIe
port 0 has a permanently enabled USB interface. PCIe slot 1 shares its
USB interface with the rear USB port. Thus only either the rear USB port
or the USB interface of PCIe slot 1 can be active at the same time. The
jumper next to the rear USB port controls which one is active:
open: USB on PCIe 1 is active
closed: USB on rear USB port is active
==Power==
The board can accept both, passive PoE and external power via a 2.1 mm
barrel jack. The input voltage range is 11-32 V.
=Installation=
==Prerequisites==
A USB -> RS-232 Adapter and a null modem cable are required for
installation.
To install an OpenWRT image to the device two components must be built:
1. A openwrt initramfs image
2. A openwrt sysupgrade image
===initramfs & sysupgrade image===
Select target devices "Mikrotik RBM33G" in
openwrt menuconfig and build the images. This will create the images
"openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm33g-initramfs-kernel.bin" and
"openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm33g-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin" in the output
directory.
==Installing==
**Make sure to back up your RouterOS license in case you do ever want to
go back to RouterOS using "/system license output" and back up the created
license file.**
Serial settings: 115200 8N1
The installation is a two-step process. First the
"openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm33g-initramfs-kernel.bin" must be booted
via tftp:
1. Set up a dhcp server that points the bootfile to tftp server serving
the "openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm33g-initramfs-kernel.bin"
initramfs image
2. Connect to WAN port (left side, next to sys-LED and power indicator)
3. Connect to serial port of board
4. Power on board and enter RouterBOOT setup menu
5. Set boot device to "boot over ethernet"
6. Set boot protocol to "dhcp protocol" (can be omitted if DHCP server
allows dynamic bootp)
6. Save config
7. Wait for board to boot via Ethernet
On the serial port you should now be presented with the OpenWRT boot log.
The next steps will install OpenWRT persistently.
1. Copy "openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm33g-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin" to the device
using scp.
2. Write openwrt to flash using "sysupgrade
openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm33g-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
Once the flashing completes reboot the router and let it boot from flash.
It should boot straight to OpenWRT.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
0bc4230 version: bump snapshot
ed04799 poly1305: add missing string.h header
cbd4e34 compat: use stabler lkml links
caa718c ratelimiter: do not allow concurrent init and uninit
894ddae ratelimiter: mitigate reference underflow
0a8a62c receive: drop handshake packets if rng is not initialized
cad9e52 noise: wait for crng before taking locks
83c0690 netlink: maintain static_identity lock over entire private key update
0913f1c noise: take locks for ss precomputation
073f31a qemu: bump default kernel
bec4c48 wg-quick: android: don't forget to free compiled regexes
7ce2ef3 wg-quick: android: disable roaming to v6 networks when v4 is specified
9132be4 dns-hatchet: apply resolv.conf's selinux context to new resolv.conf
41a5747 simd: no need to restore fpu state when no preemption
6d7f0b0 simd: encapsulate fpu amortization into nice functions
f8b57d5 queueing: re-enable preemption periodically to lower latency
b7b193f queueing: remove useless spinlocks on sc
5bb62fe tools: getentropy requires 10.12
4e9f120 chacha20poly1305: use slow crypto on -rt kernels on arm too
Compiled-for: ar71xx, lantiq
Run-tested-on: ar71xx Archer C7 v2 & lantiq HH5a
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
TP-Link Archer C7 v5 is a dual-band AC1750 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9563+QCA9880.
Specification:
- 750/400/250 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 10x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
1. Upload lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c7-v5-squashfs-factory.bin via Web interface
Flash instruction using TFTP recovery:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c7-v5-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to ArcherC7v5_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Arvid E. Picciani <aep@exys.org>
Tested on 8devices Jalapeno(ipq40xx)
Introduces following changes
* Fix: In ethtool.8, remove superfluous and incorrect \
* Fix: fix uninitialized return value
* Fix: fix RING_VF assignment
* Fix: remove unused global variable
* Fix: several fixes in do_gregs()
* Fix: correctly free hkey when get_stringset() fails
* Fix: remove unreachable code
* Fix: fix stack clash in do_get_phy_tunable and do_set_phy_tunable
* Feature: Add register dump support for MICROCHIP LAN78xx
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Commit ecd954d530 installs specific interface triggers which rewrites the dnsmasq config
file and restarts dnsmasq if the network interface becomes active for which a trigger
has been installed.
In case no dhcp sections are specified or ignore is set to 1 dnsmasq will not be started
at startup which breaks DNS resolving.
Fix this by ditching the BOOT check in start_service and always start dnsmasq at startup.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Apparently there are RPi1 devices with BRCM43430 wifi, such as the
Pi Zero W. Add the necessary packages for that to the image generated
for those boards as well.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add the missing enable and disable function.
Remove dummy mask and unmask function and use the one provided by
irq_dummy_chip.
Allow interrupt status register being defined from dts.
Add ddr_wb_flush for ar934x/qca953x.
Rename controller name to qca,ar9340-intc because this design was
first introduced in AR934x.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
ELECOM WRC-1167GHBK2-S is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on
MediaTek MT7621A.
Specification:
- MT7621A (2-Cores, 4-Threads)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR3)
- 16 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz
- MediaTek MT7615D
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LEDs, 2x keys
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- baudrate: 57600 bps
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Rename the factory image to "wrc-1167ghbk2-s_v0.00.bin"
2. Connect the computer to the LAN port of WRC-1167GHBK2-S
3. Connect power cable to WRC-1167GHBK2-S and turn on it
4. Access to "http://192.168.2.1/details.html" and open firmware
update page ("手動更新（アップデート）")
5. Select the factory image and click apply ("適用") button
6. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
NEC Aterm WG2600HP is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on Qualcomm
IPQ8064.
Specification:
- IPQ8064 (384 - 1,400 MHz)
- 512 MB of RAM
- 32 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 4T4R 2.4/5 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 12x LEDs, 4x keys
- 1x USB 3.0 Type-A
- UART header on PCB
- RX, TX, NC, GND, Vcc from power connector side
- baudrate: 115200 bps
Flash instruction using initramfs image:
1. Connect serial cable to UART header
2. Connect power cable and turn on the router
3. When the "Press the [f] key and hit [enter] to enter failsafe mode"
message is displayed on the console, press the "f" key and Enter key
sequentially to enter the failsafe mode
4. create fw_env.config file with following contents on failsafe mode:
/dev/mtd9 0x0 0x10000 0x10000
5. Execute following commands to add and change the environment
variables of U-Boot
fw_setenv ipaddr "192.168.0.1"
fw_setenv serverip "192.168.0.2"
fw_setenv autostart "yes"
fw_setenv bootcmd "tftpboot 0x44000000 wg2600hp-initramfs.bin;
bootipq"
6. Set the IP address of the computer to 192.168.0.2, connect to the LAN
port of WG2600HP, and start the TFTP server on the computer
7. Rename OpenWrt initramfs image for WG2600HP to
"wg2600hp-initramfs.bin" and place it in the TFTP directory
8. Remove power cable from WG2600HP, reconnect it and restart WG2600HP
9. WG2600HP downloads initramfs image from TFTP server on the computer,
loads it and boot with initramfs image
10. On the initramfs image, execute "mtd erase firmware" to erase stock
firmware and execute sysupgrade with the sysupgrade image
11. Wait ~180 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Add wpad-mini if wireless drivers are included. Drop the mt76 package if
both of the provided drivers are included with their own packages.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Currently arc770 is no more "source-only".
Lets update Linux kernel version from 4.9 to 4.14 for arc770.
config-4.14 was simply regenerated with "make kernel_menuconfig".
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This commit adds support for the Mikrotik wAP R (RBwAPR-2nD). The change
is based on 3b15eb0 which added support for the wAP 2nD. This change lacks
LED support.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9531 (650 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR SPI flash
- Wireless: built-in QCA9531, 802.11b/g/n 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 1x100Mbps
- Power: 9-30V Passive PoE, 9-30V DC jack, 9-30V automotive jack
- SIM card slot
- Mini-PCIe slot
Installation:
1. Login to the Mikrotik WebUI to backup your licence key
2. Change the following settings in System->Routerboard->Settings:
- Boot device: try ethernet once then NAND
- Boot protocol: DHCP
- Force Backup Booter: checked
3. Setup a DHCP/BOOTP server with:
- DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name) pointing to a local TFTP
server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
- DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name) matching the initramfs filename
of the to be booted image, e.g.
openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-vmlinux-initramfs.elf
4. Power off the device
5. If this is the second attempt to boot OpenWRT or the boot device isn't
"try ethernet once then NAND," press and hold the reset button while
powered off. If this is the first attempt, this step isn't necessary.
6. Power on the device, holding the reset button for 15-20s if already
pressed from the previous step.
The board should load and start the initramfs image from the TFTP
server. Login as root/without password to the started OpenWRT via SSH
listing on IPv4 address 192.168.1.1. Use sysupgrade to install OpenWRT.
Revert to RouterOS
Use the "rbcfg" package on in OpenWRT:
- rbcfg set boot_protocol bootp
- rbcfg set boot_device ethnand
- rbcfg apply
Open Netinstall and reboot routerboard. Now Netinstall sees RouterBOARD
and you can install RouterOS. If NetInstall gets stuck on Sending offer
just wait for it to timeout and then close and open Netinstall again.
Click on install again.
In order for RouterOS to function properly, you need to restore license
for the device. You can do that by including license in NetInstall.
Signed-off-by: David Ehrmann <ehrmann@gmail.com>
GRO stores packets as fraglist. If they are routed back to the ethernet
device, they need to be re-segmented if the driver does not support
sending fraglists.
Add the missing support for that, along with a missing feature flag that
allows full routed GRO->TSO offload.
Considerably reduces CPU utilization for routing
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This commit adds support for the AVM Fritz!WLAN Repeater 450E
SOC: Qualcomm QCA9556 (Scorpion) 560MHz MIPS74Kc
RAM: 64MB Zentel A3R12E40CBF DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB Winbond W25Q128 SPI NOR
WLAN1: QCA9556 2.4 GHz 802.11b/g/n 3x3
INPUT: WPS button
LED: Power, WiFi, LAN, RSSI indicator
Serial: Header Next to Black metal shield
Pinout is 3.3V - RX - TX - GND (Square Pad is 3.3V)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4GHz WiFi (correct MAC)
- Installation via EVA bootloader
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- Buttons
- Most LEDs
Not working:
- 2 RSSI LEDs
AVM used for RSSI{0,1} two of the Ethernet PHYs LEDs which they
control over MDIO. Our driver doesn't expose these LEDs as GPIOs.
While it is possible to implement this feature, it would require an
additional kernel patch for a minor functionality.
Installation via EVA:
In the first seconds after Power is connected, the bootloader will
listen for FTP connections on 192.168.178.1. Firmware can be uploaded
like following:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put openwrt-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
Note that this procedure might take up to two minutes.
You need to powercycle the Device afterwards to boot OpenWRT.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The QCA9556 only has a SGMII interface. However the speed on the
ethernet link is set for the non-existant xMII interface.
This commit fixes this behavior.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This new package was missing the dependency to kmod-random-core which
caused some build errors.
Fixes: 163ab9135a ("kernel/modules: add chaoskey module, hardware TRNG")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Busybox time supports the GNU time '-f' syntax used by the build time
logging implemented in ff6e62b288, however the prerequisite check added
only works with GNU time installed as `time` or `gtime`.
As busybox is a multicall binary, the name of the symlink setup by
SetupHostCommand also must be changed from `gtime` to `time` to fix the
value of argv[0]. This causes a number of shells (including bash) to use
their builtin impelementation of time, so the sole invocation has been
changed to use `env time` to use the value found on the $PATH.
Signed-off-by: Andy Boyett <agb@agb.io>
122ca37 Rename bits in hostflags to match new identifiers for the hostflags
32c2a3c Change order of identifiers to be ascending with the spr numbers
f7016b5 Remove definitions which are not Broadcom specific
b77c0a3 debug: Fix ordering of HF bits
3f46e61 fwcutter: Add firmware 9.10.178.27
27892ef fwcutter/make: Avoid _DEFAULT_SOURCE warning
Signed-off-by: Krystian Kozak <krystian.kozak20@gmail.com>
Enable the Hardware Random Number Generator Core infrastructure
in kernel.
Needed for hardware random number generator drivers like chaoskey
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Package the driver for Chaoskey, a USB dongle that provides a
True Random Number Generator (TRNG) and feeds entropy to kernel.
Chaoskey driver is included the upstream Linux sources, so
only packaging it is needed.
Run-tested with ipq806x/R7800 and mvebu/WRT3200ACM.
(Requires CONFIG_HW_RANDOM kernel option.)
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Shorten the version string in Netgear factory image header in order
to enable u-boot TFTP recovery flash mode to work again.
Strip 'r7210-14cb05909a' into 'r7210' in the Netgear image header
by removing the hash (anything after "-").
background:
Some Netgear routers have recently been unable to flash Openwrt
factory image with the TFTP recovery flash mode provided by Netgear
u-boot. That is due to over-long Openwrt version string overflowing
into the router type string in u-boot code. Modern git versions
produce 10-digit short hashes for the Openwrt main repo, and that
causes the version string to be too long in the image header,
breaking the image ID verification by the TFTP flash routine.
(Other option could be to force a shorter hash in scripts/getver.sh,
but as the problem only concerns Netgear routers, let's patch just
them.)
More detailed explanations in FS#1583
Tested with WNDR3800
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
The kernel patch *-mips_module_reloc.patch breaks dynamic ftrace as
dynamic ftrace depends on -mlong-calls.
See http://patchwork.linux-mips.org/patch/675/
Thus we always set -mlong-calls if the kernel is being
compiled with dynamic ftrace support.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Wiemann <webmaster@codefetch.de>
Marvell ahci hardware requires a workaround to prevent eSATA failures
on hotplug/reset when used with multi-bay external enclosures.
Errata Ref#226 - SATA Disk HOT swap issue when connected through Port
Multiplier in FIS-based Switching mode.
These patches backport the workaround from 4.17.
Signed-off-by: Jeremiah McConnell <miah@miah.com>
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4018 (DAKOTA) ARM Quad-Core
RAM: 128 MB Nanya NT5CC64M16GP-DI
FLASH: 16 MiB Macronix MX25L12845EMI-12G
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8072
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n 2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11n/ac W2 2x2
INPUT: WPS, Mode-toggle-switch
LED: Power, WLAN 2.4GHz, WLAN 5GHz, LAN, WPS
(LAN not controllable by software)
(WLAN each green / red)
SERIAL: Header next to eth-phy.
VCC, TX, GND, RX (Square hole is VCC)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet (Correct MAC-address)
- 2.4 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- 5 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- Factory installation from tftp
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- LEDs
- WPS Button
Not Working:
- Mode-toggle-switch
Install via TFTP:
Connect to the devices serial. Hit Enter-Key in bootloader to stop
autobooting. Command `tftpboot` will pull an initramfs image named
`C0A86302.img` from a tftp server at `192.168.99.08/24`.
After successfull transfer, boot the image with `bootm`.
To persistently write the firmware, flash an openwrt sysupgrade image
from inside the initramfs, for example transfer
via `scp <sysupgrade> root@192.168.1.1:/tmp` and flash on the device
with `sysupgrade -n /tmp/<sysupgrade>`.
append-cmdline patch taken from chunkeeys work on the NBG6617.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Frühling <skorpy@frankfurt.ccc.de>
Co-authored-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Co-authored-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
ar71xx/ar913x series use the old pll registers and settings.
However started from ar7242, a new pll register is introduced and the
pll setting is much simpler.
This can be observed from dev-eth.c from the ar71xx target.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <hackpascal@gmail.com>
This patch adds dts for qca956x and also support for Phicomm K2T
The qca965x.dtsi adds nearly all the necessary components.
Both ath9k AHB and PCIe worked well.
The Phicomm K2T uses MTD partition 'config' to store the mac addresses in
JSON format. To extract these fields correctly, a script is introduced:
/lib/functions/k2t.sh
This script provides a helper function to extract mac addresses, and is used
in three places.
Hardware spec of Phicomm K2T:
CPU: QCA9563
DRAM: 64MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
Switch: QCA8337
WiFi 5.8GHz: QCA9886
Flash instruction:
Apply sysupgrade.bin via serial console:
tftp 0x80000000 sysupgrade.bin && erase 0x9f090000 +$filesize && cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f090000 $filesize
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <hackpascal@gmail.com>
This fixup ip align in essedma driver rx path
see cat /proc/cpu/alignment
which reports alignment-fixups without this fix.
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
While support for the FLOWOFFLOAD target is available in the firmware
images, it is still missing in some of the binary packages on
downloads.openwrt.org, e.g. for the mipsel_mips32 architecture.
Increment PKG_RELEASE to force an update of these packages.
Also adjust the package description to include the FLOWOFFLOAD target.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
Backport a hot off the press upstream kernel ATM fix:
Preserve value of skb->truesize when accounting to vcc
"There's a hack in pskb_expand_head() to avoid adjusting skb->truesize
for certain skbs. Ideally it would cover ATM too. It doesn't. Just
stashing the accounted value and using it in atm_raw_pop() is probably
the easiest way to cope."
The issue was exposed by upstream with:
commit 14afee4b6092fde451ee17604e5f5c89da33e71e
Author: Reshetova, Elena <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Date: Fri Jun 30 13:08:00 2017 +0300
net: convert sock.sk_wmem_alloc from atomic_t to refcount_t
But an earlier commit left the ticking timebomb:
158f323b9868 ("net: adjust skb->truesize in pskb_expand_head()
Sincerest thanks to Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me> for debugging
assistance and to David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org> for further
guidance, cajoling & patience in interpreting the debug I was giving him
and producing a fix!
Fixes FS#1567
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
When upstream kernel introduced commit c55fa3cccbc2c672e7f118be8f7484e53a8e9e77
we incorrectly updated our hack integration patch that updates atm/common.c
+++ b/net/atm/common.c
@@ -62,10 +62,16 @@ static void vcc_remove_socket(struct soc
write_unlock_irq(&vcc_sklist_lock);
}
+struct sk_buff* (*ifx_atm_alloc_tx)(struct atm_vcc *, unsigned int) = NULL;
+EXPORT_SYMBOL(ifx_atm_alloc_tx);
+
static bool vcc_tx_ready(struct atm_vcc *vcc, unsigned int size)
{
struct sock *sk = sk_atm(vcc);
+ if (ifx_atm_alloc_tx != NULL)
+ return ifx_atm_alloc_tx(vcc, size)
The correct solution is to drop our ifx_atm_alloc_tx replacement hack
entirely and let the kernel do its thing.
In reality neither pppoatm or BR2684 interfaces actually hit this code,
so the incorrect integration would only be noticed with direct socket
calls which we are unaware of a use-case.
This is not the solution to pppoatm vc-mux failing to work which started
the whole investigation, but let's fix it up anyway.
With sincerest thanks to David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org> &
Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>.
Tested-on: lantiq, BT HomeHub 5a
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Support for these devices isn't ready yet and it was only accidentally
pushed in the commit 0da9303e5b ("mac80211: backport "brcmfmac:
cleanup and some rework" from 4.17").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
For easier future kernel bumps replace spi patch with upstream version
slightly modified. The modification removes partition definitions which
has been diffrent for some U-Boot versions.
Also this removes unnecessary i2c definition which was in the old patch.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Since the beginning there's been an issue with initializing the Atheros
based MiniPCIe wireless cards. Here's an example of kerenel log:
OF: PCI: host bridge /soc/pcie@d0070000 ranges:
OF: PCI: MEM 0xe8000000..0xe8ffffff -> 0xe8000000
OF: PCI: IO 0xe9000000..0xe900ffff -> 0xe9000000
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: link up
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: PCI host bridge to bus 0000:00
pci_bus 0000:00: root bus resource [bus 00-ff]
pci_bus 0000:00: root bus resource [mem0xe8000000-0xe8ffffff]
pci_bus 0000:00: root bus resource [io 0x0000-0xffff](bus address[0xe9000000-0xe900ffff])
pci 0000:00:00.0: BAR 0: assigned [mem0xe8000000-0xe801ffff 64bit]
pci 0000:00:00.0: BAR 6: assigned [mem0xe8020000-0xe802ffff pref]
[...]
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x3c
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x44
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x4
ath9k 0000:00:00.0: enabling device (0000 -> 0002)
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x3c
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0xc
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x4
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x40
ath9k 0000:00:00.0: request_irq failed
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x4
ath9k: probe of 0000:00:00.0 failed with error -22
The same happens for ath5k cards, while ath10k card didn't appear at
all (not detected):
OF: PCI: host bridge /soc/pcie@d0070000 ranges:
OF: PCI: MEM 0xe8000000..0xe8ffffff -> 0xe8000000
OF: PCI: IO 0xe9000000..0xe900ffff -> 0xe9000000
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: link never came up
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: PCI host bridge to bus 0000:00
pci_bus 0000:00: root bus resource [bus 00-ff]
pci_bus 0000:00: root bus resource [mem0xe8000000-0xe8ffffff]
pci_bus 0000:00: root bus resource [io 0x0000-0xffff](bus address[0xe9000000-0xe900ffff])
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: config read/write timed out
Following the issue on esppressobin.net forum [1] the workaround seems
to be limiting the speed of PCIe bridge to 1st generation. This fixed
the initialisation of all tested Atheros wireless cards.
The change shouldn't affect the performance for wireless cards,
it could reduce the performance of storage controller cards but since
OpenWrt focuses on wireless connectivity, fixing compatibility with
wireless cards should be a priority.
For the record, the iwlwifi and mt76 cards were not affected by this
issue.
1. http://espressobin.net/forums/topic/which-pcie-wlan-cards-are-supported
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The device tree files are now matching the kernel 4.17 and this will be
send also for integration into mainline U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch 220-add-sunxi50i-nanopi-neo-plus2.patch was merged upstream.
The u-boot-sunxi-with-spl.bin is now also created for the ARM64 sunxi
boards by U-Boot itself, no need to do it manually any more.
This was tested on a H2+ Orange Pi R1 and a H5 Orange Pi Zero Plus.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
zram.ko needs CONFIG_BLK_DEV activated and it is by default for all
other targets in OpenWrt.
This makes zram.ko compile again.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Neon and vfpv4 are mandatory extensions in the ARM64 instruction set
now, do not activate them explicitly. GCC will make use of these
extension now by default.
This makes it possible to share the toolchain with other Cortex A53
SoCs.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This commit adds the get_status_led method to diag.sh, which sets the
boot-led as status-led for scripts using this method to get a
status-led.
This method is used platform-independent in downstream project gluon to
set the LED used to indicate the config-mode.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This generates the "rd.gz" and "hddapp.tgz" that doesn't contain
anything of the sort but rather the OpenWRT rootfs. It works the
same way as how we generate the same layout for the NAS4220b.
For some reason the ImageInfo file is different for the SQ201.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The D-Link DIR-685 has a RealTek RT2880 mini-PCI card in a
slot. Activate the appropriate kernel module.
The Square One SQ201 has a Ralink RT61-based mini-PCI card.
Activate the appropriate kernel modules. This fixes the
previous error just activating the firmware: the kernel
module will bring in the firmware it needs.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This makes the Gemini build a WRGG-type firmware update
image for the DIR-685. This should hopefully install the
kernel from the web firmware upgrade API on the product
switching it permanently to use OpenWRT.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
It was described by Arend as:
> This series is intended for 4.17 and includes following:
>
> * rework bus layer attach code.
> * remove duplicate variable declaration.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This fixes missing rootfs on above device:
[ 2.652292] VFS: Cannot open root device "(null)" or unknown-block(0,0): error -6
(...)
[ 2.687909] Kernel panic - not syncing: VFS: Unable to mount root fs on unknown-block(0,0)
Fixes: 05cb6aa69f ("bcm53xx: replace linux,part-probe with a proper partitions subnode")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
1. Move all status led definitions out of diag.sh into device dt
as we use here a generic script hook.
2. Encode "phy0ptp" led trigger in dt of device for all ath79 devices.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
Fixes for WNDR3800 DTS:
* fix bootcmd
* name art partition to reference it for MACs
* format firmware partition's address similarly as others
* make u-boot-env read-only like in ar71xx
* read wan and lan MACs from art
* fix LED and button gpio values to match ar71xx
(orange/green powerLED, reset button)
* enable power LED in dts by alias led-status
* define USB LED triggers and connect to USB port
* change wifi button to KEY_RFKILL like in ar71xx
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Add support for the common led property "linux,default-trigger". It
allows to set a default led trigger via devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
[add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Readd SoC compatible strings and correct model names mangled in
a51078f735, cleanup dts to remove
duplication, rename dtsi for clarity, use correct GPIO for TL-MR10U
USB power.
Tested only on TL-WR703N due to lack of a TL-MR10U.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Certain Netgear and AVM devices use BE squashfs for the kernel image. As
squashfs4 only supports creating LE images, add squashfs (v3) into
the tools to be built for ath79.
Trying to use an LE squashfs (thus trying to use squashfs4 only for
building the image) for the kernel image results in the bootloader
barfing and stopping.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
TP-Link TL-WR842N v5 are simple N300 router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas. Its very similar to TP-Link TL-MR3420 V5.
Specification:
- MT7628N/N (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- USB 2.0 Port
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 7x LED, 2x button, power input switch
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash OpenWrt image in wr842nv5 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.225/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "lede-ramips-mt7628-tplink_tl-wr842n-v5-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
With this change, the LED trigger is independent from the (wireless)
netdev name. The (wireless) netdev name can be easiliy changed in
OpenWrt and would require an update of the netdev trigger settings each
time it is done.
This change is (for now) applied only to MT7628 devices from TP-Link, as
we only had the possibility to test this change against two of those
devices, namely a TL-WR841 v13 and a Archer C50 v3.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
I found mt7688 watchdog not working. The watchdog registers are identical
for mt7621 and mt7628/mt7688. The first watchdog related register is at
0x10000100, the last one - a 16bit sized - at 0x10000128.
Set the correct register address and size in the dtsi file to get the
watchdog working.
Signed-off-by: lbzhung <gewalalb@gmail.com>
[add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Since kernel 4.10 commit 61e84623ace3 ("net: centralize net_device
min/max MTU checking"), the range of mtu is [min_mtu, max_mtu], which
is [68, 1500] by default.
It's necessary to set a max_mtu if a mtu > 1500 is supported.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
9090f9c mt76x2: fix threshold for gain adjustment
2cbaa57 mt76x2: fix swapped values for RXO-18 in gain control
a39ab70 mt76x2: adjust AGC control register 26 based on gain for VHT80
4936c0c mt76x2: clear false CCA counters after changing gain settings
1528fe7 mt76x2: fix variable gain adjustment range
f3522e1 mt76x2: add a debugfs file to dump agc calibration information
65e161b mt76x2: fix tracking rssi for dynamic gain adjustment
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use vectoring firmware downloaded via vdsl_fw_install.sh from
ltq-vdsl-fw package for annex B and annex J.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Recent Speedport firmware downloads only work over HTTPS, so the user
either needs to provide the already downloaded file or install
ustream-ssl-* as well as ca-certificates or ca-bundle.
So to get VDSL2 with vectoring on xRX200, simply run
vdsl_fw_install.sh
on the target and either provide the downloaded file as instructed or
make sure the device is connected to the Internet and can download that
HTTPS url itself.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
ucert is a wrapper around usign to allow delegation and revocation of
public keys for future use in sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This work was sponsored by WIO (wiowireless.com)
Ship EEPROM blobs for specific supported board only and don't have them
lurking around in our source tree but rather download them from
@github/RPi-Distro/firmware-nonfree upstream.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This was caused by a race condition between offload teardown and
conntrack gc bumping the timeout of offloaded connections
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Update bison to 3.0.5
Bugfix release
Remove 001-fix-macos-vasnprintf.patch as it is fixed upstream
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
On bcm53xx and brcm47xx, commands are passed to default_do_upgrade that
expect the image to be passed on stdin, rather than as an argument.
Fixes: 30f61a34b4 ("base-files: always use staged sysupgrade")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Fix condir option processing allowing to use the format
"<directory>[,<file-extension>......]," as documented on the dnsmasq man
page which previously resulted into bogus dir being created.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
On some targets this module depends on kmod-of-mdio.
This is similar to the fixes done in:
dc629d9cf5 ("kernel: fix kmod-switch-rtl8366-smi dependency")
56bd23cf52 ("kernel: let kmod-rtl8366-smi conditionally depend on kmod-of-mdio")
Fixes: 32f32398af ("kernel/modules: add kmod-mdio-gpio module")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Some of the Marvell targets have functional SATA port multiplier
support, which is required for multi-bay eSATA enclosures. Enable
kernel support by setting CONFIG_SATA_PMP.
Closes: FS#1232 and FS#547
Signed-off-by: Jeremiah McConnell <miah@miah.com>
Some ath10k firmware versions allow to access the chip internal a
temperature sensor and allow to reduce the amount of the time when the card
is allowed to send. The latter is required on devices which tend to
overheat.
An userspace service has to read
/sys/class/ieee80211/phy*/device/hwmon/hwmon*/temp1_input regularly and
then decide how much the device has to be throttled. This can be done by
writing to /sys/class/ieee80211/phy*/device/cooling_device/cur_state. By
default it is not throttled (0) but it can be throttled up to 100(%).
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Without this change, ifx_mei_atm_showtime_check() will always return
"showtime" after one call of MEI_InternalXtmSwhowtimeEntrySignal()
was done, even if MEI_InternalXtmSwhowtimeExitSignal() was called
in the meantime.
The ifx_mei_atm_showtime_check() function is used by the ltq-atm and
ltq-ptm driver.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
This device has only one ethernet port.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Badaire <mbadaire@gmail.com>
[add the existing eth0 as lan block, shorten commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The AVM package selection partially broke with the addition of the
FRITZ!Box 4020. This commit restores the intended behavior.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Just name buttons directly, rather than abstract and then also a label.
Likewise for leds. Avoids DTC warnings about unit address with no reg
parameter.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Make the unitname match the reg address. This fixes a DTC warning.
Tested that USB is still functional on an ar9331 device including this
dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Based on original ar71xx eg200 board files
Tested working:
* usb hub, storage and serial port
* ethernet
* wifi
* leds
* button
sysupgrade from self->self passes validity checks.
sysupgrade from old ar71xx->ath79 passes. (however this doesn't migrate
wireless driver configs)
Only unknown issue is the existance of a /sys/class/leds/ath9k-phy0,
which doesn't "exist"
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
I-O DATA WN-GX300GR is a 2.4 GHz band 11n router, based on MediaTek
MT7621S.
Specification:
- MT7621S (1-Core, 2-Threads)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x LEDs, 4x keys (2x buttons, 1x slide switch)
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- baudrate: 115200 bps (U-Boot, OpenWrt)
Flash instruction using initramfs image:
1. Connect serial cable to UART header
2. Rename OpenWrt initramfs image for WN-GX300GR to "uImageWN-GX300GR"
and place it in the TFTP directory
3. Set the IP address of the computer to 192.168.99.8, connect to the
LAN port of WN-GX300GR, and start the TFTP server on the computer
4. Connect power cable to WN-GX300GR and turn on the router
5. Press "1" key on the serial console to interrupt boot process on
U-Boot, press Enter key 3 times and start firmware download via TFTP
6. WN-GX300GR downloads initramfs image and boot with it
7. On the initramfs image, execute "mtd erase firmware" to erase stock
firmware and execute sysupgrade with sysupgrade image for WN-GX300GR
8. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flasing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The ART partition of the Lima board stores exactly three mac addresses:
* 0x0: eth0
* 0x6: eth1
* 0x1002: wmac
The first two are correctly assigned in the mach file but the latter points
to 0x800. But this position is set to ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff. Luckily, the
driver falls back in ath9k_hw_init_macaddr to the EEPROM mac address when
it doesn't find a valid mac address in the platform_data.
Remove this bogus offset to the ART partition to directly load the wmac via
the EEPROM data in the ART partition.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Some of the ubi-tools in the upstream mtd-utils have been
broken by a bad patch upstream. It causes major breakage
during sysupgrade when the kernel, rootfs, ... volumes
are deleted in the wrong order.
This patch therefore reverts the faulty upstream commit which
fixes the bug.
linux-mtd mailing-list thread:
<http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-mtd/2018-June/081562.html>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Reported-by: L. Wayne Leach <LLeachii@aol.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Node /cpus/cpu@0 has a unit name, but no reg property
Node /cpus/cpu@1 has a unit name, but no reg property
Node /cpuintc@0 has a unit name, but no reg property
Node /cpuclock@0 has a unit name, but no reg property
Node /sysclock@0 has a unit name, but no reg property
Node /pcie@1e140000/pcie0 missing ranges for PCI bridge (or not a bridge)
Node /pcie@1e140000/pcie0 missing bus-range for PCI bridge
Node /pcie@1e140000/pcie1 missing ranges for PCI bridge (or not a bridge)
Node /pcie@1e140000/pcie1 missing bus-range for PCI bridge
Node /pcie@1e140000/pcie2 missing ranges for PCI bridge (or not a bridge)
Node /pcie@1e140000/pcie2 missing bus-range for PCI bridge
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 8a570921b5.
This seems to have been accidentally reverted. This fixes mt7620 and
mt7628.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Define USB port power on/off GPO as voltage regulator type instead of
exposing as a normal GPIO.
The GPO is now controlled by the USB driver via the voltage regulator
definition. The regulator is of fixed output type (5V for USB) hence the
GPO switches power on/off to USB pin 1 (Vcc)
USB port power is enabled on driver load and disabled on driver unload.
Enable kernel support for fixed voltage regulator types on mt7621.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This patch fixes a dtc warning that shows up for every device
Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /soc/ad-hoc-bus has a reg or ranges property, but no unit name
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
qcom-ipq4018-ex6100v2.dtb: Warning (reg_format): "reg" property in
/led_spi/led_gpio@0 has invalid length (4 bytes)
qcom-ipq4018-ex6100v2.dtb: Warning (avoid_default_addr_size):
Relying on default #size-cells value for /led_spi/led_gpio@0
Cc: Thomas Hebb <tommyhebb@gmail.com>
Cc: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Some devices like the Mikrotik RB912 only have 1 USB port
which is shared between an USB A type port, and the mini PCIe socket.
Toggling a gpio selects the output to which USB is connected.
Since kernel 4.9, gpio base is rounded up to a value of 32.
Commit 65da6f9ca1 ("ar71xx: fix secondary gpio controller base values") accounts correctly for that.
In this commit, rb912 sees it's value changed from AR934X_GPIO_COUNT (23) to 32
This means that the USB toggle gpio number actually also changes from 52 to 61.
But ..
Some of these GPIO numbers are also used in other locations, like the boardfile.
The author forgot to also change them over there.
Switching the USB port to mPCIe now shows my modem is correctly discovered again:
[ 2863.864471] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 4 using ehci-platform
[ 2864.055303] usb 1-1: config 1 has an invalid interface number: 8 but max is 3
[ 2864.062728] usb 1-1: config 1 has no interface number 1
[ 2864.074567] qcserial 1-1:1.0: Qualcomm USB modem converter detected
[ 2864.081474] usb 1-1: Qualcomm USB modem converter now attached to ttyUSB0
[ 2864.111960] qcserial 1-1:1.2: Qualcomm USB modem converter detected
[ 2864.118976] usb 1-1: Qualcomm USB modem converter now attached to ttyUSB1
[ 2864.139808] qcserial 1-1:1.3: Qualcomm USB modem converter detected
[ 2864.146777] usb 1-1: Qualcomm USB modem converter now attached to ttyUSB2
[ 2864.165276] qmi_wwan 1-1:1.8: cdc-wdm0: USB WDM device
[ 2864.171879] qmi_wwan 1-1:1.8 wwan0: register 'qmi_wwan' at usb-ehci-platform-1, WWAN/QMI device, 02:00:44:ed:3b:11
Fixes: 65da6f9ca1 ("ar71xx: fix secondary gpio controller base values")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Cc: Robin Leblon <robin.leblon@ncentric.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
8e29d86 linuxrc: remove superfluous shebang line
12d2045 gitignore: remove Windows stuff
57d8969 Add travis hint
8edf4cc sdimage: use fsync before closing the device (fixes#1)
d395b31 uuc: fix some compiler warnings
Signed-off-by: Krystian Kozak <krystian.kozak20@gmail.com>
This reverts a change made in Sep 2017 [1] which introduced
MSG_DONTROUTE flag to prevent udhcpc from reaching out to servers on a
different subnet. That change violates RFC2131 by forcing fully
configured clients, who got their configurations through an offer
relayed by a DHCP relay, from renewing through a unicast request
directly to the DHCP server, resulting in the client resorting to
boradcasting lease extension requests instead of unicasting them,
further breaking RFC2131.
The problem with MSG_DONTROUTE appears when talking to a properly
configured DHCP server that rejects non-compliant requests. Such server
will reject lease extension attempts sent via broadcast rather than
unicast, as is the case with Finnish ISPs Telia and DNA as well as
Estonian ISP Starman. Once the lease expires without renewal, udhcpc
enters init mode, taking down the interfaces with it, and thus causing
interruption on every lease expiry. On some ISPs (such as the ones
mentioned above) that can be once every 10-20 minutes. The interruptions
appear in the logs as such:
----
udhcpc: sending renew to x.x.x.x
udhcpc: send: Network unreachable
udhcpc: sending renew to 0.0.0.0
udhcpc: sending renew to 0.0.0.0
...
udhcpc: lease lost, entering init state
Interface 'wan' has lost the connection
Interface 'wan' is now down
Network alias 'eth0' link is down
udhcpc: sending select for y.y.y.y
udhcpc: lease of y.y.y.y obtained, lease time 1200
Network alias 'eth0' link is up
Interface 'wan' is now up
----
During lease extension, a fully configured client should be able to
reach out to the server from which it recieved the lease for extension,
regardless in which network it is; that's up to the gateway to find. [2]
This patch ensures that.
[1]
http://lists.busybox.net/pipermail/busybox-cvs/2017-September/037402.html
[2]
https://www.netmanias.com/en/post/techdocs/6000/dhcp-network-protocol/
understanding-dhcp-relay-agents
Signed-off-by: Adi Shammout <adi.shammout@outlook.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
If log_file is specified, make sure its directory exists.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
This commit adds support for the OCEDO Koala
SOC: Qualcomm QCA9558 (Scorpion)
RAM: 128MB
FLASH: 16MiB
WLAN1: QCA9558 2.4 GHz 802.11bgn 3x3
WLAN2: QCA9880 5 GHz 802.11nac 3x3
INPUT: RESET button
LED: Power, LAN, WiFi 2.4, WiFi 5, SYS
Serial: Header Next to Black metal shield
Pinout is 3.3V - GND - TX - RX (Arrow Pad is 3.3V)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz WiFi
- 5 GHz WiFi
- TFTP boot from ramdisk image
- Installation via ramdisk image
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- Buttons
- LEDs
Installation seems to be possible only through booting an OpenWRT
ramdisk image.
Hold down the reset button while powering on the device. It will load a
ramdisk image named 'koala-uImage-initramfs-lzma.bin' from 192.168.100.8.
Note: depending on the present software, the device might also try to
pull a file called 'koala-uimage-factory'. Only the name differs, it
is still used as a ramdisk image.
Wait for the ramdisk image to boot. OpenWRT can be written to the flash
via sysupgrade or mtd.
Due to the flip-flop bootloader which we not (yet) support, you need to
set the partition the bootloader is selecting. It is possible from the
initramfs image with
> fw_setenv bootcmd run bootcmd_1
Afterwards you can reboot the device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Increase the available flash memory size in Netgear R7800
by taking into the use the unused "netgear" partition
that is located after the firmware partition.
Available flash space for kernel+rootfs+overlay increases
by 68 MB from 32 MB to 100 MB.
In a typical build, overlay space increases from 15 to 85,
increasing the package installation possibilities greatly.
Reverting to the OEM firmware is still possible, as the OEM
firmware contains logic to initialise the "netgear" partition
if its contents do not match expectations. In OEM firmware,
"netgear" contains 6 UBI sub-partitions that are defined in
/etc/netgear.cfg and initialisation is done by /etc/preinit
Tested with Openwrt master r7093-4fdc6ca31b and OEM V1.0.2.52
Reference to forum discussion in Netgear R7800 exploration thread:
https://forum.lede-project.org/t/netgear-r7800-exploration-ipq8065-qca9984/285/1118
(messages 1118-1158)
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
ipq806x is all dual core processors. ipq807x is quad core. Removes this
from dmesg:
RCU restricting CPUs from NR_CPUS=4 to nr_cpu_ids=2.
RCU: Adjusting geometry for rcu_fanout_leaf=16, nr_cpu_ids=2
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
SourceForge is deprecated according to upstream, so switch to main site
for downloads.
Tested on Turris Omnia (mvebu).
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The board_name was being tested for "xlnx,zynq-zybo",
but the .dts compatible string is "digilent,zynq-zybo"
Also, sorted the boards alphabetically, and added an
error message for unsupported boards
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
This is no longer necessary since commit 57776e6
(base-files: remove default /etc/config/network,
generate it via board.d instead)
Run-tested: ZedBoard
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
After commit a1248da (zynq: convert to new image build code),
all boards, became unbootable, entering into a boot loop.
Replace the compressed kernel zImage by an uncompressed Image,
which is compressed after with gzip. Also, enable the creation
of an initramfs image by default.
Change images' filename to match the compatible string from the
respective .dts file (<vendor>_<model>). Also, use the shared
mkits.sh script and remove the target specific one.
Fixes: FS#1204
Run-tested: ZedBoard
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Problem - rapsberry pi 3 b/b+ does not boot with bcm2710 images!
How Raspberry Pi boots Actualy?
When Raspberry is switched on GPU is activated.
1. GPU execute First stage bootloader from ROM.
First stage bootloader mount the FAT boot partition on the SD card
and execute second stage bootloader (bootcode.bin).
2. Second stage bootloader (bootcode.bin) activate SDRAM.
Load the GPU firmware (start.elf).
3. GPU firmware (start.elf)
a) display Rainbow splash.
b) read firmware configuration file config.txt and
split the RAM using fixup.dat.
c) loads a cmdline.txt
d) enables the CPU.
e) loads the kernel image configurable via config.txt
In your target/linux/brcm2708/image/config.txt
493 ## kernel (string)
494 ## Alternative name to use when loading kernel.
495 ##
496 #kernel=""
it is not configured!
But in your target/linux/brcm2708/image/Makefile
75 KERNEL_IMG := kernel8.img
76 DEVICE_TITLE := Raspberry Pi 3B/3B+
you have kernel8.img
GPU Firmware search order by default for a PI 3 is:
kernel8.img if found boot in 64 bit mode
kernel8-32.img if found boot in 32 bit mode
kernel7.img if found boot in 32 bit mode
kernel.img if found boot in 32 bit mode
But a PI 2 will start the search from kernel7.img and
a PI 1 only looks for kernel.img.
Оbviously the kernel has been found.
But something goes wrong and the device is restarted.
In your package/kernel/brcm2708-gpu-fw/Makefile
11 PKG_NAME:=brcm2708-gpu-fw
12 PKG_VERSION:=2017-08-08
13 PKG_RELEASE:=e7ba7ab135f5a68b2c00a919ea9ac8d5528a5d5b
boot loader is 10 monts old.
In conclusion, the best way to solve the problem is
to update the boot loader!
Fixup_cd.dat and start_cd.elf files are not necessary.
These are used when GPU memory is set to 16 MB, which disables
some GPU features.
I did not remove them just in case!
cheers
Signed-off-by: Christo Nedev <christo.nedev@gmail.com>
Some board vendors actually changed the loader to expect the chip
to come up in 4-address-mode and flipped the ADP bit in the flash
chip's configuration register which makes it come up in 4-address-mode.
Hence it doesn't make sense to avoid switching to 4-address-mode on
those boards but the opposite as otherwise reboot hangs eg. on the
WrtNode2 boards. Fix this by checking the ADP register and only using
SPI_NOR_4B_READ_OP on chips which have ADP==0 (come up in 3-byte mode).
See also datasheet section 7.1.11 Power Up Address Mode (ADP)
Fixes: 22d982ea0 ("ramips: add support for switching between 3-byte and 4-byte addressing on w25q256 flash")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
5699354 extensions: fix build failure on fc28
e6359ee build: update ebtables.h from kernel and drop local unused copy
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
We recently increased the kernel partition size of the CPE/WBS 210/510.
This works fine for new installations of the factory image, but on
sysupgrades, the partition table read by the bootloader is not adjusted.
This limits the maximum size of the kernel loaded by the bootloader to the
old partition size.
While adjusting the partition table would be a cleanest solution, such a
migration would have to happen before an upgrade to a new version with a
newer kernel. This is error-prone and would require a two-step upgrade, as
we mark the partition table partition read-only.
Instead, switch from the lzma-loader with embedded kernel to the
okli-loader, so only the tiny lzma-loader is loaded by the bootloader as
"kernel", and the lzma-loader will then load the rest of the kernel by
itself.
Fixes: e39847ea2f ("ar71xx: increase kernel partition size for CPE/WBS 210/510")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Import all improvements made in the lzma-loader since development on the
ath79 target started.
This also reverts fe594bf90d ("ath79: fix loader-okli, lzma-loader"), as
is obsoleted by 2ad60168b6af ("ar71xx: lzma-loader: move padding workaround
to gzip step").
Likely, many of the changes should be ported to the ramips lzma-loader as
well, but I don't have a device to test this.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
By making the kernel argv array const, the .data section can always be
omitted from the laoder binary.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The text section in the ELF loader is aligned to the maximum page size,
which defaults to 64KB. Reduce it to the actual page size to avoid wasting
flash space for this alignment.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Some devices (TP-Link TL-WR1043ND v1) don't boot reliably when the
uncompressed loader is too small. This was workarounded in the loader by
adding 512KB of padding to the .data section of the loader binary.
This approach had two issues:
- The padding was only working when .data was non-empty (otherwise the
section would become NOBITS, omitting it in the binary). .data was only
empty when no CMDLINE was set, leading to further workarounds like
fe594bf90d ("ath79: fix loader-okli, lzma-loader"), and this
workaround was only effective because a missing "const" led to the kernel
argv being stored in .data instead of .rodata
- The padding was not only added to the compressed .gz loader, but also
uncompressed .bin and .elf loaders. The prevented embedding the kernel
cmdline in the loader for non-gz loader types.
To fix both issues, move the creation of the padding from the linker script
to the gzip step.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
There are several long-standing issues present in the UCI shell API as
documented in https://wiki.openwrt.org/doc/devel/config-scripting. They
relate both to high-level, user-defined callback functions used to
process UCI config files, and also to low-level functions used within
scripts generally.
The related problems have been encountered now and in the past, e.g.
https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?id=54295, and include:
a) UCI parsing option() function and user-defined option_cb() callbacks
being erroneously called during processing of "list" config file entries;
b) normal usage of the low-level config_set() unexpectedy calling any
defined option_cb() if present; and
c) handling of the list_cb() not respecting the NO_CALLBACK variable.
Root causes include a function stack "inversion", where the low-level
config_set() function incorrectly calls the high-level option() function,
intended only for processing the "option" keyword of UCI config files.
This change addresses the inversion and other issues, making the option
handling code more consistent and smaller, and simplifying developers'
usage of UCI callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
20c0766 mt7603: adjust rx hang watchdog for MT7628
664e321 mt7603: add extra PSE hang check signature for MT7628
f24b56f update MT7628 firmware to the latest version
d87e4b0 mt7603: clear PSE reset bit if PSE reset fails
0ef26ef mt76: only stop tx queues on offchannel, not during the entire scan
f399da3 mt76: prevent tx scheduling during channel change
21c1e1e mt76: move ieee80211_hw allocation to common core
730c292 mt76: wait for pending tx to complete before switching channel
fcbb49e mt76x2: use udelay instead of usleep_range in mt76x2_mac_stop
792dbe0 mt7603: do not hold dev->mutex while flushing dev->mac_work
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Be compatible with ISPs which don't support the destination option header containing
the tunnel encapsulation limit as reported in FS#1501.
Setting the uci parameter encaplimit to ignore; allows to disable the insertion
of the destination option header in the map-e packets.
Otherwise the tunnel encapsulation limit value can be set to a value from 0 till 255
by setting the encaplimit uci parameter accordingly.
If no encaplimit value is specified the default value is 4 as before.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Be compatible with ISPs which don't support the destination option header containing
the tunnel encapsulation limit as reported in FS#1501 for dynamic created ds-lite/map
interfaces.
Setting the uci parameter encaplimit_dslite/map to ignore; allows to disable the insertion
of the destination option header for the dynamic created ds-lite/map interface.
Otherwise the tunnel encapsulation limit value can be set to a value from 0 till 255
by setting the encaplimit_dslite/map uci parameter accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Be compatible with ISPs which don't support the destination option header containing
the tunnel encapsulation limit as reported in FS#1501.
Setting the uci parameter encaplimit to ignore; allows to disable the insertion
of the destination option header in the ds-lite packets.
Otherwise the tunnel encapsulation limit value can be set to a value from 0 till 255
by setting the encaplimit uci parameter accordingly.
If no encaplimit value is specified the default value is 4 as before.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The console bootarg is being corrupted on boot, causing various issues
including broken sysupgrade.
Utilising the bootargs mangle patch from other targets, hardcode the console
arguments and fetch the rootfs from the bootloader.
Kernel command line: console=ttyS0,115200 root=/dev/mtdblock8
Bootloader command line (ignored): console= root=/dev/mtdblock8
Please cherry pick to 18.06 too
Signed-off-by: Michael Gray <michael.gray@lantisproject.com>
Reboot the oxnas target based on Linux 4.14 by rebasing our support on
top of the now-existing upstream kernel support.
This commit brings oxnas support to the level of v4.17 having upstream
drivers for Ethernet, Serial and NAND flash.
Botch up OpenWrt's local drivers for EHCI, SATA and PCIe based on the
new platform code and device-tree.
Re-introduce base-files from old oxnas target which works for now but
needs further clean-up towards generic board support.
Functional issues:
* PCIe won't come up (hence no USB3 on Shuttle KD20)
* I2C bus of Akitio myCloud device is likely not to work (missing
debounce support in new pinctrl driver)
Code-style issues:
* plla/pllb needs further cleanup -- currently their users or writing
into the syscon regmap after acquireling the clk instead of using
defined clk_*_*() functions to setup multipliers and dividors.
* PCIe phy needs its own little driver.
* SATA driver is a monster and should be split into an mfd having
a raidctrl regmap, sata controller, sata ports and sata phy.
Tested on MitraStar STG-212 aka. Medion Akoya MD86xxx and Shuttle KD20.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Do not set device runtime property on interfaces in the hotplug handler
and in fixup_interfaces(). This property conflicts with device option
in several proto handlers (mainly QMI and other WWAN/3G protos) and does
not seem to be used anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Shapovalov <intelfx@intelfx.name>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
The patch got removed by commit 7dca1bae82 (kernel: bump to 4.9.105)
but is still required as ipv6_push_frag_opts needs to be exported.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
3.4 is mainly a bug fix/maintenance release.
3KB increase in ipk lib size on mips.
Compile tested for: ar71xx, ramips
Run tested on: ar71xx Archer C7 v2, ramips mir3g
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The mtd tool is built with different configurations depending on the
target. For example, brcm47xx adds the fixtrx subcommand, without which
an image fails when booting the second time.
Mark the mtd package as nonshared to really fix FS#484.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
Refresh patches.
Drop patches that have been upstreamed:
target/linux/ar71xx/patches-4.9/106-01-MIPS-ath79-fix-AR724X_PLL_REG_PCIE_CONFIG-offset.patch
target/linux/generic/backport-4.9/095-v4.12-ipv6-Need-to-export-ipv6_push_frag_opts-for-tunnelin.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.9/180-net-phy-at803x-add-support-for-AT8032.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.9/181-net-usb-add-lte-modem-wistron-neweb-d18q1.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.9/182-net-qmi_wwan-add-BroadMobi-BM806U-2020-2033.patch
Compile & run tested: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This reverts commit daa73b63d5.
The fix has already been imported by
commit b7735d8113 ("kernel: import follow-up fix for previous backport").
The patch won't apply twice.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Patch is required on top of commit 6c81c27efa as ipv6_push_frag_opts needs to
be exported for usage in ip6_tunnel.c
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This version bump was made upstream mostly for OpenWRT, and should fix
an issue with a null dst when on the flow offloading path.
While we're at it, Kevin and I are the only people actually taking care
of this package, so trim the maintainer list a bit.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Clean up conflicts/provides/depends hell and add PROVIDES for
eapol-test variants while at it.
Update mesh-DFS patchset from Peter Oh to v5 (with local fixes) which
allows to drop two revert-patches for upstream commits which previously
were necessary to un-break mesh-DFS support.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Implicetely selecting the required options via Kconfig snippet from
hostapd worked fine in local builds when using menuconfig but confused
the buildbots which (in phase1) may build wpad-mini and hence already
come with CONFIG_WPA_WOLFSSL being defined as unset which then won't
trigger changing the defaults of wolfssl.
Work around by explicitely reflecting wpa_supplicant's needs in
wolfssl's default settings to make buildbots happy.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
4df8479e6b Add NEWS entry for CVE-2018-11236
a5bc5ec967 Add references to CVE-2018-11236, CVE-2017-18269
58ad5f8a64 Add a test case for [BZ #23196]
6b4362f2cb Don't write beyond destination in __mempcpy_avx512_no_vzeroupper (bug 23196)
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
While building, curl complains that the path specified is missing.
Also, without ca-bundle, something like 'curl https://www.google.com'
does not work due to a certificate verify error.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
It simplifies the Makefile a bit. In addition, using ca-bundle
saves some space as well.
It also fixes an issue with at least transmission, which has a dependency
on ca-bundle, but currently libcurl with OpenSSL or GnuTLS cause it not
to work.
This has been tested on mt7621 with OpenSSL and GnuTLS just by running
'curl https://www.google.com' and seeing if there's a verify error.
The rest are already using ca-bundle and therefore work fine.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This is a port of an old commit from mkresin's tree:
09260cdf3e9332978c2a474a58e93a6f2b55f4a8
This has the potential to break sysupgrade but it should be fine as
there is no stable release of LEDE or OpenWrt that support these devices.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
I was carrying a local commit that added the sdhci stuff and missed it
as a result.
Also fix the rgmii3 thing in the PC2 DTS file as that's bogus and causes
a dmesg warning that it's bogus.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
That commit exposed a bug in the DTS files used by mt7621 where the wrong
reg value for pcie1 (and potentially pcie2) was being used. This was
causing WiFi failures for interfaces in pcie1.
eg. 2.4GHz working but not 5GHz.
As all of these dts entries are already specified in mt7621.dtsi, remove
them.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Import a revert-commit from Stanislaw Gruszka which significantly
improves WiFi performance on rt2x00 based hardware.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Currently when installing the firmware, a bunch of files and directories
that the ath10k driver does not look for are created.
The package now installs firmware for both hw 2.1 and 3.0 devices.
2.1 is abandonware but may be useful to keep.
3.0 firmware was tested on a Killer 1535 to be relatively stable with
802.11w disabled. 802.11w causes multiple firmware crashes but that's true
of other ath10k firmwares as well.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This change will trigger rebuild on buildbots in case of changed config
symbols, like in the case of hostapd selecting some wolfssl symbols
lately.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Instead of selecting the SSL provider at compile time, build package
variants for each option so users can select the binary package without
having to build it themselves.
Most likely not all variants have actually ever been user by anyone.
We should reduce the selection to the reasonable and most used
combinations at some point in future. For now, build them all.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
dd02dad fstools: allow the mounting with full access time accounting
242248c fstools: allow to compress the filesystem
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This change was originally meant to go along with the ucidef_set_interface()
fixup.
Fixes: 7e664b7c2d ("base-files: fix ucidef_set_interface() protocol selection")
Fixes: 85048a9c1f ("base-files: rework _ucidef_set_interface to be more generic")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The previous refactoring of ucidef_set_interface() removed the protocol
selection heuristic which breaks the networking defaults for the majority
of boards.
Re-add the protocol selection and rename two bad "proto" references to
the expected "protocol" value.
Fixes: 85048a9c1f ("base-files: rework _ucidef_set_interface to be more generic")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Support for building wpa_supplicant/hostapd against wolfssl has been
added upstream recently, add build option to allow users using it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Use download from github archive corresponding to v3.14.4 tag because
the project's website apparently only offers 3.14.0-stable release
downloads.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
commit 39a6ce205d (ustream-ssl: Enable ECDHE with OpenSSL.) broke
build against wolfSSL because wolfSSL doesn't (yet) support
SSL_CTX_set_ecdh_auto() of the OpenSSL API.
Fix this in ustream-ssl:
189cd38b41 don't use SSL_CTX_set_ecdh_auto with wolfSSL
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Our pkg-config wrapper relies on the ability to redefine the $prefix and
$exec_prefix variables in order to construct proper search paths relative
to the build environment.
Patch the .pc file template to construct libdir, sharedlibdir and includedir
relative to the ${prefix} variable so that it can be overridden as needed.
This also fixes the libxml2/host build issue raised at
https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/6073 - it was caused by libxml2's
configure picking up a wrong host search path through zlib.pc, letting it
include the wrong endian.h, causing spurious member redeclaration errors in
system headers.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Mounting using the zlib compression and mounting with
full access accounting are now available in the
menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Pierre Lebleu <pme.lebleu@gmail.com>
This reverts commit a03035dad1
as it has several issues:
-Host file is located in a directory which is not unique per dnsmasq instance
-odhcpd writes host info into the same directory but still sends a SIGHUP to dnsmasq
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This is a rework of previously submitted patch reworking
ucidef_set_interface_raw [1]. Here, keep the idea but instead
make _ucidef_set_interface more generic and use it instead of
ucidef_set_interface_raw.
Also change the users like ucidef_set_interface_lan and others.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/844961/
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
There's nothing connected to i2c on this board, so remove it.
Also edited the gpio group to match the PC2 as they're the same.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Switch ports 0..3 are connected to external ports LAN{1..4} in sequence,
switch port 4 is not used, and switch port 5 is connected to the CPU.
The WAN port is attached to the CPU's second network interface; it has no
connection to the internal switch.
Reuse the "Dell TrueMobile 2300" entry, which describes the same mapping.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
1.) "addn-hosts" per default point to a file (but it supports directory)
2.) "hostsdir" only support directory with the additional benefit: New or changed files are read automatically.
Signed-off-by: Christian Schoenebeck <christian.schoenebeck@gmail.com>
The uboot-mvebu package incorrectly used the host pkg-config for the tool
build parts, which broke the build on systems lacking pkg-config and only
worked by accident on those that have it installed.
Export the host-build specific environment variables for the uboot build
to redirect pkg-config invocations to our staged host build pkg-config in
buildroot.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The uboot-mvebu package incorrectly used the host pkg-config for the tool
build parts, which broke the build on systems lacking pkg-config and only
worked by accident on those that have it installed.
Export the host-build specific environment variables for the uboot build
to redirect pkg-config invocations to our staged host build pkg-config in
buildroot.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The uboot-mvebu package incorrectly used the host pkg-config for the tool
build parts, which broke the build on systems lacking pkg-config and only
worked by accident on those that have it installed.
Export the host-build specific environment variables for the uboot build
to redirect pkg-config invocations to our staged host build pkg-config in
buildroot.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
There was an error on initial commit, the proper soc is mt7620n (which is
more limited than mt7620a). Moreover, there is a battery management
controller connected to the i2c port of the mt7620n. I have a small piece
of i2c code to get battery level coming.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Badaire <mbadaire@gmail.com>
This makes mbedtls use the POSIX API directly and not use the own
abstraction layer.
The size of the ipkg decreased by about 100 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This make sit possible to store informations about a session and reuse
it later. When used by a server it increases the time to create a new
TLS session from about 1 second to less than 0.1 seconds.
The size of the ipkg file increased by about 800 Bytes.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The soversion was changed in this version again and is now aligned with
the 2.7.2 version.
The size of the ipkg file stayed mostly the same.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
There's no spi-nor in R7800, so disable unequipped interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
These pins seem to be used by hw exclusively, so claiming it in
kernel causes an error in syslog in k4.14+.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
EA8500 has pcie2 slot unequipped.
By EA8500 hw design default pcie2 reset gpio (gpio63) is used to
reset the switch. That's why enabling pcie2 brings the switch into
a working state.
So let's just control the gpio63 without enabling the pcie2 slot.
We have to remove the pcie2_pins node so the gpio63 is not defined
twice. Because pcie2 node has a reference to pcie2_pins we have to
remove it as well.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
These nodes are common for all revisions so put it into SoC v1.0
dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
ipq8065 is ipq8064 v3.0
> socinfo_init: v6, id=280, ver=3.0, raw_id=17, raw_ver=17, hw_plat=0, hw_plat_ver=65536
Include dtsi accordingly and remove the unneeded qcom-ipq8065-v1.0.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
According to OEM bootlog entry mass market devices are ipq8064 SoC
v2.0:
> socinfo_init: v6, id=202, ver=2.0, raw_id=2064, raw_ver=2064, hw_plat=0, hw_plat_ver=65536
I've checked C2600, EA8500 and VR2600v but couldn't find other
boards bootlog. I think it's safe to assume that other boards are
also v2.0. R7500 may be an exception because it was the first
device to hit the market.
So switch to v2.0 dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
According to QCA internal numbering there are 3 versions of
ipq8064/5 SoC:
ipq8064 v1.0 - probably ipq8064 evaluation boards only
ipq8064 v2.0 - probably ipq8064 mass market boards only
ipq8064 v3.0 - aka ipq8065, boards based on ipq8065.
Each next revision includes configuration differences from
previous revision and adds something new.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
It keeps failing (R7800) with the stack trace below
BUG: scheduling while atomic: kworker/0:1/26/0x00000002
(unwind_backtrace) from [<c02121d0>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
(show_stack) from [<c03932e4>] (dump_stack+0x7c/0x9c)
(dump_stack) from [<c0239b90>] (__schedule_bug+0x5c/0x80)
(__schedule_bug) from [<c05b7260>] (__schedule+0x50/0x3f4)
(__schedule) from [<c05b76a8>] (schedule+0xa4/0xd4)
(schedule) from [<c05ba430>] (schedule_hrtimeout_range_clock+0xc8/0x100)
(schedule_hrtimeout_range_clock) from [<c05ba480>]
(schedule_hrtimeout_range+0x18/0x20)
(schedule_hrtimeout_range) from [<c05b9f78>] (usleep_range+0x48/0x50)
(usleep_range) from [<c03f333c>] (__clk_hfpll_enable+0x44/0xd0)
(__clk_hfpll_enable) from [<c03f3474>] (clk_hfpll_set_rate+0xac/0xc4)
(clk_hfpll_set_rate) from [<c03ec390>] (clk_change_rate+0xf4/0x1fc)
(clk_change_rate) from [<c03ec510>] (clk_core_set_rate_nolock+0x78/0x94)
(clk_core_set_rate_nolock) from [<c03ec54c>] (clk_set_rate+0x20/0x30)
(clk_set_rate) from [<c0424168>] (dev_pm_opp_set_rate+0x190/0x26c)
(dev_pm_opp_set_rate) from [<c04a8548>] (set_target+0x40/0x108)
(set_target) from [<c04a4.140>] (__cpufreq_driver_target+0x3f4/0x488)
(__cpufreq_driver_target) from [<c04a7494>] (od_dbs_timer+0xcc/0x154)
(od_dbs_timer) from [<c04a7998>] (dbs_work_handler+0x2c/0x54)
(dbs_work_handler) from [<c02309e8>] (process_one_work+0x1c0/0x2f0)
(process_one_work) from [<c02319a8>] (worker_thread+0x2a4/0x404)
(worker_thread) from [<c0235944>] (kthread+0xd8/0xe8)
(kthread) from [<c020eef0>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x24)
Signed-off-by: Marc Benoit <marcb62185@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Starting with kernel 4.14 and gcc 7, the kernel doesn't fit into the
2 MB reserved for the kernel partition by the OEM firmware anymore.
This patch increases the kernel partition from 2 MB to 4 MB, at the
expense of the rootfs, for all supported kernels.
WARNING: This breaks sysupgrade! Flashing a firmware containing this
changed partitioning from an older image with 2 MB reserved for the
kernel partion requires the tftp recovery procedure, thereby losing
all settings.
This change follows the functional example of the Netgear r7800, but
has not been runtime tested on a Netgear Nighthawk X4 R7500v2.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Starting with kernel 4.14 and gcc 7, the kernel doesn't fit into the
2 MB reserved for the kernel partition by the OEM firmware anymore.
This patch increases the kernel partition from 2 MB to 4 MB, at the
expense of the rootfs, for all supported kernels.
WARNING: This breaks sysupgrade! Flashing a firmware containing this
changed partitioning from an older image with 2 MB reserved for the
kernel partion requires the tftp recovery procedure, thereby losing
all settings.
This change follows the functional example of the Netgear r7800, but
has not been runtime tested on a Netgear Nighthawk X4 R7500
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Starting with kernel 4.14 and gcc 7, the kernel doesn't fit into the
2 MB reserved for the kernel partition by the OEM firmware anymore.
This patch increases the kernel partition from 2 MB to 4 MB, at the
expense of the rootfs, for all supported kernels.
WARNING: This breaks sysupgrade! Flashing a firmware containing this
changed partitioning from an older image with 2 MB reserved for the
kernel partion requires the tftp recovery procedure, thereby losing
all settings.
This change follows the functional example of the Netgear r7800, but
has not been runtime tested on a Netgear Nighthawk X4 D7800.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Cc: Tathagata Das <tathagata@alumnux.com>
The default image does not fit 2 MB anymore, expand kernel partition
to 3 MB.
Upgrading should work transparently via sysupgrade in both directions.
Another option would be to merge "kernel" and "rootfs" into a single
"firmware" partition using MTD_SPLIT_TPLINK_FW, but just changing the
sizes of the existing partitioning has been deemed safer in the absence
of an actual runtime test on an affected device; the maximum for rootfs
changes from 10.4 MB to 9.4 MB.
This change follows the example for the TP-Link Archer C2600, but has
not been runtime tested on a TP-Link Archer VR2600v.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Cc: Sebastian Quilitz <zeraphim@x-pantion.de>
The default image does not fit 2 MB anymore, expand os-image partition
to 4 MB.
Upgrading works transparently via sysupgrade in both directions.
Another option would have been to merge "os-image" and "rootfs" into a
single "firmware" partition using MTD_SPLIT_TPLINK_FW, but just
changing the sizes of the existing partitioning has been deemed safer
and actually tested on an affected device; the maximum for rootfs
changes from 27 MB to 25 MB.
Run-tested on TP-Link Archer C2600.
Signed-off-by: Joris de Vries <joris@apptrician.nl>
[slh: extend comments and commit message, rename rootfs]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Starting with kernel 4.14 and gcc 7, the kernel doesn't fit into the
2 MB reserved for the kernel partition by the OEM firmware anymore.
This patch increases the kernel partition from 2 MB to 4 MB, at the
expense of the rootfs, for all supported kernels.
WARNING: This breaks sysupgrade! Flashing a firmware containing this
changed partitioning from an older image with 2 MB reserved for the
kernel partion requires the tftp recovery procedure, thereby losing
all settings.
This patch is based on a corresponding change by Pavel Kubelun
<be.dissent@gmail.com> and has been tested by Michael Yartys
<michael.yartys@protonmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Disable MSM8960, MSM8974 and APQ8084
- since these are different SoC's than IPQ806x
Removed unrequired serial configs
- since ipq806x uses SERIAL_MSM only
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
- Rebased the patches for 4.14
- Dropped spi-qup and 0027, 0028, 0029
clk patches since it's already included
in upstream.
Tested on IPQ AP148 Board:
1) NOR boot and NAND boot
2) Tested USB and PCIe interfaces
3) WDOG test
4) cpu frequency scaling
5) ethernet, 2G and 5G WiFi
6) ubi sysupgrade
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
This commit adds an EVA flashable image for the FRITZ!Box 4040.
The image contains the U-Boot with OpenWRT appended to it. This way we
remove the need to use UART for initial flashing.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit alters the TP-Link Archer C50v3 LED settings to use the phy
trigger instead of the netdev one. This way the WiFi status is displayed
even if the wifi interface name is altered.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
booting will hang most of the times on tl-wr1043nd-v1 without a KERNEL_CMDLINE value
add anything as a placeholder as kernel command line is taken from DTS
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
When CONFIG_AUTOREMOVE is enabled, the build system touches an additional
".autoremove" stamp file in the cleaned build directory.
Since the autoremove stamp file is touched after the compile process
completed, it ends up being the most recent file of the package build
directory, causing the timestamp.pl check of depends.mk to erroneously
declare the ".built" and ".prepared" stamp files as stale, triggering
a forced clean-build submake process.
Fix the problem by using the ".built" stamp file as modification time
reference when touching the ".autoremove" stamp file.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
PISEN TS-D084 is an wireless router with a battery and integrated power supply based on Atheros AR9331.
Specification:
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz (AR9331)
- 1x USB 2.0
Flash instruction:
The manufacturer are using exactly the same firmware header as TP-LINK TL-WR703N (including device ID!). Simply upload the factory firmware into WebUI and flashing is done.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
THIN_ARCHIVES option is enabled by default in the kernel configuration
and no one target config disables it. So enable it by default and remove
this symbol from target specific configs to keep them light.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
New FUTEX_PI configuration symbol enabled if FUTEX and RT_MUTEX symbols
are enabled. Both of these symbols are enabled by default in the
generic config, so enable FUTEX_PI by default too to keep platform
specific configs minimal.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
OVERLAY_FS config symbol selects EXPORTFS since 4.12 kernel, we have
OVERLAY_FS enabled by default, so enable EXPORTFS in the generic config
of 4.14 and remove this option from platform specific configs.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
DRM_LIB_RANDOM config symbol selected only by DRM_DEBUG_MM_SELFTEST
which is disable by default, so disable DRM_LIB_RANDOM by default too.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
These options do not used by any supported arch, so disable them by
default to make arch configs a bit more clean.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Only one arch (x86_64) enables this option. So disable
ARCH_WANTS_THP_SWAP by default and remove referencies to it from all
configs (except x86_64) to make them clean.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
In commit 8b9cdebc9c ("arc770: mark as source-only") arc770 was marked
as source-only because of iproute2 compile issues.
With uClibc-ng version 1.0.30 issues with iproute2 were fixed.
Lets remove "source-only" for arc770 as soon as uClibc-ng version
will be updated to 1.0.30. Patch for uClibc-ng is here:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/917547/
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
uClibc-ng 1.0.28 does not provide PF_VSOCK/AF_VSOCK definitions,
which causes iproute2 v4.16.0 compile errors.
In commit 57f2f80383b5 ("bits/socket.h: add missing defines")
necessary defines were included and iproute2 builds fine.
This commit now is part of uClibc-ng 1.0.30.
Lets update uClibc-ng to latest 1.0.30 version.
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Using a version number of 16 character causes a buffer overflow in the
version number overwriting the first bit of the signature in the
mkdapimg2 tool.
I am not sure if the version number should be null terminated or not.
This patch reduces the size of the version number by removing the number
of private commits from it.
This was the original version number which caused problems:
OpenWrt-r6727+10
Now it uses this version number:
OpenWrt-r6727
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
As of commit in kernel:
6104c37094 fbcon: Make fbcon a built-time depency for fbdev
framebuffer console is build in into framebuffer module and there's no
standalone fbcon module. Therefore drop the kmod-fbcon and enable
console in kmod-fb. The only targets which use these modules are imx6
and geode, both are on kernel 4.14 so no fallback for other kernels is
introduced.
Being at that this commit also fixes autoload of fbdev for x86.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
commit 138c763 ("build: add --force option to gzip in Build/gzip")
added the --force flag to the gzip invocation.
Under environments with busybox gzip (e.g Alpine Linux), this fails
as busybox only recognizes "-f".
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Add initial support for cortex-a72 based Armada DB-88F8040-Modular and
DB-88F7040-Modular development boards.
DB-88F8040-Modular specifications:
- Quad-core ARMv8 Cortex A72 CPU (up to 2 GHz)
- DDR4 DIMM - 64 bits + ECC
- 2 x 128 Mb SPI NOR flash memory
- 2 x 1G Ethernet port via RGMII (RJ45)
- 2 x SD card ports (4 bit port on CP, 8 bit port on AP)
- 2 SERDES modules with the following interfaces each:
- 2 x SATA Rev 3.0 port (Port1 via SERDES module CON4 (active port), Port0
via SERDES Module CON2 or CON1 (optional port))
- 3 x PCI Express (PCIe) Gen 3.0 (Port2 via SERDES module CON5 (active port),
Port1 via SERDES module CON7 (optional port), Port0 via SERDES module CON6
(optional port))
- 2 x USB3 (USB 2.0 backward compatible) host (via SERDES module CON9 and
CON10)
- 1 x 10G port over SFP+ connector (via SERDES module CON8)
- 1 x MCI interface by two over USB Type C connector
- 4 x serial COM port driven by the 88F8040 UART interface and converted to
USB via FTDI IC
- I2C Master Interface
- CP I2C 2x EEPROM @ Address 0x50 and 0x57
- 1 x I/O Expander @ Address 0x21
- Sample at Reset (SatR) memory device @ Address 0x4C and 0x4E
- I2C Slave Interface (via SERDES module) - Connection to each device on the
board via an I2C multiplexer
- JTAG interface for CPU emulator
- Board dimensions: 270 mm x 240 mm (main + SERDES module)
- SERDES Module Dimensions: 70 mm x 105 mm
DB-88F7040-Modular specifications:
- Quad-core ARMv8 Cortex A72 CPU
- CPU core operating speed of up to 1.6 GHz for Dual Core, 1.4 GHz for Quad
Core
- DDR4 - 32 bit + ECC on Module - SLM1366-V1 (DB-DDR4-40B-MODULE) 4 GByte
32-bit
- 1 x 128Mb SPI NOR flash memory
- 2 x 1G Ethernet port: 1 over RGMII (RJ45) and 1 over SGMII
- SD card 4 bits port on AP
- eMMc Module on CP
- 1 SERDES Modules with the following interfaces each:
- 1 x SATA Rev 3.0 port (via SERDES module CON4)
- 1 x PCI Express (PCIe) Gen 3.0 (via SERDES module CON5)
- 2 x USB 3.0 (USB 2.0 backward compatible) host (via SERDES module CON9 and
CON10)
- 1 x 10G port over SFP+ connector (via SERDES module CON8)
- 2 x MCi interface by one over USB Type C connector
- 4 x Serial COM port driven by the 88F7040 UA
- RT interface and converted to USB via FTDI IC
- I2C Master Interface
- 2 x EEPROM at address 0x57 and 0x50 in AP and 2 x EEPROM at address 0x57
and 0x50 in CP
- 1 x I/O Expander at address 0x21
- Sample at Reset (SatR) memory device at address 0x4C and 0x4E
- I2C Slave Interface (via SERDES module) - Connection to each device on the
board via an I2C multiplexer
- JTAG interface for CPU emulator
- Board dimensions - 270 mm x 240 mm (main + SERDES module)
- SERDES Module Dimensions - 70 mm x 105 mm
Booting from USB flash drive (dd sdcard image to the flash drive):
1. reset U-Boot environment:
env default -a
saveenv
2. prepare U-Boot manually (make sure to set correct dtb file name):
setenv bootargs_root 'root=/dev/sda2 rw rootdelay=2 ip=dhcp'
setenv fdtfile armada-7040-db.dtb
setenv image_name Image
setenv bootcmd 'usb start; ext4load usb 0:1 $kernel_addr $image_name; ext4load usb 0:1 $fdt_addr $fdtfile; setenv bootargs $console $mtdparts $bootargs_root; booti $kernel_addr - $fdt_addr'
saveenv
boot
Signed-off-by: Damir Samardzic <damir.samardzic@sartura.hr>
Add initial support for Marvell Armada cortex-a53 based
DB-88F3720-DDR3-Modular development board.
Specifications:
- Dual core ARMv8 Cortex-A53 CPU (up to 1.0 GHz)
- 4Gb 16-bit DDR3/3L DRAM memory
- 128Mb SPI NOR flash memory
- 8Gb eMMC NAND flash memory
- 1 x SATA Rev 3.0 port
- 1 x PCI Express (PCIe) Gen 2.0 or 1 x mini PCI Express (PCIe) Gen 2.0
- 1 x 1G Ethernet port via RGMII (RJ45)
- 1 x SD card port
- 1 x USB3 (USB2 backward) host\device port via type C connector
- 1 x USB2 host port via type A connector
- 1 x serial COM port driven by the 88F3720 UART interface and converted to
USB via FTDI IC (option to connect the UART DB9 adapter)
- I2C Master Interface:
- 1 x EEPROM @ address 0x57
- 1 x I/O Expanders @ address 0x22
- Sample at Reset (SatR) memory device @ address 0x4C
- RTC clock generator PT7C4337AWE @ address 0x68
- USB3 switch PI5USB30213XEA @ address 0x0D
- ID component of PHY module @ address 0x24
- 1 x JTAG interface for CPU emulator
- 1 x SETM and JTAG debug interface
- 1 x power connector for HDD supply
- 1 x 12V DC jack power connector
- Board dimensions: 150 mm x 179 mm
- LED interface for system status
Booting from SD card:
1. reset U-Boot environment:
env default -a
saveenv
2. prepare U-Boot with boot script:
setenv bootcmd "load mmc 0:1 0x4d00000 boot.scr; source 0x4d00000"
saveenv
or manually:
setenv fdt_name armada-3720-db.dtb
setenv image_name Image
setenv bootcmd 'mmc dev 0; ext4load mmc 0:1 $kernel_addr $image_name;ext4load mmc 0:1 $fdt_addr $fdt_name;setenv bootargs $console root=/dev/mmcblk1p2 rw rootwait; booti $kernel_addr - $fdt_addr'
saveenv
Signed-off-by: Damir Samardzic <damir.samardzic@sartura.hr>
This now matches what was generated locally on my PC and the file on the
mirror server.
Fixes: 349fe46103 ("ath10k-firmware: Update QCA988X firmware to the latest version")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
* chacha20poly1305: add mips32 implementation
"The OpenWRT Commit" - this significantly speeds up performance on cheap
plastic MIPS routers, and presumably the remaining MIPS32r2 super computers
out there.
* timers: reinitialize state on init
* timers: round up instead of down in slack_time
* timers: remove slack_time
* timers: clear send_keepalive timer on sending handshake response
* timers: no need to clear keepalive in persistent keepalive
Andrew He and I have helped simplify the timers and remove some old warts,
making the whole system a bit easier to analyze.
* tools: fix errno propagation and messages
Error messages are now more coherent.
* device: remove allowedips before individual peers
This avoids an O(n^2) traversal in favor of an O(n) one. Before systems with
many peers would grind when deleting the interface.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Disable CONFIG_EFI_VARS, since it suffers from sysfs limitation (no
support for variable longer than 1024 bytes).
kmod-fs-efivarfs is the replacement of this, which enables mounting
efivarfs file system and doesn't suffer from 1024 bytes limitation.
Signed-off-by: Alif M. Ahmad <alive4ever@live.com>
Use ft_psk_generate_local=1 by default, as it makes everything else fairly
trivial. All of the r0kh/r1kh and key management stuff goes away and hostapd
fairly much does it all for us.
We do need to provide nas_identifier, which can be derived from the BSSID,
and we need to generate a mobility_domain, for which we default to the first
four chars of the md5sum of the SSID.
The complex manual setup should also still work, but the defaults also
now work easily out of the box. Verified by manually running hostapd
(with the autogenerated config) and watching the debug output:
wlan2: STA ac:37:43:a0:a6:ae WPA: FT authentication already completed - do not start 4-way handshake
This was previous submitted to LEDE in
https://github.com/lede-project/source/pull/1382
[dwmw2: Rewrote commit message]
Signed-off-by: Gospod Nassa <devianca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
e59f925 hardware: add device ids for QCA9984, 88W8887 and 88W8964 radios
2a82f87 nl80211: back out early when receiving FAIL-BUSY reply
77c32f0 nl80211: fix code calculating average signal and rate
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Drop package/network/services/wireguard/patches/100-portability.patch
Instead pass 'PLATFORM=linux' to make since we are always building FOR
linux.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
BOCCO is a communication robot provided by YUKAI Engineering Inc.
SoC: MT7620A
MEM: 256MB
Flash: 8MB
NAND: 512MB (non support)
Include Sound DAC and AMP.
No Wired Ethernet.
Signed-off-by: YuheiOKAWA <tochiro.srchack@gmail.com>
Wifi button for WNDR3700 dual band routers has been renamed to "rfkill"
and its emitted keycode changed to KEY_RFKILL. This allows OpenWrt/LEDE
to support it 'out of the box' without additional tweaking.
Until this patch, button had been sending BTN_2 keycode which was
ignored by default (no action script present). To get expected behaviour
of switching radios on and off, user had to manually rename/link
'rfkill' script to name 'BTN_2' in /etc/rc.button directory.
This patch follows similar changes for other Netgear ar71xx routers,
for example WNR2000v3. It applies cleanly to both latest trunk and 17.01
branch. Tested on WNDR3700v1.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
This patch adds a image with squashfs as the root filesystem.
A rootfs_data partition will be generated on the first boot
and placed inside the rootfs partition (just after the squashfs
image).
advantages:
- it is possible to migrate from an existing -ext4
installation and back via sysupgrade.
- existing partition layout will not be lost.
- slightly smaller image size.
- support for attendedsysupgrade
disadvantages:
- needs f2fs + tools as well. This is because fs-tools decides on the
blocksize of the sdcard. So either f2fs or ext4 can get choosen as
the rootfs_data filesystem (depends on the size of the root partition).
- rootfs_data is placed into the rootfs partition. This makes
it difficult for tools that expect a /dev/mmc0pX device.
It also makes it difficult for data recovery tools since they
might not expect to find a embedded partition or will be
confused.
For people with existing build configurations: make sure to include mkf2fs
and f2fsck package into the image... Otherwise the new -squashfs image will
boot of a ram-overlay and won't keep the configurations after a reboot.
Cc: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Cc: Paul Spooren <spooren@informatik.uni-leipzig.de>
Cc: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
There is a new APU-model available, APU3. The device is configured in
the same way as the APU1 and APU2, so the same LED/network setup can be
used.
I considered changing the case to pc-engines-apu*, but I chose to follow
the existing pattern and add the full board name.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
This patch backports several patches that went upstream into
Herbert Xu's cryptodev-2.6 tree:
crypto: Use zeroing memory allocator instead of allocator/memset
crypto: crypto4xx - performance optimizations
crypto: crypto4xx - convert to skcipher
crypto: crypto4xx - avoid VLA use
crypto: crypto4xx - add aes-ctr support
crypto: crypto4xx - properly set IV after de- and encrypt
crypto: crypto4xx - extend aead fallback checks
crypto: crypto4xx - put temporary dst sg into request ctx
The older, outstanding patches from 120-wxyz series have been
upstreamed as well and therefore they have been reassigned to
fit into the series.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The swconfig package is part of the DEFAULT_PACKAGES list in
the apm821xx's nand subtarget. It's enabled by default because
the MX60(W) and WNDR4700 need it for their initramfs. However
the package is not necessary for the MR24's sysupgrade image, as
the MR24 does not have a switch.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Refreshed all patches
Added new ARM64 symbol: ARM64_ERRATUM_1024718
Compile-tested on: ar71xx
Runtime-tested on: ar71xx
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Add needed firmware for newer QCA Rome Bluetooth family.
This enables use of bluetooth with ath3k driver on QCA9377/9378 devices.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
- DGND3700v1: fix port numbers, they're in reverse order
- FaST2704n: there is no WAN port identified as such, only 4 LAN
- AD1018: configure the "FIBRE" port as WAN
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Mostly whitespace cleanups. Some unneeded code was removed.
MMC init was also moved to the probe function as in
6069bdd
The cleanup commits are over 100, making it hard to do them individually.
Tested on GnuBee PC1 with an SD card being used as swap.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
v2: Fixed compile issue with mt7620
This patch updates the QCA988X firmware to the latest revision
firmware-5.bin_10.2.4-1.0-00037
found in the ath10k-firmware and linux-firmware repositories.
Tested on TP-Link Archer C7 v2 (ar71xx).
Signed-off-by: Timo Sigurdsson <public_timo.s@silentcreek.de>
Both initramfs and flashed images are built and boot. No Ethernet, no WLAN,
probably further issues, so the image is not added to TARGET_DEVICES for
now.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Add the syscon compatible, otherwise used functions like
syscon_regmap_lookup_by_phandle() will return an error and setting the
ethernet pll data wont work at all.
Fix the pll register width. Writing to registers out of the range via
syscon isn't possible and returns an error. On ar7242 the last pll
register - Current Audio Modulation Logic Output - is at 0x1805003c.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Remove recipes for not yet migrated boards. Drop variables which aren't
required due to the switch to devicetree like boardname.
Drop the legacy image build code. Boards added to this target shouldn't
use the legacy image build code anyway.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
None of these checks are used at the moment and most of them aren't
required if the image metadata validation is used.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The watchdog kill command was meant for busybox watchdog. Busybox watchdog
was replaced by the procd watchdog mid 2013 with commit df7ce9301a
("busybox: disable the watchdog utility by default"), which makes the kill
command obsolete since quite some time.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add the SoC compatible to the individual dts files. Rename the dts files
to match the common pattern.
Remove dts files wich aren't used and no image in ar71xx exists.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
It isn't a phy supply, as the phy is still up if the GPIO is low. It
rather is the supply for the vbus. A correct setting/definition will be
relevant as soon as USB peripheral mode is supported.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Backport patch adding support for the vbus-supply devicetree property,
which allows to specific GPIOs (via fixed regulators) to enable
vbus/usb power.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Rename the image and use a compatible string which indicates that only
hardware revision 2 and higher is supported.
It allows to use the wireless LED, as HWRev 1 uses GPIO#39 for the
wireless LED and starting with HWRev 2 GPIO#35 is used for the wireless
LED and GPIO#39 for IFX_GPIO_MODULE_EXTPHY_MDIO.
The HWREV can be checked by connecting to the fritzbox right after power
on via ftp:
ftp> quote GETENV HWSubRevision
Within the same HW revision 5 of the Fritz!Box 3370 different NAND flash
chips are used. Usually it isn't a big deal but depending on the used
NAND flash chip, the ECC calculation is done different (and incompatible
of course).
Boards with a Micron MT29F1G08ABADA NAND flash chip are using the NAND
chip to calculate the ECC (on-die). Boards with a Hynix HY27UF081G2M NAND
flash chip are doing the ECC calculation in software.
Supporting both with a single DTS isn't possible. It might be possible
to add a patch selecting the ECC mode dynamicaly based on the found NAND
flash chip. But such a patch has no chance to get accepted upstream and
most likely need to be touched with every kernel update.
Instead two images are created. One for Micron NAND flash chip and one
for Hynix NAND flash chip. So far no pattern is known to identify the
used flash chip without opening the box.
Add the power off GPIO. At least EVA version 2186 sets/keeps the GPIO as
input, which will cause a reboot 30sec after power on. For boards with
EVA version 2186 the installation is tricky as it has to be finished
within the 30sec time frame.
The EVA version can be checked by connecting to the fritzbox right after
power on via ftp:
ftp> quote GETENV urlader-version
The ath9k eeprom/caldata is at a different and offset and stored in
reverse order (from the last byte to the beginning) on the flash.
Reverse the bits to bring the data into the format expected by the
ath9k driver.
Since the ath9k eeprom is stored in reverse order on flash, we can not
use the mac address from the on flash eeprom. Get the MAC address from
the tffs instead.
Within the same HW revision 5 of the Fritz!Box 3370 both version of the
vr9 SoC are used. During preparation of kernel 4.14 support, all
devicetree source files were changed to load the vr9 v1.1 and vr9 v1.2
gphy firmware, which fixed the embedded phys for boards using the
version 1.2 of the vr9 SoC.
While at it, add a trigger to make use of the LAN LED. Setup the
build-in switch and add a hint for LuCI two show the ports in order
matching the labels on the case
Add support for the second USB port and provide the volatage GPIOs. Use
GPIO#21 as PCIe reset pin. The lan led is connected to GPIO#38.
Name the rootfs partition ubi and remove the mtd/rootfs related kernel
bootargs to use the OpenWrt autoprobing based on the partition name.
Enable sysupgrade support to allow an upgrade from a running system.
Since sysupgrade wasn't supported till now, drop image build code which
was added to allow a sysupgrade from earlier OpenWrt versions.
Build images that allow an (initial) installation via EVA bootloader.
To install OpenWrt via Eva bootloader, within the first seconds after
power on a ftp connection need to be established to the FRITZ!Box at
192.168.178.1 and the the following ftp commands need to be run:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote SETENV linux_fs_start 0
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put /path/to/openwrt-lantiq-xrx200-FRITZ3370-eva-kernel.bin mtd1
ftp> put /path/to/openwrt-lantiq-xrx200-FRITZ3370-eva-filesystem.bin mtd0
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
During handshake we are highjack and reset a LED to the configured trigger
afterwards. ltq-xdsl-app need to start after the LED init script, to
ensure that the LED init script doesn't re-highjack the LED we are
currently using for handshake indication.
Drop the comment about the atm dependency. The dependency was fixed quite
some time ago by using hotplug scripts for br2684ctl.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Following changes as part of the kernel
upstreaming attempts. And fix a slight fsck up
when calculating overheads for GSO packets.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
b2ecc52 mt76x2: fix avg_rssi estimation
fd58b28 mt76x2: add a polling delay in mt76x2_mac_stop routine
a78673d mt76: fix sending encrypted broadcast packets for secondary interfaces
e87f925 mt76x2: apply coverage class on slot time too
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In case of error, the function devm_ioremap_resource() returns ERR_PTR()
and never returns NULL. The NULL test in the return value check should
be replaced with IS_ERR().
Fixes: f079b6406348 ("staging: mt7621-eth: add gigabit switch driver (GSW)")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
In case of error, the function of_phy_connect() returns NULL pointer not
ERR_PTR(). The IS_ERR() test in the return value check should be
replaced with NULL test.
Fixes: e3cbf478f846 ("staging: mt7621-eth: add the drivers core files")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
In case of error, the function devm_ioremap_resource() returns ERR_PTR()
and never returns NULL. The NULL test in the return value check should
be replaced with IS_ERR().
Fixes: e3cbf478f846 ("staging: mt7621-eth: add the drivers core files")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
This is an amagalmation of two upstream commits dealing with whitespace
and dead code removal. I'm synching instead of having two separate commits
as they go out of order compared to previous commits here.
Tested on GnuBee PC1.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Mostly whitespace cleanups. Some unneeded code was removed.
MMC init was also moved to the probe function as in
6069bdd087
The cleanup commits are over 100, making it hard to do them individually.
Tested on GnuBee PC1 with an SD card being used as swap.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This makes it easier to distribute prefixes over a wireguard tunnel
interface, by simply setting the ip6prefix option in uci (just like with
other protocols).
Obviously, routing etc needs to be setup properly for things to work; this
just adds the config option so the prefix can be assigned to other
interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Both these devices have a wps and a reset button on
GPIO pins, which need kmod-gpio-button-hotplug
package to work.
Add this package to their default package config.
Troubleshooted and tested on a Viper.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
1. compatible property in node gmac was wrong
2. ag71xx_setup_gmac_933x should use np of gmac-config and
not the pointer to gmac. gmac is only used for the reg address.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
Refactor mesh initialization into a separate function, do some cleaning
on the way to make the code more readable.
Changes:
* Move iw mesh setup to new mac80211_setup_mesh()
* fallback on 'ssid' parameter in case 'mesh_id' isn't set
* move setting of freq variable to shared code as it is needed for
both, the wpa_supplicant and the iw based setup.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The max_oper_chwidth settings was parsed incorrectly for big endian system.
This prevented the system to switch to VHT80 (or VHT160). Instead they were
mapped to:
* HT20: 20MHz
* VHT20: 20MHz
* HT40: 40MHz
* VHT40: 40MHz
* VHT80: 40MHz
* VHT160: 40MHz
This happened because each max_oper_chwidth setting in the config file was
parsed as "0" instead of the actual value.
Fixes: a4322eba2b ("hostapd: fix encrypted mesh channel settings")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The commit 574e4377fa ("mac80211: properly setup mesh interface") uses
the variable $wpa to decide whether encrypted meshpoint is requested by the
user or not. But the variable $wpa will only be set correctly after the
function wireless_vif_parse_encryption is called.
Fixes: 574e4377fa ("mac80211: properly setup mesh interface")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Linksys WRT32X (Venom) is identical in hardware to the WRT3200ACM
with a different flash layout and boots zImage rather than uImage.
Specification:
- Marvell Armada 385 88F6820 (2x 1.8GHz)
- 256MB of Flash
- 512MB of RAM
- 2.4GHz (bgn) and 5GHz (an+ac wave 2)
- 4x 1Gbps LAN + 1x 1Gbps WAN
- 1x USB 3.0 and 1x USB 2.0/eSATA (combo port)
Flash instruction:
Apply factory image via web-gui.
Signed-off-by: Michael Gray <michael.gray@lantisproject.com>
b45e162 helpers: fix the set_helper in the rule structure
f742ba7 helpers.conf: support also tcp in the CT sip helper
08b2c61 helpers: make the proto field as a list rather than one option
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
These resources are extracted from devicetree, so they aren't
needed here.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Code currently defines:
and then compiles code only if they are defined.
We might want to disable some of these via devicetree one
day, but for now just remove the #defines and the
conditions - all the code for different ports is
easy to identify.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
As the Interrupts for the PCI adapters are listed in
devicetree we shouldn't need to have them explicit in the code.
The simplest way to do this is to use of_irq_parse_and_map_pci()
and specify an interrupt-map which identifies the different
PCI hosts by bus/slot numbers.
This has the advantage that the hwirq number are mapped to virq
numbers for us, so the ugly hack can go.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Remove the owner assignment form the platform driver as
platform_driver_register() already initializes the owner.
Found using coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lütke-Stetzkamp <christian@lkamp.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Setup wpa_supplicant for encrypted mesh or when using DFS channels and
adjust interface setup to pass fixed frequency for mesh mode.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Fix encrypted (or DFS) AP+MESH interface combination in a way similar
to how it's done for AP+STA and fix netifd shell script.
Refresh patches while at it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
8206219 uci: fix memory leak in rpc_uci_replace_savedir()
10f7878 exec: close stdout and stderr streams on child signal
92d0d75 uci: use correct sort index when reordering sections
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
6b4a340 version: bump snapshot
faa2103 compat: don't clear header bits on RHEL
4014532 compat: handle RHEL 7.5's recent backports
66589bc queueing: preserve pfmemalloc header bit
37f114a chacha20poly1305: make gcc 8.1 happy
926caae socket: use skb_put_data
724d979 wg-quick: preliminary support for go implementation
c454c26 allowedips: simplify arithmetic
71d44be allowedips: produce better assembly with unsigned arithmetic
5e3532e allowedips: use native endian on lookup
856f105 allowedips: add selftest for allowedips_walk_by_peer
41df6d2 embeddable-wg-library: zero attribute padding
9a1bea6 keygen-html: add zip file example
f182b1a qemu: retry on 404 in wget for kernel.org race
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Drop the "-x lzo" compression type override from MKUBIFS_OPTS since we
do not support it in mkfs.ubifs. Attempting to use LZO compression results
in "Error: bad compressor name".
The build system also appends an explicit "--compr=zlib" to the mkfs command
line, turning the "-x" flag into a no-op anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
We cannot depend on CONFIG_OF in the module definition context as this symbol
is not defined for OpenWrt menuconfig. Depend on the targets that appear to
need the kmod-of-mdio module instead.
The target dependency list may not be complete, it is based on the build
failures encountered by the build bots.
Fixes: dc629d9cf5 ("kernel: fix kmod-switch-rtl8366-smi dependency")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Refresh patches and backport upstream to current HEAD:
1f1873a Log warning on very large cachesize config, instead of truncating it.
0a496f0 Do unsolicited RAs for interfaces which appear after dnsmasq startup.
e27825b Fix logging in previous.
1f60a18 Retry SERVFAIL DNSSEC queries to a different server, if possible.
a0088e8 Handle query retry on REFUSED or SERVFAIL for DNSSEC-generated queries.
34e26e1 Retry query to other servers on receipt of SERVFAIL rcode.
6b17335 Add packet-dump debugging facility.
07ed585 Add logging for DNS error returns from upstream and local configuration.
0669ee7 Fix DHCP broken-ness when --no-ping AND --dhcp-sequential-ip are set.
f84e674 Be persistent with broken-upstream-DNSSEC warnings.
Compile & run tested: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The subtarget configurations contained a lot of reduntant symbols, arbitrary
overrides and symbols set to =m.
Remove most of these redundant settings to shrink the subtarget configurations
to a manageable size.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fixes the following error spotted by the buildbot:
Package kmod-fs-squashfs is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
xz_dec.ko
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Make the call to of_mdiobus_register() dependant on CONFIG_OF to avoid
pulling in an unwanted dependency on of_mdio.ko.
Fixes: 3dc523f232 kernel: add OF support to rtl8355 driver
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Right now interface.update events are sent out by netifd upon interface state,
route, address (lifetime), prefix lifetime changes.
Dnsmasq is only interested in interface state changes and currently adds an
interface trigger for all the "interface.*" events.
In combination with commit 23bba9cb33, which triggers a SIGHUP signal to dnsmasq,
IPv6 address/prefix lifetime changes on the wan will trigger dnsmasq reloads which
can become frequent in case of shorter lifetimes.
To avoid frequent dnsmasq reload, this patch adds specific interface triggers.
During dnsmasq init it loops dhcp uci section; if the value of the ignore option
is set to 0, then the corresponding interface trigger is not installed.
Otherwise, if the ignore option value is 1, then procd_add_interface_trigger is
called which adds the interface trigger.
Signed-off-by: hux <xinxing.huchn@gmail.com>
Fix ART offset (make it universal for 8/16 MB versions of the board) and
while at it, include also GPIO setup for h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B).
Fixes: FS#1532
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
572735e4 Update manual pages
e8d693c3 Bump up version number to 1.32.0, LT revision to 30:2:16
f44dfcd9 Update AUTHORS
1f1b0d93 Update manual pages
ce8c749b Merge pull request #1173 from nghttp2/asio-client-sni
3e4f257b asio: Support client side SNI
86fab997 Upgrade neverbleed to the latest master
c3ecd445 Merge pull request #1171 from nghttp2/h2load-rate-and-duration
c65ca20a h2load: -r and --duration are mutually exclusive
a5c408c5 Ignore all input after calling session_terminate_session
06379b28 Fix treatment of padding
e04de48e Merge pull request #1162 from nghttp2/libressl
00964642 Use LIBRESSL_IN_USE instead of defined(LIBRESSL_VERSION_NUMBER)
8d0b4544 libressl 2.7 has X509_VERIFY_PARAM_*
d8a34131 libressl 2.7 has SSL_CTX_get0_certificate
5db17d0a Compile with libressl 2.7.2
1bf69b56 Define LIBRESSL_LEGACY_API and LIBRESSL_2_7_API
3febaef1 Bump up LT revision to 30:1:16 due to v1.31.1 release
b1bd6035 Fix frame handling
b48bcb21 examples: Use C style comment in .c files
6f3ce2c7 examples: Remove unused lambda capture
2f9121cf Merge branch 'Sp1l-Sp1l/allow-no-npn'
e65e7711 Add comment on #endif
636ef51b Fix compile error with -Wunused-function
400934e5 [PATCH] Allow building without NPN
4c3a3acf Merge pull request #1146 from vszakats/cmakestaticlib
9aa6002c Merge pull request #1144 from hellojaewon/master
f342260b cmake: add ENABLE_STATIC_LIB option to build static lib
a6dd4970 Fix typo
842509da Don't allow 101 HTTP status code because HTTP/2 removes HTTP Upgrade
4add618a Bump up version number to 1.32.0-DEV
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
No functional change. Code tidy ups.
735eaf2 Make sure we don't reallocate q->tins (we didn't anyway but his
really makes sure)
6c5ad6e Get rid of __GFP_NOWARN flag for memory allocation
2a37333 Don't need the wrapper for kvfree, and no need to check before calling it
2b1c631 Whitespace fix
7fe6e28 compat tidyup (for older kernel versions <4.4)
93b805c pedant tidy up superfluous semicolons on switch statements
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The biggest (and the only?) disadventage of this is obviously an
increased image size.
For mips74k the size of vmlinux goes up from 4186684 B to 4701436 B.
Most devices use LZMA compressed kernel so probably more important is
vmlinux.lzma size which goes up from 1342945 B to the 1508498 B.
Still this isn't something that should stop target kernel bump. There
are various adventages of kernel 4.14. If kernel / image size is a
serious concern for anyone, it's perfectly possible to use previous
release which is pretty solid for the brcm47xx.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Cc: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Splitted out the dts file and create the new dts for the 256 MByte RAM and
the 512 MB RAM version.
Migrate both versions to the common board detection.
The install the 512 MByte Version on a board running the 256 MByte image,
a forceful sysupgrade with the -F flag is required.
Signed-off-by: Davide Ammirata <list@davidea.it>
The RavPower WD03 is a battery powered SD card reader and a USB port.
Specifications:
SOC: MediaTek MT7620N
BATTERY: 6000mah
WLAN: 802.11bgn
LAN: 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
USB: 1x USB 2.0 (Type-A)
RAM: PM Tech PMD708416CTR-5CN 32 MB
FLASH: Holtek HT66F40 - 8 MB Flash
LED: Power button and 4 leds to indicate power level of the
battery (could not get control of that)
INPUT: Power, reset button
OTHER: USB SD-Card reader with card detect on GPIO#42
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- installation from tftp
- OpenWRT sysupgrade (Preserving and non-preserving)
- LEDs
- Buttons
Installation:
- Download the sysupgrade image
- Place it in the root of a clean TFTP server running on your computer.
- Rename the image to "kernel" — be sure there is no file extension.
- Plug the WD03 into your computer via ethernet.
- Set your computer to use 10.10.10.254 as its IP address.
- With your WD03 shut down, hold down the power button until the first
white LED lights up.
- Push and hold the reset button and release the power button. Continue
holding the reset button for 30 seconds or until it begins searching
for files on your TFTP server, whichever comes first.
- The WD03 (10.10.10.128) will look for your computer at 10.10.10.254
and install the kernel file. Once it has finished installation of the
kernel file, it will search for a (nonexistent) rootfs file — when it
begins searching for this file, shut down the WD03 by holding the
power button normally.
- Start up your WD03 normally.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Badaire <mbadaire@gmail.com>
Backport patch accepted upstream which removes the reset asserts of the
xrx200 gphy driver on reboot/remove.
While doing a global software reset, these bits are not cleared and let
some bootloader fail to initialise the GPHYs. The bootloader don't expect
these bits to be set, as they aren't during power on.
The asserts were a workaround for a wrong syscon-reboot mask. With a mask
set which includes the GPHY resets of the first reset register, the
resets of the second reset register arn't required any more.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Some of the new ath79 device trees were missing read-only tags on the
u-boot partitions. This adds the tags where previously missing.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
This new syntax is slightly better designed & uses "compatible" string.
For details see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partition.txt .
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Point at github which is new, maintained location for igmpproxy.
Remove all patches as all have been upstreamed.
Closes FS#1456
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The init sccript for igmpproxy uses the option 'network' both as an interface name for fetching the l3_device name and for creating the firewall rules. This only works if the name of the network and firewall zone are identical.
This commit introduces a new option 'zone' for configuring the upstream and downstream firewall zones in order for the init script to create the required firewall rules automatically. When no such options are given, the init script falls back to not creating the firewall rules and the user can opt to create these manually.
Signed-off-by: Jaap Buurman <jaapbuurman@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for the AVM Fritz!Box 4020 WiFi-router.
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9561 (Dragonfly) 750MHz
RAM: Winbond W971GG6KB-25
FLASH: Macronix MX25L12835F
WiFi: QCA9561 b/g/n 3x3 450Mbit/s
USB: 1x USB 2.0
IN: WPS button, WiFi button
OUT: Power LED green, Internet LED green, WLAN LED green,
LAN LED green, INFO LED green, INFO LED red
UART: Header Next to Black metal shield
Pinout is 3.3V - RX - TX - GND (Square Pad is 3.3V)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet (LAN + WAN)
- WiFi (correct MAC)
- Installation via EVA bootloader
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- Buttons
- LEDs
Not working:
- USB port
Installation via EVA:
In the first seconds after Power is connected, the bootloader will
listen for FTP connections on 169.254.157.1 (Might also be 192.168.178.1). Firmware can be uploaded
like following:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put openwrt-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
Note that this procedure might take up to two minutes. After transfer is
complete you need to powercycle the device to boot OpenWRT.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Some maintainers prefer DTS files licensed under permissive license like
MIT / BSD. As all DT bindings should be OS independent and DTS files are
pretty separated from Linux code it probably makes sense to share them
across projects.
The safest solution is to use dual licensing: that way it stays clear
these files can be used in GPL projects without depending on current
belief of licenses compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
fixed build error when external kernel is selected from menuconfig.
The patches present in target/linux/generic does not gets applied
to external kernel and build fails while compiling mac82011 &
regmap-core kernel modules. as a fix added check in Makefile for
CONFIG_EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TREE present or not.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
The idea is to easily get the list of packages taking the most time to build,
and see if we can improve them
v1: Use SetupHostCommand as recommended by John
v2: add space after 'time:', remove useless /usr/bin/time from SetupHostCommand
Signed-off-by: Etienne Champetier <champetier.etienne@gmail.com>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Cake is bearing fruits of kernel upstreaming efforts.
diffserv-llt dropped. DSCP mapping paper died and no one using it.
ack-filter re-written & simplified
tc userspace & cake kmod netlink interface usage changed in non
backwards compatible way, thus this once requires tc & cake to be
in-step. Change due to upstream requirements.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Bearing fruits of the latest upstreaming efforts on cake.
Changes: diffserv-llt dropped. The paper describing this DSCP
allocation has gone stale and doesn't appear used.
The userspace to kernel netlink messages for cake have been reworked in
a backwards incompatible way, so tc & cake must be bumped together this
once.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
print_uint() will silently promote its variable type to uint64_t, but there
is nothing that ensures that the format string specifier passed along with
it fits (and the function name suggest to pass "%u").
Fix this by changing print_uint() to use a native 'unsigned int' type, and
introduce a separate print_u64() function for printing 64-bit values. All
call sites that were actually printing 64-bit values using print_uint() are
converted to use print_u64() instead.
Since print_int() was already using native int types, just add a
print_s64() to match, but don't convert any call sites.
Fixes wonkyness in some stats from some qdiscs under tc
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This target aims to replace ar71xx mid-term. The big part that is still
missing is making the MMIO/AHB wifi work using OF. NAND and mikrotik
subtargets will follow.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This switches bcm53xx from spi-bcm53xx to the spi-bcm-qspi driver. The
later one was developed by Broadcom and is more advanced one. It
supports more modes, setting a speed, setting bits per word and uses
IRQs instead of polling.
This increases kernel size from 1808120 B to the 1811160 B (by 3040 B).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Fixes FS#1498. "gccgo -static" can fail for missing linker flag
-lgcc_eh caused by patch 850-use_shared_libgcc.patch
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
When sending script/env diff's output to a file or pipeline, you
don't want escape characters for ANSI color sequences fouling the
byte stream.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
These modules usually require some special arguments to customize the
emulated device and they should be loaded manually by users.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This adds an interrim patch for v4.14 based on an
upstream commit to get ethernet working on D-Link DNS-313
(probably also on the Wiliboards)
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Since the D-Link devices boot from hard disk we need to
add the following changes to Gemini:
- Supply a bootarg in the device tree so we can boot from
the right partition (/dev/sda4 on DNS-313)
- Disable forced command line in config so the kernel picks
up the right bootargs from the device tree
- Enable EXT4 in the config as this is used for rootfs else
we get nowhere, we cannot load this as a module because,
well, it is supposed to be loaded from the root partition
(chicken and egg problem).
- Enable jbd2 and mbcache (needed by ext4)
Also clean out the premature attempts to dynamically
modify the command line in the Image makefile: we should
pass this with the device tree bootargs instead, it works
much better.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Disable video and input drivers - they are needed only for one
board and can be enabled via modules if/when UI will be available.
Use LED drivers from packages.
Cleanup other things unnecessarily overriding defaults.
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
This tool is used to create headers on images for the
D-Link DNS-313 in gemini target.
Will be used after switching gemini to 4.14 kernel.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This adds the patches to get fairly complete Gemini support
using kernel v4.14. It is mainly a backport of patches from
kernel v4.16 with omissions of things like graphics that require
substantial changes and will be better handled once we move
to the v4.16 kernel proper.
On top of this are some WIP patches for USB support.
Tested on Raidsonic NAS4220B and D-link DNS-313.
ChangeLog v4->v5:
- Fix ethernet single gmac usecase
- Fix USB reset (patch from Hans)
- Fix Raidsonic ethernet skew delay
- Fix kernel config (bridge, squashfs, jffs2, usb)
- Disable second usb port on Raidsonic board until fotg210_hcd is fixed
ChangeLog v3->v4:
- Make sure to use tabs rather than spaces in base-files.
- Use the dns313 image tool from the firmware-utils.
- Break out the addition of the v4.14 patches and the removal
of the v4.4 patches to separate (big) patches.
ChangeLog v2->v3:
- Update the kernel config as indicated by Hauke Martens:
- Regenerate again after rebasing using kernel_oldconfig
dropping a few optimization settings that are now generic
- Drop CFG80211 stuff (module)
- Drop CIFS stuff (module)
- Drop MAC80211 (module)
- Drop wireless drivers (module)
- Enabled OverlayFS
- Added proper DNS-313 boot image generation with the special
file header tool.
- Disable CMA in the kernel
- Enable LZMA compression of the kernel
- Consequently name the nas4220b images nas4220b
- Update preinit MAC detection script to handle also DNS-313
- Add board.d/03_hdparm to set the disk to spin down after
1 minute by default, if we have the hdparm tool installed
ChangeLog v1->v2:
- Processed config through kernel_oldconfig
- Processed patches through make target/linux/{clean,refresh} V=99
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Add target device as at91-sama5d2_ptc_ek in SAMA5D2 subtarget and
build images for SAMA5D2 PTC Ek board.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
reorganizing at91 subtargets based on sama5 soc features and this fix
below problems.
1. able to set neon flags to sama5d2 & sama5d4 subtargets.
2. fix the make clean which removes all the subtargets in bin folder.
3. able to configure kernel specific to subtarget.
4. able to set vfpu4 flags to samad3 subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
fixed DTC command not found error while compling uboot-at91. The fix
is to set DTC PATH in uboot-at91 MAKE command.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
creating sdcard image with ext4 rootfs only and ignoring creating
other filesystem in sdcard image.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Add support for SAMA5D27 SOM1 with target device as at91-sama5d27_som1_ek
in SAMA5 subtarget and build images for SAMA5D27 SOM1 Ek board.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
copying at91bootstrap and uboot binaries to sdcard image is done
based on device name instead of dts name and this avoids creating
multiple u-boot and at91bootstrap binaries.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
updating to new version v3.8.10 and copying at91bootstrap.bin to bin folder.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Add hotplug handle script for storage devices,
this will add corresponding option in the
/etc/config/samba file automatically.
Signed-off-by: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
Update to latest version of iproute2, refresh patches.
See https://lkml.org/lkml/2018/4/2/349 for a full overview of the
changes in 4.16.
Build and tested on AR7xxx against musl
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Currently, the build system uses an openwrt mirror which does not currently
work and FTP can be unreliable under several circumstances. This change
implicitly allows using all the mirrors to download.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Some options' default values have been changed upstream, others were
accidentally inverted (CONFIG_WOLFSSL_HAS_DES3). Also add options
needed to build hostapd/wpa_supplicant against wolfssl.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
There is no usecase for not protecting symlinks that I know of in OpenWrt.
Not even on desktop systems where you have multiple users with a shell.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
527e700 ustream-ssl: Remove RC4 from ciphersuite in server mode.
39a6ce2 ustream-ssl: Enable ECDHE with OpenSSL.
45ac930 remove polarssl support
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Without this patch the extra LDFLAGS of objects were selected based on the
name of the extension being built, which breaks for aggregate so builds.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
SourceForge has supported HTTPS for its downloads for a long time now.
I have not been able to see any failures resulting from this change.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
In typical OpenWrt setups, there are no other users that have a shell spawned for them by default.
This can be overriden by the kernel.dmesg_output syssctl.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
sama5d2 & samad4 have neon feature and sama5d3 does not have neon
feature due to which sama5d3 boot fails with error message Kernel
panic - not syncing: Attempted to kill init! exitcode=0x00000004.
removing neon & VFPv4 support to fix this
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
when external kernel is selected from menuconfig, device wb50n is not
avaliable and build fails. As a fix adding checks for external kernel.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Switched download from SourceForge to GitHub. It seems the author migrated to that.
Also fixed the website URL as the SourceForge link is dead.
Compile tested on ar71xx and mvebu. Small size decrease on ar71xx: 30444 vs. 30099 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
When libressl was linked the libpthread was missing, add it in addition.
Fixes: 2c192b6916 ("tools/libressl: update to version 2.7.2")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When libressl was linked the libpthread was missing, add it in addition.
Also make the mxsimage tool to use the OpenSSL 1.1 API for the recent
libressl version.
Fixes: 2c192b6916 ("tools/libressl: update to version 2.7.2")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When libressl was linked the libpthread was missing, add it in addition.
Fixes: 2c192b6916 ("tools/libressl: update to version 2.7.2")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
MacOSX does not support "-Wl,-Bstatic" so do not force the static
linking.
We only copy the static libz library into the staging libraries
directories, the linker will anyway only find the static version and
link against that on all systems.
Fixes: 8dcd941d8b ("tools/zlib: move zlib build to tools")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Libressl version 2.7.0 and later implement more of the OpenSSL 1.1 API
and this needs some modifications of the code using it.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
010-fix-rpmatch.patch is upstream, removed from our patchset
The file structure is changed, modify patch accordingly
use CONFIGURE_ARGS to disable tests, xattr and lzo
Compile and run tested on mvebu and x86_64
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This version now uses autotools to configure the build system. They are
also using the newly added zlib package.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
These functions are not declared in any header file and only used in
same compile unit, mark them as static to remove one gcc warning and
make it easier for the compiler to optimize them out.
This also fixes some style problems to make this patch match the version
in the packages folder.
This is copied from this commit to the mtd-utils we pack into the image:
56d0dd56e9 ("mtd-utils: Mark some lzma functions as static")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This allows us to link the other tools against our libz and we do not
need the system zlib any more.
Only the static linked library is copied to the staging directory so we
have a statically linked library on all systems and not only on Linux.
This also adds the new dependencies of the packages which are depending
on zlib.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The harden branch predictor was backported for arm64 with 4.9.92-96.
Fixes: 9aa196e0f2 ("kernel: bump 4.9 to bump 4.9.96")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This is mainly a bug fix for multi-core MIPS systems where L1 caches besides the primary do not get flushed.
The most obvious problem is data corruption on SATA and USB devices where read requests are typically larger than the cacheline size.
This may also fix ar71xx systems that suffer from similar data corruption but I have not tested if it does.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Choose first running interface, rather than first "up" interface (Redhat #1403025)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Some Ubiquiti U-boot versions, in particular the "U-Boot 1.1.4.2-s956
(Jun 10 2015 - 10:54:50)" found with AirOS 5.6, do not correctly flush the
caches for the whole kernel address range after decompressing the kernel
image, leading to hard to debug boot failures, depending on kernel version
and configuration.
As a workaround, prepend the relocate-kernels loader, which will invalidate
the caches after moving the kernel to the correct load address.
Reported-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This allegedly fixes compilation of the library bundler preload library on
Apple OS X. The resulting executables have not been runtime tested due to a
lack of suitable test hardware.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Commit 15e9639159 removed support for
binutils version 2.28 but did not remove it as selectable item
from Binutils Version; let's remove this leftover as well.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Added for convenience. These boards can be used as dev boards running
various operating systems from different media, and this simplifies work
with U-Boot environment.
Signed-off-by: Damir Samardzic <damir.samardzic@sartura.hr>
There is no pinmux group "jtag" for mt7628 and the pinmux driver fails
to load due to the use of the not existing group.
Fixes: FS#1515
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The old DTB method (OWRTDTB) is not recognized by the boot process
anymore with 4.9/4.14.
This patch reuses KERNEL_DTB to get a valid DTB applied to the kernel
image.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
The current option driver binds to the usb interface 2,3,4,5.
But the interface 4 and 5 doesn't answer to the AT commands.
On the new openwrt configuration the wwan script select the 5th
interface as control interface, failing to establish the
3G connection.
Backport the fix for the problem.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
* QCA IPQ4019
* 256 MB of RAM
* 32 MB of SPI NOR flash (s25fl256s1)
- 2x 15 MB available; but one of the 15 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=20,variant=OM-A62
* 2T2R 5 GHz (channel 36-64)
- QCA9888 hw2.0 (PCI)
- requires special BDF in QCA9888/hw2.0/board-2.bin
bus=pci,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=OM-A62
* 2T2R 5 GHz (channel 100-165)
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=21,variant=OM-A62
* multi-color LED (controlled via red/green/blue GPIOs)
* 1x button (reset; kmod-input-gpio-keys compatible)
* external watchdog
- triggered GPIO
* 1x USB (xHCI)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x gigabit ethernet
- phy@mdio3:
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ gmac0 (ethaddr) in original firmware
+ 802.3at POE+
- phy@mdio4:
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ gmac1 (eth1addr) in original firmware
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
* powered only via POE
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
The initramfs image can be started using
setenv bootargs 'loglevel=8 earlycon=msm_serial_dm,0x78af000 console=ttyMSM0,115200 mtdparts=spi0.0:256k(0:SBL1),128k(0:MIBIB),384k(0:QSEE),64k(0:CDT),64k(0:DDRPARAMS),64k(0:APPSBLENV),512k(0:APPSBL),64k(0:ART),64k(0:custom),64k(0:KEYS),15552k(inactive),15552k(inactive2)'
tftpboot 0x84000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-openmesh_a62-initramfs-fit-uImage.itb
set fdt_high 0x85000000
bootm 0x84000000
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The pinctrl initialization fails with the MSM pinctrl code and gpio-hogs
because either the gpio ranges are not yet initialized (missing gpio-range
in DT) or that the msm driver unconditionally tries to re-initializes the
ranges (gpio-range in DT).
To allow gpio-hogs and similar early-boot gpio code, the gpio-ranges must
be in the device tree and the pinctrl-msm code must check whether the range
was already initialized by the DT.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
[drop changes to unrelated dtsi files, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The BDFs for all boards were upstreamed to the ath10k-firmware
repository and are now part of ath10k-firmware 2018-04-19.
We switched to the upstream board-2.bin, hence the files can be removed
here.
Keep the ipq-wifi package in case new boards are added. It might take
some time till board-2.bins send upstream are merged.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The BDFs for all boards were upstreamed to the ath10k-firmware
repository and are now part of ath10k-firmware 2018-04-19.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
4136529 dhcpv6-ia: keep tentative assignments alive for a short time
200cc8f dhcpv6-ia: make assignment lookup more strict
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch was revised upstream before being merged, and OpenWrt's copy
was never updated to reflect the revision.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hebb <tommyhebb@gmail.com>
[refreshed patches]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
These devices have only one ethernet port. It doesn't make sense to
expose the unused GMACs as separate network devices.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hebb <tommyhebb@gmail.com>
The tz and smem reserved-memory information handled in the upstream Linux
sources by the SoC specific dtsi and not by the the boards dts. Using the
same approach in OpenWrt avoids unneccessary duplication.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The reserved-memory regions are mostly undocumented by QCA and are named
very unspecific in the QSDK device trees. It was tried to clean them up by
commit 71ed9f10a3 ("ipq40xx: Use detailed reserved memory for A42") and
similar changes.
The features which require these regions were mostly unknown but
Senthilkumar N L <snlakshm@qti.qualcomm.com> and Sricharan Ramabadhran
<srichara@qti.qualcomm.com> provided some more insight in some of them:
* crash dump feature
- a couple of regions used when 'qca,scm_restart_reason' dt node has the
value 'dload_status' not set to 1
+ apps_bl <0x87000000 0x400000>
+ sbl <0x87400000 0x100000>
+ cnss_debug <0x87400000 0x100000>
+ cpu_context_dump <0x87b00000 0x080000>
- required driver not available in Linux
- safe to remove
* QSEE app execution
- region tz_apps <0x87b80000 0x280000>
- required driver not available in Linux
- safe to remove
* communication with TZ/QSEE
- region smem <0x87b80000 0x280000>
- driver changes not yet upstreamed
- must not be removed because any access can crash kernel/program
* trustzone (QSEE) private memory
- region tz <0x87e80000 0x180000>
- must not be removed because any access can crash kernel/program
Removing the unnecessary regions saves some kilobyte of reserved-memory and
cleans up the device tree:
* 2560 KiB
- 8devices Jalapeno
- AVM FRITZ!Box 4040
- Compex WPJ428
- Meraki MR33 Access Point
- OpenMesh A42
* 14336 KiB
- GL.iNet GL-B1300
- Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. IPQ40xx/AP-DK01.1-C1
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Merge the two existing functions and use a parameter for the type
header field.
It updates the syntax of the former mpc85xx fake ramdisk header
command to be compatible with mkimage from u-boot 2018.03 and fixes the
build error spotted by the build bot.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
7cc2668 version: bump snapshot
860c7c7 poly1305: do not place constants in different sections
5f1e4ca compat: remove unused dev_recursion_level backport
7e4b991 blake2s: remove unused helper
13225fc send: simplify skb_padding with nice macro
a1525bf send: account for route-based MTU
bbb2fde wg-quick: account for specified fwmark in auto routing mode
c452105 qemu: bump default version
dbe5223 version: bump snapshot
1d3ef31 chacha20poly1305: put magic constant behind macro
cdc164c chacha20poly1305: add self tests from wycheproof
1060e54 curve25519: add self tests from wycheproof
0e1e127 wg-quick.8: fix typo
2b06b8e curve25519: precomp const correctness
8102664 curve25519: memzero in batches
1f54c43 curve25519: use cmov instead of xor for cswap
fa5326f curve25519: use precomp implementation instead of sandy2x
9b19328 compat: support OpenSUSE 15
3102d28 compat: silence warning on frankenkernels
8f64c61 compat: stable kernels are now receiving b87b619
62127f9 wg-quick: hide errors on save
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Import two patches from Peter Oh to allow setting channel
bandwidth in the way it already works for managed interfaces.
This fixes mesh interfaces on 802.11ac devices always coming up in
VHT80 mode.
Add a patch to allow HT40 also on 2.4GHz if noscan option is set, which
also skips secondary channel scan just like noscan works in AP mode.
This time also make sure to add all files to the patch before
committing it...
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
When a partition offset is given, it is used in an lseek call, which
affects write, but not erase. Add it to the offset for erase calls as
well
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Import two patches from Peter Oh to allow setting channel
bandwidth in the way it already works for managed interfaces.
This fixes mesh interfaces on 802.11ac devices always coming up in
VHT80 mode.
Add a patch to allow HT40 also on 2.4GHz if noscan option is set, which
also skips secondary channel scan just like noscan works in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Use a syntax compatible with mkimage from u-boot 2018.03 to fix the
build errors spotted by the build bot.
The images are binary identical to the ones generated with mkimage from
u-boot 2014.10.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Before this commit, devices supporting both 2.4GHz and 5GHz would be
configured for 2.4GHz by default - unless they have VHT capabilities.
With this commit, channel 36 is only set when the frequency is supported.
VHT isn't checked unless that is the case.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
Pipe uqmi output from qmi_wds_stop function into /dev/null.
This will supress the following output in proto teardown.
netifd: wwan (x): "No effect"
netifd: wwan (x): Command failed: Permission denied
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
The new mkimage version requires a CONFIG_MKIMAGE_DTC_PATH variable to be
provided during build, in order to hardcode a path to a suitable DT
compiler executable.
Failure to do so will result in stray "sh: 1: -I: not found" errors when
invoking mkimage for FIT image generation.
Fix the issue by supplying "dtc" as CONFIG_MKIMAGE_DTC_PATH value during
build. As we intend our host utilities to be relocatable and since we're
already overriding PATH when invoking mkimage, an absolute path is not
required.
Fixes: b13e981d72 ("tools/mkimage: update to version 2018.03")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This activates support for fit images and some other new mkimage
features. Some of the patches were applied upstream and could be
removed.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Several changes has been made:
+ AES support has been removed by
upstream commit c6831c7 (2017-11-14)
[remove patch "200-fw_env_no_aes.patch"]
+ Support for UBI volumes has beed added by
upstream commit 34255b9 (2017-11-15)
[remove patch "300-support-env-in-ubivol-chardev.patch"]
+ A command line argument has beed added ("-c") to manually indicate
the location of the environment configuration file
Also, patch "400-u-boot-2015.10-stdint.patch" is no longer
necessary, and the config option to enable UBI support has
been removed.
Size comparisons:
fw_printenv size:
Target Before After
ar71xx 15,189 bytes 18,133 bytes (+2,944 bytes)
ipq40xx 20,873 bytes 20,987 bytes (+114 bytes)
mvebu 20,881 bytes 20,991 bytes (+110 bytes)
ramips 15,128 bytes 18,072 bytes (+2,944 bytes)
OPKG package size:
Target Before After
ar71xx 11,309 bytes 12,875 bytes (+1,566 bytes)
ipq40xx 11,772 bytes 13,299 bytes (+1,527 bytes)
mvebu 11,609 bytes 13,114 bytes (+1,505 bytes)
ramips 10,975 bytes 12,503 bytes (+1,528 bytes)
Compile tested: ipq40xx (musl, glibc, gcc5-musl), ar71xx, mvebu, ramips
Run tested: ipq40xx (ASUS RT-AC58U)
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
mbedtls changed in version 2.7.0 the soversion of the libmbedcrypto.so
library, all applications using this shared library have to be
recompiled to be able to load the new library.
Some binaries got rebuild to for the 2.7.0 release and are now using
libmbedcrypto.so.1, the older ones are still using libmbedcrypto.so.0.
Fixes: 75c5ab4ca ("mbedtls: update to version 2.7.0")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
bughost.org hasn't existed for 6-8 years, add a couple of current
mirrors to avoid the fallback to http://mirror2.openwrt.org/sources/.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
bughost.org hasn't existed for 6-8 years, add a couple of current
mirrors to avoid the fallback to http://mirror2.openwrt.org/sources/.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
The missing dependency causes build problems on systems without PCI
support.
The ath10k_pci kernel module depends on PCI support so this dependency
should be added. ath10k now also supported the ahb interface on the
IPQ4019 SoC, but this SoC also has PCI support so this extra dependency
is not as problem.
Fixes: d0f3dd5b9f ("ath10k-ct: update to latest version, enable AHB.")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Merge upstream patch from Sathishkumar Muruganandam
<murugana@codeaurora.org> for OpenWrt's backports package:
https://lkml.kernel.org/r/<1522049641-19521-1-git-send-email-murugana@codeaurora.org>
Commit-ID: 606204bb863fa3b0bb54929d79b4dc46338f9180
* FW has Smart Logging feature enabled by default for detecting failures
* and processing FATAL_CONDITION_EVENTID (36925 - 0x903D) back to host.
*
* Since ath10k doesn't implement the Smart Logging and FATAL CONDITION
* EVENT processing yet, suppressing the unknown event ID warning by moving
* this under ATH10K_DBG_WMI.
*
* Simulated the same issue by having associated STA powered off when
* ping flood was running from AP backbone. This triggerd STA KICKOUT
* in AP followed by FATAL CONDITION event 36925.
*
* Issue was reproduced and verified in below DUT
* ------------------------------------------------
* AP mode of OpenWRT QCA9984 running 6.0.8 with FW ver 10.4-3.5.3-00053
*
* Signed-off-by: Sathishkumar Muruganandam <murugana@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
When CONFIG_PM was not set rsi_sdio_reinit_device() was not compiled
into the driver but referenced.
This is a backport form the mainline Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
RedPine RS9113 wireless module requires rsi91x driver to be built
and linux-firmware/rsi/rs9113_wlan_qspi.rps to be installed.
Also we add patch for successful compilation of rsi91x driver.
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
For unencrypted mesh networks our scripts take care of setting
the various mesh_param values. wpa_supplicant changes somes of them
when being used for SAE encrypted mesh and previously didn't allow
configuring any of them. Add support for setting mesh_fwding (which
has to be set to 0 when using other routing protocols on top of
802.11s) and update our script to pass the value to wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This reverts commit 1356a66f94.
The change breaks wpa_supplicant.conf generation, more work is needed
to fix mesh+AP.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Our commands setting accept_ra to 0 on all interfaces got lost in the
transition to procd. This remained unnoticed for a long time, as we also
enable forwarding on all interfaces, which prevents RA handling by default.
Restore the commands, while also fixing a possible race condition in the
old version.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This reverts commit 5555545494.
The target supports both NEON and VFPv4, but for this to work properly,
a few more changes are needed:
- enable NEON support in the kernel config
- add the fpu feature flag to the makefile
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The stats update needs to protect against being interrupted by a tasklet
The u64 stats seqlock needs to be initialized
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The pins are used as (LED) GPIOs and can't be used at the same time as
hardware controlled ephy (LED) pins.
Fixes: FS#1500
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
e243683 libfstools: move mount points when switching to JFFS2
3782b59 libfstools: add "const" to char pointer arguments in mount_move()
79721f0 libfstools: fix foreachdir() to pass dir with a trailing slash
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
513eb27 system-linux: check ioctl return value in system_vlan()
df1625d system-linux: check ioctl return value in system_if_flags()
209c508 system-linux: fix segfault on alloc failure in system_if_check()
4a8e20e system-linux: fix segfault on error in system_add_ip6_tunnel()
36e4700 handler: fix resource leak on error in netifd_init_script_handlers()
86a0e7c system-linux: remove unnecessary open call in system_if_dump_info()
1e2cf67 system-linux: fix memory leak on error in system_add_vxlan()
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
1d23142 mt76: add led active low to debugfs
549f43b mt7603: ensure that the ACK flag is set for A-MPDUs with any acked subframe
df9f9f6 mt7603: always try tx rate1 first
9c52f36 mt7603: pull the final rate index from the status descriptor
f36f308 mt7603: improve validation of rx frames
9a23989 mt7603: remove warning on rx with invalid channel info
7a31731 mt76: check for pending reset before attempting to schedule tx
873a7c9 mt7603: call mt76_txq_schedule_all as a barrier to prevent tx during reset
d9e5da3 mt76: add rcu locking in tid reorder function
a8e8921 mt7603: add more checks to avoid dereferencing invalid pointers in wcid lookup
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Let's use /etc/sysctl.d for package-provided snippets and leave
/etc/sysctl.conf to the admin. Don't backup /etc/sysctl.d on upgrades, so
old defaults get replaced properly.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
In the new USB phy driver, it checks the compatible string before
attempting to iomap its mem resource and do the extra PHY init
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
We can use /etc/sysctl.d/* for package-supplied sysctl snippets, giving
admins the option to use /etc/sysctl.conf to override settings.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
11_migrate-sysctl has not been updated with new file hashes since 2012.
Let's get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The MX60's uboot disables all the PHYs before starting linux.
This causes the PHY/switch detection code to malfunction
almost all of the time. To get around this, set a compatible
flag to force PHYID.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This firmware has only small changes from the last commit, but
it does have an important fix for at least some PTK rekey logic.
The old firmware would have issues if the driver managed to set
a clear key while encryption was 'enabled'. This new firmware for
both wave-1 and wave-2 should not be susceptible to this type of
bug any more.
And remove mesh-bcast IE flag from wave-2, still need more work before
we can enable that flag in ath10k-ct firmware it seems.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Don't select the firmware with the board file, it prevents an easy use
of the -ct ath10k firmware. Select the firmware within the default
packages instead.
Remove the per device selection of the firmware now that it the
firmware is selected by default.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4018 (DAKOTA) ARM Quad-Core
RAM: 256 MB Winbond W632GU6KB12J
FLASH: 16 MiB Macronix MX25L12805D
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8072
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n/ac 2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11n/ac
1x1 (EX6100)
2x2 (EX6150)
INPUT: Power, WPS, reset button
AP / Range-extender toggle
LED: Power, Router, Extender (dual), WPS, Left-/Right-arrow
SERIAL: Header next to QCA8072 chip.
VCC, TX, RX, GND (Square hole is VCC)
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 v3.3 level converter!
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- 5 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- Factory installation from WebIF
- Factory installation from tftp
- OpenWRT sysupgrade (Preserving and non-preserving)
- LEDs
- Buttons
Not Working:
- AP/Extender toggle-switch
Untested:
- Support on EX6100v2. They share the same GPL-Code and vendor-images.
The 6100v2 seems to lack one 5GHz stream and differs in the 5GHz
board-blob. I only own a EX6150v2, therefore i am only able to verify
functionality on this device.
Install via Web-Interface:
Upload the factory image to the device to the Netgear Web-Interface.
The device might asks you to confirm the update a second time due to
detecting the OpenWRT firmware as older. The device will automatically
reboot after the image is written to flash.
Install via TFTP:
Connect to the devices serial. Hit Enter-Key in bootloader to stop
autobooting. Command "fw_recovery" will start a tftp server, waiting for
a DNI image to be pushed.
Assign your computer the IP-address 192.168.1.10/24. Push image with
tftp -4 -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put <OPENWRT_FACTORY>
Device will erase factory-partition first, then writes the pushed image
to flash and reboots.
Parts of this commit are based on Thomas Hebb's work on the
openwrt-devel mailinglist.
See https://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2018-January/043418.html
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This patch adds support for 8devices Jalapeno.
Specification:
QCA IPQ4018, Quad core ARM v7 Cortex A7 717MHz
256 MB of DDR3 RAM
8 MB of SPI NOR flash
128 MB of Winbond SPI NAND flash
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with:
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=8devices-Jalapeno
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with:
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=17,variant=8devices-Jalapeno
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8072 Gigabit Switch (1 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
phy@mdio3:
Label: eth0
gmac0
phy@mdio4:
Label: eth1
gmac1
Installation instructions:
Since boards ship with old version of LEDE installation is simple.
Just use sysupgrade -n -F sysupgrade.bin
Syuspgrade needs to be forced since OpenWRT uses DT detection in recent
releases.
If you get error that FIT configuration is not found during boot it is
due to older U-boot used on your board.
That is because 8devices used custom FIT configuration partition name
as they internally had v1 and v2 boards.
Only v2 boards are sold so now they are shipping boards with never
U-boot using generic config@1 FIT partition name.
Also for old uboot it is possible to force loading config@1 by changing
uboot environment:
setenv boot5 'bootm 0x84000000#config@1’
saveenv
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Unlike when operating in Ad-Hoc mode, we apparently need to pass the
hostapd control socket interface to wpa_supplicant when using 802.11s
mesh mode.
There also seems to still be something wrong with the logic setting
channel and (v)htmode parameters...
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This is important fix for flash parsing in some corner cases. In case
of TRX subpartition with rootfs being aligned to the flash block size it
was incorrectly registered twice. Detecting & registering it as a
standalone partition was resulting in an incorrect "firmware" partition
size and possibly broken sysupgrade.
It wasn't noticed before because "rootfs" alignment depends on a kernel
size. It can happen though - depending on the configuration and the
kernel size.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2e783b227766 ebt_ip: add support for matching IGMP type
b5fbb8d786c9 ebt_ip: add support for matching ICMP type and code
c5e5b784fd1a Move ICMP type handling functions from ebt_ip6 to useful_functions.c
11da52177196 include: sync linux/netfilter_bridge/ebt_ip.h with kernel
Note: the new features require at least kernel 4.17 or backported patches.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
kmod packages without FILES did not have an install step defined, leading
to no package being built. This affected netfilter/iptables packages, which
filter out builtin modules from FILES.
Not building a package that it is selected in .config is problematic, as
the generated empty package may be necessary to satisfy dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Update cmake to 3.11.0
Remove 110-alpine_musl-compat.patch as it's integrated upstream
Rename and refresh patches
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
The serial was working before, but not when doing copy&pasting longer
commands in a short time.
Fixes: a4def18f29 ("uboot-omap: Update to u-boot v2017.01")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Having the metainfo between kernel and rootfs prevents us from resizing
the kernel partition as necessary.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Previously, tplink_pharos_check_image() would accept any image with ELF
magic and only non-printable data in the support-list, as in this case the
while-read loop would not run at all. Add the new support-list offset and
ensure an image is only accepted when the model string is actually found.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Some Airmax devices can establish a Gigabit link even though the MAC only
supports 10/100 MBit/s, leading to broken connectivity. Prevent this from
happening by limiting the speed to 100MBit/s.
Fixes: FS#296
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Split physdev match out of ipt-extra to allow installing ipt-extra without
pulling in br-netfilter.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
While ebtables can be combined with br-netfilter, there is no good reason
to make it a dependency.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
kmod-br-netfilter is not only a support module, but can be useful on its
own, using the net.bridge.bridge-nf-call-* sysctls.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Non-selecting dependencies easily lead to Kconfig failures due to recursive
dependencies. We hit such an issue in Gluon; the easiest fix is to make
the dependency selecting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
RFC6771 does not exclude the forwarding of the example domain as it
states : "Caching DNS servers SHOULD NOT recognize example names as
special and SHOULD resolve them normally."
Example domains cannot be assigned to any user or person by DNS
registrars as they're registered in perpetuity to IANA meaning
they can be resolved; therefore let's remove the example domains
from the rfc6761.conf file.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This solution is more upstream compatible as it only requires specifying
of_match_table in the parser code and doesn't depend on linux,part-probe
which is solution made generic by a LEDE downstream patch that can't be
upstreamed.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
These patches were finally accepted and are already present in the
Linus's tree. This should be good enough to make is "backport" material.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
With kernel 4.14 the OpenWrt specific module name collides with the
upstream added module for Mediatek ARM Socs.
During addition of preliminary support for kernel 4.14, the config
symbol used by the out of tree driver was already renamed but the ramips
kernel package wasn't updated.
Fix the build error by updating the config and kernel module name for
the kernel package.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The Zorlik ZL5900V2 is an unbranded clone of HAME MPR-A1/2. It is
marketed as "3G Wi-Fi Router". Only the PCB has the model name
"ZL5900V2" printed on it.
Specifications:
- Ralink RT5350F (360 MHz)
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB Flash
- 802.11bgn 1T1R
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0 (Type-A)
- 5200 mAh battery
The ramdisk image (not the squashfs sysupgrade image) can be flashed
through the web interface (named "GoAhead") of the factory firmware.
However, as the factory firmware does not cleanly unmount the rootfs
before flashing, the device may hang instead of rebooting after
successful write. Power cycling the device gets you in OpenWrt where
the squashfs image may be flashed through normal sysupgrade procedure.
Signed-off-by: Vianney le Clément de Saint-Marcq <code@quartic.eu>
YouHua tech WR1200JS is an AC1200 router with 5 1Gb ports (4 Lan, 1 Wan)
and 1 USB 2.0 port.
Devices is base on MediaTek MT7621AT + MT7603E + MT7612E.
Specification:
- MT7612AT (880 MHz)
- 128 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (MT7603E)
- 2T2R 5 GHz (MT7612E)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 10x LED (Power 2G 5G WPS Internet LAN4-1 USB)
- 3x button (reset wifi wps)
- DC jack for main power input (12V)
Installation:
1.) Press reset key 5 sec and restore the factory default
2.) Login webUI and change username to root and set a
new password
3.) Visit http://192.168.2.254/adm/telnetd.shtml and
turn on the telnet service
4.) Copy openwrt-ramips-mt7621-youhua_wr1200js-initramfs-kernel.bin
to a usb pan
5.) Plug the usb pan to the router, telnet to the router
and login by root
6.) cd /media/sda1 and check the initramfs file is there
7.) exec command:
mtd_write write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-youhua_wr1200js-initramfs-kernel.bin Kernel
8.) reboot and visit 192.168.1.1
Signed-off-by: Zheng Qian <sotux82@gmail.com>
The previous fw version require the replacement of the stock bootloader
with u-boot. This prevent an easy stock restore of the original fw.
Now a proper fw util has been developed to manage the stock jboot
bootloader. Therefore make sense have a fw image for the stock
bootloader.
The old fw configuration (u-boot) is not compatible with the new one
and will not be supported anymore.
So at the end 2 image can be generated:
1) factory image with jboot bootloader
openwrt-ramips-rt305x-dwr-512-b-squashfs-factory.bin
2) sysupgrade image with jboot bootloader
openwrt-ramips-rt305x-dwr-512-b-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
The Ralink USB PHY driver merged into mainline has a slightly different
device tree binding than the patch that was used with linux 4.9.
The new driver requires a `ralink,sysctl` node pointing to the `syscon`
node.
This patch also sets `#phy-cells` to 0, as recommended by the mainline
documentation [1].
[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ralink-usb-phy.txt
Signed-off-by: Vianney le Clément de Saint-Marcq <code@quartic.eu>
42a8ecd jshn: fix format string for int64 type
92009b7 utils: ensure that byte-order conversion functions evaluate the argument only once
ace6489 switch from typeof to the more portable __typeof__
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
42a8ecd jshn: fix format string for int64 type
92009b7 utils: ensure that byte-order conversion functions evaluate the argument only once
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
TP-Link Archer C60 v2 is a dual-band AC1350 router, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561 + QCA9886.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction (web):
Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c60-v2-squashfs-factory.bin and use
OEM System Tools - Firmware Upgrade site.
Flash instruction (recovery):
1. Set PC to fixed IP address 192.168.0.66
2. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c60-v2-squashfs-factory.bin and
rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root
directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time the firmware should
be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery
Flash instruction (under U-Boot, using UART):
tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
reset
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Add support for TL-WR940N v6 board. It is pretty much the same as v5
except they only left WAN LED and removed other ones.
Installation: flash factory image through WEB UI or use TFTP.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Rework (again) platform support for dual-role chipidea USB controller:
- include support for QCA9531
- use correct EHCI block size
- drop ar933x_usb_setup_ctrl_config() function
- simplify code after previous "register chipidea only in device mode"
change (fa22714181)
Reworked patch was tested on devices with below QCA WiSOCs (signal/GPIO
name with required bootstrap state for USB bus 0 in device mode):
- AR9331 (GPIO13 pull-down)
- AR9342 (RGMII_TXD1/ETXD1 pull-up)
- AR9344 (GPIO20 pull-up)
- QCA9531 (GPIO13 pull-up)
- QCA9558 (GPIO13 pull-up)
The only way to select device mode for bus 0 is to change SOC bootstrap
configuration which is sampled only once, at hard reset. Likely, other
models, like QCA9556 or AR9341, should also support dual-role USB mode
but they were not tested.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Supports IPv4 flow offloading on MT7621 for Routing, SNAT and DNAT
Supported are regular ethernet->ethernet connections, including one
802.1q VLAN and/or PPPoE encapsulation
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Bug fix release. 1.28.3 has fixes for
* ash and hush (do not leave stray open file destriptors in children),
* cpio (fix for symlink extraction),
* grep ("grep -Fw a" was matching "aa").
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
74b5a3 script: fix possible negative delay
473f248 dhcpv6: always trigger script update in case of IA updates
ea18935 ra: rework route information option handling
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
of_dma_configure() sets a default ->dma_mask of
DMA_BIT_MASK(32), claiming devices can DMA from
the full 32bit address space.
The mtk-mmc driver does not support access to
highmem pages, so it is really limited to the
bottom 512M (actually 448M due to 64M of IO space).
Setting ->dma_mask to NULL causes mmc_setup_queue()
to fall-back to using BLK_BOUNCE_HIGH to tell the
block layer to use a bounce-buffer for any highmem
pages requiring IO.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
- avoid using garbage stack values as dst pointer if lookup fails
- provide the source address for ipv6 dst lookup
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Our .dts files only have one device defined and this is unlikely to
change, so statically initialize host->id to 0.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This commit adds correct model detection for UniFi
AC-Mesh. Previously said device was incorrectly detected
as UniFi AC-Lite.
The Information about the device is stored at 0xC in the EEPROM
partition. It corresponds to the sysid in /etc/board.info of the
Ubiquiti stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
D-Link DAP-1330 rev. A1 is a wall-plug N300 Wi-Fi range extender,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2.
Short specification:
- 650/393/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2x external antennas
- 6x LED (2 are bi-color), 2x button
- 4 pin on pcb (looking from eth port and from left to right tx,rx,gnd,vcc)
Flash instruction: use "factory" image directly in vendor GUI.
This device has a recovery system that assign the ip addr of env
variable "serverip" via dhcp to a pc, and the "ipaddr" value to itself.
The recovery it's triggered by a not bootable firmware,
or pressing the reset button during the bootloader startup (first 30 seconds).
The recovery uses a http page to restore the firmware, and it's checking
the firmware image header, so use the "factory" image to
restore or the original firmware.
You can access vendor firmware over serial using:
- login: root
- password: linuxrocks
Image was tested only in EU version of the device, but should work
also with the same device version sold in other countries.
Signed-off-by: Nicolò Veronese <nicveronese@gmail.com>
Commit d6d3db0543 added more gcc version probes, exceeding the argument
limit of the SetupHostCommand macro, leading to failing GCC/LLVM tests
on OS X.
Extend the handled number of arguments to restore proper functionality.
Fixes FS#1470
Fixes d6d3db0543 ("build: Improve GCC version detection")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Some packages are already using $(1)/var on package install.
On multiuser systems this breaks the build when multiple
users build OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
This reverts commit 4fb684a755.
The compile fixes are still required for host systems using GCC 5.x,
such as Ubuntu 16.04 LTS.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
It was wrong from the beginning and the trigger for the wan led was
never set due to the typo.
Signed-off-by: Reto Schneider <code@reto-schneider.ch>
[add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
It's intentional that some boards within a target don't have all LEDs
which are tried to be setup in a common script. Don't show a warning in
such cases.
Fixes: 4f4fc993db ("base-files: add more name source to get_dt_led helper function")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
We need to reset the GPHYs on reboot as well. Otherwise the bootloader
might have issues to reset/find the GPHYs.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The DWR-921-C3 Wireless Routers with LTE embedded modem is based on the
MT7620N SoC.
Specification:
* MediaTek MT7620N (580 Mhz)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of FLASH
* 802.11bgn radio
* 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (1 WAN and 4 LAN)
* 2x external, detachable (LTE) antennas
* UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
* 6x LED (GPIO-controlled)
* 1x bi-color Signal Strength LED (GPIO-controlled)
* 2x button
* JBOOT bootloader
Installation:
Apply factory image via d-link http web-gui.
How to revert to OEM firmware:
1.) Push the reset button and turn on the power. Wait until LED start
blinking (~10sec.)
2.) Upload original factory image via JBOOT http (IP: 192.168.123.254)
3.) If http doesn't work, it can be done with curl command:
curl -F FN=@XXXXX.binhttp://192.168.123.254/upg
where XXXXX.bin is name of firmware file.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
The DWR-921-C1 Wireless Routers with LTE embedded modem is based on the
MT7620N SoC.
Specification:
* MediaTek MT7620N (580 Mhz)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of FLASH
* 802.11bgn radio
* 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (1 WAN and 4 LAN)
* 2x external, detachable (LTE) antennas
* UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
* 6x LED (GPIO-controlled)
* 1x bi-color Signal Strength LED (GPIO-controlled)
* 2x button
* JBOOT bootloader
The status led has been assigned to the dwr-921-c1:green:sigstrength (lte
signal strength) led. At the end of the boot it is switched off and is
available for lte operation. Work correctly also during sysupgrade
operation.
Installation:
Apply factory image via d-link http web-gui.
How to revert to OEM firmware:
1.) Push the reset button and turn on the power. Wait until LED start
blinking (~10sec.)
2.) Upload original factory image via JBOOT http (IP: 192.168.123.254)
3.) If http doesn't work, it can be done with curl command:
curl -F FN=@XXXXX.binhttp://192.168.123.254/upg
where XXXXX.bin is name of firmware file.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
Backport patch which adds suport for the BroadMobi BM806U 3G/4G modem,
which is used in D-Link DWR-921 C3.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Backport patch which adds suport for the Wistron NeWeb d18q1 LTE modem
which is used in D-Link DWR-921 C1.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
drivers/mmc/host/mtk-mmc/dbg.c:51:13: warning: 'cmd_buf' defined but not used [-Wunused-variable]
static char cmd_buf[256];
^~~~~~~
In addition, msdc_reg[] is completely unused, even in debug
mode.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <git@andred.net>
msdc_6575_host[] is unused, just remove it. Also, it
was the source of memory corruption up until the
previous fix to this driver.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <git@andred.net>
pdev->id is -1 when only one device exists, and is used:
* as an index into drv_mode[] to determine whether to use
PIO or DMA mode (via host->id)
* as an index into msdc_6575_host[], to store the
mmc_priv() data.
Obviously, -1 is not a valid index in either case, causing
us to read invalid memory, and memory corruption,
respectively.
The invalid memory read is causing non-deterministic
behaviour, in particular in the v4.4 kernel it still
picked DMA mode, but in the v4.9 it now always picks
PIO mode.
Also, PIO mode doesn't work, causing the following:
/ # echo 3 > /proc/sys/vm/drop_caches
[ 3845.249237] sh (128): drop_caches: 3
/ # /root/usr/lib/libc.so
[ 3846.096070] do_page_fault(): sending SIGSEGV to libc.so for invalid read access from 7f9cb5a0
[ 3846.104758] epc = 779b0ea4 in libc.so[7792f000+c3000]
[ 3846.109907] ra = 779a8004 in libc.so[7792f000+c3000]
Segmentation fault
/ # /root/usr/lib/libc.so
musl libc (mipsel-sf)
Version 1.1.16-git-40-g54807d47
Dynamic Program Loader
Usage: /root/usr/lib/libc.so [options] [--] pathname [args]
(i.e. initial page-in of any binary causes a segfault,
subsequent access works.)
While this change doesn't fix PIO mode, it at least makes
us deterministically use DMA (which works), and it also
stops us from corrupting memory.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <git@andred.net>
drivers/mmc/host/mtk-mmc/sd.c:2782:5: warning: this 'if' clause does not guard... [-Wmisleading-indentation]
if ((hw->flags & MSDC_SDIO_IRQ) || (hw->flags & MSDC_EXT_SDIO_IRQ))
^~
drivers/mmc/host/mtk-mmc/sd.c:2785:2: note: ...this statement, but the latter is misleadingly indented as if it is guarded by the 'if'
cd_active_low = !of_property_read_bool(pdev->dev.of_node, "mediatek,cd-high");
^~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <git@andred.net>
It seems both issues (GCC5 and Musl) were fixed at some point. Thus, they can be dropped.
Did not bump version as there is no change in functionality or size.
Compile-tested on ar71xx and mvebu, both with musl.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
flash_erase utility allows to erase MTD partitions on NAND flash.
Useful when you want to clean or write an MTD partition from scratch.
e.g., before using kobs-ng to flashing SPL images it's recommended
to erase the MTD partition to ensure it's empty.
Signed-off-by: Adrià Llaudet <adria.llaudet@gmail.com>
Update busybox to 1.28.2, refresh patches and default config.
* modify 230-add_nslookup_lede.patch as opt_complementary was removed
Also move nslookup_longopts variable declaration to be inside
the same conditional as the function itself.
* modify 250-date-k-flag.patch to match upstream (opt_complementary)
* remove 600-cve-2017-16544.patch that is upstreamed
Notes about config changes:
* Some applet-specific LONG_OPTIONS config options were removed
* Config help text indentation changed, caused lots of
text formatting changes for convert_menuconfig.pl
* convert_defaults.pl moved lots of defaults around, summary of
actual changes below
New applets/features:
---------------------
ARCH
HEXEDIT
MINIPS
NETCAT
NUKE
RESUME
RUN_INIT
SETFATTR
New options:
------------
FEATURE_CATN
FEATURE_CROND_SPECIAL_TIMES
FEATURE_LIBBUSYBOX_STATIC
FEATURE_SETPRIV_CAPABILITIES
FEATURE_SETPRIV_CAPABILITY_NAMES
FEATURE_SETPRIV_DUMP
FEATURE_SH_READ_FRAC
FEATURE_SWAPONOFF_LABEL
FEATURE_VOLUMEID_MINIX
FEATURE_XARGS_SUPPORT_ARGS_FILE
FEATURE_XARGS_SUPPORT_PARALLEL
HUSH_GETOPTS
HUSH_READONLY
HUSH_TIMES
Removed:
--------
FEATURE_HAVE_RPC
MSH
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
This Adds fixes for the following security problems based on debians patches:
CVE-2016-2125: Unconditional privilege delegation to Kerberos servers in trusted realms
CVE-2017-12163: Server memory information leak over SMB1
CVE-2017-12150: SMB1/2/3 connections may not require signing where they should
CVE-2018-1050: Denial of Service Attack on external print server.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This now makes sure that the beginning of the version number gets checked
and "4.4.5" will not match was a supported version.
GCC 8 and GCC 9 are now marked as supported, but we probably have to fix
some problems for them.
Closes: FS#1433
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
These functions are not declared in any header file and only used in
same compile unit, mark them as static to remove one gcc warning and
make it easier for the compiler to optimize them out.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes some minor security problems.
Old size:
162262 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/libmbedtls_2.7.0-1_mips_24kc.ipk
New size:
163162 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/libmbedtls_2.8.0-1_mips_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Add initial support for Marvell MACCHIATObin, cortex-a72 based Marvell
ARMADA 8040 Community board. Comes in two forms: Single Shot and Double
Shot.
Specifications:
- Quad core Cortex-A72 (up to 2GHz)
- DDR4 DIMM slot with optional ECC and single/dual chip select support
- Dual 10GbE (1/2.5/10GbE) via copper or SFP
2.5GbE (1/2.5GbE) via SFP
1GbE via copper
- SPI Flash
- 3 X SATA 3.0 connectors
- MicroSD connector
- eMMC
- PCI x4 3.0 slot
- USB 2.0 Headers (Internal)
- USB 3.0 connector
- Console port (UART) over microUSB connector
- 20-pin Connector for CPU JTAG debugger
- 2 X UART Headers
- 12V input via DC Jack
- ATX type power connector
- Form Factor: Mini-ITX (170 mm x 170 mm)
More details at http://macchiatobin.net
Booting from micro SD card:
1. reset U-Boot environment:
env default -a
saveenv
2. prepare U-Boot with boot script:
setenv bootcmd "load mmc 1:1 0x4d00000 boot.scr; source 0x4d00000"
saveenv
or manually:
setenv fdt_name armada-8040-mcbin.dtb
setenv image_name Image
setenv bootcmd 'mmc dev 1; ext4load mmc 1:1 $kernel_addr $image_name;ext4load mmc 1:1 $fdt_addr $fdt_name;setenv bootargs $console root=/dev/mmcblk1p2 rw rootwait; booti $kernel_addr - $fdt_addr'
saveenv
Signed-off-by: Damir Samardzic <damir.samardzic@sartura.hr>
This release brings various improvements to clearfog support, such as distro-boot.
Obsoletes:
0002-clearfog-reset-usom-onboard-1512-phy.patch
0003-clearfog-enable-distro-boot-code.patch
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
The DTB for Clearfog Pro has been renamed in mainline. However U-Boot
hasn't picked up that change yet :(, so we need to hardcode it for now.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
CONFIG_* variables can easily be set by overriding Build/Configure.
so set NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR=y and CMD_SETEXPR=y here.
This replaces the following patches:
0001-clearfog-generate-random-MAC-address.patch
0004-clearfog-enable-setexpr-command-by-default.patch
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Newer Linksys boards might come with a Winbond W29N02GV which can be
configured in different ways. Make sure we configure it the same way as
the older chips so everything keeps working.
Signed-off-by: Imre Kaloz <kaloz@openwrt.org>
Wave-1 firmware has a fix for 'addba' not finding the peer. Thanks to Hauke
for finding and reporting this.
Wave-2 firmware has a fix for leaking a peer multicast key when a monitor device
is created.
And I re-ordered the '4019' firmware images in the Makefile to match the order
of the others. No functional change for that reorder.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 745d0e7f4b.
It looks like upstream don't want the patch so let's revert it here too.
I hope a fix from upstream is forthcoming.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
CONFIG_NVMEM_BCM_OCOTP was added in kernel 4.10 and it is possible to
activate it on the bcm53xx target. Deactivate it by default to fix the
build of the bcm53xx target.
This was found by build bot.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch cleans and reworks the WNDR4700 dts to increase the
now combined dtb+kernel partition to 3.5 MiB. This has become
necessary due to the switch to GCC 7.3 and the ever increasing
kernel binary size.
The dtb+kernel partition was combined in order to finally
fix the problem with out-of-sync device-trees. From now
on, the kernel and device-tree will always be updated together.
Upgrade Note:
Existing installations will have to use the TFTP firmware
recovery option in order to install the update. Affected users
are advised to make a backup of their existing configuration
prior to running sysupgrade:
<https://openwrt.org/docs/guide-user/installation/generic.backup#backup_openwrt_configuration>
Due to the repartitioning of the NAND, the generated backup
should be placed on either the internal HDD, an attached
USB-Stick or on another PC (externally).
To manually trigger the firmware recovery, the reset button has
to be pressed (and hold) during boot. U-boot will enter the "Upgrade
Mode" and starts a tftpserver listening on 192.168.1.1 for a
tftp client from one of the four LAN/Ethernet ports to connect and
upload the new system: (enable tftp binary mode!).
openwrt-apm821xx-nand-netgear_wndr4700-squashfs-factory.img
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The recent change to switch to gcc 7.3 broke the image
generation code, as the kernel would no longer fit into
KERNEL_SIZE.
This patch fixes the issue by reworking the initramfs
creation and packaging, which will get rid of the
KERNEL_SIZE check in the process.
This new initramfs can be loaded through the MR24 U-boot
in the following way:
=> setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
=> setenv bootargs console=ttyS0,$baudrate
=> tftpboot c00000 192.168.1.2:meraki_mr24-initramfs-kernel.bin
[...]
Load address: 0xc00000
Loading: ################################################ [...]
done
Bytes transferred = 5952544 (5ad420 hex)
=> bootm $fileaddr
\## Booting kernel from Legacy Image at 00c00000 ...
...
For more information and the latest flashing guide:
please visit the OpenWrt Wiki Page for the MR24:
<https://openwrt.org/toh/meraki/mr24#flashing>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Fix psidlen becomes negative in case embedded address bit lenght is smaller than
IPv4 suffix length.
While at it improve parameter checking making the code more logical and
easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
There are few symbol changes but only 3 symbols were possible to set:
THERMAL_EMERGENCY_POWEROFF_DELAY_MS
CLK_BCM_SR
PHY_NS2_USB_DRD
Both new drivers don't seem to apply to Northstar so they are disabled.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
opkg currently has some issues with Provides and this change makes the
image builder fail because of that. Revert the change for now until opkg
is fixed
This reverts commit 092d75aa3e.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Changes since last version
dfb68f8 service: initialize supplementary group ids
3db4e6d service: add func for string config change check
c3faabe procd: get rid of putenv usage.
The supplementary group id change fixes FS#988
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The following patches were merged upstream:
000-hostapd-Avoid-key-reinstallation-in-FT-handshake.patch
replaced by commit 0e3bd7ac6
001-Prevent-reinstallation-of-an-already-in-use-group-ke.patch
replaced by commit cb5132bb3
002-Extend-protection-of-GTK-IGTK-reinstallation-of-WNM-.patch
replaced by commit 87e2db16b
003-Prevent-installation-of-an-all-zero-TK.patch
replaced by commit 53bb18cc8
004-Fix-PTK-rekeying-to-generate-a-new-ANonce.patch
replaced by commit 0adc9b28b
005-TDLS-Reject-TPK-TK-reconfiguration.patch
replaced by commit ff89af96e
006-WNM-Ignore-WNM-Sleep-Mode-Response-without-pending-r.patch
replaced by commit adae51f8b
007-FT-Do-not-allow-multiple-Reassociation-Response-fram.patch
replaced by commit 2a9c5217b
008-WPA-Extra-defense-against-PTK-reinstalls-in-4-way-ha.patch
replaced by commit a00e946c1
009-Clear-PMK-length-and-check-for-this-when-deriving-PT.patch
replaced by commit b488a1294
010-Optional-AP-side-workaround-for-key-reinstallation-a.patch
replaced by commit 6f234c1e2
011-Additional-consistentcy-checks-for-PTK-component-len.patch
replaced by commit a6ea66530
012-Clear-BSSID-information-in-supplicant-state-machine-.patch
replaced by commit c0fe5f125
013-WNM-Ignore-WNM-Sleep-Mode-Request-in-wnm_sleep_mode-.patch
replaced by commit 114f2830d
Some patches had to be modified to work with changed upstream source:
380-disable_ctrl_iface_mib.patch (adding more ifdef'ery)
plus some minor knits needed for other patches to apply which are not
worth being explicitely listed here.
For SAE key management in mesh mode, use the newly introduce
sae_password parameter instead of the psk parameter to also support
SAE keys which would fail the checks applied on the psk field (ie.
length and such). This fixes compatibility issues for users migrating
from authsae.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
5d2bf09 uci: fix a potential use-after-free in uci_set()
3b3d63e list: only record ordering deltas if element position changed
4c4d343 cmake: Fix cli shared linking against ubox
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Netfilter flow offload has now started to become useful and suitable for
a wider testing audience. Configuring it via UCI is also integrated in
firewall3 by adding 'option flow_offloading 1' to the 'defaults'
section in /etc/config/firewall
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Improve portability of init script by declaring resolvfile as local
in dnsmasq_stop function.
Fixes resolvfile being set for older busybox versions in dnsmasq_start
in a multi dnsmasq instance config when doing restart; this happens when
the last instance has a resolvfile configured while the first instance
being started has noresolv set to 1.
Base on a patch by "Phil"
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Right patch version this time, sorry!
* Patch 180-usb-xhci-add-support-for-performing-fake-doorbell.patch had to be adjusted slightly because of upstream adapted code.
* Refreshed patches.
Compile-tested: ramips/mt7621, x86/64
Run-tested: ramips/mt7621, x86/64
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Cake in kernel space now splits stats structure handling across netlink
messages to reduce stack usage issue flagged by upstream kernel checks.
Update user space (tc) qdisc handling to understand this new regime.
Cake also reports packet overheads & compensation in a different way so
add display code for this. e.g.
'tc -s qdisc show dev eth0' reports this extra detail:
min/max transport layer size: 28 / 1500
min/max overhead-adjusted size: 65 / 1550
average transport hdr offset: 14
Cake also supports output in JSON format.
Patch is bulkier than before because a (slightly out of date - see above
stats) man page is included for reference. Better than nothing!
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Relevant changes:
0afc1be Fixes for kernel 4.16
d2d6780 Reinitialise overhead compensation stats when reconfiguring.
a3bab9d Export overhead compensation stats to userspace.
9cd2fa8 Split tin stats to its own structure to decrease size of tc_cake_xstats
71c7b44 Gather more statistics about packet length transformations.
0517357 Rework overhead compensation to use dynamic transport header offset instead of (inaccurate) static one.
c1a0c8e Refactor length handling code to better centralise overhead calculations
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
PKG_EXTMOD_SUBDIRS should be set to the sub directory where the kernel
module gets build in, for the ath10k-ct driver this changed in commit
3888e77c1c from ath10k to ath10k-4.13. Without this fix the depends
line of the ath10*.ko modules is empty and the kernel module load system
will not automatically load the depended modules like mac80211.
Fixes: 3888e77c1c ("ath10k-ct driver: use dma_alloc_coherent, 4.13 based driver")
Fixes: 23a388fe41 ("ath10k-ct: Force loading mac80211 and ath modules.")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The HTT-MGT variants transport management frames over the
normal HTT tx path, just like data frames. This saves
limitted WMI buffers which can become depleted if lots of
management frames become stuck in TX queues due to peer
that went away.
In addition, at least for the wave-1 firmware, htt-mgt is
required in order for 802.11r (fast roaming) authentication
to function properly.
The htt-mgt firmware requires the use of the ath10k-ct
driver. Normal non-htt-mgt ath10k-ct firmware should work
with stock drivers.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
This updates to latest ath10k-ct firmware. Hopefully we are
at the end of the development cycle for this firmware release,
so these should be stable.
wave-1 changes since last release:
Release 20
* Allow flushing peer when deleting. Hopefully this will allow the
peer delete command to happen in a reasonable amount of time even
if the RF environment is busy (or peer has died).
To enable this, set the high flag in the mac-addr second word in the
ath10k driver near end of the ath10k_wmi_op_gen_peer_delete method:
cmd->peer_macaddr.word1 |= __cpu_to_le32(0x80000000);
* Attempt to fix crash seen in resmgr-ocs, appearantly due to list corruption.
Use a temporary list instead of trying to rely on for-each-safe.
* Add flag to tx-descriptor to allow driver to request no-ack on data
frames. This is bit 15 on the flag1 field (previously un-used).
* Add option to support specifying the tx-rate-code and retry count on
a per-packet basis. Only a single series is supported at this time.
Useful mainly for radiotap monitor-tx type testing at this point.
* Fix crash on startup when chip is at -40 deg C and calibration fails. Instead
of asserting, just keep retrying calibration, which appears to start working
after a few minutes (when the chip warms up).
* Allow reporting per-chain rssi for management frames. We pack the values into
empty space in the mgt-frame wmi header. This will only be enabled if the driver
requests it, since otherwise the driver is assumed to not understand the new API.
ath10k-ct drivers that support this feature will automatically enable it.
* A customer reports a case that appears to be the hardware not properly detecting
end of AMPDU, so frames were being mis-delivered to the wrong peer. Attempt to
work around this, and in doing so, clean up a bunch of void* abuse in the block-ack
reordering code (could not ever confirm there was a problem in this area).
* Re-work the rx-mem logic to be less complicated and to use less memory.
* Attempt to fix crash that appearanty happens because the driver can sometimes
delete a vdev in 'up' state.
* Attempt to fix hung scan state machine issues.
* Fix crash in tx path due to un-initialized memory.
wave-2 changes since last release:
Release 10
* Fix an assert related to tx scheduling. This hopefully fixes
what appears to be a regression that I added some time back.
* Enable CSI reporting for 9984, and maybe 9888/9886. Only in
non-trimmed builds.
* Other stability improvements, including regression fixes from
some tricky bugs introduced in earlier releases.
* Allow compiling for IPQ4019 chipset.
* Firmware will now send txbf frames to the host (driver) if the
TXBF (0xF00000001) set-special feature is enabled, or when the radio
is in monitor mode. But, if the frame is consumed by the txbf_cv
logic, then the pkt cannot be delivered to the host in this manner. Instead,
a WMI event will be sent and host can find the txbf_cv data in shared
memory. See ath10k_wmi_event_txbf_cv_mesg() in ath10k-ct driver.
* Support rx-all-mgt option. When enabled, the firmware will deliver all
management frames that it can to the host. No RX filters are changed
when this option is enabled.
* Fix at least some problems with sending tx-beamforming frames to SU-MIMO
peers. Looks like this was a regression in my code.
* Fix a crash in rate-ctrl due to nss mismatch. This was something I introduced
while trying to fix other bugs in rate-ctrl some time back.
* Attempt to fix a sw-peer-key object leak in IBSS mode. The peer key code
is very complex, and shares some pointers as union members. I think I fixed
at least some of the issues, but would not be surprised if more exist.
* Improve ath10k user guide to document CT firmware features:
https://www.candelatech.com/ath10k-ug.php
* Add ct-special option to configure the txbf sounding time. See ath10k-ug.php
* Fix and allow the driver to tell the firmware to send sounding frames. See ath10k-ug.php
In further testing, this seems to fail much of the time, and I am not sure why.
Disabling this in diet (trimmed) builds.
* Fix crashes related to deleting peers while they are in power-save mode. Reported
by LEDE user on r7800 with 9984 NIC.
* Make rate-ctrl txbf probe work better. If enabled, the rate-ctrl logic will periodically
send out probes at an NSS that can to txbf. Previously, txbf probes would not reliably happen
if both AP and peer had the same nss (ie, 2x2 talking to 2x2). To enable this feature, you
need to enable the fwtest-cmdid number 20.
* Report rx-timeout error counters. These were previously un-reported, though the
field existed in the wmi struct already.
* txbf: Ignore frames not destined for us. If NIC is in promisc mode, it
could acquire and process NDPA frames that were not destined for it. Check
the dest-MAC and ignore frames not for us (pass them up the stack for monitor
mode instead of save them in the peer's rate-ctrl logic.)
* Port ping-pong crash handling and othe related features to IPQ4019 target. It should
now act similar to 9984 in this regard.
* Fix a few asserts related to txbf and tx-seq logic.
* Add custom-stats support, for rx-reorder-stats. Similar to what I did for wave-1.
* Disable AMSDU for IBSS. This now matches what I did for peregrine. It seems to
work better this way, though I did not debug it in detail.
* Enable the set-special command to re-enable AMSDU for IBSS if user wants to experiment.
* Fix bug where dbglog did not disable IRQs, so if you made dbglog messages from the IRQ
handler, it could cause corruption that could crash the firmware and/or corrupt the log
message buffers.
* Don't assert if there are no buffer descriptors for RX of non-data frame.
* Retry any stuck block-ack sessions every 20 seconds instead of just disabling BA for
ever when we get too many failures.
* Fix SGI flag when reporting tx-rate info. The flag moved since wave-1 days, and
I did not notice that when I ported my changes forward to wave-2.
* Allow disabling special CCA handling for IBSS txqs. Earlier testing indicated this
might improve throughput in some testing on 9984 chips in IBSS mode, but subsequent
testing looks about the same without it. Since I do not really understand what this
setting exists for, leave it at upstream defaults. A new set-special API command (0x12)
can be used to enable this hack for testing. Setting 0x1 bit disables special CCA handling
for non-beacon IBSS txqs, setting 0x2 bit disables it for beacon queues as well.
* Add MCAST-BCAST feature flag. This tells driver we do not need a monitor interface
to do MESH.
* When calculating the rx-address filter (affects ACK & BLOCK-ACK, among other things),
to not add in monitor interfaces if other interfaces are up. There is no need for
a monitor device to ACK frames.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Among other things, this will check for an htt-mgt variant of
ath10k-ct firmware before loading 'normal' firmware, and it disables
verbose printing of firmware DBGLOG messages by default.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Update DEPENDS and PROVIDES so that ath10k-ct firmware
and drivers can be used to replace stock firmware
and drivers. The -htt firmware variant, which requires
ath10k-ct driver now selects ath10k-ct driver when the
firmware is selected.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
During upstreaming the intel phy driver, support for the vr9 v1.1
embedded phys got lost. Backport the upstream send patch adding support
for the vr9 v1.1 embbeded phys to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
cosmetic fixes
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
WHR-G300N has 5 ethernet ports (lan: 4, wan: 1), but there was no
correct configuration in 02_network script and 6 ports was configured
on the switch.
Also, since the MAC address was not acquired from factory partition,
incorrect values was set to LAN and WAN interfaces.
This commit fixes these issues.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The APPSBL and anything after that it not allowed to touch some of the
memory regions which are used by other components. Still trying to write to
the memory can lead to sudden device restarts
(IPQ40xx) # mw 87e80000 0
data abort
pc : [<873149f8>] lr : [<87308578>]
sp : 86edfc28 ip : 86ef4412 fp : 00000000
r10: 00000000 r9 : 00000000 r8 : 86edff68
r7 : 00000003 r6 : 8737e624 r5 : 86ef4420 r4 : 8736c154
r3 : 00000000 r2 : 00000010 r1 : 00000000 r0 : 00000000
Flags: nZCv IRQs off FIQs off Mode SVC_32
Resetting CPU ...
The device manufacturer only provided a very rough list of regions:
* rsvd1: 0x87000000 0x500000
* wifi_dump: 0x87500000 0x600000
* rsvd2: 0x87b00000 0x500000
A more detailed list for devices using the AP.DK reference design memory
maps was provided by Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv> in commit 56f2df879fd
("ipq806x: ipq4019: add ap-dk01.1-c1 board support"):
* apps_bl: 0x87000000 0x400000
* sbl: 0x87400000 0x100000
* cnss_debug: 0x87500000 0x600000
* cpu_context_dump: 0x87b00000 0x080000
* tz_apps: 0x87b80000 0x280000
* smem: 0x87e00000 0x080000
* tz: 0x87e80000 0x180000
The u-boot function ipq_fdt_mem_rsvd_fixup seems to suggest that only the
rsvd2 (tz_apps, smem, tz) should be protected. All other regions would have
been removed by it when CONFIG_QCA_APPSBL_DLOAD is not enabled. This allows
to reduce the 16MB reserved memory region to only 4.5MB.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The APPSBL and anything after that it not allowed to touch some of the
memory regions which are used by other components. Still trying to write to
the memory can lead to sudden device restarts
(IPQ40xx) # mw 87e80000 0
data abort
pc : [<873149f8>] lr : [<87308578>]
sp : 86edfc28 ip : 86ef4412 fp : 00000000
r10: 00000000 r9 : 00000000 r8 : 86edff68
r7 : 00000003 r6 : 8737e624 r5 : 86ef4420 r4 : 8736c154
r3 : 00000000 r2 : 00000010 r1 : 00000000 r0 : 00000000
Flags: nZCv IRQs off FIQs off Mode SVC_32
Resetting CPU ...
The device manufacturer only provided a very rough list of regions:
* rsvd1: 0x87000000 0x500000
* wifi_dump: 0x87500000 0x600000
* rsvd2: 0x87b00000 0x500000
A more detailed list for devices using the AP.DK reference design memory
maps was provided by Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv> in commit 56f2df879fd
("ipq806x: ipq4019: add ap-dk01.1-c1 board support"):
* apps_bl: 0x87000000 0x400000
* sbl: 0x87400000 0x100000
* cnss_debug: 0x87500000 0x600000
* cpu_context_dump: 0x87b00000 0x080000
* tz_apps: 0x87b80000 0x280000
* smem: 0x87e00000 0x080000
* tz: 0x87e80000 0x180000
The u-boot function ipq_fdt_mem_rsvd_fixup seems to suggest that only the
rsvd2 (tz_apps, smem, tz) should be protected. All other regions would have
been removed by it when CONFIG_QCA_APPSBL_DLOAD is not enabled. This allows
to reduce the 16MB reserved memory region to only 4.5MB.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
There is currently no code to read the phy reset gpios for the ethernet
PHY. It would also have been better to use the more common name
"phy-reset-gpios" for this property.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The AVM Fritz!Box 4040 uses an IPQ4018 as SoC and not an IPQ4019. The DTS
must be adjusted to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The GPIO configuration in the DTS have as third parameter the active
low/high configuration. This parameter is not easy to parse by humans when
it is only set to 0/1. It is better to use the predefined constants
GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH and GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The "Devicetree Specification, Release v0.2 - 2.3.4 status" [1] only allows
the "okay" value for an operational device. The "ok" value will be accepted
by the kernel but should be avoided.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The OpenMesh A42 will use the default config entry in the FIT when no other
on is found but prefers the config@om.a42. This only becomes relevant when
a Multi-FIT image is prepared for this device.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Drop providing the virtual package ip by busybox which was added in commit
1cec4d4ef0.
Letting busybox provide the virtual package ip is not optimal for the
following reasons :
- Applications depending on ip expect either the ip-full or
ip-tiny package to be enabled.
- Busybox ip applet cannot be added or removed at runtime
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The driver updates include:
ath10k driver backport to fix WPA 'pn' related security bugs
(4.13 based driver only currently),
a fix for off-channel TX for CT wave-1 firmware, a likely
fix for napi related crashes, and a backport of the firmware fetch
patch.
AHB is needed for the IPQ4019 platform radios.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[use common subject format]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
We use the dtc from the kernel and that does not have all the options
which u-boot would like to use now. make these parameters optional.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
[wigyori@uid0.hu: renamed to 221-compatible-old-dtc.patch from 220-]
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
This fixes:
drivers/net/phy/b53/b53_priv.h:325:2: error: enumeration value '<board>' not handled in switch [-Werror=switch]
errors.
Fixes: 0de2213eea ("kernel: b53: look for NVRAM's "robo_reset" entry on every platform")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Since kernel 4.1 bcm47xx_nvram_gpio_pin() is now defined in a global
header and can be safely called even on non-Broadcom platforms.
This change makes b53 look for "robo_reset" on ARCH_BCM_5301X and
slightly simplifies the code.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The chosen dts configuration linux,initrd-* gives an error message
on bootup of kirkwood-iconnect. Since initramfs/initrd is not used
remove these options from the dts.
Reported-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Tested-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Add patches for 4.14, undoing upstream changes for Linksys devices
regarding DSA. Instead, the switchdev driver marvell,88e6171 is used.
Tested-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Tested-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
U-Boot now requires GCC > 5
Catch up with upstream and move some configuration options from
the header files to the corresponding defconfig files.
Also move some options of patch 010 affecting the whole platform
to 010's device only.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
A regression seriously affecting the Linksys WRT1900ACv1 (Mamba) was
introduced some time between the OpenWrt/LEDE v4.4 and v4.9 kernels.
The root cause has not yet been identified, despite many attempts for
more than a year. Disabling the SoC specific CPU idle support should
mitigate this issue.
The symptoms on an affected system are unwanted reboots at a variable
frequency. In many cases almost immediately after boot, causing a
bootloop. This effectively disables support for Mamba on OpenWrt
with kernels > v4.4.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
print_int used 'int' type internally, whereas print_uint used 'uint64_t'
These helper functions eventually call vfprintf(fp, fmt, args) which is
a variable argument list function and is dependent upon 'fmt' containing
correct information about the length of the passed arguments.
Unfortunately print_int v print_uint offered no clue to the programmer
that internally passed ints to print_uint were being promoted to 64bits,
thus the format passed in 'fmt' string vs the actual passed integer
could be different lengths. This is even more interesting on big endian
architectures where 'vfprintf' would be looking in the middle of an
int64 type. Symptoms of this included tc qdisc showing bizarre values
for a variety of fields across a variety of qdiscs (e.g. refcnt, flows,
quantum)
print_u/int now stick with native int size.
A similar patch has been sent upstream.
Fixes FS#1425
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
94b6878 Tidy crypto.c of old library compat. Now need libnettle 3.
8b96552 Fix compiler warning.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The latest bootloader versions load the firmware into memory and call
`chk_dniimg` (defined in Netgear GPL release), which expects to find
three consecutive block-aligned uImages. Add two fake uImage headers
after the kernel to fool this check.
This wastes up to 128k of space for alignment. The alternative would be
to put the rootfs in a second uImage, but this would limit the firmware
size to 0x710000 (the number of bytes loaded and verified by the
bootloader) instead of 0x7b0000 (the size of the firmware partition).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
Use the EVA bootloader to load a small linux system into the ram and boot
it from there:
./scripts/flashing/eva_ramboot.py 192.168.178.1 path/to/initramfs-kernel.bin
Signed-off-by: Valentin Spreckels <Valentin.Spreckels@Informatik.Uni-Oldenburg.DE>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
[reworded commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
TP-Link TL-WR902AC v3 is a pocket-size dual-band (AC750) router
based on MediaTek MT7628N + MT7650E.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7628N/N (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* MT7650 ac chip isn't not supported by LEDE/OpenWrt at the moment.
Therefore 5Ghz won' work.
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash LEDE image in TL-WR902AC v3 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-tplink_tl-wr902ac-v3-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with the LAN port, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Peter Lundkvist <peter.lundkvist@gmail.com>
[drop p2led_an pinmux, this pin isn't used as gpio, fix whitespace issues]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The DWR-116-A1/2 Wireless Router is based on the MT7620N SoC.
Specification:
MediaTek MT7620N (580 Mhz)
32 MB of RAM
8 MB of FLASH
802.11bgn radio
5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (1 WAN and 4 LAN)
2x external, non-detachable antennas
UART (J1 in A1, JP1 in A2) header on PCB (57600 8n1)
6x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
JBOOT bootloader
Known issues:
WAN LED is drived by uartl tx pin. I decide to use this pin as
uartlite tx pin.
Installation:
Apply factory image via http web-gui.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This callback should have one parameter less, this parameter is not used
so this was not a so big problem.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Use the UBOOT_MAKE_FLAGS defined in include/u-boot.mk and do not
overwrite them to compile the host tools against the shipped LibreSSL.
In addition add a patch to fix a compile problem when compiling the
tools against LibreSSL caused by differences in the API between OpenSSL
1.1 and LibreSSL.
This should fix the compile problems seen in build bot from time to time
by not depending on the host libssl-dev package any more but using the
LibreSSL version from OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The internal RTC does not work correctly on these Linksys boards based
on Marvell SoCs. It is off by 3 minutes in 10 minutes running, this
was reported by multiple users. On the Linksys Mamba device the device
tree comment says that no crystal is connected to the internal RTC, this
is probably also true for the other devices.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Some boards like the Turris Omnia have an RTC chip that does not get
initialized. Initializing the RTC at the driver level helps get rid of
bootloader hacks that write special register values.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
mwlwifi was updated to a new stable. Included in this stable release are the
followin benefits:
- Fixed compiling for kernel 4.14
- Fixed crash on 88W8864 binary
Compiled and tested on: WRT3200ACM and WRT1900AC
Signed-off-by: Gabe Rodriguez <lifehacksback@gmail.com>
The patch breaks LED operation and has already been reverted in 4.4.121.
4.9.87 is still affected; revert it locally until the issue is sorted out
upstream.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Option --client-cert-not-required DEPRECATED is deprecated in v2.4 and removed in OpenVPN 2.5.
Replaced by param --verify-client-cert none|optional|require in v2.4 see
https://community.openvpn.net/openvpn/wiki/ DeprecatedOptions#a--client-cert-not-required
Signed-off-by: Christian Bayer <cave@cavebeat.org>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_ RELEASE increase]
The deletion of the mdio node childs was meant for testing and were
committed accidentally. Without the mdio nodes the network isn't
initialised.
While at it, remove the orphaned qcom-ipq4019-gl-b1300.dts as well.
Fixes: FS#1439
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
* QCA IPQ4028
* 256 MB of RAM
* 32 MB of SPI NOR flash (mx25l25635e)
* 128 MB of SPI NAND flash (gd5f1gq4ucy1g)
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- uses AP-DK03 BDF from QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin
* 2T2R 5 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- uses AP-DK03 BDF from QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin
* 2 fully software controllable GPIO-LEDs
* 2 additional GPIO-LEDs which also affect the SIM card detection
* 1x button (reset)
* 1x GPIO buzzer
* 1x USB (xHCI)
* 1x NGFF (USB-only with Dual-SIM support, untested)
* TTL pins are on board (R124 is next to GND, then follows: RX, TX, VCC)
* 2x gigabit ethernet
- phy@mdio4:
+ Manual: Ethernet port 0
+ gmac0 (ethaddr) in original firmware
+ 802.3af POE (HV version)
+ 24v passive POE (LV version)
- phy@mdio3:
+ Manual: Ethernet port 1
+ gmac1 (eth1addr) in original firmware
* DC Jack connector
+ 24-56V (HV version)
+ 12-24V (LV version)
The SPI NAND flash isn't supported at the moment.
The bootloader has to be updated before OpenWrt is installed to fix a
reboot problem. The nor-ipq40xx-single.img from
https://downloads.compex.com.sg/?dir=uploads/QSDK/QCA-Reference/WPJ428/b170123-IPQ40xx-Reference-Firmware
has to be downloaded and the transfered in u-boot via TFTP
set ipaddr 192.168.1.11
set serverip 192.168.1.10
ping ${serverip}
tftpboot 0x84000000 nor-ipq40xx-single.img
imgaddr=0x84000000 && source $imgaddr:script
The sysupgrade image can be installed directly on flash using u-boot:
sf probe
tftpboot 0x84000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-compex_wpj428-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
sf erase 0x00180000 +$filesize
sf write 0x84000000 0x00180000 $filesize
bootipq
The initramfs image can be started using
tftpboot 0x82000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-compex_wpj428-initramfs-fit-uImage.itb
set fdt_high 0x83000000
bootm 0x82000000
The used SIM card slot can be changed using
# slot 1 (also enables orange LED)
echo 1 > /sys/class/gpio/gpio3/value
# slot 2
echo 0 > /sys/class/gpio/gpio3/value
It can be checked whether a SIM card is inserted in the current slot and
the red LED is subsequently on via:
echo 2 > /sys/class/gpio/export
cat /sys/class/gpio/gpio2/value
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Some devices only boot when a special config is found in the image and
completely ignore the default entry during the selection. These devices can
now use the variable DEVICE_DTS_CONFIG in their device image definition.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
There are 2 ethernet ports on Nexx WT1520 and WT3020. These ethernet
ports are assigned as follows, and other ports cannot be used.
- WT1520:
- port0 -> lan
- port4 -> wan
- WT3020:
- port0 -> wan
- port4 -> lan
I dropped ports that cannot be used.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 43be5087a9.
The change is incompatible with the image builder code.
Luckily the RT-AC58U is no longer depending on the initramfs
being available for the target's image generation rules.
Reported-by: Venitex Aveon <aveon@aenote.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Those converted factory images can be used to regain the original
tp-link firmware.
Be aware of firmware upgrade which additional require changes of
other partition than os-image (kernel) & file-system (rootfs).
OEM factory images from tplink can change nearly all partitions.
However using those images, OpenWrt's sysupgrade will only
modify the partitions os-image and file-system.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Hardware highlights:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ8064/5 ARM Dual Core CPU
- RAM: (512MB or 1GB) DDR3 System Memory
- Storage: 32MB NOR (Cypress S25FL256S1)
256MB NAND (Micron MT29F2G08ABBEAH4)
- Ethernet: 5 x 1G via QCA8337N
- USB: 1 x USB 2.0/3.0 + 1 x USB 2.0 on mini PCIe3 socket
- PCIe: 3x mini PCIe (third mini PCIE3 is PCIe/USB shared)
- SIM Card Slot: 2 x Slot
- Buttons: Reset Button
- LEDs: 18x, 8x GPIO controllable
- Buzzer
The correct amount of RAM will be passed by the bootloader.
In contrast to the documentation provided by Compex, the third PCIe
doesn't use GPIO16 for PERST. Instead, GPIO3 is shared and used as PERST
for PCIe0 and PCIe2.
So far, no one was able to get USB 3.0 working with the 1GB RAM version,
while it works fine for my 512MB version. Since USB 3.0 doesn't work with
the Compex firmware for the 1G variant either, it could be a hardware
issue with these boards.
OpenWrt will be installed to the NAND flash. Make sure to have a full
working image on the NOR flash. It will be the backup in case anything
goes wrong.
It has been observed that an image loaded via tftpboot might have
bitflips. Hence the extra step to create a crc32 checksum to allow to
compare the checksum with the one from the source file prior to flashing.
In all cases it is necessary to set the following u-boot parameter to an
empty (whitespace) value, to ensure that the chosen bootargs of the dts
isn't overwritten or set to bogus - not working - values:
(IPQ) # set bootargs " "
(IPQ) # set fsbootargs " "
(IPQ) # saveenv
The sysupgrade image can be installed directly on flash using u-boot (put
jumper in JP13 (leave JP9 open) to boot from nand):
(IPQ) # set serverip 192.168.1.20
(IPQ) # set ipaddr 192.168.1.1
(IPQ) # tftpboot 0x42000000 openwrt-ipq806x-compex_wpq864-squashfs-nand-factory.bin
(IPQ) # crc32 0x42000000 $filesize
(IPQ) # nand erase 0x1340000 0x4000000
(IPQ) # nand write 0x42000000 0x1340000 $filesize
The initramfs image can be started using:
(IPQ) # set fdt_high 0x48000000
(IPQ) # tftpboot 0x44000000 openwrt-ipq806x-compex_wpq864-initramfs-fit-uImage.itb
(IPQ) # bootm 0x44000000
Signed-off-by: Christian Mehlis <christian@m3hlis.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Initialise the UBOOT variable by default. Otherwise it will be
unintended inherit to following images if set and causes an uboot build
where not required.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This makes some of the mtd patches apply again after some generic
patches were changed.
These problems where found by build bot.
Fixes: ac9bcefa3b ("kernel: use V10 of mtd patchset adding support for "compatible" string")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch adds support for Cisco Meraki MR33
hardware highlights:
SOC: IPQ4029 Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB DDR3L-1600 @ 627 MHz Micron MT41K128M16JT-125IT
NAND: 128 MiB SLC NAND Spansion S34ML01G200TFV00 (106 MiB usable)
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros AR8035 Gigabit PHY (1 x LAN/WAN) + PoE
WLAN1: QCA9887 (168c:0050) PCIe 1x1:1 802.11abgn ac Dualband VHT80
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4029 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN3: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4029 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2 VHT80
LEDS: 1 x Programmable RGB+White Status LED (driven by Ti LP5562 on i2c-1)
1 x Orange LED Fault Indicator (shared with LP5562)
2 x LAN Activity / Speed LEDs (On the RJ45 Port)
BUTTON: one Reset button
MISC: Bluetooth LE Ti cc2650 PG2.3 4x4mm - BL_CONFIG at 0x0001FFD8
AT24C64 8KiB EEPROM
Kensington Lock
Serial:
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 3V3 level converter!
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1. The board has a populated
1x4 0.1" header with half-height/low profile pins.
The pinout is: VCC (little white arrow), RX, TX, GND.
Flashing needs a serial adaptor, as well as patched ubootwrite utility
(needs Little-Endian support). And a modified u-boot (enabled Ethernet).
Meraki's original u-boot source can be found in:
<https://github.com/riptidewave93/meraki-uboot/tree/mr33-20170427>
Add images to do an installation via bootloader:
0. open up the MR33 and connect the serial console.
1. start the 2nd stage bootloader transfer from client pc:
# ubootwrite.py --write=mr33-uboot.bin
(The ubootwrite tool will interrupt the boot-process and hence
it needs to listen for cues. If the connection is bad (due to
the low-profile pins), the tool can fail multiple times and in
weird ways. If you are not sure, just use a terminal program
and see what the device is doing there.
2. power on the MR33 (with ethernet + serial cables attached)
Warning: Make sure you do this in a private LAN that has
no connection to the internet.
- let it upload the u-boot this can take 250-300 seconds -
3. use a tftp client (in binary mode!) on your PC to upload the sysupgrade.bin
(the u-boot is listening on 192.168.1.1)
# tftp 192.168.1.1
binary
put openwrt-ipq40xx-meraki_mr33-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
4. wait for it to reboot
5. connect to your MR33 via ssh on 192.168.1.1
For more detailed instructions, please take a look at the:
"Flashing Instructions for the MR33" PDF. This can be found
on the wiki: <https://openwrt.org/toh/meraki/mr33>
(A link to the mr33-uboot.bin + the modified ubootwrite is
also there)
Thanks to Jerome C. for sending an MR33 to Chris.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Not all LED driver are using the label devicetree property for the led
name. Add support for the TI/National Semiconductor LP55xx Led Drivers,
which are using the chan-name property for the led name, as fallback.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add a fucntion to get the a binary mac address from file. Use the new
function for mtd_get_mac_binary() to limit duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch adds support for ASUS RT-AC58U/RT-ACRH13.
hardware highlights:
SOC: IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 128 MiB DDR3L-1066 @ 537 MHz (1074?) NT5CC64M16GP-DI
NOR: 2 MiB Macronix MX25L1606E (for boot, QSEE)
NAND: 128 MiB Winbond W25NO1GVZE1G (cal + kernel + root, UBI)
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8075 Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: 1 x 3.0 (via Synopsys DesignWare DWC3 controller in the SoC)
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: one Reset and one WPS button
LEDS: Status, WAN, WIFI1/2, USB and LAN (one blue LED for each)
Serial:
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 3V3 level converter!
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1. The board has an unpopulated
1x4 0.1" header. The pinout (VDD, RX, GND, TX) is printed on the
PCB right next to the connector.
U-Boot Note: The ethernet driver isn't always reliable and can sometime
time out... Don't worry, just retry.
Access via the serial console is required. As well as a working
TFTP-server setup and the initramfs image. (If not provided, it
has to be built from the OpenWrt source. Make sure to enable
LZMA as the compression for the INITRAMFS!)
To install the image permanently, you have to do the following
steps in the listed order.
1. Open up the router.
There are four phillips screws hiding behind the four plastic
feets on the underside.
2. Connect the serial cable (See notes above)
3. Connect your router via one of the four LAN-ports (yellow)
to a PC which can set the IP-Address and ssh and scp from.
If possible set your PC's IPv4 Address to 192.168.1.70
(As this is the IP-Address the Router's bootloader expects
for the tftp server)
4. power up the router and enter the u-boot
choose option 1 to upload the initramfs image. And follow
through the ipv4 setup.
Wait for your router's status LED to stop blinking rapidly and
glow just blue. (The LAN LED should also be glowing blue).
3. Connect to the OpenWrt running in RAM
The default IPv4-Address of your router will be 192.168.1.1.
1. Copy over the openwrt-sysupgrade.bin image to your router's
temporary directory
# scp openwrt-sysupgrade.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp
2. ssh from your PC into your router as root.
# ssh root@192.168.1.1
The default OpenWrt-Image won't ask for a password. Simply hit the Enter-Key.
Once connected...: run the following commands on your temporary installation
3. delete the "jffs2" ubi partition to make room for your new root partition
# ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=jffs2
4. install OpenWrt on the NAND Flash.
# sysupgrade -v /tmp/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
- This will will automatically reboot the router -
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The image production rules does not have the initramfs-image
as a dependency. So, from make’s perspective initramfs
creation can run independently/in parallel with the image
generation code in the target's Makefile.
This is a problem for devices that have to use the initramfs
for the image creation and can lead to broken images.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds the patch that was posted to ath10k-devel ML:
<https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/10233491/>
|From: Thomas Hebb <tommyhebb@gmail.com>
|Subject: [PATCH] ath10k: search all IEs for variant before falling back
|Date: Wed, 21 Feb 2018 11:43:39 -0500
|[...]
|This patch fixes the issue by first searching the entire file for the ID
|with variant, and searching for the fallback ID only if that search
|fails. It also includes some code cleanup in the area, as
|ath10k_core_fetch_board_data_api_n() no longer does its own string
|mangling to remove the variant from an ID, instead leaving that job to a
|new flag passed to ath10k_core_create_board_name().
|
|I've tested this patch on a QCA4019 and verified that the driver behaves
|correctly for 1) both fallback and variant BDFs present, 2) only fallback
|BDF present, and 3) no matching BDFs present.
|
|Fixes: 1657b8f84ed9 ("ath10k: search SMBIOS for OEM board file extension")
|Signed-off-by: Thomas Hebb <tommyhebb@gmail.com>
Note: 937-ath10k-calibration-variant.patch has been reassigned a new 081
number, as it now ships with upstream.... But also because this patch
requires the change in ath10k_core_create_board_name().
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Rename the dts file to match the used SoC type and drop the unnecessary
KERNEL_INSTALL from the image build code.
Remove the fixed rootfs and kernel partitions and create an image with
rootfs appended after kernel.
Setup a switch portmap matching the hardware and a default network/switch
configuration to make make the second lan port working. Use eth0 as lan
to have it consistent accross the target.
Use the power LED to indicate the boot status.
Sort the SoC entries within the dts by address and use dtc labels
whenever possible.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This removes the block- and pagesize from the FritzBox 4040
image description, fixing incorrectly working sysupgrade.
With this commit, the default values for block- and pagesize are
used.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[chunkeey@gmail.com: removed 105-mtd-nor-add-mx25l25635f.patch as well]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Sort the soc entries in the dts by address and use dtc labels whenever
possible.
Adjust the DTS files, the OpenMesh A42 is actually an IPQ4018 and not an
IPQ4019.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
There's an interaction issue between the clk changes:"
clk: qcom: ipq4019: Add the apss cpu pll divider clock node
clk: qcom: ipq4019: remove fixed clocks and add pll clocks
" and the cpufreq-dt.
cpufreq-dt is now spamming the kernel-log with the following:
[ 1099.190658] cpu cpu0: dev_pm_opp_set_rate: failed to find current OPP
for freq 761142857 (-34)
This only happens on certain devices like the Compex WPJ428
and AVM FritzBox!4040. However, other devices like the Asus
RT-AC58U and Meraki MR33 work just fine.
The issue stem from the fact that all higher CPU-Clocks
are achieved by switching the clock-parent to the P_DDRPLLAPSS
(ddrpllapss). Which is set by Qualcomm's proprietary bootcode
as part of the DDR calibration.
For example, the FB4040 uses 256 MiB Nanya NT5CC128M16IP clocked
at round 533 MHz (ddrpllsdcc = 190285714 Hz).
whereas the 128 MiB Nanya NT5CC64M16GP-DI in the ASUS RT-AC58U is
clocked at a slightly higher 537 MHz ( ddrpllsdcc = 192000000 Hz).
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
libext2fs breaks krb5 by always installing its own copies of libcom_err.so
and libss.so.
Move the libraries into separate libcomerr and libss packages respectively
and add a host build recipe to stage the required compile_et and mk_cmds
utilities for use by other packages.
This allows the krb5 package to be fixed to use the system wide libcomerr
and libss libraries.
Signed-off-by: Andy Walsh <andy.walsh44+github@gmail.com>
[rename libcom_err to libcomerr, make compile_et and mk_cmds relocatable,
cleanup makefile, add dependency on host build, reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In the commit bde5e7a632 ("kernel: backport mtd implementation for
"compatible" in "partitions" subnode") patches that got accepted into
l2-mtd.git were backported to the kernels 4.9 and 4.14. Unfortunately
there was a regression report, patches were dropped and never reached
4.16.
This commit replaces these pseudo-backports with the latest version
that includes regression fix and futher changes that were requested.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Backport the compiler support patches from upstream u-boot to this older
version to make it compile with GCC 7.
This was found by build bot.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Revert the changes I applied to aa5014dd1a ("ramips: mt7620n: enable
port 4 as EPHY by default").
The driver expects a node mdio-bus to be present, regardless of the
actual node status. If the node is missing the driver fails to load with
mtk_soc_eth 10100000.ethernet: no mdio-bus child node found
Disable port4 by default again. If the port is enabled but not present, a
"invalid port id 4" warning is shown during boot.
Fixes: FS#1428
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Support configuration in the form...
list ip6prefix 2001:db8:1234::/64
list ip6prefix 2001:db8:5678::/64
... to allow specifying multiple routed IPv6 prefixes.
Implements feature request FS#1361.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Commit f4d9d7a removed support for version specific patches; but it also
broke applying of patches in the patches glibc dir.
Fix the issue by setting PATCH_DIR to $(PATH_PREFIX)/patches similar as
musl/common.mk.
Signed-off-by: Xinxing Hu <xinxing.huchn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
1f5a29c ip: do not add local routes for host dependencies
c06f842 device: add support for setting the isolate options for bridge ports
69aeaab interface-ip: fix route selection for host dependencies
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In kernels 4.0 and older that header file was located in some subdir of
arch/mips/include. Target brcm47xx supports kernels 4.4 and 4.9 only so
that code isn't needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
If CONFIG_GPIO_SYSFS=n, compilation fails with
drivers/built-in.o: In function `gpio_export_with_name':
include/asm-generic/gpio.h:128: undefined reference to `__gpiod_export'
This is because the stub in that case has the wrong name,
_gpiod_export() - note the missing underscore (_) at the
start.
Fix the stub, and add the correct prototype for the real
implementation.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <git@andred.net>
busybox tries to be smart and passes a number of additional flags to the
compiler. Unfortunately, the i386-specific flags break ABI compatiblity
with libc.
Fixes busybox crashes observed on x86-generic with GCC 7.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Newer GCC versions are reported to improve code size on various ARM
devices, which is why newer u-boot versions require them now.
There have also been user reports of data corruption issues fixed on
MIPS by updating from GCC 5 to GCC 7.
This update was previously held up by these two MIPS compile issues,
which have since been fixed:
https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=83496https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=84790
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This updates musl from a commit between 1.1.18 and 1.1.19 to the final
release of the version 1.1.19.
This mostly fixes bugs in musl.
The size of the uncompressed binary is increased by about 4 KB.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Optimize the compiler output for larger cache blast cases that are
common for DMA-based networking.
On ar71xx, I measured a routing throughput increase of ~8%
Signed-off-by: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This reverts the changes needed for the upstream b53 DSA switch driver
to use the OpenWrt b43 swconfig switch driver instead.
Tested-by: TheWerthFam <thewerthfam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This commit introduces new subtarget for Marvell EBU Armada Cortex A53
processor based devices.
The first device is Globalscale ESPRESSObin. Some hardware specs:
SoC: Marvell Armada 3700LP (88F3720) dual core ARM Cortex A53
processor up to 1.2GHz
RAM: 512MB, 1GB or 2GB DDR3
Storage: SATA interface
µSD card slot with footprint for an optional 4GB EMMC
4MB SPI NOR flash for bootloader
Ethernet: Topaz Networking Switch (88E6341) with 3x GbE ports
Connectors: USB 3.0
USB 2.0
µUSB port connected to PL2303SA (USB to serial bridge
controller) for UART access
Expansion: 2x 46-pin GPIO headers for accessories and shields with
I2C, GPIOs, PWM, UART, SPI, MMC, etc
MiniPCIe slot
Misc: Reset button, JTAG interface
Currently booting only from µSD card is supported.
The boards depending on date of dispatch can come with various U-Boot
versions. For the newest version 2017.03-armada-17.10 no manual
intervention should be needed to boot OpenWrt image. For the older ones
it's necessary to modify default U-Boot environment:
1. Interrupt boot process to run U-Boot command line,
2. Run following commands:
(for version 2017.03-armada-17.06 and 2017.03-armada-17.08)
setenv bootcmd "load mmc 0:1 0x4d00000 boot.scr; source 0x4d00000"
saveenv
(for version 2015.01-armada-17.02 and 2015.01-armada-17.04)
setenv bootargs "console=ttyMV0,115200 root=/dev/mmcblk0p2 rw rootwait"
setenv bootcmd "ext4load mmc 0:1 ${fdt_addr} armada-3720-espressobin.dtb; ext4load mmc 0:1 ${kernel_addr} Image; booti ${kernel_addr} - ${fdt_addr}"
saveenv
3. Poweroff, insert SD card with OpenWrt image, boot and enjoy.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Adds support for the Turris Omnia and builds an eMMC sysupgrade image in
the same format as the SolidRun ClearFog.
An initramfs image in the simple yet Omnia-specific 'medkit' image format
is also built in order to ease the initial flashing process.
Notable hardware support omissions are support for switching between SFP
cage and copper PHY, and RGB LED control.
Due to a current limitation of DSA, only 1/2 CPU switch uplinks are used.
Specifications:
- Marvell Armada 385 1.6GHz dual-core ARMv7 CPU
- 1GB DDR3 RAM
- 8GB eMMC Flash
- 5x Gigabit LAN via Marvell 88E6176 Switch (2x RGMII CPU ports)
- 1x switchable RJ45 (88E1514 PHY) / SFP SGMII WAN
- 2x USB 3.0
- 12x dimmable RGB LEDs controlled by independent MCU
- 3x Mini PCIe slots
- Optional Compex WLE200N2 Mini PCIe AR9287 2x2 802.11b/g/n (2.4GHz)
- Optional Compex WLE900VX Mini PCIe QCA9880 3x3 802.11ac (2.4 / 5GHz)
- Optional Quectel EC20 Mini PCIe LTE modem
Flash instructions:
If the U-Boot environment has been modified previously (likely manually via
serial console), first use serial to reset the default environment.
=> env default -a
=> saveenv
Method 1 - USB 'medkit' image w/o serial
- Copy openwrt-mvebu-turris-omnia-sysupgrade.img.gz and
omnia-medkit-openwrt-mvebu-turris-omnia-initramfs.tar.gz to the root of a
USB flash drive formatted with FAT32 / ext2/3/4 / btrfs / XFS.
Note that the medkit MUST be named omnia-medkit*.tar.gz
- Disconnect other USB devices from the Omnia and connect the flash drive
to either USB port.
- Power on the Omnia and hold down the rear reset button until 4 LEDs are
illuminated, then release.
- Wait approximately 2 minutes for the Turris Omnia to flash itself with
the temporary image, during which LEDs will change multiple times.
- Connect a computer to a LAN port of the Turris Omnia with a DHCP client
- (if necessary) ssh-keygen -R 192.168.1.1
- ssh root@192.168.1.1
$ mount /dev/sda1 /mnt
$ sysupgrade /mnt/openwrt-mvebu-turris-omnia-sysupgrade.img.gz
- Wait another minute for the final OpenWrt image to be flashed. The Turris
Omnia will reboot itself and you can remove the flash drive.
Method 2 - TFTP w/ serial
- Extract omnia-medkit-openwrt-mvebu-turris-omnia-initramfs.tar.gz and copy
dtb + zImage to your TFTP server (rename if desired)
- Connect Turris Omnia WAN port to DHCP-enabled network with TFTP server
- Connect serial console and interrupt U-Boot
=> dhcp
=> setenv serverip <tftp_server_ip_here>
=> tftpboot 0x01000000 zImage
=> tftpboot 0x02000000 dtb
=> bootz 0x01000000 - 0x02000000
- OpenWrt will now boot from ramdisk
- Download openwrt-mvebu-turris-omnia-sysupgrade.img.gz to /tmp/
$ sysupgrade /tmp/openwrt-mvebu-turris-omnia-sysupgrade.img.gz
- Wait another minute for the final OpenWrt image to be flashed. The Turris
Omnia will reboot itself.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
As at this commit, DSA is not enabled in the kernel config for mvebu, so these
nodes have been ignored. In preparation for the first mvebu board using DSA,
disable these nodes for existing boards to avoid issues.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
This patch updates ath10k-firmware to use the
firmware-5.bin_10.4-3.5.3-00053 firmware for the QCA9984.
The update fixes "ath10k_pci 0001:01:00.0: Invalid VHT mcs 15 peer
stats" spamming the kernel ring buffer at very high frequencies, but
introduces the new "ath10k_pci 0001:01:00.0: Unknown eventid: 36925".
This new warning doesn't appear to cause problems in practice and is
only emitted relatively rarely, not causing dmesg to overflow within
minutes.
Tested on the ZyXEL NBG6817; early feedback also suggests this firmware
to work well (with the same fixes and caveats) on the Netgear r7800 as
well.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
This patch updates ath10k-firmware to last commit and use the
firmware-5.bin_10.4-3.5.3-00053 firmware for the QCA9888.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Only register the chipidea usb device if the strapping option indicates
device mode. If not, use the regular ehci platform driver.
Add qca955x device mode support, tested on 8devices Rambutan.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
392811a ubus: let fw3_ubus_address() return the number of resolved addresses
359adcf options: emit an empty address item when resolving networks fails
503db4a zones: disable masq when resolving of all masq_src or masq_dest items failed
f50a524 helpers: implement explicit CT helper assignment support
a3ef503 zones: allow per-table log control
8ef12cb iptables: fix possible NULL pointer access on constructing rule masks
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The default fragment low/high thresholds are 3 and 4 MB. On devices with
only 32MB RAM, these settings may lead to OOM when many fragments that
cannot be reassembled are received. Decrease fragment low/high thresholds
to 384 and 512 kB on devices with less than 64 MB RAM.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Copying ./src/* would fail when src exists, but is empty or only contains
hidden files.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
In addition to removing redundant code, this fixes various issues in
IB-generated images that have been fixed in prepare_rootfs before,
including better handling of CONFIG_CLEAN_IPKG and enabling of initscripts
from FILES.
We also reuse the opkg macro and remove --force-... flags that have been
removed from rootfs.mk as well.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
/usr/lib/opkg/status must not be removed completely, otherwise the
packages' conffile lists will be missing. Replace it with a reduced version
only containing the conffile entries.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
When a user removes a preinstalled opkg package, the package's prerm script
(and in particular our default_prerm) should run.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Many packages use the opkg conffiles field to list configuration files that
are to be retained on upgrades. Make this work on systems without opkg.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The Lantiq XRX200 aka VR9 doesn't have an asc0. Instead,
there is an USIF module which can either be an UART or a
SPI Controller.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
The package still leaks some user space linker options into the kernel
space. This breaks the build when ASLR is activated, deactivate it for
now.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
According to the datasheet the mt7620n have a fixed switch configuration
with 5 ephy (10/100) port. No RGMII configuration is possible.
Drop the mdio node as well. Without RGMII, the mdio node doesn't make any
sense
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
[drop mdio node, enable port4 by default]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In some boards port 4 of mt7620 switch is powered down in bootloader
configuration as lan/wan package leak mitigation.
Reset ephy port 4 to default settings to power up the port.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[clarify issue in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
7c0d711 version: bump snapshot
b6a5cc0 contrib: add extract-handshakes kprobe example
37dc953 wg-quick: if resolvconf/run/iface exists, use it
1f9be19 wg-quick: if resolvconf/interface-order exists, use it
4d2d395 noise: align static_identity keys
14395d2 compat: use correct -include path
38c6d8f noise: fix function prototype
302d0c0 global: in gnu code, use un-underscored asm
ff4e06b messages: MESSAGE_TOTAL is unused
ea81962 crypto: read only after init
e35f409 Kconfig: require DST_CACHE explicitly
9d5baf7 Revert "contrib: keygen-html: rewrite in pure javascript"
6e09a46 contrib: keygen-html: rewrite in pure javascript
e0af0f4 compat: workaround netlink refcount bug
ec65415 contrib: embedded-wg-library: add key generation functions
06099b8 allowedips: fix comment style
ce04251 contrib: embedded-wg-library: add ability to add and del interfaces
7403191 queueing: skb_reset: mark as xnet
Changes:
* queueing: skb_reset: mark as xnet
This allows cgroups to classify packets.
* contrib: embedded-wg-library: add ability to add and del interfaces
* contrib: embedded-wg-library: add key generation functions
The embeddable library gains a few extra tricks, for people implementing
plugins for various network managers.
* crypto: read only after init
* allowedips: fix comment style
* messages: MESSAGE_TOTAL is unused
* global: in gnu code, use un-underscored asm
* noise: fix function prototype
Small cleanups.
* compat: workaround netlink refcount bug
An upstream refcounting bug meant that in certain situations it became
impossible to unload the module. So, we work around it in the compat code. The
problem has been fixed in 4.16.
* contrib: keygen-html: rewrite in pure javascript
* Revert "contrib: keygen-html: rewrite in pure javascript"
We nearly moved away from emscripten'ing the fiat32 code, but the resultant
floating point javascript was just too terrifying.
* Kconfig: require DST_CACHE explicitly
Required for certain frankenkernels.
* compat: use correct -include path
Fixes certain out-of-tree build systems.
* noise: align static_identity keys
Gives us better alignment of private keys.
* wg-quick: if resolvconf/interface-order exists, use it
* wg-quick: if resolvconf/run/iface exists, use it
Better compatibility with Debian's resolvconf.
* contrib: add extract-handshakes kprobe example
Small utility for extracting ephemeral key data from the kernel's memory.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> (git log --oneline description)
6e744662 Update bash_completion
478eac09 Update manual pages
88e2029e Bump up version number to 1.31.0, LT revision to 30:0:16
45d76cf5 nghttpx: Close listening socket on graceful shutdown
54573f28 Merge pull request #1137 from nghttp2/session-set-user-data
17793e99 Add nghttp2_session_set_user_data() public API function
5eac3c90 Update manual pages
e70195ae nghttpx: Update doc
fe51e7fa Merge pull request #1130 from nghttp2/avoid-inet_pton-macro
eb951c2c src: Define nghttp2_inet_pton wrapper to avoid inet_pton macro
39f0ce7c Merge pull request #1126 from nghttp2/nghttpx-expired-client-cert
65157811 Merge pull request #1123 from nghttp2/mruby-client-cert-not-before-after
e8af7afc nghttpx: Add an option to accept expired client certificate
38abfd18 nghttpx: Add mruby tls_client_not_before, and tls_client_not_after
ff3edc09 nghttpx: Fix potential memory leak
0bb15406 Bump up version number to 1.31.0-DEV
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This bumps the 4.4. kernel in master to 4.4.119.
Includes more Meltdown & Spectre mitigation.
* Refresh patches.
* Refresh x86/config for RETPOLINE.
* Deleted 8049-PCI-layerscape-Add-fsl-ls2085a-pcie-compatible-ID.patch (accepted upstream)
* Deleted 8050-PCI-layerscape-Fix-MSG-TLP-drop-setting.patch (accepted upstream)
* Deleted 650-pppoe_header_pad.patch (does not apply anymore (code was replaced)).
Bumps from 4.4.112 to 4.4.115 were handled by Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant.
Compile-tested on: ar71xx & oxnas.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The lantiq components still leak some user space linker options into the
kernel space. This breaks with build when ASLR is activated, deactivate
it for now on these packages.
Fixes: FS#1391
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Do not leak the user space CFLAGS into the kernel space any more, this
allows us to activate the MIPS16 build.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Do not leak the user space CFLAGS into the kernel space any more, this
allows us to activate the MIPS16 build.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Do not leak the user space CFLAGS into the kernel space any more, this
allows us to activate the MIPS16 build.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Do not leak the user space CFLAGS into the kernel space any more, this
allows us to activate the MIPS16 build.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Do not leak the user space CFLAGS into the kernel space any more, this
allows us to activate the MIPS16 build.
This decreases the size of the ipk file from 87589 bytes to 81267 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Do not force to build with O3 optimization any more, but take what was
selected by the OpenWrt build system.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The build process does not leak the user space cflags into the kernel
build process any more, this allows to activate MIPS16 builds.
This was fixed with some update of ifxos.
This decreases size of the libifxos.a and the ltq-vdsl-app
old:
78320 libifxos.a
44383 ltq-vdsl-app_4.17.18.6-2_mips_24kc.ipk
new:
66852 libifxos.a
43506 ltq-vdsl-app_4.17.18.6-2_mips_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch bumps the 4.14 kernel to .23.
- Refreshed patches.
- Deleted bcm53xx/patches-4.14/089-PCI-iproc-Fix-NULL-pointer-dereference-for-BCMA.patch. Has been accepted upstream.
- Deleted generic/pending-4.14/821-usb-Remove-annoying-warning-about-bogus-URB.patch. The upstream URB code was changed,
the patch no longer applies. I discussed this with the patch author and removed it for now, we'll see how it goes.
Compile-tested on: ramips/mt7621, x86/64
Run-tested on: ramips/mt7621, x86/64
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Remove dependency on net-tools, replacing calls to ifconfig with iproute
equivalent, in functions changing interface MAC addresses.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Cosmetic name change of ClearFog sysupgrade script and its functions to
more generic sdcard. This way it won't be confusing for other future
device additions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Unify boot.scr generation so Makefile for device image generation won't
grow without a reason. Also make boot-scr step optional.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Previously the partition signature was assigned from provided type. Now
both are corrected wherein signature is always generated from
SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH. With that the root file system can be identified
by PARTUUID string, without relying on static declaration of device node.
This commit also does some cosmetics, removing trailing whitespace and
replacing spaces with tab.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The IMAGE_NAME redefinition causes overwriting of generated SD card
image when multiple root file system types are selected. In result only
single SD card image is generated. This commit fixes this behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
U-Boot already knows where it found the boot.scr, and
figuring out the partition UUID becomes trivial at this point.
This change allows booting OpenWrt from whatever storage it has been
flashed to: SD card, eMMC, USB disk or SATA disk.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
[replace lede with openwrt, redact commit message]
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The Armada XP uses a Marvell PJ4Bv7 Processor for which already one
workaround for an errata is activated.
The Armada 285 uses a Cortex A9 r4p1 for which the Linux kernel provides
a workaround for ERRATA_764369, activate this.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The split-up into packages gre, grev4 and grev6 causes confusion for the
users as reported in FS#1399.
As IPv4 and IPv6 are considered now as bundled; squash the grev4 and grev6
packages into the gre package and let gre provide both grev4 and grev6.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Fixes the assumption the busybox udhcpc applet is always enabled; in case
the symbolic link check fails the DHCP shell handler script will exit and
as result the DHCP protocol handler will not be registered in netifd.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This is to simplify maintenance. It's easy to say now which patches need
some extra work and/or sending upstream. Updating to newer backports
should be also simpler with this.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This reverts commit 79a768a90f.
Some devices can go over their power limits with this commit, so this
needs to be handled on a case by case basis instead
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
There was a mismatch between indicating factory reset and code actually
starting it. After 5 seconds status LED started blinking rapidly letting
user know it's ready to release reset button. In practice button had to
stay pressed for another second in order to relly start the process.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Remove RPS/XPS support from netifd core, move the logic to a hotplug
script that uses a different policy which provides better performance
and more fairness across flows
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
With this change, the timestamp variable is only used in ag71xx_check_dma_stuck. Small tx speedup.
Based on a Qualcomm commit. ag->timestamp = jiffies was not replaced with netif_trans_update(dev) because of this quote:
It should be noted that after this series several instances
of netif_trans_update() are useless (if they occur in
.ndo_start_xmit and driver doesn't set LLTX flag -- stack already
did an update).
From: http://lists.openwall.net/netdev/2016/05/03/87
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Upstream handling of MIPS CPU IRQs is rather hackish and the interrupts
are being enabled unconditionally in various places because of legacy
code.
Performance counter events are routed both through the GIC and through
legacy CPU IRQ7 events, causing spurious interrupts.
Fix this by disabling IRQ7 when trying to access the performance counter
IRQ.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Looking for a wrong LED file name was stopping this code from find any
LED. This affects devices with only a red/amber power LED.
Fixes: 3aaee1ba02 ("bcm53xx: failsafe support")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Support config in the form of ....
add_list sendopts=router:10.10.10.2
add_list sendopts=nissrv:20.20.20.2
add_list sendopts=0x7D:abba
This allows to configure sendopts having white spaces as option value
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
When CGROUPS is enabled the new option CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_CLASSID is
selectable and not handled.
Add this option to the 4.14 kernel configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
With this, `mount -t efivarfs` is available and tools such as efitools
and efibootmgr will be usable.
Signed-off-by: Alif M. Ahmad <alive4ever@live.com>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: some whitespace fixes, match From: with SoB]
As each mvebu device only uses one of the firmwares provided by mwlwifi
package, it makes sense to put them in separate packages and only install
the one that is needed.
Current mwlwifi version's firmware sizes and usages by devices:
88W8864.bin 118776 caiman, mamba, cobra, shelby
88W8897.bin 489932 (none)
88W8964.bin 449420 rango
Changes by this commit:
* indicate in title that mwlwifi also is driver for 88W8897 and 88W8964
* remove mwlwifi package's firmware installation rules
* add 3 new individual firmware packages (all depends on kmod-mwlwifi):
- mwlwifi-firmware-88w8864
- mwlwifi-firmware-88w8897
- mwlwifi-firmware-88w8964
* add firmware package to mvebu devices' DEVICE_PACKAGES accordingly
Signed-off-by: Johnny S. Lee <_@jsl.io>
[Add the used FW files to the PACKAGES of default image]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
/lib/functions.sh can deal with Require-User specifications that only
contain a group, but no user. Adjust metadata.pm to allow such
specifications as well.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Add the patch for reprobing phys also for 4.14, as it is still needed.
Fixes: 4ccad92229 ("mvebu: Add support for kernel 4.14")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
When SFP support was accepted upstream, the expected GPIO names were
slightly changed, breaking SFP insert detection. Update the DTS file to
the expected name to make SFP work again.
Fixes: 4ccad92229 ("mvebu: Add support for kernel 4.14")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Allow building perf on uncommon targets again.
Depending on the kernel version, not all of these archs will actually use
libunwind in perf. Still, it seems simpler and less error-prone to use the
same list that is defined in the libunwind package.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Works around two incompatiblities between glibc and (POSIX-compliant) musl:
- missing register definitions from asm/ptrace.h
- non-POSIX-compliant ucontext_t on PPC32 with glibc
Compile tested on mpc85xx.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Support configuration in the form...
list ip6prefix 2001:db8:1234::/64
list ip6prefix 2001:db8:5678::/64
... to allow specifying multiple additional IPv6 prefixes.
Implements feature request FS#1361.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This board has:
- mt7621 SoC
- 8MB SPI flash
- 128MB RAM
- 5x ethernet ports from internal (SoC) switch
- 1x ethernet port sitting on gmac2 and IC+ phy (not yet supported)
- 3x PCIe slots
- 1x USB 2.0 and 1x USB 3.0
- sound based on wm8960
- SDXC card slot (full size)
First fw write from interactive u-boot menu, interrupt with 2.
After that sysupgrade.
Tested both with 4.9 and 4.14
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Somewhere in the kernel 4.9 migration process it looks like this patch
was broken. The update should be done when a device is added to the
bridge and when it gets removed, currently it is only done on the remove
path twice which does not make any sense.
I do not have a setup to test this now so this is only compile tested.
Fixes: f791fb4af4 ("kernel: add linux 4.9 support")
Fixes: b3f95490b9 ("kernel: generic: Add kernel 4.14 support")
Reported-by: Andrey Jr. Melnikov <temnota.am@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
As indicated in #5574 samba fails to build with linker error due to lack
of talloc_* functions when the packet libtalloc also gets build.
According to Makefile it is compiled with "--without-libtalloc" option.
Running ./configure --help shows that there is another option connected
to libtalloc: --enable/disable-external-libtalloc.
Adding this option fixes build.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Tymejczyk <jakub@tymejczyk.pl>
Remove this old patch which prevents showing the xfrm ports for SCTP
This was added in commit 60c1f0f64d ("finally move buildroot-ng to trunk")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
62d52e9 mt76: set RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED for A-MPDU reordered packets
5ba5995 mt76x2: rework tx power handling
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
459b6932 policy: add nft translation for simple policy none/strict use case
255e55b7 tests: xlate-test: no need to require superuser privileges
6990bbc5 extensions: hashlimit: remove space before burst in translation to nft
13ecaeb0 extensions: hashlimit: Rename 'flow table' keyword to meter
c252a2b0 extensions: Add test for cluster nft translation
bda1daa4 extensions: ip6t_{S,D}NAT: add more tests
88fa4543 extensions: ip6t_{S,D}NAT: multiple to-dst/to-src arguments not reported
64a0e098 extensions: libxt_cluster: Add translation to nft
6067208f extensions: add support for 'srh' match
0f387b07 extensions: hashlimit: fix incorrect burst in translations
1ffe6a74 extensions: libxt_hashlimit: Do not print default timeout and burst
27de281d extensions: Add macro _DEFAULT_SOURCE.
75364151 iptables: Remove const qualifier from struct option.
8b0da213 iptables: masquerade: add randomize-full support
e64db006 iptables: patch to correct linker flag sequence
033eac81 extensions: libxt_tcpmss: Add test case for invalid ranges.
505bfa11 iptables: xtables-eb: Remove const qualifier from struct option
a6d6821a iptables: extensions: Fix MARK target help
71de414c libxt_sctp: fix array out of range in print_chunk
1a32381a extensions: add tests for ipcomp protocol
4bd51770 tests: xlate: print output in same way as nft-test.py
d0e3d95f libxt_recent: Remove ineffective checks for info->name
23e6ed71 libxt_TOS: add tests for translation infrastructure
9564595e Update .gitignore
bebce197 iptables: iptables-compat translation for TCPMSS
dbbab0aa extensions: libxt_tcpmss: Detect invalid ranges
0e958281 iptables-translate: add test file for TCPMSS extension
de3c68b6 iptables-compat: do not allow to delete populated user define chains
f4b80ce7 iptables: change large file support handling
f5b46c2f iptables: Constify option struct
21ba5b38 ip{,6}tables-restore: Don't accept wait-interval without wait
60e0ffd3 ip{,6}tables-restore: Don't ignore missing wait-interval value
af468b6e utils: Add a man page for nfnl_osf
1773dcaa utils: nfnl_osf: Fix synopsis in help text
895ce096 extensions: libxt_bpf: fix missing __NR_bpf declaration
3c633296 xtables-compat-restore: fix translation of mangle's OUTPUT
1c32e560 netfilter: xt_hashlimit: add rate match mode
b5331f88 xtables-compat: fix memory leak when listing
91ae12e3 xtables-compat-restore: fix several memory leaks
79e1edd1 iptables-xml: Fix segfault on jump without a target
c49a93f1 xtables-translate: fix double space before comment
79fa7cc2 libip6t_icmp6: xlate: remove leftover space
8e62f572 tests: xlate: generalize owner
8d994bcf iptables: Add file output option to iptables-save
f8e5ebc5 iptables: Fix crash on malformed iptables-restore
80d8bfaa iptables: insist that the lock is held.
c29d99c8 libxtables: Display weird character warning for wildcards
1fe96cfb tests: xlate: check if it is being run as root
3f92b259 tests: xlate: remove python 3.5 dependency
d89dc47a iptables-restore/save: exit when given an unknown option
65801d02 iptables-restore.8: document -w/-W options
9cd3adbe iptables-restore/ip6tables-restore: add --version/-V argument
1ec1fb7a extensions: libxt_hashlimit: fix 64-bit printf formats
27f69f4a iptables: extensions: Remove typedef in struct.
340105fa tests: add regression tests for xtables-translate
b669e184 extensions: libxt_TOS: Add translation to nft
b2a84476 iptables: Remove unnecessary braces.
2963a8df iptables: Remove explicit static variables initalization.
1cf4ba6f iptables: Constify option struct
999eaa24 iptables-restore: support acquiring the lock.
6e2e169e iptables: remove duplicated argument parsing code
836846f0 iptables: move XT_LOCK_NAME from CFLAGS to config.h.
b91af533 iptables: set the path of the lock file via a configure option.
0e94eb2e iptables-translate: print nft iff there are more expanded rules to print
48ad179b libxtables: abolish AI_CANONNAME
9f50bbdf libxtables: remove unnecessary nesting from host_to_ip(6)addr
c6df55d6 iptables-translate: print nft command for each expand rules via dns names
82dacbb8 xtables-translate: Avoid querying the kernel
9f972f45 extensions: libxt_addrtype: Add translation to nft
2c8e251e utils: nfsynproxy: fix build with musl libc
9b8cb756 libiptc: don't set_changed() when checking rules with module jumps
eb66632d extensions: libxt_hashlimit: Add translation to nft
72bb3dbf xshared: using the blocking file lock request when we wait indefinitely
24f81746 xshared: do not lock again and again if "-w" option is not specified
fc3c3b4e libxt_hashlimit: add new unit test to catch kernel bug
516d9191 iptables: update pf.os
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Use the generic board detection based on the device tree compatible
string instead of a target specific one.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The device has a second uart accessible via pin headers, so enable it.
There is also a green power led which was not enabled previously.
Enable it too and use it as status LED.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Valentin <benjamin.valentin@volatiles.de>
This caused v4.14.20 based builds so fail on mediatek.
Fixes: 6112abf186 ("kernel: enable CONFIG_USB_PCI for PCI usb modules").
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The missing CONFIG_USB_XHCI_PCI dependency on CONFIG_USB_PCI of the
µPD720201 xhci-pci(e) usb 3.0 chip used by the WNDR4700 was fixed with
6112abf186 ("kernel: enable CONFIG_USB_PCI for PCI usb modules").
Commit c38fb58576 ("kernel: fix disabling common usb quirks on 4.14")
finally fixed the following build error:
drivers/usb/host/xhci-pci.c: In function 'xhci_pci_probe':
drivers/usb/host/xhci-pci.c:749:6: error: implicit declaration of function 'usb_xhci_needs_pci_reset' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
if (usb_xhci_needs_pci_reset(dev)) {
Hence the CONFIG_USB_PCI symbol isn't required any longer in target kernel
config.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
ALFA Network AWUSFREE1 is an USB Wi-Fi N300 adapter based on MT7628.
Specification:
- MT7628AN (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (MT7628) with external FEM (RFFM4203)
- 2x detachable antennas (RP-SMA)
- ASIX AX88772 USB to Ethernet bridge (connected with MT7628 PHY0)
- 4x LED (2 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x mini USB for host and main power input
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Power device with reset button pressed and release it after ~5 sec.
2. Setup static IP 192.168.1.2/4 on your PC.
3. Go to 192.168.1.1 in browser and upload "sysupgrade" image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
GainStrong Oolite V5.2 is a small (39.5 x 78 mm), dual-band system on
module, based on Qualcomm QCA9531 + QCA9887. All QCA9531 SOC GPIOs are
available on castellated pins.
Specification:
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64/128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (all ports available on castellated pins)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531), with ext. PA and LNA
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887) with ext. FEM (SKY85710-11)
- 3x U.FL
- 1x USB 2.0
The dedicated development board includes 5 FE ports, USB 2.0 port, two
buttons (one directly connected to SOC reset input), header with all
GPIOs and several LEDs.
Flash instruction:
Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt. LuCI or sysupgrade can be used to
flash OpenWrt firmware.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
- combine support for Oolite/MiniBox V1.0 in single mach-*.c file
- fix model/board names
- include correct/full vendor name
- drop redundant package and factory image
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This adds support for AR9331 based Hak5 penetration testing tools:
- WiFi Pineapple NANO
- LAN Turtle
- Packet Squirrel
WiFi Pineapple NANO specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9331 (400 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB (DDR2)
- FLASH: 16 MB
- WiFi: 1T1R AR9331 (built-in), 1T1R AR9271 (built-in via USB bus)
- Ethernet: 1x FE over USB (ASIX AX88772A)
- Ports: 2x RP-SMA for antennas, 1x USB 2.0 (host), 1x micro SD
- Power: USB 5 V, 1.5 A
- Other: status LED, reset button
LAN Turtle specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9331 (400 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB (DDR2)
- FLASH: 16 MB
- WiFi: none
- Ethernet: 1x FE (AR9331), 1x FE over USB (Realtek RTL8152B)
- Ports: 1x RJ45, version dependent: micro SD or 3G SIM slot
- Power: USB 5 V, 0.5 A
- Other: status LED, reset button (inside, on PCB)
Packet Squirrel specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9331 (400 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB (DDR2)
- FLASH: 16 MB
- WiFi: none
- Ethernet: 2x FE (AR9331)
- Ports: 2x RJ45, 1x USB 2.0
- Power: USB 5 V, 0.12 A
- Other: status LED, reset button, 4-way switch
Flash instructions for all 3 devices:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade via SSH to flash.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kinne <contact@sebkinne.com>
[squashed commits, combined and reworked mach files, aligned board
naming with general convention, fixed minor issues, tested on real
hardware, reworded commit subject and description]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Some NBG6716 do not have ath10k calibration data in flash, only in chip
OTP. To determine if flash has a valid calibration data, the first two
bytes telling the length of the calibration data are checked against the
requested length. If the lengths match, calibration data is valid and
read from flash.
Signed-off-by: Matti Laakso <matti.laakso@outlook.com>
Vendor released new model (AP80Q) which is identical from hardware point
of view with already supported AP90Q. Include AP80Q in machine name.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
YunCore T830 is a simple N300 router with 5-port FE switch, detachable
antennas and USB 2.0 port.
Specification:
- 650/597/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531), with ext. PA (SKY65174-21) and LNA
- two external, detachable antennas (RP-SMA)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 8x LED (7 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- DC jack for main power input (12 V)
- UART and JTAG headers on PCB
Flash instruction:
1. First, gain root access to the device, following below steps:
- Login into web gui (default password/IP: admin/192.168.188.253).
- Go to "Advanced" -> "Management" -> "System" and download backup of
configuration (bakfile.bin).
- Open the file as tar.gz archive, edit/update "shadow" file and change
hash of root password to something known.
- Repack the archive, rename it back to "bakfile.bin" and use to
restore configuration of the device.
- After that, device will reboot and can be accessed over SSH.
2. Then, install OpenWrt:
- Login over SSH and issue command:
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm 0x9fe80000"
- Upload "sysupgrade" image and install it (only if previous command
succeeded) with command: "sysupgrade -n -F openwrt-...".
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Samsung WAM250 is a dual-band (selectable, not simultaneous) wireless
hub, dedicated for Samsung Shape Wireless Audio System. The device is
based on Atheros AR9344. FCC ID: A3LWAM250.
Specification:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz (AR9344), with ext. PA (SE2598L, SE5003L) and LNA
- 1x USB 2.0
- 4x LED (all are driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wps/speaker add)
- DC jack for main power input (14 V)
- UART header on PCB (J4, RX: 3, TX: 5)
Flash instruction:
This device uses dual-image (switched between upgrades) with a common
jffs2 config partition. Fortunately, there is a way to disable this mode
so that more flash space can be used by OpenWrt image.
You can easily access this device over telnet, using root/root
credentials (the same also work for serial console access).
1. Make sure that your device uses second (bootpart=2) image using
command: "fw_printenv bootpart".
2. If your device uses first image (bootpart=1), perform upgrade to the
latest vendor firmware (after the update, device should boot from
second partition) using web gui (default login: admin/1234567890).
3. Rename "sysupgrade" image to "firmware.bin", download it (you can use
wget, tftp or ftpget) to "/tmp" and issue below commands:
mtd_debug erase /dev/mtd3 0 $(wc -c /tmp/firmware.bin | awk -F' ' '{print $1}')
mtd_debug write /dev/mtd3 0 $(wc -c /tmp/firmware.bin)
fw_setenv bootpart
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f070000"
reboot
Revert to vendor firmware instruction:
1. Download vendor firmware to "/tmp" device and issue below commands:
fw_setenv bootpart 1
sysupgrade -n -F SS_BHUB_v2.2.05.bin
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
COMFAST CF-E385AC is an AC2200 ceiling mount AP with PoE support, based
on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 + QCA9984 + QCA8337N.
Specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 256 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, with PoE support
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558), with external LNA and PA (SE2576L)
- 4T4R 5 GHz (QCA9984), with external FEM (SKY85728-11)
- 7x internal antennas
- 1x RGB LED (driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- UART, LEDs/GPIO and USB headers on PCB
- external watchdog (Pericon Technology PT7A7514)
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
There are now supported two versions of the CF-E355AC board which differ
in 802.11ac radio chip. Include version number in board, model, image
filename, etc., also for the v1.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
COMFAST CF-E355AC v2 is a ceiling mount AP with PoE support, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 + QCA9886.
Short specification:
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with PoE support
- 128MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, 802.11b/g/n
- 2T2R 5 GHz, 802.11ac/n/a, WAVE 2
- built-in 4x 3 dBi antennas
- output power (max): 500 mW (27 dBm)
- 1x RGB LED, 1x button
- built-in watchdog chipset
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Ding Tengfei <dtf@comfast.cn>
[updated kernel config for both boards]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
The "QCA9531 v2.0 802.11n 2x2 2.4 GHz Premium SOC for WLAN Platforms"
datasheet (80-Y7991-1 Rev. C - October 2014) doesn't specify support for a
40 Mhz reference clock. The register description for "Bootstrap Options"
(page 31) defines following states for the bit 4 (REF_CLK):
* 0 - CLK25 (default)
* 1 - (reserved)
Devices like the TP-Link CPE210 v2 has this bit set to 1 but is using a 25
Mhz reference clock. OpenWrt is still interpreted this bit as 40 Mhz and
then break the bootup of the system due to this incorrect interpretation.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[refreshed patches]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
WHQX E1700AC v2 is based on Qualcomm QCA9563 + QCA9880 + QCA8334.
Specification:
- 750/400/250 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz (QCA9563) with external FEM (SKY85309-11)
- 3T3R 5 GHz (QCA9880) with external FEM (SKY85728-11)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
- 1x microSIM slot
- 1x USB 2.0
- 5x LED (4 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x 2-pos switch
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (J5) and LEDs (J13) headers on PCB
WHQX E600G is based on Qualcomm QCA9531.
Specification:
- 650/391/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64/128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531) with external PA (LXK-6601)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses)
- 1x microSIM slot
- 5x LED (4 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (J100), SIM (J34), JTAG (J5) and LEDs (J7) headers on PCB
WHQX E600GAC is based on Qualcomm QCA9531 + QCA9887.
Specification:
- 650/391/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64/128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531)
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887) with external FEM (SKY85703-11)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LED (1x RGB, 5 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-12 V)
- UART (J100), USB (J102), JTAG (J5) and LEDs (J7) header on PCB
Important notice:
First version of these boards are using different mtd layout, with ART
data at the end. You should not use v2 images on v1 board because it
will result in lost of ART data!
Flash instruction (using U-Boot CLI and tftp server):
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
2. Rename "sysupgrade" filename to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp
server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, power up the board and press
"enter" key to access U-Boot CLI.
4. Use the following command to update the device to OpenWrt: "run lfw".
Flash instruction (using U-Boot web-based recovery):
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-254)/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
the board and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until LEDs
start flashing.
3. Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1, select "sysupgrade" image
and click the upgrade button.
Signed-off-by: Peng Zhang <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[reworked: image generation code, mach-* files, commit description,
fixed minor code style issues, rebased on master]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
You should not define CFLAGS for the toolchain as this will also leak
into other targets if they share the same toolchain.
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The CN80XX Boot firmware uses an embedded FAT12 filesystem. For some reason
busybox can't mount this unless its enabled static in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
When this target got updated to 4.14, this patch got removed to
re-evaluate if it was still needed.
Extensive testing now shows this issue is still present.
Let's re-add the patch to fix it for now.
As the uart bus is very low bandwidth .. performance impact is negligible.
Boot log:
[ 22.513051] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 22.522721] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
As a sidenote:
The patch mentiones an issue with RS485, but the bootlog
errors above were recorded with the uart ports in standard RS232 mode.
Compile/Run-tested on imx6/GW5200
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This makes it possible to add an iptables rule that offloads routing/NAT
packet processing to a software fast path. This fast path is much
quicker than running packets through the regular tables/chains.
Requires Linux 4.14
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This only works with nftables for now, iptables support will be added
later. Includes a number of related upstream nftables improvements to
simplify backporting follow-up changes
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If the auth or assoc request was denied the reason
was always WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE.
That's why for example the wpa supplicant was always
trying to reconnect to the AP.
Now it's possible to give reasoncodes why the auth
or assoc was denied.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
Add Wireless Network Management (IEEE 802.11v)
support to:
- hostapd-full
- wpa_supplicant-full
It must be enabled at runtime via UCI with:
- option ieee80211v '1'
Add UCI support for:
- time_advertisement
- time_zone
- wnm_sleep_mode
- bss_transition
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina@edu.unito.it>
Neighbor reports are enabled implicitly on use, beacon reports and BSS
transition management need to be enabled explicitly
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The hardware emits some interrupts while initializing and handling them
can mess up the state or cause infinite loops.
Fix this by disabling IRQs during init and re-enabling them afterwards
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Tama Electric Axing W06 is a 2.4 GHz band 11n router, based on Mediatek
MT7688AN.
Specification:
- MT7688AN (575 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2 SDRAM)
- 16 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz
- 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 4x LEDs (GPIO connected: 3), 1x button
- 1x USB 2.0 Type-A (host)
- UART header on PCB (GND, RX, TX, Vcc from RJ45 side)
Flash instruction using sysupgrade image:
1. Connect micro-USB cable for power supply into W06 and turn on the
router
2. Connect to wifi with SSID "tama-*" with password. Complete SSID and
password are listed on the back of the router
3. Access to 192.168.1.1 and login with user name "admin" and password
empty
4. In firmware update（ファームウェア更新） page, click "参照" button
and click "ブラウザー" button to open file browser, select the
sysupgrade image and press OK button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Use the generic board detection for the GnuBee Personal Cloud Two
instead of the target specific one as all recent additions are doing.
Fixup the pinmux to set all pins used as GPIO to the function GPIO.
Request pins where used.
Drop the i2c from the dts. There is nothing connected. While at it fix an
indentation issue and use references instead of duplicating the whole
node path.
Use the same switch config as for the GB-PC1 and drop the led trigger for
the not supported IP1001 phy connected to second rgmii.
Fixes: c60a21532b ("ramips: Add support for the GnuBee Personal Cloud Two")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the generic board detection for the D-Link DAP-1522 A1 instead of the
target specific one as all recent additions are doing.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Updated the devicetree source files to make use of the following
upstreamed drivers:
- xrx200 ethernet phy
- reset controller unit
- dwc2
- fpi
Use our custom xrx200 ethernet phy compatible to support boards, which
have switched the vr9 revision during lifetime, with a single devicetree
source file.
By switching to the dwc2 driver + usb phy framework, we don't need to used
our custom gpio power patch and can use a fixed regulator instead.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
On danube the USB0 registers are at 1e101000 similar to all other lantiq
SoCs.
On Danube and AR9 the USB core is connected to the AHB bus, hence we need
to enable the AHB Bus as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add a custom xrx200 ethernet phy compatible to load the firmware matching
the vr9 revision without specifing an expected revision.
We have quite a few boards in the tree were later produced ones are using
a more recent vr9. It is impossible to distinguish which revision of the
vr9 is used without opening the case and removing a heatsink for some of
them.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This reverts kernel commit 1eed40043579 ("MIPS: smp-mt: Use CPU interrupt
controller IPI IRQ domain support"). With the patch applied, the kernel
hangs during boot if SMP is active.
The Lantiq IRQ controller gets registered first and it directly handles
the MIPS native SW1/2 and HW0 - HW5 IRQs. It looks like this controller
already registers IRQ 0 - 7 and the generic driver only gets the following
IRQs starting later.
The upstream discussion can be found at
https://www.linux-mips.org/archives/linux-mips/2017-05/msg00059.html.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This just copies the patches, configuration and dts files into the
directories hich are used for kernel 4.14.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is fixing multiple compile problems with kernel 4.14 and updates the
code to take care of changes introduced between kernel 4.9 and 4.14.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Move the devicetree source files to a kernel specific directory in
preparation of adding kernel 4.14 support.
Rename the subtarget kernel config files to match a specific kernel
version.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Rename the gphy firmware to match the name requested by kernel 4.14 and
update the devicetree source files to use the new name.
Update the u-boot lantiq Makefile to be compatible with the new names as
well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With upstream commit 2c93e790e825 ("usb: add CONFIG_USB_PCI for system
have both PCI HW and non-PCI based USB HW") the CONFIG_USB_PCI was
introduced.
The option is disabled by default in our generic kernel 4.14 config, hence
we need to set the option for all related kernel modules.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With a9772285a724 ("linux/compiler.h: Split into compiler.h and
compiler_types.h") compiler.h was refactored and most its content was
moved to compiler_types.h. Both files are required to build ppp-mod-pppoa.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add support to allow for per switch port VLAN priority (PCP) bits
for the ar8327/8337 chip using the swconfig utility.
Tested on Netgear R7800
Signed-off-by: Tan Hong Hui <hhtan72@yahoo.com>
The current implementation only checked if uqmi itself executed
correctly which is also the case when the returned value is actually
an error.
Rework this, checking that CID is a numeric value, which can only
be true if uqmi itself also executed correctly.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This issue is also present in kernel 4.9 starting from 4.9.71
Adapted the patch, as the fixed function is in another location here.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
When using pigz, a parallel gzip implementation, the gzip step in the
image build for some targets fails, because the image filename already
has the .gz extension. This results in an emtpy image file. Fix this by
adding the --force option to gzip in the Build/gzip macro.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Tested-by: Martin Schleier <drahemmaps@gmx.net>
This reverts commit 6c2e1ff80f.
GNU gzip does not fail when the image filename already contains the .gz
extension, this is a problem specific to pigz. Revert the commit, as we
now gzip the image twice.
Reported-by: Martin Schleier <drahemmaps@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
1721453 Remove special handling of A-for-A queries.
499d8dd Fix boundary for test introduced in 3e3f1029c9ec6c63e430ff51063a6301d4b2262
6f1cbfd Fix debian/readme typo.
55ecde7 Inotify: Ignore backup files created by editors
6b54d69 Make failure to chown() pidfile a warning.
246a31c Change ownership of pid file, to keep systemd happy.
83e4b73 Remove confusion between --user and --script-user.
6340ca7 Tweak heuristic for initial DNSSEC memory allocation.
baf553d Default min-port to 1024 to avoid reserved ports.
486bcd5 Simplify and correct bindtodevice().
be9a74d Close Debian bug for CVE-2017-15107.
ffcbc0f Example config typo fixes.
a969ba6 Special case NSEC processing for root DS record, to avoid spurious BOGUS.
f178172 Add homepage to Debian control file.
cd7df61 Fix DNSSEC validation errors introduced in 4fe6744a220eddd3f1749b40cac3dfc510787de6
c1a4e25 Try to be a little more clever at falling back to smaller DNS packet sizes.
4fe6744 DNSSEC fix for wildcard NSEC records. CVE-2017-15107 applies.
3bd4c47 Remove limit on length of command-line options.
98196c4 Typo fix.
22cd860 Allow more than one --bridge-interface option to refer to an interface.
3c973ad Use SIGINT (instead of overloading SIGHUP) to turn on DNSSEC time validation.
faaf306 Spelling fixes.
c7e6aea Change references to gPXE to iPXE. Development of EtherBoot gPXE was always development of iPXE core developer Michael Brown.
e541245 Handle duplicate RRs in DNSSEC validation.
84a01be Bump year in Debian copyright notice.
d1ced3a Update copyrights to 2018.
a6cee69 Fix exit code from dhcp_release6.
0039920 Severely fix code formating of contrib/lease-tools/dhcp_release6.c
39d8550 Run Debian startup regex in "C" locale.
ef3d137 Fix infinite retries in strict-order mode.
8c707e1 Make 373e91738929a3d416e6292e65824184ba8428a6 compile without DNSSEC.
373e917 Fix a6004d7f17687ac2455f724d0b57098c413f128d to cope with >256 RRs in answer section.
74f0f9a Commment language tweaks.
ed6bdb0 Man page typos.
c88af04 Modify doc.html to mention git-over-http is now available.
ae0187d Fix trust-anchor regexp in Debian init script.
0c50e3d Bump version in Debian package.
075366a Open inotify socket only when used.
8e8b2d6 Release notes update.
087eb76 Always return a SERVFAIL response to DNS queries with RD=0.
ebedcba Typo in printf format string added in 22dee512f3738f87539a79aeb52b9e670b3bd104
0954a97 Remove RSA/MD5 DNSSEC algorithm.
b77efc1 Tidy DNSSEC algorithm table use.
3b0cb34 Fix manpage which said ZSK but meant KSK.
aa6f832 Add a few DNS RRs to the table.
ad9c6f0 Add support for Ed25519 DNSSEC signature algorithm.
a6004d7 Fix caching logic for validated answers.
c366717 Tidy up add_resource_record() buffer size checks.
22dee51 Log DNS server max packet size reduction.
6fd5d79 Fix logic on EDNS0 headers.
9d6918d Use IP[V6]_UNICAST_IF socket option instead of SO_BINDTODEVICE for DNS.
a49c5c2 Fix search_servers() segfault with DNSSEC.
30858e3 Spaces in CNAME options break parsing.
Refresh patches.
Remove upstreamed patches:
250-Fix-infinite-retries-in-strict-order-mode.patch
260-dnssec-SIGINT.patch
270-dnssec-wildcards.patch
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Support for kernel 4.14 was added 2 months ago, make it now the default
kernel to use for the x86 target.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
The default receive window size in dropbear is hardcoded to 24576 byte
to limit memory usage. This value was chosen for 100Mbps networks, and
limits the throughput of scp on faster networks. It also severely limits
scp throughput on high-latency links.
Add an option to set the receive window size so that people can improve
performance without having to recompile dropbear.
Setting the window size to the highest value supported by dropbear
improves throughput from my build machine to an APU2 on the same LAN
from 7MB/s to 7.9MB/s, and to an APU2 over a link with ~65ms latency
from 320KB/s to 7.5MB/s.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The gzip step in the sdcard image build fails because the image filename
already has the gzip extension. This results in an empty image file, to
which the metadata is finally appended.
Remove the .gz extension from the image filename to fix this.
Fixes: e79b096ee1 ("brcm2708: convert to metadata")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
In the initial patch which adds HSDK board there were no update
of network configuration scripts. Without it by default static IP
is set for br-lan and there is no access to internet.
This patch fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
CC: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
CC: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CC: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Between mbedtls 2.6.0 and 2.7.0, the void returning mbedtls_MODULE* functions
were deprecated in favor of functions returning an int error code. Use
the new function mbedtls_sha256_ret().
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Between mbedtls 2.6.0 and 2.7.0, the void returning mbedtls_MODULE* functions
were deprecated in favor of functions returning an int error code. Use
the new function mbedtls_sha256_ret().
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The Orange Pi Zero Plus uses a RTL8211E, add the driver for this PHY.
This is probably used on more boards with a Allwinner SoC.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This syncs the Orange Pi R1 device tree files with the one from the
upstream kernel and also uses the default configuration from the Orange
Pi Zero.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Some functions used by a lot of other software was renamed and is only
active when deprecated functions are allowed, deactivate the removal of
deprecated functions for now.
Fixes: 75c5ab4caf ("mbedtls: update to version 2.7.0")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The PC Engines APU3b has a new nct5104b version with chip ID 0xc453.
This adds support for that version.
Signed-off-by: Jasper Scholte <NightNL@outlook.com>
Calling nand_do_upgrade() from platform_pre_upgrade() was deprecated
with 30f61a34b4 ("base-files: always use staged sysupgrade").
Update the platform upgrade code to use platform_do_upgrade() for NAND
images as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The watchdog kill command was meant for busybox watchdog. Busybox watchdog
was replaced by the procd watchdog mid 2013 with commit df7ce9301a
("busybox: disable the watchdog utility by default"), which makes the kill
command obsolete since quite some time.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This fixes the following security problems:
* CVE-2018-0488: Risk of remote code execution when truncated HMAC is enabled
* CVE-2018-0487: Risk of remote code execution when verifying RSASSA-PSS signatures
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
- removed upstreamed patches
- 0901-spansion_nand_id_fix.patch is disabled, not clear if it's needed
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
On MT7621, the REG_ESW_VLAN_VTIM reads are undefined, causing swconfig
to always report `vid: 0` in swconfig show output.
Since a 4K VLAN table is used on this platform, the VLAN ID always
correponds to the actual VLAN table index so provide a specific MT7621
implementation of the get_vid callback which returns the table index
as VLAN ID.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Currently, untagged port primary vlan IDs are set to the VLAN table index,
and not the actual VLAN ID, breaking configurations with IDs deviating from
the VLAN index.
Fix the issue by resolving the per-port pvid property to the target VLAN ID
value before committing to the hardware.
Fixes FS#991, FS#1147, FS#1341
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Avoid overwriting vlan entries with remapped vid in later iterations of
the vlan enumeration loop of mt7530_apply_config().
Fix the problem by refactoring the code to first reset the entire table,
then reprogram only vlans with members to prevent overwriting configured
vlans with unconfigured ones.
Fixes FS#1147, FS#1341
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The current image build code has a number of race conditions and interface
contract violations in the custom image build steps:
- Build/install-zImage, solely used by at91, relies on $(PROFILE_SANITIZED)
which is not available when building with CONFIG_TARGET_MULTI_PROFILE
- Build/at91-sdcard, which may run concurrently, creates scratch files at
fixed locations and manipulates target files directly which can lead
to file corruption and other unexpected failures
Rename the install-zImage macro to at91-install-zImage and move it to the
at91 image Makefile since this target is the sole user. Also utilize "$@"
as output file name and switch the usage of $(PROFILE_SANITIZED) to
$(DEVICE_NAME) in order to fix naming under multi profile builds.
Fix the at91-sdcard macro to construct scratch file paths relative to "$@",
which is guaranteed to be unique and store the final artifact output in "$@"
as well, instead of inside $(BIN_DIR). The generic image build code takes
care of moving a build steps "$@" output to the final destination in a
concurrency-safe manner.
Finally remove the broken install-zImage from the generic image-commands
Makefile.
Fixes: d7a679a036 ("at91: Install zImage.")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This drops support for all the !emmc EVB and adds banannaPi-R2
Also drop mtkhnat until the nftables offoad driver is ready
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This patch adds support for GL.iNet GL-B1300
Specification:
- SOC: IPQ4028 / QCA Dakota
- RAM: 256 MiB
- FLASH: 32 MiB
- ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8075 Gigabit Switch (2 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
- USB: 1 x 3.0 (via Synopsys DesignWare DWC3 controller in the SoC)
- WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4028 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
- WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4028 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
- INPUT: one reset and one WPS button
- LEDS: 3 leds: Power, WIFI(only for 2.4G currently), and one reserved
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB (3.3V, TX, RX, GND) - 115200 8N1
Installation:
Method 1:
- use serial port to stop uboot
- uboot command: run lf
Method 2:
- push down reset button and power on
- wait until three leds constantly on then release
- upgrade by uboot web at http://192.168.1.1
Note:
- the sysupgrade image need to be renamed to lede-gl-b1300.bin in both method.
- the sysupgrade image can be automatically downloaded if tftp server at
192.168.1.2 have that file.
- the wifi led will be flashing when writing image.
Signed-off-by: Dongming Han <handongming@gl-inet.com>
128bc35 logread: fix reconnect logd logic
66347ec logread: move the code setting up the request blob out of the main loop
975a258 logread: move output connection setup code out of main loop
b81bea7 logread: cleanup pid file handling
d73e7d2 ubox: Replace strerror(errno) with %m format.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Synopsys DesignWare HSDK (which stands for ARC HS
Development Kit) is the latest and greatest development
platform that sports quad-core ARC HS38 in real silicon.
Most noticeable features of the board are:
* Quad-core ARC HS38 CPU running at 1GHz
* 4Gb of DDR
* Built-in Vivante GPU (well supported via open source
Etnaviv drivers)
* Built-in Wi-Fi/Bluetooth module (RedPine RS-9113)
And as usual we have:
* [micro] SD-card slot
* 2 USB 2.0 ports
* 1Gbit Ethernet port
* Built-in Digilent JTAG probe
* Serial port accessible via micro-USB port
For more information about HSDK board visit:
https://www.synopsys.com/dw/ipdir.php?ds=arc-hs-development-kit
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
CC: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
CC: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CC: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
sysfs attributes 'port_mask' & 'speed_mask' held locks whilst doing
mundane tasks such as sprintf. Refactor code to reduce length of time
locks are held unnecessarily.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add sysfs 'mode' attribute to swconfig controlled LEDs.
swconfig 'link state' LEDs blink in the presence of port traffic. This
behaviour becomes more obvious as switches start to support
get_port_stats() e.g. commits 0369e35891,
3056d09b40,
4ddbc43cc1,
4d8a66d934.
This blinking can be confusing/distracting if the switch has other LEDs
used to indicate traffic. Provide a 'mode' sysfs attribute that
controls the blink on traffic behaviour.
mode - either "none" (LED is off) or a space separated list of one or more:
link: LED's normal state reflects whether the link is up (has carrier) or not
tx: LED blinks on transmitted data
rx: LED blinks on receive data
Note that 'link' considers any port speed mask that may be applicable.
e.g. if an LED is configured to indicate 1Gbit link speed and mode is
set to 'link rx tx' but the port is connected at 100Mbit then the LED
will not light or blink. A mode of 'tx rx' will blink in the presence of
traffic only if the port matches the rate (if configured)
This maintains compatibility with existing behaviour.
Attribute is 'link tx rx' by default for backwards compatible behaviour.
Many thanks to Thibaut Varene for providing a more sensible led_event
routine after I had mangled the original, and other coding style hints.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Acked-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Some people reported problems with the current development version, so
go back to the latests more or less release.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Using PKG_SOURCE_DATE instead of PKG_VERSION will make the build system
generate the version based on the date and the git hash. This way the
tar file name changes when the git hash changes and this avoids problems
when someone forgets to change the version, but changes the git hash.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Changes since last merge into OpenWrt since 2017-12-14:
- Added debugfs file tx_hist.
- Added debugfs file fixed_rate.
- Added debugfs file ba_hist.
- Modified the way to establish BA stream.
- Added code to control BF type.
- Added functions to check/dump dhcp packet.
- Upgrade 88W8964 firmware to 9.3.2.4.
- Added debugfs file coredump.
- Corrected the way to transmit multicast packets.
- Change driver version to 10.3.4.0-20180118.
- Corrected the way to get qos control.
- Assigned broadcast dhcpoffer to another queue.
- Separated broadcast and multicast packets. Bump to latest commit 20180206
Signed-off-by: Chris Breuer <github@chrisbreuer.de>
The name of the PCIe controller node in device tree changed between
kernel 4.9 and kernel 4.14. Migrate the configuration when an update
from kernel 4.9 to 4.14 or back is done to the new name to make
the existing wifi configuration compatible with the new names.
This replaces the "pcie-controller" part with "pcie" on all nodes if the
file exists in sys fs.
This is not done in the uci-defualts, because they are getting executed
to late in the boot process. The kernel module gets loaded before the
uci-defaults scripts are executed. When the mwlwifi driver gets loaded
it will trigger an event via hotplug to detect new devices and as the
paths are not in the uci configuration they will be added again.
When the migration is done before the script will detect that they are
already there.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is needed to prevent copying it into kernel 4.14.
These device tree files are already integrated into kernel 4.14 and we
would like to use the upstream versions only.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Make it easily possible to add a custom script in front of this hotplug
script which adds new devices. This is needed for the mvebu target in
which we want to migrate the old configuration before new devices are
getting detected.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Instead of creating an ubifs file system with format version 5 by
default on empty UBI volumes use the older format 4 by default. This
will make it possible to mount these file systems also on older kernel
versions.
When a user wants to do a sysupgrade from kernel 4.14 to kernel 4.9 the
old kernel has to read the file system created by the more recent kernel
which currently does not work for ubifs.
This fixes the problem by creating file systems which are compatible
with older kernel versions by default.
Kernel 4.14 will still be able to read and write UBI FS file system
version 5, it will just not be used when a ubifs partition is created
implicitly on an empty UBI volume.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The root= parameter overrides the automatic rootfs detection by partition
name, so drop it. Fixes boot from flash after renumeration changes of
partitions due to parser changes.
Fixes FS#1350.
Fixes: a27d59bb42 ("brcm63xx: switch to new partition layout specification")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
In a profile, specifying -pkg in the list of PACKAGES will suppress
it even if it appears in the target's DEFAULT_PACKAGES list.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Instead of writing to the currently booted partition set, this
implements full dual-boot support for sysupgrade by always writing to
the other, currently inactive, partition set and toggling the dualflag
after a successful flash.
The currently active/ booted partition set is determined by parsing
/proc/cmdline for its rootfs parameter (supplied by the DTS), instead
of reading from the 0:DUAL_FLAG mtd, in order to prevent (potentially)
bricking both partition sets.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Instead of hardcoding /dev/loop0, it's safer to query for the first
free loop device and assign that dynamically. While /dev/loop0 is a
reasonable assumption immediately following "losetup --detach-all",
detaching the mounted overlay is no longer strictly necessary once
dual-boot support has been added for the nbg6817.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Harmonize the variable usage for $kernel and $rootfs to always contain
the full device path, instead of just its basename.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
PHY drivers were grouped into vendor specific directories
by upstream commit 0b56e9a7e8358e59b21d8a425e463072bfae523c
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
``make xconfig`` toplevel target will invoke ``make qconf`` inside
./scripts/config directory, which results a ``qconf`` executable.
This commit removes leftover ``qconf`` executable during ``make
config-clean``.
Signed-off-by: Alif M. Ahmad <alive4ever@live.com>
Add more registers and flags to ar71x_regs.h for QCA955x and QCA956x
SoCs. Values come from Qualcomm Atheros u-boot code.
Patches can be merged into
622-MIPS-ath79-add-more-register-defines-for-QCA956x-SoC.patch
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
D-Link DAP-1522 is a wireless bridge/access point with 4 LAN
ports and a dual-band wireless chipset.
Specifications:
- Ralink RT2880
- 32 MB of RAM
- 4 MB of Flash
- 4x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (RTL8366SR)
- 802.11abgn (RT2850)
Flash Instructions:
1. Download lede-ramips-rt288x-dap-1522-a1-squashfs-factory.bin
2. Open the web interface and upload the image
Signed-off-by: George Hopkins <george-hopkins@null.net>
EG-200 is a DIN rail mountable device with one ethernet port, wifi,
an RS-485 port, and an internal USB attached uSD card reader.
Two leds, "modbus" and "etactica" are managed by userspace applications
in factory firmware.
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
uqmi contains a command for directly querying the modem if there
is a valid data connection, so let's use it.
This avoids the cases were all previous tests are succesful, but the
actual data link is not up for some reasons, leading to states were we
thought the link was up when it actually wasn't ..
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Originally, the implementation only checked if uqmi command
execution succeeded properly without actually checking it's returned data.
This lead to a pass, even when the returned data was indicating an error.
Rework the verification to actually check the returned data,
which can only be correct if the uqmi command itself also executed correctly.
On command execution success, value "pdh_" is a pure numeric value.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Debugging shows that using the general method properly cleans on each
run, while the method specifying the client-ID shows "No effect"
even while in connected state.
Fixes several connectivity issues seen on specific modems.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The tftp.bin image for Buffalo WHR-G300N was not built, so I was fixed
it after rewriting to new image build code. And the code for
factory-EU.bin was broken, so I deleted it.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
- Remove kernel 4.9 support
- Apply specific 4.14 changes directly to source
- Refreshed all
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
For some boards u-boot binary environment file is required,
which is generated by mkenvimage utility. But in OpenWrt there
is no separate support for mkenvimage, which is a part of u-boot tools.
mkenvimage gets built in u-boot/tools as well as mkimage anyways.
So lets just copy mkenvimage to the $(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/bin/ directory.
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
CC: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
CC: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CC: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The Cavium OCTEON TX is an ARM 64-bit SoC leveraging CPU cores and
periperhals from the Cavium ThunderX SoC.
This initial support provides a 4.14 kernel and kernel+initramfs that is
bootable on the Gateworks Newport GW630x as well as the Cavium sff8104
reference board.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
This prevents passing down the HOSTCC stuff set in u-boot.mk
which results in linking errors against openssl:
tools/mxsimage.o: In function `sb_aes_reinit':
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x202): undefined reference to `EVP_CIPHER_CTX_reset'
tools/mxsimage.o: In function `mxsimage_generate':
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x110d): undefined reference to `EVP_MD_CTX_new'
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x114f): undefined reference to `EVP_MD_CTX_free'
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x11c3): undefined reference to `EVP_MD_CTX_new'
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x1323): undefined reference to `EVP_MD_CTX_free'
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x134a): undefined reference to `EVP_CIPHER_CTX_reset'
tools/mxsimage.o: In function `mxsimage_verify_print_header':
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x23ce): undefined reference to `EVP_MD_CTX_new'
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x242c): undefined reference to `EVP_MD_CTX_new'
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x246b): undefined reference to `EVP_MD_CTX_free'
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x24ef): undefined reference to `EVP_CIPHER_CTX_reset'
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x2e52): undefined reference to `EVP_MD_CTX_free'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
The Device Tree file for I2SE Duckbill boards was updated upstream.
Let's use the upstream version for upcoming kernel 4.14 by keeping
our current version for v4.9 still around.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
The GnuBee Personal Cloud Two crowdfunded on https://www.crowdsupply.com
It is a low-cost, low-power, network-attached storage device.
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- RAM: DDR3 512 MB
- Flash: 32 MB
- Six SATA ports for 3.5" Drives
- One SDcard
- One USB 3.0
- Two USB 2.0
- Gigabit Ethernet: Three Ports
- UART 3.5mm Audio Jack or 3 pin header - 57600 8N1
- Three GPIOs available on a pin header
Flash instructions:
The GnuBee Personal Cloud Two ships with libreCMC installed.
libreCMC is a Free Software Foundation approved fork of LEDE/OpenWrt.
As such one can upgrade using the webinterface or sysupgrade.
Das U-Boot has multiple options for recovery or updates including :
- USB
- http
- tftp
Errata:
- While there are three ethernet ports, the third requires support for
the second GMAC. This will come in kernel 4.14.
- The first hard drive slot has a clearance issue with the two fan
headers. Workaround is to pull the headers out and connect the pins to
jumper wires.
- Using this device as a NAS is problematic with the 4.9 kernel as many
/dev/sdX reads throw silent errors. The current theory behind this is
some kind of unhandled DMA mapping error in the kernel. This is not an
issue with kernel 4.4.
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
It is currently possible to enable connlabel-support in iptables.
However, in order for connlabel to work properly, the kernel module must
also be present. This patch adds support for building the
connlabel-module, and selects it by default when connlabel-support is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Updated pfe kernel patch to clean up iounmap(pfe->ddr_baseaddr).
pfe->ddr_baseaddr was got through phys_to_virt() not ioremap(),
so iounmap() for pfe->ddr_baseaddr should be removed.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to add a known issue of make menuconfig
in README file. This is also a common issue for OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch changes the declarations of ndo_get_stats64 handlers
to the previous struct rtnl_link_stats64 * return type instead of
the mainline void return.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Tis patch is to fix up some descriptions in README.
Per-device rootfs had been supported, and a known issue
had been found. These also should be updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
ls1012ardb/ls1012afrdm/ls1046ardb/ls1088ardb firmwares now use ubifs
rootfs. So u-boot env should be set accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Some layerscape devices (ls1012ardb/ls1012afrdm/ls1046ardb/ls1088ardb)
were using ext4 rootfs because there were issues using squashfs.
This patch is to drop using ext4 rootfs and use ubifs rootfs instead
which is more proper for SPI-NOR flash.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Updated ppfe firmware to NXP LSDK1712 release. Used
ppfe firmware git tree on NXP github since it was
migrated here from qoriq-open-source github.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
NXP LSDK1712 release used two rcw git trees. The
original rcw git tree was still source code but
dropping ls1012a/ls1088a/ls2088a boards in LSDK1712.
Instead another new rcw git tree was used to just
provided rcw binaries for these boards dropped. So
this patch is to update ls-rcw to LSDK1712 release
and add a new ls-rcw-bin package.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
fman-ucode had been migrated from qoriq-open-source
github to NXP github. So the Makefile should be fixed
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Updated MC firmware to NXP LSDK1712 release. Used
MC firmware git tree on NXP github since it was
migrated here from qoriq-open-source github.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to remove USB configs for 32-bit device since
they're already in kmod package. Also removed TI platform
specific configs.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Patches changes
- Updated patches-4.9 to NXP LSDK1712 linux-4.9.
- Merged changes of patch 303 into integrated patch 201.
- Split changes of patch 706 into dpaa part and dpaa2
part, and merged these changes into integrated patches
701 and 705.
- Removed patch 819 since ehci-fsl driver could be compiled now.
- Refreshed these patches.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This device is identical as TP-Link RE450
RE355 is a dual-band AC1200 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9558+QCA9880.
Specification:
720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
64/128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
3T3R 2.4 GHz
3T3R 5 GHz
1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
7x LED, 3x button
UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
Web:
Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c60-v2-squashfs-factory.bin
and use OEM System Tools - Firmware Upgrade site.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
For hardware that supports multiple h/w output queues, add
a compatible scheduler (NET_SCH_MULTIQ).
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Current code and also before commit da52dd0c83 was vulnerable to shell
injection using volume lables in the GPT partition table of block
devices. Given that partition names can be freely defined in GPT tables
we really shouldn't evaluate a string which is potentially crafted with
evil intentions. Hence rather use `export -n` to absorb the uevent's
variables into the environment.
Fixes commit da52dd0c83 (base-files: quote values when evaluating uevent)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[mschiffer@universe-factory.net: suggested export -n usage]
The kmod-lp package included both lp.ko and ppdev.ko, but ECP device
drivers may or may not require lp NOT to be loaded, needing only ppdev.
Additionally, There were no packages for any parport interface modules,
such as uss720 or parport_pc, provided here. It has not been otherwise
possible to use PC-style parport hardware for kmod-lp.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
This will introduce a warning on 3.18, but fixes an error when
compiling for 4.9.
Fixes: cf9e0a59aa ("ar7: add kernel 4.9 support")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
When clearfog was renamed to clearfog pro, it broke sysupgrade from
17.04 as the new images now get rejected as incompatible. Fix this by
adding the legacy boardname to the compatible devices.
Fixes: ec4a8c6dee ("mvebu: ClearFog renamed upstream to ClearFog Pro")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The last_rx field was removed from net_device. Since the field wasn't
used by the generic subsystem, and the driver only writes to it, just
remove the usage.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Add support for kernel 4.9 based on the more upstream comformant
partition defintions. Increases compressed kernel size by ~95k
compared to 4.4.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Partitions are supposed to be enclosed in an extra partitions node. Allow
the bcm63xxpart parser to cope with that.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The lookup needs to be called just "reset" for the common code.
Fixes: 054c0d4e31 ("brcm63xx: backport mdio-bus reset gpio support")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The arm CPUs uses in the supported Mediatket SoCs have a FPU accordingly
to the datasheet, activate it also. The CPU subtype "neon-vfpv4" is
selected, but the toolcahin generated for this SoC will still be
compiled with soft float and not with the hard float ABI as we haven't
the fpu feature flag set. If this toolchain is reused by other targets
this will even affect other targets.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When sourcing /sys/class/block/*/uevent values have to be quoted as
they may contain spaces (e.g. in PARTNAME).
Fix this by pre-processing with sed before sourcing.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The BDFs for OpenMesh A42 were upstreamed [1] to the ath10k-firmware
repository and are now part of ath10k-firmware 2018-01-26. The
ipq-wifi-openmesh_a42 package can now be dropped because OpenWrt already
ships the QCA4019 board-2.bin from this version.
[1] https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/drivers/ath10k/boardfiles
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
* introduces the BDFs for the OpenMesh A42 in
/lib/firmware/ath10k/QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin.
* adds new firmware firmware-6.bin_RM.4.4.1.c1-00037-QCARMSWP-1 for
QCA6174 hw3.0
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
COMFAST CF-E375AC is a ceiling mount AP with PoE support, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9563 + QCA9886 + QCA8337.
Short specification:
2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, with PoE support
128MB of RAM (DDR2)
16 MB of FLASH
3T3R 2.4 GHz, 802.11b/g/n
2T2R 5 GHz, 802.11ac/n/a, wave 2
built-in 5x 3 dBi antennas
output power (max): 500 mW (27 dBm)
1x RGB LED, 1x button
built-in watchdog chipset
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Ding Tengfei <dtf@comfast.cn>
With no warning, it just looks like the box has hung during boot.
We don't want users resetting it without having captured a crashdump.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
TP-Link Archer C50 v3 is a router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628N+MT7612E.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7628N/N (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 4x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 7x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power switch
* WAN LED in this devices is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
(fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash LEDE image in ArcherC50v3 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-mt7628-ArcherC50v3-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
The D-Link devices with JBOOT bootloader use their own kernel
image header (stag + sch2 headers).
This driver find jImage header and set rootfs start after kernel file.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This commit marks the CPUs switchport explicit as untagged.
Otherwise, an eth0.1 interface is created and the devices
LAN-ports are not working.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Compiling the Intel microcode package results in a
microcode.bin and a microcode-64.bin. As we can
decide based on the subtarget which should be used,
we'll only split the required .bin file with
iucode-tool.
x64 will get the intel-microcode-64.bin
All other variants will get intel-microcode.bin
The microcodes will be updated from preinit via a common
script - that's the earliest place where we can do it.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
Use the Debian repository for sourcing the ucode files.
Current (20171205) includes support for fam17h CPUs already.
The microcodes will be updated from preinit via a common
script - that's the earliest place where we can do it.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
Add tool to "compile" Intel microcode files. The tool will be
compiled for host (to split the microcode.dat) and for target
(to forcibly reload the microcode if required).
Instead of using the large microcode.bin/microcode-64.bin, the
splitted ucode files (separate for CPU families) will be
installed.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
When we provide the HOSTCFLAGS to the U-Boot build it will fail because
it can not find the u-boot provided header files any more.
Just overwrite and not append the package specific configuration on top
of the configuration provided by u-boot.mk.
uboot-fritz4040 is based on U-Boot 2012.07 and this problem is probably
similar to the problem seen with the lantiq and ar71xx u-boot build.
Fixes: df9781a420 ("u-boot,at91bootstrap: fix incorrect HOSTCPPFLAGS variable")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Use "$(DTS_DIR)", defined at include/image.mk, instead of
"$(LINUX_DIR)/arch/$(LINUX_KARCH)/boot/dts" in order to generalize and
allow a better Device/* device-tree parameterization (i.e. DEVICE_DTS_DIR
and DTS_DIR).
Signed-off-by: Adrià Llaudet <adria.llaudet@gmail.com>
Update Linux kernel version from 4.9 to 4.14 for archs38.
config-4.14 was simply regenerated with "make kernel_menuconfig".
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Once installed fou kernel module allows you to use FOU (Foo over UDP)
and GUE (Generic UDP encapsulation) tunnel protocols.
To get ip fou command working you also need to install ip-full.
Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
Since I have no openssl-dev on my machine, I first
get this error:
```
tools/kwbimage.c:21:10: fatal error: openssl/bn.h: No such file or directory
#include <openssl/bn.h>
```
After removing the UBOOT_MAKE_FLAGS the next error is:
```
tools/kwbimage.c:40:6: error: conflicting types for ‘EVP_MD_CTX_cleanup’
void EVP_MD_CTX_cleanup(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx)
```
After removing the OpenSSL patches the next error is:
```
HOSTLD tools/dumpimage
/usr/bin/ld: cannot find -lssl
/usr/bin/ld: cannot find -lcrypto
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
scripts/Makefile.host:108: recipe for target 'tools/dumpimage' failed
make[5]: *** [tools/dumpimage] Error 1
```
So, the final part is to add the build system's
HOST_LDFLAGS to the UBOOT_MAKE_FLAGS.
(which was done in the previous commit)
Then the image builds.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This will make sure that the build system's
paths for linking are available.
This is needed mostly for linking with tools/libressl.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This would should up as `$$(HOSTCPPFLAGS)` in the host CFLAGS.
```
make --jobserver-fds=3,4 -j -C <openwrt>/build_dir/target-arm_cortex-a8+vfpv3_musl_eabi/u-boot-A10-OLinuXino-Lime/u-boot-2017.07 CROSS_COMPILE=arm-openwrt-linux-muslgnueabi- DTC="<openwrt>/build_dir/target-arm_cortex-a8+vfpv3_musl_eabi/linux-sunxi_cortexa8/linux-4.9.76/scripts/dtc/dtc" HOSTCC="gcc" HOSTCFLAGS='-O2 -I<openwrt>/staging_dir/host/include -I<openwrt>/staging_dir/host/usr/include -I<openwrt>/staging_dir/hostpkg/include -I<openwrt>/staging_dir/target-arm_cortex-a8+vfpv3_musl_eabi/host/include $$(HOSTCPPFLAGS)' HOSTLDFLAGS="" BL31=<openwrt>/staging_dir/target-arm_cortex-a8+vfpv3_musl_eabi/image/bl31.bin
```
And then it would complain with:
```
/bin/sh: 1: HOSTCPPFLAGS: not found
```
Also, HOSTCPPFLAGS does not exist.
The correct var is HOST_CPPFLAGS.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Activate the support for 64 bit on all 64 bit CPUs and not only x86_64.
ARM64 does not provide an xml file, so do not pack any.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This config option was renamed in upstream Linux commit 681bec0367
("tracing: Rename update the enum_map file")
Reported-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
We use the dtc from the kernel and that does not have all the options
which u-boot would like to use now. make these parameters optional.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
3413961 mt7603: avoid reordering qos-null data packets
c60e6db mt76: toggle driver station powersave bit before notifying mac80211
246d548 mt76: stop tx queues from the driver callback instead of common code
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The target it was meant for was updated to a version that this does not
compile with. It probably also hasn't been used in years
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Don't append an empty sendopts value as odhcp6c bails out
immediately on an empty -x option triggering an infinite start
loop of odhcp6c
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Commit a26045049b added support for sendopts as a string; since multiple
sendopts values can be specified it makes more sense to model it as a
list of strings.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Convert userspace code to use generic device-tree compatible board
detection method. Users of the existing code will have to use
sysupgrade -F once to switch to the new generic board naming.
Properly setup pinctrl fixing the switch port LEDs.
Fixes commit 9c4fe103cb (ramips: add support for ZBT-WE1226)
Reported-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The ATM subsystem is different from the generic ethernet NICs. The ATM
subsystem requires a callback when a packet has been sent. It means a
tx skb_buff need to be used after it has sent. While the generic NIC
can fill up the TX ring and free skb_buffs if it encounter a ring buffer slot
with an already sent skbuff.
The ATM drivers need call the pop() function after it has send a
single ATM package. The ATM subsystem controls via this ways the queuing.
The ppe engine use DMA channels for read and write. Every atm_vcc has it's
own TX DMA channel and each TX DMA channel has it's own ring buffer.
The old driver had multiple issues:
- Call the subsystem callback at the beginning of tx function (ppe_send).
Didn't allowed the ATM subsystem to control the enqueued package
amount.
- Filled up the TX ring until full and fail futher
- copy or decouple the skb from all other subsystem before giving it
over to TX ring
The new tx path uses interupts.
- call the subsystem callback _after_ it was sent by hardware
- no need to copy our decouple the skb any more
- gives back control to the atm subsystem over the enqueued packages
- use an interupt for every sent atm package
Using interupts shouldn't be a problem because of the slow uplink bandwidth of
ADSL.
The speed _through_ the DSL router was always as high as it should
be, only traffic generated on the router itself were affected.
After changing to new tx path, the speed of iperf's run on the
router itself reached the same speed. The master/trunk wasn't as much
affected because of TCP optimisations (reboot-5022-gb2ea46fe236a).
The following results are taken on the remote server, which receives
the stream over the internet and the DSL line.
The sync moves between every sync a litte bit, but is so far stable
Latency / Interleave Delay: Down: Fast (0.25 ms) / Up: Fast (0.50 ms)
Data Rate: Down: 13.287 Mb/s / Up: 1.151 Mb/s
reboot-5521-g9f8d28285d without patch
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth Retr
[ 5] 0.00-10.04 sec 947 KBytes 773 Kbits/sec 0 sender
[ 5] 0.00-10.04 sec 928 KBytes 757 Kbits/sec receiver
reboot-5521-g9f8d28285d with patch
[ 5] 0.00-10.06 sec 1.16 MBytes 970 Kbits/sec 0 sender
[ 5] 0.00-10.06 sec 1.15 MBytes 959 Kbits/sec receiver
v17.01.4-239-g55c23e44f4 without patch
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth Retr
[ 5] 0.00-10.04 sec 87.4 KBytes 71.3 Kbits/sec 0 sender
[ 5] 0.00-10.04 sec 59.6 KBytes 48.7 Kbits/sec receiver
v17.01.4-239-g55c23e44f4 with patch
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth Retr
[ 5] 0.00-10.05 sec 1.18 MBytes 983 Kbits/sec 1 sender
[ 5] 0.00-10.05 sec 1.15 MBytes 959 Kbits/sec receiver
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
- use release build instead of debug to reduce size
- bump to use latest commit in allwinner tree
Tested on Pine64/1G.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
2b7fae4 mt76: fix returnvar.cocci warnings
939e3e0 mt76x2: dfs: avoid tasklet scheduling during mt76x2_dfs_init_params()
cf59170 mt76x2: dfs: add set_domain handler
5e4d60e mt76x2: dfs: take into account dfs region in mt76x2_dfs_init_params()
f76e25f mt76x2: fix WMM parameter configuration
34d612d mt76: retry rx polling as long as there is budget left
0f8327a mt76x2: fix TSF value in probe responses
ad3f8e9 mt76: add an intermediate struct for rx status information
58a41f1 mt76: get station pointer by wcid and pass it to mac80211
b0508d3 mt76: implement A-MPDU rx reordering in the driver code
cf3cfc4 mt76: split mt76_rx_complete
461cdf9 mt76: pass the per-vif wcid to the core for multicast rx
9b2c778 mt76: validate rx CCMP PN
302af90 mt76x2: init: disable all pending tasklets during device removal
9f685fe mt7603: init: disable tbtt tasklet during device removal
c6f8cac mt76: let mac80211 validate CCMP PN for fragmented frames
3968dae mt7603: fix 40 mhz channel bandwidth reporting
9c2e03d mt7603: fix rx LDPC reporting
f515dfc mt76: implement AP_LINK_PS
974142c mt76: implement processing of BlockAckReq frames
c5209db mt76: avoid re-queueing A-MPDU rx reorder work if no frames are pending
e67e7a5 mt76x2: do not set status->aggr for NULL data frames
8693864 mt76: check qos ack policy before reordering packets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Locally generated packets weren't forwarded to the isolated interfaces in a
bridge. Isolation should only prevent the flooding of incomming packets to
other interfaces in the bridge.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Qualcomm claims this improves the D-cache footprint. Origina commit message below:
From: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Date: Fri, 7 Jun 2013 10:57:28 -0500
Subject: [ag71xx] cluster/align structs for cache perf
Cluster the frequently used, per-packet structures in ag71xx near
to each other, and cacheline-align them. Some other re-ordering
occurred to move "warmer" structures near the per-packet structures.
Signed-off-by: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
f0836c7e Update manual pages
25db178b Bump up version number to 1.30.0, LT revision to 29:2:15
1b6713e6 Update AUTHORS
c1a496cf nghttpx: Fix bug that h1 backend idle timeout expires sooner
e098a211 mruby: Fix bug that response header is unexpectedly overwritten
0ba4bf51 Merge pull request #1120 from dylanplecki/issue-1119-mruby-header-overwrite
6deee203 Fix#1119: Stop overwrite of first header on mruby call to env.req.set_header(..)
6761a933 Merge pull request #1105 from nghttp2/nghttpx-upgrade-scheme
5cc3d159 nghttpx: Add upgrade-scheme parameter to backend option
652f57e7 Merge pull request #1104 from nghttp2/allow-ping-after-goaway
acd6b40e Allow PING frame to be sent after GOAWAY
0fbb46ed Merge pull request #1101 from nghttp2/remember-pushed-links
6ad629de Merge pull request #1102 from nghttp2/fix-missing-alpn-validation
74754982 nghttpx: Fix missing ALPN validation (--npn-list)
a31a2e3b nghttpx: Remember which resource is pushed
a776b0db Merge pull request #1092 from nghttp2/define-103
cfd926f0 src: Define 103 status code
72f52716 Bump up version number to 1.30.0-DEV
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Firewall rules don't work as intended without conntrack support. The recent
cleanup removed the kmod-nf-conntrack6 dependency from the iptables
modules; add it to the firewall package instead.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
We don't need two versions of this. The escaping quotes
is so that the sed commands aren't misinterpreted by shell;
it has nothing to do with the contents of the file, thus
one version is adequate.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
In addition to backslash and ampersand needing to be escaped for
simple sed RHS strings, we also need to escape comma since we're
using that as our s/// delimiter.
Pass everything through a macro filter to sanitize it.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Remove references to /etc/, /lib/ and /usr/ from the bundled ld.so
interpreter using simple binary patching.
This is needed to prevent loading host system libraries such as
libnss_compat.so.2 on foreign systems, which may result in ld.so
inconsistency assertions.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
By default udhcpc asks for a default list of options; the config option
defaultreqopts allows to tweak this behavior.
When set to 0 udhcpc will not ask for any options except for the options
specified in the reqopts config option.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
By default odhcp6c asks for a default list of options; the config option
defaultreqopts allows to tweak this behavior.
When set to 0 odhcp6c will not ask for any options except for the options
specified in the reqopts config option.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This machfile also contains the code for the TL-WR842N/ND v2, which is in
ar71xx-generic and not in ar71xx-tiny.
Fixes: 0cd5e85e7a "ar71xx: create new ar71xx/tiny subtarget for 4MB flash
devices"
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
For minimal firewall setups, NAT support may be unnecessary.
It would be possible to further reduce the minimum number of installed
modules, e.g. by separating IPv4 and IPv6 support or moving conntrack
support into a separate kmod package. We go with a more complete
kmod-nft-core for now, until a concrete usecase for smaller packages
arises.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The nf_reject_ipv4 and nf_reject_ipv6 modules are moved into separate
packages, as they are a common dependency of ip(6)tables and nftables. This
avoids a dependency of nftables on kmod-nf-ipt(6). Also, fewer iptables
modules depend on nf-conntrack(6) now.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
It's not needed now since commit a621b8c ("include: clean package
staging dir files before configure")
Fixes FS#1309
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The IGB and IXGBE drivers depend on kmod-hwmon core now.
Fixes: af707a178f ("netdevices.mk: add hwmon to IGB and IXGBE drivers")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Off-chip NICs can run hotter than the CPU, so they're definitely
worth instrumenting.
Adding hardware monitoring increases by ~3744 and ~2672 bytes,
respectively, the sizes of the igb.ko and ixgbe.ko drivers.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
It was only enabled when the target was added back in commit 9b321bc
("lantiq: add Amazon-SE subtarget")
Leave pistachio alone as devices of this target are not likely have
small_flash or low_mem constraint
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
To make it more accessible for nodejs users to configure and run a build
on mips target lacking hardware fpu
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
a0b5e8944 progress-bar: get screen width on windows
65ceb20df test1454: --connect-to with IPv6 address w/o IPv6 support!
eb6e3c4f6 CONNECT_TO: fail attempt to set an IPv6 numerical without IPv6 support
96186de1f docs: fix man page syntax to make test 1140 OK again
af32cd385 http: prevent custom Authorization headers in redirects
993dd5651 curl: progress bar refresh, get width using ioctl()
9d82cde7b RELEASE-NOTES: synced with bb0ffcc36
bb0ffcc36 libcurl-env.3: first take
ec122c4c8 TODO: two possible name resolver improvements
a5e6d6ebc http2: don't close connection when single transfer is stopped
87ddeee59 test558: fix for multissl builds
da07dbb86 examples/url2file.c: add missing curl_global_cleanup() call
ddafd45af SSH: Fix state machine for ssh-agent authentication
9e4ad1e2a openssl: fix potential memory leak in SSLKEYLOGFILE logic
ca9c93e3e openssl: fix the libressl build again
2c0c4dff0 unit1307: test many wildcards too
2a1b2b4ef curl_fnmatch: only allow 5 '*' sections in a single pattern
cb5accab9 ftp-wildcard: fix matching an empty string with "*[^a]"
25c40c9af SMB: fix numeric constant suffix and variable types
945df7410 CURLOPT_TCP_NODELAY.3: fix typo
8dd4edeb9 smtp/pop3/imap_get_message: decrease the data length too...
84fcaa2e7 openssl: enable SSLKEYLOGFILE support by default
e44ddfd47 mime: clone mime tree upon easy handle duplication.
2c821bba8 docs: comment about CURLE_READ_ERROR returned by curl_mime_filedata
a06311be2 test395: HTTP with overflow Content-Length value
67595e7d2 test394: verify abort of rubbish in Content-Length: value
ac17d7947 test393: verify --max-filesize with excessive Content-Length
f68e67271 HTTP: bail out on negative Content-Length: values
0616dfa1e configure.ac: append extra linker flags instead of prepending them.
650b9c1d6 RELEASE-NOTES: synced with 6fa10c8fa
6fa10c8fa setopt: fix SSLVERSION to allow CURL_SSLVERSION_MAX_ values
3b548ffde setopt: reintroduce non-static Curl_vsetopt() for OS400 support
fa3dbb9a1 http2: fix incorrect trailer buffer size
2a6dbb815 easy: fix connection ownership in curl_easy_pause
89f680473 system.h: Additionally check __LONG_MAX__ for defining curl_off_t
14d07be37 COPYING: it's 2018!
a8ce5efba progress: calculate transfer speed on milliseconds if possible
d4e40f069 scripts: allow all perl scripts to be run directly
e4f86025d mail-rcpt.d: fix short-text description
908a9a674 build: remove HAVE_LIMITS_H check
129390a51 openssl: fix memory leak of SSLKEYLOGFILE filename
272613df0 Revert "curl/system.h: fix compilation with gcc on AIX PPC and IA64 HP-UX"
481539e90 test1554: improve the error handling
593dcc553 test1554: add global initialization and cleanup
dc831260b curl_version_info.3: call the argument 'age'
58d7cd28a brotli: data at the end of content can be lost
a0f3eaf25 examples/cacertinmem: ignore cert-already-exists error
859ac3602 tool_getparam: Support size modifiers for --max-filesize
b399b0490 build: Fixed incorrect script termination from commit ad1dc10e61
a9b774a77 Makefile.vc: Added our standard copyright header
22fddb85a winbuild: Added support for VC15
ad1dc10e6 build: Added Visual Studio 2017 project files
d409640d6 build-wolfssl.bat: Added support for VC15
a4e88317d build-openssl.bat: Added support for VC15
c97648b55 curl/system.h: fix compilation with gcc on AIX PPC and IA64 HP-UX
b43755789 examples/rtsp: fix error handling macros
f009bbe1f curl_easy_reset: release mime-related data.
4acc9d3d1 content_encoding: rework zlib_inflate
e639d4ca4 brotli: allow compiling with version 0.6.0.
9c6a6be88 CURLOPT_READFUNCTION.3: refer to argument with correct name
02f207a76 rand: add a clang-analyzer work-around
13ce373a5 krb5: fix a potential access of uninitialized memory
41982b6ac conncache: fix a return code [regression]
5d0ba70e1 curl: support >256 bytes warning messsages
188a43a8f libssh: fix a syntax error in configure.ac
7ef0c2d86 examples/smtp-mail.c: use separate defines for options and mail
621b24505 THANKS: added missing names
cc0cca1ba mailmap: added/clarified several names
9d7a59c8f setopt: less *or equal* than INT_MAX/1000 should be fine
2437dbbf1 vtls: replaced getenv() with curl_getenv()
ef5633d4b RELEASE-NOTES: synced with 3b9ea70ee
3b9ea70ee TODO: Expose tried IP addresses that failed
48c184a60 curl.1: mention http:// and https:// as valid proxy prefixes
76db03dd9 curl.1: documented two missing valid exit codes
63e58b8b4 CURLOPT_DNS_LOCAL_IP4.3: fixed the seel also to not self-reference
671f0b506 Revert "curl: don't set CURLOPT_INTERLEAVEDATA"
4b6f3cff7 tests: mark data files as non-executable in git
98c572ed3 tests: update .gitignore for libtests
e959f16c5 multi_done: prune DNS cache
06a0a26fb mailmap: fixup two old git Author "aliases"
7ab4e7adb openssl: Disable file buffering for Win32 SSLKEYLOGFILE
b1b94305d RESOLVE: output verbose text when trying to set a duplicate name
bbea75ad6 CURLOPT_DNS_CACHE_TIMEOUT.3: see also CURLOPT_RESOLVE
a4a56ec93 sftp: allow quoted commands to use relative paths
9fb5a943f CURLOPT_PRIVATE.3: fix grammar
179ee78e8 curl: remove __EMX__ #ifdefs
9dfb19483 openssl: improve data-pending check for https proxy
9ffad8eb1 curl: don't set CURLOPT_INTERLEAVEDATA
912324024 curl.h: remove incorrect comment about ERRORBUFFER
ebaab4d17 configure: add AX_CODE_COVERAGE only if using gcc
b5881d1fb curl: limit -# update frequency for unknown total size
546e7db78 BINDINGS: another PostgreSQL client
55e609890 CONNECT: keep close connection flag in http_connect_state struct
c103cac3c include: get netinet/in.h before linux/tcp.h
00cda0f9b openldap: fix checksrc nits
ff07f07cc openldap: add commented out debug possibilities
bb0ca2d44 examples: move threaded-shared-conn.c to the "complicated" ones
4fb85b87b RELEASE-NOTES: synced with b261c44e8
b261c44e8 URL: tolerate backslash after drive letter for FILE:
24dcd7466 tests: added netinet/in6.h includes in test servers
76ebd5417 configure: check for netinet/in6.h
0c65678e7 curl-config: add --ssl-backends
ea3a5d07d conncache: only allow multiplexing within same multi handle
415b8dff8 threaded-shared-conn.c: fixed typo in commenta
5254d8bf2 threaded-shared-conn.c: new example
07cb27c98 conncache: fix several lock issues
85f0133ea libssh: remove dead code in sftp_qoute
615edc1f7 sasl_getmesssage: make sure we have a long enough string to pass
440140946 libssh2: remove dead code from SSH_SFTP_QUOTE
6401ddad4 ssh-libssh.c: please checksrc
918530752 libssh: fixed dereference in statvfs access
8dad32bcf RESOURCES: update spec names
a08f5a77c libssh: corrected use of sftp_statvfs() in SSH_SFTP_QUOTE_STATVFS
8843c0939 libssh: no need to call sftp_get_error as ssh_get_error is sufficient
3cef6f22e libssh: fix minor static code analyzer nits
10bb0b471 openssl: pkcs12 is supported by boringssl
8eff32f0b travis: use pip2 instead of pip
b7f534597 lib582: do not verify host for SFTP
a2f396680 libssh: added SFTP support
c75c9d4fb symbols-in-versions: added new symbols with 7.56.3 version
05675ab5a .travis.yml: added build --with-libssh
38aef6dc4 libssh2: return CURLE_UPLOAD_FAILED on failure to upload
75427291e libssh2: send the correct CURLE error code on scp file not found
c92d2e14c Added support for libssh SSH SCP back-end
3973ee6a6 RELEASE-NOTES: synced with af8cc7a69
af8cc7a69 curlver: towards 7.57.1
4b4142491 lib: don't export all symbols, just everything curl_*
9194a9959 SSL: Avoid magic allocation of SSL backend specific data
744ee5838 examples/xmlstream.c: don't switch off CURL_GLOBAL_SSL
270494e1a travis: add boringssl build
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 53f62bc5e5.
commit made the builders fail with
"Package kmod-igb is missing dependencies for the following libraries: hwmon.ko"
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This fixes the following errors when doing "make package/install"
/home/yousong/git-repo/lede-project/lede/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/root-malta/lib/functions/procd.sh: line 47: /home/yousong/git-repo/l
ede-project/lede/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/root-malta/var/lock/procd_urandom_seed.lock: No such file or directory
flock: 1000: Bad file descriptor
Fixes FS#1260
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The IGB and IXGBE drivers depend on kmod-hwmon core now.
Fixes: af707a178f ("netdevices.mk: add hwmon to IGB and IXGBE drivers")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
With forced PIE and SSP support I ran into this assertion failure.
backport two patches to fix this problem from the binutils 2.28 branch.
This fix is already included in binutils 2.28.1 and 2.29.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Configure variable SSP_SUPPORT is ambiguous for packages (tor, openssh,
avahi, freeswitch). It means 'toolchain supporting SSP', but for toolchain
and depends it means 'build gcc with libssp'.
Musl no longer uses libssp (1877bc9d8f), it has internal support, so
SSP_SUPPORT was disabled leading some package to not use SSP.
No information why Glibc and uClibc use libssp, but they may also provide
their own SSP support. uClibc used it own with commit 933b588e25 but it was
reverted in f3cacb9e84 without details.
Create an new configure GCC_LIBSSP and automatically enable SSP_SUPPORT
if either USE_MUSL or GCC_LIBSSP.
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
GCC supports starting version 5 --enable-default-ssp and starting version 6
--enable-default-pie.
It produces hardened binaries by default without dealing with package
compilation flags.
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
Introduce a configuration option to build a "hardened" OpenWrt with
ASLR PIE support.
Add new option PKG_ASLR_PIE to enable Address Space Layout Randomization (ASLR)
by building Position Independent Executables (PIE). This new option protects
against "return-to-text" attacks.
Busybox need a special care, link is done with ld, not gcc, leading to
unknown flags. Set BUSYBOX_DEFAULT_PIE instead and disable PKG_ASLR_PIE.
If other failing packages were found, PKG_ASLR_PIE:=0 should be added to
their Makefiles.
Original Work by: Yongkui Han <yonhan@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
When using an external git clone for the kernel repo,
the build would fail because the build won't download
[via git] the kernel tarball.
This is because the `toolchain/kernel-headers` assumes
that the kernel would get downloaded via normal HTTP.
The reason for this is the `HostBuild` rule, which
calls the `Download/default` rule.
To use the `Download/default` we just need to conditionally
adjust some PKG_ vars.
We can safely use `LINUX_VERSION` as it was already adjusted
in the `kernel-version.mk` to avoid collisions with other tarballs.
Fixes:
https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=503
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
In case there is an external git repo specified,
it could overwrite the kernel tarball that was
downloaded from kernel.org.
The only identifier for such a file is the
KERNEL_GIT_CLONE_URI & KERNEL_GIT_REF symbols,
so if we have to download it we'll use that
information [after some sanitization]
to create a different filename for the kernel tarball.
If KERNEL_GIT_REF symbol is empty, HEAD will be used
as mentioned in the description of KERNEL_GIT_REF.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
The Download/git rule will do a `git checkout <git-ref>`.
So, we can use any ref we want.
No need to limit just to branches.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Add support for hostapd's radius_client_addr in order to
force hostapd to send RADIUS packets from the correct source
interface rather than letting linux select the most appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Brunner <s.brunner@stephan-brunner.net>
Off-chip NICs can run hotter than the CPU, so they're definitely
worth instrumenting.
Adding hardware monitoring increases by ~3744 and ~2672 bytes,
respectively, the sizes of the igb.ko and ixgbe.ko drivers.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Revert upstream commit 1bd773c077de "wireless: set correct mandatory rate
flags", as it breaks 11s interoperability: nodes can only associate when
neither or both have this patch. As this is a regression from released
versions, revert to the old code for now.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The only users of this were the python packages
from the `packages` feed.
The 2 python interpreters would export some mk
files (e.g. python-package.mk) and then other
python packages would include it via this rule.
But there's a few things wrong with this approach,
most of them drawing from the fact that python host
needs to be built first, to export these mk files.
By now all uses of include_mk have been corrected
in the feeds and this can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
The iptables TRACE target is only available in raw table that's why the
dependency was moved from iptables-mod-trace into kmod-ipt-debug
Fixes FS#1219
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This is mainly for legal considerations and not promoting the usage of
and no redistribution of binaries of patented technologies seems to be
also the established practice in other linux distros.
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2b7fae4 mt76: fix returnvar.cocci warnings
939e3e0 mt76x2: dfs: avoid tasklet scheduling during mt76x2_dfs_init_params()
cf59170 mt76x2: dfs: add set_domain handler
5e4d60e mt76x2: dfs: take into account dfs region in mt76x2_dfs_init_params()
f76e25f mt76x2: fix WMM parameter configuration
34d612d mt76: retry rx polling as long as there is budget left
0f8327a mt76x2: fix TSF value in probe responses
ad3f8e9 mt76: add an intermediate struct for rx status information
58a41f1 mt76: get station pointer by wcid and pass it to mac80211
b0508d3 mt76: implement A-MPDU rx reordering in the driver code
cf3cfc4 mt76: split mt76_rx_complete
461cdf9 mt76: pass the per-vif wcid to the core for multicast rx
9b2c778 mt76: validate rx CCMP PN
302af90 mt76x2: init: disable all pending tasklets during device removal
9f685fe mt7603: init: disable tbtt tasklet during device removal
c6f8cac mt76: let mac80211 validate CCMP PN for fragmented frames
3968dae mt7603: fix 40 mhz channel bandwidth reporting
9c2e03d mt7603: fix rx LDPC reporting
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add the Embedded Wireless "Balin" platform
SoC: QCA AR9344 or AR9350
RAM: DDR2-RAM 64MBytes
Flash: SPI-NOR 16MBytes
WLAN: 2 x 2 MIMO 2.4 & 5 GHz IEEE802.11 a/b/g/n
Ethernet: 3 x 10/100 Mb/s
USB: 1 x USB2.0 Host/Device bootstrap-pin at power-up
PCI-Express: 1 x lane PCIe 1.2
UART: 1 x Normal, 1 x High-Speed
JTAG: 1 x EJTAG
GPIO: 10 x Input/Output multiplexed
The module comes already with the current vanilla OpenWrt firmware.
To update, use "sysupgrade" image directly in vendor firmware.
Signed-off-by: Catrinel Catrinescu <cc@80211.de>
Autorebuild is disabled for the toolchain to avoid build-order issues.
However, rebuilding musl is safe, so exclude it from that restriction.
Avoids the need for manual cleaning on kernel header <-> libc API
changes like the ones introduced recently
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Widora has updated their Widora Neo board recently.
The new model uses 32MB WSON-8 factor SPI flash
instead of the original 16MB SOP-8 factor SPI flash.
All the other hardware components are the same as
the first revision.
Detailed hardware specs listed below:
CPU: MTK MT7688AN
RAM: 128MB DDR2
ROM: 32MB WSON-8 factor SPI Flash (Winbond)
WiFi: Built-in 802.11n 150Mbps?
Ethernet: 10/100Mbps x1
Audio codec: WM8960
Other IO: USB OTG;
USB Power+Serial (CP2104);
3x LEDs (Power, LAN, WiFi);
2x Keys (WPS, CPU Reset)
1x Audio In/Out
1x IPEX antenna port
1x Micro SD slot
Signed-off-by: Jackson Ming Hu <huming2207@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Rename the Widora neo by adding a flash size prefix. Move the common parts
into a dtsi to be prepare everything for upcomming support of the 32MB
version.
Migrate the Widora neo to the generic board detection as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
When CGROUPS is enabled the new option CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_CLASSID is
selectable and not handled.
Add this option to the 4.9 kernel configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
commit e15c63a375
ar71xx: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP G-5HacT2HnD (wAP AC)
changed the existing rb-nor-flash-16M-ac image in a way that it would
now only support the rb-wapg-5hact2hnd.
The board show however rather be added to the existing boards in the
rb-nor-flash-16M image template.
Reported-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The USB Ethernet is not working with the patches proposed for upstream,
fix this and activate the SPI node as this board always has a SPI flash.
Both patches are also targeted for upstream kernel 4.16 and 4.17.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Instead of using our own device tree definitions use the one provided in
the upstream kernel for 4.16.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Ethernet support was initial added in kernel 4.13, but deactivated
before the final release. This is backports the changes which are
activating it again from kernel 4.15.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is based on the code for kernel 4.9, but a lot of 4.9 patches are
backports from more recent kernel version and can be removed now.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Just refresh the sunxi kernel configuration.
This also moves the CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEV_SUN4I_SS_PRNG option to the
config-4.9 file.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This reverts commit 666e9cf222.
The change has not been build-tested on non-x86 targets and leads to
stalled kernel builds due to unset configuration symbols there.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The patch adds support for the MikroTik RB911-2Hn (911 Lite2)
and the RB911-5Hn (911 Lite5) boards:
https://mikrotik.com/product/RB911-2Hnhttps://mikrotik.com/product/RB911-5Hn
The two boards are using the same hardware design, the only difference
between the two is the supported wireless band.
Specifications:
* SoC: Atheros AR9344 (600MHz)
* RAM: 64MiB
* Storage: 16 MiB SPI NOR flash
* Ethernet: 1x100M (Passive PoE in)
* Wireless: AR9344 built-in wireless MAC, single chain
802.11b/g/n (911-2Hn) or 802.11a/g/n (911-5Hn)
Notes:
* Older versions of these boards might be equipped with a NAND
flash chip instead of the SPI NOR device. Those boards are not
supported (yet).
* The MikroTik RB911-5HnD (911 Lite5 Dual) board also uses the
same hardware. Support for that can be added later with little
effort probably.
Installation:
1. Setup a DHCP/BOOTP Server with the following parameters:
* DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name): pointing to a local TFTP
server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
* DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name): matching the initramfs filename
of the to be booted image. The usable intramfs files are:
- openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-vmlinux-initramfs.elf
- openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-vmlinux-initramfs-lzma.elf
- openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-rb-nor-flash-16M-initramfs-kernel.bin
2. Press the reset button on the board and keep that pressed.
3. Connect the board to your local network via its ethernet port.
4. Release the button after the LEDs on the board are turned off.
Now the board should load and start the initramfs image from
the TFTP server.
5. Upload the sysupgrade image to the board with scp:
$ scp openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-rb-nor-flash-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/fw.bin
5. Log in to the running system listening on 192.168.1.1 via ssh
as root (without password):
$ ssh root@192.168.1.1
7. Flash the uploaded firmware file from the ssh session via the
sysupgrade command:
root@OpenWrt:~# sysupgrade /tmp/fw.bin
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Add patches for the leds-gpio driver to make it usable with
open-drain and open-source kind of GPIO lines.
This type of functionality is required by various MikroTik boards.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Modify the rbspi_platform_setup() function to return the pointer of the
rb_info structure. This allows board specific setup routines to access
the various fields of the information. It is useful for investigating
the hardware option bits for example.
Also update the board setup codes, to ensure that those handle the new
return value correctly.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Add bit definitions for the 'hardware options' tag which is used in
the MikroTik devices' hardware configurations. These values can be
used in board setup codes, to do different initialization sequences.
The values were obtained from the RouterOS 6.41-rc38 patches.
Additionally, introduce two helper functions what make the processing
of the hardware options easy.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
If a device only supports the 2nd verification method (uim),
the first method will fail as expected reporting an error:
"Command not supported"
Silence both separate methods and only report an error regarding
pin verification if both fail.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The kmod-lp package included both lp.ko and ppdev.ko, but ECP device
drivers may or may not require lp NOT to be loaded, needing only ppdev.
Additionally, There were no packages for any parport interface modules,
such as uss720 or parport_pc, provided here. It has not been otherwise
possible to use PC-style parport hardware for kmod-lp.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
Support for Winbond NAND flash detection was added into the generic
patches and this conflicted with this patch adding Gigadevice support.
Fixes: 02050f7e7d ("kernel/4.{4, 9}: add manufacturer ID for Winbond NANDs")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Some part of this patch was added to the generic patches as it was
needed also for some other target. Do not add it here any more.
Fixes: 02050f7e7d ("kernel/4.{4, 9}: add manufacturer ID for Winbond NANDs")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds support for the new configuration option CONFIG_RETPOLINE and
refreshes the configuration.
Fixes: d8565a06dc ("kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.77")
Fixes: 9ddfac8015 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.14")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This replaces the current patches used to make the kernel headers
compatible with musl with the version which was accepted upstream. This
is included in upstream kernel 4.15.
This was compile tested with iproute2 build on all supported kernel
versions with musl and one one with glibc.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Note this requires libnftnl-1.0.8 or higher, so that update needs
to be merged first.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Also, drop unsupported configure options.
Don't use git retrieve but released tarball instead.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
nftables 0.8.1 generates some new commands which will not work without
this on big endian systems. This patch is included in Linux 4.11 and
later.
My rule matching a TCP port was not working:
nft add rule ip foo bar ct state new tcp dport 22 accept
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
A DNSSEC validation error was introduced in the fix for CVE-2017-15107
Backport the upstream fix to the fix (a simple typo)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
CVE-2017-15107
An interesting problem has turned up in DNSSEC validation. It turns out
that NSEC records expanded from wildcards are allowed, so a domain can
include an NSEC record for *.example.org and an actual query reply could
expand that to anything in example.org and still have it signed by the
signature for the wildcard. So, for example
!.example.org NSEC zz.example.org
is fine.
The problem is that most implementers (your author included, but also
the Google public DNS people, powerdns and Unbound) then took that
record to prove the nothing exists between !.example.org and
zz.example.org, whereas in fact it only provides that proof between
*.example.org and zz.example.org.
This gives an attacker a way to prove that anything between
!.example.org and *.example.org doesn't exists, when it may well do so.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The patch 0022-dts-ipq4019-support-ARMv7-PMU.patch
was merged into 4.8-rc1.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
During the integration of the ipq40xx target,
the phy drivers were included into the ipq806x's
target kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch renames the AVM FRITZ!Box 4040's board-2.bin
file and package to match the 'vendor_product' format.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch aligns the device-tree file with the latest
guidelines.
- No longer include qcom-ipq4019-ap.dk01.1.dtsi. This
file is only partially upstream and therefore subjected
to changes that might not be compatible with the board.
As a result, the definitions from the file have been
copied into this dts.
- exclusively use decimal GPIO addresses.
- reorganize the reserved-memory layout to waste less
memory. There's no point in keeping the u-boot loader
around. This should also make it possible to create
an image that will boot with the original EVA/ADAM2 loader
without needing to install the modified u-boot loader.
And finally mark the "tz-apps" as reusable.
There isn't a way to upload apps to the trust-zone in OpenWrt
yet. But it might see some use in the future as a "secure"
key-store/TPM.
- sort the first-level nodes alphabetically.
- sort nodes with an address by the address.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch updates ath10k-firmware to use the
firmware-5.bin_10.2.4-1.0-00033 firmware for the QCA988x.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch updates ath10k-firmware to use the
firmware-5.bin_10.2.4-1.0-00033 firmware for the QCA9887.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch updates ath10k-firmware to use the
firmware-5.bin_10.4-3.4-00104 firmware for the QCA9888.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch updates ath10k-firmware to use the
firmware-5.bin_10.4-3.4-00104 firmware for the QCA9984.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch updates ath10k-firmware to use the
firmware-5.bin_10.4-3.4-00104 firmware for the QCA4019.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This update automatically includes a new firmware for the QCA6174:
firmware-6.bin_WLAN.RM.4.4.1-00079-QCARMSWPZ-1
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Add sendopts config support allowing to add options in sent DHCPv6 packets.
Options can be configured as follows :
uci set network.wan6.sendopts="sntpservers:3001:3001::1,3001:3001::2 11:00000000000000000000006674692F 0x3e8:ABCDEF"
Based on a patch by Frank Andrieu <fandrieu@gmail.com>
See https://git.openwrt.org/?p=project/odhcp6c.git;a=commit;h=510aaf6d528210c5e8a6159f9b80b32615e88c5f
for a more detailed description.
Latest git changes :
1f93bd4 dhcpv6: rework option passthrough logic
a477e95 odhcp6c: rework userclass and vendorclass command handling
510aaf6 odhcp6c: add -x opt:val support
ab75be1 treewide: update copyrights to 2018
f3a4609 odhcp6c: let odhcp6c_add_state return a success/failure indication
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
According to console log during TP-Link TL-WR840N v5 OEM firmware update
procedure 0x3e0000-0x3f0000 64kB "config" partition, which is used to store
router's configuration settings, is erased and recreated again during every
OEM firmware update procedure, thus does not contain any valuable factory data.
So it is conviniant to use this extra 64kB erase block for jffs overlay due
limited flash size on this device like it used on TP-Link's ar71xx boards.
Signed-off-by: Serg Studzinskii <serguzhg@gmail.com>
The platform_check_image() stub need to return 0 for success, otherwise
the sysupgrade will fail with:
Image check 'platform_check_image' failed.
Fixes: aa6f5f1787 ("kirkwood: use image metadata")
Signed-off-by: 尤晓杰 <yxj790222@163.com>
[reworded commit message}
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the first found directory in the tar archive instead of relying on
a directory named according to the userspace boardname.
It allows to change the boardname without adding another compatibility
layer to the zyxel sysupgrade.
Fixes: 33f09cf151 ("ipq806x: convert to dt-based board-detection")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Obviously not all GPIO controller allow to change the direction. The issue
is around since the beginning of the script but only due to the recent
changes error messages are more visible.
Add a check if a change of the direction is supported by the GPIO
controller and fallback to setting only the value if not.
Fixes: FS#1271
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
GPIOs are exported as active high to the sysfs, hence the logic need to be
inverted.
Fixes: e66c47fb14 ("base-files: gpio switch: set output value with
direction")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
5bae22e ubus/lua: pass notification name to callback
212ceb1 valgrind complained about these
d57907c fix invalid close() call
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Sometimes the hardware will push small packets that trigger a WARN_ON
in mac80211. Discard them early to avoid this issue.
Reported-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This directory is never created, nor is it used anywhere. Using it in
HOST_LDFLAGS causes a linker warning to be emitted on macOS, which
messes with cmake configure tests.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
For eclipse users, .project is always created inside the project.
For users of CDT within Eclipse, add also .cproject, thanks Dirk
Feytons.
Signed-off-by: Catrinel Catrinescu <cc@80211.de>
The setup code of the OpenMesh OM5P ACv2 device uses nothing
from the mdio-gpio.h header, so remove the inclusion of that.
Also remove the kernel version check which is needed only
because the mdio-gpio.h header exists in a different path
in older kernels.
Compile tested only.
Cc: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
In commit fce35bce0f ("config: support new symbol intro'd in kernel
4.12")
I forgot to remove the initial debug test line.
This clearly is wrong as the same symbol is defined conditionally in the
line below as it should be.
I looked over it as I just checked if the symbol was present now upon
testing it.
Fixes: fce35bce0f ("config: support new symbol intro'd in kernel
4.12")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Commit e15c63a375 ("ar71xx: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP
G-5HacT2HnD (wAP AC") broke the format of the patches. In unified diff
format, the unchanged, contextual lines must be preceded by a space
character.
Refresh the patches with quilt to fix them.
Fixes: e15c63a375 ("ar71xx: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD wAPG-5HacT2HnD (wAP AC")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The patches introduced in commit 20e68f6d39 ("ar71xx: kernel: enable
PCI on QCA9556 SoC") have non standard format. In unified diff format,
the unchanged, contextual lines must be preceded by a space character.
Refresh the patches with quilt to fix them.
Fixes: 20e68f6d39 ("ar71xx: kernel: enable PCI on QCA9556 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The setup code defines four individual structures for the
Reset buttons of the supported boards. The only difference
between the definitions is the GPIO number used for the
button.
Replace the different structures with one generic variant,
and add a helper function to simplify the button registration.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The Gateworks GW5520 board uses 2x intel gigabit mac's, instead of the
internal i.MX6 FEC.
Add support for these.
Signed-off-by: Scott V. Kamp <outbackdingo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
It is no longer actively maintained and does not work well in many
configurations. Fully replaced by wpad-mesh
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
A newer clk and cpufreq drivers for ipq806x platform had been sent upstream.
A change that i have noticed is that now it's possible to set min, cur and max frequencies from sysfs (previously it was bugged and caused nothing).
Following patches are removed:
- 0036-clk-Avoid-sending-high-rates-to-downstream-clocks-du.patch - seems it was dropped from the patchset by current committer.
- 0044-clk-qcom-krait-Remove-CLK_IS_ROOT.patch - already applied to the driver itself in the corresponding patch.
- 0057-clk-qcom-Add-regmap-mux-div-clocks-support.patch - seem to be irrelevant to ipq806x.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
In current state there's huge regression on ipq806x target that causes the device to transmit broken/malformed frames that are not corrected/detected by error control mechanisms and other less severe issues.
https://bugs.lede-project.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1197
This finally had been narrowed down to patch 0071-pcie-qcom-fixes.patch
Meanwhile QSDK contains a handful of commits that add support for ipq806x to upstream qcom pcie driver
https://source.codeaurora.org/quic/qsdk/oss/kernel/linux-msm/log/drivers/pci/host/pcie-qcom.c?h=eggplant
Unfortunately qca developers do not bother to push it upstream.
Using those commits instead of lede 0071 patch fixes mentioned issue and probably many others as it seems that corrupted data has been originating within pcie misconfiguration.
Fixes: FS#1197 and probably others
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Unconditionally enable connmark support and tie it to the conntrack core
module to allow removing this kernel configuration dependency from the
xtables-addons package.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Dnsmasq used SIGHUP to do too many things: 1) set dnssec time validation
enabled, 2) bump SOA zone serial, 3) clear dns cache, 4) reload hosts
files, 5) reload resolvers/servers files.
Many subsystems within LEDE can send SIGHUP to dnsmasq: 1) ntpd hotplug
(to indicate time is valid for dnssec) 2) odhcpd (to indicate a
new/removed host - typically DHCPv6 leases) 3) procd on interface state
changes 4) procd on system config state changes, 5) service reload.
If dnssec time validation is enabled before the system clock has been
set to a sensible time, name resolution will fail. Because name
resolution fails, ntpd is unable to resolve time server names to
addresses, so is unable to set time. Classic chicken/egg.
Since commits 23bba9cb33 (service reload) &
4f02285d8b (system config) make it more
likely a SIGHUP will be sent for events other than 'ntpd has set time'
it is more likely that an errant 'name resolution is failing for
everything' situation will be encountered.
Fortunately the upstream dnsmasq people agree and have moved 'check
dnssec timestamp enable' from SIGHUP handler to SIGINT.
Backport the upstream patch to use SIGINT.
ntpd hotplug script updated to use SIGINT.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The blue LED is what other firmwares use for this device, and it's a lot
easier on the eyes than its shade of yellow, which implies an error
condition.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
[merge into existing $boardname:blue:status block]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Acked-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
TP-Link Archer C20 v4 is a router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628N+MT7610EN.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7628N/N (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 3x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 7x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power input switch
* WAN LED in this devices is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
(fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.
* MT7610EN ac chip isn't not supported by LEDE. Therefore 5Ghz won't
work.
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash LEDE image in ArcherC20v4 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-mt7628-ArcherC20v4-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
This changes device name from "TP-Link Archer C20" to "TP-Link Archer C20 v1"
because of TPLINK released new TP-Link Archer C20 v4. Additionally
migration to the generic board detection has been made.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
Match mapping of the switch LEDs according to the TP-Link
firmware behavior. LAN port 1 triggers the most right LAN LED,
LAN port 2 the second LAN LED from the right and so on.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
As long as we can't enforce image metadata, we need to use (platform)
image checks to have at least soem kind of validation.
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
Ubifs is disabled for all boards except the evaluation boards and the
Fritz!Box 4040 anyway. According the author, the ubifs support for the
Fritz!Box 4040 wasn't enabled on purpose.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Remove leftover code used for legacy images. There are no relevant
binary differences for the images after removing the legacy leftovers.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Initialise the filesystem specific build command. Otherwise it will be
unintended inherit to following images and will cause a wrong image
format.
The issue is around for ages but was only recently triggered due to the
added support for the Openmesh a42.
Fixes: FS#1276
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Some newer LTE modems, like the MC7455 or EC25-E do not support
"802.3" mode, and will stay in "raw-ip" regardless of the mode being
set.
In this case, the driver must be informed that it should handle all
packets in raw mode. [1]
This commit fixes connectivity issues for these devices.
Before:
[ Node 5 ] udhcpc -i wwan0
udhcpc: started, v1.27.2
udhcpc: sending discover
udhcpc: sending discover
udhcpc: sending discover
After:
[ Node 5 ] udhcpc -i wwan0
udhcpc: started, v1.27.2
udhcpc: sending discover
udhcpc: sending select for 100.66.245.226
udhcpc: lease of 100.66.245.226 obtained, lease time 7200
udhcpc: ifconfig wwan0 100.66.245.226 netmask 255.255.255.252 broadcast
+
udhcpc: setting default routers: 100.66.245.225
[1] https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/libqmi-
devel/2017-January/002064.html
Tested on cns3xxx using a Sierra Wireless MC7455 LTE-A
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
[bumped PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Current EnGenius ENS202EXT factory image recipe version causes factory
images of the following devices to be corrupted. This issue wasn't
visible until recent changes of image Makefile snippets order.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Remove leftover reference to a not existing kmod-usb-musb-tusb6010 from
the omap24xx target, the corresponding module is built into the kernel.
Fixes: 96815fe0a2 ("kernel: remove omap24xx specific kernel module packages")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Instead of grepping for NETWORK after calling ipcalc.sh; pass ipcalc.sh as
argument to eval allowing to use $NETWORK to retrieve the IPv4 prefix
(ip4prefix).
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP G-5HacT2HnD (wAP
AC), a small weatherproof dual band, dual-radio 802.11ac wireless AP with
integrated omnidirectional anntennae and one 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
ports.
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RBwAPG-5HacT2HnD for more info.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9556
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR
- Wireless:
· Atheros AR9550 (SoC) 802.11b/g/n 2x2:2, 2 dBi antennae
· Qualcomm QCA9880 802.11a/n/ac 3x3:3, 2 dBi antennae
- Ethernet: Atheros AG71xx (SoC, AR8033), 1x 1000/100/10 port, passive
PoE in
Working:
- Board/system detection
- Sysupgrade
- Serial console
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz radio
- 5 GHz radio
- Reset button
Not working:
- LEDs (added according to Mikrotik's GPL sources but not functional)
Unsupported:
- ZT2046Q SPI temperature and voltage sensor
Contributors: Giuseppe Tipaldi (@Ciusss89)
Ricky (@rickydee)
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: whitespace fix, use PHYADDR instead of PHYMASK]
This patch enables the PCI bus on the QCA9556 SoC, the same way it is
done on the same family SoC QCA9558.
Tested on a MikroTik RouterBoard wAPG-5HacT2HnD (wAP AC).
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
ALFA Network AC1200RM is an AC1200 router, with 5-port FE switch and
USB 2.0 port. Device is based on MediaTek MT7620A + MT7612EN.
Specification:
- MT7620A (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet with passive PoE output in WAN and LAN4
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (MT7620A)
- 2T2R 5 GHz (MT7612EN)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 9x LED (8 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- DC jack for main power input (12-24 V)
- 2x UART, I2C, I2S and LED headers
Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using UART and TFTP server):
Select option "2: Load system code then write to Flash via TFTP" and
use "sysupgrade" image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
GL.iNet GL-AR750 is a small size, dual-band (AC750) router, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2 + QCA9887. FCC ID: 2AFIW-AR750.
Specification:
- 650/597/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531)
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887)
- 1x USB 2.0 (power controlled by GPIO)
- 1x microSD (GL857L)
- 3x LED (all driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x 2-pos switch
- header for optional PoE module
- 1x micro USB for main power input
- UART + I2C header on PCB
Flash instruction:
Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt/LEDE. GUI or sysupgrade can be used
to flash OpenWrt/LEDE firmware.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network R36A is a successor of the previous model, the R36 (Ralink
RT3050F based). New version is based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2.
Specification:
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 2T2R (QCA9531) 2.4 GHz, 2x u.fl connectors on PCB
- 1x USB 2.0 (power controlled by GPIO)
- 6x LED (5 of them are driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wifi/wps)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, disabled and not used)
- DC jack for main power input (12 V)
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Teltonika RUT900 is an industrial 3G router based on Atheros AR9344.
There are available 3 other models in RUT9xx series: RUT905, RUT950 and
RUT955, which differ in availability of additional I/O ports, built-in
GSM modem type, GPS antenna and other features. FCC ID of the RUT950
model (LTE module built-in): 2AET4-RUT950.
This patch adds support for the RUT900 model only but can be easily
extended to cover whole series. Also, as there are several different
3/4G modules (Huawei, Quectel, Telit) used in whole series, packages
required for WWAN support are not included by default. It is up to the
user to install required software for built-in modem.
Specification:
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support on LAN1
- 2T2R 2,4 GHz (AR9344), with ext. PA (MGA-22103) and LNA
- built-in 3G module (example: Telit HE910-D)
- 2x miniSIM slot
- 2x RP-SMA/F (Wi-Fi), 2x SMA/F (3G)
- PCA9539 16-bit GPIO I2C expander
- 12x LED (4 are driven by AR9344, 7 by PCA9539)
- 1x button (reset)
- DC jack for main power input (9-30 V)
- UART available on PCB edge connector
Serial console pinout:
- RX: pin1 (square) on top side of the main PCB (AR9344 is on top)
- TX: pin1 (square) on bottom side
Flash instruction:
Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt CC release. Use the "factory" image
directly in GUI (make sure to uncheck "keep settings") or in U-Boot web
based recovery. To avoid any problems, make sure to first update vendor
firmware to latest version - "factory" image was successfully tested on
device running "RUT9XX_R_00.03.960" firmware and U-Boot "3.0.1".
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network N5Q is a successor of previous model, the N5 (outdoor
CPE/AP, based on Atheros AR7240 + AR9280). New version is based on
Atheros AR9344.
Specification:
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 2T2R 5 GHz (AR9344), with ext. PA (RFPA5542) and LNA, up to 27 dBm
- 8x LED (7 are driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, disabled and not used)
- header for optional 802.3at/af PoE module
- DC jack for main power input (optional, not installed by default)
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmare which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network AP91-5G is a 5 GHz outdoor AP/CPE board, based on Atheros
AR7240 + AR9280.
Specification:
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 32 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 1T1R 5 GHz (AR9280), with ext. PA (SE5004L) and LNA, up to 27 dBm
- 6x LED (5 are driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, disabled and not used)
- header for optional 802.3at/af PoE module
- DC jack for main power input (optional, not installed by default)
- UART and LEDs headers on PCB
Flash instruction:
Use "factory" image in vendor GUI (in case of problems, make sure your
board has up to date firmware). Alternatively, TFTP in U-Boot can be
used: select option "2. Load system code then write to Flash via TFTP"
during early boot and use "sysupgrade" image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
The KEXEC_FILE symbol exists for X86 since kernel 3.17, and since 4.10
for PPC64. Add it to x86/config-4.9 and to generic/config-4.14.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Several new DRM symbols that were introduced after 4.9 are missing in
the generic config for 4.14, so add them.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
While working on a new target (meson), the kernel build failed due to
missing DRM_DEBUG_MM_SELFTEST symbol. This can potentially happen on all
targets that enable DRM drivers in the kernel config or via kmod
packages, so add it to the generic config and remove it from x86
subtarget configs, together with DRM_DEBUG_MM.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Prevent emitting broken dependency statements when resolving references
to non existing packages to an empty provider list.
Fixes: 47d6b05ad3 ("metadata: always resolve dependencies through provides list")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The logic for choice between source and binary packages was reversed.
Fixes: 52719c2b67 "metadata: scripts/feeds: distinguish between source
and binary packages, resolve virtual dependencies"
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This new subtarget sets the small_flash flag and removes unused kernel
configuration.
small_flash removes KERNEL_KALLSYMS, which saves ~107KB in the default
configuration; removing unneeded hardware support from ar71xx/tiny saves
another ~18KB (both after LZMA).
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Rather than including all machines for the generic subtarget in the base
configuration, leave the base configuration without specific machines and
create a proper subtarget config for ar71xx/generic. The configuration
diffs of the mikrotik and nand subtargets get significantly shorter, as
will the configurations of future subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
While we'd like to convert ar71xx to DT-based configuration
eventually, we aren't quite there yet, and shipping half-baked DT support
that is not used at all wastes precious space.
Saves ~120KB before LZMA, ~33KB after LZMA.
Run-tested on TP-Link CPE510 and TL-WR841 v7.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Backport patches that separate spectral scan support from general debugfs
support of ath9k/ath10k; this allows to remove the dependency on
KERNEL_RELAY from these driver packages even with debugfs enabled and
avoids the memory footprint of the relay buffers allocated by ath9k/ath10k
even when they aren't used at all.
The KERNEL_RELAY dependency is moved to a new config symbol that enables
spectral scan support in these drivers.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Eventually the BUILDONLY package flag could be replaced by simply creating
a package Makefile without any BuildPackage calls. This will fail for now,
as BuildPackage also causes the Makefile's compile target etc. to do
something useful at all.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Package "features" seem to be unused for some time. In any case, custom
Config.in snippets and package PROVIDES are a much more flexible way to
express similar options.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Properly resolve build depends to source packages and runtime depends to
binary packages. Dependencies on virtual packages are resolved to the first
provider now.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Instead of adding virtual packages to the normal package list, keep a
separate list for provides, make each package provide itself, and resolve
all dependencies through this list. This allows to use PROVIDES to replace
existing packages.
Fixes FS#837.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Runtime depends cannot have a buildtype suffix, and they never refer to
source package names. In addition, this adds warnings about unsatisfiable
dependencies.
Furthermore, this change fixes the generation of conditional build
dependencies for virtual packages provided by different source packages.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Target build depends are similar to host build depends in that they refer
to source packages rather than binary packages. Therefore, it makes sense
to handle them together, rather than putting them in a list together with
runtime depends and trying to figure out if the entries refer to source or
to binary packages afterwards.
This does lead to PKG_BUILD_DEPENDS entries referring to binary package
names not working anymore, which requires some fixes in the package
repositories.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This feature has been unused for years, and its scope is too limited to be
actually useful.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Every single reference to subdir was concatenated with the source package
name, so it makes sense to store the concatenated value instead.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
We often want to access fields of a source packages through pkg->{src}.
Allow accessing them directly instead of resolving the source hash through
srcpackages.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
All build dependencies are between source packages. Interating over source
rather than binary packages simplifies parts of the code and prepares
further improvement.
As a side effect, this changes the implicit default variant of a few
packages (the first defined is used now instead of the lexicographically
first).
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Build types are a property of source rather than binary packages. This is a
preparation for followup cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Turn the srcpackage values into hashes to allow storing more information
than just binary package names.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Nothing explicitly depends on base-files, and even if it would, it would
not cause any problems. Remove the unused special case.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
18090d9 overlay: fix compilation with glibc
2a9a6ea libfstools: optimize building directory string for glob
de6b026 libfstools: support file paths longer than 255 chars
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Symbol CONFIG_INITRAMFS_FORCE allows to ignore the value passed by the
bootloader.
By default, all symbols containing INITRAMFS are wiped from the final
config and then re-added conditionally.
Add support for this symbol, as the build will stop otherwise
questioning the user about this option:
* Restart config...
*
*
* General setup
*
Cross-compiler tool prefix (CROSS_COMPILE) []
Compile also drivers which will not load (COMPILE_TEST) [N/y/?] n
...
Initial RAM filesystem and RAM disk (initramfs/initrd) support
(BLK_DEV_INITRD) [Y/n/?] y
Initramfs source file(s) (INITRAMFS_SOURCE) []
Ignore the initramfs passed by the bootloader (INITRAMFS_FORCE)
[N/y/?] (NEW)
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Disable CONFIG_PROC_PAGE_MONITOR in most places and only keep it enabled
for virtual targets such as malta or potent ones like x86.
This saves up to 4KB of uncompressed kernel size and significantly
decreases CPU load under certain workloads.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
* QCA IPQ401x
* 256 MB of RAM
* 32 MB of SPI NOR flash (s25fl256s1)
- 2x 15 MB available; but one of the 15 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=OM-A42
* 2T2R 5 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=17,variant=OM-A42
* multi-color LED (controlled via red/green/blue GPIOs)
* 1x button (reset; kmod-input-gpio-keys compatible)
* external watchdog
- triggered GPIO
* 1x USB (xHCI)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x gigabit ethernet
* powered only via POE
- 802.3af POE on Ethernet 1
- 18-24v passive POE (mode B) on Ethernet 2
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
The kernel driver gpio-wdt or the userspace tool om-watchdog can be used to
trigger external gpio watchdog chips. The gpio-wdt driver has the benefit
that it can be configured together with the rest of the device in the DTS
and better integrates in the OpenWrt via procd.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Combined Extended Images V1 can be created easily via the new image
commands using
IMAGE/sysupgrade.bin/squashfs := append-rootfs | pad-rootfs | combined-ext-image
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
The new build commands operate on the input image and use it again as
output image. This conflicts with the way combined-ext-image.sh was
operating. It required that input and output files are different files and
and that it can write freely to the output file.
This can be avoided when all intermediate build steps by
combined-ext-image.sh are done in a temporary directory. The output file is
then only overwritten in the last step.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Board Data File (BDF) is loaded upon driver boot-up procedure. The right
board data file is identified on QCA4019 using bus, bmi-chip-id and
bmi-board-id.
The problem, however, can occur when the (default) board data file cannot
fulfill the vendor requirements and it is necessary to use a different
board data file.
This problem was solved for SMBIOS by adding a special SMBIOS type 0xF8.
Something similar has to be provided for systems without SMBIOS but with
device trees. No solution was specified by QCA and therefore a new one has
to be found for ath10k.
The device tree requires addition strings to define the variant name
wifi@a000000 {
status = "okay";
qcom,ath10k-calibration-variant = "RT-AC58U";
};
wifi@a800000 {
status = "okay";
qcom,ath10k-calibration-variant = "RT-AC58U";
};
This would create the boarddata identifiers for the board-2.bin search
* bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=RT-AC58U
* bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=17,variant=RT-AC58U
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Use the generic board detection method:
- Board name: First compatible string from the device tree
- Board model: Model property from the device tree
Change occurrences of board name in userspace by the compatible
string, and removed target specific board detection script
Replace the definition of SUPPORTED_DEVICES in Device/Default
to extract the dt compatible string from each device definition.
Additionally, for devices supported by lede-17.01, append
the value of BOARD_NAME to SUPPORTED_DEVICES in the device
definition.
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Use <manufacturer>_<modelname> as image name for board using the
devicetree compat string as boardname.
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
This will allow to maintain the current syntax for LEDs config
when switching to a device tree compatible string boardname.
None of the current boards use a comma in the boardname, so they
will be unaffected.
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
There are only artifacts for these boards in our tree and not even
partial support.
Drop teh stale files.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The 4.14 kernel configuration defaulted to a v4/v5 multiplatform while
4.9 was using a v6/v7 default configuration. Resync 4.14 against 4.9 so
they are nearly identical.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Add a bunch of missing configuration symbols found while building
armvirt for 4.14 after re-synchronization of the configuration between
4.9 and 4.14.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Commit 30f61a34b4 claimed to drop -d & -p
options. In reality only -d was dropped. Update command help text to
reflect that -d is no longer a supported option.
Fixes FS#1187
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This patch updates the apm821xx target to use the 4.14 kernel.
4.14 finally ships with a driver for the WNDR4700's tc654 fan
controller. The custom driver is deprecated in favor of the
upstream driver and the thermal cooling definitions in the DTS
are updated.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
More important bug fix:
402f05c Use full-rate mtu_time in all tins. Fixes an issue where some
cake tins experienced excessive latency since 49776da (dynamically
adjust target)
Minor bug fixes:
31277c2 Avoid unsigned comparison against zero. Fix compiler warning,
no known impact.
8cf5278 ack_filter: fix TCP flag check. A very contrived case may have
lead to dropping a SYN packet that should not be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Without this patch one sdcard image with the following name is created
for all devices:
openwrt-at91-sama5--sdcard.img.gz
This makes the build system create device specific versions like:
openwrt-at91-sama5-at91-sama5d2_xplained-sdcard.img.gz
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When generating per-device rootfs directories, the ./etc/opkg/ directory
is moved away prior to calling opkg install, opkg remove and rootfs_prepare.
After the opkg invocations and the rootfs_prepare macro call, the saved opkg
config directory is supposed to be moved back to its previous ./etc/opkg
location.
The mv command however can fail to properly restore the directory under
certain circumstances, e.g. when the prior opkg or files/ overlay copy
operations caused a new ./etc/opkg/ directory to be created.
In this case, the backed up directory (named target-dir-$hash.opkg) will be
moved into the preexisting ./etc/opkg/ directory instead, causing the opkg
configuration to be located in a wrong path on the final rootfs, e.g. in
/etc/opkg/target-dir-$hash.opkg/distfeeds.conf instead of
/etc/opkg/distfeeds.conf.
Solve this problem by replacing the naive "mv" command with a recursive
"cp -T" invocation which causes the backed up directory tree to get merged
with the destination directory in case it already exists.
Also perform the rootfs_prepare macro call after restoring the opkg
configuration, to allow users to override it again by using the files/
overlay mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This solution is more upstream compatible as it only requires specifying
of_match_table in the parser code and doesn't depend on linux,part-probe
which is solution made generic by a LEDE downstream patch that can't be
upstreamed.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This backports upstream support for "compatible" DT property set for the
"partitions" subnode of flash node. It allows specifying how partitions
should be created/parsed. Right now only "fixed-partitions" is
supported.
It should eventually replace our downstream "linux,part-probe" solution.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Multicast routing support is not needed in most setups, and increases the
size of the kernel considerably (>10K after LZMA). Add a config switch to
allow disabling it.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The underlying issue breaking Spansion flash has been fixed with "mtd: spi-nor:
wait until lock/unlock operations are ready" and "mtd: spi-nor: wait for SR_WIP
to clear on initial unlock", so we can support unlocking for Winbond flash
again.
This is necessary to have writable flash on certain UBNT devices with some
bootloader versions.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Introduce a name-agnostic PROJECT_GIT variable poiting to
https://git.openwrt.org/ and declare LEDE_GIT and OPENWRT_GIT
as aliases to it.
After some transition time we can drop this alias variables.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Certain DHCP servers push a gateway outside of the assigned interface subnet,
to support those situations, install a host route towards the gateway.
If Gateway and IP are served in same network, openwrt quagga cannot learn
routes (rip routes are not getting added, showing inactive) whereas
working fine when Gateway and IP are in different network.
Signed-off-by: Mogula Pranay <mogula.pranay@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Renaming an atm etherbride using 'ip link' (via hotplug) is racy since the
original netdev might disappear before br2684ctl has finished appling it's
setting:
local2.notice br2684ctl[1667]: Interface "nas0" created sucessfully
local2.notice br2684ctl[1667]: Communicating over ATM 0.8.35, encapsulation: LLC
kern.info kernel: dsl0: renamed from nas0
kern.err kernel: br2684:br2684_regvcc: tried to attach to non-existent device
local2.err br2684ctl[1667]: Could not configure interface:No such device or address
By passing the final used netdev name to br2684ctl_wrap another race
condition workaround will be enabled again.
Change the lantiq ptm driver to create a netdev with the name dsl as well.
Albeit the rename via 'ip link' works fine so far, using a different
approach for ptm then atm could be confusing.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
br2684ctl starts automatically, set up reload triggers, which fire as soon
as a atm driver is loaded. No need to do the reload via the script.
The reload is only required as soon as we can reliable switch between atm
and ptm driver and need to be implemented in a race free way.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add the uci option nameprefix to specifc a target netdev name. Patch the
br2684ctl code to accept and set a netdev name via commandline parameters.
It allows to use the same netdev name for ATM and PTM lines on lantiq
xdsl hardware.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathis Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Enable CONFIG_VFP again which was disabled during the 4.9 -> 4.14 bump.
Boot tested both 32 and 64 bit subtargets using initramfs images with the
qemu-system-arm and qemu-system-aarch64 emulators.
Fixes: aa100b66f2 ("armvirt: bump to v4.14")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
These packages are needed to generate the image, better mark them hidden
so we will activate them based on which boards gets build and they will
be activated always when the board which needs then gets build.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
These packages are needed to generate the image, better mark them hidden
so we will activate them based on which boards gets build and they will
be activated always when the board which needs then gets build.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The fixes following problems
1. changing prefix at91bootstrap to AT91bootstrap will fix the default
selection of at91bootstrap for the selected sama5 subtarget.
2. fixed missing default selection of sama5d4 nand flash for the
selected sama5d4 subtarget.
3. corrected at91bootstrap Title name.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
neon and VFPv4 support is added to this target and uboot-at91 build
fails due to TARGET_CFLAGS -mfloat-abi set to hard. as a fix, setting
uboot-at91 CFLAGS -mfloat-abi=soft.
Fixes: 01cc6bd495 ("at91: sama5: activate fpu")
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Fixes the following dependency error encountered by the buildbots:
Package kmod-w1 is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
hwmon.ko
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
also known as
POGO-V4-A3-02
or
POGO-V4-A3-01
SoC: Marvell 88F6192 800Mhz
SDRAM memory: 128MB
Gigabit ethernet: 1 Marvell 88E1310
Flash memory: 128MB
2 status LEDs (one green one red)
1 "Eject" button on the back (used as "Reset" button)
1 USB 2.0 port (on upper side)
1 sata slot (power + data) for 2.5'' drives (upper side)
2 USB 3.0 ports from a controller on PCIe x1 of the SoC
1 full-size SDcard slot (fits a whole SD card into it)
This device supports the (linux-only) kwboot tool to send
a new uboot over serial console, so it is easy to unbrick
in case the uboot is erased and the device won't boot.
-----
Install instructions:
-----
Since it's not possible to get ssh access to these
devices, the only way to take control is to
solder pins to get TTL serial access.
Case can be opened by removing screws beneath two rubber
feet at back of device, then lifting while prying the
sides of the upper part out to unhook a latch on each
side about 2/3rds of the way toward the front.
Serial connection pins are those labeled "J11", left
of SD as you face SD opening.
Pins are (from left to right, i.e. the first in the list
is the nearest to the SD slot) GND, Rx, Tx.
Do not connect +V pin if you use a USB (self-powered)
TTL-to-USB dongle. Any USB TTL-to-USB converter will work.
Baud rate is 115200, parity "none", databits "8",
flow control "none".
Stock uboot is unable to read ubi partitions (nor usb)
so we will replace it first with our uboot.
Start a TFTP server at IP address 169.254.254.254, and
place the uboot.kwb file in the folder of the server.
Start the serial session and then power up the device.
As soon as you see text on the serial start pressing random
letter keys to stop the boot process.
If you see something like the following line you can proceed:
CE>>
Otherwise if text is still scrolling by you missed the
opportunity, pull the plug and try again.
write
printenv ethaddr
The uboot will write something like this:
ethaddr=00:50:43:00:02:02
This is the device's MAC address, also present in the sticker
under the device.
Write this down as we will need to add it in the
new uboot configuration.
Use the following commands to load the new uboot:
tftp 0x20000 u-boot.kwb
If the uboot confirms that the transfer was successful,
then you can write it to flash with the following commands:
nand erase 0 0x200000
nand write 0x20000 0 0x1c0000
if after the last command the uboot wrote
"xxxx bytes written: OK"
then it was written correctly and we can proceed.
If it did not go well, try again or ask assistence in forums.
Shutting down or rebooting at this time will brick
the device, to unbrick it you will need to use the kwboot
tool from a Linux PC or Virtual Machine.
Now write:
reset
and press enter, the device will reboot and you should see
again text scrolling by.
Press a random key to stop it, and now you should see
pogoplugv4>
We now add the MAC address back, write:
setenv ethaddr '00:50:43:00:02:02'
Confirm that the uboot has understood by writing
printenv ethaddr
If all looks ok, save the setting with
saveenv
At this point the uboot is configured, and we only need to load
the firmware in the flash memory.
Follow the steps below in "Firmware recovery procedure".
----
Firmware recovery procedure
----
The new uboot allows easy recovery from a bad firmware upgrade
where you can't access the device anymore over ssh or luci.
Take a USB flash drive formatted as FAT32, and copy the
initramfs image file in it (it will have "initramfs" in the
file name), then rename it as "initramfs.bin".
Insert the USB drive in the USB 2.0 port of the pogoplug
(the port at the top).
Power up the device, and wait for it to finish booting.
The uboot should find and load the "initramfs.bin"
from usb and if you are connected with serial you should
see the linux kernel boot log (text scrolling by).
Once it is done, press Enter and you will be greeted by
the OpenWRT banner.
If you were not connected with serial just wait a bit and,
you will be able to access it with ssh or luci web interface
(once you find its IP).
The recovery "initramfs" images are run from RAM, so you will
have to do a normal sysupgrade (firmware upgrade) to write
a firmware image to flash memory.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
add an uboot able to boot a kernel in an ubi partition
This uboot also has a "recovery" feature, before
booting from flash it will try to boot a initramfs
image called "initramfs.bin" from a FAT32-formatted
USB drive connected to the USB 2.0 port.
(u-boot lacks drivers for usb 3.0 controllers)
Just rename the initramfs image and place it on
the usb drive, the uboot will load it.
In case there is no USB drive or no such file
is found, the uboot will boot from internal flash.
The whole check takes less than a second, boot times
are not impacted.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Use <manufacturer>_<modelname> as image name.
Use the BOARD_NAME variable to ensure that the former used boardname is
still used as the subdirectory name for the sysupgrade-tar image, to
not break sysupgrade from earlier versions.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Append and enforce image metadata. Remove the device specific image
checks, they are replaced by image metadata.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Build the Seagate GoFlexHome u-boot for the Seagate GoFlexNet as well. The
name clearly indicates that the u-boot can be used for both boards
Build the Zyxel NSA310 u-boot if the NSA310B image is selected.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
There is no point in being that specifc in a generic dts covering a range
of boards. Keep only the the generic compat string to use it for a
devicetree based boardname.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
No image build code for the Guruplug, Sheevaplug and NSA310S exists. Drop
support for the boards for now.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Drop NAND_BLOCKSIZE, UBI_OPTS and UBIFS_OPTS. They are either used by
not supported filesystems or by the legacy image build code.
Add common used options/images to the default build code and override
the options where necessary.
Don't export the kernel image, it isn't required by any board.
While at it, change the file extension for the sysupgrade images to bin.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The TP-Link firmware uses (primary_mac-1) as MAC-address
for the 5GHz WiFi. This applies the same behaviour to LEDE.
Currently, the MAC-address is retrieved from eth1, which
does not exist on the Archer C7 v4. As a result from this,
every C7 v4 with LEDE carries the same MAC-Address on the 5GHz WiFi.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
There are 3 ethernet ports on Y1. LAN1 on port1, LAN2 on port0 and WAN on
port4.
Use a standalone switch configuration to match this and use the switch
trigger so that LAN LED could indicate the connetction status for both
lan ports correctly.
This patch also drop the internet led configuration, because there is a
WAN led for port4 and eth0.2 isn't always used as WAN.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Use the "low" and "high" values to configure the GPIO as an output with
that initial value. It ensures that the gpio doesn't have a unwanted value
during the time the direction is set to ouput and the actual value is
applied.
We don't need to take care of the GPIO polarity for now, since our
exported GPIOs are always active low.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Start gpio_switch before the boot state is set to up/initialised/done.
This way the exported GPIOs are available at the time rc.local is started.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Because the oldest supported kernel version on the ar71xx target is 4.4,
the condition that the kernel version is smaller than 4.4.0 is always
false. Remove the obsolete check from mach-rb4xx.c to clean up the code
a bit.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Because the oldest supported kernel version on the ar71xx target is 4.4,
the condition that the kernel version is smaller than 4.2.0 is always
false. Remove the obsolete check from ag71xx_main.c to clean up the code
a bit.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Because the oldest supported kernel version on the ar71xx target is 4.4,
the condition that the kernel version is smaller than 3.15.0 is always
false. Remove the obsolete checks from the target specific source files
to clean up the code a bit.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Disable the drivers for the following ethernet switches:
Realtek RTL8306
Realtek RTL8366/8367
Marvell 88E6060 (DSA)
Marvell 88E6063 (DSA)
Also disable the phy driver for Marvell PHYs.
None of the supported RouterBOARDs are using any device
which needs these drivers.
Disable the DSA framework too, because it is not required
by the remaining switch drivers.
This reduces the compressed kernel size by ~20KB.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The Marvell 88E6063 ethernet switch driver depends on the DSA
framework. Add a 'depends on NET_DSA' statement to its Kconfig
entry to state that explicitly.
Fixes the following Kconfig warning:
warning: (NET_DSA_MV88E6060 && NET_DSA_MV88E6063) selects NET_DSA_TAG_TRAILER which has unmet direct dependencies (NET && NET_DSA)
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Previously this was only activated for ADSL, this patch activates the
same setting also for VDSL, this feature is also support for VDSL in the
same way it works for ADSL.
I tested it with DSL FW 5.7.9.5.1.7 against a Broadcom 177.140 DSLCO
(Deutsche Telekom) and saw different data rates and Max. Attainable Data
Rates depending on the ds_snr_offset settings I choose.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The previous commit was incorrectly rebased and referred to a not
yet existing PROJECT_GIT variable.
Fixes: d86a269c1f libubox: update to latest git HEAD
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2a9a6ea libfstools: optimize building directory string for glob
de6b026 libfstools: support file paths longer than 255 chars
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Building Linux 4.4 for ar71xx throws the following warnings in
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:
CC drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.o
In file included from include/linux/irqflags.h:14:0,
from drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:20:
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c: In function 'mdiobb_read':
include/linux/typecheck.h:11:18: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
(void)(&__dummy == &__dummy2); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:63:3: note: in expansion of macro 'typecheck'
typecheck(unsigned long, flags); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:124:3: note: in expansion of macro 'raw_local_irq_save'
raw_local_irq_save(flags); \
^
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:162:2: note: in expansion of macro 'local_irq_save'
local_irq_save(flags);
^
include/linux/typecheck.h:11:18: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
(void)(&__dummy == &__dummy2); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:68:3: note: in expansion of macro 'typecheck'
typecheck(unsigned long, flags); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:126:39: note: in expansion of macro 'raw_local_irq_restore'
#define local_irq_restore(flags) do { raw_local_irq_restore(flags); } while (0)
^
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:175:2: note: in expansion of macro 'local_irq_restore'
local_irq_restore(flags);
^
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:159:11: warning: unused variable 'i' [-Wunused-variable]
int ret, i;
^
In file included from include/linux/irqflags.h:14:0,
from drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:20:
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c: In function 'mdiobb_write':
include/linux/typecheck.h:11:18: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
(void)(&__dummy == &__dummy2); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:63:3: note: in expansion of macro 'typecheck'
typecheck(unsigned long, flags); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:124:3: note: in expansion of macro 'raw_local_irq_save'
raw_local_irq_save(flags); \
^
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:185:2: note: in expansion of macro 'local_irq_save'
local_irq_save(flags);
^
include/linux/typecheck.h:11:18: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
(void)(&__dummy == &__dummy2); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:68:3: note: in expansion of macro 'typecheck'
typecheck(unsigned long, flags); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:126:39: note: in expansion of macro 'raw_local_irq_restore'
#define local_irq_restore(flags) do { raw_local_irq_restore(flags); } while (0)
^
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:200:2: note: in expansion of macro 'local_irq_restore'
local_irq_restore(flags);
^
These are caused by the 900-mdio_bitbang_ignore_ta_value and
901-phy-mdio-bitbang-prevent-rescheduling-during-command patches.
The first patch removes some code but it does not remove the variable
which is used by the removed code only.
The second patch adds local_irq_{save,restore} calls. The type of the
argument of these calls must be 'unsigned long', but the patch defines
the variable as 'long'.
Fix both patches to silence the warnings.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The NXP 74HC164 GPIO expander driver uses a different config symbol
("CONFIG_GPIO_74X164") and module name since since at least Kernel
version 2.6.37.
Update the kmod package definition accordingly by adjusting kconfig
and module file names.
This unrelated, but correct change has been separated from the
WNR2000v5 support commits.
Ref: https://github.com/lede-project/source/pull/1256
Suggested-by: Raphael Catolino <raphael.catolino@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Instead of inferring the availability of NEON support from the target
optimization flags, use a preprocessor test to decide whether to enable
ARMv8 NEON optimizations.
Fixes the following build error spotted by the mediatek/32 buildbot:
[ 26%] Building C object CMakeFiles/zlib.dir/contrib/arm/inflate.o
In file included from .../zlib-1.2.11/contrib/arm/chunkcopy.h:10:0,
from .../zlib-1.2.11/contrib/arm/inflate.c:87:
.../arm_neon.h:31:2: error: #error You must enable NEON instructions (e.g. -mfloat-abi=softfp -mfpu=neon) to use arm_neon.h
#error You must enable NEON instructions (e.g. -mfloat-abi=softfp -mfpu=neon) to use arm_neon.h
^
In file included from .../zlib-1.2.11/contrib/arm/inflate.c:87:0:
.../zlib-1.2.11/contrib/arm/chunkcopy.h:18:9: error: unknown type name 'uint8x16_t'
typedef uint8x16_t chunkcopy_chunk_t;
^
[...]
CMakeFiles/zlib.dir/build.make:302: recipe for target 'CMakeFiles/zlib.dir/contrib/arm/inflate.o' failed
Fixes: 3acecba520 "package/libs/zlib: Add ARM and NEON optimizations"
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In order to properly support 802.11w, hostapd needs to advertise a group
management cipher when negotiating associations.
Introduce a new per-wifi-iface option "ieee80211w_mgmt_cipher" which
defaults to the standard AES-128-CMAC cipher and always emit a
"group_mgmt_cipher" setting in native hostapd config when 802.11w is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The Annex A and Annex B version are using the same (old) userspace
boardname. Update the SUPPORTED_DEVICES to allow an update from lede-17.01.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
A self-dependency is not an error worth a warning; rather, it is very
common: whenever there are dependencies between different binary packages
originating from the same source package, such dependencies occur. Not
actually generating dependency rules is correct, but already handled a few
lines below.
A typo prevented this redundant rule from working, which is the reason the
warning was not actually printed.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Supermicro puts "Super Server" into their product_name DMI value
for a whole slew of products, making this value about as useful
as not having been filled in at all. Instead, fall back on the
board_name instead.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
There might be other places (such as vendor-supplied preinit scripts)
where we wish to take a DMI name and clean it up in a consistent way,
so make the sed command into a function.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Rename unwinder config symbols to match upstream changes.
Refresh patches.
Update patch that no longer applies: 202-reduce_module_size.patch
Also enable CONFIG_PAGE_TABLE_ISOLATION. This feature was backported
from 4.15 to the 4.14 stable series. It is enabled by default, so enable
it in OpenWrt as well.
Compile-tested on x86/64.
Runtime-tested on x86/64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
While bumping 4.14, the kernel build failed due to missing CONFIG_KASAN
symbol. Move it to generic config instead of defining it for all arm64
and x86/64 targets.
It was only added in 4.0, so not needed in config-3.18.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
When using the uci.sh wrapper, allow parameters to match those supported
by the uci binary i.e. "uci rename <config>.<section>[.<option>]=<name>".
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Some packages such as Python/Python3 (host pip/pip3) needs this
to compile.
More detailed explanation provided by Alexandru:
"i need the zlib/host for Python/Python3 ; because, it seems the
host pip/pip3 needs this to work ; i suspect in older versions
this worked, because some of the host's build env would be used
in the build, and then the zlib-dev from the host distro would
be used ; now, the host-build does not seem to have any
-I/usr/include stuff, which is good
and it also seems that Python/Python3 does not like it if the
zlib-dev package is too old, so using this zlib/host would be
good for this as well"
Source:
https://github.com/lede-project/source/pull/1329#issuecomment-351055861
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
a5954cf procd: Add %m to several functions that return errno.
810d7a5 procd: Remove redundant errno variable in several printf functions.
fa5ce1c procd: Replace strerror(errno) with %m.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Add the uas(p) module to the modules loaded early on the boot process.
The uas(p) is an modern alternative, which is used by the modern USB3
storage cases, compared to the bot protocol. To be able to use uas(p)
storage cases for extroot, the kernel module has to be loaded before the
search for extroot has been called. This patch changes the load order to
support uas(p) storage cases for extroot.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Albers <daniel.albers@public-files.de>
11efbf3 overlay: fix race condition when switching to jffs2
bdeb95a libblkid-tiny: add support for NTFS superblock
ef2cc03 fstools: Replace strerror(errno) with %m format.
98fd5b4 libblkid-tiny: add support for UBI superblock
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Use flock to protect init script from concurrent execution
(of the same script).
Important for services which generate native config files.
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Signed-off-by: Andrejs Hanins <ahanins@gmail.com>
This is needed for procd init script protection to work.
flock adds 4248 bytes to stripped busybox binary.
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
The CPU sub type was set to a CPU version with FPU, but the FPU feature
was not activated before, so a soft float toolchain was created.
Activate also the FPU feature to create the correct toolchain.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This activates neon and VFPv4 support for this target. The CPU support
these feature so also use them.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In current state, if there is START but no STOP, enbale()
will return 1 (failure), which is wrong.
Moreover there is no need to check for START/STOP twice.
Instead, add err variable to save success state and
and return it's value.
Also eliminate the need to disable() by using 'ln -sf',
which will first delete the old symlink if one exists.
Changes from v1:
- fixed description
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
5beb95d lua: additionally return name when looking up sections
ff33bb2 lua: support extended section notation
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fix overhead accounting error introduced by f33c4d6 refactor
cake_advance_shaper and ack_filter
Symptoms were links running under rate.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Since BusyBox 1.25.0 dd command supports iflag=skip_bytes which allows
skipping requested amount of bytes without reducing blocksize. Thanks to
this we can leave default blocksize and let dd work more efficiently.
On Netgear R6250 "dd skip=58 iflag=skip_bytes" can be 5 times faster
than "dd bs=58 skip=1" when extracting TRX out of CHK.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It's a device based on BCM5365P (0x5365 package 0x00). This SoC has
USB 1.1 controller but device has two USB 2.0 parts. They are handled by
PCI-based controllers: 1106:3038 UHCI and 1106:3104 EHCI.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This was broken in 7bab49fd ("lantiq: add compatible strings to dts
files"), causing for the dm200 garbled serial output during boot, and
likely other issues.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
[fix the compat string of the P2601HNFX as well]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Enabling IPTABLES_NFTABLES resulted in an error during build:#
*** No rule to make target '../extensions/libext.a',
needed by 'xtables-compat-multi'."
Comments from Alexander Lochmann and Fedor Konstantinov in FS#711
provided fixes for this build error, allowing iptables to compile.
https://bugs.lede-project.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=711.
This commit updates the Makefile.am xtables_compat_multi_LDFLAGS
and _LDADD, moving linking of extensions to LDFLAGS.
Signed-off-by: rektide de la faye <rektide@voodoowarez.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
That patch fixes handling SPI messages with two writing transfers. It's
important when using e.g. by m25p80 driver which uses one transfer for
opcode and another one for data.
Thanks to that fix we can now drop m25p80 workaround patch. It means one
less hack and also a better flash writing performance as there is no
more data buf copying.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Since dropbear clears the environment, FAILSAFE was not set as intended in
failsafe mode. This also broke sysupgrade from failsafe mode over SSH.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Unconditionally pass TARGET_CPPFLAGS (not passed at all before) and
TARGET_LDFLAGS (passed only in certain non-default configuration before the
Makefile streamlining). Without these flags, hardening options
(PKG_FORTIFY_SOURCE and PKG_RELRO) were not actually applied to busybox.
The addition of these flags increases the size of the stripped busybox
binary by about 6KB (~4KB with fortify headers, ~2KB with "-znow -zrelro")
with the default hardening options PKG_FORTIFY_SOURCE_1 and PKG_RELRO_FULL.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Use default Build/Install steps where possible. No binary change in default
configuration, so PKG_RELEASE is not incremented.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Some packages, e.g. busybox, explicitly remove old .configured stamps
before attempting configuration, rather than after the actual configuration
step. This seems like a good idea, as there will be no stamp left if
configuration fails. Change generic rules to work like this, so package-
specific rules can be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Send a SIGHUP signal via procd to the dnsmasq service so the instance(s)
re-read(s) the /tmp/hosts/dhcp config.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
If the hostname in /etc/config/system is modified the dnsmasq should also
get triggered to rewrite/reload the config.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
A lot of 1U x86_64 servers have NVMe support, which is lower-power
and higher speed than SSD or CFast drives, etc. The drivers
required to make this work are trivial.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
PKG_BUILD_DIR was defined with quoting PKG_VERSION in
layerscape package makefiles. Now PKG_VERSION has been
removed from these makefiles. When PKG_BUILD_DIR quotes
PKG_VERSION, '=' should be used instead ':=' to make
sure PKG_VERSION has been defined in common makefile.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Intel motherboards (as well as the Cavium ThunderX SoC) use a
superset of the I2C protocol called SMBus.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Remove a stray -Wp left in host_c_flags causing build failures for newer
4.14 versions.
Reported-by: Michael Marley <michael@michaelmarley.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Advantages:
- preserves existing partition layout on the sd-card.
Only the boot and rootfs partition will be overwritten.
Please note that sysupgrade will refuse to upgrade, if the existing
installation has an incompatible partition layout. Future changes
to the bootfs and/or rootfs partition size will likely cause breakage
to the sysupgrade procedure. In these cases, the ext4-sdcard.img.gz
will have to be written to the sdcard manually.
Please don't forget to backup your configuration in this case.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Use the values populated by the generic board detect function. The
first compatible from the device tree source file will be the board
name in userspace. The model property from the device tree source file
will be the model name.
Change the board name where used in the userspace and drop the target
specific board detect, to use the generic one.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds the compatible string for the various RPIs from
4.14 upstream.
Note: The 4.14 upstream does not include the compute modules.
If the CM* would just house the SoC, it could in theory use the
"raw" chip compatible string. However, these CM boards also come
with RAM and eMMC. So they have to have a proper comaptible.
For now, "raspberrypi,compute-module-{1|3}" will be good enough.
Note2: The original CM was renamed to CM1 when CM3 was released.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch converts all the raspberrypi images to utilize
the common metadata-based image verification.
Note: the CM1 and CM3 currently use the same "rpi-cm"
boardname.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
439b9b6c (tag: v1.29.0) Update manual pages
48498452 Bump up version number to v1.29.0, LT revision to 29:1:15
d30f3816 Update manual pages
4d1139f6 Remove SPDY
48f57407 nghttpx: Update doc
c1f14d73 Update manual pages
216f4dad nghttpx: Remove redundant check
a4e27d76 Revert "nghttpx: Use an existing h2 backend connection as much as possible"
2365f12e Fix CMAKE_MODULE_PATH
03f7ec0f nghttpx: Write API request body in temporary file
2056e812 nghttpx: Increase api-max-request-body
1ebb6810 nghttpx: Faster configuration loading with lots of backends
a3ebeeaf nghttpx: Fix crash with --backend-http-proxy-uri option
422ad1be Use NGHTTP2_REFUSED_STREAM for streams which are closed by GOAWAY
97f1735c Bump up version number to 1.29.0
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
f40f84c support PantechMode
d8dc335 support Quanta and Blackberry modes
333e486 fix support for Option modems
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Commit c312cef223 ("ar71xx: spi-rb4xx fix.") replaced the clk_enable() call
with clk_prepare_enable() to meet the common clock framework requirements.
However it did not change the clk_disable() call in the error patch which
thus leads to imbalance.
Fix the code by using the correct counterpart of clk_prepare_enable() in both
places.
Fixes: c312cef223 ("ar71xx: spi-rb4xx fix.")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
A few UBI messages lacks the trailing newline character which
leads to ugly lines in the bootlog like this:
[ 6.649159] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6[ 6.667751] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2196K
Add a newline character to the end of the messages to fix it.
After the fix the line from above looks better in the log:
[ 6.609182] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6
[ 6.627599] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2132K
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
A few UBI messages lacks the trailing newline character which
leads to ugly lines in the bootlog like this:
[ 6.649159] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6[ 6.667751] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2196K
Add a newline character to the end of the messages to fix it.
After the fix the line from above looks better in the log:
[ 6.609182] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6
[ 6.627599] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2132K
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
A few UBI messages lacks the trailing newline character which
leads to ugly lines in the bootlog like this:
[ 6.649159] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6[ 6.667751] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2196K
Add a newline character to the end of the messages to fix it.
After the fix the line from above looks better in the log:
[ 6.609182] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6
[ 6.627599] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2132K
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The value DSL_ChipSetHWVersion is fetched from the dsl frontend
via the dsl_control service, but not really provided by the dsl
frontend firmware and for now always "UNKNOWN".
The lantiq support told us that this information wouldn't be
provided in the foreseeable future, so let's remove this
useless "UNKNOWN" information.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Use a more appropriate compatible string. Fix the wireless led GPIO and
add the default wireless trigger. Use the wireless LED for boot state
indication as well.
Remove the GPIO pinmux for pins not exposed on the board.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
TP-Link TL-MR3420 v5 are simple N300 router with
5-port FE switch and non-detachable antennas.
Its very similar to TP-Link TL-WR841N V13.
Specification:
- MT7628N/N (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- USB 2.0 Port
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 8x LED, 2x button, power input switch
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash LEDE image in mr3420v5 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.225/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "lede-ramips-mt7628-tplink_tl-mr3420-v5-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Move common tplink image build code into own recipe. Include the common
parts instead of including a full build recipe and overwriting former set
varaibles.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
7aa2594 odhcpd: Replace strerror(errno) with %m format
750e457 Support muliple RAs on single interface
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD 921GS-5HPacD r2
(mANTBox 15s), an outdoor sector antenna with a built-in 802.11ac
wireless router. Additionally, it adds a new profile for devices with
>= 128 MB NAND flash and 802.11ac to the ar71xx/mikrotik subtarget.
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RB921GS-5HPacD-15S for more info.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558 (720 MHz)
- RAM: 128 MB
- Storage: 128 MB NAND
- Wireless: external QCA9822 802.11a/ac 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 1x 1000/100/10 Mbps, integrated, via AR8031 PHY, passive PoE in
- SFP: 1x host
Working:
- Board/system detection
- NAND storage detection
- Wireless
- Ethernet
- 1x user LED
- Reset button
- Sysupgrade
Untested:
- SFP cage (probably not working)
Installation:
- Boot initramfs image via TFTP and then flash sysupgrade image
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Apply code from commits 9e1bc27e6d
(ar71xx: Fix UBIFS work on Mikrotik RB95x devices) and
665bb27499 (ar71xx: fix invalid pointer
dereference in rb95x_nand_scan_fixup()) to RB92x devices too.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
The git hash was changed for multiple layerscape packages without
changing the version number. The LEDE build system will not download the
packages again if the old version is already there and so some people
and the build bots are using wrong version of some packages. Use
PKG_SOURCE_DATE instead of PKG_VERSION to generate packages with the
date and the first charterers of the git hash. This will change the file
name and make the build system download them again, also if in future
the git hash is changed the file name will change and trigger a new
download.
This should fix a problem spotted by build bot.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch converts all apm821xx devices to the device-tree
board-detection method. All instances of the legacy
boardnames (mbl,mr24,...) are converted to "vendor,device"
identifier.
The custom board-detection code in apm821xx.sh is removed as
it no longer serves any purpose.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch enables metadata-supported image verification
for all apm821xx supported devices. Since this method comes
with a built-in image verification tool (fwtool), the previous
image checks can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Currently, the device name handle does not include the
manufacturer. This can make it hard do differentiate
between products from different vendors that have the
same product name. As the handle is used to derive
the image name.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch rename all the DT source files in order to
match upstream's "manufacturer-device.dts" format.
Please note that the DEVICE_DTB isn't changed. This is
because the u-boot of the MyBook Live defines the
fdt_file variable to be "apollo3g/apollo3g.dtb".
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Meraki choose to use their product's codename as the main
compatible string. Mathias Kresin commented that this is
a poor choice as this will confuse the users and devs once
the device-tree compatible is used for board-detection and
possible the image name.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch appends the "apm,bluestone" or "amcc,apollo3g"
machine compatible string to the current device tree source.
Please note that unlike other archs the PPC DT code does
not regard the machine's compatible string as a priority
list. This is explained in the kernel's usage-model.txt as follows:
"PowerPC uses a slightly different scheme where it calls the .probe()
hook from each machine_desc, and the first one returning TRUE is used.
However, this approach does not take into account the priority of the
compatible list, and probably should be avoided for new architecture
support."
For this reason, the "apm,bluestone" compatible string can't be
added to the WNDR4700. As otherwise the target specific pci
fix-up code will get ignored and this causes the ath9k WIFI
to not get initialized.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch sets the BOARD_NAME variable on each affected
apm821xx device. The existing DEVICE_PROFILE and
DEVICE_NAME assignments are deprecated as they no longer
serve any purpose.
The BOARD_NAME variable is used by the sysupgrade-tar
method to specifiy a directory overwrite for the
sysupgrade-$dir directory in the generated tar file.
Keeping the original boardname in this context will be
necessary for targets that utilize the sysupgrade-tar
method. Otherwise, sysupgrade on an previous installation
will not recognize the newly generated images.
This step is necessary since an upcoming patch realigns
the existing shortname for a device with a proper
"manufacturer_device" identifier.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The commit 87b668765e
("image: when using the new image build code, gzip ext4 images by default")
forced that all targets that select the ext4 as the root filesystem
to always compress the generated rootfs. This is fine, but this method
doesn't not allow to append the metadata on a per-target base.
Therefore this patch changes the rootfs image production rule to generate
the gzip step manually. This way the metadata can be appended at a later
date.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
"PandoraBox" is not the name of the manufacturer, it's a firmware made by
the manufacturer actually. Their official English name is "D-Team".
PBR-M1 is the only one they use "PandoraBox" as a brand name. Their other
products are using "Newifi" as their trademark (including Y1 and Y1S which
used to be OEM products for Lenovo).
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Previously Newifi D2 could only use PandoraBox M1's firmware.
It works fine, but LED GPIO is different.
As a result, a separated DTS file for this device should be implemented.
Hardware spec:
* CPU: MTK MT7621A
* RAM: 512MB
* ROM: 32MB SPI Flash
* WiFi: MTK MT7603+MT7612
* Button: 2 buttons (reset, wps)
* LED: 3 single-color LEDs (USB, WiFi 2.4GHz, WiFi 5GHz) &
2 dual-color LEDs (Power, Internet)
* Ethernet: 5 ports, 4 LAN + 1 WAN
Installation method:
Same as Newifi D1, users may need to request unlock code from the device
manufacturer. Otherwise, a SPI flash programmer may be necessary to get
the firmware flashed. After the device is unlocked, press and hold reset
button before power cable plugs in. Then go to http://192.168.1.1 to
upload and flash the firmware package.
Signed-off-by: Jackson Ming Hu <huming2207@gmail.com>
The VAR11N-300 is a tiny wireless-N device with a hardwired Ethernet
cable, one extra Ethernet port, and an internal antenna, based on the
MediaTek MT7620n chipset.
Specs:
- MT7620n WiSoC @ 600MHz
- 32 MB SDRAM
- 4 MB SPI flash
- 2T2R 2.4GHz WiFi-N
- 1 attached 10/100 Ethernet cable (LAN)
- 1 10/100 Ethernet port (WAN)
- 1 attached USB / barrel 5vdc power cable
- 5 LEDs (see notes below)
- 1 reset button
- 1 UART (3 pads on board)
Installation:
The stock firmware does not support uploading new firmware directly,
only checking the manufacturer's site for updates. This process may be
possible to spoof, but the update check uses some kind of homebrew
encryption that I didn't investigate. Instead, you can install via a
backdoor:
1. Set up a TFTP server to serve the firmware binary
(lede-ramips-mt7620-var11n-300-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin)
2. Factory reset the device by holding the reset button for a few
seconds.
3. Open the web interface (default IP: 192.168.253.254)
4. Log in with the "super admin" credentials: username `vonets`,
password `vonets26642519`.
5. On the "Operative Status" page, click the text "System Uptime", then
quickly click the uptime value.
6. If successful, an alert dialog will appear reading "Ated start", and
the device will now accept telnet connections. If the alert does not
appear, repeat step 5 until it works (the timing is a bit tricky).
7. Telnet to the device using credentials "admin / admin"
8. Retrieve the firmware binary from the tftp server: `tftp -l lede.bin
-r lede-ramips-mt7620-var11n-300-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin -g
<tftp-server-ip>`
9. Write the firmware to flash: `mtd_write write lede.bin /dev/mtd4`
10. Reboot
Tested:
- LAN / WAN ethernet
- WiFi
- LAN / WAN / status LED GPIOs (see notes below)
- Reset button
- Sysupgrade
Notes:
LEDs:
The board has 5 LEDs - two green LEDs for LAN / WAN activity, one blue
LED for WiFi, and a pair of "status" LEDs connected to the same GPIO
(the blue LED lights when the GPIO is low, and the green when it's
high). I was unable to determine how to operate the WiFi LED, as it
does not appear to be controlled by a GPIO directly.
Recovery:
The default U-boot installation will only boot from flash due to a
missing environment block. I generated a valid 4KB env block using
U-boot's `fw_setenv` tool and wrote it to flash at 0x30000 using an
external programmer. After this, it was possible to enter the U-boot
commandline interface and download a new image via TFTP (`tftpboot
81b00000 <image-filename>`), but while I could boot this image
sucessfully (`bootm`), writing it to flash (`cp.linux`) just corrupted
the flash chip. The sysupgrade file can be written to flash at 0x50000
using an external programmer.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Crawley <acrawley@gmail.com>
Add a helper variable which contains the boardname separated from the
vendor name. It allows to switch to a device tree compatible string
based boardname, by keeping the $board:colour:function syntax in
scripts handling/adding config for LEDs.
Boards not using the device tree compatible string as based boardname
are unaffected by the change, since none of them uses a comma in the
boardname.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use <manufacturer>_<modelname> as image name for board using the
devicetree compat string as boardname.
Replace the underline of the device define, to keep the SUPPORTED_DEVICES
in sync with a devicetree compat string based boardname.
Override the default SUPPORTED_DEVICES for board which are having an
userspace boardname with an underline.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The LinkIt Smart 7688/LinkIt Smart 7688 Duo are identical beside the
extra ATmega32U4 - accessible via UART - on the the Duo.
Since all relevant hardware is identical, drop the Duo special handling
in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In commit 2b1ec44dbd ("layerscape: add ls1012afrdm device support")
The git revision and the mirror hash for this package was updated to a
version which includes ls1012afrdm-uboot.bin, but the file name at
dl/uboot-layerscape-armv8_32b-2017.09.tar.xz staid the same. This way
most user did not download the new version but used the old file.
Convert this package to the normal git clone parameters by using
PKG_SOURCE_DATE instated of PKG_VERSION, now the file name in dl also
contains the git hash and should change every time the git hash is
updated.
This should fix a problem spotted by build bot.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
LEDE Flyspray Task 1091:
Fix libiconv-full 'undefined reference' compile linker error using GCC7 Musl
Tested with targets x86 (i386 and x86_64)
Addition of CFLAGS "std=gnu89" fixes the linker issues, credit to harrylwc
Issue found with 'minidlna' package, which depends on 'libiconv-full'
Error in compile log:
../lib/.libs/libiconv.so: undefined reference to `aliases_lookup'
../lib/.libs/libiconv.so: undefined reference to `aliases2_lookup'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Makefile:64: recipe for target 'iconv_no_i18n' failed
Signed-off-by: Jake Staehle <jacob@staehle.us>
If we need to set the initial output value to GPIOF_OUT_INIT_HIGH (1) to
enable something, the pin is ACTIVE_HIGH. The same applies to
GPIOF_OUT_INIT_LOW (0) and ACTIVE_LOW.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In the stock firmware both eth0 and eth1 are set to br-lan,
add this behavior to our images.
Fixes: FS#1084
Signed-off-by: Marty E. Plummer <hanetzer@protonmail.com>
The status led part was missed when changing the board name to *-nor.
Fixes: e12c72bb52 ("brcm63xx: Add Sercomm AD1018 support")
Reported-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Use <manufacturer>_<modelname> as image name.
Use the BOARD_NAME variable to ensure that the former used boardname is
still used as the subdirectory name for the sysupgrade-tar image, to
not break sysupgrade from earlier versions.
While at it, normalise the image filenames by using only lower case
characters and bin as file extension for sysupgrade images.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the first compatible string as board name in userspace. Add the new
board name as well as the former used board name to the image metadata
to keep compatibilty with already deployed installations.
Don't add the former used boardname for boards which exists only in
master or evaluation boards.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This adds basic support for kernel 4.14, this was tested in qemu only.
The subtarget configuration was refresh with kernel 4.14 and the
options needed to make it compile on kernel 4.9 were added manually.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Kernel 4.14 has the version number 4.14 and not 4.14.0. This was
different in some older Linux kernel versions, This change makes it
possible to use kernel 4.14 without any minor version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
kmod-lib-lzo and kmod-lib-lz4 depend in kernel 4.14 on
kmod-crypto-acompress, add this missing dependency.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CONFIG_FRAMEBUFFER_CONSOLE does not activate new modules any more in
kernel 4.14, but CONFIG_FRAMEBUFFER_CONSOLE is now a boolean option
which change the kmod-fb package. kmod-fbcon should be split up.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This deactivates the following options which were introduced between
kernel 4.9 and 4.14 in some kernel packages:
CONFIG_INET_ESP_OFFLOAD
CONFIG_INET6_ESP_OFFLOAD
CONFIG_LWTUNNEL_BPF
CONFIG_NET_9P_XEN
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In kernel 4.14 kmod-bluetooth depends on kmod-crypto-ecdh, add
kmod-crypto-ecdh to LEDE.
Both packages also depend on the kmod-crypto-kpp package. To build this
we have to fix the dependency of CRYPTO_ECDH which has a typo.
This patch is already accepted upstream.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In kernel 4.14 kmod-crypto-hw-ccp depends on kmod-crypto-rsa, add it.
kmod-crypto-rsa also packages the ASN1 parser and some other code which
is currently only used by this module.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In kernel 4.14 kmod-dm depends on kmod-dax.
Add DAX: "Direct access to differentiated memory" to LEDE.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In kernel 4.14 hwmon support can be deactivated for the tg3 driver,
deactivate it by default to save some space.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds initial support for kernel 4.14 based on the patches for
kernel 4.9.
In the configuration I deactivated some of the new possible security
features like:
CONFIG_REFCOUNT_FULL
CONFIG_SLAB_FREELIST_HARDENED
CONFIG_SOFTLOCKUP_DETECTOR
CONFIG_WARN_ALL_UNSEEDED_RANDOM
And these overlay FS options are also deactivated:
CONFIG_OVERLAY_FS_INDEX
CONFIG_OVERLAY_FS_REDIRECT_DIR
I activated this:
CONFIG_FORTIFY_SOURCE
CONFIG_POSIX_TIMERS
CONFIG_SLAB_MERGE_DEFAULT
CONFIG_WATCHDOG_HANDLE_BOOT_ENABLED
I am not sure if I did the porting correct for the following patches:
target/linux/generic/backport-4.14/020-backport_netfilter_rtcache.patch
target/linux/generic/hack-4.14/220-gc_sections.patch
target/linux/generic/hack-4.14/321-powerpc_crtsavres_prereq.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.14/305-mips_module_reloc.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.14/611-netfilter_match_bypass_default_table.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.14/680-NET-skip-GRO-for-foreign-MAC-addresses.patch
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Just refresh the kernel configuration, some options are removed because
they are now in the generic kernel configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
These are taken from the x86 target and should make support kernel 4.9
and 4.14 in the x86 target easier.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The default e1000e parameters (interrupt throttling rate, MSI/MSI-X
mode) are optimized for desktop and server computers to optimize
user-space execution (i.e. what's typically referred to as "useful"
work). This assumption breaks on a router under load where most of
the "useful" work actually takes place either in hardware interrupt
handlers (IRQ) or at software IRQ (swirq) modes, so we try to reflect
that by overriding these parameters with more appropriate values.
Patch-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Cover temperature sensors for all mainstream 64-bit processors, including
AMD 10h and 15h families, Intel iCore, Xeon, Atom, and Via Nano. Also
add CPUID support for user-space applications to detect CPU type.
Include the on-chip sensors for 64-bit CPU's in the generic profile
in case someone builds a 32-bit kernel to run on a Xeon SoC, etc.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Backport the mdio-bus reset gpio support from 4.12 and use it instead
of toggling the reset ourself.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Add support for the Sercomm AD1018 router
This a BCM6328 based board, 128 MB RAM, 128 MiB NAND flash,
with an onboard BCM43217 wifi, 4 ethernet ports and 1 USB
host port (not soldered). The board also has an FXS chip (Si32177)
connected via SPI (SS2#), without support in LEDE.
Since NAND flash chips aren't still supported in brcm63xx, the
support is for now added to work only with SPI flash chips. Therefore
hardware modding, soldering a new SPI flash chip, is required
to make the board work with LEDE (tested and working OK).
The flash at dts is intentionally left without partitioning to let
the user choose a NOR chip of any size (8, 16 or 32 MB).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[jonas.gorski: renamed ad1018 to ad1018-nor to signify the modification]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Since Linux 4.6, mtd->priv no longer points to the NAND specific
structure. Under 4.9 it contains NULL, thus using it to access
chip->options causes an invalid pointer dereference (FS#1200).
Update the code to use the mtd_to_nand() helper under 4.9 to obtain
the address of the chip specific data.
Fixes: 7bbf4117c6 ("ar71xx: Add kernel 4.9 support")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Since Linux 4.6, mtd->priv no longer points to the NAND specific
structure. Under 4.9 it contains NULL, thus using it to access
the fields of the nand_chip structure causes an invalid pointer
dereference.
Update the code to use the mtd_to_nand() helper under 4.9 to obtain
the address of the chip specific data.
Compile tested only.
Fixes: 7bbf4117c6 ("ar71xx: Add kernel 4.9 support")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Tested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
When mtdsplit_minor.c is compiled under Linux 4.4, the compiler
drops the following warning:
CC drivers/mtd/mtdsplit/mtdsplit_minor.o
drivers/mtd/mtdsplit/mtdsplit_minor.c:106:14: warning: initialization from incompatible pointer type [-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
.parse_fn = mtdsplit_parse_minor,
^
drivers/mtd/mtdsplit/mtdsplit_minor.c:106:14: note: (near initialization for 'mtdsplit_minor_parser.parse_fn')
The second parameter of the parser function must not have a 'const'
qualifier in 4.4. The 001-mtdsplit_backport.patch removes the qualifier
from other partition parsers. Update it to handle mtdsplit_minor.c as
well.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
There has been recent significant activity with the cake qdisc of late
Some of that effort is related to upstreaming to kernel & iproute2
mainline but we're not quite there yet. This commit teaches tc how to
activate and interprete the latest cake operating modes, namely:
ingress mode: Instead of only counting packets that make it past the
shaper, include packets we've decided to drop as well, since they did
arrive with us on the link and took link capacity.
This mode is more suitable for shaping the ingress of a link
(e.g. from ISP) rather than the more normal egress.
ack-filter/ack-filter-aggressive: Filter excessive TCP ACKS. Useful in
highly assymetric links (downstream v upstream capacity) where the
majority of upstream link capacity is occupied with ACKS for downstream
traffic.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
There has been recent significant activity with the cake qdisc of late
but in the cobalt branch. Some of that effort is related to upstreaming
to kernel & iproute2 mainline but we're not quite there yet. Relevant
feature changes:
ingress mode: Instead of only counting packets that make it past the
shaper, include packets we've decided to drop as well, since they did
arrive with us on the link and took link capacity.
This mode is more suitable for shaping the ingress of a link
(e.g. from ISP) rather than the more normal egress.
ptm mode: Minor optimisation in packet overhead calculation.
dual-src/dsthost/triple-isolate: Optimise only calculating src or dst
host hashes only if required.
ack-filter/ack-filter-aggressive: Filter excessive TCP ACKS. Useful in
highly assymetric links (downstream v upstream capacity) where the
majority of upstream link capacity is occupied with ACKS for downstream
traffic.
A separate iproute2 patch to teach it about Cake's new features will
follow.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Remove PACKAGE_uhttpd_debug config as this is an unused leftover
Add CONFIG_uhttpd_lua to PKG_CONFIG_DEPENDS
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 256990cbc0.
this commit caused a compile error
"TL_WR1043_V5_GPIO_LED_WANORANGE" is undefined.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Including version.mk sets PKG_CONFIG_DEPENDS to config entries used for
VERSION_SED command. We should keep these configs to make sure package
gets refreshed when needed.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
When calling a download target, hash verification is now completely
skipped if we set PKG_HASH=skip.
This allows to easily bump package version:
$ make package/<mypackage>/download PKG_HASH=skip V=s
$ make package/<mypackage>/check FIXUP=1 V=s
This will download the new version of the package, and then automatically
update PKG_HASH with the hash of the new version. Of course, it is still
the responsibility of the packager to ensure that the new tarball is
legitimate, because it is downloaded from a possibly untrusted source.
Fixes: b30ba14e ("scripts/download.pl: fail loudly if provided hash is unsupported")
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Add missing definitions for the orange WAN LED on the TL-WR1043N(D) v4 and
v5. Minor format correction on a constant for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Tim Thorpe <tim@tfthorpe.net>
mktplinkfw/mktplinkfw2 utilities put JFFS2 EOF market only at 64KB
boundary, this could lead to current device configuration lost during
the sysupgrade on a device, which is equpped with flash with the 4KB
erase block size (e.g. TP-Link Archer C20).
This happens when 64KB and 4KB alignments do not match, so the JFFS2
data is written not exactly at the partition beginnig and startup
scripts can not find the JFFS2 during the first boot just after the
sysupgrade.
Fix this by placing additional JFFS2 EOF marker at a 4KB boundary. Also
keep the marker at 64KB intact, so the utilities will produce images
suitable for devices with both 4KB and 64KB erase blocks.
Fixes: 29a2c2ea80 (add ability to put
jffs2 eof marker into the image)
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the switch port numbering on Mikrotik RB951Ui-2nD (hAP).
Also fixes the switch port numbering shown on LuCI for Mikrotik RB493G.
Signed-off-by: João Chaínho <joaochainho@gmail.com>
Since /overlay/upper appeared, -b ignored -c silently (cause it was
still checking for /overlay/etc). Now, if /overlay/upper is absent,
sysupgrade -c will fail and exit verbosely.
Fix -l to consider -c (it never did).
Clean up to always use /overlay/upper/xxx instead of still checking
for /overlay/xxx.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Advantages:
- preserves existing partition layout. On the hard-drive.
Only the boot and rootfs partition will be overwritten.
Disadvantages:
- The upgrade process takes much longer to run.
from 2-3 seconds to 15-25 seconds.
Please note that sysupgrade will refuse to upgrade, if the existing
installation has an incompatible partition layout. Future changes
to the bootfs and/or rootfs partition size will likely cause breakage
to the sysupgrade procedure. In these cases, the ext4-rootfs.img.gz
has to be written manually onto the disk. Please don't forget to backup
your configuration in this cases.
Note2: This patch requires
"base-files: upgrade: make get_partitions() endian agnostic"
Note3: If your current installation does not host the two
changes, sysupgrading will wipe the existing partition
layout. Don't forget to backup your data!
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Please note that users with a Netgear WNDR4700
will need to update the device-tree partition
manually.
For instructions, please refere to commit 49856a4bb5
("apm821xx: make it possible to update the dtb partition on the WNDR4700")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Lantiq and IPQ806X (which includes IPQ40XX) both define the
same custom function {ipq806x|lantiq}_get_dt_led.
This patch moves the function into the base-file package at
lib/functions/leds.sh to make it more accessible for other
targets as well.
Cc: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The bcm6368 pinctrl driver passed the wrong variable to
devm_regmap_field_alloc, causing it to blow up when later trying to
access the field.
Fixes#1211.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
To not clutter the system when building an opkg free image, generate the
distfeeds.conf only if CLEAN_IPKG is unset.
Since opkg is now a shared package, we can't rely on PACKAGE_opkg, but
since opkg is not reasonably usable without the status information, we
can tie the distfeeds.conf to it.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Ensure /etc/opkg exists before trying to write there. This fixes a build
failure if SIGNED_PACKAGES is disabled.
Reported-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
All the relevant options used for distfeeds.conf are part of base-files,
so it makes more sense to move the file there as well.
This has the added benefit that the we can share the opkg package again,
reducing the amount of target specific packages.
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
For an unknown reason gcc tries to link in crti.o when building with a
glibc toolchain (this does not happen with other targets). Prevent this
by telling gcc explicitly to not do that.
Fixes the following build error:
/home/jonas/git/lede/staging_dir/toolchain-mips_24kc_gcc-5.5.0_glibc/lib/gcc/mips-openwrt-linux-gnu/5.5.0/../../../../mips-openwrt-linux-gnu/lib/crti.o: In function `_init':
(.init+0x18): relocation truncated to fit: R_MIPS_GOT16 against `__gmon_start__'
/home/jonas/git/lede/staging_dir/toolchain-mips_24kc_gcc-5.5.0_glibc/lib/gcc/mips-openwrt-linux-gnu/5.5.0/../../../../mips-openwrt-linux-gnu/lib/crti.o: In function `_init':
(.init+0x28): relocation truncated to fit: R_MIPS_CALL16 against `__gmon_start__'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Bump to latest WireGuard snapshot release:
44f8e4d version: bump snapshot
bbe2f94 chacha20poly1305: wire up avx512vl for skylake-x
679e53a chacha20: avx512vl implementation
10b1232 poly1305: fix avx512f alignment bug
5fce163 chacha20poly1305: cleaner generic code
63a0031 blake2s-x86_64: fix spacing
d2e13a8 global: add SPDX tags to all files
d94f3dc chacha20-arm: fix with clang -fno-integrated-as.
3004f6b poly1305: update x86-64 kernel to AVX512F only
d452d86 tools: no need to put this on the stack
0ff098f tools: remove undocumented unused syntax
b1aa43c contrib: keygen-html for generating keys in the browser
e35e45a kernel-tree: jury rig is the more common spelling
210845c netlink: rename symbol to avoid clashes
fcf568e device: clear last handshake timer on ifdown
d698467 compat: fix 3.10 backport
5342867 device: do not clear keys during sleep on Android
88624d4 curve25519: explictly depend on AS_AVX
c45ed55 compat: support RAP in assembly
7f29cf9 curve25519: modularize dispatch
Refresh patches.
Compile-test-for: ar71xx
Run-tested-on: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
As MD5 is known weak for many years and more and more
penetration test tools complain about enabled MD5 HMAC
I think it's time to drop it.
By disabling the MD5 HMAC support dropbear will also
automatically use SHA1 for fingerprints.
This shouldn't be a problem too.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
This will avoid some conflicts when doing a git rebase or merge,
specially when adding support to a new device.
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
[drop brcm47xx changes which rename the images]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set TMPDIR to the same value as the existing TMP_DIR variable in order to
let gcc and various other utilities use the local temporary directory
instead of the system-wide one.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Recent RouterBOOT version (at least version 3.41 on RB911G-5HPacD)
use "Board=" kernel parameter instead of "board=" to pass the board
name to the kernel. Due to this change the board detection code is
not working on the devices shipped with the new RouterBOOT version.
Because the kernel is unable to identify these boards they become
unusable despite that they are supported by the current code.
Update the prom_init code to convert the 'Board' kernel parameter to
'board'. After this change, the board detection works also with the
new RouterBOOT versions.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The target name does not need to included a revision
if all revisions are supported.
This target supports all revisions (v1, v2, v2.1).
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
[Keep the version numbers in the device title, it doesn't harm]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Remove the WW suffix, everything without a region suffix is world wide
anyway.
While at it, normalise the image filenames by using only lower case
characters.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Users are confused which image type they should use and there are more
drawbacks than adavantages in using a r/w ubifs rootfs in constrast to
a read-only squashfs rootfs like:
- less available free flash space due to better compression of squashfs
images
- no support for factory reset due to r/w filesystem
- possibility to break failsafe due to r/w filesystem
Therefore, drop support for r/w ubifs rootfs images.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add config option which allows to enable/disable DHCP support at compile
time. Make DHCPv6 support dependant on DHCP support as DHCPv6 support
implies having DHCP support.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
- use %d instead of %n for opkg feed identifiers
- remove %n / %N references from version files
Fixes bf5cef47b3 merge: release/banner: drop release name and update banner.
Fixes FS#1213.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
udhcpc doesn't send a hostname by default. Use the system hostname if
nothing else is specified, to always send a hostname.
It syncs the behaviour to odhcpc, which always sends a hostname.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Acked-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The boardname isn't used any longer to find the subdirectory in the
sysupgrade tar archive, which makes this override useless.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Kernel and rootfs in a subdirectory matching the userspace boardname,
was intended to use a single sysupgrade-tar archive for multiple boards
with different kernel/rootfs images. This feature was never used.
Use the first found directory in the tar archive instead of relying on
a directory named according to the userspace boardname.
It allows to change the boardname without adding another compatibility
layer - using the nand_board_name() function - for (sub)targets using
the metadata based image validation in favour to
nand_do_platform_check().
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Qualcomm claims this reduces cache misses. Original commit message below:
From: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Date: Tue, 11 Jun 2013 12:18:46 -0500
Subject: [ag71xx] reduce NAPI weight
In an attempt to increase our cache warmth, we are decreasing NAPI.
This increases the warmth of the reused SKBs.
Signed-off-by: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The motivation for this was misguided. It turns out tuning the NAPI weight could be useful for testing purposes. Therefore reverting.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Changes:
72656157 fix fgetwc when decoding a character that crosses buffer boundary
a223dbd2 add reverse iconv mappings for JIS-based encodings
105eff9d generalize iconv framework for 8-bit codepages
a71b46cf fix malloc state corruption when ldso rejects loading a second libc
d060edf6 reformat cjk iconv tables to be diff-friendly, match tool output
c21051e9 prevent fork's errno from being clobbered by atfork handlers
a39f20bf add iso-2022-jp support (decoding only) to iconv
5b546faa add iconv framework for decoding stateful encodings
0df5b39a simplify/optimize iconv utf-8 case
9eb6dd51 handle ascii range individually in each iconv case
bff59d13 move iconv_close to its own translation unit
79f49eff refactor iconv conversion descriptor encoding/decoding
30fdda6c fix getaddrinfo error code for non-numeric service with AI_NUMERICSERV
67b29947 fix mismatched type of __pthread_tsd_run_dtors weak definition
13935337 s390x: use generic ioctl.h
4dc44ce8 microblaze: add statx syscall from linux v4.13
ffd048a0 aarch64: add extra_context struct from linux v4.13
6651ef1f add new tcp.h socket options from linux v4.13
14ced228 add new fcntl.h macros from linux v4.13
754f66af ioctl TIOCGPTPEER from linux v4.13
c35a8bf4 add SO_ getsockopt options from linux v4.13
5daaed6a s390x: add syscall number for s390_guarded_storage from linux v4.12
2dc6760f i386: add arch_prctl syscall number from linux v4.12
840d45be aarch64: add new HWCAP_* flags from linux v4.12
4c811227 add ARPHDR_VSOCKMON from linux v4.12
54f04d99 add new SO_ socket options from linux v4.12
9864f60e add statx syscall numbers from linux v4.11
c519658c add TCP_NLA_* enums from linux v4.11
ee3ae782 add TCP_FASTOPEN_CONNECT tcp socket option from linux v4.11
3eb82f73 add ETH_P_IBOE from linux v4.11
bd1560f6 update aarch64 hwcap.h for linux v4.11
cee73f0c add kexec_file_load syscall number on powerpc from linux v4.10
8f569557 add microblaze syscall numbers from linux v4.10
d8004030 add TFD_TIMER_CANCEL_ON_SET that timerfd.h was missing
f5638c22 add ETH_MIN_MTU and ETH_MAX_MTU from linux v4.10
01369691 add IP_RECVFRAGSIZE and IPV6_RECVFRAGSIZE from linux v4.10
5c596ed8 add SCM_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_STATS and related TCP_ enums from linux v4.10
6fc6ca1a adjust posix_spawn dup2 action behavior to match future requirements
Cc: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes two issues with the current get_partitions()
function.
First: "Invalid partition table on $disk" will pop up on
legitimate images on big endian system.
This is because the little-endian representation of "55 AA" is
assumed in the context of little-endian architectures. On these
comparing it to the 16-bit word 0xAA55 does work as intented.
Whereas on big-endian systems, this would have to be 0x55AA.
This patch fixes the issue by replacing the integer conversion
and value match check with just a string comparision.
Second: The extraction of the type, start LBA and LBA num from
the partition table has the same endianness issue. This has been
fixed by using the new hex_le32_to_cpu() function. This function
will translate the stored little-endian data to the correct
byte-order if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch updates ath10k-firmware to use the
firmware-5.bin_10.4-3.2.1-00058 firmware for the QCA4019.
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
d02a05b mt7603: update firmware to version 20160107100755
4d4cd05 Partially revert "mt7603: use mcu command to set timing registers, fix OFDM timeout values"
170f334 mt76x2: remove MAC address limitation for multi-vif setups
3563b8f mt76x2: clean up MAC/BSSID address initialization
9de77e1 mt76x2: drop wiphy->addresses
a6a6e25 mt76x2: init: disable APCLI by default
c64633e mt76x2: configure rx filter based on monitor mode setting
ac815fa mt76x2: init: fix rx filter default value during init
e504656 mt7603: configure other-unicast drop based on monitor mode setting
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This commit fixes LAN Port 1 not transferring data in case no
other LAN Port has active link-state on TP-Link Archer C58/C59.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
add no-ssl3-method again as 1.0.2n compiles without the ssl3-method(s)
Fixes CVEs: CVE-2017-3737, CVE-2017-3738
Signed-off-by: Peter Wagner <tripolar@gmx.at>
bswap32 undefined is the issue. Added the proper header. Also fixed a few format/conversion warnings that clang complained about without -Wall or -Wextra.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Different invocations of the dnsmasq init script (e.g. at startup by procd)
will rewrite the dhcp host file which might result into dnsmasq reading an
empty dhcp host file as it is being rewritten by the dnsmasq init script.
Let the dnsmasq init script first write to a temp dhcp host file so it does
not overwrite the contents of the existing dhcp host file.
Reported-by: Hartmut Birr <e9hack@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
wpa_disable_eapol_key_retries can't prevent attacks against the Wireless
Network Management (WNM) Sleep Mode handshake. Currently, hostapd
processes WNM Sleep Mode requests from clients regardless of the setting
wnm_sleep_mode. Backport Jouni Malinen's upstream patch 114f2830 in
order to ignore such requests by clients when wnm_sleep_mode is disabled
(which is the default).
Signed-off-by: Timo Sigurdsson <public_timo.s@silentcreek.de>
[rewrite commit subject (<= 50 characters), bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
wpa_disable_eapol_key_retries can't prevent attacks against the
Tunneled Direct-Link Setup (TDLS) handshake. Jouni Malinen suggested
that the existing hostapd option tdls_prohibit can be used to further
complicate this possibility at the AP side. tdls_prohibit=1 makes
hostapd advertise that use of TDLS is not allowed in the BSS.
Note: If an attacker manages to lure both TDLS peers into a fake
AP, hiding the tdls_prohibit advertisement from them, it might be
possible to bypass this protection.
Make this option configurable via UCI, but disabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Timo Sigurdsson <public_timo.s@silentcreek.de>
Tiny variant supports a subset of the ip commands; align the ip help
text so it actually reflects which commands are supported in the
tiny variant.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Preserves optionality of libmnl by letting configuration
script follow the HAVE_MNL environment variable.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
This is a variant of the MT7620N-based Asus routers.
Specifications:
- MT7620N (580 MHz)
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB Flash
- 5x 10/100Mbps Ethernet (built-in switch)
- 2.4 GHz WLAN
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J2) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
Flash instructions:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.75/24
2. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds. All 4 LEDs will
start to blink, which is when the router will accept firmware files via TFTP.
No known limitations on firmware filenames, just send it with a TFTP client
to 192.168.1.1.
3. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
If all configured dns servers return refused in response to a query in
strict mode; dnsmasq will end up in an infinite loop retransmitting the
dns query resulting into high CPU load.
Problem is fixed by checking for the end of a dns server list iteration
in strict mode.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This allows people to build SDK from custom repository (git access using
ssh) and keep original URL in SDK's feeds.conf.default.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
11f42a8 mt76x2: add channel argument to eeprom tx power functions
3bd7e76 mt76x2: initialize channel power limits
19fff41 mt76x2: convert between per-chain tx power and combined output
737cf2b mt7603: rename mt7603_mac_reset to mt7603_pse_reset
8026638 mt7603: rename MT_PSE_RESET register
c4dd32a mt7603: remove watchdog reset on interface stop
d99092b mt7603: remove WARN_ON_ONCE for workaround checks
c8807b4 mt7603: simplify PSE reset
d8a5990 mt7603: warn if PSE reset fails
c079960 mt7603: clean up dma debug reads
96817d6 mt7603: make mt7603_mac_watchdog_reset() static
e953c78 mt7603: clear wtbl PS bit for powersave responses
57a2e33 mt7603: set tx-skip flag for powersave clients
c8e5ab1 mt7603: initialize wtbl ps flag on station add
b4034cf mt76x2: remove some harmless WARN_ONs in tx status and rx path
8e17d36 mt7603: remove some harmless WARN_ONs in rx path
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
layerscape firmware package names collide with existing package contributions.
Ex: layerscape mc and midnight-commander(mc) are in conflict.
Firmware packages: mc, ppa, rcw and dpl are renamed to ls-mc, ls-ppa, ls-rcw
and ls-dpl respectively.
Signed-off-by: Ted Hess <thess@kitschensync.net>
CVE-2017-8816: NTLM buffer overflow via integer overflow
CVE-2017-8817: FTP wildcard out of bounds read
CVE-2017-8818: SSL out of buffer access
For other bugfixes and changes in 7.57.0 see https://curl.haxx.se/changes.html
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Replace in router DEFAULT_PACKAGES odhcpd by odhcpd-ipv6only as
such there's no DHCPv4 server functionality overlap with dnsmasq
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Latencies can be much higher on wifi devices, especially with
aggregation. Tune the network stack setting introduced in the previous
commit to account for that.
This commit reintroduces the previously reverted one with a fix for the
crash issues
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This commit adds missing the GPIO key used as reset button.
Nexx WT1520 has a GPIO key for factory reset, but it's not defined in
WT1520.dtsi and cannot use it.
Drop the UART (full) from the device tree source file, it was never
used for this board. Adjust the kernel bootargs accordingly.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[add note about dropped UART (full) to the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Due to improper localization of helper variables, "config host" entries
without a given mac address may inherit the mac address of a preceeding,
leading to invalid generated netive configuration.
Fix the issue by marking the "macs" and "tags" helper variables in
dhcp_host_add() local, avoiding the need for explicitely resetting them
with each invocation.
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Tested-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit 2dc485250d.
This patch needs some additional checks in order to avoid overwriting
unrelated fields for request sockets.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
== Changes ==
* compat: support timespec64 on old kernels
* compat: support AVX512BW+VL by lying
* compat: fix typo and ranges
* compat: support 4.15's netlink and barrier changes
* poly1305-avx512: requires AVX512F+VL+BW
Numerous compat fixes which should keep us supporting 3.10-4.15-rc1.
* blake2s: AVX512F+VL implementation
* blake2s: tweak avx512 code
* blake2s: hmac space optimization
Another terrific submission from Samuel Neves: we now have an implementation
of Blake2s using AVX512, which is extremely fast.
* allowedips: optimize
* allowedips: simplify
* chacha20: directly assign constant and initial state
Small performance tweaks.
* tools: fix removing preshared keys
* qemu: use netfilter.org https site
* qemu: take shared lock for untarring
Small bug fixes.
Remove myself from the maintainers list: we have enough and I'm happy to
carry on doing package bumps on ad-hoc basis without the 'official'
title.
Run-tested: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
939ad5dd Update manual pages
24d92b97 Add deprecation warning when spdylay support is enabled
4c92ff18 Bump up version number to 1.28.0, LT revision to 29:0:15
280db5c6 Update neverbleed
7fbcb2d0 Merge pull request #1074 from nghttp2/fix-doc
53aeb2c3 Fix doc
ff200bfc clang-format-5.0
fee3151f Switch to clang-format-5.0
99a85159 Update manual pages
2a981a3f Merge pull request #1066 from nghttp2/nghttpx-add-affinity-cookie-secure
0028275d nghttpx: Add affinity-cookie-secure parameter to backend option
ee8bfddf Merge pull request #1063 from nghttp2/error_callback2
194acb1f src: Use nghttp2_error_callback2
43a2a70a Add nghttp2_error_callback2
73344ae9 nghttpx: Use plain hex string format for client serial
c479f612 Merge pull request #1060 from nghttp2/nghttpx-add-client-serial
eca0a302 nghttpx: Add $tls_client_serial log variable
4720c5cb nghttpx: Make client serial available in mruby script
cd55ab28 nghttpx: Add function to get serial number from certificate
d402cfdf Merge pull request #1057 from nghttp2/nghttpx-add-tls-client-issuer-name
22502182 Add tls_client_issuer_name log variable and expose it to mruby
05e1fd5e Update manual pages
943d7923 Add Session Affinity section to nghttpx howto
568ecbfb doc: Add missing port
f5ddd7f4 nghttpx: Make initial_addr_idx_ unsigned
88abbce7 nghttpx: Fix compile error with gcc
16e90365 nghttpx: Fix affinity retry
fa7945c6 nghttpx: Refactor
daca43f0 nghttpx: Fix stalled backend connection on retry
16bc11e6 nghttpx: Remove duplicated util::make_socket_nodelay
6f7e94cd Merge pull request #1047 from PiotrSikora/go_vet
61efa15a integration: Fix issues reported by the `go vet` tool.
8c0ea56b Merge pull request #1036 from nghttp2/nghttpx-affinity-cookie
54905371 nghttpx: Refactor
6010d393 integration: Add tests
be5c39a1 src: Add tests
b8fda680 nghttpx: Cookie based session affinity
e29b9c12 Merge pull request #1045 from nghttp2/nghttpx-sha1-fingerprint
539e2781 nghttpx: Add tls_client_fingerprint_sha1 to mruby and accesslog
7008afd4 nghttpx: Refactor get_x509_fingerprint to accept hash function
77a41756 Merge pull request #1041 from nghttp2/fix-examples-client-server
b15045d6 Merge pull request #1040 from nghttp2/nghttpx-mruby-add-more-tls-vars
03084f75 examples: Make client and server work with libevent-2.1.8
60baca27 nghttpx: Add more TLS related attributes to mruby Env object
86990db2 Merge pull request #1038 from nghttp2/nghttpx-add-more-logging-vars
cb376bcd nghttpx: Add client fingerprint and subject name to accesslog
f2b8edd1 nghttpx: Fix memory leak
c4f8afcf nghttpx: Get TLS info only when it is necessary when writing accesslog
1a1a216d Merge pull request #1037 from nghttp2/nghttpx-mruby-tls-client-vars
9f80a82c nghttpx: Add client fingerprint and subject name to mruby env
c573c80b nghttpx: Pass a pointer to SSL instead of TLSSessionInfo to LogSpec
3cd6817e Fix typos
d4a69658 Add another warning about mruby
8e06fe49 Fix typo
aaeeec8f Fix typos
66d5e246 Bump up version number to 1.28.0-DEV
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Build dependency: Please install the GNU C Compiler (gcc) 4.8 or later cc
-dumpversion | grep -E '(4\.[8-9]|5\.[0-9]|6\.[0-9]|7\.[0-9])'
Build dependency: Please install the GNU C++ Compiler (g++) 4.8 or later
g++ -dumpversion | grep -E '(4\.[8-9]|5\.[0-9]|6\.[0-9]|7\.[0-9])'
Prerequisite check failed. Use FORCE=1 to override.
On my Fedora 26 machine gcc and g++ -dumpversion returns a whole number
'7' failing the regex introduced in commit:
b78de6207f
This change makes minor versions optional in the build dependency regex
for gcc and g++ whenever any minor version would be accepted and the
whole number version is sufficient as a dependency check. For versions
4.* a minor version is still required.
Signed-off-by: Justin Kilpatrick <jkilpatr@redhat.com>
Only test for supported versions of GCC
The version bump requirement for GCC is because gdb doesn't build with older
versions.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
At the moment, license information can only be specified on a
"per source package" level while other metadata fields (e.g. maintainer)
can be given for each binary package. Apply the same logic for license
fields as well. This can be used e.g. in cases where a library is
distributed under some license while related tools are distributed
under a different one.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
dfb2f6c pkt_sched: make compile again
5ab7026 sch_cake: make compile again
6f28803 codel5: make more checkpatch compliant
bd426aa Fix build error on 4.12
e4a3628 Whitespace tidy up
Signed-off-by: Fushan Wen <qydwhotmail@gmail.com>
Add an ipv6only variant providing server services for RA, stateful and stateless
DHCPv6, prefix delegation and relay support for DHCPv6, NDP and RA.
The full variant called odhcpd supports DHCPv4 server as before.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Bump to latest WireGuard snapshot release:
ed479fa (tag: 0.0.20171122) version: bump snapshot
efd9db0 chacha20poly1305: poly cleans up its own state
5700b61 poly1305-x86_64: unclobber %rbp
314c172 global: switch from timeval to timespec
9e4aa7a poly1305: import MIPS64 primitive from OpenSSL
7a5ce4e chacha20poly1305: import ARM primitives from OpenSSL
abad6ee chacha20poly1305: import x86_64 primitives from OpenSSL
6507a03 chacha20poly1305: add more test vectors, some of which are weird
6f136a3 compat: new kernels have netlink fixes
e4b3875 compat: stable finally backported fix
cc07250 qemu: use unprefixed strip when not cross-compiling
64f1a6d tools: tighten up strtoul parsing
c3a04fe device: uninitialize socket first in destruction
82e6e3b socket: only free socket after successful creation of new
df318d1 compat: fix compilation with PaX
d911cd9 curve25519-neon: compile in thumb mode
d355e57 compat: 3.16.50 got proper rt6_get_cookie
666ee61 qemu: update kernel
2420e18 allowedips: do not write out of bounds
185c324 selftest: allowedips: randomized test mutex update
3f6ed7e wg-quick: document localhost exception and v6 rule
Compile-tested-for: ar71xx
Run-tested-on: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The uboot target is named MarsBoard_A10 and it was not build at all.
This fixes a build problem seen by the build bot.
Fixes: 6a3565985f ("sunxi: Added profile for HAOYU Electronics Marsboard A10")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
There are multiple problems on the A64 SoC with the older drivers which
are fixed in the upstream kernel.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Fix the target dependency to make it possible to select this module also
on x86 target and its subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The firmware directory in the Linux kernel was removed in kernel 4.14,
take the e100 firmware files now from the linux-firmware repository
instead. To do so create the new package e100-firmware. This will also
work with older kernel versions.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Adds NFS4 client support:
1. Package kmod-fs-nfs is split into kmod-fs-nfs (nfs.ko) and
kmod-fs-nfs-v3 (nfsv3.ko).
2. A new package kmod-fs-nfs-v4 (nfsv4.ko) is created.
3. Package kmod-fs-nfs-common-v4 is renamed to kmod-fs-nfs-rpcsec
and includes additional module rpcsec_gss_krb5.ko.
CONFIG_NFS_V4 goes into kmod-fs-nfs-v4, CONFIG_NFSD_V4 (NFS4
server) is removed. Missing kernel module oid_registry.ko
needed by auth_rpcgss.ko is added to the package.
A new package kmod-crypto-cts needed by rpcsec_gss_krb5.ko is
also created.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Jurkowski <marcin1j@gmail.com>
[add dependency to kmod-crypto-ecb in fs-nfs-common-rpcsec]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The module parameters "nogameport=1" and "nocir=1" are needed,
because this is not supported on recent chips and doesn't
really tell if the system is stable.
As this features will already be removed in linux-4.13 or newer,
this module parameters can be removed in the future.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
make check complains about PKG_MIRROR_HASH of the wireless-regdb package:
WARNING: PKG_MIRROR_HASH does not match wireless-regdb-2017-10-20-4343d359.tar.xz
hash 5f5b669f32ae36cb65b1d99efbbbfd42c2983cda32f6448346e3e54ffaba3889
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The DEFINE_PCI_DEVICE_TABLE macro was removed with upstream commit
7e9321599011 ("treewide: remove references to the now unnecessary
DEFINE_PCI_DEVICE_TABLE").
Use the pci_device_id struct to fix the acx-mac80211 build failure on
ramips.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add pinmuxes defined by some board which are including the dtsi files
to the dtsi files itself. Allows to reduce duplication.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
According to the datasheet the REFCLK pin is shared with GPIO#37 and
the PERST pin is shared with GPIO#36.
While at it fix a typo inside the pinmux setup code. The function is called
refclk and not reclk.
Update device tree source files accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add kmod-sound-core, it is a dependency of kmod-sound-mt7620 and will
not be autoselected.
Remove kmod-i2c-core, it will be autoselected by kmod-i2c-ralink.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Setting the pins of the UARTF group to GPIO+I2S at the time the I2C
driver loads is to late for the wps GPIO button.
The gpio-keys driver fails to load since the pin used by the wps button
is not yet set to GPIO. The wps button with the rfkill keycode is
essential for this wireless only board.
Add the missing sound and I2C kernel modules corresponding to the
device nodes.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Without this change, the instance-specific conf-file is being added to procd_add_jail_mount,
but not used by dnsmasq.
Signed-off-by: Emerson Pinter <dev@pinter.com.br>
The advantage is that we don't have to specify max TRX size anymore and
otrx doesn't allocate a buffer of that size. It saves us allocating
32 MiB for every image we generate.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It can be a replacement for the trx tool. The advantage is that otrx
doesn't alloc buffer for the whole TRX which can be a nice optimization
when creating big images.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Usually this function is called for appending some small files only
(like fs marks) but let's just make it more generic and capable of
handling bigger files easily. Increasing buffer to 1 KiB shouldn't hurt.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It was there in case of adding some "create" command options that should
be parsed before actually creating the output image. It seems we don't
need any at this point so let's drop this function for now.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Backported devicetree from Kernel 4.13 with some additions
to enable Ethernet and WiFi module
The following features are working:
- Ethernet
- WiFi
- eMMC and microSD slot
- USB ports
The following features are not working:
* Bluetooth
NanoPi M1 Plus key features
- SoC: Allwinner H3, Quad-core Cortex-A7@1.2GHz
- RAM: 1GB DDR3
- eMMC: 8GB
- microSD slot
- Ethernet 10/100/1000M
- Wifi: AP6212
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
My compilation failed because of missing uint.* definitions:
In file included from mtd.h:33:0,
from bootstream.c:35:
BootControlBlocks.h:58:2: error: unknown type name 'uint8_t'
uint8_t m_u8DataSetup;
^
BootControlBlocks.h:59:2: error: unknown type name 'uint8_t'
uint8_t m_u8DataHold;
^
BootControlBlocks.h:60:2: error: unknown type name 'uint8_t'
uint8_t m_u8AddressSetup;
^
BootControlBlocks.h:61:2: error: unknown type name 'uint8_t'
uint8_t m_u8DSAMPLE_TIME;
Adding the header file fixes the problem.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
[fold changes into 001-compile.patch]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The kernel firmware/ is going away, so pull this firmware
from the linux-firmware git repo instead. No actual changes
to the installed files.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
D-Link DIR-330 is clone of ASUS WL500GP2, by default conf the WAN port is
eth1, it's not working cus eth1 not soldered and wan port function
performs 5th port of the switch.
Signed-off-by: Antony Black <gtrtfm@gmail.com>
Significantly improves throughput on MT76x2, fixes some stability
issues, adds LED support.
Changes:
266ef38 mt76x2: mcu: remove unused parameter in mt76x2_mcu_msg_alloc signature
758376d mt7603: mcu: remove unused parameter in mt7603_mcu_msg_alloc() signature
e764787 Fix errors found by cppcheck
a6fce8a mt7603: add LED definition registers
f658dd2 mt76x2: add LED register definitions
f6a021d mt76x2: Support using PCI ID as chip ID
c9bdcd8 mt76: add led support using mac80211 led framework
58e9138 mt76x2: init: add ma80211 led callbacks
8ea8da3 mt7603: init: add ma80211 led callbacks
ded88cd mt76x2: Add PCI identifier for MT7602
51a6764 mt7603: remove unnecessary mcu register read function
fbdbf65 debugfs: add support for changing the LED pin
cc02e49 mac80211: move DT led configuration to the "led" child node
e4e7734 mt76x2: limit client WCID entries to 0-127
60172cc mt76x2: clear drop flag for all WCIDs on init
d8140b6 mt76x2: clear per-WCID tx rate lookup register
0ce7923 mt76x2: add helper function for setting drop mask
ccc4baf mt76x2: clear drop mask when sending a PS response
ff60d14 mt76: increase rx ring size for mt76x2
b57ada5 mt76x2: add rx statistics registers
af425de mt76x2: fix LNA gain register annotation
efd7724 mt76x2: sync channel gain value with latest reference driver
4af37bd mt76x2: implement dynamic AGC tuning based on false packet detection count
70f2002 mt76x2: add more gain tuning based on the latest reference driver
8f1c8ab mt76x2: sync tx power related values with reference driver
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Latencies can be much higher on wifi devices, especially with
aggregation. Tune the network stack setting introduced in the previous
commit to account for that
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Currently local TCP performance on wifi devices can be limited because
the TSQ (TCP Small Queues) code is tuned for wired ethernet latencies.
With this patch drivers can increase the amount of local buffering to
allow TCP to trigger larger aggregation sizes
This commit is modified from the upstream version to allow #ifdef based
backport feature detection
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The wireless regdb is now loaded via firmware loading, CRDA support and
built-in regdb support have been removed.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
9c13096 ubus: Remove unnecessary memset calls.
6d1ea6c libubus: Fix deletion from context's object AVL tree when removing object
e02813b ubusd: don't free messages in ubus_send_msg() anymore
be146ad ubusd: rename goto label from `error` to `out`
27d712d ubusd_monitor: alloc & free the buffer outside of the loop
5f87f54 ubusd: move global retmsg per client
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This is a variant of the ZBT WG3526 with a few minor modifications.
The wifi chips are swapped, and there is no GPIO controllable status
LED. There is also no SATA port.
Specifications:
- MT7621AT (880 MHz)
- 512 MB RAM
- 16 MB Flash (SPI NOR)
- 5x 1Gbps Ethernet (built-in switch)
- MT7612E 802.11ac 5 GHz WLAN
- MT7603E 802.11n 2.4 GHz WLAN
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
These adapters support SR-IOV. Thus the host can assign Virtual Functions
(VFs) to different VMs by the PCI-E Passthrough (e.g. VFIO for KVM), to
gain different advantages (performance, VF to VF communications, host
kernel offload, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Chris Blakely <cpblakely@gmail.com>
Add the parent of the sysupgrade script to the list of pids not getting
killed
Signed-off-by: Mat Trudel <mat@geeky.net>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The IRQ controller can only set the affinity to a single CPU. Update the
mask in the controller data.
Suggested-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
- Remove obsolete patch chunks regarding fixed_freq
- Instead of patching in custom HT40+/- parameters, use the standard
config syntax as much as possible.
- Use fixed_freq for mesh
- Fix issues with disabling obss scan when using fixed_freq on mesh
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Passing the ctrl iface to wpa_supplicant will automatically cause wpa_supplicant
to send "STOP_AP" messages to the hostapd. This breaks the AP interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
The beacon_int is currently set explicitly for hostapd and when LEDE uses
iw to join and IBSS/mesh. But it was not done when wpa_supplicant was used
to join an encrypted IBSS or mesh.
This configuration is required when an AP interface is configured together
with an mesh interface. The beacon_int= line must therefore be re-added to
the wpa_supplicant config. The value is retrieved from the the global
variable.
Fixes: 1a16cb9c67 ("mac80211, hostapd: always explicitly set beacon interval")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [rebase]
The wpa_supplicant code for IBSS allows to set the mcast rate. It is
recommended to increase this value from 1 or 6 Mbit/s to something higher
when using a mesh protocol on top which uses the multicast packet loss as
indicator for the link quality.
This setting was unfortunately not applied for mesh mode. But it would be
beneficial when wpa_supplicant would behave similar to IBSS mode and set
this argument during mesh join like authsae already does. At least it is
helpful for companies/projects which are currently switching to 802.11s
(without mesh_fwding and with mesh_ttl set to 1) as replacement for IBSS
because newer drivers seem to support 802.11s but not IBSS anymore.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [refresh]
TP-Link TL-WR802N v1 and v2 are set up with almost same configuration in
the mach-files. Merge the mach-files of these devices.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
TP-Link TL-WR1043N v5 appears to be identical to the TL-WR1043ND v4,
except that the USB port has been removed and there is no longer a
removable antenna option.
The software is more in line with the Archer series in that it uses a
nested bootloader scheme.
Specifications:
- QCA9563 at 775 MHz
- 64 MB RAM
- 16 MB flash
- 3 (non-detachable) Antennas / 450 Mbit
- 1x/4x WAN/LAN Gbps Ethernet (QCA8337)
- reset and Wi-Fi buttons
Signed-off-by: Tim Thorpe <tim@tfthorpe.net>
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Thomeczek <ledesrc@wxorx.net>
The TL-WA901ND v5 has the same hardware as v4, although the PCB has
a different layout. Installation from factory is done via TFTP.
(rename -factory image to wa901ndv4_tp_recovery.bin for tftp)
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD mAP 2nD
https://mikrotik.com/product/RBmAP2nD
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9531 (650 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR SPI flash
- Wireless: builtin QCA9531, 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 2x100M (802.3af/at POE in and passive POE out on ETH2)
- USB: microUSB type AB port
This patch adds missing code to fully support mAP. Machfile already
contained configuration for mAP 2nD, but device specific configuration
like LEDs etc., was missing.
Note: The POE LED works but doesn't turn on when POE passthrough is
enabled, despite being configured with GPIO trigger.
Installation
1. Login to the Mikrotik WebUI to backup your licence keys
2. Setup a DHCP/BOOTP server with:
- DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name) pointing to a local TFTP
server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
- DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name) matching the initramfs filename
of the to be booted image
3. Connect the port labeled internet to your local network
4. Keep the reset button pushed down and power on the board
The board should load and start the initramfs image from the TFTP
server. Login as root/without password to the started LEDE via SSH
listing on IPv4 address 192.168.1.1. Use sysupgrade to install LEDE.
Revert to RouterOS
Use the "rbcfg" package on in LEDE:
- rbcfg set boot_protocol bootp
- rbcfg set boot_device ethnand
- rbcfg apply
Open Netinstall and reboot routerboard. Now Netinstall sees RouterBOARD
and you can install RouterOS. If NetInstall gets stuck on Sending offer
just wait for it to timeout and then close and open Netinstall again.
Click on install again.
In order for RouterOS to function properly, you need to restore license
for the device. You can do that by including license in NetInstall.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
The Ubiquiti UniFi APs just have eth0. Until now, the setup script fell
through to the default case and configured the (not present) eth1 as
WAN with DHCP.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP
https://mikrotik.com/product/RBwAP2nD
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9533 (650 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR SPI flash
- Wireless: built-in QCA9533, 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 1x100M (802.3af/at POE in)
This patch adds missing code to fully support wAP. Machfile already
contained configuration for wAP 2nD but device specific configuration
like LEDs etc. was missing.
Installation:
1. Login to the Mikrotik WebUI to backup your licence keys
2. Setup a DHCP/BOOTP server with:
- DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name) pointing to a local TFTP
server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
- DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name) matching the initramfs filename
of the to be booted image
3. Connect the port labeled internet to your local network
4. Keep the reset button pushed down and power on the board
The board should load and start the initramfs image from the TFTP
server. Login as root/without password to the started LEDE via SSH
listing on IPv4 address 192.168.1.1. Use sysupgrade to install LEDE.
Revert to RouterOS
Use the "rbcfg" package on in LEDE:
- rbcfg set boot_protocol bootp
- rbcfg set boot_device ethnand
- rbcfg apply
Open Netinstall and reboot routerboard. Now Netinstall sees RouterBOARD
and you can install RouterOS. If NetInstall gets stuck on Sending offer
just wait for it to timeout and then close and open Netinstall again.
Click on install again.
In order for RouterOS to function properly, you need to restore license
for the device. You can do that by including license in NetInstall.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Wallys DR342 is a 5 GHz, 2T2R AP/CPE board based on Atheros AR9342.
Short specification:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x Gbps Ethernet (AR8035) with passive PoE support (24-56 V)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 5 GHz with external FEM (SKY85728-11), up to 30 dBm
- 2x MMCX connectors
- miniPCIe connector with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses
- optional miniSIM slot
- 7x LED, 1x button
- UART, (E)JTAG and LED headers
- 1x DC jack for main power (12-56 V)
Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using UART):
1. tftp 0x82000000 lede-ar71xx-generic-dr342-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
5. saveenv && reset
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
UniElec U7628-01 is a router platform board based on MediaTek MT7628AN.
The device has the following specifications:
- MT7628AN (580MHz)
- 64/128/256 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (MT7628 built-in switch)
- 1x 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (MT7628)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses)
- 1x miniSIM slot
- 1x microSD slot
- 1x USB 2.0 port
- 7x single-color LEDs (GPIO-controlled)
- 1x bi-color LED (green GPIO-controlled, red -> LED_WLAN# in miniPCIe)
- 1x reset button
- 1x UART header (4-pins)
- 1x SDXC/GPIO header (10-pins, connected with microSD slot)
- 1x DC jack for main power (12 V)
The following has been tested and is working:
- Ethernet switch
- miniPCIe slot (tested with modem and Wi-Fi card)
- miniSIM slot
- sysupgrade
- reset button
- USB 2.0 port*
Due to a missing driver (MMC over GPIO) this is not supported:
- microSD card reader
* Warning:
USB buses in miniPCIe and regular A-type socket are connected together,
without any proper analog switch or USB HUB.
Installation:
This board might come with a different firmware versions (MediaTek SDK,
PandoraBox, Padavan, etc.). If your board comes with PandoraBox, you can
install LEDE using sysupgrade. Just SSH to the router and perform forced
sysupgrade (due to a board name mismatch). The default IP of this board
should be: 192.168.1.1 and username/password: root/admin. In case of a
different firmware, you can use web based recovery described below.
Use the following command to perform the sysupgrade (for the 128MB
RAM/16MB flash version):
sysupgrade -n -F lede-ramips-mt76x8-u7628-01-128M-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Recovery:
This board contains a Chinese, closed-source bootloader called Breed
(Boot and Recovery Environment for Embedded Devices). Breed supports web
recovery and to enter it, you keep the reset button pressed for around
5 seconds during boot. Your machine will be assigned an IP through DHCP
and the router will use IP address 192.168.1.1. The recovery website is
in Chinese, but is easy to use. Click on the second item in the list to
access the recovery page, then the second item on the next page is where
you select the firmware. In order to start the recovery, you click the
button at the bottom.
SDXC/GPIO header (J3):
1. SDXC_D3 / I2C_SCLK
2. SDXC_D2 / I2C_SD
3. SDXC_D1 / I2S_DI
4. SDXC_D0 / I2S_WS
5. SDXC_CMD / I2S_CLK
6. SDXC_CLK / GPIO0
7. SDXC_CD / UART_RXD1
8. UART_TXD1
9. 3V3
10. GND
Other notes:
1. The board is available with different amounts of RAM and flash. We
have only added support for the 128/16 MB configuration, as that seems
to be the default. However, all the required infrastructure is in place
for making support for the other configurations easy.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
UniElec U7621-06 is a router platform board based on MediaTek MT7621AT.
The device has the following specifications:
- MT7621AT (880 MHz)
- 256/512 MB of RAM (DDR3)
- 8/16/32/64 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 1 Gbps Ethernet (MT7621 built-in switch)
- 1x ASMedia ASM1061 (for mSATA and SATA)
- 2x miniPCIe slots (PCIe bus only)
- 1x mSATA slot (with USB 2.0 bus for modem)
- 1x SATA
- 1x miniSIM slot
- 1x microSD slot
- 1x USB 3.0
- 12x LEDs (3 GPIO-controlled)
- 1x reset button
- 1x UART header (4-pins)
- 1x GPIO header (30-pins)
- 1x FPC connector for LEDs (20-pin, 0.5 mm pitch)
- 1x DC jack for main power (12 V)
The following has been tested and is working:
- Ethernet switch
- miniPCIe slots (tested with Wi-Fi cards)
- mSATA slot (tested with modem and mSATA drive)
- miniSIM slot
- sysupgrade
- reset button
- microSD slot
Installation:
This board might come with a different firmware versions (MediaTek SDK,
PandoraBox, Padavan, etc.). If your board comes with PandoraBox, you can
install LEDE using sysupgrade. Just SSH to the router and perform forced
sysupgrade (due to a board name mismatch). The default IP of this board
should be: 192.168.1.1 and username/password: root/admin. In case of a
different firmware, you can use web based recovery described below.
Use the following command to perform the sysupgrade (for the 256MB
RAM/16MB flash version):
sysupgrade -n -F lede-ramips-mt7621-u7621-06-256M-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Recovery:
This board contains a Chinese, closed-source bootloader called Breed
(Boot and Recovery Environment for Embedded Devices). Breed supports web
recovery and to enter it, you keep the reset button pressed for around
5 seconds during boot. Your machine will be assigned an IP through DHCP
and the router will use IP address 192.168.1.1. The recovery website is
in Chinese, but is easy to use. Click on the second item in the list to
access the recovery page, then the second item on the next page is where
you select the firmware. In order to start the recovery, you click the
button at the bottom.
LEDs list (top row, left to right):
- LED_WWAN# (connected with pin 42 in LTE/mSATA slot)
- Power (connected directly to 3V3)
- CTS2_N (GPIO10, configured as "status" LED)
- TXD2 (GPIO11, configured as "led4", without default trigger)
- RXD2 (GPIO12, configured as "led5", without default trigger)
- LED_WLAN# (connected with pin 44 in wifi0 slot)
LEDs list (bottom row, left to right):
- ESW_P0_LED_0
- ESW_P1_LED_0
- ESW_P2_LED_0
- ESW_P3_LED_0
- ESW_P4_LED_0
- LED_WLAN# (connected with pin 44 in wifi1 slot)
Other notes:
1. The board is available with different amounts of RAM and flash. We
have only added support for the 256/16 MB configuration, as that seems
to be the default. However, all the required infrastructure is in place
for making support for the other configurations easy.
2. The manufacturer offers five different wireless cards with MediaTek
chipsets, based on MT76x2, MT7603 and MT7615. Images of the board all
show that the miniPCIe slots are dedicated to specific Wi-Fi cards.
However, the slots are generic.
3. All boards we got access to had the same EEPROM content. The default
firmware reads the Ethernet MAC from offset 0xe000 in factory partition.
This offset only contains 0xffs, so a random MAC will be generated on
every boot of the router. There is a valid MAC stored at offset 0xe006
and this MAC is shown as the WAN MAC in the bootloader. However, it is
the same on all boards we have checked. Based on information provided
by the vendor, all boards sold in small quantities are considered more
as samples for development purposes.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
This increases kernel partition size and fixes rootfs (file-system)
partition size on TP-Link RE450 v1. Also, while we are at it, switch
from statically defined kernel and rootfs partitions in kernel cmdline
to "tplink-fw" mtd splitter.
Fixes: FS#1072.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This patch increases kernel partition size and re-enables image
generation for below TP-Link boards:
- archer-c58-v1
- archer-c60-v1
- tl-wr902ac-v1
- tl-wr942n-v1
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[commit message and title reworded]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
There is no need to allocate buffer as big as the whole image in order
to calculate CRC32. It's enough to use small buffer and just read file
content block by block.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This requires changing this helper to accept initial/current CRC32
value as argument but it allows dropping duplicated (complex?) code
calculating the CRC32.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Remove multicast routing firewall rules when the igmpproxy is stopped by
triggering a firewall config change.
Keeping the firewall open from the wan for igmp and udp multicast is not
desired when the igmpproxy service is inactive.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
When a library is using fortify-packages GCC will complain about
"error: format not a string literal, argument types not checked".
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
don't set no-ssl3-method when CONFIG_OPENSSL_WITH_SSL3 di disabled otherwise the compile breaks with this error:
../libssl.so: undefined reference to `SSLv3_client_method'
Fixes CVE: CVE-2017-3735, CVE-2017-3736
Signed-off-by: Peter Wagner <tripolar@gmx.at>
Check if the compiler defines __linux__, instead of assuming that the
host OS is the same as the target OS.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
There was a typo in module.mk for pfe module autoload.
This patch is to fix this and remove useless rc.local
which was for loading pfe module.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The QorIQ FRDM-LS1012A Board is an ultra-low-cost
development platform for QorIQ LS1012A Series Network
Processors built on ARM Cortex-A53 processor.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to add PPA (The Primary Protected Application)
package and also enable it for all layerscape devices.
LSDK github provides ppa source code git tree, but it
only could be compiled with 64-bit toolchain. For 32-bit
devices, there was no method to use it.
https://github.com/qoriq-open-source/ppa-generic
This patch is to directly use a private ppa binary tree for
both 32-bit and 64-bit devices.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to use ppfe git tree on LSDK github
instead of private git tree, and support the latest
ppfe on ls1012ardb.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Some new options were introduced by kernel patches.
And some options should be removed/added.
The config-4.9 should be updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Updated kernel patches to align layerscape kernel
with latest LSDK linux (LSDK-17.09-update-103017-V4.9 tag).
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Default profile had to enable many packages for all devices
support. This made these packages still enabled when built
for single device. This patch is to remove default profile.
For multiple devices build, it's proper to build with multiple
devices profile.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
restool is a user space application providing the
ability to dynamically create and manage Layerscape
DPAA2 containers and objects from Linux.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to add data path layout files for the
second generation Data Path Acceleration Architecture.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to add package support for Management
Complex Firmware for the second generation Data Path
Acceleration Architecture.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
A previous patch disaggregated kernel patch 601 intending to
reverse the ndo_get_stats64 change, but it also dropped
many other changes without a reason. This caused build issue
for layerscape. This patch is to fix that with below steps.
1. Reversed patch "1c4415a layerscape: reverse changes to ndo_get_stats64",
but kept kernel patch 701 which was a proper fix.
2. Reversed the ndo_get_stats64 change in kernel patch 601.
3. Renamed patch 601 (net patch) to 202 (core-linux patch). Maybe it's
more proper.
Fixes: 1c4415a679 ("layerscape: reverse changes to ndo_get_stats64")
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
On the Asus RT-N16, the ports are not mapped the in the same way as
the RT-N12. It is, however, the same as the Linksys E3000v1.
Signed-off-by: Tim Thorpe <timfthorpe@gmail.com>
The memcpy of the init data relies on chip->registers to be initialized,
which only happens later in the code. Move this initialization further
down to make it work.
This was breaking PCIe/USB on some MikroTik RouterBoard devices.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Shell function return code only has range [0, 255]. Other values will
be truncated, e.g. return 65536 will have the same effect as return 0
While at it, drop other "return $rc" where rc will almost always take
value 0 and whose value current callers actually do not check
Fixes FS#988
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The MAC addresses were not being set for LAN and WAN. This will now use the
same MAC mechanism as the rest of the target.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
TP-Link TL-WR840N v5 is simple N300 router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas, based on MediaTek MT7628NN (aka MT7628N) WiSoC.
Specification:
- MT7628N/N (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 1x LED (GPIO-controlled), 1x button
* LED in TL-WR840N v5 is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
(fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.
Orange LED is registered so you can later use it for your own purposes.
Flash instruction:
Unlike TL-WR840N v4 flashing through WEB UI works in v5.
1. Download lede-ramips-mt76x8-tl-wr840n-v5-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin image.
2. Go to 192.168.0.1
3. Flash the sysupgrade image through Firmware upgrade section of WEB UI.
4. Wait until green LED stops flashing and use the router.
Notes:
TFTP recovery is broken since TP-Link reused bootloader code for v4 and
that does not take into account only 4 MB of flash and bricks the device.
So do not use TFTP Recovery or you will have to rewrite SPI flash.
They fixed it in later GPL code,but it is unknown which version of
bootloader you have.
After manually compiling and flashing bootloader from GPL sources TFTP
recovery works properly.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
When we run "opkg install" on a package that installs an uci-defaults
script, functions.sh will fail to evaluate that script in its
default_postinst function.
This happens because there is no "./" present and it searches for the
file in paths specified by the PATH variable. This would work on bash,
but it will not work on ash and some other shells like sh, zsh. This
applys to the ". filename" directive used in this case.
This patch will make the path relative to the /etc/uci-defaults
directory.
Fixes: FS#1021
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
The splitter ignored the rootfs offset from the header, probably
because until c1e6e61 it was invalid.
This patch fixes the splitter to use the now correct header data.
Regarding target/linux/ar71xx/files/drivers/mtd/tplinkpart.c,
this particular splitter "falls back" to the correct rootfs offset
reading and as such it doesn't need to be updated, although it will
report a kernel partition length that can be larger than the actual
length as it assumes that partition fills the entire segment up to
the rootfs partition.
Tested-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Tested-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
With '-a' specified on the command line, the current code:
- computes an aligned _kernel length_ instead of an aligned _rootfs
offset_.
- does not update the rootfs offset after computing the new kernel
length, and instead retains the layout default.
When the kernel length exceeds the available space left with this
fixed offset, the resulting image header contains invalid data, with
the recorded rootfs offset overlapping the kernel area.
This patch ensures that rootfs offset is correctly computed and
reflected in the final image.
Furthermore, the build_fw() function special cases the rootfs_align
option because of the above invalid logic. This is also fixed and
the computed (or command-line provided, or layout-provided) rootfs_ofs
value is used in all cases.
There seems to be no valid reason to extend the kernel length beyond
the actual length of the kernel itself (OFW images don't do it) so this
part of the existing behavior is dropped.
Example image before the patch:
Kernel data offset : 0x00000200 / 512 bytes
Kernel data length : 0x00158438 / 1410104 bytes
Kernel load address : 0x00000080
Kernel entry point : 0x00000080
Rootfs data offset : 0x00140000 / 1310720 bytes
Rootfs data length : 0x001e4f7e / 1986430 bytes
Example image after the patch:
Kernel data offset : 0x00000200 / 512 bytes
Kernel data length : 0x001583fe / 1410046 bytes
Kernel load address : 0x00000080
Kernel entry point : 0x00000080
Rootfs data offset : 0x00158600 / 1410560 bytes
Rootfs data length : 0x001e4e22 / 1986082 bytes
Tested-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Tested-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Due to limitations in the symvers treatment and the mei drivers
exporting the same funtions, modpost might use the wrong mei driver
to link against.
Work around this by renaming them all to the same name, making it
always the "right" module name even if the wrong file was used.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Apearently we need to ensure mwlwifi loads before mwifiex on
the WRT3200ACM, else mwifiex will claim the wifi.
Fix this by reverting to AutoLoad, but keep the removal of
mac80211 line.
This partially reverts commit 471d5dc6e3.
Fixes: 471d5dc6e3 ("mwlwifi: switch to AutoProbe")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
If PKG_BUILD_DIR contains symlinks, the generated Module.symvers will
contain the resolved paths, not the virtual path with the symlink name.
This breaks the filter for the module's own symbols, so to fix this
ensure we also grep for the resolved path.
Reported-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Tested-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Let the generic postinstall script invoke "kmodloader" when the just
installed package contains any /etc/module.d/ entries.
This allows us to skip the explicit "insert_module()" calls in the
package postinstall.
Due to the removed insert_module calls we do not need to assemble a
complete list of modules per package anymore, which allows for vast
simplification of the package generation code.
While we're at it, also support specifying default parameters for
modules using either the MODPARAM or MODPARAM.modulename variables
in KernelPackage.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Update to latest Git in order to fix potential memory corruption and invalid
memory access when handling query strings in conjunction with active basic
authentication.
a235636 2017-11-04 file: fix query string handling
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
By default, hostapd assumes r1_key_holder equal to bssid. If LEDE
configures the same static r1 key holder ID on two different APs (BSSes) the
RRB exchanges fails behind them.
Signed-off-by: Yury Shvedov <yshvedov@wimarksystems.com>
- H3 @ 1.3 GHz
- 1GiB DDR3
- 10/100Mbps Ethernet
- Realtek RTL8189ETV wifi
- 4 USB 2.0
Difference to the "Orange Pi Plus" is the lack of Gbit ethernet
and lack of onboard flash.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
Current jumbo frame support code allocates rxbuffers of the maximum size
supported by the hardware (~14KB). This happens at the device open time
even if the configured MTU is lower (e.g. if it configured to standard
1500 bytes). Such behavior effectivly prevents interface start on boards
with a low ammount of RAM (e.g. WRT300N v2), since the kernel simly can
not allocates of ~0.8MB (14KB x 64).
So remove jumbo frame support for now.
Reported-by: Nerijus Baliunas <nerijus@users.sourceforge.net>
Tested-by: Nerijus Baliunas <nerijus@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
The patch, which adds multiphy support, adds new path for non-standard
PHYs (e.g. MV88E6060 switch IC) to avoid using kernel phy framework. All
work well except the link status traking (Duplex and Speed), which is
reseted as soon as PHY connection procedure is done. This leads to lost
of the link status of non-standard PHY, which is configured exactly in
the ixp4xx_phy_connect() function.
Move the generic reset of a link state to the ixp4xx_phy_connect()
function to the code path, which is intended for handling of a normal
PHY.
Reported-by: Nerijus Baliunas <nerijus@users.sourceforge.net>
Tested-by: Nerijus Baliunas <nerijus@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Defining it will let the build tool download the tarball file from
a buildbot server, avoiding a clone of the source repo.
Signed-off-by: Arjun AK <lede@arjunak.com>
On NOR based Mikrotik devices, 4K sectors significantly slow down
firmware flashing and jffs2 usage. On NAND based devices they may be
necessary to run rbcfg (the boot loader config is often on SPI NOR).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Some targets need 4K sectors for small flash chips (e.g. some
routerboards, where the entire chip is just one "erase block"), whereas
on other devices 4K sectors lead to horrible flash erase/write
performance.
Set the default limit in the generic kernel configuration to 4 MiB to
ensure that all new platforms don't use 4K sectors for bigger flash
chips. On all existing targets use 16 MiB for now to avoid regressions.
They will be changed individually in follow-up commits.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
7a49632 logd: use uloop instead of ustream_fd for syslog
69d6542 logd: only create pipe in stream mode
df30c8c logread: terminate after EOF
bdcacad logd: implement oneshot mode for stream log read
4a10d4e logread: use oneshot mode without -f, wait for logd to close
ea3d7fa logd: enforce line length limit for ubus based log messages as well
960a29d logread: remove leftover debug code
a081904 logread: fix line buffer size
2c0d9cf logd: move stripping of newlines to log_add()
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This changes the cmdline from:
Kernel command line: root=/dev/mmcblk0p5 rootfstype=squashfs,ext4 rootwait noinitrd
Bootloader command line (ignored): board=NBG6817 root=/dev/mmcblk0p5 rootwait zld_ver=2.04 console=ttyHSL1,115200n8 mtdparts=m25p80:0xC0000(SBL)ro,0x40000(TZ)ro,0x40000(RPM)ro,0x80000(u-boot)ro,0x10000(env)ro,0x10000(ART)ro,0x10000(dualflag),0x210000(reserved)
to
Kernel command line: rootfstype=squashfs,ext4 rootwait noinitrd root=/dev/mmcblk0p5
Bootloader command line (ignored): board=NBG6817 root=/dev/mmcblk0p5 rootwait zld_ver=2.04 console=ttyHSL1,115200n8 mtdparts=m25p80:0xC0000(SBL)ro,0x40000(TZ)ro,0x40000(RPM)ro,0x80000(u-boot)ro,0x10000(env)ro,0x10000(ART)ro,0x10000(dualflag),0x210000(reserved)
As a consequence booting from the alternative dual-boot partition set
(root=/dev/mmcblk0p8) becomes possible.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Newer devices tend to only support the newer version of the pin
verification command, so also try that one.
Fixes PIN issues with modems like the Sierra Wireless MC7455
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Without this change, when a user disables seccomp support in .config,
procd does not get recompiled unless the package is cleaned manually.
It is because when -D option is missing from cmake command line, cmake
uses cached value from the previous run where seccomp was enabled.
Signed-off-by: Michal Sojka <sojkam1@fel.cvut.cz>
AP-DK01.1-C1 is QCA dev board with:
- ipq4018 quad core ARM @716.8MHz, 2x2 dual (11n+11ac) radio
- 256MB RAM
- 32MB SPI flash
- QCA8075 multiport ethernet phy (WAN port, 4x LAN ports)
First installation via u-boot:
sf probe
sf erase 0x180000 0x1a00000
tftpboot 0x84000000 lede-ipq806x-AP-DK01.1-C1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
sf write 0x84000000 0x180000 $filesize
Further upgrades via sysupgrade.
Changes:
- add partitions
- set memory size to 256MB
- add reserved memory mapping
- add correct compatible string
- add image generation
- extract pre-cal data from ART partition
Compile and run tested.
Wirespeed NAT can be achieved with spreading rx interrupts over different
cores. Wifi speed is ~550Mbps @5GHz in open air.
Note:
AP-DK01.1-C1 is fully compatible with AP-DK01.2-C1, which has
ipq4028 instead of ipq4018 on board.
Changes since v2:
- based on dts(i) rework/cleanup submitted:
http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/lede-dev/2017-October/009596.html
- precise reserved memory mapping
- more precise description
- compatible string
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Supported frequencies of all ipq40xx chips are 48, 200, 500 and 716.8 MHz.
Previous 666MHz setting was most likely related to instability of early
chips/boards made before mass production.
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
If we enable -fstack-protector while building libunwind, function
__stack_chk_fail_local will be referred to for i386 and powerpc32
arches. This will cause link failure because the default gcc build
specs says no link_ssp if -nostdlib is given.
The error message:
OpenWrt-libtool: link: ccache_cc -shared -fPIC -DPIC .libs/os-linux.o mi/.libs/init.o mi/.libs/flush_cache.o mi/.libs/mempool.o mi/.libs/strerror.o x86/.libs/is_fpreg.o x86/.libs/regname.o x86/.libs/Los-linux.o mi/.libs/backtrace.o mi/.libs/dyn-cancel.o mi/.libs/dyn-info-list.o mi/.libs/dyn-register.o mi/.libs/Ldyn-extract.o mi/.libs/Lfind_dynamic_proc_info.o mi/.libs/Lget_accessors.o mi/.libs/Lget_proc_info_by_ip.o mi/.libs/Lget_proc_name.o mi/.libs/Lput_dynamic_unwind_info.o mi/.libs/Ldestroy_addr_space.o mi/.libs/Lget_reg.o mi/.libs/Lset_reg.o mi/.libs/Lget_fpreg.o mi/.libs/Lset_fpreg.o mi/.libs/Lset_caching_policy.o x86/.libs/Lcreate_addr_space.o x86/.libs/Lget_save_loc.o x86/.libs/Lglobal.o x86/.libs/Linit.o x86/.libs/Linit_local.o x86/.libs/Linit_remote.o x86/.libs/Lget_proc_info.o x86/.libs/Lregs.o x86/.libs/Lresume.o x86/.libs/Lstep.o x86/.libs/getcontext-linux.o -Wl,--whole-archive ./.libs/libunwind-dwarf-local.a ./.libs/libunwind-elf32.a -Wl,--no-whole-archive -L/var/lib/bbmnt/buildbot/slaves/dave-builder/i386_i486/build/sdk/staging_dir/target-i386_i486_musl-1.1.16/usr/lib -L/var/lib/bbmnt/buildbot/slaves/dave-builder/i386_i486/build/sdk/staging_dir/target-i386_i486_musl-1.1.16/lib -L/var/lib/bbmnt/buildbot/slaves/dave-builder/i386_i486/build/sdk/staging_dir/toolchain-i386_i486_gcc-5.4.0_musl-1.1.16/usr/lib -L/var/lib/bbmnt/buildbot/slaves/dave-builder/i386_i486/build/sdk/staging_dir/toolchain-i386_i486_gcc-5.4.0_musl-1.1.16/lib -lc -lgcc -Os -march=i486 -fstack-protector -Wl,-z -Wl,now -Wl,-z -Wl,relro -nostartfiles -nostdlib -Wl,-soname -Wl,libunwind.so.8 -o .libs/libunwind.so.8.0.1
.libs/os-linux.o: In function `_Ux86_get_elf_image':
os-linux.c:(.text+0x588): undefined reference to `__stack_chk_fail_local'
x86/.libs/Lregs.o: In function `_ULx86_access_fpreg':
Lregs.c:(.text+0x25b): undefined reference to `__stack_chk_fail_local'
x86/.libs/Lresume.o: In function `_ULx86_resume':
Lresume.c:(.text+0xdc): undefined reference to `__stack_chk_fail_local'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Makefile:2249: recipe for target 'libunwind.la' failed
The snippet from gcc -dumpspecs
%{!nostdlib:%{!nodefaultlibs:%(link_ssp) %(link_gcc_c_sequence)}}
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Update wireguard to latest snapshot:
9fc5daf version: bump snapshot
748ca6b compat: unbreak unloading on kernels 4.6 through 4.9
7be9894 timers: switch to kees' new timer_list functions
6be9a66 wg-quick: save all hooks on save
752e7af version: bump snapshot
2cd9642 wg-quick: fsync the temporary file before renaming
b139499 wg-quick: allow for saving existing interface
582c201 contrib: add reresolve-dns
8e04be1 tools: correct type for CTRL_ATTR_FAMILY_ID
c138276 wg-quick: allow for the hatchet, but not by default
d03f2a0 global: use fewer BUG_ONs
6d681ce timers: guard entire setting in block
4bf32ca curve25519: only enable int128 if compiler support is sound
86e06a3 device: expand scope of destruct lock
e3661ab global: get rid of useless forward declarations
bedc77a device: only take reference if netns is different
7c07e22 wg-quick: remember to rewind DNS settings on failure
2352ec0 wg-quick: allow specifiying multiple hooks
573cb19 qemu: test using four cores
e09ec4d global: style nits
4d3deae qemu: work around ccache bugs
7491cd4 global: infuriating kernel iterator style
78e079c peer: store total number of peers instead of iterating
d4e2752 peer: get rid of peer_for_each magic
6cf12d1 compat: be sure to include header before testing
3ea08d8 qemu: allow for cross compilation
d467551 crypto/avx: make sure we can actually use ymm registers
c786c46 blake2: include headers for macros
328e386 global: accept decent check_patch.pl suggestions
a473592 compat: fix up stat calculation for udp tunnel
9d930f5 stats: more robust accounting
311ca62 selftest: initialize mutex in routingtable selftest
8a9a6d3 netns: use time-based test instead of quantity-based
e480068 netns: use read built-in instead of ncat hack for dmesg
Compile-tested-for: ar71xx
Run-tested-on: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Unset the default LED gpio pin if the same gpio pin is used by a button
defined via platform button. It prevents the change of the GPIO value
on wireless up/down or wireless traffic.
Fixes: FS#1129
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This fixes the LED configuration for the D-Link DIR-869 A1. In order to
support the device I probed around using an initramfs image for the
UniFi AC. Pulling GPIO 15 to low enabled the LEDs while high disabled them.
GPIO 16 set to low meant that the color was white while pulling it to high
made the color change to orange. The past code was written based upon these
findings.
However, running a flashed image I now discovered that GPIO 15 controls the
orange LEDs while GPIO 16 controls the white ones and that both are active
when low. This means that the GPIOs were inverted and one active_low was set
wrong which this patch fixes.
Behavior of the LED front after this patch is applied:
cat /sys/devices/platform/leds-gpio/leds/d-link:white:status/brightness
0 -> white LEDs are OFF
255 -> white LEDs are ON
cat /sys/devices/platform/leds-gpio/leds/d-link:orange:status/brightness
0 -> orange LEDs are OFF
255 -> orange LEDs are ON
If the brightness of both is set to 255 the LED front will be white.
If the brightness of both is set to 0 the LED front will be off.
Signed-off-by: Florian Beier <beier.florian@gmail.com>
The GPIOs are used for defined LEDs and therefore are ignored/unset in
the ath9k driver since 192f0a3db8. The wireless led led trigger is
added in userspace since e20965811d, which makes the
ap9x_pci_setup_wmac_led_pin() superfluous.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Upgrade uboot-kirkwood to upstream release 2017.09
Catch up with upstream and move configuration options from
simple defines to Kconfig, as otherwise dependencies would
not be resolved and code would not compile.
Tested-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
The platform data was missing the num_registers element which is now
mandatory in linux 4.9
Without this patch, the gpio probing would fail with:
gpio gpiochip1: (74x164): tried to insert a GPIO chip with zero lines
Fixes: #1106
Tested-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The ZyXEL NBG6817 calculates all MAC addresses based on the ethaddr
value stored in the U-Boot environment (0:APPSBLENV). No MAC addresses
are stored in the ART partition and the generated MAC addresses for the
wlan interfaces alternate randomly between 12:34:56:78:90:12 and
00:03:7f:12:34:56.
interface new/ OEM MAC old MAC
wlan-2.4g (phy1): ethaddr undefined
wlan-5g (phy0): ethaddr + 1 undefined
lan : ethaddr + 2 ethaddr
wan : ethaddr + 3 ethaddr + 1
This patch defines stable MAC addresses for the wlan interfaces for
the first time instead of generating them at random. The previously
defined values for lan/ wan are changed to follow the settings of the
OEM firmware.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
The ZyXEL NBG6817 uses an eMMC flash for the rootfs, which is split
into the readonly squashfs and ext4 for the overlay. This adds the
required package to the device packages to allow mounting the overlay
by default.
/dev/root on /rom type squashfs (ro,relatime)
proc on /proc type proc (rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime)
sysfs on /sys type sysfs (rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime)
tmpfs on /tmp type tmpfs (rw,nosuid,nodev,noatime)
/dev/loop0 on /overlay type ext4 (rw,noatime,data=ordered)
overlayfs:/overlay on / type overlay (rw,noatime,lowerdir=/,upperdir=/overlay/upper,workdir=/overlay/work)
tmpfs on /dev type tmpfs (rw,nosuid,relatime,size=512k,mode=755)
devpts on /dev/pts type devpts (rw,nosuid,noexec,relatime,mode=600,ptmxmode=000)
debugfs on /sys/kernel/debug type debugfs (rw,noatime)
mountd(pid1040) on /tmp/run/blockd type autofs (rw,relatime,fd=7,pgrp=1,timeout=30,minproto=5,maxproto=5,indirect)
Before this commit, the ext4 based overlayfs could not be mounted,
which left only the tmpfs based/ volatile emergency overlay in place.
Fixes: https://forum.lede-project.org/t/zyxel-nbg6817-flashing-from-oem/768
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Commit 2e496876c6 fixed the generation of the depends line for external
kernel modules which makes it possible for the build system to
automatically detect this missing dependency.
This fixes the packaging of kmod-ltq-atm for the ar9, xway and
xway-legacy subtarget.
Fixes: FS#1124
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Unmodified dns and domain variables could be needed in user script (/etc/udhcpc.user).
Signed-off-by: Tero Jänkä <tero.janka@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> (cleanup)
mpc85xx uses this for firmware image files, since the dtb data is not
directly part of the kernel image. This causes build failures in the
image builder.
Fix this by adding a separate build step that runs this call earlier,
reusing the generated file for any calls from kernel or image build
commands.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add xconfig target to include/toplevel.mk, so that ``make xconfig`` can
be invoked from $TOPDIR to use Qt based configuration tool to prepare
.config file.
The qconf related sources are taken from linux 4.9.13 archive.
Signed-off-by: Alif M. Ahmad <alive4ever@live.com>
This commit adds qconf related files to .gitignore.
The files to be tracked are qconf.cc, qconf.h, and images.c.
The files to be ignored are qconf*.o, qconf*, qconf.moc, and
.tmp_qtcheck.
Signed-off-by: Alif M. Ahmad <alive4ever@live.com>
qconf is kconfig UI utilizing QT toolkit. This makes it possible to use
graphical interface interaction to configure LEDE build target.
This commit adds qconf target to ./script/config/Makefile to be used by
toplevel ``make xconfig`` later.
Signed-off-by: Alif M. Ahmad <alive4ever@live.com>
On some devices the flash chip needs to be in 3-byte addressing mode during
reboot, otherwise the boot loader will fail to start.
This mode however does not allow regular reads/writes onto the upper 16M
half. W25Q256 has separate read commands for reading from >16M, however
it does not have any separate write commands.
This patch changes the code to leave the chip in 3-byte mode most of the
time and only switch during erase/write cycles that go to >16M
addresses.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Switch from git to xz release tarball as there's no good reason to keep
using git when release tarballs are provided.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
OpenSSL is built with the generic linux settings for most targets,
including aarch64. These generic settings are designed for 32-bit CPU and
provide no assembler optmization: this is widely suboptimal for aarch64.
This patch simply switches to the aarch64 settings that are already
available in OpenSSL.
Here is the output of "openssl speed" before the optimization, with
"(...)" representing build flags that didn't change:
OpenSSL 1.0.2l 25 May 2017
options:bn(64,32) rc4(ptr,char) des(idx,cisc,2,int) aes(partial) blowfish(ptr)
compiler: aarch64-openwrt-linux-musl-gcc (...)
And after this patch, OpenSSL uses 64 bit mode and assembler optimizations:
OpenSSL 1.0.2l 25 May 2017
options:bn(64,64) rc4(ptr,char) des(idx,cisc,2,int) aes(partial) blowfish(ptr)
compiler: aarch64-openwrt-linux-musl-gcc (...) -DSHA1_ASM -DSHA256_ASM -DSHA512_ASM
Here are some benchmarks on a pine64+ running latest LEDE master r5142-20d363aed3:
before# openssl speed sha aes blowfish
The 'numbers' are in 1000s of bytes per second processed.
type 16 bytes 64 bytes 256 bytes 1024 bytes 8192 bytes
sha1 3918.89k 9982.43k 19148.03k 24933.03k 27325.78k
sha256 4604.51k 10240.64k 17472.51k 21355.18k 22801.07k
sha512 3662.19k 14539.41k 21443.16k 29544.11k 33177.60k
blowfish cbc 16266.63k 16940.86k 17176.92k 17237.33k 17252.35k
aes-128 cbc 19712.95k 21447.40k 22091.09k 22258.35k 22304.09k
aes-192 cbc 17680.12k 19064.47k 19572.14k 19703.13k 19737.26k
aes-256 cbc 15986.67k 17132.48k 17537.28k 17657.17k 17689.26k
after# openssl speed sha aes blowfish
type 16 bytes 64 bytes 256 bytes 1024 bytes 8192 bytes
sha1 6770.87k 26172.80k 86878.38k 205649.58k 345978.20k
sha256 20913.93k 74663.85k 184658.18k 290891.09k 351032.66k
sha512 7633.10k 30110.14k 50083.24k 71883.43k 82485.25k
blowfish cbc 16224.93k 16933.55k 17173.76k 17234.94k 17252.35k
aes-128 cbc 19425.74k 21193.31k 22065.74k 22304.77k 22380.54k
aes-192 cbc 17452.29k 18883.84k 19536.90k 19741.70k 19800.06k
aes-256 cbc 15815.89k 17003.01k 17530.03k 17695.40k 17746.60k
For some reason AES and blowfish do not benefit, but SHA performance
improves between 1.7x and 15x. SHA256 clearly benefits the most from the
optimization (4.5x on small blocks, 15x on large blocks!).
When using EVP (with "openssl speed -evp <algo>"):
# Before, EVP mode
type 16 bytes 64 bytes 256 bytes 1024 bytes 8192 bytes
sha1 3824.46k 10049.66k 19170.56k 24947.03k 27325.78k
sha256 3368.33k 8511.15k 16061.44k 20772.52k 22721.88k
sha512 2845.23k 11381.57k 19467.69k 28512.26k 33008.30k
bf-cbc 15146.74k 16623.83k 17092.01k 17211.39k 17249.62k
aes-128-cbc 17873.03k 20870.61k 21933.65k 22216.36k 22301.35k
aes-192-cbc 16184.18k 18607.15k 19447.13k 19670.02k 19737.26k
aes-256-cbc 14774.06k 16757.25k 17457.58k 17639.42k 17686.53k
# After, EVP mode
type 16 bytes 64 bytes 256 bytes 1024 bytes 8192 bytes
sha1 7056.97k 27142.10k 89515.86k 209155.41k 347419.99k
sha256 7745.70k 29750.06k 95341.48k 211001.69k 332376.75k
sha512 4550.47k 18086.06k 39997.10k 65880.75k 81431.21k
bf-cbc 15129.20k 16619.03k 17090.56k 17212.76k 17246.89k
aes-128-cbc 99619.74k 269032.34k 450214.23k 567353.00k 613933.06k
aes-192-cbc 93180.74k 231017.79k 361766.66k 433671.51k 461731.16k
aes-256-cbc 89343.23k 209858.58k 310160.04k 362234.88k 380878.85k
Blowfish does not seem to have assembler optimization at all, and SHA
still benefits (between 1.6x and 14.5x) but is generally slower than in
non-EVP mode.
However, AES performance is improved between 5.5x and 27.5x, which is
really impressive! For aes-128-cbc on large blocks, a core i7-6600U
@2.60GHz is only twice as fast...
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Serial output was broken since 3.16 for shared uarts between
kernel and login. Fix this by adding a fix sent upstream.
While at it, drop a useless patch that adds duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Newer kernels treat differing signatures an error, not just a warning,
so fix the signatures to match.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Minimum supported kernel is 3.18, so we don't need to test for anything
older. In addition, the API hasn't changed since then, so we don't need
to check for any kernel version at all. This helps to keeps the amount
of changes more managable.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Refresh patches
Remove 320-curl-confopts.m4-fix-disable-threaded-resolver.patch as
integrated upstream
See https://curl.haxx.se/changes.html for the bugfixes in 7.56.0 and
7.56.1
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Changes in v1.27.0 :
build: Fixed accidental compiler flags concatenation for MSVC (Patch from LazyHamster) (GH-1029)
build: Reduce libxml2 version requirement to 2.6.26 (Patch from Mike Lothian) (GH-1020)
asio: Support for Windows / MinGW (Patch from Daniel Evers) (GH-1027)
h2load: Print out h2 header fields with --verbose option (GH-1015)
nghttpx: Send non-final response to HTTP/1.1 or HTTP/2 client only (GH-1016)
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Commit 2e496876c6 fixed the generation of the depends line for external
kernel modules which makes it possible for the build system to
automatically detect this missing dependency. This fixes the build bot
build of the lantiq/aes target.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The build system already defines KERNEL_CROSS which defaults to TARGET_CROSS.
Make use of this variable for kernel makefiles.
Signed-off-by: Karl Vogel <karl.vogel@gmail.com>
The NXP LSDK kernel backported changes for interface ndo_get_stats64
functions from mainline, this causes a compile error with
backports/mac80211, which expects the original 4.9 defintion.
As reversing the ndo_get_stats64 change signifcantly reduces the size of
patch 601, the patches that were aggregated into it have been
disaggregated.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
These conflict with the kmod packages (such as nf-netlink)
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
[Add same changes for arm8_32b subtarget and refresh config]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Mark target arc770 as source-only as it has package compile issues
(e.g. iproute2) due to the usage of uClibc.
As a prerequisite to be included in future releases the arc770 target
needs to switch either to glibc or musl.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The creation was accidentally moved to the wrong hook, fix it by moving
it to the pre hook.
Fixes: e5e5c3f5fd ("build: ensure PKG_INFO_DIR exists before trying to use it")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
PKG_INFO_DIR is only created at the finish step of the first package
build, but kernel modules now use it at the start. Doing a parallel build
could cause a kernel module to be the first package, breaking the build.
Fix this by ensuring the directory exists.
Fixes: 2e496876c6 ("kernel: collect module symvers for external modules")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Now that we have working module dependency generation, we can switch to
AutoProbe and let modprobe handle loading required modules.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Now that we have working module dependency generation, we can switch to
AutoProbe and let modprobe handle loading required modules.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Now that we have working module dependency generation, we can switch to
AutoProbe and let modprobe handle loading required modules.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Now that we have working module dependency generation, we can switch to
AutoProbe and let modprobe handle loading required modules.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Reoder the build to build the glue module first and pass the glue module's
Module.symvers to the wl driver builds.
This allows modpost to properly store a wl_glue dependency in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Now that we have working module dependency generation, we can switch to
AutoProbe and let modprobe handle loading required modules.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
We already have a DEPENDS on mac80211, which should be enough to ensure
headers are available before build.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Now that we have working module dependency generation, we can switch to
AutoProbe and let modprobe handle loading required modules.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Collect module symvers for all external modules to make them available
for modpost. This fixes dependencies for most external modules.
Example:
Before:
root@LEDE:/# modinfo mt76
module: /lib/modules/4.4.74/mt76.ko
license: Dual BSD/GPL
depends:
After:
root@LEDE:/# modinfo mt76
module: /lib/modules/4.4.74/mt76.ko
license: Dual BSD/GPL
depends: mac80211,cfg80211
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This reverts commit e7373e489d.
Support of "-s" depends on the CONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG compile time flag which
is not enabled for all build variants.
Revert the change for now until we can properly examine the size impact of
CONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG.
Fixes FS#1117.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Remove the ephy-pins from the ethernet device tree node. The ephy-pins
are useed to controll the ePHY LEDs and this board doesn't have these.
Instead one of the ePHY pins is used in GPIO mode to control the WAN
LED.
Use the switch LED trigger to control the WAN LED. Move the power LED
handling to diag.sh to show the boot status via this LED.
Add the missing kernel packages for USB and microSD card reader to the
default package selection.
Fix the maximum image size value. The board has a 32MByte flash chip.
Fixes: FS#1055
Signed-off-by: Edmunt Pienkowsky <roed@onet.eu>
[make the commit message more verbose, remove GPIO pinmux for pins not
used as GPIOs]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
glibc is moving to remove the include of sys/sysmacros.h from
sys/types.h, and some distros have done this early. Other libcs may
already lack this include. Include sysmacros.h explicitly.
Fixes: FS#1017
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
[refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
glibc is moving to remove the include of sys/sysmacros.h from
sys/types.h, and some distros have done this early. Other libcs may
already lack this include. Include sysmacros.h explicitly.
Fixes: FS#1018
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
glibc is moving to remove the include of sys/sysmacros.h from
sys/types.h, and some distros have done this early. Other libcs may
already lack this include. Include sysmacros.h explicitly.
Fixes: FS#1015
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
[refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
glibc is moving to remove the include of sys/sysmacros.h from
sys/types.h, and some distros have done this early. Other libcs may
already lack this include. Include sysmacros.h explicitly.
Fixes: FS#1016
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
The init script generated something like "DEVICE=/dev/sda" when it should
have been generating "DEVICE /dev/sda". mdadm errors on this. Patch by jow.
Also changed the default sendmail path to /usr/sbin/sendmail. No package
in LEDE provides /sbin/sendmail. msmtp provides /usr/sbin/sendmail so use
that.
Also add a patch to fix file paths for mdadm runtime files. mdadm currently
errors on them since /run is missing. Once /run is added to stock LEDE, this
patch can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[rewrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The package kmod-ipt-debug builds the module xt_TRACE, which allows
users to use '-j TRACE' as target in the chain PREROUTING of the table
raw in iptables.
The kernel compilation flag NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_TRACE is also enabled so
that this feature which is implemented deep inside the linux IP stack
(for example in sk_buff) is compiled.
But a strace of iptables -t raw -I PREROUTING -p icmp -j TRACE reveals
that an attempt is made to read /usr/lib/iptables/libxt_TRACE.so, which
fails as this dynamic library is not present on the system.
I created the package iptables-mod-trace which takes care of that, and
target TRACE now works!
https://dev.openwrt.org/ticket/16694https://dev.openwrt.org/ticket/19661
Signed-off-by: Martin Wetterwald <martin.wetterwald@corp.ovh.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: also remove trace extension from builtin extension list
and depend on kmod-ipt-raw since its required for rules]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Tested-by: Enrico Mioso <mrkiko.rs@gmail.com>
Without this, posix_[fm]advise does not work. This causes issues with
btrfs-progs, which uses fadvise to drop caches.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Backport two fixes for the fix of CVE-2017-13080, preventing side channel
attacks and making it work for TKIP.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This commit fix 5GHz wireless interface used in Archer C58/C59/C60v1
and set correctly MAC address on this interface.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
IMG_PREFIX can be modified in ImageBuilder by passing EXTRA_IMAGE_NAME
on command line, but Image/Prepare is not run in ImageBuilder. This
causes missing files when IMG_PREFIX is used for target file names in
Image/Prepare, then as source file names in Image/BuildKernel or
Image/Build.
Fix this by using a fixed output file name in Image/Prepare, and copy to
the expected file name in Image/BuildKernel instead, which is run by
ImageBuilder.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Remove reference to pinmux group "wdt rst" on EW1200, ZBT-WG2626 and
ZBT-WG3526 devices. "wdt rst" is a pinmux function and not a pinmux
group.
Fixes the following error message during boot:
rt2880-pinmux pinctrl: invalid group "wdt rst" for function "gpio"
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Zyxel NBG6817 features a WiFi button, which becomes functional by setting
correct GPIO. It is a switch-type button, so it emits KEY_RFKILL on each ON
and OFF state. This is achieved by setting input-type to EV_SW.
Signed-off-by: Tolga Cakir <tolga@cevel.net>
Add the respective colour to the LED's names for the GL-AR150 to be conform
to the kernel. Also add netdev triggers for the LAN and WAN LED.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Append and enforce image metadata. Remove the device specific image
checks, they are replaced by image metadata.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the values populated by the generic board detect function. The
first compatible from the device tree source file will be the board
name in userspace. The model property from the device tree source file
will be the model name.
Change the board name where used in the userspace and drop the target
specific board detect, to use the generic one.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
initramfs is not the proper name for this, as it stores a boot ramdisk
and not a filesystem. Update the name to reflect it's usage correctly.
If CMDLINE_OVERRIDE is enabled, the chosen bootargs aren't used at all.
Drop them from the device tree source file to not cause confusion.
Remove the noinitrd bootarg. Due to the empty ramdisk this parameter
isn't required any longer:
[ 0.000000] Initrd not found or empty - disabling initrd
Use the LEDE mtd-mac-address* device tree properties to set the interfaces
MAC-Addresses.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Move the kernel config changes added with the HiveAP 330 to the
subtarget the board belongs to instead of changing the target kernel
config.
While at it, move the TL_WDR4900_V1 config symbol to the containing
subtarget and disable boards we don't support.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The following moves the mpc85xx target (generic & P1020) to the new
build code style.
Compile & Flash tested on an Aerohive HiveAP-330.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
That device does not have a USB port. It as the same board as the
WT3020-8M, but without soldered USB port port. Also the case lacks the
opening for the port.
Reported-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
the nexx wt3020-8M has a usb 2.0 port,
add usb 2.0 support packages to its default package list.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Backport HANDSHAKE and TRAINING notification from ltq-vdsl-app. It
unifies the dsl led blinking pattern accross all subtargets and allows
to get the current line status from the dsl led.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The lantiq ATM driver is load for all subtargets on demand now. There
is not need to handle the xrx200 ATM driver in a special way any
longer.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This change makes it possible to configure the wan/dsl ppp interface
settings independantly from the used TC-Layer (ATM/PTM).
By using dsl0 as interface name as for the xrx200 we can get rid of a
few conditionals which were introduced because of the different default
TC-Layer in xway and xrx200.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set a default Annex matching the the annex of the selected adsl
firmware.
Set Annex B for xrx200 board which are known to have an ADSL hybrid for
Annex B.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With removing the boards from the the default case to fix the xDSL WAN
MAC-Address, the setting for the default LAN interface wasn't added.
Fixes: 92a12c434c ("lantiq: fix avm fritz box mac addresses")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
During the initial configuration phases, we have not set-up the kernel
source directory, which would lead to such messages:
cat:
/local/users/fainelli/openwrt/trunk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-uml/linux-4.9.58/include/config/kernel.release:
No such file or directory
Just silence it, since it does not create a functional problem.
Fixes: 8e0e0e7d8b ("include: Determine MODULES_DIR correctly for external/git kernels")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Patch 610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_check added an extra flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH
which is copied to user space in function copy_entries_to_user. The 32bit compat
layer function was missing the same logic to copy the flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH to
user space for a 64bit kernel and 32 bit user space.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Dutre <thierry.dutre@dtsystems.be>
Patch 610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_check added an extra flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH
which is copied to user space in function copy_entries_to_user. The 32bit compat
layer function was missing the same logic to copy the flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH to
user space for a 64bit kernel and 32 bit user space.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Dutre <thierry.dutre@dtsystems.be>
Patch 610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_check added an extra flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH
which is copied to user space in function copy_entries_to_user. The 32bit compat
layer function was missing the same logic to copy the flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH to
user space for a 64bit kernel and 32 bit user space.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Dutre <thierry.dutre@dtsystems.be>
On RB91x (and possibly others), there is a small SPI flash to store boot
loader and configuration. It needs 4K sectors to be able to write the
configuration using rbcfg
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In 4.9, gpio count is rounded up to 32 due to the use of bgpio in the
ath79 gpio controller driver.
Fix base values in mach files to account for that
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Change the Makefile to use LTO for better code optimisations. Gains are
very low, only 270 bytes saved, but it's only Makefile changes.
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
Some bootloaders set a cache cohenrency to a very slow mode. Use code from
Linux kernel to set it to "Cacheable, noncoherent, write-back, write
allocate".
Perfomance impact is significant on TP-Link EAP245 board, kernel
decompression time fall from 33 seconds to less than 1.
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
Due a compiler bug on ARM targets
( https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=64516 )
unaligned access was disabled on all targets other than i386 and
x86_64 with commit 061319ec3d .
A fix has been added to lzo-2.09 so it is not necessary to disable
unaligned access within the Makefile anymore.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Oberhumer <stefan@obssys.com>
The kernel calls both ppc64 and ppc32 "powerpc", so we need to fixup
LINUX_KARCH when building with ARCH=powerpc64.
Signed-off-by: Florian Larysch <fl@n621.de>
Neither uClibc nor musl currently have working support for powerpc64 in
big endian mode. Thus, default to using glibc for this architecture.
Signed-off-by: Florian Larysch <fl@n621.de>
The powerpc64 feature flag was introduced with the PS3 support, which
has been removed for quite a while and is now unused. Remove it and the
special biarch handling it triggered during the toolchain build.
Signed-off-by: Florian Larysch <fl@n621.de>
This backports the upstream commit fixing stale references to
CONFIG_SUNXI_GMAC which have been later replaced by CONFIG_SUN7I_GMAC.
This fixes the designware MAC pinmuxing on e.g: Lamobo R1.
Refresh patches while we are at it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Starting with commit d5d332d3f7e8 ("devicetree: Move include prefixes
from arch to separate directory") included in 4.12 and newer relocated
the dt-bindings directory, so account for that while passing CPPFLAGS
before DTC runs.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
This driver supports the Bosch Sensortec BMP180/BMP280 pressure and
temperature sensors. It also supports the BME280 sensors with an
additional humidity channel.
Tested I2C and SPI modes with a BME280 sensor on a Raspberry Pi Zero W.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The Raspberry Pi bootloader reads configuration values from config.txt
in the boot partition. This file allows to specify the amount of memory
to assign to the GPU, the license keys for hardware MPEG-2 and VC-1
decoding, Device Tree parameters and overlays, and lots of other things.
Since sysupgrade only restores the configuration after booting the newly
flashed image, these values will not be active, even if sysupgrade would
save /boot/config.txt. To solve this, add the file to the files to be
backed up, and restore it in platform_copy_config, before reboot.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This affects the following boards:
* dr344
* archer-c58-v1
* archer-c60-v1
* tl-wr902ac-v1
* tl-wr942n-v1
* ubnt-uap-pro
* ubnt-unifi-outdoor-plus
The build fails for any of these boards because the resulting kernel
image will not fit into the kernel partition.
When CONFIG_KERNEL_KALLSYMS is not set it could be that the kernel will
fit onto the board again, this is the case for release images.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Kernel 4.9 support was added about 2 weeks ago and we haven't seen any
major regression so far. This patch was not ported to kernel 4.9, this
needs some additional work:
821-serial-core-add-support-for-boot-console-with-arbitr.patch
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When the kmod-at91-adc package is activated for the at91 target the new
option CONFIG_AT91_SAMA5D2_ADC is selectable and not handled. Add this
option to the kernel 4.9 configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
TP-Link Archer C7 v4 is a dual-band AC1750 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9561+QCA9888.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
1. Upload lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c7-v4-squashfs-factory.bin via Web interface
Flash instruction using TFTP recovery:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c7-v4-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to ArcherC7v4_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:
1. tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f040000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f040000 $filesize
4. reset
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9558 (720 MHz)
- RAM: 256MB
- Storage: 1MB NOR, 128 MB NAND flash
- Ethernet: 1x1000M
Installation:
1. Connect to serial console on the board
2. Boot initramfs image over u-boot
3. Copy image to the device and run sysupgrade
Installation without serial console is not supported at this time
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Kernel 4.9 is now working on the brcm47xx boards, we just recently fixed
the problem that some boards did not boot at all, by changing the memory
regions used to relocate the kernel to in the loader.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When porting the kernel patches from 4.4 to 4.9, they were missing a
small chunk that ensures that ftrace sections are kept in the vmlinux
image, even when linked with --gc-sections
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The ARV752DPW22 has the same generic mac address in the EEPROM as it
was already noticed for other lantiq boards using a ralink wireless.
Use the base mac address from the boardconfig partition as it is done
by the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This adds support for kernel 4.9 and replaces the kernel 4.4 support.
These are lynxis test results:
panda-board a3 - works, but no network, but master/4.4 doesn't have network either.
panda-board-a4 - u-boot SPL refuse to boot.
beaglebone-black - works
beagle-board - usb attached network doesn't come up and I doesn't have a serial around.
beagle-board-xm - ToDo: image code is missing.
Kernel 4.4 does not look better, so we merge this anyway.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
No patch refresh required.
Compile-tested for ar71xx - Archer C7 v2
Runtime-tested on ar71xx - Archer C7 v2
Fixes the following CVEs:
- CVE-2017-15265
- CVE-2017-0786
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The previous commit did not adjust PKG_RELEASE, therefore the
hostapd/wpad/wpa_supplicant packages containing the AP-side workaround
for KRACK do not appear as opkg update.
Bump the PKG_RELEASE to signify upgrades to downstream users.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This is a simple version bump. Changes:
* noise: handshake constants can be read-only after init
* noise: no need to take the RCU lock if we're not dereferencing
* send: improve dead packet control flow
* receive: improve control flow
* socket: eliminate dead code
* device: our use of queues means this check is worthless
* device: no need to take lock for integer comparison
* blake2s: modernize API and have faster _final
* compat: support READ_ONCE
* compat: just make ro_after_init read_mostly
Assorted cleanups to the module, including nice things like marking our
precomputations as const.
* Makefile: even prettier output
* Makefile: do not clean before cloc
* selftest: better test index for rate limiter
* netns: disable accept_dad for all interfaces
Fixes in our testing and build infrastructure. Now works on the 4.14 rc
series.
* qemu: add build-only target
* qemu: work on ubuntu toolchain
* qemu: add more debugging options to main makefile
* qemu: simplify shutdown
* qemu: open /dev/console if we're started early
* qemu: phase out bitbanging
* qemu: always create directory before untarring
* qemu: newer packages
* qemu: put hvc directive into configuration
This is the beginning of working out a cross building test suite, so we do
several tricks to be less platform independent.
* tools: encoding: be more paranoid
* tools: retry resolution except when fatal
* tools: don't insist on having a private key
* tools: add pass example to wg-quick man page
* tools: style
* tools: newline after warning
* tools: account for padding being in zero attribute
Several important tools fixes, one of which suppresses a needless warning.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Commit 2127425434 introduced an AP-side
workaround for key reinstallation attacks. This option can be used to
mitigate KRACK on the station side, in case those stations cannot be
updated. Since many devices are out there will not receive an update
anytime soon (if at all), it makes sense to include this workaround.
Unfortunately this can cause interoperability issues and reduced
robustness of key negotiation, so disable the workaround by default, and
add an option to allow the user to enable it if he deems necessary.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This reverts commit 13e5e47369.
This commit causes a severe regression in LAN->WAN routing performance
for several devices. This appears to be caused by the extra requirement
to validate the SKB checksum early in the rx path, which the ethernet
hardware does not do
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The previous CVE bugfix commit did not adjust PKG_RELEASE, therefore the
fixed hostapd/wpad/wpa_supplicant packages do not appear as opkg update.
Bump the PKG_RELEASE to signify upgrades to downstream users.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The build system took the DTB_SIZE definition from Default and not from
production-dtb under some conditions. Move the size definitions to
Default now as it is only used in production-dtb anyway.
Thanks Mathias Kresin for helping me with this.
Fixes: c2f052acae ("at91: convert boards to generic build target")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes a compile problem recently introduced by me.
Fixes: f40fd43ab2 ("ppp: fix compile warning")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Move wireguard from openwrt/packages to base a package.
This follows the pattern of kmod-cake and openvpn. Cake is a fast-moving
experimental kernel module that many find essential and useful. The
other is a VPN client. Both are inside of core. When you combine the two
characteristics, you get WireGuard. Generally speaking, because of the
extremely lightweight nature and "stateless" configuration of WireGuard,
many view it as a core and essential utility, initiated at boot time
and immediately configured by netifd, much like the use of things like
GRE tunnels.
WireGuard has a backwards and forwards compatible Netlink API, which
means the userspace tools should work with both newer and older kernels
as things change. There should be no versioning requirements, therefore,
between kernel bumps and userspace package bumps.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
These options where deactivated in the malta kernel, take the default
options form the generic kernel configuration now to better match the
other targets.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This change makes it possible to configure the wan/dsl ppp interface
settings independantly from the used TC-Layer (ATM/PTM).
Now you can move a device from an ADSL/ATM port to an VDSL/PTM port
without any configuration changes for example.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
[use the dsl0 interface name for the default netdev trigger in 01_led,
add ip dependency]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This fixes a build problem with many targets.
Fixes 618ed77a17 ("mac80211: add ath6kl kernel modules")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
MACsec/IEEE 802.1AE is useful to secure communication to and
from endpoints at Layer 2.
Starting with 4.6, the linux kernel provides a universal
macsec driver for authentication and encryption of traffic
in a LAN, typically with GCM-AES-128, and optional replay
protection.
http://standards.ieee.org/getieee802/download/802.1AE-2006.pdf
Note:
LEDE can utilize MACsec with a static connectivity association
key (static PSK) with the ip-full package installed.
<http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/ip-macsec.8.html>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
It is unclear why so many packages are selected for ClearFog Base compared
to its big brother, and there is no reason to not append metadata for Base.
Tidy this up as the only hardware difference between Base/Pro is the
presence of a switch and a different board name / device tree.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
Remove redundancy for platform_do_upgrade_clearfog
Fix platform_copy_config_clearfog to reflect -base/-pro split
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
This patch adds the help tool wpan-ping to test the 6LoWPAN
network to help the user debug network problem.
Signed-off-by: Yunhui Fu <yhfudev@gmail.com>
This is the final bugfix release in the gcc-5 series.
Compile and run tested on macOS 10.13 (Xcode 9), mvebu/ar71xx.
Removed redundant patch for macOS (backported upstream by yours truly)
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
This module from Laird includes the following:
- CPU Atmel SoC SAMA5D31
- Wifi QCA6004
- Bluetooth CSR8811
- RAM 64MB LPDDR
- FLASH 128MB
The flash is a dual image layout, kernel a/b, rootfs a/b, and a user
partition.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
This module from Laird includes the following:
- CPU Atmel SoC ARM926EJS
- Wifi AR6003
- Bluetooth CSR8510
- RAM 64MB LPDDR
- FLASH 128MB
The flash is a dual image layout, kernel a/b, rootfs a/b, and a user
partition.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
Instead of applying global defaults based on selected board, transition
to using a per board setting for UBIFS and UBINIZE.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
The platform generates squashfs images in a UBI block but misses the
kernel module to be able to mount the block.
DMA is also enabled to allow systems which include them in the DTS to
use it.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9531 (650MHz)
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 16MB NOR SPI flash
- Ethernet: 5x100M (1 PoE in, 4 PoE out)
- Outdoor use ready
This ethernet router is based on the same platform as the hEX PoE lite.
Installation
1. login to the Mikrotik WebUI to backup your licence keys
2. setup a DHCP/BOOTP Server with:
* DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name) pointing to a local TFTP
Server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
* DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name) matching the initramfs filename
of the to be booted image
3. connect the port labled internet to your local network
4. keep the reset button pushed down and power on the board
The board should load and start the initramfs image from the TFTP
Server. Login as root/without password to the started LEDE via ssh
listing on IPv4 address 192.168.1.1. Use sysupgrade to install LEDE.
Revert to RouterOS
Use the "rbcfg" package on in LEDE:
* rbcfg set boot_protocol bootp
* rbcfg set boot_device ethnand
* rbcfg apply
Open Netinstall and reboot routerboard. Now netinstall sees routerboard
and you can install RouterOS. If NetInstall gets stuck on Sending offer
just wait for it to timeout and then close and open Netinstall again.
Click on install again.
In order for RouterOS to function properly, you need to restore license
for the device. You can do that by including license in NetInstall
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Kimax U-25AWF-H1 is is a 2,5" HDD Enclosure with Wi-Fi/Eth conection
and battery, based on MediaTek MT7620A.
Patch rewritten from: https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?pid=305643
Specification:
- MT7620A CPU
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 802.11bgn WiFi
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- USB 2.0 Host
- UART for serial console
Flash instruction:
1. Download lede-ramips-mt7620-u25awf-h1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
2. Open webinterface a upgrade
3. After boot connect via ethernet to ip 192.168.1.1
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kucera <daniel.kucera@gmail.com>
[fix reset button gpio, don't add a lan/wan vlan config for single
port board, add -H1 suffix do make sure that this revision of the
board is supported/tested]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The following adds the Aerohive HiveAP-330 Access Point to LEDE under
the mpc85xx/p1020 subtarget.
Hardware:
- SoC: Freescale P1020NSE2DFB
- NAND: Intel JS28F512M29EWH 64MB
- Memory: 2x ProMOS V59C1G01168QBJ3 128MB (Total of 256MB)
- 2.4GHz WiFi: Atheros AR9390-AL1A
- 5.0GHz WiFi: Atheros AR9390-AL1A
- Eth1: Atheros AR8035-A PoE
- Eth2: Atheros AR8035-A
- TPM: Atmel AT97SC3204
- LED Driver: TI LP5521
Flashing:
1. Hook into UART (9600 baud) and enter U-Boot. You may need to enter a
password of administrator or AhNf?d@ta06 if prompted.
2. Once in U-Boot, tftp boot the initramfs image:
dhcp;
tftpboot 0x1000000 192.168.1.101:lede-
mpc85xx-p1020-hiveap-330-initramfs.zImage;
tftpboot 0x6000000 192.168.1.101:lede-mpc85xx-p1020-hiveap-330.fdt;
bootm 0x1000000 - 0x6000000;
3. Once booted, scp over the sysupgrade file and sysupgrade the device
to flash LEDE to the NAND.
sysupgrade /tmp/lede-mpc85xx-p1020-hiveap-330-sysupgrade.img
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This patch adds a new kernel option called CONFIG_CMDLINE_OVERRIDE. This
setting is for devices with locked down u-boot environments, where users
are unable to change the default bootargs. When set, the fdt driver will
propagate the cmdline for the kernel from chosen/bootargs-override
instead of chosen/bootargs as long as it exists within the DTB.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
The following patch enables building of initramfs images by default for
the P1020 subtarget in mpc85xx.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Add ext4 filesystem for creating sdcard image with ext4 rootfs and
removing ext2 as it superset of ext4.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Enabled SDHCI for sama5 in kernel default config and this is needed
to mount sdcard rootfs partition during boot.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
removed copying of binaries to BIN_DIR during install and using
default/install to install binaries to BIN_DIR folder.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Added sama5 to BUILD_SUBTARGET variable.This will populate at91bootstrap
menu options in bootloader menu only when SAMA5 devices are selected as
SUBTARGET and to avoid showing up this menu when legacy device is
selected as SUBTARGET and fixed typo mistake: sama5d3 -> sama5d2.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
This fixes the following problems:
* Add BUILD_DEVICES for legacy subtarget
* Use features from u-boot.mk for sama5 subtarget This is mainly done
by changing the prefix from uboot to U-Boot. This makes them depend
on the sama5 subtarget and not selectable for the legacy subtarget
any more
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Revert an accidental change that was introduced by having an old version
of the patch in my git tree, which was merged in 609208597b
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch adds a parser for the uci representation of
dnsmasq's "-a | --listen-address" option.
In summary, this option forces dnsmasq to listen on the
given IP address(es). Both interface and listen-address
options may be given, in which case the set of both
interfaces and addresses is used.
Note that if no interface option is given, but listen_address is,
dnsmasq will not automatically listen on the loopback interface.
To achieve this, the loopback IP addresses, 127.0.0.1 and/or ::1
must be explicitly added.
This option is useful for ujailed dnsmasq instances, that would
otherwise fail to work properly, because listening to the
"This host on this network" address (aka 0.0.0.0 see rfc1700 page 4)
may not be allowed.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> (PKG_RELEASE increase)
This PHY requires some extra programming to work reliably with all
devices. Backport upstream fix for it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
e781569 update to latest mac80211/cfg80211 API changes
37654d7 mt76x2: fix tx status ampdu length corner case
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This backports a patch from kernel 4.14 to the ath10k-ct version based
on kernel 4.13.
Some devices are using a user space script to load the calibration data
from the flash and this was not trigged any more.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This should help ath10k work on systems with little or no IOMMU
memory. apu2 can boot two 9888 NICs now, for instance. From
upstream patch by Adrian Chadd.
And, start building the 4.13 based CT ath10k driver.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Changes since last LEDE release include:
* Fix key-setting bug that broke sending the EAPOL 2/4 in some cases. This was a
bug I introduced some time back while trying to fix .11r and simplify the key
handling logic. (Patch to wpa_supplicant fixed the race with sending the 4/4
and setting the key...un-patched supplicant will still have this race and the 4-way
auth will not work as reliably.)
* Increase amount of active-tids that can be scheduled. This fixes a tx-stall
seen with many station vdevs.
* Fix bug in upstream code that would cause the maximum peer to never be scheduled
for tx.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
This is no requirement and plan to support 32-bit for ls1088ardb
and ls2088ardb. Current 32-bit firmware for them couldn't work,
so only keep 64-bit support for these two boards in menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
When build firmware for layerscape target with CONFIG_ALL_NONSHARED=y,
there would be a compile issue of usb ehci-fsl driver. Actually this
driver was for PPC platforms initially and was not ready for non-PPC
now, but a kernel kconfig patch removed PPC dependency for it. So that
kernel patch should be reverted.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This add support for kernel 4.9 to the ar71xx target.
It was compile tested with the generic, NAND and mikrotik subtarget.
Multiple members of the community tested it on their boards and did not
report any major problem so far.
Especially the NAND part received some changes to adapt to the new
kernel APIs. The serial driver hack used for the Arduino Yun was not
ported because the kernel changed there a lot.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
By default we are reusing the stack provided by CFE, like it is intended
by CFE. On my WRT54GS it is located at 0x8043BF30, so a big kernel image
could overwrite it. Relocate it to a different memory region which is
still under the 8MB RAM, but in the higher area. We only need this
memory region for the stack of the loader, Linux will set up this
for its own.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The boot process on a WRT54GL works the following way:
1. CFE gets loaded by the boot rom from flash
2. CFE loads the loader from the flash and gzip uncompresses it
3. CFE starts the loader
4. The loader stores the FW arguments and relocates itself to
BZ_TEXT_START (now 0x80600000)
5. The loader reads the Linux image from flash
6. The loader lzma decompresses the Linux image to LOADADDR (0x80001000)
7. The loader executes the uncompress Linux image at LOADADDR
The BZ_TEXT_START was set to 0x80400000 before. When the kernel gets
uncompressed and is bigger than BZ_TEXT_START - LOADADDR it overwrote
the loader which was currently uncompressing it and made the board
crash. Increase the BZ_TEXT_START my 2 MB to have more space for the
kernel. Even on 16MB RAM devices the memory goes till 0x80FFFFFF so this
should not be a problem.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The tplink 841n v13 requires an tplink v2 image header in
front of an initramfs image.
To boot an initramfs image:
- break the uboot by holding the '4' key
- setup your tftp server 192.168.0.255
- tftp 81000000 lede-ramips-mt76x8-tl-wr841n-v13-initramfs-kernel.bin
- bootm
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
If you unplug a QMI device, the /dev/cdc-wdmX device
disappears but uqmi will continue to poll it endlessly.
Then, when you plug it back, you have 2 uqmi processes,
and that's bad, because 2 processes talking QMI to the
same device [and the same time] doesn't seem to work well.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
There have been a number of interesting fixes in conntrack-tools since
the current latest release. Most notable is that this fixes IPv6
conntrack table syncing when cross-compiling conntrack-tools.
7e7748d src/main: refresh help message
fe32043 conntrackd.8: refresh file
47a4dda conntrackd.8: add reference to systemd
0cfe7ff doc/manual: include some bits about init systems
74a418b conntrackd: cthelper: ftp: Set match offset/len for PORT mangling
d833bed conntrackd: cthelper: ftp: Fix debug print
dd4b5a1 conntrackd: cthelper: Add new mdns helper
498d698 Link nfct and helper modules with `-z lazy`
9e94e85 sync-mode: print errno message on failure
ab81c35 log: print messages to stdout/sderr if running in console mode
631d92b log: introduce a mechanism to know if log was initialized
ccb1c8b conntrackd: replace error reporting in the config parser with dlog()
bee121e conntrackd: replace fprintf calls with dlog()
5a51b04 conntrack-tools: update Arturo Borrero Gonzalez email address
abb9984 helper: remove copy and paste from uapi kernel header
a91a004 src: add log message when resync is requested by other node
c2d8be1 systemd: fix missing log.h include
f6ca216 config: drop old/obsolete/deprecated conntrackd.conf config options
8b83771 conntrack: send mark filter to kernel iff set
1ba5e76 conntrackd: cthelper: Don't leak nat_tuple
832166d conntrackd: cthelper: Free pktb after use
ff843bc conntrackd: config: Do not strdup() tokens
b61c454 conntrackd: cthelper: ssdp: Track UPnP eventing
8ea394e conntrackd: Remove obsolete rule to catch ambiguous Checksum option
39398cd conntrackd: CommitTimeout breaks DisableExternalCache set On
29b390a conntrack: Support IPv6 NAT
381827a conntrackd: factorice tx_queue functions
131df89 conntrackd: factorize resync operations
d31bacc conntrackd: consolidate more code to use resync_send()
3d98496 conntrackd: request resync at startup
ef410bf conntrackd: remove use of HAVE_INET_PTON_IPV6
9d38445 conntrackd: evaluate configuration earlier
6feded7 conntrackd: cleanup if failed forking
dbfdea7 conntrackd: deprecate unix backlog configuration
210f542 conntrackd: make the daemon run in RT mode by default
37cc7f0 conntrackd: remove warning for -S
d2849d1 conntrack: Show multiple CPUs stats from proc
bc0b49a conntrackd: cthelper: ssdp: fix build with musl
0c77a25 tests: don't fail on modprobe since the driver might be built-in
eefe649 conntrack.8: refresh manpage
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
In order to build conntrack-tools from git, a newer version of
libnetfilter_conntrack is required. As 1.0.6 is currently the latest
release, switch to git.
b0a7cf7 include: expose a copy of nf_conntrack_common.h
f68f7b3 conntrack: fix missing break in setobjopt_undo_dnat()
79dac5a conntrack: revert getobjopt_is_nat() condition
b266523 libnetfilter_conntrack: bump version to 1.0.7
e870432 labels: don't crash on NULL labelmap
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
b39cac7 src: Correct typo in the location of internal.h in #include
58cb066 src: Declare the define visibility attribute together
e84b559 Revert "src: Declare the define visibility attribute together"
003c2b1 examples: set dummy connmark value to show use of NFQA_CT nested attribute
63973da doc: extend the doxygen section about NFQA_CFG_F_GSO
d7f74c7 build: bump version to 1.0.3
3f9eb57 build: bump library release version too
601abd1 doc: Add information about retrieving UID/GID/SECCTX fields
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
As git.netfilter.org seems to support HTTPS, use that instead of HTTP
which is insecure, or GIT which is blocked on many corporate networks.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Enable dwmac-sun8i Ethernet core to use the built-in FastEthernet port.
Enable exposed UART, USB and I2C pins.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The lantiq patch 0028-NET-lantiq-various-etop-fixes.patch and sunxi
patch 0051-stmmac-form-4-11.patch no longer applied after applying the
the "generalize napi_complete_done()" patch.
Update them so they apply, and refresh patches while at it.
Fixes: 9aeb7ce8dc ("generic: net: generalize napi_complete_done")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Backport upstream commit that improves ethernet performance by a
small amount.
Compile and run tested on ipq8065.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
These options are deactivating some kernel modules for IP blocks not
uses on this SoC. I saw the same when working with the ARM64 Marvell
board so it is better to move them to generic.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Layerscape uses Cortex-A53 or Cortex-A72 CPU. It's proper
to set below CPU_TYPE for 32-bit mode.
CPU_TYPE:=cortex-a15
CPU_SUBTYPE:=neon-vfpv4
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to add linux 4.9 support for layerscape.
All these kernel patches are from NXP LSDK 1709 release.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
NXP Layerscape LSDK had set up its own open source web site
and github for release.
https://lsdk.github.iohttps://github.com/qoriq-open-source
This patch is to update rcw/fman_ucode/u-boot packages with LSDK
git trees. Also add some patches of packages to support LEDE.
Since ARMv8 32-bit u-boot images are same with ARMv8 64-bit images
but 64-bit toolchain couldn't be used for 32-bit targets, we still
use a private tree for ARMv8 32-bit u-boot images. This is in plan
to move this private tree to NXP Layerscape github.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Rename subtargets 32b/64b with armv8_32b/armv8_64b which are
more proper, and update makefile files. There also will be other
subtargets added in the future, like armv7.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
A default rssileds config exists for the TP-Link WA850RE v1 but the
rssiled package is not included by default.
The compressed 17.01.3 image size increases by 3302 bytes which should
be tolerable even for a 4MB flash board.
Fixes: FS#1043
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With kernel commit 7630ea4bda18 ("Documentation: net: phy: improve
explanation when to specify the PHY ID") the purpose of using phy id
specific compatibles was clarified.
Remove the phy id specific compatibles since they are meant to be used
if the phy reports an incorrect or no phy id at all.
Reported-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The generic nand driver fails to load with:
gen_nand 14000000.nand-parts: platform_nand_data is missing
gen_nand: probe of 14000000.nand-parts failed with error -22
and the xway-nand driver is used afterwards.
Drop the gen_nand compatible to get rid of the error message.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on brcm2708/bcm2708, octeon and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on brcm2708/bcm2708, octeon and x86/64.
Fixes the following CVEs:
- CVE-2017-1000252
- CVE-2017-12153
- CVE-2017-12154
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The nghttp2 library is an implementation of the Hypertext Transfer
Protocol version 2 in C; it supports RFC7540 and RFC7541.
The package enables only the reusable C library; binary size is 130K (X86)
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch implements CPU frequency control as found on several
routerboard devices.
Supported SoCs:
- QCA953X
- AR9344
Tested on hAP lite and mAP lite (QCA953x): steps of 50MHz
Tested on LHG 5 (AR9344): steps of 50MHz
On unsupported hardware, this patch is a NOP: it will not alter the
new field.
"rbcfg help" will display an empty "cpu_freq" help listing.
"rbcfg show" will not show the cpu_freq field.
"rbcfg set/get cpu_freq" will return an error code.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
[adjusted subject]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Evaluation board 2.2 uses a different status LED pin
The other removed LEDs were never present
Signed-off-by: Catrinel Catrinescu <cc@80211.de>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Handle AR9344 as well. Disable the EHCI platform device when device mode
is active, to avoid resource conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
A recent commit in hostapd added a build option to specify the default
TLS ciphers. This build option is passed via CFLAGS. Due to the way
CFLAGS are handled when building wpad, the compiler tries to recursively
expand TLS_DEFAULT_CIPHERS, resulting in the following error:
../src/crypto/tls_openssl.c: In function 'tls_init':
<command-line>:0:21: error: 'DEFAULT' undeclared (first use in this function)
../src/crypto/tls_openssl.c:1028:13: note: in expansion of macro 'TLS_DEFAULT_CIPHERS'
ciphers = TLS_DEFAULT_CIPHERS;
^
Escape double quotes in the .cflags file to avoid this.
Fixes: 2f78034c3e ("hostapd: update to version 2017-08-24")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
5df3f01 config: suppress error if no wireless config present (FS#1030)
3429bd8 system-linux: add support for hotplug event 'move'
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch moves build_fw() to mktplinkfw-lib.c
The versions of mktplinkfw.c and mktplinkfw2.c had slight
differences in code flow, the version from mktplinkfw.c has been
preferred.
While it's expected that this change will not affect mktplinkfw2,
all use cases could not be tested and so this particular change
is committed separately.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch carves out the duplicated code of mktplinfw.c and
mktplinkfw2.c and moves it to mktplinkfw-lib.c
This change is a semantic NOP (the code is unchanged).
To ensure compatibility with gcc-5.x and newer without changing
the code, -fgnu89-inline is added to the build flags for these
two binaries.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch removes all the hardcoded board-specific values from
mktplinkfw2.c, and as well as the corresponding support code.
By design, this change also deletes all of the broken matching logic
that was embedded in mktplinkfw2 and aligns the "inspect" behavior
with that of mktplinkfw (i.e. print the parsed header content as
they are without further processing).
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch adds all the board-specific values currently hardcoded
in mktplinkfw2.c back to the respective device declarations in the
makefiles.
The rationale is to avoid modifying the source code every time a
new board or board variant is added.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
632688e utils: nuke bitfield functions and macros
f714be1 uloop: make SIGCHLD signal handling optional
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Keep Archer C20 Power LED in the same state as it was configured by
bootloader (keep it hightlighed) to avoid unexpectable LED turning off
during kernel boot.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
The module fails to compile with falcon. Remove the falcon depends from
the module to not (try to) compile it for falcon any longer.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Albeit ltq-ptm is supported on AmazonSE, the package fails to compile.
Mark the AmazonSE variant as broken to not mark it unnecessary harder
to fix (and test) the compile error.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add the missing USB related kernel config options to target config.
Enable wireless as well, wireless is supported via USB.
Fixes compile/packaging errors with the libertas wireless kernel
module.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Do not disable SPI in the subtarget, otherwise the SPI driver can not
be used.
Disable SPI by default and enable it in the board specific device tree
source file.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
AmazonSE and Falcon do not have support for PCI and it can't be
unselected in the subtarget kernel config. This way the enabled PCI
support is inherit from the higher level config to the subtarget.
If CONFIG_PCI is selected, PCI_SUPPORT will be autoselected as well and
all packages depending on this config symbol will be build and at least
some of them fail due to missing pci functions.
The issue can be observed if all kmods and all non-shared packages are
build. Fix the issue by enabling PCI support only in subtargets with
PCI support.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The subtarget kernel config options CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE and
CONFIG_HAVE_IRQ_EXIT_ON_IRQ_STACK are already set by the target or
global kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
CONFIG_SPI_LANTIQ was replaced by CONFIG_SPI_LANTIQ_SSC with the switch
to the upstreamed driver.
All other removed subtarget kernel config options are already set by
the target specific or global kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
CONFIG_MTSCHED & CONFIG_PERFCTRS were never defined in the kernel.
CONFIG_LANTIQ_PHY was replaced by CONFIG_INTEL_XWAY_PHY with the switch
to the upstreamed driver.
Add autoselected dependecies to the kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
CONFIG_GPIO_DEVRES was removed with kernel commit f9c22ec6c1c5 ("gpio:
Remove GPIO_DEVRES option") during kernel 4.9 development.
CONFIG_HAVE_BPF_JIT was removed with kernel commit 6077776b5908 ("bpf:
split HAVE_BPF_JIT into cBPF and eBPF variant") during kernel 4.7
development.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The following features are working and tested:
* both Ethernet ports
* MMC
* LED
The following features are not working:
* Wifi (There is a crappy driver we could port)
* SPI flash (I haven't looked into this)
I haven't tried out the rest.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Including linux/interrupt.h in linux/hrtimer.h causes this error message
on PowerPC builds on x86, ARM and MIPS it works:
CC [M] /backports-4.14-rc2-1/compat/main.o
In file included from /backports-4.14-rc2-1/backport-include/linux/printk.h:5:0,
from ./include/linux/kernel.h:13,
from /backports-4.14-rc2-1/backport-include/linux/kernel.h:3,
from ./include/linux/list.h:8,
from /backports-4.14-rc2-1/backport-include/linux/list.h:3,
from ./include/linux/module.h:9,
from /backports-4.14-rc2-1/backport-include/linux/module.h:3,
from /backports-4.14-rc2-1/compat/main.c:1:
./include/linux/ratelimit.h: In function 'ratelimit_state_exit':
./include/linux/ratelimit.h:62:11: error: dereferencing pointer to incomplete type 'struct task_struct'
current->comm, rs->missed);
^
./include/linux/printk.h:279:37: note: in definition of macro 'pr_warning'
printk(KERN_WARNING pr_fmt(fmt), ##__VA_ARGS__)
^
./include/linux/ratelimit.h:61:3: note: in expansion of macro 'pr_warn'
pr_warn("%s: %d output lines suppressed due to ratelimiting\n",
^
The backport of the hrtimer_start() functions needs the
linux/interrupt.h because some parts are defined there. Fix this by
moving the hrtimer_start() backport to the linux/interrupt.h backport
header file.
Fixes: a8f63a0717: ("mac80211: update to backports-4.14-rc2")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
check if the config option CONFIG_LANTIQ is defined.
This fixes the following warning:
CC [M] drivers/misc/owl-loader.o
drivers/misc/owl-loader.c: In function 'ath9k_pci_fixup':
drivers/misc/owl-loader.c:92:5: warning: "CONFIG_LANTIQ" is not defined [-Wundef]
#if CONFIG_LANTIQ
^
Fixes: e9401a2335 ("kernel: owl-loader for delayed Atheros ath9k fixup")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds the device tree changes needed to make the GMAC stmmac driver
working for the Allwinner H3 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds the device tree changes needed to make the GMAC stmmac driver
working for the Allwinner A64 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds support for the GMAC which is use in the A64 and other
Allwinner chips by backporting the changes from the kernel versions
4.13.
Some commits are not backported which are adding support for newly
introduced APIs which are not available in kernel 4.9.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This updates mac80211 to backprots-4.14-rc2.
This was compile and runtime tested with ath9k, ath10k and b43
with multiple stations and ieee80211w and in different scenarios by many
other people.
To create the backports-4.14-rc2-1.tar.xz use this repository:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/backports/backports.git
from tag v4.14-rc2-1
Then run this:
./gentree.py --git-revision v4.14-rc2 --clean <path to linux repo> ../backports-4.14-rc2-1
This also adapts the ath10k-ct and mt76 driver to the changed cfg80211
APIs and syncs the nl80211.h file in iw with the new version from
backports-4.14-rc2.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The /bin/config_generate script and some other scripts are assuming the
/etc/config directory exists in the image. This is true in case for
example the package firewall, dropbear or dnsmasq are included, which
are adding the files under /etc/config/. Without any of these package
the system will not boot up fully because the /etc/config/ directory is
missing and some init scripts just fail.
Make sure all images with the base-files contain a /etc/config/
directory.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This reverts commit b428f45c06.
If the optimized firmware download is disabled, the xdsl subsystem
hangs in the "idle request" state after physically disconnecting and
reconnecting the xdsl modem from the line.
It might fix the failing line init on boot as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The empty version.sh script causes a problem when run by make:
make[3]: /usr/bin/env bash: Shell program not found
Adding a shebang line in version.sh seems to solve it.
Fixes FS#977.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
getrandom blocks until the random pool is being initialized.
Unfortunately, this code is being called early during init to create the
overlay filesystem, on some devices leaving little chance for a
successful random pool init.
True randomness is not that important here, so fix this issue by
sticking to using /dev/urandom, like in older versions of this code.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add -static-libstdc++ to TARGET_LDFLAGS to avoid a hard dependency on
libstdc++, and -Wl,--gc-sections to further reduce the size on platforms
that support it.
Fixes CVE-2017-9778.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This is useful for tuning some more exotic parameters where it doesn't
make sense to attempt to cover everything in uci directly
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Booting from jffs2 directly is no longer supported, use
rootfstype=squashfs consistently for all subtargets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Adds config option to enable compression support which is usefull
when using a terminal sessions over a slow link. Impact on binary
size is negligible but additional 60 kB (uncompressed) is needed for
a shared zlib library.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Jurkowski <marcin1j@gmail.com>
b84fdac Add debug output for service_timeout
8f7e3bc Remove incorrect comma in http service json config
9f40133 Remove ttl==255 restriction for queries
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
ee582d1 instance: properly compare and reload respawn config
260a4cd utrace: Start the tracee only after uloop initialization
520ad3c utrace: Switch all logging to ulog
1c48104 utrace: Support non-contiguous syscall numbers
582cf97 utrace: Forward SIGTERM to the traced process
32534f7 utrace: Report ptrace errors
ccde3fb seccomp: Improve error message
7f9b174 preload-seccomp: Use proper log level for error messages
e3c4302 Start seccomp-enabled services via seccomp-trace
5e4ad02 seccomp: Log seccomp violations with utrace
2661b2f utrace: Use PTHREAD_SEIZE instead of PTHREAD_TRACEME
b5d53c6 utrace: Deliver signals to traced processes
b416ed9 utrace: Support tracing multi-threaded processes and vfork
8b7d47a utrace: Trace processes across forks
c6b6ec6 utrace: Sort syscalls by number of invocations
592c532 Update trace attribute
c8faedc Do not disable seccomp when configuration is not found
017f3a1 utrace: Fix off-by-one errors
5acaf15 utrace: Fix environment initialization
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This commit improves support for the Xiaomi Mi Router 3G originally
added in commit 6e283cdc0d
Improvements:
- Remove software watchdog as hardware watchdog now working as per
commit 3fbf3ab44f for all mt7621
devices.
- Reset button polarity corrected - length of press determines reboot
(short press) vs. reset to defaults (long press) behaviour.
- Enable GPIO amber switch port LEDs on board rear - lit indicates 1Gbit
link and blink on activity. Green LEDs driven directly by switch
indicating any link speed and tx activity.
- USB port power on/off GPIO exposed as 'usbpower'
- Add access to uboot environment settings for checking/setting uboot
boot order preference from user space.
Changes:
- Front LED indicator is physically made of independent Yellow/Amber,
Red & Blue LEDs combined via a plastic 'lightpipe' to a front panel
indicator, hence the colour behaviour is similar to an RGB LED. RGB
LEDs are not supported at this time because they produce colour results
that do not then match colour labels, e.g. enabling 'mir3g:red' and
'mir3g:blue' would result in a purple indicator and we have no such
label for purple.
The yellow, red & blue LEDs have been split out as individual yellow,
red & blue status LEDs, with yellow being the default status LED as
before and with red's WAN and blue's USB default associations removed.
- Swapped order of vlan interfaces (eth0.1 & eth0.2) to match stock vlan
layout. eth0.1 is LAN, eth0.2 is WAN
- Add 'lwlll' vlan layout to mt7530 switch driver to prevent packet
leakage between kernel switch init and uci swconfig
uboot behaviour & system 'recovery'
uboot expects to find bootable kernels at nand addresses 0x200000 &
0x600000 known by uboot as "system 1" and "system 2" respectively.
uboot chooses which system to hand control to based on 3 environment
variables: flag_last_success, flag_try_sys1_failed & flag_try_sys2_failed
last_success represents a preference for a particular system and is set
to 0 for system 1, set to 1 for system 2. last_success is considered *if*
and only if both try_sys'n'_failed flags are 0 (ie. unset) If *either*
failed flags are set then uboot will attempt to hand control to the
non failed system. If both failed flags are set then uboot will check
the uImage CRC of system 1 and hand control to it if ok. If the uImage
CRC of system is not ok, uboot will hand control to system 2
irrespective of system 2's uImage CRC.
NOTE: uboot only ever sets failed flags, it *never* clears them. uboot
sets a system's failed flag if that system's was selected for boot but
the uImage CRC is incorrect.
Fortunately with serial console access, uboot provides the ability to
boot an initramfs image transferred via tftp, similarly an image may
be flashed to nand however it will flash to *both* kernels so a backup
of stock kernel image is suggested. Note that the suggested install
procedure below set's system 1's failed flag (stock) thus uboot ignores
the last_success preference and boots LEDE located in system 2.
Considerable thought has gone into whether LEDE should replace both
kernels, only one (and which one) etc. LEDE kernels do not include a
minimal rootfs and thus unlike the stock kernel cannot include a
method of controlling uboot environment variables in the event of
rootfs mount failure. Similarly uboot fails to provide an external
mechanism for indicating boot system failure.
Installation - from stock.
Installation through telnet/ssh:
- copy lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-kernel1.bin and
lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-rootfs0.bin to usb disk or wget it
from LEDE download site to /tmp
- switch to /extdisks/sda1/ (if copied to USB drive) or to /tmp if
wgetted from LEDE download site
- run: mtd write lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-kernel1.bin kernel1
- run: mtd write lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-rootfs0.bin rootfs0
- run: nvram set flag_try_sys1_failed=1
- run: nvram commit
- run: reboot
Recovery - to stock.
Assuming you used the above installation instructions you will have a
stock kernel image in system 1. If it can be booted then it may be used
to perform a stock firmware recovery, thus erasing LEDE completely. From
a 'working' LEDE state (even failsafe)
Failsafe only:
- run: mount_root
- run: sh /etc/uci-defaults/30_uboot-envtools
Then do the steps for 'All'
All:
- run: fw_setenv flag_try_sys2_failed 1
- run: reboot
The board will reboot into system 1 (stock basic kernel) and wait with
system red light slowly blinking for a FAT formatted usb stick with a
recovery image to be inserted. Press and hold the reset button for
around 1 second. Status LED will turn yellow during recovery and blue
when recovery complete.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The RT5350F's second UART pins are available on the base module and on
the EVB as well, so enable it in the device tree.
In order to keep the origian serial port numbering (ttyS0 is the serial
console), aliases added for the UART devices.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan Gyarmati <mr.zoltan.gyarmati@gmail.com>
The RT5350F i2c pins is available on the base module and on
the EVB as well, so enable it in the dts.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan Gyarmati <mr.zoltan.gyarmati@gmail.com>
The polarity of WLAN_ACT LED on the base module needs to inverted
in order to be 'on' when the WiFi interface is active
Signed-off-by: Zoltan Gyarmati <mr.zoltan.gyarmati@gmail.com>
The RT5350F-OLINUXINO(-EVB).dts files' content are nearly the same, so to avoid
code duplication this patch creates RT5350F-OLINUXINO.dtsi file which
covers the base board's features. The corresponding RT5350F-OLINUXINO.dts
just includes the new .dtsi and the RT5350F-OLINUXINO-EVB.dts adds the EVB
specific GPIO config.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan Gyarmati <mr.zoltan.gyarmati@gmail.com>
The Xiaomi Mi Router 3G uses this deranged vlan portmap. Add support so
that packets are not leaked across all switch ports when reset.
Fix a whitespace nit while we're here.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
[fix wrong pvids order]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Disable VLANs on mt7621 boards with mt7530 switches on failsafe entry.
Allows failsafe networking to work correctly.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
[fixed default case syntax error]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With ltq-vdsl-mei 1.5.17.6 an optimized firmware download was added and
enabled by default. As soon as the optimized firmware download is
enabled, a watchdog based reboot is trigger between 24h to 48h of
uptime if the board isn't connected to a xdsl line.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This is a backport form drv_dsl_cpe_api-4.18.10 and fixes some PM
thread handling issues which lead to high system load and watchdog
trigger within 1h of uptime for boards not connected to a xdsl line.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Fixes CVE-2017-12166: out of bounds write in key-method 1.
Remove the mirror that was temporarily added during the
2.4.3 release.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Update the config file to the latest version.
Added CONFIG_EAP_FAST=y because it was the only
missing flag about EAP compared to full config.
Removed NEED_80211_COMMON flag because it is not part
of config file, it is set by the hostapd upstream Makefile.
Other flags are the same as before.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina@edu.unito.it>
[add punctuation to commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Update the config file to the latest version.
Enabled flags are the same as before.
Removed NEED_80211_COMMON flag because it is not part
of config file, it is set by the hostapd upstream Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina@edu.unito.it>
[add punctuation to commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Update the config file to the latest version.
Enabled flags are the same as before.
Commented CONFIG_IEEE80211W=y flag because it is
set in the Makefile, only if the driver supports it.
Removed NEED_80211_COMMON flag because it is not part
of config file, it is set by the hostapd upstream Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina@edu.unito.it>
[add punctuation to commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Update the config file to the latest version.
Enabled flags are the same as before.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina@edu.unito.it>
[add punctuation to commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Update the config file to the latest version.
Enabled flags are the same as before.
Removed flag CONFIG_WPS2 because it is no more
needed due to this changelog (2014-06-04 - v2.2):
"remove WPS 1.0 only support, i.e., WSC 2.0
support is now enabled whenever CONFIG_WPS=y is set".
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina@edu.unito.it>
[add punctuation to commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Bump to 7.55.1 broke the disable threaded resolver feature as reported
in https://github.com/curl/curl/issues/1784.
As a result curl is always compiled with the threaded resolver feature
enabled which causes a dependency issue on pthread for uclibc.
Fix this issue by backporting the upstream curl commit which fixes
disable threaded resolver.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 31e9445b7e.
"Linksys E1200 V1" is not a valid board name, as the brcm47xx arch code
can not detect this device. Stefan Lippers-Hollmann also found a typo in
this patch "cybetran" instead of "cybertan".
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Fixes the following build issue: "undefined reference to `EVP_MD_CTX_create'"
From: Jelle van der Waa <jelle@vdwaa.nl>
The rsa_st struct has been made opaque in 1.1.x, add forward compatible
code to access the n, e, d members of rsa_struct.
EVP_MD_CTX_cleanup has been removed in 1.1.x and EVP_MD_CTX_reset should be
called to reinitialise an already created structure.
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
Since version 8.0, gdb requires at least gcc 4.8. Unfortunately some of
the buildbot slaves don't meet this requirement, and fail to build LEDE
after the gdb upgrade. Revert to the previous gdb version for now.
This reverts commit 592abe9ef5.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
[replaced u-boot patch with original version from u-boot git]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Fix segmentation fault caused by implicit declaration of function 'reallocarray'. Added patch will enable
reallocarray() prototype in glibc 2.26+ on Linux systems. This fix will be included in flex 2.6.5.
Fixes LEDE issue: FS#1003 (Flex does not build with GCC 7.2)
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
x86_64 platforms typically don't lack memory, so don't needlessly
economize memory if fq_codel on capable platforms.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
[Add a comment to the patch]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This will allow you to build and package the uas.ko module.
With more routers supporting USB 3.0 host this could help
speed up activities like DLNA and Samba, as well as reduce
CPU utilization over BOT mass storage drivers.
Signed-off-by: James Christopher Adduono <jc@adduono.com>
mediatek MT7621 soc watchdog DTS id was renamed from "mtk,mt7621-wdt" to
"mediatek,mt7621-wdt" when driver upstreamed to kernel 4.5
Update mt7621.dtsi & mt7628an.dtsi definitions to match upstreamed
kernel.
Restores hardward watchdog functionality on mt7621 devices under linux
4.9
Tested on: MIR3G
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
3fd58e9 2017-08-19 uhttpd: add manifest support
88c0b4b 2017-07-09 file: fix basic auth regression
99957f6 2017-07-02 file: remove unused "auth" member from struct
path_info
c0a569d 2017-07-02 proc: expose HTTP_AUTH_USER and HTTP_AUTH_PASS
ad93be7 2017-07-02 auth: store parsed username and password
fa51d7f 2017-07-02 proc: do not declare empty process variables
a8bf9c0 2017-01-26 uhttpd: Add TCP_FASTOPEN support
e6cfc91 2016-10-25 lua: ensure that PATH_INFO starts with a slash
Signed-off-by: Adrian Panella <ianchi74@outlook.com>
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on octeon and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on octeon and x86/64.
Fixes the following CVEs:
- CVE-2017-14106
- CVE-2017-14497
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The arm-trusted-firmware-sunxi package is only used by the Allwinner
A64, so only make it selectable for its subtarget sunxi/cortexa53.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Reviewed-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
at91bootstrap is a second-level bootloader for Microchip(Atmel AT91) SoCs.
It provides a set of algorithms to manage the hardware initialization and
to download the main application or a third-level bootloader(i.e. uboot)
from specified boot media to main memory and execute it.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Add support for SAMA5D4 Xplained board and options to select & build
u-boot configs for different media storage.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Add support for SAMA5D2 Xplained board and options to select & build
u-boot configs for different media storage.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Add support for SAMA5D3 Xplained board and options to select & build
u-boot configs for different media storage.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Add support for SAMA5D4 with target device as at91-sama5d4_xplained
in SAMA5 subtarget and build images for SAMA5D4 Xplained board.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Add support for SAMA5D2 with target device as at91-sama5d2_xplained
in SAMA5 subtarget and build images for SAMA5D2 Xplained board.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Renaming at91 subtarget sama5d3 to sama5 and using at91-sama5d3_xplained
as a target device in sama5 subtarget.This will enable to add other
sama5d2 & sama5d4 target devices in sama5 subtraget.This will avoid
code duplication when sama5d2 & sama5d4 added as different subtarget.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Since $(DownloadMethod/unknown) is being invoked in the expansion of
$(call locked ...) anyway, you can't have an @ because the shell
doesn't know what to do with it.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
This option is used to specify a file containing PEM certs, to complete the
local certificate chain. Which is quite usefull for "split-CA" setups.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Instead of manually downloading the files again we can also take the
same files directly from the ath10k-firmware git which was cloned
before.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds initial support for the A64 Allwinner SoC to LEDE.
It will be build in the new cortexa53 subtarget.
Currently it only supports the pine64 and the image is able to boot on
this SoC.
Camera, Ethernet, HDMI and other parts are currently not working.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This backports some more patches from kernel 4.11 adding more devices
to the device tree of the A64 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This backports multiple patches from kernel 4.10 which are adding
missing support for the A64 and the pine64 board. These are the device
tree files, the pinctlk and the clock driver.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is required to support kernel 4.9.
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
[rewrite commit message (subject <= 50 characters)]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Init script won't append --no-dhcp-interface option if interface
protocol is one of: ncm, directip, qmi, mbim.
This is caused by IP address assigned to dynamically created netifd
interfaces. As a result there's no netmask assigned to the main
interface and dhcp_add() function returns prematurely.
By moving network subnet check we can ensure that --no-dhcp-interface is
properly generated for wwan interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Jurkowski <marcin1j@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase; move network checks]
Setting ipv6 to auto in case of a pppoe interface will trigger the
creation of a dynamic wan_6 interface meaning two IPv6 interfaces
(wan6 and wan_6) will be active on top of the pppoe interface.
This leads to unpredictable behavior in the network; therefore set
ipv6 to 1 which will prevent the dynamic creation of the wan_6
interface.
Further alias the wan6 interface on top of the wan interface for pppoe
as the wan6 interface can only be started when the link local address is
ready. In case of pppoe the link local address is negotiated during the
Internet Protocol Control Protocol when the PPP link is setup meaning
all the IP address info is only available when the wan interface is up.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on ipq8065/nbg6817 and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on ipq8065/nbg6817 and x86/64.
Fixes CVE-2017-1000251.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
[adapt qcom_nandc.c patches to match upstream changes, test ipq8065/nbg6817]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Delete a bunch of fixes that are already included.
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on malta/mipsel
Runtime-tested on malta/mipsel
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When bumping tcpdump from 4.9.1 to 4.9.2, I did not include the fixed
CVEs in the commit message. As the list of fixed CVEs is quite long,
we should probably mention them in the changelogs of the releases to
come. This commit will make sure this happens.
The following CVEs were fixed in 21014d9708:
CVE-2017-11541
CVE-2017-11541
CVE-2017-11542
CVE-2017-11542
CVE-2017-11543
CVE-2017-11543
CVE-2017-12893
CVE-2017-12894
CVE-2017-12895
CVE-2017-12896
CVE-2017-12897
CVE-2017-12898
CVE-2017-12899
CVE-2017-12900
CVE-2017-12901
CVE-2017-12902
CVE-2017-12985
CVE-2017-12986
CVE-2017-12987
CVE-2017-12988
CVE-2017-12989
CVE-2017-12990
CVE-2017-12991
CVE-2017-12992
CVE-2017-12993
CVE-2017-12994
CVE-2017-12995
CVE-2017-12996
CVE-2017-12997
CVE-2017-12998
CVE-2017-12999
CVE-2017-13000
CVE-2017-13001
CVE-2017-13002
CVE-2017-13003
CVE-2017-13004
CVE-2017-13005
CVE-2017-13006
CVE-2017-13007
CVE-2017-13008
CVE-2017-13009
CVE-2017-13010
CVE-2017-13011
CVE-2017-13012
CVE-2017-13013
CVE-2017-13014
CVE-2017-13015
CVE-2017-13016
CVE-2017-13017
CVE-2017-13018
CVE-2017-13019
CVE-2017-13020
CVE-2017-13021
CVE-2017-13022
CVE-2017-13023
CVE-2017-13024
CVE-2017-13025
CVE-2017-13026
CVE-2017-13027
CVE-2017-13028
CVE-2017-13029
CVE-2017-13030
CVE-2017-13031
CVE-2017-13032
CVE-2017-13033
CVE-2017-13034
CVE-2017-13035
CVE-2017-13036
CVE-2017-13037
CVE-2017-13038
CVE-2017-13039
CVE-2017-13040
CVE-2017-13041
CVE-2017-13042
CVE-2017-13043
CVE-2017-13044
CVE-2017-13045
CVE-2017-13046
CVE-2017-13047
CVE-2017-13048
CVE-2017-13049
CVE-2017-13050
CVE-2017-13051
CVE-2017-13052
CVE-2017-13053
CVE-2017-13054
CVE-2017-13055
CVE-2017-13687
CVE-2017-13688
CVE-2017-13689
CVE-2017-13690
CVE-2017-13725
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Do not create one big package with all the Intel firmware files
supported by the iwlwifi driver, but use a separate package for each
chip.
This also updates some 7000 and 8000 series firmware files to more
recent version. The older versions shipped are not supported by the
current driver any more.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
dev_coredumpm() was added with kernel 4.7, but it is used by iwlwifi.
When the dev coredump framework form compat-wireless is used this is not
a problem because it already contains this, but this is deactivated if
the build system finds out that it is already included in the kernel we
compile against. This option was now activated by the bluetooth driver
btmrvl. Having dev coredump in the kernel adds about 400 bytes to the
lzma compressed kernel for brcm47xx.
This is copied from a more recent backports version to add the
dev_coredumpm() function when the internal core devdump is not used.
Fixes: a5922f6 ("kernel: bluetooth: add marvell sdio bluetooth module")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes the build of this module and should fix the build bots.
Fixes: a5922f6 ("kernel: bluetooth: add marvell sdio bluetooth module")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
[removed mveub dependency and update commit comment]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
4.4.80+ contains 71a165f6397df07a06ce643de5c2dbae29bd3cfb, 4.9.41+ contains
6c78197e4a69c19e61dfe904fdc661b2aee8ec20 which are all backports of upstream
commit 0878fff1f42c18e448ab5b8b4f6a3eb32365b5b6 ("net: phy: Do not perform
software reset for Generic PHY").
Our local patch is no longer needed, all this patch was doing was utilizing
gen10g_soft_reset which does nothing either, so just keep the code unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
With the introduction of the ubus notifications, we would now fail building
dnsmasq with external toolchains that don't automatically search for headers.
Pass TARGET_CPPFLAGS to the Makefile to resolve that.
Fixes: 34a206bc11 ("dnsmasq: add ubus notifications for new leases")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
We will be prompted with this config symbol when performance monitoring is
enabled in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
This commit add support for Marvell bluetooth with SDIO interface.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[Fix KCONFIG and FILES option]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
update firmware mrvl/sd8887_uapsta.bin
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[update to version 2017-09-06]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Update e2fsprogs to 1.43.6
Disable compilation of fuse2fs (we don't package it)
Disable thread support (only affects fuse2fs)
Enable linking with libblkid instead of using private (included) version.
The libblkid is ~210KBytes in size, but with using the shared library
the binaries are ~25KBytes smaller. This also brings it in sync with
most other Linux distributions.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Some symbols have been renamed.
Some are default enabled/disabled, so we need
to adjust semantics against that.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This seems to cause a false-positive warning/error
while building `libwebsockets-cyassl`.
```
make[6]: Leaving directory '/home/sandu/work/lede/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/libwebsockets-cyassl/libwebsockets-2.2.1'
make[6]: Entering directory '/home/sandu/work/lede/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/libwebsockets-cyassl/libwebsockets-2.2.1'
[ 2%] Building C object CMakeFiles/websockets.dir/lib/base64-decode.c.o
In file included from /home/sandu/work/lede/staging_dir/target-x86_64_musl/usr/include/wolfssl/ssl.h:31:0,
from /home/sandu/work/lede/staging_dir/target-x86_64_musl/usr/include/cyassl/ssl.h:33,
from /home/sandu/work/lede/staging_dir/target-x86_64_musl/usr/include/cyassl/openssl/ssl.h:30,
from /home/sandu/work/lede/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/libwebsockets-cyassl/libwebsockets-2.2.1/lib/private-libwebsockets.h:256,
from /home/sandu/work/lede/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/libwebsockets-cyassl/libwebsockets-2.2.1/lib/base64-decode.c:43:
/home/sandu/work/lede/staging_dir/target-x86_64_musl/usr/include/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/settings.h:1642:14: error: #warning "For timing resistance / side-channel attack prevention consider using harden options" [-Werror=cpp]
#warning "For timing resistance / side-channel attack prevention consider using harden options"
```
Hardening is enabled by default in libwolfssl at build-time.
However, the `settings.h` header is exported (along with other headers)
for build (via Build/InstallDev).
This looks like a small bug/issue with wolfssl.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This is to eliminate any ambiguity about the cyassl/wolfssl lib.
The rename happened some time ago (~3+ years).
As time goes by, people will start to forget cyassl and
start to get confused about the wolfSSL vs cyassl thing.
It's a good idea to keep up with the times (moving forward).
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Until other packages from feeds decide to rename the
dependency of `+libcyassl` to `+libwolfssl`, this allows
for a bit of backwards compatibility with those packages.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Method used:
```
cd package/network/utils/wwan/files/data
sed -e 's/}}/}/g' -i *
sed -e 's/}\t"acm": 1/\t"acm": 1/g' -i *
sed -e 's/}\t"generic": 1/\t"generic": 1/g' -i *
```
Manually adjusted commas.
Validated with
```
for f in `ls` ; do echo $f ; python -m json.tool < $f || break ; done
```
Thanks to @lynxis for pointing out the commas.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Update e2fsprogs to 1.43.6
* Remove FreeBSD patch as it's not needed, FreeBSD 9.1 is EoL and this
is compiling on FreeBSD 11.1.
* Remove libmagic patch, RHEL 5 is EoL (End of Production Phase) since
March 31, 2017.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Bump gcc from 7.1 to 7.2
Compile & run tested: ar71xx
Trace history of current patches and update with commit ref & comment
to give more clue as to why they're still around/needed. Some have
changed form since the original commit but some clue is better than no
clue at all.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Instead of blindly enabling the odhcpd v6 server and RA server on the
lan port, only do that if the lan port protocol is "static"
This prevents the unhelpful case of a device being a dhcpv4 client and
v6 server on the same ethernet port.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
[PKG_SOURCE_DATE increase; odhcpd.defaults script cleanup]
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The factory partition of the Phicomm K2P contains two MAC addresses.
The lower MAC address is at offset 0xe006 and the higher one is at
offset 0xe000.
Use the lower MAC address as base mac-address which the switch driver
increments by one for the second (wan) vlan.
The MAC addresses are still inverted in contrast to the stock firmware
where the lower MAC address is used for wan. But at least the use of a
MAC address not intended/reserved for this particular board is fixed.
Signed-off-by: Jiawei Wang <me@jwang.link>
In commit b11c51916c ("ramips: Improve Sanlinking D240 config") I made
a mistake with regards GPIO numbering. And in addition to specifying the
wrong GPIO for controling the power of one of the mini-PCIe, I recently
discovered that the power of both slots can be controlled.
This patch specifies the correct GPIO for the left-most mini-PCIe slot
of the D240 (labeled power_mpcie2 since the slot is attached to SIM2),
and adds a GPIO that can be used to control the power of the other
mini-PCIe slot (labeled power_mpcie1).
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
[do not use the gpio active macros for the gpio-export value]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
TP-Link Archer C20 v1 is a router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas. It's very similiar to TP-Link Archer C50.
Also it's based on MediaTek MT7620A+MT7610EN.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power input switch
- 1 x USB 2.0 port
* WAN LED in this devices is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
(fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
For now, we support/use only the blue part of the LED.
* MT7610EN ac chip isn't not supported by LEDE. Therefore 5Ghz won't
work.
Factory image notes:
These devices use version 3 of TP-Link header, fortunately without RSA
signature (at least in case of devices sold in Europe). The difference
lays in the requirement for a non-zero value in "Additional Hardware
Version" field. Ideally, it should match the value stored in vendor
firmware header on device.
We are able to prepare factory firwmare file which is accepted and
(almost) correctly flashed from the vendor GUI. As it turned out, it
accepts files without U-Boot image with second header at the beginning
but due to some kind of bug in upgrade routine, flashed image gets
corrupted before it's written to flash. So, to flash this device we must
to prepare image using original firmware from tp-link site with uboot.
Flash instruction:
Until (if at all) TP-Link fixes described problem, the only way to flash
LEDE image in these devices is to use tftp recovery mode in U-Boot.
There are two ways to flash the device to LEDE:
1) Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
- Place lede-ramips-mt7620-ArcherC20-squashfs-factory.bin in tftp
server directory
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "4" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
setenv serverip 192.168.0.66
tftp 0x80060000 lede-ramips-mt7620-ArcherC20-squashfs-factory.bin
erase tplink 0x20000 0x7a0000
cp.b 0x80060000 0x20000 0x7a0000
reset
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE
2) Using tftp mode without UART connection but require some
manipulations with target image
- Download and unpack TP-Link Archer C20 v1 firmware from original web
site
- Split uboot.bin from original firmware by this command (example):
dd if=Archer_C20v1_0.9.1_4.0_up_boot(160427)_2016-04-27_13.53.59.bin of=uboot.bin bs=512 count=256 skip=1
- Create ArcherC20V1_tp_recovery.bin using this command:
cat uboot.bin lede-ramips-mt7620-ArcherC20-squashfs-factory.bin > ArcherC20V1_tp_recovery.bin
- Place ArcherC20V1_tp_recovery.bin in tftp server directory.
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
- Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
The implementation is not efficient on ar8xxx switches. It triggers high
CPU load and degrades device performance.
The high CPU load has been traced down to the ar8xxx_reg_wait() call in
ar8xxx_mib_op(), which has to usleep_range() till the MIB busy flag set
by the request to update the MIB counter is cleared.
This commit removes the get_port_stats() code introduced in 4d8a66d and
leaves a note for future hacker's beware.
Fixes: FS#1004
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Fix multiple syntax errors in shelscripts (of packages only)
These errors were causing many conditions to not working properly
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina@edu.unito.it>
[increase PKG_RELEASE, drop command substitution from directip.sh]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.em>
Set sysctl fs.suid_dumpable = 2
This allows suid processes to dump core according to kernel.core_pattern
setting. LEDE typically uses suid to drop root priviledge rather than
gain it but without this setting any suid process would be unable to
produce coredumps (e.g. dnsmasq)
Processes still need to set a non zero core file process limit ('ulimit
-c unlimited' or if procd used 'procd_set_param limits
core="unlimited"') in order to produce a core. This setting removes an
obscure stumbling block along the way.
>From https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt
suid_dumpable:
This value can be used to query and set the core dump mode for setuid
or otherwise protected/tainted binaries. The modes are
0 - (default) - traditional behaviour. Any process which has changed
privilege levels or is execute only will not be dumped.
1 - (debug) - all processes dump core when possible. The core dump is
owned by the current user and no security is applied. This is
intended for system debugging situations only. Ptrace is unchecked.
This is insecure as it allows regular users to examine the memory
contents of privileged processes.
2 - (suidsafe) - any binary which normally would not be dumped is dumped
anyway, but only if the "core_pattern" kernel sysctl is set to
either a pipe handler or a fully qualified path. (For more details
on this limitation, see CVE-2006-2451.) This mode is appropriate
when administrators are attempting to debug problems in a normal
environment, and either have a core dump pipe handler that knows
to treat privileged core dumps with care, or specific directory
defined for catching core dumps. If a core dump happens without
a pipe handler or fully qualifid path, a message will be emitted
to syslog warning about the lack of a correct setting.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
The addresses were read from the 'config' partition, which would not always
contain the addresses at the same offsets, depending on the stock firmware
version used before flashing LEDE. Change this to get the addresses from
the 'product-info' partition, which is read-only.
Reported-and-tested-by: Andreas Ziegler <ml@andreas-ziegler.de>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The ZBT WE1026-5G
(http://www.zbtlink.com/products/router/WE1026-5G.html) is the follow-up
to the ZBT WE1026 and is based on MT7620. For the previous WE1026, the
ZBT WE826 image could be used. However, as the name implies, the -5G
comes equipped with a 5GHz wifi radio. As the WE826 only has a 2.4GHz
radio, the addition of 5GHz means that a separate image is needed for
the WE1026-5G. I suspect that this image will also work on the previous
WE1026, but I don't have a device to test with.
The WE1026-5G has following specifications:
* CPU: MT7620A
* 1x 10/100Mbps Ethernet.
* 16 MB Flash.
* 64 MB RAM.
* 1x USB 2.0 port.
* 1x mini-PCIe slots.
* 1x SIM slots.
* 1x 2.4Ghz WIFI.
* 1x 5GHz wifi (MT7612)
* 1x button.
* 3x controllable LEDs.
Works:
* Wifi.
* Switch.
* mini-PCIe slot. Only tested with a USB device (a modem).
* SIM slot.
* Sysupgrade.
* Button (reset).
Not working:
* The 5GHz WIFI LED is completely dead. I suspect the issue is the same
as on other devices with Mediatek 5Ghz wifi-cards/chips. The LED is
controlled by the driver, and mt76 (currently) does not support this.
Not tested:
* SD card reader.
Notes:
* The modem (labeled 3G/4G) and power LEDs are controlled by the
hardware.
* There is a 32MB version of this device available, but I do not have
access to it. I have therefor only added support for the 16MB version,
but added all the required infrastructure to make adding support for the
32MB version easy.
Installation:
The router comes pre-installed with OpenWRT, including a variant of
Luci. The initial firmware install can be done through this UI,
following normal procedure. I.e., access the UI and update the firmware
using the sysupgrade-image. Remember to select that you do not want to
keep existing settings.
Recovery:
If you brick the device, the WE1026-5G supports recovery using HTTP. Keep the
reset button pressed for ~5sec when booting to start the web server. Set the
address of the network interface on your machine to 192.168.1.2/24, and
point your browser to 192.168.1.1 to access the recovery UI. From the
recovery UI you can upload a firmware image.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
The upstream ath10k driver disables the intermediate softqueues for some
devices. This patch reverts that behaviour and always enables the
softqueues (and associated bufferbloat fixes). We have had reports of people
running this with good results:
https://lists.bufferbloat.net/pipermail/make-wifi-fast/2017-September/001497.html
This also refreshes mac80211 patches.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Currently, if the provided hash is unsupported (length different from 32
or 64 bytes), we happily download the requested file without any kind of
checksum verification.
This is quite dangerous and may provide a false sense of security, because
a single typo in the hash (e.g. one character deleted by mistake) may skip
checksum verification entirely.
Instead, fail immediately if we don't support the provided hash.
In particular, if an external package repository decides to change the
hash algorithm one day, we will now fail loudly instead of skipping
checksum verification without complaints.
Note: if some users of scripts/download.pl knowingly provide an empty hash
because they don't need checksum verification, this change will break
them. This does not seem to be the case currently, but if this feature is
ever needed, an option should be added to download.pl instead of relying
on the hash being empty.
Fixes: eaa4eba10a ("scripts/download.pl: add SHA-256 support")
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
On a TL-WN710N, this patch increases iperf performance from ~92.5 to ~93.5 mbps. Keep in mind the WN710N is a 100mbps device. I expect greater numbers from gigabit devices.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The cns3xxx interrupt controller uses a single register and as such
the 'mask' reg/functions must be used as opposed to the 'enable'/'disable'
reg/functions.
This fixes an issue that occurs if more than one GPIO on a specific controller
(there is GPIOA and GPIOB each having 32 GPIO's) uses interrupts. When one
would get enabled all others would be disabled prior to this patch.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Acked-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on octeon and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on octeon and x86/64.
Fixes CVE-2017-11600.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Fixed an authentication bypass issue in SSL/TLS. When the TLS
authentication mode was set to 'optional',
mbedtls_ssl_get_verify_result() would incorrectly return 0 when the
peer's X.509 certificate chain had more than
MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_INTERMEDIATE_CA intermediates (default: 8), even when
it was not trusted. This could be triggered remotely on both the client
and server side. (Note, with the authentication mode set by
mbedtls_ssl_conf_authmode()to be 'required' (the default), the handshake
was correctly aborted).
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Tested-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
This adds metadata to wpj344 and wpj558 images to prevent loading
firmware of wpj344 into wpj558 and vice versa. This until now was
possible and break the units and had to be recovered from the uboot.
Signed-off-by: Enrique Giraldo <enrique.giraldo@galgus.net>
COMFAST CF-E355AC is a ceiling mount AP with PoE support, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 + QCA9882.
Short specification:
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with PoE support
- 64MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, 802.11b/g/n
- 2T2R 5 GHz, 802.11ac/n/a
- built-in 4x 3 dBi antennas
- output power (max): 500 mW (27 dBm)
- 1x RGB LED, 1x button
- built-in watchdog chipset
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Enrique Giraldo <enrique.giraldo@galgus.net>
[whitespace fixes, ac radio caldata offset fix]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
GL.iNet GL-USB150 is an USB dongle WiFi router, based on Atheros AR9331.
Specification:
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- Realtek RTL8152B USB to Ethernet bridge (connected with AR9331 PHY4)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz
- 2x LED, 1x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt CC. GUI or sysupgrade can be used
to flash LEDE firmware.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ifname variable were not assigned due to syntax error
causing the hostapd config file to have an empty iapp_interface= option
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina.dev@gmail.com>
For the Archer C50v1, the EU and US versions are differentiated by their
respective HW additional version (0x0 for US, 0x2 for EU).
The stock web interface checks this field before flashing, making it
impossible to flash the current (US) factory image on EU hardware.
However the bootloader does not check this field, making it possible to use
a single sysupgrade image for both hardware.
This patch adds the necessary build bits to generate both EU and US factory
images, and renames the target as "Archer C50v1" since there are as of now
3 different versions of Archer C50 (all with different CPUs).
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The HNET C108
(http://www.szhwtech88.com/Product-product-cid-100-id-4374.html) is a
mifi based on MT7602A, which has the following specifications:
* CPU: MT7620A
* 1x 10/100Mbps Ethernet.
* 16 MB Flash.
* 64 MB RAM.
* 1x USB 2.0 port. Only power is connected, this port is meant for
charging other devices.
* 1x mini-PCIe slots.
* 1x SIM slots.
* 1x 2.4Ghz WIFI.
* 1x button.
* 6000 mAh battery.
* 5x controllable LEDs.
Works:
* Wifi.
* Switch.
* mini-PCIe slot. Only tested with a USB device (a modem).
* SIM slot.
* Sysupgrade.
* Button (reset).
Not working (also applies to the factory firmware):
* Wifi LED. It is always switched on, there is no relation to the
up/down state or activity of the wireless interface.
Not tested:
* SD card reader.
Notes:
* The C108 has no dedicated status LED. I therefore set the LAN LED as
status LED.
Installation:
The router comes pre-installed with OpenWRT, including a variant of
Luci. The initial firmware install can be done through this UI,
following normal procedure. I.e., access the UI and update the firmware
using the sysupgrade-image. Remember to select that you do not want to
keep existing settings.
Recovery:
If you brick the device, the C108 supports recovery using TFTP. Keep the
reset button pressed for ~5sec when booting to trigger TFTP. Set the
address of the network interface on your machine to 10.10.10.3/24, and
rename your image file to Kernal.bin.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
In case the link changes from down to up, the register is only updated
on read. If the link failed/was down, this bit will be 0 until after
reading this bit again.
Fixes a reported link down by swconfig alebit the link is up (query for
the link again will show the correct link status)
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In conditions where none of the switch ports is connected during boot,
the priv->port[i].link != priv->port[i].phydev->link condition is false
since both link values are equal (false). The carrier of the switch
netdev is never set to off and the link state reported by ip is UNKNOWN.
Turn the carrier off if none of the switch ports has a link, regardless
whether something has been changed. Add a check for a carrier to
prevent unnecessary calls to netif_carrier_off() if the carrier is
already off.
Based on a patch send by Martin Schiller.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Don't return arcount=1 if EDNS0 RR won't fit in the packet.
Omitting the EDNS0 RR but setting arcount gives a malformed packet.
Also, don't accept UDP packet size less than 512 in received EDNS0.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Remove LEDE partial fix for CVE-2017-13704.
Backport official fix from upstream.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> (PKG_RELEASE increase)
Commit 77645ffcd9 ("ramips: add support for the GnuBee Personal Cloud
One") dropped the execution permission from 01_leds with the result
that the file isn't started during first boot and no default LED
configuration is added.
Revert the introduced file permission change.
Fixes: FS#979
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
[cherry picked the fix from a board support patch]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Extendprefix is typically used to extend an IPv6 RA prefix from a mobile
wan link to the LAN; such scenario requires correct RA prefix settings
like the on link flag not being set.
However some mobile manufacter set the RA prefix on link flag which breaks
basic IPv6 routing.
Work around this issue by filtering out the route being equal to the
extended prefix.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The WAN port on the Netgear WNDR4300 router has two LEDs,
amber and green. Use the switch LED trigger to behave as the
rest of the LAN HW controlled LEDs
- Green: 1 Gbps
- Amber: 100/10 Mbps
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
1. Add support to LAN/WAN LEDs attached to ar8327.
2. Fix the problem that LAN/WAN LEDs does not blink in hardware (auto)
mode when connected to 10M/100M ethernet.
Signed-off-by: Kuang Rufan <master@a1983.com.cn>
51733a6 ra: align RA update interval with RFC4861 (FS#964)
Add ra_holdoff config option which allows to configure the RA minimum
update interval which is by default 3 seconds as stated in RFC4861.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on ramips/mt7621 and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on ramips/mt7621 and x86/64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
b1bc8d5 kmodloader: log error message in case of out of memory
f346111 kmodloader: lift restriction on module alias info
f1ef2c3 kmodloader: fix possible segfaults
9cb63df kmodloader: fix endianess check
2cff779 kmodloader: Check module endian before loading
d54f38a kmodloader/get_module_info: initialized aliases to make it more clean
a0b6fef kmodloader: insmod: fix a memoryleak in error case
278c4c4 kmodloader/get_module_name: null-terminate the string
16f7e16 syslog: remove unnecessary sizeof struct between messages
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This generic structure defines tx_bytes and rx_bytes as unsigned long (u32),
while several devices would typically report unsigned long long (u64).
The code can work as is, but there's a chance that with a sufficiently fast
interface the overflow might happen too fast to be correctly noticed by the
consumers of this data.
This patch makes both field unsigned long long and updates the only known
consumer of this data: swconfig_leds.c
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.
This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.
This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.
This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.
The implementation uses a generic callback that select the correct MIB counter
index based on chip version.
This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.
This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Properly quote the arguments so that you can register a service with TXT
entries that contains spaces.
Example:
procd_add_mdns myservice tcp 9999 "key=descriptive text field 1" \
"another=something equally verbose"
Output before:
$ avahi-browse -r -v _myservice._tcp
_myservice._tcp local
hostname = [blah.local]
address = [192.168.255.74]
port = [9999]
txt = ["verbose" "equally" "another=something" "1" "field" "text" "key=descriptive"]
Output now:
$ avahi-browse -r -v _myservice._tcp
_myservice._tcp local
hostname = [blah.local]
address = [192.168.255.74]
port = [9999]
txt = ["another=something equally verbose" "key=descriptive text field 1"]
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
This patch fixes the switch port numbering on Mikrotik RB750r2 (hEX lite) and RB750UPr2 (hEX PoE lite).
Tested on a RB750UPr2. Maybe this patch is applicable to other devices (e.g. RB951Ui-2nD, RB952Ui-5ac2nD) but I have no way to test them.
Signed-off-by: João Chaínho <joaochainho@gmail.com>
ssh and scp commands interfere with OpenSSH when installed in /usr/bin .
One use case is when installing dropbear to get root access when only OpenSSH is available (OpenSSH disallows root password logins). Once dropbear installs, it replaces OpenSSH's executables, even when removed with opkg. OpenSSH must be reinstalled to get them back.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Fixes critical issues for memset() & fflush()
Changes:
5f7efb8 move IPPORT_RESERVED from netdb.h to netinet/in.h
5f3b652 add powerpc64 and s390x to list of supported archs in INSTALL
file
9d4c902 fix undefined behavior in memset due to missing sequence points
c7f56b4 __init_libc: add fallbacks for __progname setup
cc08669 add SIOCGSTAMPNS socket ioctl macro to ioctl.h
02b50c9 fix mips ioctl macros to match linux asm/sockios.h
670d6d0 fix unsynchronized access to FILE structure in fflush(0)
Tested on cns3xxx & imx6
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Refresh patches, delete patches backported from upstream.
This fixes ntpd sync issues (ntpd would not sync if the first provided
peer address was unreachable).
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
IPQ806x AP148 and DB149 boards didn't have the UCI ubootenv
section initialized, so the usage of fw_printenv required manual
configuration. With this change, the "fw_printenv" and "fw_setenv"
command will automatically work on NOR and NAND based platforms.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
busybox currently installs passwd into /usr/bin which prevents its
'full' shadow-utils variant from being installed.
Move the passwd applet to /bin to avoid that collision.
shadow also provides /usr/bin/login which doesn't collide with busybox
as the busybox login applet is installed at /bin/login.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
busybox currently installs traceroute and traceroute6 into /usr/bin
which prevents their 'full' iputils variants from being installed.
Move those applets to /bin so they can coexist with their iputils
siblings using the same PATH convention already applied for coreutils
and other drop-in 'full' versions.
Refresh existing patch while at it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
printer support is removed using 200-remove_printer_support.patch. the syslog parameter requires samba to be compiled with --with-syslog. Currently samba does not log to syslog and probably has not for a long time.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
If CONFIG_DOWNLOAD_FOLDER is set to for example "~/dl", the download
script fails to create the .hash and .dl files with the following
errors:
Cannot create file ~/dl/dropbear-2017.75.tar.bz2.dl: No such file or directory
sh: 1: cannot create ~/dl/dropbear-2017.75.tar.bz2.hash: Directory nonexistent
If the tarball already exists in the ~/dl dir, it's properly found and
used, so this issue only affects the download.pl script.
This patch calls glob() on the target dir parameter, which will expand `~`.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan Gyarmati <mr.zoltan.gyarmati@gmail.com>
Changes:
1698fe6 fix build failure for sh4a due to missing colon in asm statement
80bf595 trap UB from attempts to join a detached thread
e31c8c2 ppc64: fix setjmp/longjmp handling of TOC pointer
52cf5c1 qsort: add a short comment about the algorithm
dc2f368 disable global visibility override hack (vis.h) by default
947d330 add _NL_LOCALE_NAME extension to nl_langinfo
a08910f fix missing volatile qualifier on lock in __get_locale
2e6e084 remove ineffective compiler assist from printf
bc42dcb fix undefined behavior in ptrace
d906fa3 unify the use of FUTEX_PRIVATE
60ab365 fix undefined behavior in free
f688884 reapply va_arg hacks removal to wprintf
bd00cc8 remove useless declarations in string.h
f3055e0 allow specifying argv[0] when invoking a program via ldso
command
43c423a fix regression in dlopen promotion from RTLD_LOCAL to
RTLD_GLOBAL
66b53cf ldso: avoid spurious & possible erroneous work for libs with no
deps
94f7441 powerpc64: add single-instruction math functions
9d12a6a fix clang CFLAGS checks and silence unused argument warnings
ce385fc s390x: add single-instruction math functions
e6def54 fix arm run-time abi string functions
91d34c4 fix regression in getspnam[_r] error code for insufficient
buffer size
5948bc1 fix omission of microblaze user.h definitions
b7bfb5c fix iconv conversions for iso88592-iso885916
64f8558 handle errors from localtime_r in ctime_r
2d7d05f set errno when getpw*_r, getgr*_r, and getspnam_r fail
5c10c33 handle localtime errors in ctime
1c86c7f handle mremap failure in realloc of mmap-serviced allocations
1080008 getdate: correctly specify error number
af05173 catopen: set errno to EOPNOTSUPP
84eff79 fix glob failure to match plain "/" to root directory
bc313e8 use hard-coded sh4a atomic opcodes to avoid linker errors on sh
179766a towupper/towlower: fast path for ascii chars
1c49700 remove long-obsolete clang workarounds from mips* syscall_arch.h
files
4073f03 fix fstatat syscall on mips64
81f4a12 fix fchown fallback on arches without chown(2)
97bd6b0 fix iconv conversions to legacy 8bit encodings
f9f686b have posix_spawnattr_setflags check for supported flags
77e895d add no-op POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK to spawn.h
5555041 s390x: provide sigcontext struct definition
bb439bb implement new posix_spawn flag POSIX_SPAWN_SETSID
58e2396 remove va_arg hacks in printf core with undefined behavior
e1232f5 make ttyname[_r] return ENODEV rather than ENOENT
1a7fa5e fix regression in support for resolv.conf attempts option
8c44a06 fix scalbn when result is in the subnormal range
2577b1b allow full-range file offsets to mmap on archs with 64-bit
syscall args
b3751c3 fix dl_iterate_phdr in static PIE binaries
1ca5975 fix read past end of buffer in getaddrinfo backend
54807d4 aarch64: add single instruction math functions
b6e1fe0 fix strptime output for %C without %y
834ef7a fix processing of strptime %p format
85dfab7 fix off-by-one in strptime %j
9571c53 regex: fix newline matching with negated brackets
e6917ec increase limit on locale name length from 15 to 23 bytes
e4fc9ad search locale name variants for gettext translations
16319a5 make setlocale return a single name for LC_ALL if all categories
match
0c53178 fix dlopen/dlsym regression opening libs already loaded at
startup
dbff2bb fix POSIX-format TZ dst transition times for southern hemisphere
74bca42 s390x: fix fpreg_t and remove unused per_struct
a393d5c precalculate gnu hash rather than doing it lazily in find_sym
inner loop
8cba1dc fix threshold constants in j0f, y0f, j1f, y1f
cb52539 remove unused refcnt field for shared libraries
c49d3c8 avoid loading of multiple libc versions via explicit pathname
3ec8b3a fix one-byte overflow in legacy getpass function
733d1ea fix wide scanf's use of a compound literal past its lifetime
6a209f1 fix possible fd leak, unrestored cancellation state on dns
socket fail
500f5be in static dl_iterate_phdr, fix use of possibly-uninitialized aux
data
6582baa fix free of uninitialized buffer pointer on error in regexec
6476b81 emulate lazy relocation as deferrable relocation
4823b13 reorder addend handling before symbol lookup in relocation code
4ff234f rework ldso handling of global symbol table for consistency
c9783e4 treat STB_WEAK and STB_GNU_UNIQUE like STB_GLOBAL in find_sym
fc85fb3 fix ld-behavior-dependent crash in ppc64 ldso startup
827c4e6 fix lsearch and lfind to pass key as first arg to the compar
callback
0a4a16d allow page size to vary on arm
b261a24 fix build regression in arm atomics asm with new binutils
9201c3a s390x: implement dlsym
d6601f0 avoid unbounded strlen in gettext functions
dbbb373 fix use of uninitialized pointer in gettext core
01e6bbe fix bindtextdomain logic error deactivating other domains
6894f84 fix spurious EINTR errors from multithreaded set*id, etc.
1f53e7d fix crashes in x32 __tls_get_addr
27b3fd6 fix crash from corrupted tls module list after failed dlopen
809ff8c treat base 1 as an error in strtol-family functions
786fda8 fix getopt[_long] clobbering of optopt on success
150747b reduce impact of REG_* namespace pollution in x86[_64] signal.h
Tested on cns3xxx & imx6
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
It's redundant and also buggy. IPv6 link local addresses and ::1 are not resolved for example. Doesn't matter since lo and br-lan for example, resolve to them.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
guest ok is set per share and as such, don't override it. also, fix an error introduced in the last commit.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The ramips subtargets of mt7628 and mt7688 dts files all #include "mt7628an.dtsi"
They are essentially a single subtarget.
This patch merges the ramips subtargets mt7628 and mt7688 into a single subtarget mt76x8.
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
Fix SIGSEGV in rfc1035.c answer_request() line 1228 where memset()
is called with header & limit pointing at the same address and thus
tries to clear memory from before the buffer begins.
answer_request() is called with an invalid edns packet size provided by
the client. Ensure the udp_size provided by the client is bounded by
512 and configured maximum as per RFC 6891 6.2.3 "Values lower than 512
MUST be treated as equal to 512"
The client that exposed the problem provided a payload udp size of 0.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
* fixes default affinity
* adds a napi watchdog - we were seeing stalled TX queues
* adds up/down locking
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Replace the string array containing the fmrs parameters by a nested data
json object holding an array of fmrs parameters
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Install kmod-rt2800-pci instead of only the rt2x00 library.
Fixes missing wireless interface on AudioCodes AC-MP252.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
commit 2d6c7c2526 introduced a reference to g_xdata_addr which isn't
defined in that context. Use xdata_addr here instead.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Select the other CONFIG_ALL_* options in the hierarchy when the master
option is selected. Currently CONFIG_ALL_KMODS is not selected when the
build bot selects CONFIG_ALL_NONSHARED for example.
Now the rtc kmods should get build when CONFIG_ALL_KMODS,
CONFIG_ALL_NONSHARED or CONFIG_ALL and CONFIG_RTC_SUPPORT are selected
like it is done by the build bots for targets with rtc support.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Neon and vfpv4 support are activated by GCC on all ARMv8 CPUs because
this is now a mandatory part of the architecture. There is not need to
activate is manually.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Add support for the Comtrend AR-5315u router
This a BCM6318 based board, 64 MB RAM, 16 MB SPI flash,
with an onboard BCM43217 wifi, 4 ethernet ports and 1
USB host port
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[jonas.gorski: refreshed patch]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Currently, dnsmasq support assigning multiple tags to a host record
(--dhcp-host), but we only support only 1 tag for a host. The commit
makes the following config to be valid:
config host
option name 'computer'
option mac '00:11:22:33:44:55'
option ip '192.168.1.100'
list tag 'vendor_class'
list tag 'vendor_id'
config tag 'vendor_class'
list dhcp_option 'option:vendor-class,00:...<omitted>'
config tag 'vendor_id'
option force '1'
list dhcp_option 'option:vendor-id-encap,00:...<omitted>'
Signed-off-by: Kuang Rufan <kuangrufan@pset.suntec.net>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Override the failing check in configure with CONFIGURE_VARS instead of
carrying a patch that's unlikely to be accepted by upstream.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The order of LAN ports shown in Luci is reversed compared to what is
written on the case of the device. Fix the order so that they match.
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Changes:
89d1b80 xt_condition: namespace support #2
c839e87 xt_geoip: check for allocation overflow
a587f95 compat_xtables: use more accurate printf format for NIPQUAD
1874fcd xt_DNETMAP: fix a buffer overflow
21ea7b7 xt_LOGMARK: resolve new gcc7 warnings
ee8da2b build: support for Linux 4.12
19a4359 xt_condition: add support for namespaces
1b37966 xt_psd: resolve compiler warning
Tested on cns3xxx
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Samba could also be usefull for sending commands to windows pc (like shoutdown command). This new package add the bin to include this kind of command to the samba package.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for Xiaomi Mi WiFi Router 3G.
Short specification:
- MT7621AT + MT7603EN + 7612EN
- 256MB DDR3 RAM
- 128MB NAND flash
- 1+2 x 1000M Ethernet
- 1x USB 3.0 port
- reset button
- yellow, blue, red leds
Installation through telnet/ssh:
- copy lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-kernel1.bin and
lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-rootfs0.bin to usb disk or wget it
from LEDE download site to /tmp
- switch to /extdisks/sda1/ (if copied to USB drive) or to /tmp if
wgetted from LEDE download site
- run: mtd write lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-kernel1.bin kernel1
- run: mtd write lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-rootfs0.bin rootfs0
- run: mtd erase kernel0
- run: reboot
Originally stock firmware has following partitions:
- ...
- kernel0 (primary kernel image)
- kernel1 (secondary kernel image, used by u-boot in failsafe routine)
- rootfs0 (primary rootfs)
- rootfs1 (secondary rootfs in case primary fails)
- overlay (used as ubi overlay)
This commit squashes rootfs0, rootfs1 and overlay partitions into 1, so
it can be used by LEDE fully for package installation, resulting in 117,5MiB.
This device lacks hw watchdog, so adding softdog instead (stock does the same).
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Commit e505f59bd9 "utils/util-linux: Update to 2.30.1" bumped util-linux
without properly adjusting the dependencies of all applets.
Add missing ncursesw dependencies to sfdisk and dmesg applets to fix
packaging issues.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
c1a03e8 nl80211: request split information about frequencies
5638567 nl80211: store info about freq being not available for some bandwidths
ce51cb8 Allow storing more info about each frequency
5c10efa nl80211: support receiving split frequencies
335967c nl80211: improve error handling
ab089dd nl80211: propagate netlink errors to callers
7bba117 nl80211: handle netlink errors in nl80211_wait()
d22c64c iwinfo: add device id for Ubiquiti NanoStation Loco M2
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Revert this commit as it introduces a patchfile at a wrong location.
Since the patch was never effective, we can assume that this particular
commit was not properly tested.
This reverts commit dde9da46c1.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fix memory leak on nvram_open() and nvram_open_rdonly().
For nvram_open(), the 'fd' should be closed on error, and
mmap_area should be unmap when nvram magic can not be found.
For nvram_open_rdonly(), the 'file' variable should free before
return. Once nvram_find_mtd() return successfully, it will allocate
memory to save mtd device string.
Signed-off-by: BangLang Huang <banglang.huang@foxmail.com>
get platform_data from gpio_keys_button_dev.pdata, and fix a illegal pointer
dereference like this:
[ 51.143776] gpio-keys-polled gpio-keys-polled: missing poll_interval value
[ 51.150852] gpio-keys-polled: probe of gpio-keys-polled failed with error -22
[ 828.159993] gpio-keys-polled gpio-keys-polled: no memory for button data
[ 828.166821] gpio-keys-polled: probe of gpio-keys-polled failed with error -12
Signed-off-by: Furong Xu <xfr@outlook.com>
Backing up the current firmware from U-Boot over serial can take hours.
Booting a working Linux image for backup purposes is not always an option.
Using the tftpput command in U-Boot is the fastest and easiest way.
tftpput will upload the contents of a memory region to the TFTP server.
The IP address of the server is stored in the serverip variable.
Usage:
tftpput <memaddr> <length> <filename>
Example for a complete flash backup of an o2 Box 6431 (VGV7510KW22):
VGV7510KW22 # tftpput 0xB0000000 0x1000000 o2boxbackup.bin
Signed-off-by: Carl-Daniel Hailfinger <c-d.hailfinger.devel.2006@gmx.net>
The Gateworks System Controller (GSC) mimics a standard AD7418 device on
I2C bus 0 at slave 0x29.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Refresh patches.
Adapt 704-phy-no-genphy-soft-reset.patch.
Remove brcm2708/950-0005-mm-Remove-the-PFN-busy-warning.patch.
Compile-tested on brcm2708/bcm2708 and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on brcm2708/bcm2708 and x86/64.
Fixes the following vulnerabilities:
- CVE-2017-7533
- CVE-2017-1000111
- CVE-2017-1000112
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
94e65ee ndp: use IPv4 address list when comparing IPv4 addresses
ff5020d dhcpv6-ia: rework reconfigure accept logic
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The VoCore2 Lite uses the same PCB as the Vocore2.
This patch moves the common VoCore2 parts into dtsi.
Removed memory node in the device tree source file.
Memory is detected automatically.
http://vocore.io/http://vonger.net/http://vonger.cn/
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7688AN
- RAM: 64MB DDR2 EtronTech EM68B16CWQH-25H
- Flash: 8MB NOR SPI Flash GigaDevice GD25Q64CWIG
- Wireless: Built into MT7688AN with onboard IPEX connector
Firmware installation:
- VoCore2-Lite ships with firmware forked from OpenWrt.
- Installation from the bootloader is recommended.
- If using luci/sysupgrade use the -n option (do not keep settings)
original firmware uses a modified proprietary MediaTek wireless driver.
- The wireless is disabled by default in LEDE.
- If reverting to factory firmware using the bootloader is recommended.
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
Tested by: Noble Pepper <noblepepper@gmail.com>
By adding the ICPlus IP1001 phy driver an already set RGMII delay mode
is reset during driver load.
Set the rgmii rx delay to fix corrupt/no packages in case the WAN port
negotiates to 1000MBit.
Fixes: FS#670
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
While debugging an issue with a client device, wpa_supplicant did not
seem to log anything at all. Make wpa_supplicant log to syslog instead
of stdout, to make debugging easier and to be consistent with hostapd.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Update (lib)expat to 2.2.3
Remove poor entropy hack, 2.2.3 uses /dev/urandom in worst case
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
USB doesn't work in some danube boards because otg_cap
is missing since previous changes made on the USB-dwc2
lantiq driver. Fix it.
Tested on the ARV7518PW router.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
With failsafe disabled there is no point in early network setup. We
don't send announcement over UDP and there is no way to ssh to the
device.
A side effect of this is avoiding a possibly incorrect network config
(only with failsafe disabled). This problem is related to possible
changes made by user in /etc/config/network.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
By default the wlan eprom contains the generic ralink MAC which is not
the vendor (TP-Link) one. Based on OFW bootlog, it appears that addresses
are decremented from the ethernet MAC.
This patch fixes the MAC address for wlan2g in line with OFW.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
If xfer_mode is set to auto the vdsl_cpe_control daemon assumes that
ATM should be used for ADSL and PTM for VDSL.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
If xfer_mode is set to auto the vdsl_cpe_control daemon assumes that
ATM should be used for ADSL and PTM for VDSL.
xfer_mode and line_mode can be set to fixed value independantly from
each other.
The syntax for the tc_layer argument of vdsl_cpe_control is as follow:
-T<TcADSL>:<TcCfgUsADSL>:<TcCfgDsADSL>_<TcVDSL>:<TcCfgUsVDSL>:<TcCfgDsVDSL>
where TcADSL and TcVDSL can be: 1=ATM, 2=PTM/EFM, 4=Auto TC-Layer
and TcCfgUsADSL, TcCfgUsVDSL, TcCfgDsADSL, TcCfgDsVDSL can be:
1=64/65-octet encapsulation supported
2=64/65-octet encapsulation with pre-emption
3=64/65-octet encapsulation with short packets
Default: In case of no '-T' option is given, ADSL will be configured
in ATM and VDSL in PTM/EFM: -T1:0x1:0x1_2:0x1:0x1
The '-M' argument of dsl_cpe_control defines the initial DSL mode
(NextMode) for ADSL/VDSL multimode handling.
Possible Values: 0=API-default, 1=ADSL, 2=VDSL
Default: In case of no '-M' option is given, '0' (API-default) will
be selected.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
This is needed to be able to load the ltq-atm/ltq-ptm driver
from a notify script during synchronization, because the line can
reach showtime state before the driver is fully loaded.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
This makes it possible to simply add additional notification handlers
by putting new scripts in the /etc/hotplug.d/dsl directory.
the following Environment Variables are used:
(values marked with an * are only available when bonding support is
compiled in)
DSL_NOTIFICATION_TYPE with one of these values:
- DSL_STATUS
- DSL_INTERFACE_STATUS
- DSL_DATARATE_STATUS_US
- DSL_DATARATE_STATUS_DS
DSL_LINE_NUMBER=<0|1> *
If DSL_NOTIFICATION_TYPE == DSL_STATUS, these variables are set:
- DSL_XTU_STATUS=<ADSL|VDSL>
- DSL_TC_LAYER_STATUS=<ATM|EFM>
- DSL_EFM_TC_CONFIG_US=<NORMAL|PRE_EMPTION>
- DSL_EFM_TC_CONFIG_DS=<NORMAL>
If DSL_NOTIFICATION_TYPE == DSL_INTERFACE_STATUS, these variables are
set:
- DSL_INTERFACE_STATUS=<DOWN|READY|HANDSHAKE|TRAINING|UP>
- DSL_BONDING_STATUS=<INACTIVE|ACTIVE> *
If DSL_NOTIFICATION_TYPE == DSL_DATARATE_STATUS_US, these variables are
set:
- DSL_DATARATE_US_BC0=<Upstream data rate in bit/s for Channel 0>
- DSL_DATARATE_US_BC1=<Upstream data rate in bit/s for Channel 1> *
If DSL_NOTIFICATION_TYPE == DSL_DATARATE_STATUS_DS, these variables are
set:
- DSL_DATARATE_DS_BC0=<Downstream data rate in bit/s for Channel 0>
- DSL_DATARATE_DS_BC1=<Downstream data rate in bit/s for Channel 1> *
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
The esi call was added to workaround a race condition between applying
a configured mac address to the wan interface and starting the protocol
(handler) as it was observed in a DHCP over ATM bridge configuration.
Martin Schiller, TDT GmbH was so kind to test with their local
infrastructure if the race condition still exists. The provided package
dumps captured behind the DSLAM shows that it doesn't. It was most
likely fixed with adding carrier support to the lantiq ptm/atm driver.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fix when add 'mediatek,cd-poll' to dts cause the sd card be removed randomly.
Special for the device without card-detect pin.
Signed-off-by: Qin Wie <me@vonger.cn>
296b4a0 dhcpv6: assign all viable DHCPv6 addresses by default (FS#402, FS#524)
f4d38e0 treewide: reflect managed mode is related to RA
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Use the GPIO dt-bindings macros and add compatible strings in the
ramips device tree source files.
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The Netgear EX3800 is essentially an EX3700 with a mains output socket.
Both devices use the exact same firmware image (original firmware is named
EX3700-EX3800-version.chk).
This patch adds suport by renaming the EX3700 device to EX3700/EX3800 and
updating the necessary glue.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch cleans up the WN3000RPv3 and EX2700 setup, bringing it in line
with other similar devices:
The power led is a bicolor one. The bootloader brings the red side on at
powerup.
Instead of blinking the red side in diag.sh and need to forcefully turn it off
in 01_leds, this patch simplifies the setup by relying on the default off state
of the gpio-led driver for the red side and blinking the green side as with
other devices.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Cleanup the dtsi files and remove one layer of dtsi. Set the size of
the firmware partition to a value matching the flash size from the
board (variant) name.
Remove the usb led trigger. There is neither a default config for the
usb led trigger nor a LED for usb activity indication.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Reference the Omnima MiniEMBWiFi device tree source file in the image
build code. Otherwise the dts of the image processed before is used.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
So, this is kind of complicated. This has been upstream for a while,
imported from OpenWRT/LEDE with some cleanups. LEDE ramips has stayed
on linux-4.4 this whole time, with the old(er) version of the patch
that had correct behavior[0], while upstream got changed[1].
When LEDE updated to kernel 4.9, the older version of the code from
the patch got replaced with the upstream version containing the bug.
The original behavior, however, seems to be correct here, as the
official programming guide[2] indicates that bit 31 (PDRV_SW_SET)
in register PPLL_CFG1 is reserved, but bit 23 (added as PPLL_LD)
is the PPLL lock state (which also happens to line up with the
error message).
The original confusion probably comes from the double definition
of PDRV_SW_SET[3, 4] in the upstream code, with one correct definition
(31) and one incorrect one (23).
I've also used the opportunity to clean up the error message a bit -
it's still not really helpful to anyone who doesn't already know what
the PPLL is, but at least it's slightly more readable now.
This will probably need to be upstreamed as well, since with the way
it's currently set up, it's unlikely PCI ever worked for anyone who's
running an upstream kernel on that SoC.
[0]: 05d6e92594/target/linux/ramips/patches-4.4/0009-PCI-MIPS-adds-mt7620a-pcie-driver.patch (L259)
[1]: 026d15f6b9/arch/mips/pci/pci-mt7620.c (L246)
[2]: http://www.anz.ru/files/mediatek/MT7620_ProgrammingGuide.pdf
[3]: 026d15f6b9/arch/mips/pci/pci-mt7620.c (L36)
[4]: 026d15f6b9/arch/mips/pci/pci-mt7620.c (L39)
Signed-off-by: Ilya Katsnelson <me@0upti.me>
When -e option it specified a corresponding flag is set in the
custom_board. By using custom_board as fallback -e option gets respected
for unknown boards.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
01_leds had a workaround for the power led to compensate for the
inverted GPIO state. This patch was missing from my previous commit.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
[add the power led default-state which was omitted in the last commit
by me]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Luci shows switch ports in wrong order on that device.
This patch fixes switch port numbering and matches them to the device
silkscreen.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
All LEDs GPIOs are active low on this device.
WAN and POWER states were inverted. Add default state for power.
Tested on Archer C50v1.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
With d2b6bf1416 ("ramips: fix image validation errors") the board
name was changed to fix an image validation error. But this change
wasn't applied to all other files using the board name, which broke
sysupgrade.
Revert this change and use the former board name in the metadata
instead.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Make the behaviour of clk_get_rate consistent with common clk's
clk_get_rate by accepting NULL clocks as parameter. Some device
drivers rely on this, and will cause an OOPS otherwise.
Fixes: FS#735
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Make the behaviour of clk_get_rate consistent with common clk's
clk_get_rate by accepting NULL clocks as parameter. Some device
drivers rely on this, and will cause an OOPS otherwise.
Fixes: FS#735
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Make the behaviour of clk_get_rate consistent with common clk's
clk_get_rate by accepting NULL clocks as parameter. Some device
drivers rely on this, and will cause an OOPS otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Commits since last 2017-07-11:
4bd8601 pkg_parse: fix segfault when parsing descriptions with leading newlines
Fixes FS#933.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fix incorrect offset and size of linux partition.
Fixes: 97b36aca09 ("brcm63xx: add pflash for remaining pflash equipped boards")
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The kernel 4.4 patches where already removed with the bump to 4.9. Drop
the the subtarget configs as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The WMDR-143N is a small module originally used as a Wifi client
in some Loewe smart TV sets. It is sold cheaply at german surplus
shops. The module contains a RT3662 SOC.
Specifications:
- 500 MHz CPU Clock
- 1x 10/100Mbps Ethernet (pin header)
- 32 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T3R 2.4/5 GHz (SOC internal)
- 3 Antennas on PCB
- UART pads on PCB (J3: 1 = +3.3V, 2 = RX, 3 = TX, 4 = GND), TX
and RX are 3,3V only! The square hole is pin 1
- Power supply pads on PCB (J6: 1 and 2 = +5V, 3 and 4 = GND)
The square hole is pin 1
The original firmware has two identical kernel/rootfs images and
two "Factory" calibration data blocks in flash. The LEDE image
leaves only the first "Factory" block in place and uses both
"Kernel" blocks and the redundant "Factory" block together to gain
enough space for the jffs2 partition.
Flash instructions:
You need UART and Ethernet connections to flash the board. Use
the LEDE "sysupgrade.bin" image with tftp.
Apply power to the board and in the first 5 seconds, hit 2 to
select TFTP upload. The bootloader asks for board- and server IP
addresses and filename.
Alternate method: With the vendor firmware running, assign an IP
address to the ethernet port, tftp the firmware image to
/tmp and write to mtd4 ("KernelA").
Signed-off-by: Oliver Fleischmann <ogf@bnv-bamberg.de>
[remove pinctrl node from dts, no pin is used as GPIO]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Children of the pinctrl0 node are optional. Return EINVAL (=missing)
instead of 0. Fixes a hang if the pinctrl0 has no children.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
When a package declares a PKG_BUILD_DEPENDENCY or HOST_BUILD_DEPENDENCY on
a not existing build type, the metadata script will emit a reference to an
unresolvable build target in tmp/.packagedeps, causing the make process to
fail hard in a way not catchable by the IGNORE_ERRORS mechanism.
In a situation where a package "test-a" declares a build dependency
"PKG_BUILD_DEPENDS:=test-b/host" while the Makefile of "test-b" does not
implement a HostBuild, make fails with an unrecoverable error in the form:
make[1]: Entering directory '...'
make[1]: *** No rule to make target 'package/test-b/host/compile',
needed by 'package/test-a/compile'. Stop.
make[1]: Leaving directory '...'
.../toplevel.mk:200: recipe for target 'package/test-a/compile' failed
make: *** [package/test-a/compile] Error 2
Extend the metadata generation script to catch such unresolved references
and emit a visable warning upon detection.
After this change, the script will emit a warning similar to:
WARNING: Makefile "package/test-a/Makefile" has a build dependency on
"test-b/host" but "package/test-b/Makefile" does not implement a
"host" build type
Fixes a global build cluster outage which occured after the "python-cffi"
feed package removed its HostBuild which the "python-cryptography" package
build-depended on.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
there were 2 bugs
*) core1 came up with a bad bogo mips, looks like the clock needed time to stabilize
*) HPT frequency was not set making r4k timers not come up properly
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The GnuBee Personal Cloud One crowdfunded on https://www.crowdsupply.com
It is a low-cost, low-power, network-attached storage device.
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- RAM: DDR3 512 MB
- Flash: 32 MB
- Six SATA ports for 2.5" Drives
- One micro SDcard
- One USB 3.0
- Two USB 2.0
- Gigabit Ethernet: 1 x WAN and 1 x LAN
- UART 3.5mm Audio Jack or 3 pin header - 57600 8N1
- Four GPIOs available on a pin header
Flash instructions:
The GnuBee Personal Cloud One ships with libreCMC installed.
libreCMC is a Free Software Foundation approved fork of LEDE/OpenWrt.
As such one can upgrade using the webinterface or sysupgrade.
Das U-Boot has multiple options for recovery or updates including :
- USB
- http
- tftp
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
[use switchdev led trigger, all interfaces are in vlan1; rename leds
according to board.d setting; remove ge2 group from the pinmux, this
group doesn't exist in the driver]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Luci shows switch ports in inverted order on that device.
This patch fixes switch port numbering and matches them to the device
silkscreen.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The tftp and irc netfilter modules are provided by nf-nathelper-extra
and not by nf-nathelper.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Arnold <donvipre@gmail.com>
[move the irc module as well]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The VoCore2 features 128MB of RAM, therefore set
memory in DTS to 128*1024*1024 = 0x8000000
The board's LED is connected to GND, set it to
ACTIVE_HIGH here.
Make serial console working again on kernel 4.9 by
change of pinmux configuration.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
The TP-Link RE350 is a wall-wart AC1200 range extender/access point with
a single gigabit ethernet port and two non-detachable antennas, based on
the MT7621A SoC with MT7603E and MT7612E radios.
Firmware wise it is very similar to the QCA based RE450.
SoC: MediaTek MT7621A (880MHz)
Flash: 8MiB (Winbond W25Q64)
RAM: 64MiB (DDR2)
Ethernet: 1x 1Gbit
Wireless: 2T2R 2.4Ghz (MT7603E) and 5GHz (MT7612E)
LEDs: Power, 2.4G, 5G (blue), WPS (red and blue), ethernet link/act
(green)
Buttons: On/off, LED, reset, WPS
Serial header at J1, 57600 8n1:
Pin 1 TX
Pin 2 RX
Pin 3 GND
Pin 4 3.3V
Factory image can be uploaded directly through the stock UI.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Only mangle argv[0] of the first executed process and leave the argument
vector of subsequent invocations as-is to allow child programs to properly
discover resources relative to their binary locations.
Fixes "cc1" discovery when executing the host gcc through the bundled
"ccache" executable.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The flag needs to be cleared for the last packet in the list, not the
first one. Fixes some issues with multicast packet loss for powersave
clients connected to an ath9k AP.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
FCC regulatory rules allow for up to 3 dBi antenna gain. Account for
this in the EEPROM based tx power reduction code.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
As we can now use combined mode in "mktplinkfw" tool to generate the
same header/image, this tool is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
We will need "mktplinkfw-combined" command also in the "ramips" target
for new MediaTek based TP-Link devices, with "safeloader" image type.
Also, rename the command to "tplink-v1-header", use "VERSION_DIST"
variable instead of "OpenWrt" and allow passing additional parameters.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
We use combined option in "mktplinkfw" tool for generating initramfs
kernel images and header for kernel inside "safeloader" image type (in
fact, only for TL-WR1043ND v4 at this moment).
There is also "mktplinkfw-kernel" tool, a stripped-down version, used
only for generating "simple" header, for safeloader image types.
This changes how "mktplinkfw" handles combined images (which then will
allow us to drop the stripped-down version of the tool):
- drop "ignore size" command line option (it was used only for combined
images anyway)
- don't require "flash layout id" for combined images (we don't need and
shouldn't limit size of the initramfs kernel and for kernels inside
safeloader images, the "tplink-safeloader" tool does the size check)
- require kernel address and entry point in command line parameters for
combined images (consequence of previous point)
- don't include md5 sum and firmware length values in header (they are
needed only for update from vendor GUI and are ingored in case of
initramfs and "tplink-safeloader" images)
- drop "fake" flash layout for TL-WR1043ND v4 as it's no longer needed
Also, adjust "mktplinkfw-combined" command in ar71xx/image/tp-link.mk to
match introduced changes in "mktplinkfw" tool.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network AP121F is a pocket-size router dedicated for VPN/TOR users.
Device is based on Atheros AR9331 WiSoC and is running a custom version
(updated from OpenWrt CC to LEDE 17.01 release) of NetAidKit firmware.
Specification:
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz
- 1x microSD (optional, on separate PCB)
- 3x LED, 1x button, 1x switch
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction (under U-Boot web recovery mode):
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with RJ45 port, press the reset button, power up device,
wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup), then keep
button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Browseable is now set through LuCI per share, so remove it. Same with
writeable (inverted synonym for read only). domain master and preferred
master seem to be legacy settings for Windows 9x. encrypt passwords
defaults to yes. Probably should not be disabled either.
Also reordered alphabetically.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[rewrap commit message, fix SoB, fix author, bump pkg revsion]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This change currently causes some issues with loading out of tree kernel modules
so revert that commit for now.
Reverts commit 34c01e68b5. Fixes FS#919.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Intent is to link against it, and have the option to
not install the ipset utility (if needed).
One example/use-case is keepalived (from package)
feeds, where it would be nice to just depend on a
`libipset` (sub)package.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Introduce a new UCI list setting `list dhcp_option_force` which is available
in sections of type `dnsmasq` and `dhcp`.
The `dhcp_option_force` setting has the same semantics as `dhcp_option` but
generates `dhcp-option-force` directives instead of `dhcp-option` ones in
emitted native configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Internet2 isn't considered a trusted issuer meaning that https links to
rit.edu will fail.
The host mirror.csclub.uwaterloo.ca has a trusted SSL cert and peering
is good so it can replace rit.edu without performance issues.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: rewrapped commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Commit 72d751cba9 "build: rework library bundling" introduced a new helper
binary "runas" whose sole purpose was mangling the argv vector passed to
the actual called ELF image so that the renamed executable could obtain the
proper name from argv[0].
This approach, however totally defeated the purpose of calling bundled ELF
executables through the shipped ld.so loader since the execv() invocation
performed by "runas" would cause the kernel the interprete the final program
image through the system ELF loader again.
To solve the problem, use an alternative approach of shipping a shared object
"runas.so" which uses an ELF ".init_array" function pointer to obtain the
argv[] vector of the to-be-executed main() function and mangle it in-place.
The actual argv[0] value to use is communicated out-of-band using an
environment variable "RUNAS_ARG0" by the shell wrapper script. The wrapper
script also takes care of setting LD_PRELOAD to instruct the shipped ELF
loader to preload the actual ELF program image with the "runas.so" helper
library.
Fixes FS#909.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
On Asus RT-N12 and RT-N16 models, the WAN and LAN4 ports are swapped in the
initial switch configuration since the presets present in nvram appear to be
wrong.
Add special casing for these models to detect_by_model() in order to ensure
a proper switch configuration.
Fixes FS#502.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When processes don't die on SIGKILL (usually because of kernel bugs), it's
better to give up instead of looping forever.
upgraded will trigger a reboot in this case (and if this fails, a hardware
watchdog will eventually time out and reset the system, if present).
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The Power LED of RB912UAG-{2,5}HPnD boards can be controlled by sofware,
so use it for diag purposes and make the User LED free for other tasks.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
It is quite unexpected behaviour when the Power LED switches off as soon
as the kernel starts booting. So set the default state to 'Keep' for
the Power LEDs of all RouterBOARDs (e.g. RB91x, SXT Lite series, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
[switch the default state to keep instead of on]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
It uses one MT7615D radio chip with DBDC mode enabled. This mode allows
this single chip act as an 2x2 11n radio and an 2x2 11ac radio at the
same time. However mt76 doesn't support it currently so there is no
wireless available.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- Flash: 16 MB
- RAM: 128 MB
- Ethernet: 1 x WAN (10/100/1000Mbps) and 4 x LAN (10/100/1000 Mbps)
- Wireless radio: MT7615D on PCIE0
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB - 57600 8N1
Issue:
- Wireless radio doesn't work due to the lack of driver.
Flash instruction:
Using UART:
1. Configure PC with a static IP address and setup an TFTP server.
2. Put the firmware into the tftp directory.
3. Connect the UART line as described on the PCB.
4. Power up the device and press 2,then follow the instruction to
set device and tftp server IP address and input the firmware
file name.U-boot will then load the firmware and write it into
the flash.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
In the xrx200_close() function we call napi_disable(), that could
sleep, with priv->hw->chan[i].lock held. This could lead to deadlock
and causes the kernel to complain.
Look at the code I couldn't convince myself about why we
need to protect that specific code part with the lock. IMHO there
seems no reason to protect the refcount variables, because AFAIK
ndo_close() and ndo_open() callbacks are already called with a
semaphore held. Neither I could figure out why napi_disable() have to
be called with that lock held. The only remaining code part for
which I could guess the lock is useful for is ltq_dma_close()
function call.
This patch reduces the lock to the said function call, avoiding the
sleep-with-spinlock-held situation
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
[fold into 0025-NET-MIPS-lantiq-adds-xrx200-net.patch, backport to
kernel 4.4]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Builtin modules are always present, and trying to load them will cause
modprobe to spew errors when installing the empty kmod packages.
Fix this by never generating any postinst module install instructions
for builtin modules.
Fixes#842.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Backport upstream commit f44f1e7da7c8e3f4575d5d61c4df978496903fcc ("um:
Avoid longjmp/setjmp symbol clashes with libpthread.a") to fix build
issues on hosts that only have a static libpthread.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Remove ping check in DHCPDISCOVER case as too many buggy clients leave
an interface in configured state causing the ping check to fail.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Expat release 2.2.2 requires support for either syscall(SYS_getrandom) which
is available on Linux 3.17 or support for getrandom() which is only available
in glibc 2.25 or later.
Since some of our builders still run on Linux 3.16, we need to forcibly
disable the use of getrandom() for the host builds.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The Xen serial console has been broken since the xen_domu subtarget
was merged in the generic x86 subtarget (commits 1d6879ee and 371b382a).
The reason for the broken serial console seems to be an IRQ conflict
between the serial console driver and the PATA_LEGACY driver:
[ 1.330125] genirq: Flags mismatch irq 8. 00000000 (hvc_console) vs. 00000000 (platform[pata_legacy.4])
[ 1.330134] hvc_open: request_irq failed with rc -16.
[ 1.330148] Warning: unable to open an initial console.
Just drop the PATA_LEGACY driver from the x86/generic and x86_64
subtargets, since this driver is marked experimental and only supports
very old ISA devices anyway. It is still included in the x86/legacy
subtarget where it rightfully belongs.
Fixes: FS#787
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Xen support for x86/generic was added in 1d6879ee. This commit also
enables it for x86/64.
This was successfully tested with Xen 4.5, although the serial console
is broken in the same way as x86/generic (see FS#787)
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
All x86 subtargets enable USB support, so it makes sense to enable it
in the target config instead, to avoid duplication.
Also refresh subtarget configs accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
This was done by simply running `make kernel_menuconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget`
and then saving without changing any option.
Most of the removed options can be explained because they are already
present in the target config or in the generic 4.9 config:
- PAE-related options, enabled by default on x86 by 961c0eac
- LZO-related options, enabled by default since 4.9
As far as I understand the build system, this shouldn't have any
user-visible impact, because the build system already merges the
various kernel configs during build.
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Do not parse /tmp/sysinfo/board_name, /proc/cpuinfo or the device tree
compatible string directly. Always use the board_name function to get
the board name.
The admswconfig package still reads /proc/cpuinfo directly. The code
looks somehow broken and the whole adm5120 which uses this package
looks unmaintained. Leave it as it is for now.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
For targets using the generic board detection and board specific
settings in diag.sh, the board name is still unset at the time the
set_state() provided by diag.sh is called by 10_indicate_preinit.
Change the execution order to ensure the boardname is populated before
required the first time. Do the target specific board detection as
early as possible, directly followed by the generic one to allow a
seamless switch to the generic function for populating /tmp/sysinfo/.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
If TARGET_PER_DEVICE_ROOTFS and DEVICE_PACKAGES are used for ar71xx
legacy images:
- an already jffs2 padded squashfs rootfs is overwritten
with an unpadded/raw one.
- the squashfs-raw and squashfs-64k rootfs are not replaced by the
ones including the DEVICE_PACKAGES
Call Image/Build/squashfs after the DEVICE_PACKAGES are added to the
base squashfs rootfs to fix the issues.
Fixes: FS#904
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Correct MAC address lookup to appropriate offset based on vendor
source.
Override the WAN MAC to use the same address as LAN. The switch driver
increments the base MAC address for the WAN vlan but the stock firmware
uses the same MAC address for all interfaces.
Based on vendor source commit
https://github.com/domino-team/lede-1701/commit/efb0518
Signed-off-by: John Marrett <johnf@zioncluster.ca>
- Refreshed all patches
- Removed upstreamed
- Adapted 4 patches:
473-fix-marvell-phy-initialization-issues.patch
-----------------------------------------------
Removed hunk 5 which got upstreamed
403-net-phy-avoid-setting-unsupported-EEE-advertisments.patch
404-net-phy-restart-phy-autonegotiation-after-EEE-advert.patch
--------------------------------------------------------------
Adapted these 2 RFC patches, merging the delta's from an upstream commit
(see below) which made it before these 2.
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux-
stable.git/commit/?h=v4.9.36&id=97ace183074d306942b903a148aebd5d061758f0
180-usb-xhci-add-support-for-performing-fake-doorbell.patch
-----------------------------------------------------------
- Moved fake_doorbell bitmask due to new item
Compile tested on: cns3xxx, imx6
Run tested on: cns3xxx, imx6
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This was already done in commit 91e262c6b3 ("tools: flex: fix build
with automake 1.15.1")
This reverts commit 6b127d8639.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Commit 6f5f328003 removed freebsd.sh
because it was outdated and bad practice. Let's be consistent and remove
openbsd.sh as well.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Non-US versions of the TP-Link TL-WR710N v1 don't have a region code so
far, so we can just set US unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Unlike /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/INTF/rp_filter flag, rule iptables -t raw
-I PREROUTING -m rpfilter --invert -j DROP prevents conntrack table to
become full when a packet flood with randomly selected source IP addresses
is received from the lan side.
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
Depending on busybox applet selection, paths of basic utiilties may differ,
and may not work as symlinks to busybox. Simply using whatever binary is
found in PATH and detecting symlinks automatically is more robust and
easier to maintain.
The list of binaries is also slightly cleaned up and duplicates are
removed.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
RAMFS_COPY_* are moved to platform.sh toplevel. The nand_do_upgrade call is
moved to platform_do_upgrade.
Fixes: 30f61a34b4 "base-files: always use staged sysupgrade"
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
RAMFS_COPY_* are moved to platform.sh toplevel. The unneeded
linksys_preupgrade function is removed, and the nand_do_upgrade call is
moved to platform_do_upgrade.
Fixes: 30f61a34b4 "base-files: always use staged sysupgrade"
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Commit 5cd88f4 "dnsmasq: remove use of uci state for getting network ifname"
broke the ability to specify unmanaged network device names for inclusion
and exclusion in the uci configuration.
Restore support for raw device names by falling back to the input value
when "network_get_device" yields no result.
Fixes FS#876.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
TP-Link TL-WR902AC has another one, tiny LED inside RJ45 socket which is
attached to GPIO15. Add support for it, use it as a "lan" LED and rename
old one to "internet". Also, fix uci option name for "lan" LED in system
configuration ("wan" -> "lan").
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Until we enable requirement for metadata in sysupgrade images under
ar71xx target, this prevents users from using wrong image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This commit fixes build factory image for TP-Link Archer C60v1.
Size of partition "SupportList" is only 256 bytes, and can
contain only 3 entries.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
This commit adds metadata to TP-Link sysupgrade images
created by tplink-safeloader with uImage kernel header.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
It seems simpler to store all custom (command line set) option values in
a struct identical to the predefined ones. It doesn't require:
1) Having so many global variables
2) Copying data from the predefined boards
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
With kernel 4.8 common used code was moved to a shared kmod. Add the
missing dependency to the shared snd-soc-simple-card-utils.ko.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
There is no device tree property named phynmode0. Use phy-mode as it is
done for the other ethernet nodes.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Netgear DM200 is an inexpensive VDSL modem:
CPU: VRX220 MIPS 34Kc 5.6 @ 500Mhz
RAM: 64MiB
Flash: 8MiB
Ethernet: 1x100M
DSL: VDSL2+, ADSL2+
reset button, 3x bi-color LEDs
Serial port is 115200 baud, on the 4 pin header; pins from the bottom to
top are GND, RX, TX.
To upgrade from the vendor firmware, upload factory.img
The DM200 bootloader supports flashing over TFTP; hold the reset button
while powering on the device, and wait for the power light to start
flashing green before releasing. The device is now listening on
192.168.0.1/24, and can be sent a factory.img or a netgear image with a
TFTP put.
Once the image is loaded, it will be written to the flash, and the
device will reboot; this will take a few minutes.
Thanks to Edward O'Callaghan and Baptiste Jonglez, who implemented their
own ports for this device and provided valuable feedback.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
This is necessary for devices using the PSB80108/VRX220LD front-end
(currently only known on the Netgear DM200).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
Most of the ubnt-erx definition can be reused; the package removals in
DEVICE_PACKAGES have become redundant after d17cb4a68a "ramips: purge
default packages on MT7621".
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
f0d78e7 ndp: optimize check_addr6_updates code
94afe3b ndp: fix syslog tracing for netlink neigbor and address events
18df6cc treewide: rework logic to retrieve IPv6 interface addresses
803b83e router: use enum to specify order and index of iov struct
5dad295 treewide: rework code to get rid of fixed IPv6 address arrays
3e4c8ad config: rework code to get rid of IFNAMSIZ usage
ab7813e treewide: use angle-brackets to include libubox header files
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This change enables .itb image generation for AP148,
It will help us to boot and test AP148 with NOR flash.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
Fixes mt7603 stablity and performance issues
af32615 mt7603: change auto rate control register initialization
01fb9ba mt7603: fix control/status retries count estimation
cf4ba12 mt7603: avoid tx rate sampling using no retransmissions
32eab50 mt7603: set wtbl entry vif index
c4e3dea mt7603: use the real vif index in txwi header for normal tx.
e90a81a mt7603: fix channel width fall back in TXWI
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
After the update of GNU automake, the flex configure fails with
configure.ac:31: error: version mismatch. This is Automake 1.15.1,
configure.ac:31: but the definition used by this AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
configure.ac:31: comes from Automake 1.15.
Apply the autoreconf host fixup to properly regenerate configure before
to avoid triggering the version mismatch. Also refresh the patch while
we're at it.
Fixes FS#885.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Other distributions incl. the OpenWrt ImageBuilder and SDK
expect to find the bzip2 executable in /bin.
Create a symlink at that location for compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The warning will be triggered by jffs2 or UBI, and partial writes are no
issue for most flash chips.
Fixes: 2a2b16210b ("brcm63xx: backport upstream solution for SPI message size limits")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Add patches-4.9, some of them (heavily) rewritten:
- ea4500 is upstream available, keep only LEDE changes in dts
- ea3500 is changed to match the structure of the upstream ea4500 dts
- nsa310s rewritten to include the common dtsi
- nsa325 is dropped, since already upstream
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
[refresh kernel config, add on100, use the switchdev based mv88e6171
driver for the linksys boards, keep lede specific rootfs/kernel
partition names for linksys boards, reorder patches]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The Netgear UI in basic mode refuses the upgrade file if the the
fileextension is not img. The expert/advanced mode accepts any
fileextension. Use img to make it work in any case.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This adds command line option in "mktplinkfw" tool for endianness swap
in kernel load address and entry point fields. As in "mktplinkfw2" tool,
we will need this for little-endian targets, like "ramips".
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Rename TPLINK_BOARD_NAME to TPLINK_BOARD_ID for two ommited devices.
Fixes: 7d6c63d ("build: rename TPLINK_BOARD_NAME to TPLINK_BOARD_ID")
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
TP-Link TL-WR902AC v1 is a pocket-size, dual-band (AC750), successor of
TL-MR3020 (both devices use very similar enclosure, in same size). New
device is based on Qualcomm QCA9531 v2 + QCA9887. FCC ID: TE7WR902AC.
Specification:
- 650/391/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0 (GPIO-controlled power)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531)
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887)
- 5x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button, 1x 3-pos switch
- UART pads on PCB (TP1 -> TX, TP2 -> RX, TP3 -> GND, TP4 -> 3V3, jumper
resitors are missing on TX/RX lines)
- 1x micro USB (for power only)
Flash instructions:
Use "factory" image under vendor GUI.
Recovery instructions:
This device contains tftp recovery mode inside U-Boot. You can use it to
flash LEDE (use "factory" image) or vendor firmware.
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "lede-ar71xx-generic-tl-wr902ac-v1-squashfs-factory.bin"
to "wr902acv1_un_tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server dir.
3. Connect PC with LAN port, press the reset button, power up the router
and keep button pressed until WPS LED lights up.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Root access over serial line in vendor firmware: root/sohoadmin.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
We can use "tplink-fw" mtd splitter for TP-Link devices which use kernel
with TP-Link header embedded inside "safeloader" image type and thus get
rid of statically defined "kernel" and "rootfs" partitions in cmdline.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Refresh mikrotik subtarget kernel config and enable kernel support for
boards which belong to this subtarget only.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Refresh nand subtarget kernel config and enable kernel support for
boards which belong to this subtarget only.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Refresh target kernel config and disable kernel support for all boards
which belong to nand and mikrotik subtargets only.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This is functionally the same as --server, but provides some syntactic sugar to
make specifying address-to-name queries easier.
For example --rev-server=1.2.3.0/24,192.168.0.1 is exactly equivalent to
--server=/3.2.1.in-addr.arpa/192.168.0.1
Signed-off-by: DUPONCHEEL Sébastien <sebastien.duponcheel@corp.ovh.com>
LEDE supports few devices using TP-Link firmware format (V2 or V3):
ArcherC20i, ArcherC50, ArcherMR200, TDW8970, TDW8980, TL-WR840N v4,
TL-WR841N v13 and VR200v
Testing mktplinkfw2 tool with official (vendor generated) firmware files
for above devices has shown an error when comparing calculated and
included MD5 sum, e.g.:
> mktplinkfw2 -i Archer_C20iv1_0.9.1_3.2_up_boot\(170221\)_2017-02-21_17.14.03.bin | grep -A 1 MD5Sum1
Header MD5Sum1 : 22 5a cb 92 10 d2 95 7b df 62 9a f8 62 17 37 10 (*ERROR*)
--> expected : ad 19 11 d1 78 98 a7 42 5f 2e 64 da 8a 34 ec cb
This problem has been verified to occur with:
Archer_C20iv1_0.9.1_3.2_up_boot(170221)_2017-02-21_17.14.03.bin
Archer MR200v1_0.9.1_1.1_up_boot_v004a.0 Build 160905 Rel.60037n.bin
TD-W8970v3_0.9.1_2.0_up_boot(160816)_2016-08-16_10.40.57.bin
TD-W8980v1_0.6.0_1.8_up_boot(150514)_2015-05-14_11.16.43.bin
Archer_VR200vv2_0.2.0_0.8.0_up_boot(161202)_2016-12-05_14.39.06.bin
For some images, e.g.:
Archer_C50v3_EU_0.9.1_0.3_up_boot[170417-rel52298].bin
TL-WR840Nv4_EU_0.9.1_4.16_up_boot[170421-rel70692].bin
TL-WR841Nv13_0.9.1_3.16_up_boot(161012).bin
mktplinkfw2 calculates zero MD5 so these has to be fixed separately:
> mktplinkfw2 -i TL-WR841Nv13_0.9.1_3.16_up_boot\(161012\).bin | grep -A 1 MD5Sum1
Header MD5Sum1 : 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 (*ERROR*)
--> expected : 6f 1d 9b 57 5d 42 14 6d bf a2 03 9d 46 7d 55 55
It's most likely that MD5 salt used in mktplinkfw2 has been always wrong
(and it's not a matter of e.g. a vendor change). Update it to fix MD5
calculation.
This has been also verified to calculate MD5 correctly for other (not
yet supported) devices, e.g.:
Archer_C3150v2_0.1.0_0.9.1_up_boot(160812)_2016-08-12_10.52.54.bin
Archer_C3200v1_0.9.1_0.1_up_boot(160704)_2016-07-04_15.48.28.bin
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
I tested this on a WRT54GS and a WRT610N V1.
The WRT610N does not boot when the kernel is too big, so I deactivated KALLSYMS
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
On the Linksys WRT54GSv1, the Power LED flickers in the "off" state.
Indicate status using the DMZ LED if available, since it has solid "on" and
"off" states.
This change was tested on the WRT54GSv1, but may also affect other brcm47xx
devices.
Fixes FS#793.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
On the Linksys WRT54GSv1, the adm6996 switch driver and the
gpio_button_hotplug module both claim GPIO 6, which is connected to the
Reset button. When the switch driver's request wins, the Reset button
cannot work. This makes it impossible to enter failsafe mode without a
serial console.
Stop requesting the "adm_rc" GPIO in the switch driver, since it is not
used anywhere.
Fixes FS#792.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
SOC: Broadcom BCM6368 (2 * Broadcom BMIPS4350 V3.1 / 400 MHz)
Flash size: 32MB (split 16/16 dual boot)
RAM size: 64MB
Wireless: BCM432x 802.11a/b/g/n(pci)
Ethernet: Broadcom BCM53115
USB: 1 x USB 2.0
Known issues:
- Unable to detect 53115 switch attached to MDIO. Not supported
- No support for the cable port
More info on the device and the research can be found at:
http://www.actiontec.com/212.html
Same FCC ID as:
https://wikidevi.com/wiki/Actiontec_V1000H_(Telus)
Signed-off-by: Anthony Sepa <anthonysepa@yahoo.ca>
[jonas.gorski: fix commit subject/message]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The pinmux register is at relative offset 0x8, not 0xc. Fixes hang
when trying to modify pins >= 32.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Commit 9fec39a (ar71xx: add support for TP-Link TL-WA855RE v1) introduced a
typo in 02_network, fix it by removing the stray paren.
Reported-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
TPLINK_HWID hasn't been specified for TP-Link RE450 since the begin.
As we don't want to break sysupgrade (all existing LEDE release images
for this board have TPLINK_HWID set to 0x0), set it explicitly to 0x0.
Fixes FS#852
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
TP-Link TL-WR840N v4 and TL-WR841N v13 are simple N300 routers with
5-port FE switch and non-detachable antennas. Both are very similar
and are based on MediaTek MT7628NN (aka MT7628N) WiSoC.
The difference between these two models is in number of available
LEDs, buttons and power input switch.
This work is partially based on GitHub PR#974.
Specification:
- MT7628N/N (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- TL-WR840N v4: 5x LED (GPIO-controlled), 1x button
- TL-WR841N v13: 8x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power input
switch
* WAN LED in TL-WR841N v13 is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
(fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.
Factory image notes:
These devices use version 3 of TP-Link header, fortunately without RSA
signature (at least in case of devices sold in Europe). The difference
lays in the requirement for a non-zero value in "Additional Hardware
Version" field. Ideally, it should match the value stored in vendor
firmware header on device ("0x4"/"0x13" for these devices) but it seems
that anything other than "0" is correct.
We are able to prepare factory firwmare file which is accepted and
(almost) correctly flashed from the vendor GUI. As it turned out, it
accepts files without U-Boot image with second header at the beginning
but due to some kind of bug in upgrade routine, flashed image gets
corrupted before it's written to flash.
Tests showed that the GUI upgrade routine copies value of "Additional
Hardware Version" from existing firmware into offset "0x2023c" in
provided file, _before_ storing it in flash. In case of vendor firmware
upgrade files (which all include U-Boot image and two headers), this
offset points to the matching field in kernel+rootfs firmware part
header. Unfortunately, in case of LEDE factory image file which contains
only one header, it points to the offset "0x2023c" in kernel image. This
leads to a corrupted kernel and ends up with a "soft-bricked" device.
The good news is that U-Boot in these devices contains well known tftp
recovery mode, which can be triggered with "reset" button. What's more,
in comparison to some of older MediaTek based TP-Link devices, this
recovery mode doesn't write whole file at offset "0x0" in flash, without
verifying provided file in advance. In case of recovery mode in these
devices, first "0x20000" bytes are always skipped and "0x7a0000" bytes
from rest of the file are stored in flash at offset "0x20000".
Flash instruction:
Until (if at all) TP-Link fixes described problem, the only way to flash
LEDE image in these devices is to use tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "lede-ramips-mt7628-tl-wr84...-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
To access U-Boot CLI, keep pressed "4" key during boot.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
There are already two targets (lantiq, ramips) which use mktplinkfw2
tool for creating images. This de-duplicates code, introduces two new
build commands: tplink-v2-header, tplink-v2-image and makes use of
them in place of old, (sub)target specific ones.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
As it turned out, some of new MediaTek based TP-Link devices use value
from field at 0x3c offset in version 3 of TP-Link header to specify
"Additional Hardware Version".
Value from this field is validated during regular (GUI) firmware upgrade
on devices like TL-WR840N v4 or TL-WR841N v13. If it's zero (based on
some tests, it seems that firmware will accept anything != 0), errors
like below are printed on console and upgrade fails:
[ rsl_sys_updateFirmware ] 2137: Firmware Additional HardwareVersion
check failed
[ rdp_updateFirmware ] 345: perror:4506
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
TP-Link Archer C58 v1 is a dual-band AC1350 router, based on Qualcomm
QCA9561 + QCA9886. It looks like Archer C59 v1 without USB port.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LED, 3x button
- UART header on PCB, RX, TX at TP4+5 (backside)
QCA9886 wlan needs pre_cal_data file and enable ieee80211 phy hotplug to
patch macaddress.
Flash instruction:
Use "factory" image directly in vendor GUI.
Recovery method:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66/24.
2. Download "lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c58-v1-squashfs-factory.bin" and
rename it to "tp_recovery.bin".
3. Start a tftp server with the file "tp_recovery.bin" in its root
directory.
4. Turn off the router.
5. Press and hold Reset button.
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds.
7. Release the reset button and after a short time the firmware should
be transferred from the tftp server.
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:
tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f020000 $filesize
reset
This commit is based on GitHub PR#1112
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
TP-Link TL-WA855RE v1 is a wall-plug N300 Wi-Fi range extender,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2.
Short specification:
- 550/397/198 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 32 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2x external antennas
- 2x LED (green and orange in the same package), 2x button
- UART: TP5(TX) and TP4(RX) test points on PCB
Flash instruction: use "factory" image directly in vendor GUI.
Warning: this device does not include any kind of recovery mechanism
in the bootloader and disassembling process is not trivial.
You can access vendor firmware over serial line using:
- login: root
- password: sohoadmin
Image was tested only in EU version of the device, but should work
also with the same device version sold in other countries.
Signed-off-by: Federico Cappon <dududede371@gmail.com>
Use statically defined sizes for kernel and rootfs mtd partitions.
Vendor upgrade script writes both firmware parts independently which
ends up in a gap between kernel and rootfs images. This results in
incorrectly calculated rootfs_data start offset.
Also, fix IMAGE_SIZE, DEVICE_PACKAGES and drop redundant KERNEL
definition.
Fixes FS#835
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Migrate Arduino Yun from legacy to generic building code.
Note: the mtd partitioning is changed to adopt the LEDE default
partitioning. It allows to have a kernel bigger than 1280k. It is
necessary as kernel > 4.4 with default LEDE configuration grows
bigger.
To use the new partitioning, you need to update your U-Boot env in
advance:
setenv mtdparts "spi0.0:256k(u-boot)ro,64k(u-boot-env),15936k(firmware),64k(nvram),64k(art)ro"
setenv bootcmd "run addboard; run addtty; run addparts; run addrootfs; bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm 0x9fea0000"
saveenv
Signed-off-by: Camille Bilodeau <camille.bilodeau@protonmail.com>
This way, the assigned addresses match those on the barcode labels.
Otherwise, the addresses appear to vary on boot.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
The kernel configs for all targets should have the version in the
filename, for clearness and consistency across all targets.
It is also expected by the update_kernel.sh script.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Backport upstream dnsmasq patch fixing DNS failover when first servers
returns REFUSED in strict mode; fixes issue FS#841.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Add a uci option to set the new max auth tries paramater in dropbear.
Set the default to 3, as 10 seems excessive.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Add support for '-T n' for a run-time specification for maximum number
of authentication attempts where 'n' is between 1 and compile time
option MAX_AUTH_TRIES.
A default number of tries can be specified at compile time using
'DEFAULT_AUTH_TRIES' which itself defaults to MAX_AUTH_TRIES for
backwards compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
RADIUS protocol could be used not only for authentication but for
accounting too. Accounting could be configured for any type of networks.
However there is no way to configure NAS Identifier for non-WPA
networks without this patch.
Signed-off-by: Yury Shvedov <yshvedov@wimarksystems.com>
[cleanup commit message]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
I did not port the regulator and power patches from Stefan Wahren
because I talked to him and he told me that work on this is currently
stalled. And since AFAIK nothing depends on these patches, leaving them
out seems reasonable.
I build minimum default configurations and run-tested them on both
I2SE Duckbill devices and Olimex Olinuxino Maxi boards successfully [1].
[1] Tested:
- debug uart is working
- boot without any obvious kernel problem
- network is coming up and data transfer is possible
- Olinuxino: USB detects a plugged-in pen drive
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
[refreshed config and patches]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In preparation for bumping mxs target to 4.9, disable a bunch of configuration
symbols that provoked config prompts.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
ath10k-firmware: add qca9888 firmware
the firmware files for qca9888 were previously not packaged. add the meta
information for doing so.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
- Refreshed all patches
- Adapted 1 (0031-mtd-add-SMEM-parser-for-QCOM-platforms.patch)
Compile tested on: brcm2708, cns3xxx, imx6
Run tested on: brcm2708, cns3xxx, imx6
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
[Compile and run tested on brcm2708]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The sum variable need to be initialised, otherwise it will points to
random stack memory and a bogus image checksum might be calculated.
While at it, fix the segfault in case the product region code isn't
specified and enable compiler warnings which had revealed all the code
issues.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Don't start ping-check of address in DHCP discover if there already
exists a lease for the address. It has been reported under some
circumstances android and netbooted windows devices can reply to
ICMP pings if they have a lease and thus block the allocation of
the IP address the device already has during boot.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Expose "term_timeout" parameter in procd.sh to allow init scripts to
request a longer termination timeout.
This is required to fix FS#859 in a later commit.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Adjust default permissions and ownership of /dev/tty* nodes from
0600/root:root to 0660/root:tty in order to support granting
unprivileged user access when needed.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This is needed for an upcoming change to the hotplug default rules which
will cause /dev/tty* nodes to get assigned to the "tty" group in order
to support unprivileged user access when needed.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fixes some security issues (no remote exploits), and introduces
some changes. See release notes for details:
https://tls.mbed.org/tech-updates/releases/mbedtls-2.5.1-2.1.8-and-1.3.20-released
* Fixes an unlimited overread of heap-based buffers in mbedtls_ssl_read()
* Adds exponent blinding to RSA private operations
* Wipes stack buffers in RSA private key operations (rsa_rsaes_pkcs1_v15_decrypt(), rsa_rsaes_oaep_decrypt())
* Removes SHA-1 and RIPEMD-160 from the default hash algorithms for certificate verification.
* Fixes offset in FALLBACK_SCSV parsing that caused TLS server to fail to detect it sometimes.
* Tighten parsing of RSA PKCS#1 v1.5 signatures, to avoid a potential Bleichenbacher/BERserk-style attack.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Use --mtime when SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is set.
Use gzip -n9z instead of tar z to remove
timestamp in gzip header.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
This patch fixes a problem where the AR8035 PHY can't be
detected on the Cisco Meraki MR24, when the ethernet cable
is not connected during boot.
Russell Senior reported:
|This appears to be a problem during probing of the AR8035
|phy chip. When ethernet has no link, the phy detection fails,
|and eth0 is not created. Plugging ethernet later has no effect,
|because there is no interface as far as the kernel is
|concerned. The relevant part of the boot log looks like this:
|
|[ 0.876611] /plb/opb/emac-rgmii@ef601500: input 0 in RGMII mode
|[ 0.882532] /plb/opb/ethernet@ef600c00: reset timeout
|[ 0.888546] /plb/opb/ethernet@ef600c00: can't find PHY!
(<https://bugs.lede-project.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=687>)
Fixes FS#687
Cc: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Fixes: 23fbb5a87c56e98 ("emac: Fix EMAC soft reset on 460EX/GT")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Specifications:
* SoC: AR7242 (Virian 400MHz)
* RAM: 64 MB DDR (W9751G6JB-25)
* Flash: 16MB SPI flash (S25FL129PIF)
* WiFi: AR9382 (2.4/5GHz) + 2x SE2595L
* LAN: 1x1000M (PEF7071V)
To install LEDE via EVA bootloader, a FTP connection need to be
established to 192.168.178.1 within the first seconds after power on:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put lede-ar71xx-generic-fritz300e-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add upstream send AR724x PCIe patches to get the PCIe controller out of
reset during driver init.
The AVM Fritz 300E bootloader doesn't take care of releasing the
different PCIe controller related resets which causes an endless hang
as soon as either the PCIE Reset register (0x180f0018) or the PCI
Application Control register (0x180f0000) is read from.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The driver is used for boards outside the lantiq target as well. Move
it to generic to make it available for more targets.
The phy driver is included in kernel 4.8 as INTEL_XWAY_PHY.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the size of the input file as maximum tffs size instead of a fixed
value. The tffs on a AVM Fritz 300E can be up to 512KByte for example.
Fixes a read error for the AVM Fritz 3370 where the tffs partition size
is 64Kbyte and smaller than the former default value of 256KByte.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
During auto channel selection we may wish to prefer certain channels
over others.
e.g. we can just squeeze 4 channels into europe so '1:0.8 5:0.8 9:0.8
13:0.8' does that.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This is a backport from the busybox repository
(192dce4b84fb32346ebc5194de7daa5da3b8d1b4); it enables the use of the
suppress_{prefixlength,ifgroup} flags for policy routing rules.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
Except for renames and line changes the only conflict was in
allocate_partition in handling MTD_WRITEABLE. Hopefully it was handled
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This mtd_roundup_to_eb helper was introduced years ago in the commit
daec7ad768 ("kernel/3.10: add separate rootfs partition parser") and
it was probably supposed to simplify code a bit.
With the recent upstream commit 1eeef2d7483a7 ("mtd: handle partitioning
on devices with 0 erasesize") the logic in allocate_partition got
slightly more complex and we can't use this simple helper anymore as it
doesn't support MTD_NO_ERASE properly.
There also isn't any real gain from this helper, so it's probably easier
to just don't use it *or* work on upstreaming it to avoid maintenance
cost.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Including version.mk sets PKG_CONFIG_DEPENDS to config entries used for
VERSION_SED command. We should keep these configs to make sure package
gets refreshed when needed.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
dnsmasq can match tags in its dhcp-range configuration, this commit adds
the option to configure it in the dhcp section
uci configuration:
config dhcp 'lan'
option interface 'lan'
list tag 'blue'
list tag '!red'
option start '10'
option limit '150'
option leasetime '12h'
generated dnsmasq configuration:
dhcp-range=tag:blue,tag:!red,set:lan,192.168.1.10,192.168.1.159,255.255.255.0,12h
Signed-off-by: Grégoire Delattre <gregoire.delattre@gmail.com>
453116e system: introduce new attribute board_name
e5b963a preinit: define _GNU_SOURCE
e5ff8ca upgraded: cmake: Find and include uloop.h
f367ec6 hotplug: fix a memory leak in handle_button_complete()
796ba3b service/service_stopped(): fix a use-after-free
79bbe6d system: return legacy board name
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
When an external kernel tree is used the version should not get
modified by the LEDE build scripts. This was added by Florian some time
ago.
The commit 0aed054bec ("build: add KERNEL_MAKE and
KERNEL_MAKE_FLAGS variables and move to kernel.mk") breaks this feature
introduced in b6746a6ffb ("include: Do not alter KERNELRELEASE for
external/git kernels").
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Use the timestamp from the enviroment SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
if set instead of the build time.
Fixes reproducible builds for certain firmware images.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The script will now detect uid/gid collision and can generate a table of
current allocation
./scripts/package-metadata.pl usergroup tmp/.packageinfo \
| sort -k 1,1r -k 3,3n \
| column -t
This should ensure that no collision will happen for each single build
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
There already exist static assignment of uid/gid 65533 in packages feed
and we have nobody/nogroup taking 65534 as their ids. Let's change the
pid of dynamic assignment to start from 65536 so that the two assignment
scheme will not collide with each other
While at it, fix the scan command checking existence of uid/gid
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The offset and factor are only related for LEDs which can have
different brightness values. But binary LEDs are more common and don't
require any further configuation than setting the factor to 1.
Use offset = 0 and factor = 1 in case nothing else is specified.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
On boards which don't have a distinct internet and dsl led, use the
shared LED to indicate the xdsl line state and any traffic that is
send/received via the netdev. This traffic doesn't necessarily need to
be internet traffic.
Rename the shared LED of existing configs to "dsl", to match the new
defaults. The configuration of the to be renamed LED is identical with
the new defaults.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Allows to use a single LED for line init status indication and to show
any rx/tx activity on a synchronized dsl line.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
As of now OTP is being correctly parsed and the driver requires to parse pre-caldata to follow corresponding routine.
Rename cal file into pre-calfile so the board initialized correctly with API 2 board data (board-2.bin).
Also remove the now unneeded for qca9984 board.bin symlink to 5GHz calfile.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
No longer rewrite opkg list output in package_list function, remove
the awk call in the pipe (which was intended for a single specific
use-case).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
commit 19ac879954 (imagebuilder: add package_list function) introduced
a new function 'package_list' to the imagebuilder Makefile.
Unfortunately the package list was poluted by stdout noise of the
Makefile itself as well as opkg. Redirect those outputs to stderr to
make sure that the package_list returned doesn't contain progress
info output but really only packages.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The imagebuilder can now list all available packages by using make
package_list. This is usefull for scripts to retrieve a list of all
packages with versions (and size)
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <paul@spooren.de>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: fixed commit message]
The Cisco ON100 device is a Kirkwood based router:
SoC: Marvell 88F6282 1600Mhz
SDRAM memory: 512MB DDR3 1333Mhz
Gigabit ethernet: 2x Marvell 88E1310 (over RGMII)
Flash memory: 512MB
2 bi-colour status LEDs (green/red)
1 Reset button
1 USB 2.0 port (on back)
1 SDIO slot (on back)
This commit adds a target profile of "Cisco Systems ON100" under the target
system "Marvell Kirkwood".
Flashing can be performed over tftp, once "dhcp" has been issued:
tftpboot ${loadaddr} lede-kirkwood-on100-squashfs-factory.bin
nand erase 0x0c0000 ${filesize}
nand write ${loadaddr} 0x0c0000 ${filesize}
Once flashed, set environment variables to boot:
setenv bootcmd nand read \${loadaddr} 0x0c0000 0x540000\; setenv bootargs
\; bootm
saveenv
Signed-off-by: Makoto Takeuchi <mak0@lxsys.co.uk>
Evaluation boards are left in component form to ease flashing
using vendor tooling and instructions. These boards also do
not include the EOF marker in the UBIFS as the bootloaders
are recent and easily upgradeable.
The end product boards use factory.bin images based on the
dts layout and include EOF markers as bootloader UBI support
is not determined.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With this patch the dnsmasq init script manages resolv.conf if and only if
when dnsmasq will listen on 127.0.0.1#53 (is main resolver instance).
Also, resolvfile is now set irrespective of the value of noresolv.
Fixes (partially) FS#785
Signed-off-by: Paul Oranje <por@xs4all.nl>
All TP-Link TL-WR710N versions share the same machine code.
This has been working since the beginning as we don't use double-quotes
to protect spaces inside command line values. Thus, kernel interprets
'board=TL-WR710N v2' as 'board=TL-WR710N' and separate parameter 'v2'.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Keep TP-Link devices definitions in alphabetical order whenever it's
possible. Also group together similar devices or devices from the same
series.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This adds the necessary firmware layout definitions for the Archer C25.
It has an addtional partition containing some static data ("extra-para")
without which no factory flash is possible, therefore put_data() has been
added.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Thomeczek <ledesrc@wxorx.net>
TP-Link TL-WR942N v1 is a 2.4 GHz single-band N450 router, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x USB 2.0
- 11x LED (most are controlled by 74HC595)
- 2x button
- UART header on PCB*
* Serial console is disabled in OEM non-beta firmwares and corresponding
GPIO pins 14 and 15 are assigned to control USB1 and USB2 LEDs by
production (non-beta) U-Boot and firmware.
Currently not working:
1. USB1 and USB2 LEDs if UART RX and TX pins are assigned to their GPIOs
by some U-Boot versions.
Flash instruction under vendor GUI:
1. Download "lede-ar71xx-generic-tl-wr942n-v1-squashfs-factory.bin".
2. Go to WEB interface and perform usual firmware upgrade.
FLash instruction under U-Boot recovery mode (doesn't work in beta
firmware):
1. Setup PC with static IP "192.168.0.66/24" and tftp server.
2. Change "*-factory" image filename to "WR942v1_recovery.bin" and make
it available to download from your tftp server.
3. Press "reset" button and power up the router, wait till "WPS" LED
turns on.
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART (can be done only with
preinstalled UART-enabled U-Boot version!):
1. Use "tpl" to stop autobooting and obtain U-Boot CLI access.
2. Setup ip addresses for U-Boot and your tftp server.
3. Issue below commands:
tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-generic-tl-wr942n-v1-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
cp.b 0x81000000 0x9f020000 $filesize
reset
Signed-off-by: Serg Studzinskii <serguzhg@gmail.com>
[minor code style fixes, extended commit message]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Use "GL.iNet" as vendor name (based on information from the vendor, this
is registered name of the company) and align model names with official
website.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Most of the custom Build/* functions in ar71xx target are rarely used by
image building code for devices from more than one subtarget. As they
don't need to be always included, move them to corresponding *.mk files.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Some TP-Link routers (C25, C59, C60) contain a version string instead
of a binary structure in the soft_version partition.
Flashing LEDE from the original firmware's GUI, this version string
taken from the soft_ver partition of the firmware image is written to
the router's config partition.
When using tftp recovery to go back to the original Archer C25 firmware,
a version check compares that version to the version of the firmware to
be flashed.
Without proper contents in the config partition, reverting to the
original firmware fails.
Therefore, write the string "soft_ver:1.0.0\n" to that soft_ver
partition.
Signed-off-by: Jan Niehusmann <jan@gondor.com>
'non-wildcard' interfaces enables dnsmasq's '--bind-dynamic' mode. This
binds to interfaces rather than wildcard addresses *and* keeps track of
interface comings/goings via a unique Linux api.
Quoting dnsmasq's author "bind-dynamic (bind individual addresses, keep
up with changes in interface config) ... On linux, there's actually no
sane reason not to use --bind-dynamic, and it's only not the default for
historical reasons."
Let's change history, well on LEDE at least, and change the default!
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
ag71xx_ethtool_set_ringparam() will return an uninitialized value on
success.
Found-by: Coverity Scan #1330877
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Don't pass the value unconditionally to swconfig as a parameter but
instead only call reset if it is 1.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Instead of bit banging SPI to talk to the GPIO chip, use the hardware
led controllers intended for controlling the LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
split kexec-tools into two packages, kexec and kdump.
* kexec to simply execute a new kernel
* kdump is for loading and collecting debris of a crashed kernel with
support for kdump forensics.
In order to properly support booting into a crashkernel, an init script
as well as UCI configuration has been added.
As modifying the kernel cmdline is required for this to work in x86
platforms use an uci-defaults script to modify /boot/grub/grub.cfg.
To test collecting crash information, use the 'c' sysrq-trigger, ie.
echo c > /proc/sysrq-trigger
This should result in the crash kernel being executed and (depending
on the configution) dmesg and/or vmcore getting saved.
To check if the crash kernel was loaded properly, use the 'status'
command of the kdump init script.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Commit b32689afd6 added support for dhcp-script hook.
Adding dhcp-script config option results into two instances of dnsmasq being run
which triggered oom issues on platforms having low memory.
The dnsmasq dhcp-script config option will now only be added if at least one of the
dhcp, tftp, neigh hotplug dirs has a regular hotplug file or if the dhcpscript uci
config option is specified.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
* Change network_get_subnet6() to sensibly guess a suitable prefix
Attempt to return the first non-linklocal, non-ula range, then attempt
to return the first non-linklocal range and finally fall back to the
previous behaviour of simply returning the first found item.
* Fix network_get_ipaddrs_all()
Instead of replicating the flawed logic appending a fixed ":1" suffix
to IPv6 addresses, rely on network_get_ipaddrs() and network_get_ipaddrs6()
to build a single list of all interface addresses.
* Fix network_get_subnets6()
Instead of replicating the flawed logic appending a fixed ":1" suffix
to IPv6 addresses, rely on the ipv6-prefix-assignment.local-address
field to figure out the proper network address.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When git-https request a service (e.g. github) which ask for credentials
git will pass this request to the user resulting download.pl to wait for
user input. Set GIT_ASKPASS to stop asking.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Rework the network_get_ipaddr6() and network_get_ipaddrs6() functions to
fetch the effective local IPv6 address of delegated prefix from the
"local-address" field instead of naively hardcoding ":1" as static suffix.
Fixes FS#829.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
It ensures that make download can parallelize downloads, even when some
packages download the same files (e.g. gcc/initial, gcc/final)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fixes the following security vulnerabilities:
CVE-2017-8890
The inet_csk_clone_lock function in net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c in the
Linux kernel through 4.10.15 allows attackers to cause a denial of service
(double free) or possibly have unspecified other impact by leveraging use
of the accept system call.
CVE-2017-9074
The IPv6 fragmentation implementation in the Linux kernel through 4.11.1
does not consider that the nexthdr field may be associated with an invalid
option, which allows local users to cause a denial of service (out-of-bounds
read and BUG) or possibly have unspecified other impact via crafted socket
and send system calls.
CVE-2017-9075
The sctp_v6_create_accept_sk function in net/sctp/ipv6.c in the Linux kernel
through 4.11.1 mishandles inheritance, which allows local users to cause a
denial of service or possibly have unspecified other impact via crafted
system calls, a related issue to CVE-2017-8890.
CVE-2017-9076
The dccp_v6_request_recv_sock function in net/dccp/ipv6.c in the Linux
kernel through 4.11.1 mishandles inheritance, which allows local users to
cause a denial of service or possibly have unspecified other impact via
crafted system calls, a related issue to CVE-2017-8890.
CVE-2017-9077
The tcp_v6_syn_recv_sock function in net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c in the Linux kernel
through 4.11.1 mishandles inheritance, which allows local users to cause a
denial of service or possibly have unspecified other impact via crafted
system calls, a related issue to CVE-2017-8890.
CVE-2017-9242
The __ip6_append_data function in net/ipv6/ip6_output.c in the Linux kernel
through 4.11.3 is too late in checking whether an overwrite of an skb data
structure may occur, which allows local users to cause a denial of service
(system crash) via crafted system calls.
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-8890
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9074
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9075
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9076
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9077
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9242
Ref: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v4.x/ChangeLog-4.9.31
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The previous commit f4a4f324cb ("kernel: update kernel 4.4 to
4.4.71") missed the line which changes the kernel version, add it now.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Fixes the following security vulnerabilities:
CVE-2017-8890
The inet_csk_clone_lock function in net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c in the
Linux kernel through 4.10.15 allows attackers to cause a denial of service
(double free) or possibly have unspecified other impact by leveraging use
of the accept system call.
CVE-2017-9074
The IPv6 fragmentation implementation in the Linux kernel through 4.11.1
does not consider that the nexthdr field may be associated with an invalid
option, which allows local users to cause a denial of service (out-of-bounds
read and BUG) or possibly have unspecified other impact via crafted socket
and send system calls.
CVE-2017-9075
The sctp_v6_create_accept_sk function in net/sctp/ipv6.c in the Linux kernel
through 4.11.1 mishandles inheritance, which allows local users to cause a
denial of service or possibly have unspecified other impact via crafted
system calls, a related issue to CVE-2017-8890.
CVE-2017-9076
The dccp_v6_request_recv_sock function in net/dccp/ipv6.c in the Linux
kernel through 4.11.1 mishandles inheritance, which allows local users to
cause a denial of service or possibly have unspecified other impact via
crafted system calls, a related issue to CVE-2017-8890.
CVE-2017-9077
The tcp_v6_syn_recv_sock function in net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c in the Linux kernel
through 4.11.1 mishandles inheritance, which allows local users to cause a
denial of service or possibly have unspecified other impact via crafted
system calls, a related issue to CVE-2017-8890.
CVE-2017-9242
The __ip6_append_data function in net/ipv6/ip6_output.c in the Linux kernel
through 4.11.3 is too late in checking whether an overwrite of an skb data
structure may occur, which allows local users to cause a denial of service
(system crash) via crafted system calls.
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-8890
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9074
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9075
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9076
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9077
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9242
Ref: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v4.x/ChangeLog-4.4.71
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Build broke as distributions now include Perl 5.26 and automake
triggered an "Unescaped left brace in regex" error.
Import upstream commit 13f00eb449 to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Error is:
```
ompile-loc2c.o compile-c-support.o inflow.o init.o \
../sim/ppc/libsim.a -lreadline ../opcodes/libopcodes.a ../bfd/libbfd.a -L./../zlib -lz ../libiberty/libiberty.a ../libdecnumber/libdecnumber.a -lncurses -lm ../libiberty/libiberty.a build-gnulib/import/libgnu.a -ldl -Wl,--dynamic-list=./proc-service.list
../sim/ppc/libsim.a(idecode.o): In function `update_time_from_event':
idecode.c:(.text+0x170): undefined reference to `error'
../sim/ppc/libsim.a(idecode.o): In function `event_queue_tick':
idecode.c:(.text+0x1cc): undefined reference to `error'
idecode.c:(.text+0x28c): undefined reference to `error'
idecode.c:(.text+0x318): undefined reference to `error'
../sim/ppc/libsim.a(idecode.o): In function `cpu_halt.constprop.6':
idecode.c:(.text+0x398): undefined reference to `error'
../sim/ppc/libsim.a(idecode.o):idecode.c:(.text+0x4e4): more undefined references to `error' follow
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Makefile:1420: recipe for target 'gdb' failed
make[5]: *** [gdb] Error 1
```
Seems others are running into this as well.
The problem seems to be that some code may be built
as C++ and not C, which may explain the linker error.
On this thread reply:
https://sourceware.org/ml/gdb/2016-11/msg00045.html
it mentions that the simulator should not call GDB's
"error" function directly, but rather use the "host_callback"
struct.
I have no idea about the use of the GDB simulator within
the OpenWrt/LEDE community.
So, I took the easier route, which is to disable the simulator.
(Also suggested here: https://sourceware.org/ml/gdb/2016-11/msg00047.html )
If needed, I can make an effort to fix the simulator for PPC.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
CONFIG_SG_POOL symbol is selected only by CONFIG_SCSI, since the last
one is disabled by default then disable CONFIG_SG_POOL by default too.
And explicitly enable it only for platforms that use CONFIG_SCSI.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Add HAVE_IRQ_EXIT_ON_IRQ_STACK kernel configuration symbol that was
missed during backporting separate IRQ stack for MIPS from upstream.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Commit 86c966a8ae caused HOST_LOADLIBES to
include -lncurses. This was added for fixing build issues on macOS.
This introduces issues on Linux when wide-character ncurses is being
used for compiling, but the non-wide-character version is linked in.
Fix this by adding the extra override for HOST_LOADLIBES only on macOS.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This allows packages to use kernel make options without the forced
-C $(LINUX_DIR). It also makes it more clear that it to be called from
kernel module packages directly.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
PHY core treats any positive return value as the auto-negotiation done
indication. Since we do not actually check any device register in this
callback then update it to return positive value with a neutral meaning
instead of the register flag to avoid confusing for future readers.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
The Marvel 88E6060 switch has an MDIO interface, but does not emulate
regular PHY behavior for the host. The network core can not detect using
the generic code, whether the connection via the attached PHY can be
used or not. The PHY's state machine is stuck in a state of
auto-negotiation and does not go any further so the Ethernet interface
of the router stay forever in the not-runing state.
Fix this issue by implementing the aneg_done callback to be able to
inform the network core that the Ethernet interface link to which the
switch is connected can be marked as RUNNING.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Drop the own PHY polling function and switch to using the kernel PHY
state machine. This change allows driver to work correctly with devices
that do not support PHY behaviour but whose driver could emulate
autonegotiation completion (e.g. MV88E6060 and IP17xx switches).
NB: earlier this driver rely on flaws in PHY core code and could use PHY
device without really starting it. But now (at least in kernel 4.9)
this trick no more work and network interface could stuck in not-running
state.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Few tiny fixes for issues caused by changes in the upstream:
- do not touch PHY IRQ array (core code initializes it itself now)
- add missed SET_NETDEV_DEV() invocation (causes segfault during phy
connection)
- use phy API inside the MDIO probe function instead of direct field
access (consider phy structure changes in upstream and prevent
similar issues in the future)
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the Ubiquiti EdgeRouter X-SFP and
improves support for the EdgeRouter X (PoE-passthrough).
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- Flash: 256 MiB
- RAM: 265 MiB
- Ethernet: 5 x LAN (1000 Mbps)
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB (3.3V, RX, TX, GND) - 57600 8N1
- EdgeRouter X:
- 1 x PoE-Passtrough (Eth4)
- powered by Wallwart or passive PoE
- EdgeRouter X-SFP:
- 5 x PoE-Out (24V, passive)
- 1 x SFP (unknown status)
- powered by Wallwart (24V)
Doesn't work:
* SoC has crypto engine but no open driver.
* SoC has nat acceleration, but no open driver.
* This router has 2MB spi flash soldered in but MT
nand/spi drivers do not support pin sharing,
so it is not accessable and disabled. Stock
firmware could read it and it was empty.
Installation
via vendor firmware:
- build an Initrd-image (> 3MiB) and upload the factory-image
- initrd can have luci-mod-failsafe
- flash final firmware via LuCI / sysupgrade on rebooted system
via TFTP:
- stop uboot into tftp-load into option "1"
- upload factory.bin image
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
This change add IPQ40xx AP-DK04.1-C1 board image support,
enables ubi image for IPQ40xx AP-DK04.1-C1 board and also
add sysupgrage support for AP-DK04.1-C1 and generates a
sysupgrade.tar image.
Testing:
*Tested on IPQ40xx AP-DK04.1-C1:
a. NAND boot
b. ubi sysupgrade
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
x86 board.d only contains a case for the APU2, not the APU1. This
causes, for example, network configuration not to be created correctly.
Even though the APU1 seems to reaching EOL, there a still a lot of them
out there.
The APU1 and APU2 is configured in the same way and this patch should
also be considered for stable, as the error also exists there.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
The kernel needs to have PERF_EVENTS built otherwise we will run into
the following:
root@(none):/# perf top
perf_event_open(..., PERF_FLAG_FD_CLOEXEC) failed with unexpected error
89 (Function not implemented)
perf_event_open(..., 0) failed unexpectedly with error 89 (Function not
implemented)
Error:
The sys_perf_event_open() syscall returned with 89 (Function not
implemented) for event (cycles).
/bin/dmesg may provide additional information.
No CONFIG_PERF_EVENTS=y kernel support configured?
Make sure this functional dependency is captured.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Now that we always provide these partitions through DT, we don't need to
pass their data through parser data from board files anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Allow the parser to be invoked from DT without fixed cfe/linux/nvram
partitions. This allows flash to be probed from DT also for multi
flash-size images.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Override {HOST_}QUILT before making decisions based on it, else it will
cause target/linux/refresh to fail on first run.
Fixes: 36ba6237d6 ("build: fix quilt for mixed package/host builds")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The patch 0008 removes the vanilla kernel gptu.c of lantiq.
But the replacement file timer.c does not work Amazon-SE and
is also protected therefore with an CONFIG_SOC_AMAZON_SE :-)
This commit will re-activate the default vanilla kernel code
in gptu.c for Amazon-SE.
Signed-off-by: Tino Reichardt <milky-lede@mcmilk.de>
[refresh patches and add same change for kernel 4.9]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The ltq-adsl-mei package is used for 3 lantiq device types:
danube, amazon-se and ar9.
These different SoC's need also different definitions.
Signed-off-by: Tino Reichardt <milky-lede@mcmilk.de>
[fix LTQ_USB_OC_INT for AR9 to match documentation]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch adds support for the Allnet ADSL2+ Modem ALL0333CJ.
Specifications:
- SoC: Amazon-SE
- RAM: 16MB
- Storage: 4MB NOR FLash
- LEDs: Power, Ethernet, DSL (Sync)
- Buttons: 1x Reset Button (not currently supported, will be done)
- 1x Ethernet-Port: 1x RJ45 10/100BaseTX
- 1x WAN-Port: AnnexB & J, G.992.1(ADSL), G.992.3(ADSL2), G.992.5(ADSL2+)
Installation:
- can be done via telnet+tftp or serial console
- default passwords:
- via telnet (root:admin)
- via webinterface http://172.16.1.254:8235/ (admin:coolwhite)
Installation via telnet / tftp:
host: # your own host must have an tftpd daemon, then do this:
host: ifconfig eth0:172 172.16.1.1 up
host: # telnet to allnet modem, root:admin
host: telnet 172.16.1.254
modem: # kill this daemon, it spams your console
modem: killall dsl_cpe_control
modem: # change to some place in ram:
modem: cd /ramdisk/tftp_upload
modem: # load lede-lantiq-ase-ALL0333CJ-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin alias uImage
modem: tftp -g -r uImage 172.16.1.1
modem: # load these extra tools from your tftpd via:
modem: # source: https://github.com/mcmilk/uboot-utils/releases/download/0.1/mips32.tar.gz
modem: tftp -g -r flashwrite 172.16.1.1
modem: tftp -g -r fw_setenv 172.16.1.1
modem: tftp -g -r fw.conf 172.16.1.1
modem: ln -s fw_setenv fw_printenv
modem: chmod +x *
modem: ./fw_setenv disable_recovery y
modem: ./fw_setenv kernel_addr 0xb0010000
modem: ./flashwrite /dev/mtd/1 uImage 0
Installation via serial line at uboot:
uboot: # erase everything exept bootloader
uboot: protect on b0000000 +10000; protect on b03f0000 +10000
uboot: erase all
uboot: # get new firmware via tftp:
uboot: tftpboot 0x80100000 uImage; setenv kernel_addr 0xb0010000
uboot: # copy to flash:
uboot: cp.b 0x80100000 $(kernel_addr) $(filesize)
uboot: # disable proprietary image checking:
uboot: setenv disable_recovery=y; saveenv
uboot: # reboot with LEDE ;)
uboot: reset
Ethernet works as expected, DSL syncronization does not work properly
currently, I am working on this issue.
Signed-off-by: Tino Reichardt <milky-lede@mcmilk.de>
Enable the building of Netgear DGN1000B images. I have an
example device here, but it was not tested currently.
Also WLAN and USB is not ready in the moment.
This is just the proper way, so that developing on this
device is known to be done in the near future.
Signed-off-by: Tino Reichardt <milky-lede@mcmilk.de>
This patch makes possible to tweak the downstream SNR margin on
Lantiq DSL devices.
The UCI parameter 'network.dsl.ds_snr_offset' is used to set the SNR
margin offset. It accepts values in range -50 to +50 in 0.1 dB units.
The SNR margin can thus be modified in range -5.0 to +5.0 dB in 0.1 dB
steps.
Currently this should only affect ADSL (not VDSL). It should be very
easy to make this work also on VDSL lines, but since I couldn't test
on VDSL lines this patch does not do that yet.
I have also a patch for LUCI about this, that I could submit.
Tested on FB3370 (Lantiq VR9) and Telecom Italia ADSL2+ line.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Add block device sd to kernel config otherwise AHCI/eSATA devices won't get enumerated in /dev
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Explicitely disable X2APIC support on legacy targets since the targeted
processor types do not support it anyway there.
Fixes FS#285.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The umdns init script includes function/network.sh globally, outside of any
service procedure. This causes init script activation to fail in buildroot
and IB context if umdns is set to builtin.
Additionally, the network.sh helper is not actually used.
Drop the entire include in order to repair init script activation in build
host context. Fixes FS#658.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
mvebu was modifying RAMFS_COPY_BIN and RAMFS_COPY_DATA from a
sysupgrade_pre_upgrade hook. As the ramfs is created from stage2, this
did not have an effect anymore after the staged sysupgrade changes.
As it doesn't really hurt to copy fw_printenv and fw_setenv
unconditionally, simply add them in /lib/upgrade/platform.sh, so stage2
will see them.
Config copying is moved to a function called by platform_copy_config, where
it belongs.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Fixes: FS#821
Fixes: 30f61a34b4 "base-files: always use staged sysupgrade"
Assign the virtual DHCPv6 interface the firewall zone of the parent interface
so fw3 knows the zone to which the virtual DHCPv6 interface belongs.
This guarantees the firewall settings are applied correctly for the virtual
DHCPv6 interface and allows to query the zone to which the virtual DHCPv6
interface belongs via the fw3 network option.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
If nand chip has no NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE flag on its options
ubifs can't use it mtd devices and the kernel crashes with error:
__nand_correct_data: uncorrectable ECC error
Signed-off-by: Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net>
remove files which include the following mode options
BlackberryMode OptionMode PantechMode QuantaMode
Signed-off-by: Julian Labus <julian@labus-online.de>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
This patch is in continuation of: commit 93aa860405
"procd: nand: make it possible to configure kernel and ubi partition"
The $CI_KERNPART variable should be used in place
of the fixed "kernel" partition name. This allows
targets to specifiy alternate names for the kernel
partition.
Cc: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Fixes these prints on boot:
[ 13.785600] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 13.793134] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 13.798721] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
Based on following upstream patch by Tim Harvey (Gateworks):
80a01b6582
TX complete DMA messages are getting missed.
This is also currently an issue in mainline.
For now we will disable DMA in serial/imx.c.
This resolves an issue encountered with RS485 transmit.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The "reserved" partition should probably be read-only, just in case. Even
not knowing it's content, other devices have marked it as such, so it
seems a good idea to do so also for this device.
Signed-off-by: Enrico Mioso <mrkiko.rs@gmail.com>
CC: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
CC: Hanqing Wong <hquu@outlook.com>
easy-rsa v3 is now a single script. It expects a 'vars'
configuration file which path can be set using easy-rsa
options, environment variables or just looking in the
current directory.
The default usage would be:
# cd /etc/easy-rsa
# easy-rsa COMMAND [command-options]
Following upstream changes, /etc/easy-rsa/pki replaces
/etc/easy-rsa/keys directory.
The default /etc/easy-rsa/pki dir is marked to be kept during
upgrade (WARN: priv keys are saved in the system backup)
/etc/easy-rsa/openssl.1.0.cnf is now marked as config file while
index and serial got removed.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
On Linux, symlink permissions cannot be altered and are always 0777.
On Mac OS X they can be 0755. Force 0777 here to keep tarballs
reproducible across systems
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This fixes wrong GPIO numbers for LEDs and button in Wallys DR344 board
and sets color of all LEDs to green as the mass production boards have
only green one.
Actually, DR344 has 6 GPIO-connected LEDs and one button:
- GPIO11: status
- GPIO12: sig1
- GPIO13: sig2
- GPIO14: sig3
- GPIO15: sig4
- GPIO16: reset button
- GPIO17: lan
WAN LED is connected directly with AR8035 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This aligns default network interfaces configuration with vendor
firmware: GE (eth0) -> wan, FE (eth1) -> lan.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
GMAC0 interface of AR9344 SOC in Wallys DR344 board is connected with
AR8035, not with AR8327. Without this fix, GE interface doesn't work at
all or shows high packet loss ratio.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
EnGenius ENS202EXT is an outdoor wireless access point with
2-port 10/100 switch, detachable antennas and proprietery PoE.
The device is based on Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 v1.
Specifications:
- 535/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH
- UART (J1) header on PCB (unpopulated)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz, up to 26dBm
- 2x external, detachable antennas
- 7x LED, 1x button
Flash instructions:
You have three options:
- Use the vendor firmware upgrade page on the web interface and give
it the factory.img. This is the easiest way to go about it.
- If you have serial access during u-boot, interrupt the normal boot
(any key before timeout) and run 'run failsafe_boot'; this will bring
you to a minimal openwrt luci image on ip 192.168.1.1 useful if you've
bricked the normal firmware.
- Use the vendor's management cli, which can be accessed via telnet
with the same credentials as the web login (default admin:admin), then
issue the following commands:
*** Hi admin, welcome to use cli(V-1.6.7) ***
---========= Commands Help =========---
stat -- Status
sys -- System
wless2 -- 2.4G-Wireless
mgmt -- Management
tree -- Tree
help -- Help
reboot -- Reboot
ens202ext>mgmt
Management
---========= Commands Help =========---
admin -- Administration
mvlan -- Management VLAN settings
snmp -- SNMP settings
backup -- Backup/Restore settings
autorb -- Auto reboot settings
fwgrade -- Firmware upgrade
time -- Time settings
wifisch -- Wifi schedule
log -- Log
diag -- Diagnostics
disc -- Device Discovery
logout -- Logout
help -- Help
exit -- Exit
ens202ext/mgmt>fwgrade
Management --> Firmware upgrade
---========= Commands Help =========---
fwup -- Firmware upgrade
help -- Help
exit -- Exit
ens202ext/mgmt/fwgrade>fwup http://web.server/lede-ar71xx-generic-ens202ext-squashfs-factory.bin
Signed-off-by: Marty Plummer <ntzrmtthihu777@gmail.com>
The single SFP port is meant for direct media access to WAN, such as
VDSL2, GPON). While it could also be used for in-home fiber, it is much
more likely that the LAN is standard ethernet, especially considering
that SFP is the onmly port that can go beyond 1Gbps.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Take explicit note of what physical ports eth{0,1,2} refer to.
Also repair port assignment:
At some point between 4.9.20 and 4.9.29 the numbering changed.
Keep previous port assignment that was:
LAN = SFP+Switch
WAN = standalone ethernet
Also use the same assignment for Clearfog-Base to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Installing all armada-388-clearfog-* DTBs in the same sdcard image,
it now becomes much easier to swap sdcards between different device variants.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
U-Boot provides standard variables for load addresses, and
filesystem-agnostic load-commands. Furthermore thanks to distro-boot,
the device and partition from which the system boots is known.
The new boot-script makes use of all this information.
Tested on the only board that uses this boot-script: Clearfog Pro
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Add a patchfile that implements distro-boot and is meant to go upstream
Also make the other patches git-am'able for easier maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
This fixes GCC 7 compilation when GRAPHITE is selected.
The path is replaced with $(TOOLCHAIN_DIR), while it should be
$(STAGING_DIR_HOST). To keep in sync with the path of gmp,
mpfr and mpc, I'm using $(TOPDIR)/staging_dir/host.
Fixes: f62f4b3c5c ("build: stop overriding STAGING_DIR_HOST for toolchain build")
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
sunxi sysupgrade was based on the x86 implementation; sync fixes and other
changes from the current x86 version:
x86: fix sysupgrades on disks with 4k block size
x86: sysupgrade: move partition table change check to platform_check_image
x86: sysupgrade: refactor platform_do_upgrade
x86: sysupgrade: explicitly rescan disk after writing partition table
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
When existing partitions are retained, the dd call writing the uboot image
in the space before the first partition was accidentally writing the whole
image, making the code for individual partitions redundant. Limit the copy
to 1016KiB (the first 8KiB are skipped, and the first partition starts at
1024KiB).
In addition, conv=notrunc is replaced with conv=fsync. It seems this was an
oversight, as notrunc doesn't make sense for block devices and all other dd
commands use conv=fsync.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This should ensure that the kernel partition can be mounted in
platform_copy_config when its size has changed.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
By returning early when no upgrade device can be found and handling the
SAVE_PARTITIONS=0 case differently, we can get rid of two levels of if.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The staged sysupgrade will prevent us from using ask_bool in
platform_do_upgrade; therefore, the check is moved to platform_check_image.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
All targets with NAND support should gradually move their nand_do_upgrade
calls from platform_pre_upgrade to platform_do_upgrade.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Some functions only used by stage2 are moved there from common.sh.
One piece that could still use more cleanup is platform_pre_upgrade: many
targets reference files from there are aren't available in the ramfs, so
we need to evaluate it before the switch; conversely, flash writes happen
in that function on some targets. Targets that do the latter should be
fixed eventually to use platform_do_upgrade for that purpose.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
We can reuse the kill_remaining and run_ramfs facilities of the stage2 run
by upgraded.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Support for the -d and -p options is dropped; it may be added again at some
point by adding these flags to the ubus sysupgrade call.
A downside of this is that we get a lot less information about the progress
of the upgrade: as soon as the actual upgrade starts, all shell sessions
are killed to allow unmounting the root filesystem.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
We always want to support staged upgrades now, so it's better to include
upgraded into the main package. /lib/upgrade/nand.sh is moved to
base-files.
The procd-nand-firstboot package is removed for now, it may return later
as a separate package.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
992b796 rcS: add missing fcntl.h include
63789e5 init: add support for sysupgrades triggered from preinit
5b1fb35 Remove code that has become unnecessary after sysupgrade changes
5918b6d upgraded: add support for passing a "command" argument to stage2
056d8dd upgraded: link dynamically, chroot during exec
7c6cf55 system: always support staged sysupgrade
d42b21e procd/rcS: Use /dev/null as stdin
e0098d4 service/instance: add an auto start option
1247db1 procd: Log initscript output prefixed with script name
8d720b2 procd: Don't use syslog before its initialization
2555474 procd: Add missing \n in debug message
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Use install_bin to copy upgraded with all dependencies. The old name
/tmp/upgraded is temporarily retained as a symlink to avoid breaking
things.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Insight hasn't been touched since 2009 and I can't find any references at
least 6 years back of being used. Ubuntu and Debian removed insight years ago
from their repos so I think we can safely remove this too.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
This change adds QPIC BAM dma and NAND driver node's in IPQ4019
device tree, also enable this for AP-DK04.1 based boards.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
This change adds support for below:
- Bam transaction which will be used for any NAND request.
- Reset function for NAND BAM transaction
- Add support for additional CSRs.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
The existing qcom_nand driver supports ADM DMA which is mainly
required for ipq806x family based boards,
IPQ40xx based boards uses BAM DMA in NAND driver, so this patch
adds BAM DMA support with compatible string as qcom,ebi2-nandc-bam.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
GPIO_PULL bits configurations in TLMM_GPIO_CFG register
differs for IPQ40xx from rest of the other qcom SoC's.
This change add support to configure the msm_gpio_pull
bits for ipq40xx, It is required to fix the proper
configurations of gpio-pull bits for nand pins mux.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
The previous commit introduced a faulty continue statement which might
lead to faulty rules not getting freed or reported.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Update to latest Git HEAD in order to import a number of fixes and other
improvements:
3d2c18a options: improve handling of negations when parsing space separated values
0e5dd73 iptables: support -i, -o, -s and -d in option extra
4cb06c7 ubus: increase ubus network interface dump timeout
e5dfc82 iptables: add exception handling
f625954 firewall3: add check_snat() function
7d3d9dc firewall3: display the section type for UBUS rules
53ef9f1 firewall3: add UBUS support for include scripts
5cd4af4 firewall3: add UBUS support for ipset sections
02d6832 firewall3: add UBUS support for forwarding sections
0a7d36d firewall3: add UBUS support for redirect sections
d44f418 firewall3: add fw3_attr_parse_name_type() function
e264c8e firewall3: replace warn_rule() by warn_section()
6039c7f firewall3: check the return value of fw3_parse_options()
Fixes FS#548, FS#806, FS#811.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The generic preinit code is now able to setup network and switch vlan settings
from the /etc/board.json file, therefor drop the target specific code.
Fixes FS#790.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
You can flash via tftp recovery (serve factory image as /mr6400_tp_recovery.bin
on 192.168.0.66/24, connect to any ethernet port and power on device while
holding the reset button). Flashing via OEM web interface does not work.
Hardware Specification (v1.0 EU):
- SoC: QCA9531
- Flash: Winbond W25Q64FV (8MiB)
- RAM: EtronTech EM6AB160TSE-5G (64MiB)
- Wireless: SoC platform only (2.4GHz b/g/n, 2x internal antenna)
- Ethernet: 2NIC (3x100M + 1x100M)
- WWAN: TP-LINK LTE MODULE (2x external detachable antenna)
- Power: DC 12V 1A
Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
Neither the AsiaRF AWM002 or AWM003 actually has an LED on the module
board. The ld1 and ld2 do not represent actual LEDs. These pins might
connect to LEDS on an eval board or other carrier board, but that is
outside the scope of this device tree file.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
This commit contains the following changes
- Use local shell var where appliable
- The $(sort $$$$$$$$mods) call will have no expected effect
- Avoid EEXIST when creating symlinks in /etc/modules-boot.d/
- Avoid duplicate arguments for insert_modules() in postinst-pkg
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
UML statically links against libutil, librt and libpthread. Some hosts do not
necessarily have these libraries installed and we should find out sooner than
later (during the final vmlinux linking stage) about that.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
We are starting to add more and more kernel configurable options, to the
point where the Global build options menu is not really usable anymore,
hide all kernel-related configuration options behind a menu.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
elfutils turns on -Werror by default, and patch 100-musl-compat.patch
changes how strerror_r is used and we no longer use the function's
return value. This causes the following build error/warning to occur
with glibc-based toolchains:
dwfl_error.c: In function 'dwfl_errmsg':
dwfl_error.c:158:18: error: ignoring return value of 'strerror_r',
declared with attribute warn_unused_result [-Werror=unused-result]
strerror_r (error & 0xffff, s, sizeof(s));
^
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
Fixing this would be tricky as there are two possible signatures for
strerror_r (XSI and GNU), just turn off unused-result warnings instead.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Adds a script which acts as a hook for when dnsmasq creates/destroys a
lease, or completes a TFTP file transfer. The hook loops through scripts
in appropriate directories inside '/etc/hotplug.d', executing each one with
the same arguments supplied by dnsmasq.
In case dnsmasq is jailed by ujail the dhcp-script hook will not work as
expected as ujail does not yet support executing a script within a jail.
Signed-off-by: Nick Brassel <nick@tzarc.org>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The device tree is at /proc/device-tree/ without a base subdir.
Fixes: da472e5b30 ("treewide: access device tree from userspace via /proc/")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This reverts commit e96a9a9af8.
The change breaks sysupgrade through LuCI and two-stage sysupgrade on
NAND targets. There is also a mismatch of file paths in lock and unlock
operations.
This commit was apparently neither properly tested, nor reviewed, so
drop it for now.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch adds supports for the GL-inet GL-MT300N-V2.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7628AN
- Flash: 16 MiB (W25Q128FVSG)
- RAM: 128 MiB DDR
- Ethernet: 1 x WAN (100 Mbps) and 1 x LAN (100 Mbps)
- USB: 1 x USB 2.0 port
- Button: 1 x switch button, 1 x reset button
- LED: 3 x LEDS (system power led is not GPIO controller)
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB (JP1: 3.3V, RX, TX, GND)
Installation through Luci:
- The original firmware is LEDE, so both LuCI or sysupgrade can be used.
- Do not keep settings, for sysupgrade please use the -n option.
Installation through bootloader webserver:
- Plug power and hold reset button until red LED blink to bright.
- Install sysupgrade image using web interface on 192.168.1.1.
Signed-off-by: Kyson Lok <kysonlok@gmail.com>
[match maximum image size with firmware partition]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Access the device tree via /proc/device-tree/ is the documented way to
access the properties. Everything else might not work in future.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
commit 961c0eacea ('x86: fix lifting kernel CPU requirements and always
enable PAE') broke some older geode boards such as Soekris net4826.
Hence disable PAE on x86/legacy again in order to still support those
very old non-PAE capable CPUs.
Fixes FS#773 - PAE broke Soekris net4826
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This PR allow the 3G modem embedded in the DWR-512 to be managed
by the wwan-ncm scripts. The modem will use the usb-option and
usb-cdc-ether drivers.
The DWR-512 DT is updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
These drivers are in many reference-design Xeon, iCore, or
Atom64 based server boards.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
This causes various issues in other places that assume that host
binaries are staged in STAGING_DIR_HOST.
Since all the right places use HOST_BUILD_PREFIX, override that instead.
This fixes some issues with quilt on toolchain dirs
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
When using external or git cloned kernels, any kind of modifications
will alter KERNELRELEASE. LEDE still tries to stage modules in
lib/modules/$(LINUX_UNAME_VERSION) and LINUX_UNAME_VERSION is based on
KERNEL_PATCHVER (indirectly) so this does not work, and we lose all
kinds of automatic modules loading.
To remedy that, just cat $(LINUX_DIR)/include/config/kernel.release
which is late enough the kernel has prepared this file, and is correctly
tracking changes done throughout the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
In case we use external and/or git cloned kernels, let the kernel
determine the appropriate KERNELRELEASE. We cannot used
LINUX_UNAME_VERSION because that one gets determined at a later time,
when the kernel is already built proper.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 0df2c6563a since it
gets in the way of identifying properly which kernel we are running.
This is particularly important if LEDE is using external kernels/git
cloned kernels. We want to make sure we only load modules from that
specific kernel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
This change is required to make the GBit switch work on my Mikrotik Routerboard RB2011UiAS-RM, and I assume that the other RB2011 variants are exactly the same in terms of the switch. I have tested the board without and with the patch and confirm that the GBit ports are not supported at all (i.e. no communication works) with the current version in trunk and that everything works with the patch applied. The test box has been running for a few days with the patch applied, and does not show any performance problems in a test setting. I have not used it with LEDE in production so far, but with a previous turnk version of OpenWRT for many years - with the same patch applied. I therefore have good indication that it is stable.
For the record, the switch chip on my test box is identified as
switch0: Atheros AR8327 rev. 4 switch registered on ag71xx-mdio.0
The value 0x6f000000 has been taken from the table at https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/rb2011uias with the previous discussion thread still online at https://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2014-December/029949.html.
One definite improvement from the older OpenWRT trunk version I have been running in production and current LEDE trunk is that the SFP interface can be kept in the default configuration without excessive kernel messages about it constantly going up and down. I have not yet tested an actual SFP module, though.
Performance seems to be reasonable. Routing between two GBit ports on that switch separated by different VLANs with the default firewall ruleset (and one additional rule two allow traffic between the VLANs), but without NAT, iperf3 results are:
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth Retr
[ 4] 0.00-10.00 sec 508 MBytes 426 Mbits/sec 102 sender
[ 4] 0.00-10.00 sec 506 MBytes 425 Mbits/sec receiver
With a connection going through NAT (also 2 ports on the same GBit switch, same ruleset, but NAT active), routing performance drops to around 250 MBit/s.
(Note that RouterOS achieves beyond 900 MBit/s on the same hardware with the default rule set and the FastTrack rule active even for NAT, see https://wiki.mikrotik.com/index.php?title=Manual:IP/Fasttrack and http://www.mikrotik.com/download/share/FastTrack.pdf).
Summarizing, I strongly recommend to apply this patch in trunk, so that the GBit switch chip rev. 4 can be supported upstream in the next LEDE release (hopefully soon).
Signed-off-by: René Mayrhofer <rene@mayrhofer.eu.org>
changes the image version from hardcoded OpenWrt to
$VERSION_DIST. AirOS shows a notification with the image version
during a firmware upgrade.
fixes#582
Signed-off-by: Matthias Fritzsche <txt.file@txtfile.eu>
With cpufreq disabled, the CPU stays locked at the frequency set by the
bootloader. This severely degrades performance as the bootloader sets
the CPU at the lowest frequency by default.
Enable cpufreq for all subtargets and use the ondemand governor.
Tested bcm2708 on RPi0W. Tested bcm2709 and bcm2710 on RPi3.
Reported-by: Bryan Mayland <bmayland@capnbry.net>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Some small tweaks and improvements :
9828ab1 Fix compiler warning.
f77700a Fix compiler warning.
0fbd980 Fix compiler warning.
43cdf1c Remove automatic IDN support when building i18n.
ff19b1a Fix &/&& confusion.
2aaea18 Add .gitattributes to substitute VERSION on export.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
7573880 system-linux: parse 6rd specific settings as nested json data object
a063705 system-linux: remove redundant check for strtoul() return value
e6ebe0b build: disable unknown warning option error in clang
08d8f47 interface: add new "ifup-failed" hotplug event
20a1bac bridge: reset primary only after marking the member not present
6b9c267 build: suppress format truncation warnings to avoid errors with gcc7
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This includes following changes:
0e8b948 Support specifying instance name in JSON file
49fdb9f Support PTR queries for a specific service
26ce7dc Allow filtering with instance name in service_reply
920c62a Store instance name in the struct service
ff09d9a Rename service_name function to the service_instance_name
64f78f1 Rename mdns_hostname variable to the umdns_host_label
Previous package update pulled commit 70c66fbbcde86 ("Fix sending
replies to PTR questions") which introduced a regression which this
update fixes.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
88d48d5 libfstools: silence mkfs.{ext4,f2fs}
a19f2b3 build: disable the format-truncation warning error to fix gcc 7 build errors
633a8d0 libfstools: fix multiple volume_identify usages with the same volume
c43ae11 fstools: use -Wno-format-truncation instead of -Wno-error=format-truncation
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Addresses CVE-2015-3239: Off-by-one error in the dwarf_to_unw_regnum
function in include/dwarf_i.h in libunwind 1.1 allows local users to
have unspecified impact via invalid dwarf opcodes.
Upstream stable-v1.2 fixed the missing unwind_i.h issue but no new
tarball is released yet
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
- Security: Fix double-free in server TCP listener cleanup A double-free
in the server could be triggered by an authenticated user if dropbear is
running with -a (Allow connections to forwarded ports from any host)
This could potentially allow arbitrary code execution as root by an
authenticated user. Affects versions 2013.56 to 2016.74. Thanks to Mark
Shepard for reporting the crash.
CVE-2017-9078 https://secure.ucc.asn.au/hg/dropbear/rev/c8114a48837c
- Security: Fix information disclosure with ~/.ssh/authorized_keys
symlink. Dropbear parsed authorized_keys as root, even if it were a
symlink. The fix is to switch to user permissions when opening
authorized_keys
A user could symlink their ~/.ssh/authorized_keys to a root-owned file
they couldn't normally read. If they managed to get that file to contain
valid authorized_keys with command= options it might be possible to read
other contents of that file.
This information disclosure is to an already authenticated user.
Thanks to Jann Horn of Google Project Zero for reporting this.
CVE-2017-9079 https://secure.ucc.asn.au/hg/dropbear/rev/0d889b068123
Refresh patches, rework 100-pubkey_path.patch to work with new
authorized_keys validation.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add support for Realtek RTL8821AE/RTL8812AE PCIe adapter.
This device supports 802.11ac and bluetooth
testet on PC Engines APU with AP and STA mode
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulli Kroll <ulli.kroll@googlemail.com>
The generic SPI code calculates how long the issued transfer would take
and adds 100ms in addition to the timeout as tolerance. On my 500 MHz
Lantiq Mips SoC I am getting timeouts from the SPI like this when the
system boots up:
m25p80 spi32766.4: SPI transfer timed out
blk_update_request: I/O error, dev mtdblock3, sector 2
SQUASHFS error: squashfs_read_data failed to read block 0x6e
After increasing the tolerance for the timeout to 200ms I haven't seen
these SPI transfer time outs any more.
The Lantiq SPI driver in use here has an extra work queue in between,
which gets triggered when the controller send the last word and the
hardware FIFOs used for reading and writing are only 8 words long.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Refresh patches. A number of patches have landed upstream & hence are no
longer required locally:
062-[1-6]-MIPS-* series
042-0004-mtd-bcm47xxpart-fix-parsing-first-block
Reintroduced lantiq/patches-4.4/0050-MIPS-Lantiq-Fix-cascaded-IRQ-setup
as it was incorrectly included upstream thus dropped from LEDE.
As it has now been reverted upstream it needs to be included again for
LEDE.
Run tested ar71xx Archer C7 v2 and lantiq.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
[update from 4.4.68 to 4.4.69]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This model also contains few partitions non-discoverable partitions we
need to "protect". Othen than that it uses non-deprecated serial entry
in DTS that doesn't work with LEDE so we need to workaround it as well.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Bug introduced with 6713694.
I did not count on procd handling reload as mentioned
in this doc:
https://wiki.openwrt.org/inbox/procd-init-scripts
```
procd_set_param file /var/etc/your_service.conf # /etc/init.d/your_service reload will restart the daemon if these files have changed
procd_set_param netdev dev # likewise, except if dev's ifindex changes.
procd_set_param data name=value ... # likewise, except if this data changes.
```
The service would be restarted regardless of any of those params.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
While we have CRASHLOG on MIPS it makes sense to support 'classic'
kexec-based CRASH_DUMP on x86 and arm platforms.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Teltonika RUT900 is a Router with LTE dual SIM, WiFi, 4x Ethernet
ports, I/O, RS232, RS485, GPS.
The device ist based on a Atheros AR9344 rev 3,
Specifications:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH
- Serial Console header on a Card Board edge connector
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (3x LAN, 1x WAN)
- 2.4 GHz Wifi
- 2x external, detachable Wifi antennas
- LTE Modem Huawei ME909u-521 (Also other Modem seen)
- 2x LTE antennas
- 1x GPS antenna
- 7x LED, 1x button
- 1x USB Connector
- 1x Serial RS232
- 1x Serial RS485
- 1x MicroSD Card
The GPL sources of the device are available at www.teltonika.lt/gpl/
and are based on OpenWRT Barrier Breaker (14.07)
Running from tftp:
The Router starts into the uboot Webupdater if the Button ist pressed
more than 3 seconds, if no Network cable is attached it starts the
uboot serial console, from there the router loads the firmware image
via tftpboot from 192.168.1.2:firmware.bin (the router has the
192.168.1.1). With bootm the loaded image will be booted.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Weinreich <steve@weinreich.org>
At some point kernel.org decided to drop xz generated tarballs, switch to gz which they still provide.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Use chanreg and dccal helpers to reduce the size of ePA code.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: fixed white-space so patch applies]
I think I added these respawn params [a while back],
when I did the conversion to procd init script format.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This firmware shoul have the same general feature set as the
rest of the 10.4 CT firmware (9984, 9980, etc). Build-tested
only in LEDE, but firmware has been tested with ath10k-ct driver
on other OSs, so likely works just fine.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
The 988x and 9887 firmwares include a bugfix for a case where blockack
did not work sometimes, and many fixes for compiler warnings detected
by newer gcc compilers.
The 9980 and 9984 firmware includes a large backport of upstream QCA
firmware changes to bring it up to date.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Supports disabling firmware hex logging that many found too verbose.
Increase BMI timer so system works more often with 9888 Compex NIC
(and maybe others).
Allow configuring a specific board-file per NIC using fwcfg file.
Maybe fix a scan-busy problem when using CT firmware.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Remove support for NCT6775/6 from W83627EHF driver so the NCT6775
driver will still be used for those chips.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
When in ra server mode, configure nameservers passed in router
announcements from the dns value (which is already used by odhcpd).
This also fixes FS#677 by using the global IPv6 address of the router
instead of the link local address (if no nameservers are configured).
Signed-off-by: Arjen de Korte <build+lede@de-korte.org>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
We enabled lua interpreter by default as it doesn't make any problem in the uhttpd config file and we modify the index page to use it.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
This adds support for Aerohive AP-121 access point.
Specification:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344-BC2A at 560MHz
- WiFi 1: 2.4GHz Atheros AR9340? - SoC
- WiFi 2: 5.0GHz Atheros AR9382-AL1A
- Memory: 128MB from 2x Nanya NT5TU32M16DG-AC
- SPI: 1MB Macronix MX25L8006E
- NAND: 128MB Hynix H27U1G8F2BTR-BC
- Ethernet: Atheros AR8035-A
- USB: 1x 2.0
- TPM: Atmel SC3204
Flashing:
1. Hook into UART (9600 baud) and enter U-Boot. You may need to enter
a password of administrator or AhNf?d@ta06 if prompted.
2. Once in U-Boot, download and flash LEDE factory image over tftp:
dhcp;
setenv serverip tftp-server-ip;
tftpboot 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-nand-hiveap-121-squashfs-factory.bin;
nand erase 0x800000 0x800000;
nand write 0x81000000 0x800000 0x800000;
reset;
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
[minor text changes in commit subject and description, fixed
alphabetical order in etc/diag.sh, use only model name in lib/ar71xx.sh,
fixed code style issues in mach-hiveap-121.c, ubinized factory image]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Rambutan is a Wifi module based on QCA9550/9557
http://www.8devices.com/products/rambutan
This commit adds basic support for Rambutan development kit
Specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of DDR2 RAM
- 128 MB of NAND Flash
- 1x 100Mbps Ethernet
- 1x 1000Mbps Ethernet (PHY on dev-kit)
- 1x Wifi radio 2x2 MIMO, dualband 2.4 and 5 GHz
- 2x U.FL connectors on module, chip antennas on dev-kit
- 1x miniPCIe slot
- 1x USB2.0 host socket + 1x USB2.0 pins on 2.54mm header
Flash instructions:
Stock firmware is OpenWrt, so use:
sysupgrade -n /tmp/lede-ar71xx-nand-rambutan-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar
or upgarde from GUI (don't save config)
Use factory image to flash from U-Boot:
tftpboot 80060000 lede-ar71xx-nand-rambutan-squashfs-factory.ubi
nand erase.part ubi
nand write 80060000 ubi ${filesize}
Signed-off-by: Mantas Pucka <mantas@8devices.com>
[split support in uboot-envtools package into a separate commit,
fixed alphabetical order in lib/preinit/05_set_iface_mac_ar71xx]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This adds the build option for the new UniFi AC Mesh.
It is a direct hardware copy from the AC Lite.
- SoC: QCA9563-AL3A (775Mhz)
- RAM: 128MiB
- Flash: 16MiB - dual firmware partitions!
- LAN: 1 1000M - POE
- Wireless:
2.4G: QCA9563
5G: UniFi Chip, QCA988X compatible
Thanks to Frank Dietz for testing.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Thomeczek <ledesrc@wxorx.net>
[wrapped too long lines in mach-ubnt-unifiac.c]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Add rut5xx GPIO PIN selection to om-package startup script.
Testet on a RUT500 device, the timeout value of the hardware watchdog
is about 280 sec.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Weinreich <steve@weinreich.org>
[split into two commits, bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This fixes switch port mapping for: TL-WR841N/ND v8, TL-MR3420 v2 and
TL-WR941N/ND v5. All of them share the same Atheros ap123 reference
design.
The order of switch ports (shown in "swconfig dev eth1 show") is CPU,
LAN 4, LAN 1, LAN 2, LAN 3.
Signed-off-by: Oldřich Jedlička <oldium.pro@gmail.com>
[included 2 more devices]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
93abe6f config: fix invalid hoplimit in RA message
2ae08d1 config: fix invalid retranstime in RA message
0005cb4 config: fix invalid reachabletime in RA message
5683dd2 config: limit ra_mtu to 65535
f8d40a5 router: fix interface mtu read error
f8f4b87 config: limit ra_retranstime to 60000
a2d8bf6 dhcpv4: display two hex digits per octet in syslog
a9e9bc4 config: make RA retransTime configurable via uci
2cb6b48 config: make RA reachableTime configurable via uci
e4504db config: make RA curHopLimit configurable via uci
9dd5316 config: make RA mtu configurable via UCI
29cb2ff config: fix dhcpv4 server being started
0ef74ec ndp.c: add switch/case fallthrough comments
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
these two devices have a Sata led for each sata port.
These leds must be controlled separately by a special
sata led trigger already used in oxnas target.
Both these devices have a single USB led, and to keep
consistent behaviour with the Sata leds that show
sata activity, this led uses usb-host trigger
to show usb activity.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
uci_set_leds_ataport() allows to set a led to show activity
on a specific (s)ata port, which is needed for devices that have
a Sata led for each sata port.
The led trigger is from the 834-ledtrig-libata.patch LEDE kernel patch.
uci_set_leds_usbhost() allows to set a led to show total usb activity.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: use a single underscore to denote private functions]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
create a function with code common to all led functions,
create another function with code common to functions setting
a simple led trigger, restore alphabetical order in function names.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: use a single underscore to denote private functions]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Some files (e.g. /etc/dropbear) need to be owned by root. Add cpio
option to ensure that.
Other image types (at least targz and squashfs) already have this.
Signed-off-by: Michal Sojka <sojkam1@fel.cvut.cz>
Gracefully handle cases where the to-be-created wireless interface already
exists on the system which might commonly happen with non-multi-SSID capable
wireless drivers.
This fixes commit 8301e61365 which caused
previously ignored "Too many open files in system (-23)" errors to fail the
wireless setup procedure.
With the updated approach we'll still try recreating the vif after one
second if the first attempt to do so failed with ENFILE but we will now
consider the operation successfull if a second attempt still yields ENFILE
with the requested ifname already existing on the system.
Fixes FS#664, FS#704.
Suggested-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Refer to LINUX_KARCH instead of ARCH when bundling DTS files in the image
builder tarball.
While we're at it, also dereference symbolic links when copying as some
kernel architectures contain symbolic links in their DTS directories.
This fixes aarch64 imagebuilders such as brcm2708/bcm2710 ones in particular
as the kernel refers to "aarch64" as "arm64" internally.
Ref: https://forum.lede-project.org/t/lede-image-builder-problem/3680
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add support for SolidRun ClearFog Base board.
The base model is a smaller version of ClearFog Pro without
the DSA switch, replacing it with a second copper gigabit
port, and only one PCIe socket.
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
Add device tree files for Solidrun ClearFog Base board.
We also need to backport some improvements for Armada
388 MicroSoM.
The base model is a smaller version of ClearFog Pro without
the DSA switch, replacing it with a second copper gigabit
port, and only one PCIe socket.
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
The conventional model is now known as the "Clearfog Pro".
We keep the old armada-388-clearfog.dts file for compatibility reasons.
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
One of the latest mac80211 updates added sanity checks, requiring the
beacon intervals of all VIFs of the same radio to match. This often broke
AP+11s setups, as these modes use different default intervals, at least in
some configurations (observed on ath9k).
Instead of relying on driver or hostapd defaults, change the scripts to
always explicitly set the beacon interval, defaulting to 100. This also
applies the beacon interval to 11s interfaces, which had been forgotten
before. VIF-specific beacon_int setting is removed from hostapd.sh.
Fixes FS#619.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
None of the variables in this "local" declaration are actually set in
wpa_supplicant_add_network().
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
libthread-db is a package that can be configured for external
toolchains, so let's have the script probe for it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Some external toolchains may be configured to enable OpenMP. Provide a
package for these libraries which can be used by other packages.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Add the necessary changes to CMakeLists.txt to search zlib.h. Fixes
build issues with external toolchains that don't have STAGING_DIR in the
default search path.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Toolchain built for ARCv1 (read for ARC700 cores) by default has
disabled atomic ops (-mno-atomic). When we build Linux kernel for ARC770
which has LL/SC instructions and thus may handle normally atomic ops we
explicitly add "-matomic" in CFLAGS. But since user-space perf utility has
no way to extract CPU config options from Kconfig/defconfig it uses
compiler default settings.
In case of ARCv2 (read ARC HS38) atomics are enabled by default and so
perf builds perfectly fine thus reenabling perf for ARC HS38 (actually
for non-ARC700 targets).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
When running "make {config|defconfig|oldconfig}" with symlinked .config
(e.g. to env/.config) it renames symlink to .config.old, creates new
.config file, and writes the updated configuration into it.
This breaks the desired workflow when changes in the configuration can
be checked using "scripts/env diff" and commited using "scripts/env
save". Since the env/.config file is not updated.
The things become even worse when working with feeds, since feeds script
quite often silently invokes "make {oldconfig|defconfig}" and breaks the
symlink.
Fix this issue by exporting KCONFIG_OVERWRITECONFIG=1, which forces
mconf to overwrite the .config content, instead of renaming it and
creating a new file. This variable is set only if .config is a symlink,
otherwise the variable is not exported and the old behaviour is
preserved.
This change uses the same behaviour as "make menucofig", which has
already been fixed in commit 5bf98b1acc.
Also make a tiny cosmetic update to the "make menuconfig" target code
layout to make it look like other config handling targets.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Add missing include of ramips.sh in order to import the missing
ramips_board_name() procedure.
Fixes FS#774.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A (580 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MiB (Winbond W9751G6JB-25)
- Flash: 16 MiB (Spansion S25FL128SAIF00)
- LAN: x4 100M
- WAN: x1 100M
- Others: USB 2.0, reset button, wps button and 9 LEDs
Issues:
- 5 GHz band is not functional (missing driver support)
Installation:
Asus windows recovery tool:
- install the Asus firmware restoration utility
- unplug the router, hold the reset button while powering it on
- release when the power LED flashes slowly
- specify a static IP on your computer:
IP address: 192.168.1.75;
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0
- Start the Asus firmware restoration utility, specify the sysupgrade
image, and press upload
TFTP Recovery method:
- set computer to a static ip, 192.168.1.75
- connect computer to the LAN 1 port of the router
- hold the reset button while powering on the router for a few seconds
- send firmware image using a tftp client; i.e from linux:
$ tftp
tftp> binary
tftp> connect 192.168.1.1
tftp> put lede-ramips-mt7620-rt-ac51u-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
tftp> quit
Signed-off-by: Ørjan Malde <foxyred333@gmail.com>
This device exactly same as NBG-419N but with USB port and USB Led.
Specification:
- SoC: Ralink RT3052 (MIPS24Kc) @384MHz
- RAM: 32 MiB
- Flash: 8 MiB
- WLAN: WiSoC 2T2R/300Mbps (2.4GHz)
- LAN: 4x100M
- WAN: 1x100M
- USB: 1x2.0
Installation via serial console (57600 8N1) from TFTP server
- rename the firmware to something shorter, for example
"sysupgrade.bin" (max. 32 chars)
- copy firmware TFTP server's directory
- when you power on device, and see U-Boot log, immediatly push "2"
once.
- You will see this message:
2: System Load Linux Kernel then write to Flash via TFTP.
Warning!! Erase Linux in Flash then burn new one. Are you sure?
- Push "y", and enter: device IP, then TFTP server's IP, and then
image firmware file name.
The firmware will be downloaded within ~30 seconds and flashed to the
device (It will take about 2 minutes).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Belyaev <spider@spider.vc>
[squash commits, compact commit message, fix compatible string, remove
superfluous pinmuxes]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch adds the interface-name option for each dhcp config
in /etc/config/dhcp.
With the interface_name option users can define a DNS name for each dhcp section
that will be resolved by dnsmasq with the underlaying interface address.
For example:
config dhcp 'lan'
option interface 'lan'
...
list interface_name 'home.lan'
...
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
Build profile for Asmax AR 1004g refers to an invalid DTS "rg100a". The
correct DTS for this device is "ar1004g".
Signed-off-by: Marcin Jurkowski <marcin1j@gmail.com>
It has been shown that the Fritz boxes have the correct mac address set
in the wireless calibration data/eeeprom. Use this mac address as base
for the ethernet and xdsl interface increment/decrement the address to
match the values stored in the tffs.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
commit 89878f60f4 x86: lift kernel minimum CPU requirement to Pentium MMX
caused kconfig havoc. Fix this and make sure PAE is enabled even on legacy
CPUs as the minimum required CPU has been Pentium MMX for a while now and
hence PAE is supported even on the x86_legacy target.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Significantly reduces time spent processing those targets and should
also silence some log clutter which could confuse buildbot
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Anything older than that isn't supported since commit f4f8f4a180,
hence also switch to Pentium MMX when building the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
commit 4b4f739373 switched on HIGHMEM4G which implicitely disabled
PAE and hence also NX and other useful and security-relevant features.
Re-enable PAE by switching to HIGHMEM64G.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
If there's a TFTP root directory configured, create it with mkdir -p
(which does not throw an error if the folder exists already)
before starting dnsmasq. This is useful for TFTP roots in /tmp, for example.
Originally submitted by nfw user aka Nathaniel Wesley Filardo
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
In order to have a smaller initramfs image remove all packages not
needed on all devices and add them explicitely for those actually
needing them. Also remove wpad-mini from ramips default package set
and add it to all sub-targets except for MT7621.
While at it reorder packages alphabetically and replace kmod-mt76 with
kmod-mt7603 and/or kmod-mt76x2 depending on the chip actually used on
a specific board.
Hopefully fixes FS#758
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Module definitions for kmod-wdt-sunxi and kmod-eeprom-sunxi are removed
(wdt-sunxi was builtin anyways; nvmem-sunxi, which is the new name of
eeprom-sunxi is changed to builtin). As kmod-eeprom-sunxi was specified
in DEFAULT_PACKAGES, but not available on kernel 4.4, it was breaking the
image builder.
Support for kmod-sunxi-ir is added for kernel 4.4 (it is unclear why it
was disable before, it builds fine with with kernel 4.4).
Condtionals only relevant for pre-4.4 kernels are removed from modules.mk,
as sunxi does't support older kernels anymore.
Fixes FS#755.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
It was originally only enabled for the "32" subtarget along with the
"usb" feature which is now also shared by the "64" target
This should fix the phase1 build of armvirt/64
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Do not assign the CPU port twice, this confuses LuCI and possible other
programs relying on topology information in board.json.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/luci/issues/1086
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Setting legacy_rates to 0 disables 802.11b data rates.
Setting legacy_rates to 1 enables 802.11b data rates. (Default)
The basic_rate option and supported_rates option are filtered based on this.
The rationale for the change, stronger now than in 2014, can be found in:
https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/14/11-14-0099-00-000m-renewing-2-4ghz-band.pptx
The balance of equities between compatibility with b clients and the
detriment to the 2.4 GHz ecosystem as a whole strongly favors disabling b
rates by default.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [cleanup, defaults change]
When sta is configured, hostapd receives 'stop' and 'update' command from
wpa_supplicant. In the update command, hostapd gets sta parameters with
which it configures ap.
Problem is, with the default wireless configuration:
mode:11g freq:2.4GHz channel:1
If sta is connected to 5GHz network, then ap does not work. Ideally with
340-reload_freq_change.patch hostapd should reload the frequency changes
and start ap in 5GHz, but ap becomes invisible in the network.
This issue can be reproduced with following /etc/config/wireless:
config wifi-device radio0
option type mac80211
option channel 1
option hwmode 11g
option path 'virtual/uccp420/uccwlan'
option htmode 'none'
config wifi-iface 'ap'
option device 'radio0'
option encryption 'none'
option mode 'ap'
option network 'ap'
option ssid 'MyTestNet'
option encryption none
config wifi-iface 'sta'
option device radio0
option network sta
option mode sta
option ssid TestNet-5G
option encryption psk2
option key 12345
This change updates current_mode structure based on configured hw_mode
received from wpa_supplicant. Also prepare rates table after frequency
selection.
Signed-off-by: Abhilash Tuse <Abhilash.Tuse@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [cleanup, patch refresh]
Commit 2036ae4 (base-files: support hostname and ntp servers through board.d)
was supposed to implement these procedures but lacked the required changes
to uci-defaults.sh.
Add the missing procedures now to fix config generation on targets relying
on hostname or NTP server presetting.
Fixes FS#754.
Reported-by: Cristian Morales Vega <cristian@samknows.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When busybox customisation is enabled, we should depend on config
symbols CONFIG_BUSYBOX_CONFIG_xxx to form alternatives specs
Reported-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Otherwise ipkg packages may wrongly take on alternatives specs of
another package sharing the same package Makefile
Fixes FS#753
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
A number of small tweaks & improvements on the way to a final release.
Most notable:
Improve DHCPv4 address-in-use check.
Remove the recently introduced RFC-6842 (Client-ids in DHCP replies)
support as it turns out some clients are getting upset.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Changes since last version
546bc72 pkg: alternatives support
7a96972 libbb: xreadlink: fix memory leak on failure case
3f13edd pkg_run_script: use pkg->dest in half installed case
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
It's a list of specs of the following form seprated by commas to
describe alternatives provided by this package
<prio>:<path>:<altpath>
<path> will be a symbolic link to <altpath> of the highest <prio>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
With update of ARC tools to arc-2016.09 based on GCC v6.x
we have to bump Linux kernel version so both toolchain and
the kernel use the same ARC ABIv4.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
With update of ARC tools to arc-2016.09 based on GCC v6.x
we have to bump Linux kernel version so both toolchain and
the kernel use the same ARC ABIv4.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
arc-2016.09 is the most recent toolchain for ARC cores and
it is based on top of upstream Binutils 2.27 and GCC 6.2.1.
With updated major version of GCC we copied all GCC 6.x patches
for ARC as well as Bintils 2.27 patches.
Note that toochain sports ARCv4 ABI and so must be used
with 4.8+ Linux kernels. Even though it will build v4.4 kernel
perfectly fine on attempt to run user-space apps they won't
work with older kernel. That said previuosly sent RFC patches with
Linux kernel update are required:
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/726686/
[2] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/726687/
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
DWC3 driver uses of_usb_get_phy_mode() which is
implemented in drivers/usb/phy/of.c and in bare minimal
configuration it might not be pulled in kernel binary.
In case of ARC or ARM this could be easily reproduced with
"allnodefconfig" +CONFIG_USB=m +CONFIG_USB_DWC3=m.
On building all ends-up with:
---------------------->8------------------
Kernel: arch/arm/boot/Image is ready
Kernel: arch/arm/boot/zImage is ready
Building modules, stage 2.
MODPOST 5 modules
ERROR: "of_usb_get_phy_mode" [drivers/usb/dwc3/dwc3.ko] undefined!
make[1]: *** [__modpost] Error 1
make: *** [modules] Error 2
---------------------->8------------------
This was affecting Lede in case of CONFIG_ALL_KMODS=y.
The patch is already scheduled for v4.12 and once it is backported to
4.9.y it must be removed from here.
Note this patch makes sense not only for ARC instead it fixes
a generic issue which may affect more arches and platforms thus
putting it in "generic/" folder.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [patch rename]
Since commit:
7120438e5d
Seems that fsl_rstcr_restart() has been converted
to a reset handler and dropped as hook/callback.
Apply the same to the `tl_wdr4900_v1` target.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Re-applied patches:
001-powerpc-85xx-add-gpio-keys-to-of-match-table.patch
100-powerpc-85xx-tl-wdr4900-v1-support.patch
Dropped patch:
200-spi-fsl-espi-preallocate-local-buffer.patch
now part of kernel upstream hash
1423877b73
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Even it's unknown if it's booting with thumb, because the lack of hardware.
Enable it for now, so the build succeed, because without thumb it can not fit
into spl.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Early SoC versions with an ECO of 1 required the gpio reset.
Mass production SoCs no longer need this work around.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
9268ca6 ndp: don't trigger IPv6 ping when neighbor entry is invalid
2b3355f ndp: fix adding proxy neighbor entries
7dff5b4 ndp: fix wrong interface name in syslog message
a54afb5 dhcpv6-ia: Fix segfault when writing DHCPv4 leases in state file
c0e9dbf ubus: don't segfault when there're no leases
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Configuring dhcp_option as an option does not allow the usage of white
spaces in the option value; fix this by supporting dhcp_option as a list
config while still supporting the option config to maintain backwards
compatibility
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Add the changes suggested by FS#716 to fix the switch driver initialization
on the ZTE Q7.
Also remove the `pinctrl-names` field obsoleted by the changes.
Reported-by: Harry Lau <harrylwc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When invoking "nslookup_lede" with a domain argument and without explicit
query type, issue both A and AAAA queries and display the resulting IP
addresses in a numbered list style, similar to how the old BusyBox nslookup
used to output the records.
This is required for compatibility with certain scripts.
Ref: https://forum.lede-project.org/t/nslookup-ipv6-in-lede-17-01-1
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The ":*" optstring syntax was only recently introduced with BusyBox v1.26,
older versions need a corresponding hint in the "opt_complementary" variable
to denote flag values that should be stored as llist entries.
Add the required opt_complementary entry to fix random SIGBUS, SIGILL or
SIGSEGV related crashes on BusyBox 1.25.x when attempting to use the "-q"
flag of the "nslookup_lede" applet.
Ref: https://forum.lede-project.org/t/nslookup-ipv6-in-lede-17-01-1
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fix a copy/paste error and include the ZBT-WE826 dtsi instead of the
ZBT-WG3526 one.
Fix the syntax error in the ZBT-WE826 dtsi to prevent an compile error.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Install procd interface triggers only for interfaces which are enabled
so dropbear instances running on (an) enabled interface(s) are not
restarted due to an interface trigger of an interface which is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The IMX6 PCIe host controller does not fire legacy interrupts if MSI is
enabled. A patch is being worked on to enable MSI at runtime only when
it is needed but meanwhile this patch will disable MSI for the imx6 kernel.
This fixes the no interrupt issue on cards/drivers that use legacy interrupts
such as ath9k.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
When running "make menuconfig" with symlinked .config (e.g. to
env/.config) it renames symlink to .config.old, creates new .config file
and writes updated configuration here.
This breaks the desired workflow when changes in the configuration could
be checked using "scripts/env diff" and commited with
"scripts/env save". Since the env/.config file is not updated.
Fix this issue by exporting KCONFIG_OVERWRITECONFIG=1, which forces
mconf to overwrite the .config content, instead of renaming it and
creating a new file. This variable is set only if .config is a symlink,
otherwise the variable is not exported and the old behaviour is
preserved.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Both of these boards share the same DTS, and hardware. The only
difference would be the PCI-E slot, and ath9k card found on the MX60W.
Due to the similarities, it would be more efficient to merge these
profiles.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This moves core router packages to the NAND target, to ensure they are
applied to all images. This change is being done due to an issue found
when flashing the MX60W image, which came without these when built as a
multi image.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
The patch 523-MIPS-ath79-OTP-support only supports the OTP offsets for
AR933x chips, which has changed on newer platforms such as the AR934x.
The follwoing change is to add support for reading the OTP on the
AR934x. Tested on an Aerohive AP-121.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Seems to be useful only for old and unsupported operating systems. Removed and adjusted the mtd-utils Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The ZBT-WG826 is available with 16 or 32 MByte of flash. Split the
device tree source file, rename the currently supported 16 MByte
version and add the 32 MByte variant.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The Digineo AC1200 Pro is the 32MB flash variant of the ZBT-WG3526 with
unpopulated/exposed sdhci slot. Rename to board to the OEM/ODM name and
add the sdhci kernel module to use it for multiple clones.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The ZBT-WG3526 is available with 16 or 32 MByte of flash. Rename the
current supported 16MByte version to indicate which flash size variant
is supported.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Specification:
- SoC: MT7621AT, MT7603EN and MT7612EN
- Flash: 16 MiB (W25Q128FVSG)
- RAM: 512 MiB (EM6GE16EWXD-12H)
- Ethernet: 1 x WAN (10/100/1000Mbps) and 4 x LAN (10/100/1000 Mbps)
- Others: USB 2.0, micro SD slot, reset button and 8 x LEDs
Issues:
- Two LEDs for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Wi-Fi do not work, can't find GPIOs.
- The pwr LED is not GPIO controllable
How to install:
- The original firmware is OpenWrt, so both LuCI or sysupgrade can be used.
- Do not keep settings, for sysupgrade please use the -n option.
Signed-off-by: Jiawei Wang <buaawjw@gmail.com>
The wan port is connected to switch port 0. Fix the mediatek,portmap as
well as the default switch config.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Belyaev <spider@spider.vc>
Make switch port LEDs blink on activity as they do with stock firmware.
The u-boot loader sets suitable values in the LED control register that
unfortunately get blown away by the linux switch driver init. Restore
that value by using driver 'initvals'. 0x0431 is the led control
register, the value 0x0960. Each nybble represents each LED's mode
(LED3,2,1,0) in this case OFF, 1000LINK+Activity, 100/10LINK+Activity,
OFF. Only LED1&2 are physically present.
Enabling the blinkenlights exposed the fact that an RRCP packet was
being emitted by the switch on all ports every second. Further initvals
copied from stock firmware's u-boot driver disabled this 'feature'.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Allow per-device initvals in the DTS file for rlt8366rb
switches.
Shamelessly copies 30494598f8
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Based on a patch by Alexandru Ardelean.
netifd ubus reload call returns the actual reload error status;
return error status as well in reload_service
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
11cb9cf ubus: add interface method to trigger renew event
4375d1b system-linux: allow "throw" route type
5fbd904 netifd: propagate error code on netifd_reload()
6e0acec interface-ip: fix device name for IPv6 link-local DNS server
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Migrate to new image generation and
introduce sdcard generation (based on sunxi).
Profile now generated via image/Makefile instead
of profiles/ directory.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The beagleboard doesn't boot with Thumb enabled, but without Thumb the
SPL (first stage bootloader) is too big to fit into SRAM.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Do as the vendor driver does -- however, some devices apparently
patched support for external PA into the driver similar to how it was
done on Rt3352, using EEPROM_NIC_CONF1 rather than EEPROM_NIC_CONF2,
hence we check for both fields. Somehow the vendor driver also no
longer offers the option of only one of the TX paths having an external
PA (which was probably to weird to ever be implemented in practise,
though it doesn't seem like a particularly bad idea to me). Do the same
in rt2x00 and enable support for external PA on both TX paths whenever
it is set for TX0 in EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Import change to make external PA capability consistent with the
vendor driver instead of having the logic inverted.
While at it, apply patches in the same order as they got merged
upstream.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
boardnames were changed with the recent target update. the sysupgrade board
detection was not updated properly.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Without patch unloading the dwc3-of-simple module went stuck after
successfully removing hcd.1 during the hcd.0 removal:
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3-of-simple
[ 21.391846] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 21.391931] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 21.397038] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 21.401111] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 21.406685] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 21.412848] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 21.417248] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 21.422521] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
followed by nothing.
Sometimes a stall CPU was detected, or a kernel panic,
or a reboot occurred after a couple of minutes.
At the same time unloading the dwc3 module followed by dwc3-of-simple
module was working repeatedly.
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3
[ 53.827328] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.827412] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.832630] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 53.836452] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.842314] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.848412] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 53.852542] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.857882] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.863956] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 2 deregistered
[ 53.867875] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.873696] usb usb1: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.879742] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 1 deregistered
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3-of-simple
root@LEDE:/#
For the non-working case, the code was stuck in a readl() in
http://lxr.free-electrons.com/source/drivers/usb/host/xhci.c#L91
because
http://lxr.free-electrons.com/source/drivers/usb/dwc3/dwc3-of-simple.c#L126
was disabling the wrong clocks when removing hcd.1 (it was disabling
the clock of hcd.0). That's why the readl() went stuck when removing
hcd.0
The patch however addresses the clock assignment from the Netgear R7500
dts file and backs off the previous attempt.
Now unloading and repeated module loading is working just fine.
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3-of-simple
[ 24.089679] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.089765] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.094856] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 24.098963] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.104522] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.111194] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 24.115086] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.120396] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.126503] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 2 deregistered
[ 24.130347] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.135948] usb usb1: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.142085] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 1 deregistered
root@LEDE:/#
Fixes: dwc3-of-simple module unloading for Netgear R7500
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
The patch follows the qualcomm code comments setting
SSUSB_CTRL_TEST_POWERDOWN to 0x1 and is testing and clearing the
bit during USB superspeed PHY init. According to Andy Gross it
needs to be BIT(26).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
Acked-by: Andy Gross <andy.gross@linaro.org>
We need to ensure there is enough headroom to push extra header,
but we also need to check if we are allowed to change headers.
skb_cow_head() is the proper helper to deal with this.
Fixes Ethernet<->WiFi bridge for Raspberry Pi and probably other devices.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The script can be used to quickly spin up QEMU virtual machines with lan
and wan network. Please read the initial part of the script for
instructions about how to configure host machine
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Original armvirt target is now subtarget 32. Other than that the built
result should remain the same as before
Besides old features already available with arm64, the new armvirt/64
subtarget will also have those features originally enabled for
armvirt/32 with commit 44ecfc2 ("armvirt: new target")
- pl011, uart
- pl031, rtc
- pl061, gpio
- pci-host-generic
- virtio_{mmio,pci,net,blk,scsi,9p,console,balloon}
- smp with NR_CPUS=4
- cpu-hotplug
- ext4
- DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE for debug purposes
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Not sure since when the issue emerged, but according to the current doc of gcc
and as, armv8-a is intended as argument of -march
The change will affect at the moment arm64 and layerscape/64b
Below is the relevant error messages when building toolchain
Assembler messages:
Error: unknown cpu `armv8-a'
Error: unrecognized option -mcpu=armv8-a
/home/yousong/git-repo/lede-project/lede/build_dir/toolchain-aarch64_armv8-a_gcc-5.4.0_musl/gcc-5.4.0/libgcc/libgcc2.c:1:0: error: unknown value 'armv8-a' for -mcpu
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The dep for the nftables support was wrong, if someone actually enable
that option gain a compilation error. This fix this problem.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Fix a '==' that should be a '=' in a test condition. Busybox fortunately
doesn't care.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Protect any IPv6 related with appropriate guards to fix compilation with
disabled IPv6 support in Busybox.
Fixes#728.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add red:internet led on gpio 30 previously claimed as missing.
Wifi led was claimed as blue however there are no blue leds on the
board at all. Actually there are two wifi leds, green & amber so add
definitions for those. Make the newly discovered green wifi led gpio
14 the default.
There is no amber power led on this board. The mention of the amber
power led in the manual means power red and power green at the same
time.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
[removed unnecessary aliases, add migration script]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use fixed led names and add each board variant instead of manipulating
the board name.
It makes the ramips board name function less different to the one used
in other targets and allows to merge them with a common function.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
We need to keep the former used (unmodified) boardname in the metadata.
Otherwise an upgrade from an board using the old boardname will be
refused.
Fixes: a75ce960ac ("ramips: use different board names for variants")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
PSG1218 got only 4 Ethernet ports and WAN on port 3 while
PSG1218K2C got 5 Ethernet ports and WAN on port 4
Switch to use kmod-kt76x2 instead of kmod-mt76 for both devices while
at it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Use the stateless 4-byte op codes for this flash chip to fix reboot
hangs on SoCs expecting the flash chip in 3-byte mode.
Fixes: FS#179
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
update RF register 47 and 54 values according to vendor driver
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: moved changes into a separate patch]
Use register values from init LNA function instead of the ones from
restore LNA function. Apply register values based on rx path
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: moved changes into a separate patch]
Make brcmfmac depend on !TARGET_uml.
Technically, brcmfmac could be built for uml because only SDIO support
won't work on that target. However, selectively avoiding the dependency
propagation of !TARGET_uml from kmod-mmc to avoid including a reference
to BRCMFMAC_SDIO doesn't work.
In practice, brcmfmac is completely useless on uml, so let's just
disable it there.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
minor/cosmetic: fixes the following misleading message:
root@box:~ /etc/init.d/dnsmasq restart
sh: out of range
Signed-off-by: Bastian Bittorf <bb@npl.de>
This reverts commit 51397d7d95.
There are some unresolved random crashes on WRT1900AC v1 that still need
to be sorted out
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This fixes:
Thermal sensors on bcm2835 SoC (BCM2835_THERMAL) [N/m/y/?] (NEW) aborted!
This symbol depends on ARCH_BCM2835 so it should be OK to disable it at
brcm2708 target only.
Fixes: 7d32caa61fb0 ("brcm2708: backport upstream sdhost controller driver")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Since 192f0a3db8 ("ath9k: unset the default LED pin if used by
platform leds") the default ath9k wireless LED is not set as soon as
any pin of the ath ath9k gpio controller is used.
All touched boards have leds defined which are using the gpio pins
exposed by the ath9k driver but rely on a default set wireless led
trigger.
Add the wireless leds were missing and setup the wireless phy trigger
in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The Netgear R6220 requires the kmod-usb3 package and misses
kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport package to setup the configured usb led
trigger.
Drop the already target selected kmod-mt76.
Fixes: FS#686
Fixes: 38bee61dab ("ramips: add support for Netgear R6220")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fix the PCIe 5GHz wireless by using the on flash eeprom/caldata.
Disable the 2.4GHz band as this band has no antennas attached but is
enabled in the eeprom/caldata.
Fixes: FS#691
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fix the PCIe 5GHz wireless by using the ralink mtd-eeprom property as
this board have a RT5592 and uses the rt2x00 driver. The mediathek
device tree bindings do not work here.
Fixes: FS#691
Fixes: d8dd207ea6 ("ramips: use the ralink,mtd-eeprom device tree property")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The factory image has an uImage header covering the entire image and
not only the kernel. The original uImage header which covers only the
kernel is appended to the end of the image.
During LEDE boot the uImage rootfs splitter skips the whole filesystem,
can't find a valid filesystem magic and panics.
The last known working version was OpenWrt 14.07, which simply kept on
searching for an uImage header if the first found didn't resulted into
a working rootfs. This behaviour is kind of error prone since it could
produce false positives.
Since the sysupgrade image works fine in combination with the tftp
recovery for doing the initial installation of LEDE, simply drop the
factory image.
Related: FS#462
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Since the LEDE nslookup applet is already specific to LEDE, move the
libresolv detection into the busybox Makefile that LEDE uses.
This fixes builds with external toolchains that don't automatically
search for headers and/or libraries without being told so.
Fixes: de5b8e5d2f ("busybox: add musl compatible nslookup replacement")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Apply the !UML dependency to both the symbol and the DEPENDS so there is
no recursive dependency anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The original implementation loaded the count register with (wrong) semi-
random values due to its implemenation nature.
If the wrongly calulated value was below the kickrate,
the WD was triggered and rebooted the system.
Rework this, partly based on upstream patches, to dynamically fetch the
current clockrate and calculate the proper offset for the WD countdown
register.
Before:
[ 143.800000] count val: 27219720
[ 148.820000] count val: 50623201
[ 153.830000] count val: 96425250
[ 158.830000] count val: 89735401
[ 163.840000] count val: 4756110
After:
[ 0.700000] MPCore WD init. clockrate: 299984500 prescaler: 256
countrate: 1171814 timeout: 60s
[ 358.530000] count val: 35154751
[ 363.540000] count val: 35154750
[ 368.540000] count val: 35154751
[ 373.550000] count val: 35154750
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
binutils 2.27 checks if the target compiler supports -Wstack-
usage=262144, and also uses this setting for the host compiler. If the
host compiler is gcc < 4.9 binutils build will fail. This backports 2
commits which are fixing this problem for binutils 2.28.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This was also working before, with a slightly
different semantic.
[ Original semantic ]
If no reload hooks was implemented, the default one would
kick in, it would return fail, and restart would happen.
This would happen also in the case where a reload hook
would be implemented, it would fail, and it would restart
the service.
[ New semantic ]
The default reload hook calls restart.
Services can implement their own reload.
If reload fails, then the '/etc/init.d/<service> reload'
would return a non-zero code, and the caller can choose
a way to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Recent attempts to use it have shown that it does not work properly
except for a few undocumented cases. It's better to remove this now to
avoid having more people fall into the same trap
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Update OpenVPN to 2.4.1
Remove 200-small_build_enable_occ.patch as it's included upstream.
Refresh patches
Add mirror and switch to HTTPS
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
In preparation for bumping arm64 to 4.9, add a bunch of configuration
symbols that are available under arm64.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Drop sample command line to use against the ARM Foundation v8 model and
replace the path to something that matches LEDE's directory structure.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
This required us to both download the Foundation emulator but also build
a boot wrapper. QEMU is now fully usable and is a much better
replacement.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Add an alternative nslookup applet implementation which is compatible with
musl libc wrt. name server selection and which supports a number of additional
features such as query type selection.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Commit f4e312ddf8 adds libnetlink to
staging dir but did not add the header files libgenl.h and ll_map.h
which define functions belonging to libnetlink lib
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Similar to odhcpd, allow using ISC DHCPd instead of dnsmasq.
Disable DHCP and/or DHCP6 in case ISC DHCP is present and
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Instead of renaming the default wireless led attached to the wireless
chip, add a new led using the platform leds with the phy0tpt trigger
set in userspace.
When switching ar71xx to device tree, the same can be done by using the
build in GPIO controller and without adding new bindings.
Drop the now unused platform code.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Don't setup the default led pin if the ath9k GPIO controller is used
via device tree to prevent collision. In case any of the pins exposed
by the ath9k is used, the phyNtpt trigger needs to be set in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In case that the atheros device tree binding is used, enable access to
the GPIO chip only if the gpio-controller device tree parameter is used
for the ath9k node.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Unset the default LED gpio pin if the same gpio pin is used by a LED
defined via platform LED. This prevents that the default led trigger
gets assigned to this LED and the GPIO value gets changed on
wifi up/down in case the led is not used for signaling the wifi state.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With the fritz-tools a userspace parser for the Tiny Flash File System
is available and makes the tffs2 kernel patches obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Split the fritz-tools into subpackages. fritz_tffs_read is usefull for
all Fritz boards where fritz-cal_extract is only required for the
Fritz 4040 at the moment.
Rename the tffs related binary to the more catchy name fritz_tffs and
move the whole package to utilities since the package doesn't really
provide a firmware file.
Make the fritz-tools available for all targets and build them shared.
The tffs is used by avm on lantiq and ar71xx as well.
Tested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fix the list order instead of adjusting the controller scan order.
Revert the former required changes to the lantiq PCIe driver.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Update to latest Git in order to import the following fixes:
1d0263b check_data_file_clashes_change: remove duplicated offline root in paths
a00a6a9 buildReplaces: do not add duplicated replacees
9fbedd8 opkg: compare-versions doesn't need any state
45b54f6 opkg_cmd: fix segmentation fault in opkg_compare_versions_cmd()
93de62b opkg_cmd: fix return of opkg compare-versions
51275a8 pkg_src_list_push: remove unused function
947d3d4 pkg_src_list_pop: remove unused function
980cfb2 str_list_push: remove unused function
52c31c1 str_list_prev: remove unused function
7d24212 str_list_last: remove unused function
48142a3 conffile_list_pop: remove unused function
46c5de5 pkg_dest_list_push: remove unused functions
368bb62 nv_pair_list_prev: remove unused function
2985c00 nv_pair_list_last: remove unused function
f5082ac conffile_list_pop: remove unused function
89bf8b9 conffile_list_push: remove unused function
23d31fb active_list_sort: remove unused function
7fe45f2 active_list_add_depend: remove unused function
86b584d pkg_dependence_satisfied: remove unused function
816d330 Fix typo in pkg_hash_fetch_best_installation_candidate.
07f3b02 set_flags_from_control: remove function
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
* adds MT7530 DSA support
* backport latest ethernet driver
* add PMIC leds
* add auxadc support
* add efuse support
* add thermal sensor support
* add irq affinity support for ethernet
still todo
* DSA multi cpu support
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Support for the nct6775/6776 hwmon chips, and other compatibles
in the family as well as the Intel on-chip thermal sensors.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Keeping it in base-files was resulting in adding it to the base-files
package. This file is meant to be included manually for initramfs
images only.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
If someone creates a target and indicates a CPU_TYPE, but there's
no corresponding support for that CPU_TYPE's flags in include/target.mk
then that should probably be indicated rather than silently ignored.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
update the qca988x firmware to firmware-5.bin_10.2.4-1.0-00029.
According to LEDE Forum, the new firmware supports mesh mode.
Also, it seems to have several improvements.
Signed-off-by: Changmin Jang <ckdalsdk12@gmail.com>
There are currently several supported TP-Link devices without specified
version number in image name and/or DEVICE_TITLE (e.g. WBS210, WBS510,
TL-WR810N, TL-WA7510N, TL-WPA8630), but vendor website shows that there
are already more than one version of them on the market.
For devices like Archer C5, which second version is based on a total
different platform, missing version number in DEVICE_TITLE (used in
menuconfig) might be misleading for users.
To make it less confusing for users and easier to maintain in future,
include version number in image name and DEVICE_TITLE for all TP-Link
devices, even if there is only one version of device at the moment.
Also, keep DEVICE_TITLE in same format for all TP-Link devices.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Kernel/hardware support for this board has been implemented since
Chaos Calmer. This set of patches is to get the board identified in
userland. This will allow support for things like sysupgrade,
configuring initial LED state, configuring initial switch state, etc.
Signed-off-by: Ron Angeles <ronangeles@gmail.com>
This router has the same hardware as TP-LINK TL-WR841N/ND v11 (same FCC
ID, same TFTP image name...).
If the stock firmware web interface doesn't accept LEDE factory image,
it can be flashed via the U-Boot TFTP recovery mode, by long-pressing
the reset button after power on.
The TFTP image name is wr841nv11_tp_recovery.bin (yes, v11, not v12).
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
On the more sophisticated (i.e. deeper FIFO) serial controllers,
flow-control might be needed to avoid dropping output.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Couple of important upstream patches (slated for 2.0.15) that
are necessary for kexec to run on MUSL and on x86 hardware.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
If you're using Chrony or NTPD you don't want the busybox NTP server
as well. Make it's installation truly conditional.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [simplify]
Intel(R) 82576 is an adapter which supports SR-IOV. Thus the host can
assign Virtual Functions (VFs) to different VMs by the PCI-E Passthrough
(e.g. VFIO for KVM), to gain different advantages (performance, VF to VF
communications, host kernel offload, etc.).
The driver of the passthroughed VFs is the igbvf (igb is NOT
compatible).
This is essential for VM guests, to enable them to utilize this feature.
Signed-off-by: Ye Tao <tydus@hongo.wide.ad.jp>
Some of our local patches have been accepted upstream. And there are
some more relevant changes (mostly for rt2800usb). Import them and
rebase our remaining local patches on top.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9563 (775 MHz, MIPS 74Kc)
- RAM: 128 MiB
- Storage: 16MB NOR flash
- Wireless: Built into QCA9563 (Dragonfly), PHY modes b/g/n, 3x3 MIMO
- Ethernet: 2x1G
Tested and working:
- ethernet / switch / lan / wan
- 2.4GHz SoC wifi
- PCIe
- leds
- buzzer
Ramload:
- tftpboot 0x84000000 lede-ar71xx-generic-wpj563-16M-initramfs-uImage.bin
- bootm 0x84000000
Install:
- tftpboot 0x80500000 lede-ar71xx-generic-wpj563-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
- erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
- erase 0x9f680000 +1
- cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
Erasing 0x9f680000 is required because uboot defines
"bootcmd=bootm 0x9f680000 || bootm 0x9f030000", so it first tries to boot
the higher address. I think the 16 mb flash are intended to be used as
8+8mb for a fallback image. In my hardware only the lower address has a
bootable image. But to make sure future hardware will boot lede too, I
erase one block, so uboot will skip this address.
Signed-off-by: Christian Mehlis <christian@m3hlis.de>
RGMII RX delay setting needs to be always specified for AR8337 to
avoid port 5 RX hang on high traffic / flood conditions.
Also, the HOL registers that set per-port and per-packet-priority
buffer sizes are updated with the reduced values suggested by the
QCA switch team.
Finally, AR8327 reserved register fixups are disabled for the AR8337.
This patch is adapted from the Code Aurora QSDK, but with magic
values mapped to proper defines.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
The relay section should use the logical interface name and
not the linux network device name directly. This to be
consistent with other sections of the dnsmasq config where
'interface' means the logical interface.
Signed-off-by: Karl Vogel <karl.vogel@gmail.com>
20c16fc cmake: Make blockd link against libjson-c
92b4c2c libfstools: add basic documentation of mount functions
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This is a 3rd party chipset which is not present on all Intel
reference designs, so make it a module rather than baked in (this
will also alleviate conflicts with drivers which also detect some
of the same chipsets).
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
These are recommended practices by REC-22 and REC-24 of RFC6092:
"Recommended Simple Security Capabilities in Customer Premises Equipment
(CPE) for Providing Residential IPv6 Internet Service"
Fixes FS#640
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Without patch unloading the dwc3-of-simple module went stuck after
successfully removing hcd.1 during the hcd.0 removal:
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3-of-simple
[ 21.391846] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 21.391931] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 21.397038] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 21.401111] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 21.406685] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 21.412848] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 21.417248] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 21.422521] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
followed by nothing.
Sometimes a stall CPU was detected, or a kernel panic,
or a reboot occurred after a couple of minutes.
At the same time unloading the dwc3 module followed by dwc3-of-simple
module was working repeatedly.
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3
[ 53.827328] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.827412] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.832630] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 53.836452] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.842314] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.848412] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 53.852542] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.857882] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.863956] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 2 deregistered
[ 53.867875] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.873696] usb usb1: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.879742] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 1 deregistered
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3-of-simple
root@LEDE:/#
For the non-working case, the code was stuck in a readl() in
http://lxr.free-electrons.com/source/drivers/usb/host/xhci.c#L91
because
http://lxr.free-electrons.com/source/drivers/usb/dwc3/dwc3-of-simple.c#L126
was disabling the wrong clocks when removing hcd.1 (it was disabling
the clock of hcd.0). That's why the readl() went stuck when removing
hcd.0
The patch however addresses the clock assignment from the .dtsi
file. Most probably it went into openwrt here:
https://dev.openwrt.org/browser/trunk/target/linux/ipq806x/patches-3.18/101-ARM-qcom-add-USB-nodes-to-ipq806x-ap148.patch?rev=45261
copied from Qualcomms attempt here: https://lkml.org/lkml/2015/11/20/116
Now unloading and repeated module loading is working just fine,
no matter if you'd remove dwc3-of-simple or dwc3.
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3-of-simple
[ 24.089679] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.089765] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.094856] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 24.098963] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.104522] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.111194] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 24.115086] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.120396] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.126503] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 2 deregistered
[ 24.130347] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.135948] usb usb1: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.142085] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 1 deregistered
root@LEDE:/#
Fixes: dwc3-of-simple module unloading
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
Allow module unloading by fixing a mistake.
qcom_dwc3_phy_write_readback() is expecting (phy, offset, mask, value)
while the mistake was calling it with (phy, offset, value, mask)
The patch is swapping value and mask.
Without the patch unloading the dwc3 module was showing a
write to QSCRATCH failed and repeated module loading was
failing:
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3
[ 19.167998] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 19.168084] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 19.173371] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 19.177134] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 19.182960] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 19.189023] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 19.192989] qcom-dwc3-usb-phy 110f8830.phy: write: 8000000 to QSCRATCH: 0 FAILED
[ 19.199064] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 19.205912] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 19.211611] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 2 deregistered
[ 19.215905] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 19.221751] usb usb1: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 19.227307] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 1 deregistered
[ 19.231795] qcom-dwc3-usb-phy 100f8830.phy: write: 8000000 to QSCRATCH: 0 FAILED
root@LEDE:/# modprobe dwc3
[ 29.583343] phy phy-100f8830.phy.4: phy init failed --> -110
[ 29.583399] dwc3 10000000.dwc3: failed to initialize core
[ 29.588169] dwc3: probe of 10000000.dwc3 failed with error -110
[ 29.652943] phy phy-110f8830.phy.2: phy init failed --> -110
[ 29.652988] dwc3 11000000.dwc3: failed to initialize core
[ 29.657735] dwc3: probe of 11000000.dwc3 failed with error -110
root@LEDE:/#
With patch repeated module unloading and loading is working good:
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3
[ 22.622214] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 22.622298] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 22.627401] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 22.631492] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 22.637054] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 22.643721] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 22.647421] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 22.652910] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 22.659219] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 2 deregistered
[ 22.662768] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 22.668604] usb usb1: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 22.674803] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 1 deregistered
root@LEDE:/# modprobe dwc3
[ 25.404592] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: xHCI Host Controller
[ 25.404694] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 1
[ 25.409444] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: hcc params 0x0228f065 hci version 0x100 quirks 0x00010010
[ 25.416589] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: irq 168, io mem 0x10000000
[ 25.426509] hub 1-0:1.0: USB hub found
[ 25.431626] hub 1-0:1.0: 1 port detected
[ 25.435472] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: xHCI Host Controller
[ 25.439206] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 2
[ 25.444573] usb usb2: We don't know the algorithms for LPM for this host, disabling LPM.
[ 25.452926] hub 2-0:1.0: USB hub found
[ 25.460420] hub 2-0:1.0: 1 port detected
[ 25.525037] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: xHCI Host Controller
[ 25.525099] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 3
[ 25.529750] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: hcc params 0x0228f065 hci version 0x100 quirks 0x00010010
[ 25.537002] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: irq 169, io mem 0x11000000
[ 25.546583] hub 3-0:1.0: USB hub found
[ 25.551997] hub 3-0:1.0: 1 port detected
[ 25.555734] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: xHCI Host Controller
[ 25.559621] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 4
[ 25.564942] usb usb4: We don't know the algorithms for LPM for this host, disabling LPM.
[ 25.573063] hub 4-0:1.0: USB hub found
[ 25.580842] hub 4-0:1.0: 1 port detected
root@LEDE:/#
Fixes: dwc3 module unloading
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
ath10k tries to fetch board id via otp, but that fails for many chips
like QCA988x, QCA9984 etc. Recent commit cc189c0b7f removed the earlier
hack that had allowed QCA radios to work, as that hack was incompatible
with the new wifi chips being introduced to the source tree.
Restore functionality for the existing wifi chips by modifying the
return value of the 'board id via otp' function to a value that is recognised
as a harmless error, so that name evaluation continues by using the board file.
Patch originally suggested by Christian Lamparter in forum discussion.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Many (most?) devices can't boot raw kernel using tftp and probably none
allows flashing it. It's way more usable to have TRX with kernel
containing initrams as such an image can be actually flashed.
An exception are Buffalo devices which have recovery mode with support
for booting kernels over TFTP. For them keep building default images.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Makes use of the syscon tcsr and enables both USB ports. Cleans up
qcom-ipq8064.dtsi from previous attempts.
Fixes FS#497
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
With upstream changes, the last update to U-Boot 2017.03
broke the nsa310 and nsa325 targets. Also fix some redefines.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
- remove unused code within 500-ar9_vr9.patch
- fixed return of IFX_ERROR (solves SIGSEGV in asterisk at failure)
- align it a bit with 400-falcon.patch
- remove 600-kernel-4.9.patch since changed parts
are removed during cleanup
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
Current driver shows temp in full degrees while other apps await it
to be in millidegrees.
Initially the driver represents termal data in millidegrees but then
it gets divided by TSENS_FACTOR. So lets just set it to '1'.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Deactivate all the ARM64 erratums by default. The target code should
activate them if needed. This fixes a problem with a new erratum added
in kernel 4.9.17 breaking brcm2708.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Make scan output useful for 802.11s meshes. The common print_ssid function
is used, so this doesn't add any additional code.
Based-on-patch-by: Jan-Tarek Butt <tarek@ring0.de>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This gets us in sync with dts from kernel 4.11. Two patches were already
backported earlier.
I decided to use 03x prefix as it's kind of similar to the 3xx prefix:
3xx - architecture specific patches
It isn't any documented or strict rule though. We don't need to stick to
it if we hit any problems.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
modify 0152-lantiq-VPE.patch from
commit e0229a16b0 ("lantiq: added support for VPE1")
- remove wdog function declarations from header (asm/vpe.h)
- remove wdog command line init functions (vpe.c)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
- remove patched header (vpe.h) because kernel
already provides one (asm/vpe.h)
- remove module softdog_vpe since watchdog functionality is unused
- remove module softdog_vpe from Makefile
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
Even the commit message of the patch adding support for the MiWiFi Nano
says that a 16 MB flash chip is used. Extend the firmware partition to
make use of all available flash space.
Fixes: FS#622
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Do not select the qca988x by default as soon as kmod-ath10k is
selected. We do support more ath10k chips than the qca988x in the
meantime, so this dependency doesn't make sense any longer.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Netgear X4 R7500 comes with a QCA988X. Select a firmware that matches
the ath10k chipset
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
Commit 23dac14d058f ("MIPS: PCI: Use struct list_head lists") changed
the controller list from reverse to straight order. Use the last entry
in the controller list to get the fist conroller of the system.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Upstream commit 23dac14d058f ("MIPS: PCI: Use struct list_head lists")
changed the controller list from reverse to straight order without
taking care of the changed order for the scan of the recorded PCI
controllers.
Traverse the list in reverse order to restore the former behaviour.
This patches fixes the following PCI error on lantiq:
pci 0000:01:00.0: BAR 0: error updating (0x1c000004 != 0x000000)
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Right now all brcm2708 patches are extracted from the non-mainline
raspberrypi/linux git tree. Many of them are hacks and/or are unneeded
in LEDE. Raspberry Pi is getting better and better mainline support so
it would be nice to finally start maintaining patches in a cleaner way:
1) Backport patches accepted in upstream tree
2) Start using upstream drivers
3) Pick only these patches that are needed for more complete support
Handling above tasks requires grouping patches - ideally using the same
prefixes as generic ones. It means we should rename existing patches to
use some high prefix. This will allow e.g. use 0xx for backported code.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
P&W (full name: Shenzhen Progress&Win Technologies) R602N (could be also
labeled as R602F, R602, etc.) is a simple N300 router with 5-port
10/100 Mbps switch, non-detachable antennas and USB.
CPE505 is an outdoor CPE with PoE support and detachable antennas.
Both devices are based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2.
Common specification:
- 650/597/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- UART (J2) header on PCB
R602N specification:
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz with external LNA and PA (SE2576L), up to 28 dBm
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- 7x LED, 1x button
CPE505N specification:
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (both ports support passive PoE 12-24 V)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz with external LNA and PA (SKY65174-21), up to 30 dBm
- 2x external, detachable antennas (RP-SMA connectors)
- 1x RGB LED, 2x LEDs (in RJ45 sockets), 1x button
Flash instructions:
It seems that there are many different versions of the firmware which
these devices are shipped with. The generic/standard one is based on
some modified OpenWrt and LEDE firmware can be flashed directly from
vendor's webgui or with sysupgrade (root password is "admin123").
Before flashing, make sure (use "fw_printenv") that the kernel load
address in your device is set to "0x9f050000" (bootcmd variable is
"bootm 0x9f050000"). If your device uses different load address, you
should first change it, under vendor's firmware, with command:
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm OLD_ADDRESS"
Where OLD_ADDRESS is previous kernel load address (in CPE505 version
I got access to, it was "0x9fe80000"). This will allow you to use
both the vendor's and LEDE firmware.
If version of your device contains empty U-Boot environment (you will
get information about this after issuing "fw_printenv"), you should
use U-Boot, serial line access and TFTP to perform firmware upgrade:
1. tftp 0x80060000 lede-ar71xx-generic-...-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm OLD_ADDRESS"
5. saveenv && reset
These devices contain also web recovery mode inside U-Boot. It can be
started with pressing the reset button for around 3 seconds just after
the device powerup. Web recovery panel is available on "192.168.10.9"
and to be able to use it, IP on your PC must be set to "192.168.10.10".
Make sure to change kernel load address before using recovery mode or
the U-Boot will not be able to load LEDE firmware.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This patch adds initial support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD hAP ac
(RB962UiGS-5HacT2HnT).
All functions are supported except:
-SFP cage (eth1) is not working
-WLAN LEDs are not working
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD hAP ac lite
(RB952Ui-5ac2nD).
The hAP ac lite is nearly identical to the hAP, with an added QCA9887
5GHz radio. The 2.4GHz radio ID is also changed in the hAP ac lite.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
v4.9 CM code has a few bugs on this HW. Disable the GCR register access
during boot. This caused a cpu stall.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
0463b05 dhcpv6: rebind capability support in reconfigure message (rfc6644)
53767fc dhcpv6: respect renew end point when handling reconfigure message
dd892e2 dhcpv6: calculate T1, T2 and T3 in a more sane manner
8a6ca6e md5: use libubox md5 library as local implementation
89822de dhcpv6: don't return renew msg in case of invalid msg type in reconfigure msg
4160c0e treewide: align coding style
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The tx power applied by set_txpower is limited by the CTL (conformance
test limit) entries in the EEPROM. These can change based on the user
configured regulatory domain.
Depending on the EEPROM data this can cause the tx power to become too
limited, if the original regdomain CTLs impose lowr limits than the CTLs
of the user configured regdomain.
To fix this issue, set the initial channel limits without any CTL
restrictions and only apply the CTL at run time when setting the channel
and the real tx power.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If a device uses the default EEPROM code, typically only the main CTLs
are valid, and they do not apply properly when switching to a different
regulatory domain. If the regdomain deviates from the EEPROM one, force
the world roaming regdomain to ensure that power limits are sane
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
quilt.mk needs to be included first, to ensure that STAMP_PREPARED does
not include the hash if quilt is used.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Update util-linux to 2.29.2
Remote 0001-fix-uClibc-ng-scanf-check.patch as it's been merged upstream.
Refresh patches
Change ncurses to ncursesw to fix compilation and avoid confusion
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [remove faulty dependency changes]
The Pistachio target is a MIPS interaptiv based SoC developed by
Imagination Technologies. It includes blocks for i2c, spi, audio,
usb and WiFi.
This also adds the base support for the 'Creator Ci40 (marduk)'
device which uses the Pistachio SoC to create an IoT hub by
including Bluetooth, WiFi and 6lowpan on one board. Additionally 2x
Mikrobus ports are available to expand with further RF technologies
or add sensors. You can find out more here http://creatordev.io.
Note, this commit is just the initial board support hence the
following are not expected to work yet:
* WiFi
* Bluetooth
* 6lowpan
* Audio
* Mikrobus uarts, user leds (clock dependency of 6lowpan chip)
The aim of this commit is to essentially have the same level of
support that currently exists in the mainline kernel.
Signed-off-by: Abhijit Mahajani <Abhijit.Mahajani@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Francois Berder <francois.berder@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Ian Pozella <Ian.Pozella@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Mayank Sirotiya <Mayank.Sirotiya@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Kelly <Sean.Kelly@imgtec.com>
This adds kernel support for the Pistachio SoC and the Marduk (Ci40)
board which uses it.
Much of the code for Pistachio has been upstreamed however some
patches are still required to boot from the Marduk board:
* spi bug fixes
* dma bug fixes
* pistachio internal clock tree bug fixes
* spi-nand implementation
* dts based mtd device naming scheme
* dts backports and bug fixes
Signed-off-by: Abhijit Mahajani <Abhijit.Mahajani@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Francois Berder <francois.berder@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Ian Pozella <Ian.Pozella@imgtec.com>
In the drv_mac80211_setup function, mac80211_interface_cleanup
is called to ask the kernel to delete all existing interfaces
for the phy that is being configured via netlink.
Later in the first function, mac80211_prepare_vif is called to
set up the new interfaces as required.
But sometimes, when mac80211_prepare_vif (and so the relevant
`iw phy x interface add y` command) runs, the kernel might still
be cleaning up the old interface with the same ifname. It usually
takes very few time to do that; possibly a few milliseconds of
sleep in the script after detecting this error condition could be
enough, but the busybox sh does not support sub-second sleep
intervals.
When this happens, iw obviously fails to create the new interface;
and the following message is printed in the system log, followed by
subsequent failure messages from hostapd in case this would have been
an AP interface.
Tue Mar 14 04:21:57 2017 daemon.notice netifd: radio1 (2767): command failed: Too many open files in system (-23)
This was a long-standing issue existing since at least OpenWrt Backfire,
and today I finally managed to debug and (hopefully) solve it.
It was happening very few times on most devices; but it was happening
a lot more frequently on fast platforms with multiple radios, such as
the powerpc-based dual-ath9k-radio tl-wdr4900-v1.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
On the ath10k-devel ML Michael Kazior stated:
"board-2 is a key-value store of actual board files.
Some devices, notably qca61x4 hw3+ and qca4019 need
distinct board files to be uploaded. Otherwise they
fail in various ways." [0].
Later on Rajkumar Manoharan explained:
"In QCA4019 platform, only radio specific calibration
(pre-cal-data) is stored in flash. Board specific contents
are read from board-2.bin. For each radio appropriate board
data should be loaded. To fetch correct board data from
board-2.bin bundle, pre-cal/radio specific caldata should
be loaded first to get proper board id.
|My understanding until now was that:
|
| * pre-cal data + board-2.bin info == actual calibration data
Correct." [1].
The standard board-2.bin from the ath10k-firmware-qca4019
barely works on the RT-AC58U. Especially 5GHz clients fail
to connect at all and if they do, they have very low
throughput even right next to the router.
Currently, the solution for this problem is to supply a
custom board-2.bin for every device.
To implement this feature, this method makes use of:
Rafał Miłecki's "base-files: add support for overlaying
rootfs content". This comes with a few limitations:
1. Since there can only be one board-2.bin at the right
location, there can only one board overwrite installed
at any time. (All packages CONFLICT with each other.
It's also not possible to "builtin" multiple package.)
2. updating ath10k-firmware-qca4019 will also replace
the board-2.bin. For this cases the user needs to
manually reinstall the wifi-board package once the
ath10k-firmware-qca4019 is updated.
To create the individual board-2.bin: Use the ath10k-bdencoder
utility from the qca-swiss-army-knife repository:
<https://github.com/qca/qca-swiss-army-knife>
The raw board.bin files have to be extracted from the
vendor's source GPL.tar archieves.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
This patch adds support for AVM FRITZ!Box 4040.
hardware highlights:
SOC: IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB Nanya NT5CC128M16IP
FLASH: 32 MiB MXIC MX25L25635FMI
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8075 Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: 1 x 3.0 (via Synopsys DesignWare DWC3 controller in the SoC)
1 x 2.0 (via Synopsys DesignWare DWC3 controller in the SoC)
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: one WLAN and one WPS button
LEDS: Power, WAN/Internet, WIFI, INFO (red and amber) and LAN.
Serial:
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 v3.3 level converter!
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1. The SoC's serial port is right
next to the MXIC FLASH chip. The board has a unpopulated 1x4 0.1"
header for it. Use a multimeter to figure out the pinout!
This board currently needs an additional u-boot image in order to boot
properly. Booting with EVA isn't possible ATM.
Install Procedure:
0. It's highly recommended to connect to the serial port.
The serial settings are listed above.
1. install a u-boot image for AVM Fritz!Box 4040
(see <https://github.com/chunkeey/FritzBox-4040-UBOOT/releases> and
<https://github.com/chunkeey/FritzBox-4040-UBOOT/blob/master/upload-to-f4040.sh>)
2. upload the initramfs.itb image via tftp (u-boot listens to
192.168.1.1 - use binary transfer mode!)
3. connect to the FB4040 and use sysupgrade sysupgrade.bin
to install the image.
Works:
- Switch and Ethernet (99%)
- Buttons (WLAN, WPS)
- FLASH (1 x 32MiB NOR Chip)
- WLAN2G and WLAN5G
- CPUFREQ scaling
- PRNG
- serial
- Crypto Accelerator
- sysupgrade (Read the flash instructions to avoid bricking)
- full LEDE Install (Read the flash instructions to avoid bricking)
- LEDs (Power, WAN, Info (red and amber), LAN)
The LEDs are connected to the QCA8075 LED ports.
The AR40xx driver contains a gpio-controller to
handle these special "GPIOs".
- USB Both 3.0 and 2.0 ports
- many packages from other ARMv7 boards
(This does include the RaspberryPi Model 2!)
- ...
Not planned:
- WAN<->LAN short-cut
- Qualcomm Secure Execution Environment
- ...
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
With this patch, the nand.sh script no longer overwrites
CI_KERNELPART and CI_UBIPART if they have been set before.
This allows platforms specify alternative values for these
variables.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch enables the ATH10K_AHB support for the QCA4019
devices on the AHB bus.
This patch also removes 936-ath10k_skip_otp_check.patch
because it breaks the AHB device identification.
"Patch is wrong. I find it frustrating OpenWRT/LEDE doesn't
try to work with upstream on ixing these things right."
[1] <https://www.mail-archive.com/ath10k@lists.infradead.org/msg05896.html>
It also limits ath10k memory hunger (This is a problem with 128MiB RAM)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This change protects the openvpn instances to be marked as "in a crash
loop" and thereby the connection retries will run infinitely.
When the remote site of an openvpn connection goes down for some time
(network failure etc.) the openvpn instance in an openwrt/lede device
should not stop retrying to establish the connection.
With the current limit of 5 retries, there is a user interaction
required, which isn't really what you want when the device should
simply do everything to keep the vpn connection up.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Update util-linux to 2.29.2
Remote 0001-fix-uClibc-ng-scanf-check.patch as it's been merged upstream.
Refresh patches
Change ncurses to ncursesw to fix compilation and avoid confusion
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
This includes following changes:
480d7bc Fix sending unicast questions on cache expire
a0403cd Keep source sockaddr for every cached DNS record
1478293 Fix code freeing cached non-A(AAA) records too early
9f1cc22 Fix replying to "QU" questions received on unicast interface
943bedb Fix reading port of incoming packets
c725494 Use MCAST_PORT define for port 5353
ce7e9e9 Use one define for DNS-Based Service Discovery service name
e1bacef Drop entries cached for interface we're going to delete
496aeba Fix comment typo in cache_gc_timer
f89986b Fix refreshing cached A(AAA) records that expire
Previous updates made umdns work as expected on startup but there were
still many bugs. They were mostly related to runtime - cache management
and requests + responses. E.g. umdns was never able to send question on
DNS record expire. It was also ignoring all incoming unicast questions.
Since these issues are quite serious it makes sense to backport this
update to the stable branch.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
a032166 interface-ip: set prefix indicator flag when IPv6 prefix lifetime changes
b4f8984 system-linux: parse vti specific settings as nested json data object
7e3b89a system-linux: parse gre specific settings as nested json data object
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This adds support for describing GPIO chips placed on PCIe cards. Thanks
to this we get working 2.4 GHz LED on Tenda AC9.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This is the standard way we handle this. Please note (it seems) I could
drop few symbols as they are hidden under (disabled) DRM_LEGACY now.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
For targets with i2c not built-in this fixes following error:
Package kmod-drm is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
i2c-core.ko
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This can be used to indicate that a target does not support the optional mips16
extension even when it is a mips32r2 or later CPU.
This will generate a separate toolchain and a separate package folder,
e.g. mips_24kc_nomips16
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Without this change the code checked if the string was contained in the
feature option and not if the string matches the complete word. This only
removes the nand option from the omap24xx target, the other changes are
only removing options which were added twice.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Remove upx from repo, it hasn't been used for a very long time and serves little to no purpose.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Update to 4.1
Remove 0001-mkfs-Default-to-64-32-heads-sectors-for-targets-smal.patch
as it's included in upstream repo.
Refresh patch
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Add back support for the independent_clocks definition that has been
removed between kernel 4.4 and 4.9 by upstream commits
eb96924acddc709db58221c210ca05cd9effb1df and
e86eee6bc2aaa6b3637f6497b26beee09a91bde9
* extend the new cpufreq_dt_platform_data definition in cpufreq-dt.h
* revert the removal of its usage in cpufreq-dt.c
* use new cpufreq-dt.h in qcom-cpufreq.c
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
For IPQ806x targets, TZ protects the registers that are used to
configure the routing of interrupts to a target processor.
To resolve this, this patch uses scm call to route GPIO interrupts
to application processor. Also the scm call interface is changed.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
At the moment as a workaround definition for scm firmware in DT is used as if it is
apq8064 board. This leads to incomplete scm firmware initialization and as a result
cpuidle driver fails to configure.
By design unlike other qcom boards ipq do not use clocks to connect to scm.
Considering this we're removing from DT and scm driver clocks for ipq boards.
As a result cpuidle does not produce errors about failed configuration anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
This fixes GIC interrupts (required before switching to 4.9), adds few
new entires & introduces DTS for Archer C5.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
If noresolv is set, we should not generate a --resolv-file parameter.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [minor cleanup]
9f02db7 mt76x2: fall back to software crypto for IBSS/Mesh per-sta GTK
4a54ab3 mt7603: fall back to software crypto for IBSS/Mesh per-sta GTK
712b8e8 mac80211: claim RSN IBSS support
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch adds support for the Zbtlink ZBT-WE2026.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620N (580MHz)
- RAM: 64 MiB
- Flash: 8 MiB SPI
- LAN: 4x100M
- WAN: 1x100M
Installation through bootloader webserver:
- With the power unplugged press and hold reset button.
- Plug power and hold reset button until LED starts to blink.
- Install sysupgrade image using web interface on 192.168.1.1.
Signed-off-by: Vaclav Svoboda <svoboda@neng.cz>
SMP state is generally affected by
- CONFIG_SMP build-time kernel configuration option and
- 'nosmp' runtime kernel commandline option
The SMP state within vpe-mt.c is determined by CONFIG_SMP option.
A runtime check is needed if VPE functionality
should be used with a kernel image that supports SMP.
This fix introduces a check for 'nosmp' command line option
if CONFIG_SMP kernel configuration option is enabled.
Note: This patch is needed to use lantiq FXS if CONFIG_MIPS_MT_SMP
(that activates CONFIG_SMP) is enabled within kernel configuration
and the 'nosmp' command line argument is given to disable SMP at runtime.
Without this patch CONFIG_MIPS_MT_SMP must be disabled before using FXS.
With this patch setting the 'nosmp' parameter is enough.
In general, concurrent usage of FXS and SMP
is incompatible and will cause kernel panics.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
It is not needed for anything on the system and skipping this saves some
build time, especially in cases where there is nothing to do.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
KERNELRELEASE contains a $(shell) call which is evaluated over and over
again.
The call to checksyscalls.sh is unnecessary for LEDE and also takes a
few seconds to complete.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The problem is caused by the incorrect handling of the parent inode's
i_nlink count for the dentry to be RENAME_EXCHANGED. There are 3 cases
to consider. Assume we want to RENAME_EXCHANGE struct dentry *a and
struct dentry *b, and inode_a is pointed to by dentry_a, inode_b is
pointed to by dentry_b:
1. If inode_a is a directory, but inode_b isn't, then we must decrease
the i_nlink count of old_dir_i, and increase the i_nlink of new_dir_i.
2. If inode_a isn't a directory, but inode_b is a directory, then we
must increase the i_nlink of old_dir_i, and decrease the i_nlink count
of new_dir_i.
3. If the types of inode_a and inode_b are the same, we don't change the
i_nlink for either old_dir_i or new_dir_i.
Signed-off-by: Jing Qiu <aqiu0720@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The short log of changes since the 2016-06-10 release is below.
Jouni Malinen (1):
wireless-regdb: Remove DFS requirement for India (IN)
Ryan Mounce (1):
wireless-regdb: Update rules for Australia (AU) and add 60GHz rules
Seth Forshee (2):
wireless-regdb: Update 5 GHz rules for Canada
wireless-regdb: update regulatory.bin based on preceding changes
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
uClibc doesn't implement strerror_l() and thus libnl starting from
3.2.29 couldn't be compiled with it any longer, see
6c2d111177
To work-around that problem we'll just do a check on strerror_l()
availability during configuration and if it's not there just fall back
to locale-less strerror().
Patch for libnl is alreadfy merged upstream, see
e15966ac7f
and once the next libnl release happens this one must be removed from
Lede/OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Switch to the common LED related status_led_blink_* functions in
set_state() as it's done in most of other targets.
Also, use "status_led_on" instead of "status_led_set_heartbeat"
and incorrect "status_led_set_on" in the "done" state.
Moreover, remove outdated comment from the script.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ntpd from Busybox supports peer-less (standalone) mode when it's started
with option -l and without any peer provided with option -p. In this
mode ntpd uses local time as reference and acts as stratum 1 server.
This mode can be used in isolated networks, where Internet access and/or
other NTP server/s are not available, but the device has some other way
of getting correct time, like e.g. GPS (ugps supports setting local time
by default).
Support for this mode was incorrectly disabled/removed in:
1527f96ca6
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When the device name doesn't already contain "RouterBOARD", this patch adds
this string to the machine name.
Most NOR devices already have "RouterBOARD" in their hardware-stored device name,
but not all of them.
This patch also makes the code more robust against buffer overflows.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
musl provides a /lib/libc.so file which should be integrated into the libc
package when the external toolchain with musl is used.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
03e44dc mt76x2: remove unnecessary headroom check
cc70498 mt76x2: clarify queue selection field
b056a78 dma: fix endian issue in mt76_dma_get_buf
f020a60 mt7603: support loading the entire EEPROM from OTP
29b08d3 mt7603: fix endian issue in mt7603_mcu_set_timing
dce8aac mt7603: fix endian issue in mt7603_mac_fill_rx
f22273b mt7603: init WTBL entry before setting capabilities
da8e796 mt7603: check wtbl busy status and stop/start tx queues when clearing sta entry
e54add5 mt7603: move napi/tasklet enable/disable outside of the locked section
59ce2b4 mt7603: set tx vif own MAC index (needed for beacons)
93ce124 mt7603: enable beacons for other virtual interfaces
c91e660 mt7603: set secondary beacon time offsets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This driver supports CPU-specific idle features on recent Intel
processors. It does not conflict with the ACPI idle driver and
that driver will continue to be used for unsupported and non-Intel
processors.
Signed-off-by: Michael Marley <michael@michaelmarley.com>
The x86_64 build already has the k10temp driver for AMD processors
built in, so this patch adds the coretemp driver for the same
functionality on Intel processors.
Signed-off-by: Michael Marley <michael@michaelmarley.com>
This includes 3 cleanups:
fd5a160 Don't cache hosts as services
80dd246 Refresh DNS records A and AAAA directly
6515101 Access cached records (instead of services) to read list of hosts
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This fixes the following security problems:
* CVE-2017-2784: Freeing of memory allocated on stack when validating a public key with a secp224k1 curve
* SLOTH vulnerability
* Denial of Service through Certificate Revocation List
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SMP state is generally affected by
- CONFIG_SMP build-time kernel configuration option and
- 'nosmp' runtime kernel commandline option
The SMP state within vpe-mt.c is determined by CONFIG_SMP option.
A runtime check is needed if VPE functionality
should be used with a kernel image that supports SMP.
This fix introduces a check for 'nosmp' command line option
if CONFIG_SMP kernel configuration option is enabled.
Note: This patch is needed to use lantiq FXS if CONFIG_MIPS_MT_SMP
(that activates CONFIG_SMP) is enabled within kernel configuration
and the 'nosmp' command line argument is given to disable SMP at runtime.
Without this patch CONFIG_MIPS_MT_SMP must be disabled before using FXS.
With this patch setting the 'nosmp' parameter is enough.
In general, concurrent usage of FXS and SMP
is incompatible and will cause kernel panics.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
The available amount of coherent DMA memory is very limited. On Linux
4.4 this issue was worked around by increasing the pool size.
It turns out that using coherent memory here is completely unnecessary.
This change reworks the driver code to use kzalloc+dma_map_single
instead.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Do not patch upstream files, overwrite them entirely. The upstream files
are buggy for a number of devices and this significantly simplifies the
patch structure
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The Netgear WNDR4300, equipped with an Atheros AR8327 Gigabit Switch,
has two LEDs on each port for monitoring LAN activity, but it currently
only uses one. Fix the configuration to use both.
The patch provides this new configuration:
- green LED: 1 Gbps link, 4Hz blink frequency
- amber LED: 10/100 Mbps link. 4Hz for 100Mbps, 2Hz for 10Mbps
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
At now there is no general rule about what part of (or whole) machine
name string should be used for board name assignment/detection and every
target handles this in a different way.
For most of the boards in ar71xx we already use only part of the string,
generally without the vendor name.
This shortens wildcards patterns in case statement for board name
assignment, wherever possible (e.g. where it won't be misleading).
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Be consistent and always use double quotes for case statement patterns,
as in other targets. With this approach it should be less confusing for
users adding support for new devices.
Also, be consistent with MikroTik boards wildcard pattern.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
It's unused since commit 7427007193 ("x86: remove the olpc subtarget,
it has been unmaintained for a long time").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The MV88E6176 switch is present on the GW16083 and the GW5904
As of a5c32a1f19 these drivers are to be
enabled static in per-target kernels.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
If a 'fixfdt' uboot script exists, execute it prior to bootm to allow
easy bootloader env based fdt fixups and tweaks
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The kernel unconditionally pulls in a header file that defines
'current', which conflicts with the lua extension code.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Update from 3.3.2 to 3.3.4 & refresh patches.
Remove 110-disable-assembler-support as ccache now understands the
'.incbin' directive.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Fix a kernel crash caused when CONFIG_FIXED_PHY used for fixed phy drivers
in phy-add-aneg-done-function patch.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Specifications:
* SoC: MT7620A
* RAM: 64 MB DDR
* Flash: 8MB NOR SPI flash
* WiFi: MT7612E (5Ghz) and builtin MT7620A (2.4GHz)
* LAN: 1x100M
The -factory images can be flashed from the device's web
interface or via nmrpflash.
Co-authored-by: Paul Oranje <por@xs4all.nl>
Signed-off-by: Paul Oranje <por@xs4all.nl>
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
This patch makes specifying NETGEAR_REGION optional, in which case
mkchkimage will default to region 1 (WW).
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the Netgear R6220, aka Netgear AC1200 and
R6220-100NAS.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621ST (880 MHz)
- Falsh: 128 MiB (Macronix MX30LF1G08AA-TI)
- RAM: 128 MiB (Nanya NT5CB64M16FP-DH)
- Wireless: MediaTek MT7603EN b/g/n , MediaTek MT7612EN an+ac
- LAN speed: 10/100/1000
- LAN ports: 4
- WAN speed: 10/100/1000
- WAN ports: 1
- Serial baud rate of Bootloader and factory firmware: 57600
Installation through telnet:
- Copy kernel.bin and rootfs.bin to a USB flash disk, plug to usb port
on the router.
- Enable telnet with link: http://192.168.1.1/setup.cgi?todo=debug
(login if required, default: admin password)
- You will see "Debug Enabled!"
- Telnet 192.168.1.1 and login with "root"
- ls /mnt/shares/ to find out path of your USB disk. 'myUdisk' for
example.
- cd /mnt/shares/myUdisk
- mtd_write write rootfs.bin Rootfs
- mtd_write write kernel.bin Kernel
- reboot
nmrpflash can be used to recover to the netgear firmware if a broken
image was flashed.
Signed-off-by: Hanqing Wong <hquu@outlook.com>
Introduce RT6352 instead of matching against RF7620.
Clean up channel setting rfvals.
Port bandwidth filter calibration.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The port is labeled as wan and was only used as lan port because of the
"tx ring full" issues fixed with 8f02f7c.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Using the lantiq,wan device tree property for one interface node and
the lantiq,switch device tree property for another interface node at
the same time was never intended/isn't supported at the moment.
The property is meant to be used in two phy operation mode where one
phy is assigned to an interface without lantiq,* device tree property
and the other phy is assigned to an interface with the lantiq,wan
device property to have two netdevs.
If both properties are used at the same time, the lantiq,wan interface
is shown as independent netdev but not able to operate independent. The
port needs to be managed via swconfig. These dependency is not obvious
and fooled already a lot of users.
Add a default WAN vlan for xrx200 devices having an ethernet WAN port
and remove the lantiq,wan device tree property. Leave it up to the user
to set the ethernet WAN port as default WAN interface or to use this
port as additional LAN port.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Overwrite an already set proto if a new one is passed to
_ucidef_set_interface() similar to what is done for the interface.
It is required when using ""ucidef_set_interface_wan 'ptm0' 'pppoe'"
after some initial wan interface configuration is already done by
ucidef_add_switch.
The "json_is_a protocol string" guard is meant to not reset an earlier
set interface proto in case something like
"ucidef_set_interface_lan 'eth0'" is used afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The two phy operation mode where one phy is assigned to an interface
without lantiq,* device tree property and the other phy is assigned to
an interface with the lantiq,wan device property was broken with the
multicast package leaks between vlans fixes.
Move the multicast packages relevant portmap settings to the condition
which handles multicast packages for better readability.
Replace the priv->port_map based port_map only for the interface which
has the lantiq,switch device tree property set, to allow tagged
multicast packages in two phy mode where the lantiq,switch device tree
property isn't used.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
* The left most mini-PCIe slot (the one attached to SIM2) can be
power-cycled by setting GPIO 0 to high/low.
* The D240 only needs the MT76x2 module, so update makefile to reflect this.
Note that until the default mt7620 target is updated, then kmod-mt76 (and thus
kmod-mt7603) will be selected by default.
v2->v3:
* Indentation error.
v1->v2:
* Rename gpio and remove redundant comment (thanks Piotr Dymacz)
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
mtk-mmc/mtk_sd.ko only depends on mmc_core and mmc_block.
And, we remove kmod-sdhci dependence assignment from all related target devices.
Signed-off-by: Furong Xu <xfr@outlook.com>
This fixes crash in interface_start caused by freeing interface in
interface_free without stopping a timeout.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
So here is another round of improvements for MT7620 WiFi.
This commit fixes a few significant issues related to TX_PWR_CFG_x and
TX_ALC and also makes the code more readable by adding register
descriptions for things added for MT7620 and use the usual bit-field
access macros and the now defined macros instead of plain bit-ops and
magic numbers.
Properly describe EEPROM_TARGET_POWER at word 0x68 (== byte 0xD0) and
thereby fix internal TXALC which would otherwise just read
out-of-bounds of the EEPROM map.
Split-out tx-power/ALC related stuff into an additional function.
Fix VCO calibration, it was carried out properly in the channel
switching but incomplete in the actual VCO calibration function.
Also there is no need to trigger VCO calibration in channel switching,
the VCO calibration function is already being called at this point.
Remove it from channel switching function to avoid redundant code.
The TX power calibration differs significantly from all other
Mediatek/Ralink chips: They finally allow 0.5dB steps stored as 8-bit
values for (almost) each bitrate -- and promptly ran out of space and
for some reason didn't want to change the EEPROM layout. The hence
opted for a scheme of sharing values for some adjecent bitrates and
a highly over-complicated (or obfuscated?) way to populate the
TX_PWR_CFG_x registers with the values stored in the EEPROM.
The code here now looks much less complicated than what you see in the
vendor's driver, however, it does the exact same thing:
bGpwrdeltaMinus is a constant and always TRUE, hence half of the
code was dead. Gpwrdelta is always 0 (rather than using the value read
from the EEPROM). What remains is some very grotesque effort to avoid
0x20, probably some hardware bug related to some misunderstanding of
what a singed 8-bit value is (imagine: if it was a signed 6-bit value
then someone could believe that 0x20 == 0x0). And then they didn't
clean it up once they later on anandonned that whole story of having a
constant offset for 40 MHz channels and just set the offset to be
constant 0 -- there is no effort for avoiding 0x20 for the 20 MHz
values stored in the EEPROM, hence that's probably just a forbidden
value in the EEPROM specs and won't appear anyway...
Anyway, the whole thing felt like solving some college math test
where in the end everything cancels out and the result equals 0 ;)
To make sure that channel bandwidth power compensation really doesn't
need to be taken care of, output a warning when the corresponding
value stored in the EEPROM is non-zero.
Also there is no apparent reason to refrain from initializing RFCSR
register 13, it doesn't fail what-so-ever.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
RFC 6761 defines a number of top level domains should not be forwarded
to the Internet's domain servers since they are not responsible for
those domains.
This change adds a list of domains that will be blocked when 'boguspriv'
is used and augments that which is already blocked by dnsmasq's notion
of 'local service' using '--bogus-priv' i.e. RFC 1918 private addresses
and IPv6 prefixes as defined in RFC 6303.
To make this configurable rather than hard coded in dnsmasq's init
script, a new file /usr/share/dnsmasq/rfc6761.conf is conditionally
included.
The default file matches the RFC 6761 recommendation along with a few
other top level domains that should not be forwarded to the Internet.
Compile & run tested Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Change dts file to add default sata trigger to sata led.
Backport upstream accepted patch to add sata trigger to device tree
source files already upstreamed.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[backport upstream accepted patch]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The ASL56026 is a VDSL2 router with dual 100mbit ethernet,
also known as the ECI B-FOCuS V-2FUb/I.
CPU: Lantiq XRX268 v1.1 at 333MHz
Modem: Lantiq VRX208
RAM: 32MiB DDR2 at 167MHz
Flash: 8MiB NOR, Spansion S29GL064N90TF04
UART is at JP1:
Pin 1 TX
Pin 2 GND
Pin 3 +3.3V
Pin 4 NC
Pin 5 RX
Boot selection pins are exposed via several resistor jumpers:
boot_sel0 is at J15, on the rear of the board. Default is high.
boot_sel1 is at J3, next to the flash - it is also the flash CE# pin. Default is low.
boot_sel2 is at J12, directly below the SoC. Default is low.
boot_sel3 is at J16, on the rear of the board. Default is low.
The boot_sel pins should never be shorted, the jumper must be moved or
a lower value resistor used to change the pull (existing resistors are 4k7, 1k should work)
To install with the stock bootloader you must break the built in image selection process
which uses at least the following vars: f_upgrade_addr, f_upgrade2_addr, loadaddr, kernel_addr, activeregion, committedregion
This is done by setting loadaddr and both f_upgrade_addr vars to the same address:
VR9 # setenv loadaddr 0xB0040000
VR9 # setenv f_upgrade_addr 0xB0040000
VR9 # setenv f_upgrade2_addr 0xB0040000
VR9 # saveenv
Then flash the firmware image:
VR9 # tftpboot 0x81000000 lede-lantiq-xrx200-ASL56026-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
VR9 # erase B0040000 +${filesize}
VR9 # cp.b 0x81000000 0xB0040000 ${filesize}
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
The ugps tool expects device path in last argument. If it's provided
before other options, they won't be processed at all.
Additionally, make it possible to use absolute path for gps character
device in related uci configuration.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This backports fixes for setting of_node and making it possible to read
extra info from DT. This was partially fixed by:
[PATCH] leds: leds-gpio: Set of_node for created LED devices
but it didn't work during initialization.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
continue work started here: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/520859
Extend /etc/config/system with parameters to set the default respawn treshold and respawn timeout
for procd launched services that have respawn enabled.
This results in cleaner init scripts, while making sure services have respawn parameters set.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Brasovean <cbrasho@gmail.com>
Open-code usb_phy_generic_register instead of calling it, since it is
really trivial. Avoid pulling CONFIG_NOP_USB_XCEIV into the kernel
config and add a proper dependency instead
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If ehci platform driver is loaded before the chipidea controller driver,
both are competing for the same IO resources and the generic driver gets
used for the hardware. This results in USB device mode being
unavailable.
Split generic EHCI support code out of kmod-usb2, so that the chipidea
driver can be included without also pulling in the generic one. Also
rework the load order, so that the chipidea driver gets loaded first, in
case both are installed
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Honour the parent interfaces peerdns option when spawning a virtual DHCPv6
interface in order to avoid pulling in IPv6 DNS servers when the user opted
to inhibit peer DNS servers in the configuration.
Fixes#597.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
8f218f5 procd: service gets deleted when its last instance is freed
35209a0 procd: update modprobe path
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Update to latest Git in order to import the following fixes:
19070b6 unarchive: fix possible segmentation fault in deb_extract()
758527e pkg: forward "provided_by_hand" flag in pkg_merge()
1fdc2ca pkg: mark bit fields in pkg_t unsigned
15fc1ee opkg_cmd: avoid null pointer dereference in opkg_what_depends_conflicts_cmd()
439c89e opkg_cmd: fix endless loop in whatprovides/whatreplaces
0fb3e9f pkg_depends: propagate virtual provided detail flag to providers
793155f pkg_depends: fix unsatisfied dependency installation order
b1dc770 libopkg: fix some overly aggressive line wrapping in pkg_depends.c
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The malta "be" and "le" subtargets share the arch with many devices of
ar71xx and ramips. They can be handy for testing, debugging, trying
both snapshot and release builds.
This commit makes the "be" subtarget part of the ci and release builds
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
We need to let external toolchains be able to specify the path and
specification file to the libthread-db POSIX thread debugging shared
libraries.
This fixes GDB not being able to be installed because it is depending on
libthread-db:
Collected errors:
* satisfy_dependencies_for: Cannot satisfy the following dependencies
* for gdb:
* libthread-db *
* opkg_install_cmd: Cannot install package gdb.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
As usual these patches were extracted and rebased from the raspberry pi repo:
https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-4.9.y
- Remove led1 from diag.sh for RPi3 since it causes boot issues.
- Fix modules.mk typos.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Bump kernel from 4.4.50 to 4.4.52
Refresh patches
Compile tested all 4.4. targets
Run tested: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The current way of creating a STAMP_CONFIGURED filename for OpenSSL can
lead to an extremely long filename that makes touch unable to create it,
and fail the build.
Use mkhash to produce a hash against OPENSSL_OPTIONS which creates a
shortert stamp file,
Fixes#572
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Pass down TARGET_CPPFLAGS for path to header files, and append the
libraries we depend on in TARGET_LDFLAGS. Put TARGET_LDFLAGS at the end
of the command line as is required by modern GCC/binutils.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Fixes build issues with external toolchains that do not have STAGING_DIR
in their default search path.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Fixes linking failures observed with external toolchains:
/home/florian/dev/toolchains/stbgcc-4.8-1.5/bin/../lib/gcc/mipsel-linux-gnu/4.8.5/../../../../mipsel-linux-gnu/bin/ld:
warning: libubox.so, needed by
/home/florian/dev/openwrt/trunk/staging_dir/target-mipsel-unknown-linux-gnu_glibc/usr/lib/libuci.so,
not found (try using -rpath or -rpath-link)
/home/florian/dev/openwrt/trunk/staging_dir/target-mipsel-unknown-linux-gnu_glibc/usr/lib/libuci.so:
undefined reference to `blobmsg_open_nested'
/home/florian/dev/openwrt/trunk/staging_dir/target-mipsel-unknown-linux-gnu_glibc/usr/lib/libuci.so:
undefined reference to `blobmsg_parse'
/home/florian/dev/openwrt/trunk/staging_dir/target-mipsel-unknown-linux-gnu_glibc/usr/lib/libuci.so:
undefined reference to `blob_nest_end'
/home/florian/dev/openwrt/trunk/staging_dir/target-mipsel-unknown-linux-gnu_glibc/usr/lib/libuci.so:
undefined reference to `blobmsg_add_field'
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Make sure we pass down TARGET_CPPFLAGS to let toolchains with no default
search paths to find the mbdetls headers, and override TARGET_LDFLAGS to
include libraries we are linking against.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Brings the following changes:
22f041e18df0 Extend StandardEject sequence to include LUN 1
61fdf7e9b1cc cmake: Search for libjson-c
2769852e76b5 cmake: Find libubox/blobmsg_json.h
8a47c4b6649f add TargetClass support
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
thc-ipv6 did not allow an external environment to override CFLAGS, which
would lead to our CFLAGS not being passed properly (relro,
optimizations, etc...)
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
These modules are not needed by the EX2700, since it does not
have an external wifi chip (MT7620A is covered by rt2x00).
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
This device features both a 2.4 and 5Ghz radio, and supports
802.11a/b/g/n/ac modes.
It has 5 Gb-Ethernet ports and a USB 3.0 host port.
It is powered by the Mediatek MT7621 SoC, and the MT7602E and MT7612E wifi
chipsets, together with 128MB of RAM and 16 MB of SPI Flash.
The stock firmware is in fact based on some openwrt barrier breaker, with a
mediatek SDK kernel, and an afoundry custom made web interface (not LuCI
based).
Firmware update page on the stock web interface can not accept sysupgrade
images, it bricks the device.
At this point, the only working solution I found was to connect to the
serial console port (available on J4 header) and to use opkg to install
dropbear.
Then scp the sysupgrade file in the device's /tmp and run sysupgrade from
console without preserving configuration files.
Signed-off-by: Francois Goudal <francois@goudal.net>
Somewhere between 4.4 and 4.9 there was a change that made
OF_EARLYCON_DECLARE adding entries to the __earlycon_table instead of
__earlycon_of_table. We need to keep this table as well.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This driver has been added instead of improving spi-bcm53xx. It has some
advantages: allows SPI speed control & hopefully doesn't have bug that
was stopping us from using multiple SPI messages for writing flash data.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
the mtd_get_mac_ascii function called within this script requires the inclusion of /lib/functions/system.sh
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
This patch adds supports for the HiWiFi HC5962(gee4) http://www.hiwifi.com
Short specification:
- MT7621AT + MT7612EN + 7603EN
- 256MB DDR3 RAM
- 128MB NAND flash
- 1+3 x 1000M Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0 port. 1x USB 3.0 port.
- reset button
- UART pad on PCB (JP3: TX, RX, GND, 3.3V)
Flash instruction:
1, Download lede-ramips-mt7621-hc5962-squashfs-factory.bin
2, Login as root via SSH on 192.168.199.1 and then copy factory.bin(using wget or nc or...) to /tmp/
3, use the following commands:
$ mtd write /tmp/lede-ramips-mt7621-hc5962-squashfs-factory.bin firmware
$ mtd erase firmware_backup && reboot
After reboot you should be able to login as root via SSH on 192.168.1.1
Signed-off-by: ZengFei Zhang <zhangzengfei@kunteng.org>
Fixes the following build error:
CC arch/mips/boot/compressed/decompress.o
OBJCOPY arch/mips/boot/compressed/vmlinux.bin
XZKERN arch/mips/boot/compressed/vmlinux.bin.z
OBJCOPY arch/mips/boot/compressed/piggy.o
LD vmlinuz
arch/mips/boot/compressed/decompress.o: In function `lzma2_lzma':
/tmp2/mehrtens/linux/arch/mips/boot/compressed/../../../../lib/xz/xz_dec_lzma2.c:884: undefined reference to `memmove'
make[1]: *** [vmlinuz] Error 1
make: *** [vmlinuz] Error 2
lib/decompress_unxz.c only defines its own memmove function if there is no
macro with the same name.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add SPROM wifi to the kernel board data.
After this fix, the wifi won't work anyway due the lack
of RAM memory (16 MB). It will throw a kernel panic
when loading the b43 drivers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Fix the register for configuring rising/falling edge
Rising should be sense=1, and falling sense=0.
The old driver used these values, but the new one have
them flipped.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The confvar macro is adjusted to not only consider if a variable has a
value or not, but also the value itself. Instead of creating a string of
'y' and 'n' characters, all variable names and values are concatenated
and hashed.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Binutils recently updated the ABI version to 5, which broke glibc, as it
refuses to load anything > 3. Upstream reverted the ABI version update,
so backport the commit.
Fixes the following error on boot:
/bin/sh: error while loading shared libraries: /lib/libcrypt.so.1: ELF file ABI version invalid
[ 0.920077] Kernel panic - not syncing: Attempted to kill init! exitcode=0x00007f00
[ 0.920077]
[ 0.929450] Rebooting in 1 seconds..
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
HC5661A is almost the same as HC5661 but MT7628AN is used instead of MT7620A.
- MT7628AN
- 128 MiB DDR2 RAM (W971GG6KB-25)
- 16 MiB SPI NOR flash (W25Q128)
- SD slot (not work yet)
- 1+4 x 100M Ethernet
- 802.11 b/g/n Wi-Fi
- 3 x LED
- 1 x button
- UART pad on PCB (JP1: TX, RX, GND, 3.3V)
The factory flash layout seems different from HC5661.
"hwf_config" is renamed to "oem" and its size changes to 0x20000.
It is modified accordingly in the dts file.
0x000000000000-0x000000030000 : "u-boot"
0x000000030000-0x000000040000 : "hw_panic"
0x000000040000-0x000000050000 : "Factory"
0x000000050000-0x000000160000 : "kernel"
0x000000160000-0x000000fc0000 : "rootfs"
0x000000bb0000-0x000000fc0000 : "rootfs_data"
0x000000fc0000-0x000000fe0000 : "oem"
0x000000fe0000-0x000000ff0000 : "bdinfo"
0x000000ff0000-0x000001000000 : "backup"
0x000000050000-0x000000fc0000 : "firmware"
To install LEDE, enabled the "developer mode",
which will *void your warranty* and open the SSH server at port 1022.
sysupgrade -n -F lede-ramips-mt7628-hc5661a-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
SD slot:
- Tried to add modules kmod-sdhci kmod-sdhci-mt7620, and corresponding dts block.
- It will block WAN + 3xLAN ports, only one LAN works.
- I'm not sure why, everything else works fine.
Signed-off-by: Wang JiaWei <buaawjw@gmail.com>
The following will enable the TPM kernel module, as well as support for
the atmel i2c TPM driver. Tested and confirmed working on an Aerohive
AP-121
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
The more straight forward approach for generating the pure and unpadded
kernel file which then can be used for initramfs straight.
Build options for factory.img and sysupgrade.tar are handeled
seperately.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
Instead of using a separate .clean stamp file, remove the install info
file on compile, then append the install package list afterwards
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
On Mikrotik SPI NOR devices, the firmware partition must be erased when flashing
from stock firmware, otherwise leftover bits (in particular a kernel signature)
can trigger a boot loop.
When booted from initramfs (the only way to flash LEDE on these devices),
this patch unconditionally erases the firmware partition in the pre_upgrade()
stage for all supported SPI NOR devices.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch frees up flash space on the EX2700, by
removing unused mt76 drivers and firmware.
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
Backport kernel patches for LS1043A Rev1.1 support from upstream,
patchwork, and SDK. And update to latest u-boot to support LS1043A
Rev1.1.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Drops a LEDE carried patch now upstream.
Convert to autotools.
A number of nits fixed upstream (dns & short packet handling most
notable)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
c09e4f0 ubusd: fix incomplete copy of shared buf during queue-ing
453b87f cli: add support for subscribing to objects
6eb3c96 cli: do not use default timeout for listen
dfe3383 libubus: reset ctx->sock.error when doing ubus reconnect
34c6e81 cli: fix listen_timeout compile issue
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This is required for default wireless configuration of malta target to
work out of the box again. Fixes "77ece30e: hostapd: Add ability to
specify that that wireless driver supports 802.11ac"
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
When not defining 'device' or 'vlan' in relevant switch_port uci
sections, behaviour is inconsistent due to *devn, *port and *vlan
pointers not being zero initialized.
Signed-off-by: Ben Kelly <ben@benjii.net>
This is needed for the definition of $(LINUX_DIR). This is used in
u-boot.mk to change the device-tree compiler to the dtc used by
linux.
Without this, the build will use the system dtc. This results in a
build failure when a dtc does not exist outside the buildroot.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <alex.g@adaptrum.com>
stop() is overwritten by rc.common, so implement stop_service instead.
While at it, remove the now unnecessary restart() override
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch splits `kmod-mt76` into three separate packages:
`kmod-mt76-core`, `kmod-mt76x2` and `kmod-mt7603`. By making
`kmod-mt76` a metapackage containing these new packages,
the previous behaviour of including all drivers and firmware
is left unchanged, unless explicitly unselected in
`DEVICE_PACKAGES`.
This splitting is especially beneficial for devices with
small flash chips, since the `kmod-mt76` package currently
requires ~160K on squashfs (after compression).
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [cleanup]
The ethernet driver uses a port map override via special tag to control
the ports on which multicast packets are sent. This was added to work
around an issue in the switch that was occasionally leaking packets onto
the wrong vlan.
Unfortunately the change had some leftover lines that were overwrting
the port map with a list of all ports, thus always leaking packets onto
the wront vlan.
Fix this by only enabling the override with the VLAN port map and only
if a matching VLAN port map was actually found
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Bump kernel from 4.4.49 to 4.4.50
Compile tested: All targets
Run tested: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Update to latest Git head to get rid of a stray printf() causing unwanted
output in the "opkg list-upgradable" command.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The @ sign in front of the "mv" command was significantly suppressing
output to stdout. When reviewing the make/build logs it was tricking
me a whole lot and it mad me lose time. Removing the @ sign will get
stdout and logs right about what happened when.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
This patch enables mtdsplit for the MikroTik subtarget.
It converts mach-rbspi.c to use a single "firmware" partition.
Finally, it converts the SPI NOR profile to metadata images:
the original combined-image format is gone, the images are now
"standard" sysupgrade images with metadata appended.
Note: kernel2minor apparently pads the kernel container to erase-block
boundary, but this is undocumented behaviour, so we do not rely on it
and call pad-to anyway.
Note: in platform.sh, the boards are tested last in platform_check_image()
as this should eventually become the "*)" default case when more devices
switch to metadata images.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The RouterBOOT bootloader does not care where the kernel lives in the SPI
flash, all that matters is that the kernel is wrapped in the custom yaffs
container as generated by kernel2minor.
This container has a fixed signature as follows:
00000000 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 01 ff ff 6b 65 72 6e 65 6c |..........kernel|
This patch adds mtdsplit support for identifying that signature and
triggering the search for the rootfs. rootfs is expected at EB boundary since
we use wget mtd_find_rootfs_from(). We make no use of the yaffs file size
field because it contains invalid data in the image generated by kernel2minor.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
--bogus-priv now applies to IPv6 prefixes as specified in RFC6303 - this
is significantly friendlier to upstream servers.
CNAME fix in auth mode - A domain can only have a CNAME if it has no
other records
Drop 2 patches now included upstream.
Compile & run tested Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
A missing list pointer initialization caused opkg to ignore conffile entries
from status files, breaking the conffile tracking on the target.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The fakeroot header is expected by the netgear bootloader in the last
64 bytes of the last block used by the uImage. With the current
linux-4.9 uImage being more than 128k smaller than the linux-4.4 uImage
the bootloader was unable to locate the rootfs ih_magic and was
refusing to load and start the kernel.
Fixes: FS#542
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
c553354 cmake: fix typo
8973576 kmodloader: fix not being able to find some modules
fce9382 cmake: Check for getrandom system call
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
CONFIG_FB_EFI and CONFIG_FB_SIMPLE are needed to display console text on
EFI framebuffer.
CONFIG_FB_EFI is needed when the kernel is directly launched via EFI
shell or EFI startup.nsh script.
CONFIG_FB_SIMPLE is needed when launching the kernel via grub2 efi. In
this case, grub2 has prepared a gfxterm framebuffer and the kernel just
need to use the already prepared grub's gfxterm framebuffer to display
console text.
Signed-off-by: Alif M. Ahmad <alive4ever@live.com>
px5g-standalone only supports SHA1 for certificates, which is strongly
deprecated. The new px5g-standalone is about 27k bigger (compressed),
and has identical behavior to px5g-mbedtls (it uses SHA256).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
cmake checks the build system and its variables on its own to detect if
the makefiles need to be regenerated.
Unfortunately this can invalidate overrides passed in the
Build/Configure step. On non-Linux systems this breaks the build when
switching between targets of the same package architecture.
Fix this by forcibly disabling the build system check and relying on the
LEDE build system to take care of these things
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The feeds script sets value of TOPDIR in a way that is inconsistent
with how toplevel Makefile sets it. The inconsistency manifests when I
use a "build directory" with symlinks to LEDE source (see below).
When make is invoked in such a directory, make's TOPDIR variable is
set to that directory, whereas scripts/feeds sets TOPDIR to the top of
LEDE source, which results in creating feeds directory inside the LEDE
source instead of in the build directory.
This patch changes the script so that it reuses the TOPDIR value form
the environment if it exists. The result is that 'make
package/symlinks' correctly fetches feeds to the build directory
instead in the source.
I use the following commands to create the build directory:
ln -s $SRC/config config
ln -s $SRC/Config.in Config.in
ln -s $SRC/feeds.conf.default feeds.conf.default
ln -s $SRC/include include
ln -s $SRC/Makefile Makefile
mkdir package
ln -s $SRC/package/base-files package/base-files
ln -s $SRC/package/boot package/boot
ln -s $SRC/package/devel package/devel
ln -s $SRC/package/firmware package/firmware
ln -s $SRC/package/kernel package/kernel
ln -s $SRC/package/libs package/libs
ln -s $SRC/package/Makefile package/Makefile
ln -s $SRC/package/network package/network
ln -s $SRC/package/system package/system
ln -s $SRC/package/utils package/utils
ln -s $SRC/rules.mk rules.mk
ln -s $SRC/scripts scripts
ln -s $SRC/target target
ln -s $SRC/toolchain toolchain
ln -s $SRC/tools tools
This allows me to easily test changes in LEDE on multiple targets.
Signed-off-by: Michal Sojka <sojkam1@fel.cvut.cz>
The switch to cmake caused the -DHAVE_USIGN flag to get lost, disabling
compilation of the correspondinf support code.
Update to latest Git head which enables usign support by default.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit cc66f819b4.
This commit causes opkg to install px5g-standalone instead of px5g when
installing luci-ssl. As luci-ssl depends on mbedtls, using
px5g-standalone makes no sense. Next to that, it creates deprecated SHA1
certificates. Revert the commit to avoid pxg5-standalone to be
installed by accident.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
- Fix eap test to work with standalone hostapd builds
- Fix 11n test to check the correct define
- Add 11ac, 11r and 11w tests
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
New test release (since test1) includes 2 LEDE patches that are
upstream and may be dropped, along with many spelling fixes.
Add forthcoming 2017 root zone trust anchor to trust-anchors.conf.
Backport 2 patches that just missed test3:
Reduce logspam of those domains handled locally 'local addresses only'
Implement RFC-6842 (Client-ids in DHCP replies)
Compile & run tested Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
For AR71XX devices, GMAC1 always connects port 0 of the built-in switch,
as the CPU port.
This patch sets correct vlan for some devices with wrong settings:
a) mark port 0 as CPU port, tagged
b) reverse port order, marking these ports untagged
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <hackpascal@gmail.com>
Specifying USE_PRIVATE_LIBGCC is no longer needed, as it is the
default.
Patch 001 is removed, since it was already merged upstream. Patches
100 and 101 are removed because they do not appear to be needed
anymore, and they do not conform with the sign-off and commit message
procedures.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <alex.g@adaptrum.com>
Because they were hidden, there was no way to disable the uboot
targets in menuconfig, so they had to be built every time. The omap
target is the only one to hide uboot packages. To be consistent with
the other targets, and have more control over the build, un-hide the
u-boot packages.
Note that the default behavior remains unchanged, as uboot will be
built unless explicitly disabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <alex.g@adaptrum.com>
This patch adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR802N Version 2.
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (560 MHz, MIPS 24Kc)
- RAM: 32 MiB
- Storage: 4 MiB of FLash on board
- Wireless: Built into QCA9533 (Honey Bee), PHY modes b/g/n
- Ethernet: 1x100M (port0)
Installation through OEM Web Interface:
- Connect to TL-WR802N by Ethernet or Wi-Fi
- Go to http://192.168.0.1 (default user is "admin" & password is "admin)
- Go to "System Tools -> Firmware Upgrade"
- Browse for firmware "*.factory-us.bin" or "*.factory-eu.bin" for eu model
- Click upgrade
Installation through tftp:
Note: T_OUT, T_IN and GND on the board must be connected to USB TTL
Serial Configuration 115200 8n1
- Boot the TL-WR802N
- When "Autobooting in 1 seconds" appears type "tpl" followed by enter
- Connect to the board Ethernet port
(IPADDR: 192.168.1.1, ServerIP: 192.168.1.10)
- tftpboot 0x80000000 <Firmware Image Name>
- Record the result of "printenv bootcmd"
- Enter "erase <Result of 'printenv bootcmd'> +0x3c0000"
(e.g erase 0x9f020000 +0x3c0000)
- Enter "cp.b 0x80000000 <Result of 'printenv bootcmd'> 0x3c0000"
(e.g cp.b 0x80000000 0x9f020000 0x3c0000)
- Enter "bootm <Result of 'printenv bootcmd'>"
(e.g bootm 0x9f020000)
Signed-off-by: Thomas Roberts <tom.p.roberts@gmail.com>
Properly resolve symbolic tag names when constructing the base feed Git url
and avoid emitting "HEAD" references when building from detached commits.
Fixes#495, #501.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Switch to our own fork of opkg to significantly reduce the required amount
of memory when updating lists or installing packages.
Preliminary tests showed a usage drop of about 90% during these operations,
from ~3.7MB with unmodified opkg to ~360KB with our custom fork.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fixes the following warning on first boot if the ltq_atm modules are
not included in the image:
ls: /lib/modules/4.4.49/ltq_atm*: No such file or directory
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the nas0 interface for the netdev trigger as default. Use the ptm0
interface for xRX200 boards to match the default wan interface set in
02_network.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Move the code to check if the current system is a system with vdsl
support to a dedicate function to make it reusable.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
QCA956x is configured like AR934x, not like the older chips.
Should fix ethernet hangs when using the WAN port without SGMII
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Prior to commit 1496b95a0 ("x86: clean up default grub baudrate
settings") we had three different baud rates for the Geode targets:
19200 for net5501, 38400 for alix2, and 115200 for Geos.
It doesn't seem that there's a very good reason for varying from our
default 115200 baud, so let's make the Geode target do that instead.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
This makes the Geode images actually useful again. The Geos profile
should include the relevant hardware for that board, and the Default
profile adds the via-rhine adapter which seems to have been present in
the net5501 and alix targets killed in commit 9e0759ea26 ("x86: merge
all geode based subtargets into one").
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Lima is a module for the (IoE) internet of everything applications,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA4531.
Specification:
- 650/600/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 32 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- USB 2.0 Host
- PCIe
- UART for serial console
- 14x GPIO
Flash instruction:
1. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-lima-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
and rename it to 8dev_recovery.bin
2. Binary file copy to USB stick and plug into slot USB
3. Press S2 (reset) button
4. Press and hold the S1 button by 5 seconds
5. Wait ~40 seconds to complete recovery
Tested on:
- Lima development kit
Signed-off-by: Karol Dudek <karoiz@sli.pl>
commit 33b72b8e0f
"ar8216: adjust ATU flushing in case of link changes"
introduced portwise flushing on link down events. Now the ARL table could
be in a chaotic state after boot where ar8xxx_sw_get_arl_table looped
forever (depending on the entries collected while booting).
Signed-off-by: Günther Kelleter <guenther.kelleter@devolo.de>
GPIO18 and GPIO19 on OMEGA2(+) should be GPIO mode, enable PWM lead to a conflict
[ 0.290633] rt2880-pinmux pinctrl: pin io18 already requested by pinctrl; cannot claim for 10005000.pwm
[ 0.299722] rt2880-pinmux pinctrl: pin-18 (10005000.pwm) status -22
[ 0.305729] rt2880-pinmux pinctrl: could not request pin 18 (io18) from group pwm0 on device rt2880-pinmux
[ 0.315131] mtk-pwm 10005000.pwm: Error applying setting, reverse things back
Keep PWM disabled.
Signed-off-by: Furong Xu <xfr@outlook.com>
Removing redundant spaces from the name of the option. Without fix:
root@LEDE:~# opkg install ugps
Installing ugps (2016-10-24-32a6b2b7-1) to root...
Downloading http://downloads.lede-project.org/releases/17.01-SNAPSHOT/packages/mips_24kc/base/ugps_2016-10-24-32a6b2b7-1_mips_24kc.ipk
Configuring ugps.
uci: Parse error (invalid character in name field) at line 3, byte 23
uci: Parse error (invalid character in name field) at line 3, byte 23
sh: out of range
root@LEDE:~# uci show gps
uci: Parse error (invalid character in name field) at line 3, byte 23
With this fix:
root@LEDE:~# uci show gps
gps.@gps[0]=gps
gps.@gps[0].tty='ttyACM0'
gps.@gps[0].adjust_time='1'
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
- Check for changes in toolchain/ only
- Only replace the stamp file if it was changed
- Fix dependencies for staging dir prepare
- Move the stamp file to TOOLCHAIN_DIR
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The Asus WL-500W buttons are active high,
but the software treats them as active low.
Fix the inverted logic.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
BCM4704 SoC has only USB 1.1 core:
ssb: Core 3 found: USB 1.1 Hostdev (cc 0x808, rev 0x03, vendor 0x4243)
but this device actually comes with two USB 2.0 ports.
It appears embedded controller isn't used but instead there are two PCI
attached controllers (next to the BCM4321 wireless card):
1106:3038 VT82xx/62xx UHCI USB 1.1 Controller
1106:3104 USB 2.0
Choose a set of USB drivers which actually support this hardware.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
When memory is tight, modules may need to be loaded into vmalloc()
space. The code then has to generate jump trampolines which enable
relocations between vmalloc space and physical address space.
The code had a bug that was freeing these trampolines even when the
module was successfully loaded.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This update includes numerous small fixes for:
1) Interfaces setup
2) Packets parsing
3) Sending replies
Without this there were multiple problems with exchanging information
between (u)mdns and other implementations (including (u)mdns as well).
This also follows project rename to umdns which was required to avoid
confusion with Apple's mdnsd from mDNSResponder project.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The cAP 2nD, mAP 2nD and wAP 2nD apparently all share the same QCA953x/SPI-NOR
platform.
This patch adds preliminary kernel support based on init data used in
Mikrotik's linux-3.3.5 kernel patch. Since this is totally experimental and
untested, the necessary glue in base-files has not been added, the code is
provided as a starting point in case somebody with that hardware wants to help
getting it supported.
The cAP lite (cAPL 2nD) should also be supported once it is determined whether
or not it uses the same board identifier as the mAP lite.
Code has been successfully built and has no side effect (no impact on already
supported devices).
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD hEX lite
https://routerboard.com/RB750r2
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9531 (850MHz)
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 16MB NOR SPI flash
- Ethernet: 5x100M (1 PoE in)
This ethernet router is based on the same platform as the hEX PoE lite (it
shares the same board identifier), but has no USB and no PoE out.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD hEX PoE lite
https://routerboard.com/RB750UPr2
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9531 (650MHz)
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 16MB NOR SPI flash
- Ethernet: 5x100M (1 PoE in, 1 PoE out)
- USB: Type A
This ethernet router is based on the same platform as the wireless router hAP.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch implements support for the hAP lite in mach-rbspi.c
hAP lite was supported via mach-rb941.c, so this file is removed
as well as the corresponding build bits.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD mAP lite
https://routerboard.com/RBmAPL-2nD
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9533 (650MHz)
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 16MB NOR SPI flash
- Wireless: builtin QCA9533, 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 1x100M
This is another 16M SPI NOR mikrotik device. The machine file is named
mach-rbspi.c because I plan to add support for several of the other spi-based
RouterBOARD devices in subsequent patches: they share most of the hardware
and thus the same codebase.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Implement a new flag "-f" for the feeds update command which causes the
script to fall back to a more agressive git update strategy in case there
are locally modified files in the feeds directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
5f91241 procd: add cancel_timeout on rc scripts when a runtime_timeout is specified
961dc69 procd: stop service using SIGKILL if SIGTERM failed to do so
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Default trigger action timeout was added to procd.sh in commit f88e3a4c0
(procd: add default timeout for reload trigger actions)
However, the timeout value was not placed under the correct JSON-script
array nesting level and thus did not apply.
To fix this and make the timeout actually apply to the reload triggers,
we place it in the correct scope, that is the per-trigger array.
Fixes: f88e3a4c0a
Signed-off-by: Denis Osvald <denis.osvald@sartura.hr>
Some boards were apparently forgotten when ralink,portmap was renamed
to mediatek,portmap -- probably because they used the long obsolete
ralink,port-map attribute.
If this commit breaks ethernet wan/lan assignment, this is because
the port-map attribute wasn't actually parsed, you'll have to replace
"wllll" by "llllw" in the dts file belonging to that board (and send
a patch doing that!)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This adds the default LED and network settings for the PC Engines APU2
when running under the x86 target.
[dwmw2: Change Ethernet port setup]
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Based on a patch from Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>, except let's
do it by using the LED configuration instead of hard-coding it for each
board type. And try using /bin/board_detect to do the default behaviour,
on the first boot where the config hasn't yet been generated.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
This change moves the files in 657418d to the root of the x86 target.
This is done in preperation for adding more devices under other
subtargets.
CC: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
The DWR-512 embeds the hw slic device si3210. This device have the IRQ line
attached to the gpio1. This patch export the gpio1 with proper name and
parameters to the sysfs.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
this caused
'mv: can't rename '/mnt/sysupgrade.tgz': No such file or directory'
when running sysupgrade -n
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This can be used to tweak the buildbot behavior without having to change
buildbot's configuration.
It will also allow us to add more aggressive clean steps (e.g. on
toolchain changes), which would break developers' workflows if enable
by default.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add support for the EBR-2310, which is almost identical to the DIR-615
rev E4, without the wifi.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
fixes issue "nsa 310b u-boot can initialize usb but cannot
use usb storage so it cannot load files from usb"
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
TP-Link TL-WA850RE v2 is a wall-plug N300 Wi-Fi range extender,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2.
Short specification:
- 550/391/195 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 32 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2x internal antennas (embedded on PCB)
- 9x LED (all can be turned off with GPIO15), 2x button
- UART (J3) header on PCB
Flash instruction: use "factory" image directly in vendor GUI.
Warning: this device does not include any kind of recovery mechanism
in the bootloader and disassembling process is not trivial.
You can access vendor firmware over serial line using:
- login: root
- password: sohoadmin
Image was tested only in US version of the device, but should work
also with the same device version sold in other countries.
Available FLASH space, with LEDE trunk, is only 240 KB.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
The WN3000RPv3 is a repeater with a single ethernet port. Setting up the
switch, even to disable it, is unnecessary and possibly confusing.
Configure LAN as eth0 instead.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The list of v2/v3 devices is getting longer and makes reading the names of
the profiles unnecessary hard.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
as we do for IPv4 PPP interfaces. When we create the
dynamic IPv6 interface we should inherit ip6table from
main interface.
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Weber <ulrich.weber@riverbed.com>
pppoe-discovery performs the same discovery process as pppoe, but does
not initiate a session
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <Eckert.Florian@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Fixes the following issue:
root@LEDE:/# sysupgrade /tmp/lede-mvebu-armada-388-clearfog-sdcard.img.gz
Saving metaconfig...
Image metadata not found
Use sysupgrade -F to override this check when downgrading or flashing to vendor firmware
Image check 'fwtool_check_image' failed.
root@LEDE:/#
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
When running wifi detect, the user will be told on error output that
wifi detect is deprecated, that wifi config must be used instead. Also
the commit that changes it is referenced for further info.
Signed-off-by: David Pinilla Caparrós <dpinitux@gmail.com>
Since commit 5f8f8a3661 wifi detect does
not longer work and wifi config it's used to configure not yet
configured wireless devices.
This commit changes command usage to reflect that change.
Signed-off-by: David Pinilla Caparrós <dpinitux@gmail.com>
The firmware hotplug script tries to read the mac address from a
partition with the name "uboot-env" which does not exist (instead it's
name is uboot_env). This broke calculation of the new checksum (after
patching the mac address) which resulted in ath9k refusing to use the
EEPROM data.
The original error reported by ath9k was:
PCI: Enabling device 0000:00:0e.0 (0000 -> 0002)
ath: phy0: Bad EEPROM checksum 0x2523
ath: phy0: Unable to initialize hardware; initialization status: -22
ath9k 0000:00:0e.0: Failed to initialize device
Fixes: a20616863d ("lantiq: use ath9k device tree bindings
binding/owl-loader")
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
f107656 netifd: Add option to configure locktime for each device
cdc0e80 interface: add prefix assignment priority support
6397f5e device: add veth support
6228d0f wireless: fix _wireless_add_process
7cc2f10 treewide: fix white space errors
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
platform_find_rootfspart() fails if the kernel partition comes before the
rootfs partition. The proposed patch fixes this while preserving what I
understand was the original idea: stop at first match.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
When running "make kernel_menuconfig" in a clean tree, it fails with:
make[1]: *** No rule to make target 'tools/quilt/install'. Stop.
Replacing the dependency with 'tools/quilt/compile' fixes the issue (quilt
and all its prerequisites will be built, and quilt will be installed in
staging_dir).
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Effects of the bugs could include memory corruption, tx hangs, kernel
crahes, possibly other things as well
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Upstream linux commit 7523e4dc5057e "module: use a structure to
encapsulate layout." moves some of the struct module members into a
separate struct module_layout.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Do not put the probe function into the __init section, but use the normal
section. This fixes a section mismatch warning.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The following patches were dropped because they are already applied
upstream:
0012-pinctrl-lantiq-fix-up-pinmux.patch
0013-MTD-lantiq-xway-fix-invalid-operator.patch
0014-MTD-lantiq-xway-the-latched-command-should-be-persis.patch
0015-MTD-lantiq-xway-remove-endless-loop.patch
0016-MTD-lantiq-xway-add-missing-write_buf-and-read_buf-t.patch
0017-MTD-xway-fix-nand-locking.patch
0044-pinctrl-lantiq-introduce-new-dedicated-devicetree-bi.patch
0045-pinctrl-lantiq-Fix-GPIO-Setup-of-GPIO-Port3.patch
0046-pinctrl-lantiq-2-pins-have-the-wrong-mux-list.patch
0047-irq-fixes.patch
0047-mtd-plat-nand-pass-of-node.patch
0060-usb-dwc2-Add-support-for-Lantiq-ARX-and-XRX-SoCs.patch
0120-MIPS-lantiq-add-support-for-device-tree-file-from-bo.patch
0121-MIPS-lantiq-make-it-possible-to-build-in-no-device-t.patch
122-MIPS-store-the-appended-dtb-address-in-a-variable.patch
The PHY driver was reduced to the code adding the LED configuration,
the rest is already upstream:
0023-NET-PHY-adds-driver-for-lantiq-PHY11G.patch
The SPI driver was replaced with the version pending for upstream
inclusion:
New driver:
0090-spi-add-transfer_status-callback.patch
0091-spi-lantiq-ssc-add-support-for-Lantiq-SSC-SPI-controller.patch
Old driver:
0100-spi-add-support-for-Lantiq-SPI-controller.patch
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch add ZyXEL NSA325 2-Bay Media Server
The ZyXEL NSA325 device is a Kirkwood based NAS:
- SoC: Marvell 88F6702 1600Mhz
- SDRAM memory: 512MB DDR2 400Mhz
- Gigabit ethernet: Marvell Alaska
- Flash memory: 128MB
- 1 Power button
- 1 Power LED (blue)
- 5 Status LED (green/red)
- 1 Copy/Sync button
- 1 Reset button
- 2 SATA II ports (internal)
- 2 USB 2.0 ports (back)
- 1 USB 3.0 port (front)
- Fan (fixed speed)
- hardware watchdog in a mcu
Basically a bigger, more powerful version of NSA310,
installation is the same as they share the same flash layout.
A notable difference is that there is a hardware watchdog
in a mcu on the board, which is disabled by default in the LEDE u-boot.
The watchdog is also disabled with a GPIO activation through
raw register change when kwbooting or it would reset the board before
the new uboot was transferred.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [remove dead code]
switch nsa310b mac address reading to mtd_get_mac_ascii helper as
it seems the fw_env.config file is created way later than when
network is set up, when I tested I still had that file included
in the image through /files folder.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
When we merged all the Geode boards into one generic target, the default
network and LED configuration was lost. Put it back.
Fixes: 9e0759ea26 ("x86: merge all geode based subtargets into one")
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Currently on attempt to configure uClibc with "V=s" user is prompted
to answer on configuration questions. Major inconvenience here is
build procedure get paused until user answers all questions.
That happens because not all symbols are defined in our .config.
Solution is as simple as usage of "olddefconfig" target instead of
simple "oldconfig". In that case default values get silently set
for symbols not defined by our .config explicitly.
We haven't noticed that subtle issue before because without "V=s"
what we do is "make oldconfig < /dev/null" which automatically
answers all questions :)
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
-mXXX option is deprecated already in arc-2016.03 toolchain
and removed completely starting from arc-2016.09.
Direct replacement is -mcpu=XXX which is already supported by
arc-2016.03 used today in Lede.
With that change we'll be ready for ARC toolchain update still
keeping everything working with current tools.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The only HMACs currently available use MD5 and SHA1, both of which have known
weaknesses. We already compile in the SHA256 code since we use Curve25519
by default, so there's no significant size penalty to enabling this.
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Sible <josephcsible@users.noreply.github.com>
Adds preliminary kernel 4.9 support for this target.
- Refreshed/Updated all patches
Added 3 new patches:
- 093 --> Add virtual PCI MMIO mapping
- 230 --> Remove deprecated code
- 240 --> Rework AT24 eeprom code to use the new NVMEM API
Compiled & tested on cns3xxx (gw2388)
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Add support for the Observa Telecom VH4032N router.
This is another BCM6368 router, 128 MB RAM, 32MB flash and 3 USB
host ports.
The wifi chip is an onboard Broadcom BCM43222.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[jonas.gorski: use gpio-hog instead of abusing ephy-reset]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Passing -iremap argument separately causes problems with projects that
use scons and its ParseFlags function. Consider this SConscript
example:
env = Environment()
d = env.ParseFlags("-iremap one:two")
ParseFlags will interpret one:two as a file name and the returned dict
d will contain only "-iremap". When the -iremap is passed to the
compiler without an argument, compilation obviously fails.
Signed-off-by: Michal Sojka <sojkam1@fel.cvut.cz>
Remove CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q overrides for two targets
These features are built into the kernel image for all targets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If the staging dir was deleted, the build needs to recompile some files.
This change speeds up this corner case significantly
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Probe the switch through DT instead of a platform device. This fixes
probe, as GPIO offsets are now properly accounted for.
Fixes the following issue:
[ 0.802953] 8021q: 802.1Q VLAN Support v1.8
[ 0.810518] rtl8366_smi: gpio_request failed for 18, err=-517
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
BCM6362 and BCM3380 seem to share the same PRID. Disable serial output
for them until we can find a way to tell them apart reliably.
Fixes: 8f3cfe4ba2 ("brcm63xx: lzma-loader: add BCM3380 support")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the ADB P.DG AV4202N aka Pirelli PRG AV4202N.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Add support for mapping some GPIO lines to IRQs. GPIO to IRQ mappings
were found out through experimentation, helped by having the GPIO as
output still toggling the IRQ input.
Based-on: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/660534/
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Setting the clear bit for an interrupt seems to cause interrupts to be
deasserted again immediately. So unset the bit for BCM6318 to allow
subsequent interrupts to still work.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
When calling erase() on a containers derived from __base_associative
(e.g. multimap) and providing a pair of iterators a segfault will
occur.
Example code to reproduce:
typedef std::multimap<int, int> testmap;
testmap t;
t.insert(std::pair<int, int>(1, 1));
t.insert(std::pair<int, int>(2, 1));
t.insert(std::pair<int, int>(3, 1));
t.erase(t.begin(), t.end());
Signed-off-by: Ben Kelly <ben@benjii.net>
Goflexhome/net use uImage, and to boot an uImage the u-boot
must use bootm command, not bootz.
Fixes the "i cannot boot LEDE with this u-boot" issue that I
found out myself with my goflexnet.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
all patches for CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD are obsolete for
uboot 2016 sources.
Run-tested with the uboot of goflexnet, also the md5sum of
all other uboots is the same with or without these patches.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Default CONSOLE value for ar71xx target is "ttyS0,115200", so there
is no need to specify the same value in device profiles.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This commit reverts 42f3c1f ("arc770: fix broken upstream change")
and simultaneously adds back-ported fix from Linus' tree:
a524c218bc94 ("ARC: [arcompact] brown paper bag bug in unaligned
access delay slot fixup").
Note mentioned patch will appear in stable trees soon as well so
IMHO there's not much sense in adding this separate patch in lede/master branch.
As well as we will get rid of it here in 17.01 once we bump 4.4 kernel here
later down the line.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
mtdsplit_lzma requires that the rootfs be aligned to a block boundary.
Pad the kernel partition to make this so.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Leite <leitec@gmail.com>
This commit combines all the changes I've made on my staging tree
into a single commit fixing many issues with our patch for MT7620.
First of all, checkpatch.pl revealed numerous code style issues with
the patch, so fix all the white-space and commets. Also use
usleep_range instead of legacy timing and relax timing for VCO
calibration just like the vendor driver does.
Several line programming registers were commented out in the patch.
Originally this came from the features present but disabled by default
in the vendor's driver (RTMP_TEMPERATURE_CALIBRATION and
ADJUST_POWER_CONSUMPTION_SUPPORT). Remove the dead code for now, it can
easily be re-added if we actually intend to support those features.
Move values from mt7620_freqconfig type into the existing rf_channel
struct, this shouldn't be a new typedef and it is possible to use the
existing struct because rf_channel got 4 32-bit fields, so two of the
8-bit values from mt7620_freqconfig can easily be stored in the same
32-bit field.
Map values such that
Rdiv -> rf1
N -> rf2
K -> rf3[0:7]
D -> rf3[8:15]
Ksd -> rf4
This makes the channel switching logic already look a bit more like
what we are used to in rt2x00... Probably many of the read-modify-write
calls could still be replaced by macros intended for that.
iq calibration seems to be identical to RT5592, so just enable it.
Test shows that this improves things quite a lot, datarates went up
by a couple of megabits when running iperf, signal quality seems jumpy
in the first few seconds once a station connencts, the stabelizes on a
value significantly better than what it was before.
Add description to the patch and reference the original OpenWrt commit
by which it was added.
The patch now passes checkpatch.pl and can thus be discussed with the
upstream authors of the rt2x00 driver.
Funded-by: https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/1327597961/better-support-for-mt7620a-n-in-openwrt-lede/
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
buildbot fails to build without regmap, which I couldn't reproduce locally.
Hopefully this fixes it.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
64 bit support for Raspberry Pi 3 is experimental. However, bcm2709 subtarget
should serve as a stable and compatible 32 bit support.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This adds support for Raspberry Pi 3 on the bcm2709 subtarget, in order to
keep 32 bit image support when 64 bit support is added on bcm2710 subtarget.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Initial idea was to use package with this PHY driver for devices that
need it. Unfortunately this can't work as bgmac is built-in and PHY
probing happens before loading modules - it results in PHY subsystem
picking default (generic) PHY driver.
There were two ways of solving this:
1) Making bcm53xx use bgmac as module
xor
2) Built-in Broadcom PHY driver
After some quick discussion it seems we can simply built-in the driver
as increased kenel size is relatively small (1805 B).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Use 2.27 as default which is the current relese.
Makes it easier to get support and submit patches upstream if needed.
Tested on ar71xx, mt7621, kirkwood (arm)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
These are patches queued for 4.11. It adds support for even more hw and
removes some annoying WARN_ONCE.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It's needed for macaddr_add.
Fixes: 50efd403e6 ("bcm53xx: set WAN MAC address to don't share one with LAN interface")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
After "73d923e base-files: emit tagged switch configuration by default"
some default network configurations are broken because the lan and wan
ifnames are forcibly set to untagged netdevs.
Adjust the offending set_interfaces_lan_wan() calls to use the proper
tagged device names.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
It just makes code consistent. This trivial change may be a 17.01
candidate to provide simpler backporting experience.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This reverts commit dde5c729ec.
The uClibc update was completely untested, does not build with Kernel 4.4 and
did not adjust the configuration to predeclare new config symbols.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In kernel 4.9 it's already present so we don't want to overwite it (with
older & API incompatible version).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
Compile-tested on all targets that use kernel 4.4 and aren't marked
broken, except arc770 and arch38 due to broken toolchain.
Runtime-tested on ar71xx, octeon, ramips and x86/64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Bump to dnsmasq 2.77test1 - this includes a number of fixes since 2.76
and allows dropping of 2 LEDE carried patches.
Notable fix in rrfilter code when talking to Nominum's DNS servers
especially with DNSSEC.
A patch to switch dnsmasq back to 'soft fail' for SERVFAIL responses
from dns servers is also included. This mean dnsmasq tries all
configured servers before giving up.
A 'localise queries' enhancement has also been backported (it will
appear in test2/rc'n') this is especially important if using the
recently imported to LEDE 'use dnsmasq standalone' feature 9525743c
I have been following dnsmasq HEAD ever since 2.76 release.
Compile & Run tested: ar71xx, Archer C7 v2
Tested-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
ref commit 9525743c07
dnsmasq: make DHCPv6 viable for standalone dnsmasq install
Above commit broke instancing by missing filter_dnsmasq()
as part of the dhcp_add() execution.
Signed-off-by: Eric Luehrsen <ericluehrsen@hotmail.com>
The Sanlinking Technologies D240
(http://www.sanlinking.com/en/29-dual-4g-wifi-router.html) is basically the same
device as the ZBT WE826, so adding support for it in LEDE is straight forward.
The differences is that the D240 has two mini-PCIe slots (instead of one), blue
LEDs and supports PoE.
Specification:
* CPU: MT7620A
* 1x 10/100Mbps POE (802.3af/802.3at) Ethernet, 4x 10/100Mbps.
* 16 MB Flash.
* 128 MB RAM.
* 1x USB 2.0 port.
* 2x mini-PCIe slots.
* 2x SIM slots.
* 1x 2.4Ghz WIFI.
* 1x button.
Wifi, USB, switch and both mini-PCIe slots are working. I have not been able to
test the SD card reader.
The device comes pre-installed with an older version of OpenWRT, including Luci.
In order to install LEDE, you need to follow the existing procedure for updating
OpenWRT/LEDE using Luci. I.e., you need to access the UI and update the firmware
using the sysupgrade-image. Remember to select that you do not want to keep
existing settings. The default router address is 192.168.10.1 and
username/password admin/root (at least on my devices).
If you brick the device, the procedure for recovery is the same as for the
WE826. Please see the wiki page for that device for instructions.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Do not spam the syslog with DHCPv6 lease info if quietdhcp option
is selected. This already works for DHCPv4, make it work in the same
way for DHCPv6.
Signed-off-by: Arjen de Korte <build+lede@de-korte.org>
[Originally written by Arjen de Korte on GitHub but had issues providing
a SoB in correct format.]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This patch moves the fakeroot code required by some devices to
`image-commands.mk`.
Create the fakeroot on the fly by using the undocumented -s (skip copy)
parameter of mkimage.
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
[remove unused NETGEAR_KERNEL_MAGIC, remove workarounds to have a dummy
rootfs for mkimage]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The factory image can't be bigger than 3328 KByte. If the image is
bigger than that, the gemtek-header tool throws an error and breaks
the build.
Make sure the output file to which the gemtek header should be added
exists and wasn't removed during the check-size step because of it
size. This will prevent hard errors in case the factory image is to big
similar to what is done for sysupgrade images.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Adds the following fixes:
91acde6 libubus: do not modify uloop_cancelled
763b9b2 libubus: reset ctx->sock.eof to fix reconnect issues
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Adds the following changes:
de3f14b uloop: add uloop_cancelling function
3b6181b utils: fix build on Mac OS X 10.12
7f671b1 blobmsg: add support for double
0fe1374 utils: add helper functions useful for allocating a ring buffer
8fc1c30 libubox: replace strtok with _r version.
4a9f74f libubox: allow reading out the pid of uloop process in lua
372e1e6 uloop: remove useless epoll data assignment
f9db1cb libubox: allow reading out the remaining time of a uloop timer in Lua
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Commit 71a39b8 ("ipq806x: Fix wireless support for Netgear Nighthawk X4S
D7800") added a trailing TAB char after the backslash which prevents
the assignment of the correct MACs for wifi devices.
Fixes: FS#451
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
[reworded commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
After analyzing numerous NVRAMs and vendor firmwares it seems the base
MAC address is used for LAN interface. WAN interface has different one
which sometimes is set directly in NVRAM and sometines needs to be
calculated.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Added the missing audio pcm interface in the .dtsi file for the rt5350
device. The update has been verified from the data get from the datasheet
and is very similar to the mt7620a.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
key_direction shows up as an openvpn option in the user-interface but does not end up in the /var/etc/openvpn*.conf file. Adding it to the list here fixed the issue for me.
Signed-off-by: Brandon Koepke <bdkoepke@fastmail.com>
Use a vendor prefix as it has to be for all not core driver. Update the
compatible string in the device tree files accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The comptible string is neither added by any LEDE patch nor exists in
in the kernel. Drop the sound node which was obviously added
accidentally with 9195d8da ("ramips: DTS rework").
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use only the jedec,spi-nor compatible string. Everything else either
never worked or is only support to keep compatibility.
Remove the linux,modalias property. It is obsolete since kernel 4.4.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The setting mmc-ddr-1_8v in the platform dts leads to read errors. The
device is unusable and system reboots in a loop. Because NBG6817 is the
only mmc device, I removed it in base dts.
The second change removes settings now present in base dts.
The third change references was a wrong conversion of constants in the switch settings.
Switch now initializes again.
Signed-off-by: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
Refreshed patches for all supported targets.
Compile-tested on ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6, mt7621, oxnas and x86/64.
Run-tested on ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6 and mt7621.
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Update ubox to latest Git HEAD in order to import the following fixes:
ac2d43e kmodloader: support '-q' quiet option
f8d3d16 ubox: Add an option for more accurate timestamps in log
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Lots of users try random stuff when they encounter any kind of
difficulty. I've had to debug a number of cases where people had enabled
this option for no reason. Hopefully this warning will reduce the number
of useless support cases.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
I needed a moment to figure out relation between this patchset and the
nl80211: fix validation of scheduled scan info for wowlan netdetect
It appears nl80211 commit will go on top of brcmfmac changes so it's
safe to backport these patches.
One patch that was excluded is commit 2a2a5d1835b6 ("brcmfmac: add
.update_connect_params() callback") as it depends on missing commit
088e8df82f91 ("cfg80211: Add support to update connection parameters").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
samba.org has started to enforce https and
currently plain http downloads with curl/wget fail,
so convert samba.org download links to use https.
Modernise links at the same time.
Also convert samba.org URL fields to have https.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Add a fallback case to get_source_date_epoch.sh which reports the modification
time of the script itself in case there is no SCM information available, e.g.
when downloading .tar.gz or .zip tarballs produced by Github.
Also fix the mercurial case while we're at it.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
dnsmasq has sufficient services to meet the needs of DHCP
and RA with IP6 for single router router users. This is
the most common use for consumer routers. Its reenforced
as most ISP tend to only DHCP-PD /64. dnsmasq has year
over year demonstrated great flexibility in its option
set, and support for off-standard DHCP clients.
odhcpd has enhanced capabilities focused on IP6 such
as DHCP/RA relay and NDP proxy. However, it is not as
flexible in its option set. odhcpd is not as forgiving
with off-standard DHCP clients. Some points may represent
a long term TODO list, but it is the state currently.
These changes make any such combination possible. Already
odhcpd can be set as the main dhcp server. Now odhcpd
can be removed or disabled and dnsmasq will take over
if DHCPv6 compiled in. The existing DHCPv6 and RA UCI
are translated into dnsmasq.conf. The changes focus on
'--dhcp-range', '--dhcp-host', and '--dhcp-options'.
DHCP host ID is least 16 bits [::1000-::FFFF], but
leaves low range for typical infrastructure assignments.
dnsmasq accepts DHCPv6 options in the tranditional
'--dhcp-option' put they must be prefixed 'option6:'.
dnsmasq will also discover SLAAC DNS entries from DHCPv4
clients MAC, and confirm with a ping at least renew.
Long term TODO include improving use of dnsmasq relay
options for DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 in parallel. It would also
be possible to preconfigure DHCP-PD in host-with-options
records for fixed infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Eric Luehrsen <ericluehrsen@hotmail.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: emit proper IPv6 hostid format in dhcp-host directive]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
ref commit 612e2276b4
ref commit ec63e3bf13
'option add_local_hostname' scripted implementation statically assigns
this host in auto generated host file at init. If IFUP or other signals
do not occur, then address changes are not tracked. The script doesn't
apply all the addresses at an interface. This may make logs obscure.
The script only puts the bare host name (maybe not FQDN) in host file,
but if '--exapandhosts' is enabled, then /etc/hosts entries will be
suffixed, and "127.0.0.1 localhost" becomes "localhost.lan".
dnsmasq provides an option to perform this function, but it is rather
greedy. '--interface-name=<name>,<iface>' will assign the name to all
IP on the specified interface (except link local). This is a useful
feature, but some setups depend on the original restrictive behavior.
'option add_local_fqdn' is added to enhance the feature set, but
if not entered or empty string, then it will default to original
option and behavior. This new option has a few settings. At each
increased setting the most detailed name becomes the PTR record:
0 - same as add_local_hostname 0 or disabled
1 - same as add_local_hostname 1
2 - assigns the bare host name to all IP w/ --dnsmasq-interface
3 - assigns the FQDN and host to all IP w/ --dnsmasq-interface
4 - assigns <iface>.<host>.<domain> and above w/ --dnsmasq-nterface
'option add_wan_fqdn' is added to run the same procedure on
inferred WAN intefaces. If an interface has 'config dhcp' and
'option ignore 1' set, then it is considered WAN. The original
option would only run on DHCP serving interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Eric Luehrsen <ericluehrsen@hotmail.com>
This activates the CONFIG_MIPS_APPENDED_RAW_DTB kernel configuration and
configures the F5D8235 V1 target to use append-dtb for kernel creation
instead of OWRTDTB.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: rewrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This commit introduces CONFIG_MIPS_APPENDED_RAW_DTB as an alternative to
OWRTDTB. Both solutions can be used concurrently until all board
configurations have been changed.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: rewrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Instead of only using tagged CPU port configurations when more than one VLAN
is present on the switch, always emit tagged configurations unless a board
explicitely opts out of this behaviour by using the previously introduced
[0-9]u@netdev syntax.
Emitting default tagged configurations has the following benefits:
- Relation of switch vlans to netdevs is easier to understand, especially
for multi-cpu-port switches
- Adding additional VLANs (e.g. to break out a LAN port for other purposes)
becomes easier as users are not forced to change the existing untagged
VLAN to tagged and the existing ifname notation from ethX to ethX.Y
anymore, drastly reducing the likelyhood of soft-bricks.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In order to prepare support for generating tagged switch configurations by
default, explicitely request untagged configs for boards which do not already
request tagging to retain default behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Use silent make invocations for sub-makes like build_image or checksum to
avoid bloating the IB output with non-status info.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fixes firmware crash in rare cases and a bug
ath10k_pci 0001:01:00.0: received unexpected tx_fetch_ind event: in
push mode
for those who kept experiencing it after previous firmware update.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Uses upstream code to parse DT supported band/frequency information.
Update existing .dts files to the new format and remove unnecessary
overrides.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
And, update support for 9880 chipsets. The new firmware
fixes a regression with EAPOL 4/4 packets added in
a recent commit.
It also fixes a case where the firmware would improperly try
to use STBC when configured for 1x1 (as 9887 always is).
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
The driver had a bug when calculating the rateset. This resolves
that and allows full VHT mcs rates on 2x2 hardware.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
The short git hash suffix printed by getver.sh is taken from the
latest local commit, change this to use the hash from latest
upstream commit if available. This is considered the intended
behavior based on commit message a642a11fac,
introducing getver.sh.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
We override default Ethernet interface with eth0 which often uses random
MAC due to missing proper NVRAM entry. Fix this by manually assigning
MAC in the config.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Since the main stamp file depends on the _check stampfile, the _check
stampfile needs to be created on the first run as well.
Fixes spurious rebuilds with CONFIG_AUTOREBUILD=y
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
All mvebu boards have three USB LEDs. The first one is used for the
USB1 port.
There are two LEDs related to the second USB port. The top (bar) LED
gets bright in case any USB device is connected to the second USB port.
If the connected device is an USB 3 (SuperSpeed) device, the small dot
LED bellow the "bar" LED gets also bright.
While at it, use a name for the USB LEDs that matches the names printed
on the case.
Fixes: FS#423, FS#425
Signed-off-by: Kabuli Chana <newtownbuild@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This is a pure rename without any changes. It makes maintaining bgmac
simpler and will hopefully make adding new kernel a bit easier.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Some debugging/error messages are printed using wpa_printf and this
change allows finally reading them out of the syslog.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This will allow starting hostapd with the new -s parameter and finally
read all (error) messages from the syslog.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Buffalo WCR-1166DS is a small wireless router with
- MT7628AN + MT7612E
- 64MiB DDR2 SDRAM
- 16MiB SPI flash
- 2T2R 11ac/a/b/g/n Wi-Fi
- 2x 10/100M ethernet switch
- 8x programmable LED
- 3x button
- UART pad on PCB (J2: 3.3V, GND, TX, RX)
factory image can be installed via stock web UI.
due to the "dual image" function in the bootloader, the second half of
the SPI flash ("firmware2" partition) cannot be used as a part of the
file system.
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naobsd@gmail.com>
only factory images for DHP-EU and DHP2-JP (fw ver. 2.x) are built.
this will not work for DHP-JP/AP/TW (fw ver. 1.x) because they use
different buffalo_csum() formula.
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naobsd@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
some of Buffalo DHP series use slightly different trx magic, buffalo-enc,
buffalo-tag, and factory image begin with 'bgn'.
this patch adds support for building those images.
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naobsd@gmail.com>
Qemu's local AES code defines symbols that conflict with
LibreSSL/OpenSSL's libcrypto. Rename them to avoid build problems.
See upstream commit c8d70e59738e672021926c7747af8ef9dea15c82.
Fixes FS#444.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
wash, mpu & some memory optimisation have now made it to the official
cake repository.
Point LEDE to the official repository.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
c13b6a0 dhcpv6: fix white space error
e9d80cc dhcpv6: trigger restart of DHCPv6 state machine when not
receiving statefull options
c7122ec update README
419fb63 dhcpv6: server unicast option support
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The condition is always true due to the literal string followed the
-n test parameter. A model name set by target scripts always gets
overwritten this way.
Change the condition to check for an already existing destination file
as it was before 5e85ae9 ("base-files: fix error message during boot").
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
It wasn't possible to read hostapd wpa_printf messages unless running
hostapd manually. It was because hostapd was printing them using vprintf
and not directly to the syslog.
We were trying to workaround this problem by redirecting STDIN_FILENO
and STDOUT_FILENO but it was working only for the initialization phase.
As soon as hostapd did os_daemonize our solution stopped working.
Please note despite the subject this change doesn't affect debug level
messages only but just everything printed by hostapd with wpa_printf
including MSG_ERROR-s. This makes it even more important as reading
error messages can be quite useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Fixes build issues with some toolchains that don't add lcrypt in the default
search paths:
CMakeFiles/rpcd.dir/session.c.o: In function `rpc_login_test_password':
build_dir/target-mipsel-linux-gnu/rpcd-2016-12-03-0577cfc1/session.c:823: undefined reference to `crypt'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Some toolchains will produce executables with an interpreter that is e.g:
ld.so.1 (typically a symbolic link). Due to our current LIBC_SPEC_FILE value,
we would not be able to copy this symbolic link/file over to the rootfs and
executables would fail to load. Extend the search pattern to include all
ld*.so* files that could be needed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
For external toolchain, we also know the type of C library used, and the
toolchain triplet may not always be reflective of that, therefore make
$(TARGET_DIR_NAME) suffixed with _$(LIBC).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
This fixes logic bug(in function netdev_trig_notify) introduced in
0b2991a8ed commit.
Events triggered by different interfaces were stopping work queue so it
wasn't working for tx/rx mode.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net>
Refresh patches, delete patches that have been applied upstream.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [fix defaults]
The "new style" busybox applet approach moves all config and build
definitions related to an applet to its .c file. This makes the
patches easier to maintain, as they only add new files to the busybox
build directory, without modifying BusyBox files.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Commit 29443e2 (mxs: remove modules.mk, select drivers in the kernel config)
missed to remove these references, so cleanup it now.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
The VGV7510KW22BRN and VGV7519BRN do not have the same brnImage
signature. It was accidentally changed with ba42c1d ("lantiq: un-macro
the image building code").
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This fixes the following security problems:
CVE-2017-3731: Truncated packet could crash via OOB read
CVE-2017-3732: BN_mod_exp may produce incorrect results on x86_64
CVE-2016-7055: Montgomery multiplication may produce incorrect results
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This reverts commit e79ecb4c26.
The commit was incomplete and the issue that should be fixed isn't
that easy fixable. The Archer C7 mach file is used for the Archer C5,
WDR4900 and WDR7500 as well. Where the WDRs in compare to the Archer
do have blue LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Do not put the apex images into the kernel build directory as this directory
might get removed after kernel updates while the apex packages InstallDev
recipe is not getting re-executed because it is still considered current,
leading to image build failures later on due to missing images.
To ensure that built bootloader images persist over kernel version updates in
the buildroot, put them into the new STAGING_DIR_IMAGE directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Do not put the u-boot images into the kernel build directory as this directory
might get removed after kernel updates while the u-boot packages InstallDev
recipe is not getting re-executed because it is still considered current,
leading to image build failures later on due to missing images.
To ensure that built bootloader images persist over kernel version updates in
the buildroot, put them into the new STAGING_DIR_IMAGE directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Do not put the u-boot images into the kernel build directory as this directory
might get removed after kernel updates while the u-boot packages InstallDev
recipe is not getting re-executed because it is still considered current,
leading to image build failures later on due to missing images.
To ensure that built bootloader images persist over kernel version updates in
the buildroot, put them into the new STAGING_DIR_IMAGE directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Do not put the u-boot images into the kernel build directory as this directory
might get removed after kernel updates while the u-boot packages InstallDev
recipe is not getting re-executed because it is still considered current,
leading to image build failures later on due to missing images.
To ensure that built bootloader images persist over kernel version updates in
the buildroot, put them into the new STAGING_DIR_IMAGE directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Do not put the u-boot and ucode images into the kernel build directory as this
directory might get removed after kernel updates while the u-boot packages
InstallDev recipe is not getting re-executed because it is still considered
current, leading to image build failures later on due to missing images.
To ensure that built bootloader images persist over kernel version updates in
the buildroot, put them into the new STAGING_DIR_IMAGE directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Do not put the u-boot images into the kernel build directory as this directory
might get removed after kernel updates while the u-boot packages InstallDev
recipe is not getting re-executed because it is still considered current,
leading to image build failures later on due to missing u-boot images.
To ensure that built bootloader images persist over kernel version updates in
the buildroot, put them into the new STAGING_DIR_IMAGE directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Introduce a new location STAGING_DIR_IMAGE which is intended to be used by
bootloader iamges and similar image-related artifacts.
This directory is guaranteed to be persistent across kernel upgrades which
might involve a removal of KERNEL_BUILD_DIR and is guranteed to be bundled
with the image builder.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This adds support for the PCB LEDs and Reset Button found on the PC
Engines APU2/APU3 embedded boards.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Updates to openvpn.init were included in early OpenVPN 2.4 patch
series, but got lost along the way and were never merged.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Bump kernel to 4.4.44. Compile-tested on ar71xx, ramips/mt7621 and x86/64.
.44 has been run-tested on the 17.01 branch here on ar71xx and mt7621.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
HTB and TBF are the basic traffic shapers used by sqm-scripts. Moving
these into kmod-sched-core enables sqm-scripts to downgrade its
dependency from kmod-sched to kmod-sched-core, potentially making it
useful on devices with smaller flash sizes.
This adds around 30k to the size of kmod-sched-core (20k for sch_htb.ko
and 10k for sch_tbf.ko).
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
This adds support for the SuperIO chip nct5104d found on the PC Engines
APU boards, which allows for a handful of additional ports, such as 2x
additional UART pinouts, enabling an external watchdog (no driver for
this functionality yet), and 16 GPIO pins. More info can be found at
https://pcengines.ch/ht_gpio.htm
Thanks to @feckert for helping package this.
Cc: Florian Eckert <Eckert.Florian@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
The following changes enables GPIO sysfs as well as the LEDS_GPIO option
within the kernel. This is required to enable LEDs over a GPIO
interface.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
The GPL licensed source code of Belkin contains an ASIC based "Green
Feature". This change adds support for this Green Feature that can be
activated with an DTS option or swconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
Before this change only port 4 of F5D8235 V1 worked at 1000Mpbs.
Comparing the current driver with the GPL_BELKIN_F5D8235-4_v1000
v1.01.24 sources showed that additional steps are required to set-up
the rlt8366s switch correctly.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
This change provides the possibility to define per-device initvals in
the DTS file for a rlt8366s switch.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
The name will appear in shell prompt and LuCI page title. Uppercase
letters seem to be more vigorous
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Update ubox to latest Git head in order to import the following fixes:
14839f0 kmodloader: make insert_module() idempotent
6e3c6dc kmodloader: add module alias awareness
9371411 kmodloader: fix out-of-bound access when parsing .modinfo
a62c946 kmodloader: modprobe: skip possible command line arguments
46a4b5f kmodloader: log to kmsg when loading directories of modules
eacc426 kmodloader: remove redundant glob wildcard char
8488bb5 ubox: Initialize conditionally uninitialized variable
db070f1 ubox: Fix some memory leaks
acc48b5 kmodloader: Fix typo in error message
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This is how other Linux distributions are doing and kernel
modprobe_path[] of request_module() also has a default value of
/sbin/modprobe
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
A given signal-name is now converted to the corresonding number. In general
it's good style to use names (readability) and it's more portable: signal
numbers can be architecture-dependent, so we are more safe giving names.
A real world example is signal 10, which is BUS on ramips and USR1 on PPC.
All users of 'procd_send_signal' must change their code to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Bastian Bittorf <bb@npl.de>
When relying on x.509 certs for auth and / or encryption of traffic you can't
use package openvpn-nossl.
Just have your package depend on openvpn-crypto to have SSL-encryption and
X.509-support enabled in OpenVPN. If encryption / X.509 is not a must, use
virtual packge openvpn, which is provided by all OpenVPN-variants.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
ramips/rt288x WLI-TX4-AG300N was missing support for its 100Mbit switch which
should be included by default.
Signed-off-by: Yo Abe <abe.geel@gmail.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: picked from OpenWrt PR#359, rewrap commit msg, fix Sob]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
ap_setup_locked is named wps_ap_setup_locked in uci for consistency with other
wps related uci options.
Signed-off-by: Steven Honson <steven@honson.id.au>
On some EX2700 devices, the MAC address from the eeprom data differs
from the actual MAC address. Fix that, and cleanup the DTS file
while we're at it.
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
The author of the upstream mwlwifi edited the history of the previous commit.
This commit not only fixes the updated hash but also sends in the latest
commits he made to the code which are mainly testing.
Signed-off-by: Gabe Rodriguez <lifehacksback@gmail.com>
This commit adds 4 patches, one per kernel version that was used for
picking updates. This adds support for few new PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
TP-Link Archer C59v1 is a dual-band AC1350 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9561+QCA9886.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- USB 2.0 port
- 8x LED (controled by 74HC595), 3x button
- UART header on PCB
TP-Link Archer C60v1 is a dual-band AC1350 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9561+QCA9886.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Currently not working:
- Port LAN1 on C59, LAN4 on C60
- WiFi 5GHz (missing ath10k firmware for QCA9886 chip)
- Update from oficial web interface ( tplink-saveloader not support "product-info")
Flash instruction:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-cXX-v1-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:
1. tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f020000 $filesize
4. reset
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: remove duplicate ATH79_MACH_ARCHER_C59/C60_V1 entries]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Clarify opkg's messages related to downloads:
* more visible error message for package list download failure
* separate error message for signature file download error
* if wget returns 4, signal the network error more clearly
* remove '.' from end of filenames and URLs
* try signature check only if the package list was downloaded ok.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
The name "Plat'Home OpenBlocks AX3" causes the imagebuilders "make info"
command to fail with:
bash: -c: line 0: syntax error near unexpected token `('
bash: -c: line 0: `echo; [...]'
Makefile:99: recipe for target '_call_info' failed
Properly escape single quotes to avoid breaking the echo commands.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The radio would stop communicating completely. This issue was easiest to
trigger on AR913x devices, e.g. the TP-Link TL-WR1043ND, but other
hardware was occasionally affected as well.
The most critical issue was a race condition in disabling/enabling IRQs
between the IRQ handler and the IRQ processing tasklet
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This device has 2 TRX partitions (main one and failsafe one) and Linux
may not detect them properly failing to run userspace.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
All SPL variants are lzo compressed. The lzop binary is used for
compression but is not available in tools.
Additionally at least the NAND SPL support is broken and doesn't create
working bootloaders.
The fb3370 SPI NOR SPL enabled u-boot isn't required for LEDE since the
LEDE images are targeting the pre-installed EVA bootloader.
Mark these u-boot variants as well as the SPL variants for the
reference boards as broken till the lzma issues are fixed upstream and
we can use lzma instead of lzo compression.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Even when the disk uses 4k blocks, the partition table still uses units
of 512 byte sectors. Always use ibs=512 for the offsets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If the base-files package is not selected, we will fail executing the
very first postinst script:
make[3]: Leaving directory `/local/users/fainelli/openwrt/trunk'
cp -fpR
/local/users/fainelli/openwrt/trunk/build_dir/target-arm_xscale_musl-1.1.15_eabi/root-orion
/local/users/fainelli/openwrt/trunk/build_dir/target-arm_xscale_musl-1.1.15_eabi/root.orig-orion
./usr/lib/opkg/info/busybox.postinst: line 3:
/local/users/fainelli/openwrt/trunk/build_dir/target-arm_xscale_musl-1.1.15_eabi/root-orion/lib/functions.sh:
No such file or directory
./usr/lib/opkg/info/busybox.postinst: line 4: default_postinst: command
not found
postinst script ./usr/lib/opkg/info/busybox.postinst has failed with
exit code 127
make[2]: *** [package/install] Error 1
Check for the existence of lib/functions.sh, and if it does not exist,
just bail out gracefully.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
If only a single opkg control file exists (which can happen with
CONFIG_CLEAN_IPKG), grep would not print the file name by default. Instead
of forcing it using -H, we just switch to -l (print only file names) and
get rid of the cut.
Add -s to suppress an error message when no control files exist.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Require-User is handled by /etc/uci-defaults/13_fix_group_user on first
boot, so we need to keep these when removing all opkg data with
CONFIG_CLEAN_IPKG.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
There was a bug in brcmfmac patch that could result in treating random
memory as source of country codes.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This reverts commit c296ba834d.
According to several reports, the issues with the airtime fairness
changes are gone in current versions.
It's time to re-apply the patch now.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The ZyXEL NSA310 device is a Kirkwood based NAS:
- SoC: Marvell 88F6702 1200Mhz
- SDRAM memory: 256MB DDR2 400Mhz
- Gigabit ethernet: Realtek (over pcie)
- Flash memory: 128MB
- 1 Power button
- 1 Power LED (blue)
- 5 Status LED (green/red)
- 1 Copy/Sync button
- 1 Reset button
- 2 SATA II port (1 internal and 1 external)
- 2 USB 2.0 ports (1 front and 1 back)
- Smart fan
The stock u-boot cannot read ubi so it should be replaced with the
LEDE/OpenWRT's u-boot or with a u-boot from here
https://github.com/mibodhi/u-boot-kirkwood
This device's boot ROM supports "kwboot" tool
(in mainline u-boot, built automatically if CONFIG_KIRKWOOD is declared)
that sends an uboot image to the board over serial connection, it is very easy to unbrick.
The stock bootloader can use usb and read from FAT filesystems,
so the installation process is simple, place the uboot file on a USB flashdrive
formatted as FAT (here it is "openwrt-kirkwood-nsa310.bin", then connect TTL
to the board and write the following commands in the bootloader console:
usb reset
fatload usb 0 0x1000000 openwrt-kirkwood-nsa310.bin
nand write 0x1000000 0x00000 0x100000
reset
Now you are rebooting in the new u-boot, write this in its console to install the firmware:
usb reset
fatload usb 0 0x2000000 lede-kirkwood-nsa310b-squashfs-factory.bin
nand erase.part ubi
nand write 0x2000000 ubi 0x600000
If your firmware file is bigger than 6 MiBs you should write its size in hex
instead of 0x600000 above, or remove that number entirely (it will take a while in this case).
If you are using another uboot that can read ubi, set mtdparts like this
mtdparts=mtdparts=orion_nand:0x00c0000(uboot),0x80000(uboot_env),0x7ec0000(ubi)
And set your bootcmd to be like this
bootcmd=run setenv bootargs; ubi part ubi; ubi read 0x800000 kernel; bootm 0x800000
Then you can install the firmware as described above.
After you installed (or configured) the u-boot for booting the firmware,
write the device's mac address in the ethaddr u-boot env.
The MAC address is usually on a sticker under the device (one of the two codes is the serial),
it should begin with "107BEF" as it is assigned to ZyXEL.
write in the u-boot console (use your MAC address instead of the example)
setenv ethaddr 10:7B:EF:00:00:00
saveenv
to save the mac address in the u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
accessing the u-boot's envs on this device is required to read the mac address.
These are the envs of the new u-boot, not of the stock one.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Instead of referencing u-boot packages from device profiles and having a
-all metapackage, make the u-boot packages hidden (they don't install to
bin/ anyway), and name the files in KERNEL_BUILD_DIR appropriately
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
this commit allows to make a standalone u-boot for nsa310b.
While both first-stage and second-stage u-boot work fine if
installed to flash or loaded with kwboot,
I could not get stock u-boot nor bodhi's u-boot to chainload
any second stage u-boot (I also tried with dockstar's uboot
that works fine on this device if loaded with kwboot).
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Upon first invocation, the ccache program will create the required directory
hierarchy so there is no point in shipping these empty directories.
Removing those paths also avoids shipping dangling symlinks in case the
directories got linked elsewhere, e.g. into a shared global cache.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
According to some reports, -march=pentium-mmx is a better choice for
older Geode CPUs than -march=geode anyway.
Bump the minimum architecture of the legacy target from i486 to
pentium-mmx. Anything older is not worth supporting anyway.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The le64 and be64 subtargets do not share a package architecture with
any other targets, so they are pretty wasteful for a development-only
target.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
While rt288x only has a MIPS 4KEc processor, it implements the MIPS32r2
architecture just like the 24Kc, so the instruction set should be 100%
compatible.
Switching it to 24kc allows it to share the package architecture with a
lot of other targets instead of creating a special case, saving
buildbot resources.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The subtarget on which the driver still depends was removed with
dee8986b95 because it was unmaintained
for a long time.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This avoids repeatedly unpacking and rebuilding packages that are
failing the build. Re-running the failing step should be much faster.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The hostapd_append_wpa_key_mgmt() procedure uses the possibly uninitialized
$ieee80211r and $ieee80211w variables in a numerical comparisation, leading
to stray "netifd: radio0 (0000): sh: out of range" errors in logread when
WPA-PSK security is enabled.
Ensure that those variables are substituted with a default value in order to
avoid emitting this (harmless) shell error.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Calling the clean target removes all .ipk files and un-stages the
package. Add a new target just for clearing the build dir and call that
one instead of the full clean target
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The libtool target package stages its files into the host staging directory
and moves the libltdl library parts from there into the target staging
directory afterwards.
By doing so, the package essentially renders the host libtool infrastructure
unusable, leading to the below error in subsequent package builds:
libtoolize: $pkgltdldir is not a directory: `.../hostpkg/share/libtool`
Prevent this problem by using a dedicated libltdl install prefix in order to
avoid overwriting and moving away preexisting files belonging to tools/libtool.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add PROVIDES:=openvpn to the default recipe in order to let all build variants
provide a virtual openvpn package.
The advantage of this approach is that downstream packages can depend on just
"openvpn" without having to require a specific flavor.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The last two parameters passed between user space tc and kernel space
sched-cake were transposed due to a merge mistake in a parameter header
file.
As such, using a packet overhead figure was likely to set cake to wash
packet DSCP values. Similarly, the DSCP wash flag was used as an offset
to the displayed packet overhead value.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
- Adds support for passing file descriptors in ubus invoke requests
- Fixes clearing pending timers on ubus_shutdown()
- Fixes checking the amount of written data in ubusd
- Fixes an ubusd crash when trying to subscribe to system objects
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Instead of relying on complex sed patterns that trip up make syntax rules, use
GNU Makes builtin filter function to match desired URLs.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Support Abicom International Scorpion SC450 Board
QCA9550 700MHz Extended Temperature Range
256MB DDR2
256MB NAND Flash
16MB NOR Flash
10/100/1000 Ethernet
15W Max, 3x3 Mode, Full Power TX Power
802.3-at POE+ & DC Input options
100x 85mm
USB
PCIe
SFP
GPIO/LED
Signed-off-by: Conor O'Gorman <i@conorogorman.net>
Support Abicom International Scorpion SC300M Module
QCA9550 700MHz Extended Temperature Range
256MB DDR2
256MB Nand Flash
16MB SPI Flash
802.11a/na/b/g/ng
GPIO x 22, USB x2, PCIe x2
10/100/1000 Ethernet
23dBm, Optional Onboard Antenna
DC Input, 8-20V DC
85 x 55 mm
Signed-off-by: Conor O'Gorman <i@conorogorman.net>
Changes the platform to use the Chipidea driver instead of the
generic USB host driver which has support for both host and
device modes (selected on boot).
The changes in 930-chipidea-pullup.patch are already in mainline.
I'll upstream 920-usb-chipidea-AR933x-platform-support.patch once I
can test the changes with a newer kernel.
Signed-off-by: Svetoslav Neykov <svetoslav@neykov.name>
erlite mtdparts exposes boot0, boot1 and eeprom regions
as read/write.
this patch adds readonly flags, so these regions can't be
modified. same as it is already for ER profile.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kastner <cz172638@gmail.com>
Only consider the repository origin url as valid base feed entry if it is a
git://, http:// or https:// location.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Disabling ethernet during reboot (only to enable it again when the
ethernet driver attaches) can put the chip into a faulty state where it
corrupts the header of all incoming packets.
This happens if packets arrive during the time window where the core is
disabled, and it can be easily reproduced by rebooting while sending a
flood ping to the broadcast address.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Since the MIPS IRQ stack patches, lantiq devices were emitting a storm
of messages like this:
[ 567.872172] Spurious IRQ: CAUSE=0x1100c300
Fix this by reworking the IRQ dispatch code
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Commit 131db36 "build: remove separate /install step for host builds" dropped
the package/*/host/install targets in favor to performing the install steps
within the compile target instead.
Adjust package/Makefile accordingly in order to prevent a missing
staging_dir/host/bin/opkg when staging package archives into the rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This is used to save space on buildbot instances.
If any part of a package needs to be rebuild, the whole package is
rebuilt from scratch. Stamp files are preserved to allow dependency
checks to work
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This makes the build slightly more efficient by avoiding the need to
re-stage packages on every full build run.
It is also necessary for the upcoming CONFIG_AUTOREMOVE feature
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This makes the build slightly more efficient by avoiding the need to
re-stage packages on every full build run.
It is also necessary for the upcoming CONFIG_AUTOREMOVE feature
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The make target does not rewrite the file if the contents didn't
change. This causes make to always consider the target old.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Before SUBDIR was set to $(PATCHVER) which may
or may not include the minor version number of
the linux kernel version. Usually it doesn't.
So the git-clone'd linux kernel was packed without
the minor version number taken into account, which
broke further processing, as it expected the
extracted dir being named linux-$(LINUX_VERSION)
(=with minor version) rather than linux-$(PATCHVER)
(=without minor version).
Changing SUBDIR to $(LINUX_VERSION) creates
consistent behaviour here.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Vogt <mirko-openwrt@nanl.de>
Using a single host package staging dir (and build dir) significantly speeds up
builds when multiple targets are built in succession, especially for large host
packages like NodeJS.
$(STAGING_DIR)/host is kept in addition to $(STAGING_DIR_HOSTPKG) in most
places; it is still used as destination for host files in Build/InstallDev.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This patch adds support for the Netgear WN3000RPv3
http://www.netgear.com/support/product/wn3000rpv3.aspx
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A (580MHz, ramips)
- RAM: 32MB DDR
- Storage: 8MB NOR SPI flash
- Wireless: builtin MT7620A, 2x2:2 with u.FL connectors
- Ethernet: 1x100M
- Serial: JP1 header, 57600-8N1
- Stock firmware based on OpenWRT Kamikaze
Like the EX2700, the bootloader expects a secondary image signature,
see https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?pid=312577#p312577
This is why the same fakeroot image is used for the WN3000
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The soft_config partition must be writeable for rbcfg to be able to
enact changes to the routerboot configuration.
The read-only flag was a mistake in the initial patch. Removing it
brings mach-rb941.c in line with all other RB platforms.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
D7800 has a simular hardware to R7800 and uses dual QCA9980 for both 2.4GHz and 5GHz band.
However there is no proper initialization for them, which causes a kernel panic due to failed firmware loading.
This patch adds d7800 to ath10k caldata extraction list.
I can get two functional wireless bands after making change to it.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Jingye <934526987@qq.com>
For the miwifi-mini, the offset of ethernet mac should be 0x28
which you can easyily dump from 'Factory' partition.
Signed-off-by: BangLang Huang <banglang.huang@foxmail.com>
Admittedly, this is my own OCD wanting to get rid of this.
Because I tried (a while back to upgrade QEMU to a newer version),
and (during that attempt) I tried to get rid of this.
Tested on Linux & Mac.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Do not strip static libraries shipped with the SDK in order to preserve the
archive index. If we strip the index of the shipped libraries, host programs
will fail to link these libraries with errors like:
libssl.a: error adding symbols: Archive has no index; run ranlib to add one
The error was found while investigating a Python host build failure within
the SDK environment.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The final semantic is the same, but this is a bit more correct.
Build tested on Windows 10 (yes, there is some
Ubuntu mode for Windows 10, and I've been also building LEDE
on it for a few weeks).
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This change adds the sp5100_tco driver as a kernel module for the x86
target. Specifically, this can be used by the PCEngines APU2/APU3. The
reason for having this as a kernel module is to allow users to
load/unload it on demand, as the I2C interface on the APU2/APU3 will not
work while this module is loaded. More info can be found on GitHub at
https://github.com/riptidewave93/LEDE-APU2/pull/5#issuecomment-255667736
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This adds the following patches to the x86 target:
sp5100_tco: Add AMD Mullins platform support
sp5100_tco: Add AMD Carrizo platform support
sp5100_tco: fix the device check for SB800 and later chipsets
watchdog: sp5100_tco: properly check for new register layouts
With these added, the sp5100_tco driver can then be used on newer AMD
platforms, such as the PCEngines APU2/APU3 boards.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Mikrotik RB411U has only one ethernet port - eth0. This patch allows to create
correct config with one lan section.
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
Add full support for Mikrotik RB-941-2nD (hAP lite)
Original patch by Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net> and
more information is available here:
https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/rb941_2nd
I updated and adapted the patch to apply cleanly to LEDE trunk
and added proper numbering for the switch ports (matching case
labels).
Tested working on actual hardware with the information
provided in the above webpage. Sysupgrade works.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove the wget2nand script, drop the need for manual installation,
use sysupgrade instead.
There are now two different NAND images, one for 64 MiB flashes, the
other for >= 128 MiB
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch updates musl to 1.1.16+ [0] and removes all the
backported patches. This is a major release and tagged as such.
For more information visit musl-libc.org or read the WHATSNEW.
Furthermore, this patch also changes musl to download directly
from git. This makes it easier to update musl in the future.
The patch custom Add-format-attribute-to-some-function-declarations.patch
was assigned a new 400- number. This should avoid confusion
since 0xx numbers are usually assigned to backports.
[0] <http://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/commit/?id=769f53598e781ffc89191520f3f8a93cb58db91f>
Cc: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Cc: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Update to 1.2.11 as suggested by upstream
Also add SF as primary source and main site as fallback
Note: SF doesn't carry the 1.2.11 update yet.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Running ar8327_get_arl_entry() early after boot leads to MDIO related system
lockups on several devices using this driver.
Since dumping the ARL table contens is an optional, uncritical feature, simply
disable the code for now.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
echo'CONFIG_INITRAMFS_ROOT_UID=$(shell id -u)'>>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
echo'CONFIG_INITRAMFS_ROOT_GID=$(shell id -g)'>>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
echo"$(if $(CONFIG_TARGET_INITRAMFS_FORCE),CONFIG_INITRAMFS_FORCE=y,# CONFIG_INITRAMFS_FORCE is not set)">>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
echo"$(if $(CONFIG_TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_NONE),CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_NONE=y,# CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_NONE is not set)">>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
echo-e"$(if $(CONFIG_TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_GZIP),CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_GZIP=y\nCONFIG_RD_GZIP=y,# CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_GZIP is not set\n# CONFIG_RD_GZIP is not set)">>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
echo-e"$(if $(CONFIG_TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_BZIP2),CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_BZIP2=y\nCONFIG_RD_BZIP2=y,# CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_BZIP2 is not set\n# CONFIG_RD_BZIP2 is not set)">>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
SUBMAKE=cmd(){$(SILENT)$(MAKE) -s $$* < /dev/null ||{echo"make $$*: build failed. Please re-run make with -j1 V=s to see what's going on"; false;}} 8>&1 9>&2; cmd
SUBMAKE=cmd(){$(SILENT)$(MAKE) -s "$$@" < /dev/null ||{echo"make $$*: build failed. Please re-run make with -j1 V=s or V=sc for a higher verbosity level to see what's going on"; false;}} 8>&1 9>&2; cmd
This is the repository address embedded in the image, it defaults
to the trunk snapshot repo; the url may contain the following placeholders:
@@ -199,18 +192,22 @@ if VERSIONOPT
%v .. Configured release version number or "snapshot", lowercase
%C .. Configured release revision code or value of %R, uppercase
%c .. Configured release revision code or value of %R, lowercase
%N .. Release name, uppercase
%n .. Release name, lowercase
%D .. Distribution name or "Lede", uppercase
%d .. Distribution name or "lede", lowercase
%D .. Distribution name or "OpenWrt", uppercase
%d .. Distribution name or "openwrt", lowercase
%T .. Target name
%S .. Target/Subtarget name
%A .. Package architecture
%t .. Build taint flags, e.g. "no-all busybox"
%M .. Manufacturer name or "Lede"
%M .. Manufacturer name or "OpenWrt"
%P .. Product name or "Generic"
%h .. Hardware revision or "v0"
config VERSION_HOME_URL
string
prompt "Release Homepage"
help
This is the release version homepage
config VERSION_MANUFACTURER
string
prompt "Manufacturer name"
@@ -262,7 +259,7 @@ if VERSIONOPT
config VERSION_CODE_FILENAMES
bool
prompt "Revision code in filenames"
default y
default n
help
Enable this to include the revision identifier or the configured
version code into the firmware image, SDK- and Image Builder archive
@@ -277,18 +274,4 @@ menuconfig PER_FEED_REPO
If set, a separate repository is generated within bin/*/packages/
for the core packages and each enabled feed.
config PER_FEED_REPO_ADD_DISABLED
bool "Add available but not enabled feeds to opkg.conf"
default y
depends on PER_FEED_REPO
help
Add not installed or disabled feeds from feeds.conf to opkg.conf.
config PER_FEED_REPO_ADD_COMMENTED
bool "Comment out not enabled feeds"
default y
depends on PER_FEED_REPO && PER_FEED_REPO_ADD_DISABLED
help
Add not enabled feeds as commented out source lines to opkg.conf.
source "tmp/.config-feeds.in"
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
